CORNELL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME
OF THE SAGE ENDOWMENT
FUND GIVEN IN 1891 BY
HENRY WILLIAMS SAGE
RETURN TO
ALBERT R. MANN LIBRARY
ITHACA, N. V.QK 543.DC6°2me"UniUerS"yLibrary
Thgjtudwrt’s handboofc of British mosses
3 1924 001 800 931
31924001800931[All Rights Reserved.']
THE
STUDENT’S HANDBOOK
OF
BRITISH MOSSES
— BY —
H. N. DIXON, M.A., F.L.S.;
With Illustrations, and Keys to the Genera and Species,
— by —
H. G. JAMESON, M.A.,
AUTHOR OF “ ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO BRITISH MOSSES.”
(Siisilminu I
Printed and Published by V. T. Sumfield, “ Standard ” Office,
Sold by John Wheldon & Co., 58, Great Queen Street.
1896.
Gr
Price /Ss. 6d.(Basftounu::
Printed and Published by V. T. Sumfield, “ Standard ” Office,
Station Street.IE? IE?, ZED IE1 -A. O IE .
The object of the present work is to provide a practical
handbook of the mosses of our Islands in such a form as to be
as far as possible accessible to the considerable, and I hope
increasing number of students of these plants, many of whom find
the larger and more expensive works on the subject beyond their
means. Most bryologists have doubtless been asked to recommend
the most suitable book for the student, and have probably
experienced considerable difficulty in answering the question.
Wilson’s Bryologia Britannica—the prince of bryological books—
is out of reach of many on account of its price, and is, after the
lapse of forty years, far from covering the whole field of British
mosses as they are known to us. Berkeley’s Handbook is
similarly out of date (about 465 species are there described out of
some 600 as at present recognised); besides which some parts of
that work, the plates especially, leave much to be desired.
Hobkirk’s Synopsis, though containing much valuable information
in a small compass for one already well versed in bryology, is
somewhat too compressed to be of great service to the less
practised collector, nor has it the advantage of illustrations.
Braithwaite’s splendid and elaborate work, still in the course of
publication, which has done so much to stimulate the study of
these plants in our country and which will doubtless remain our
standard work for many years to come, is of necessity published
at a price which puts it out of the reach of many. There is
therefore, unquestionably, a demand for a modern book which
may serve to take the place of the older works in the hands of
the student, and which, while of modest pretensions in comparison
with such a work as the British Moss Flora, may be sufficiently
detailed to serve the purpose of the beginner as well as of the
more advanced bryologist. How far the present work fulfils these
requirements must be left to others to decide.
With the above object in view it has been necessary to
compress the work into as small a space as is compatible with
clearness, in order to keep the price as low as possible. I have
therefore omitted many critical discussions which might properly
have found a place had the space at my command been larger ;IV
and I have felt obliged to treat the varietal forms, especially of
some of our more polymorphous species, in what may perhaps be
deemed an eclectic rather than an exhaustive fashion. I have also
endeavoured to describe the species in language as free from
technicalities as possible, knowing that one great deterrent from
a more general study of plants, especially of cryptogams, is the
difficulty presented by the nomenclature and the descriptive
terms. It is impossible, on the grounds of both brevity and
accuracy, to avoid the use of technical terms, but I have
endeavoured to use only such as seemed really necessary, and I
believe that, with the aid of the Glossary, there is nothing in the
work which will be found unintelligible by the ordinary student.
The Plates have been drawn by the Rev. H. G. Jameson, to
whom also I am indebted for the Keys to the Genera and Species,
and for advice and suggestion throughout the work, the MS. of
which has all passed through his hands. The responsibility,
however, for the contents of the book must rest upon my shoulders,
and any names or combination of names published here for the
first time must be cited with my name alone.
Of the short-comings of the book no one can be more
conscious than its authors. It would be inevitable, in dealing
with a subject of this kind, even with the greatest facilities for
attaining accuracy, that errors should creep in, and facts be
overlooked ; and when the whole of the work has to be done in
the scanty leisure snatched from exacting professional duties, the
obstacles in the way of accuracy are greatly increased. I can
only ask the student to bear this in mind in passing his judgment
on the present work, and to be assured that any suggestions,
corrections or additions will be exceedingly welcome.
H. N. DIXON.
East Park Parade,
Northampton,
May, i8g6.TABLE OF COBTTENTS.
PAGE.
Introduction............................... vii
Glossary ................................. xxiv
Abbreviations used in the Text .......... xxxii
Key to the Genera................... ... xxxiii
T ext ....................................... i
Addenda and Corrigenda .................... 500
Index ..................................... 503
Explanation of Plates ..................... 519
Plates
521IZNTTIROIDTTOTIOIINr.
I. GENERAL SKETCH OF THE STRUCTURE OF
MOSSES.
In a work the primary aim of which is to enable the student
to identify and thence to classify mosses there is neither the need
of nor the room for a detailed account of their Morphology; this
will be readily obtained from works specially devoted to the
subject. A short sketch of the structure of mosses is not, how-
ever, out of place, and will if carefully read serve to familiarise
the student with the botanical terms necessarily employed in the
body of the work. In the following sketch my aim is to describe
the moss plant as it presents itself to a student examining it with
a view to its identification, with as little reference to microscopical
detail and to physiological and functional study as can be helped.
General Characteristics of Mosses.
The student is not likely to have any difficulty in recognising
a moss, as such, from any other class of plants, with the exception
of the very closely allied Hepaticse or Liver-worts. Apart from
the fructification, which in the latter plants is of a widely different
structure (usually consisting of a dark globular capsule tipping a
slender, delicate, white fruitstalk and ultimately splitting into four
segments which spread horizontally into a cross), the Liver-worts
may as a rule be easily known by their vegetative structure, which
is generally of a more flaccid, delicate texture, the leaves when
present always very regularly imbricated, in the greater number
of species in two rows, one on each side of the stem, frequently
bifid or multifid, which is never the case with mosses ; always
nerveless, and always with a more or less hexagonal areolation—
characters which are rarely if ever found combined in any of our
mosses. There is a certain hardly describable facies about the
Liver-worts which serves to identify them better than any
description, and by which with a very slight experience the
student will be able to recognise them, with perhaps one or two
exceptions, at sight.
11via
INTRODUCTION.
Mosses are found in various situations, and may be described
as terrestrial, rupestral, arboreal, aquatic, paludal, etc., according
to the matrix or the locality which they prefer. These terms,
however, must not be taken too strictly, for while almost every
species manifests a decided preference for one kind of matrix or
environment, and whole classes of allied mosses are often linked
together by a common preference of the kind, yet it rarely
happens that a given species, whatever its natural habitat, may
not occasionally be found in some other, more unusual situation.
As a general rule, however, the habitat of a moss may be looked
upon as an important aid in determining its identity, and in all
doubtful cases the soil or other matrix should be entered upon the
label, with the locality.
The habit of the moss and its manner of growth, whether the
separate plants are scattered singly, clustered or gregarious, or
more or less densely tufted, are also points of importance and
should be noted at the time of collecting.
The Vegetative Organs.
Mosses always consist of a stem and leaves, though either of
these structures may be so reduced in size as to be inconspicuous.
A certain ambiguity in the use of the terms “stem,” “branch,”
should be here pointed out. They are frequently used, and are
employed in this work, in a double sense, either as designating
the actual solid cylinder upon which the leaves are arranged, or
as embracing the whole visible structure, leaves included. Thus
in speaking of the cuticular cells of the stem of Sphagnum, the
first and more restricted meaning of the word is understood;
whereas when a stem is spoken of as tumid or inflated, it is the
whole structure, stem and leaves together, that is referred to.
The absence of any convenient term to express the latter con-
ception renders this extension of the words somewhat desirable,
and they will, I believe, in no case give rise to confusion.
The different modes of branching in different mosses are
perhaps among the first things to strike the beginner, owing to
the very different results they produce in the general appearance
of the mosses. There are two main types of branching by which
all mosses may roughly be divided into two classes. In the one
the stem is typically erect, simple, slightly forked, or with more
numerous lateral branches, but producing the flowers and later
the fruit at the apices of the stem and of at least the principalINTRODUCTION.
IX
branches ; by this the apical growth of the stem is terminated,
and further development can only take place by new branches,
usually termed innovations, which are most frequently produced,
singly, in pairs or in whorls, immediately below the flower. The
tendency is therefore to grow upwards, and gradually to increase
the number of branches from an originally simple stem, and this
naturally conduces to the greater density of the tufts or cushions.
Mosses of this type are termed Acrocarpous (Tab. I. 5, 14 ; Tab.
II. 61.
In the second type the stem whether little, or, as is usually the
case, much branched produces its flowers on the side, not at its
apex nor at that of the branches ; consequently the apical growth
of the stem is not terminated by the production of the fruit, but
becomes indefinite, and the stems frequently attain a very con-
siderable length. The natural consequence of this is that the
stems are rarely erect, but usually more or less prostrate or at
least arched. This gives a wider, less dense and less elevated
character to the tufts, which are often straggling. This is the
type of the Pleurocarpous mosses. (Tab. I. 4, 9, 10, 12).
The beginner will very speedily recognise these two types in
the field; they are indeed so distinct that it has usually been the
practice to make the distinction between Acrocarpous and Pleuro-
carpous mosses the primary division of the whole class; this
cannot now be maintained, but the distinction between the two
types is of considerable practical assistance in the identification of
mosses, if of less theoretical importance than has sometimes been
held.
In the Pleurocarpous mosses the branching is frequently
regularly pinnate ; sometimes the branches in these cases are
again branched, when the stem is bipinnate, and in a few cases
the process is again repeated, resulting in a tripinnate arrange-
ment ; this is never the case with the Acrocarpous mosses, where
the branching is either irregular, or more or less alternate, or
imperfectly dichotomous, sometimes, but rarely, distinctly whorled.
The innovations formed below the fertile flower frequently
develope so rapidly as to equal or overtop the capsules, which
then appear, but falsely, to be laterally produced.
Mosses are not attached to their substratum by true roots,
but there are usually present rootlets or radicles which perform
the functions of roots, and are often produced throughout the
whole length of the stem, or over the greater part, frequently in
very great numbers so as to form a felt-like covering or tomentum;
they are usually of a reddish brown hue, but may assume otherX
INTRODUCTION.
colours. They may be produced, sporadically, upon the leaves or
other parts of the plant, and they hardly differ morphologically
from the chlorophyllose threads of the protonema; this is the
branched network of conferva-like filaments produced by the
germination of the spores, and from which is developed the moss
plant; the protonema usually disappears at an early stage in the
life of the moss, but in some of the smaller species it is persistent
for a considerable period (Tab. Y. 3).
In addition to the radicular fibres and the leaves, the stem is
occasionally clothed with appendages of another kind, intermixed
with the leaves; these are called paraphyllia, and are green,
multiform, leaf-like or thread-like structures, sometimes formed
like miniature leaves, at others deeply cut, fringed, or so slender
as to resemble branched threads (Tab. I. 11, 13).
The leaves of mosses are of various forms, and the shape of
the leaf affords, all things considered, one of the most important
specific characters of mosses ; a reference to the glossary and to
the figures will illustrate the various forms and explain the terms
used, which need not be recapitulated here; but it may be
remarked that the leaves are always sessile, never stalked, and in
outline range from subulate to orbicular, with almost every
intermediate form; that they are never compound, nor even
lobed, though frequently serrate in various degrees, or sometimes
laciniate. There is no epidermis or cuticular tissue, and the
whole leaf is almost always formed of a single layer of cells
(v. section, Tab. III. 19, 20), rarely in part or altogether of a
double layer (Tab. III. 24), with the exceptions of the nerve (or
mid-rib) which when present is composed of narrow and elongated
cells often of several layers in thickness and frequently showing
some differentiation in structure, and of the marginal border
which in certain groups of mosses is formed of different cells from
those which compose the rest of the leaf, usually, in such cases,
being more like those of the nerve (Tab. III. 10, 21).
The leaves may be more or less decurrent at the base, the
lamina running down tTie stem for some distance on each side
below the insertion or line of juncture of the leaf-base with the
stem ; this is sometimes so conspicuous that the stem is distinctly
winged (Tab. II. 7) ; in certain groups it is a character of great
importance, and in such cases the leaf should be separated with
great care from the stem, in order that the decurrent part, or a
portion at least, may be detached also. As a rule however the
degree of decurrence can best be observed by stripping theINTRODUCTION.
XI
greater number of leaves from a stem and examining the remaining
ones under the microscope, while still attached.
It should be borne in mind that the lowest leaves on a stem,
and sometimes too on a branch, are often very small or in other
ways far from typical, and these should never be selected for
examination ; the same objection frequently applies to the
uppermost and youngest leaves, which may not be fully developed,
though occasionally they are the only ones in which certain
structures, of a very fragile nature, can be observed. In the
Pleurocarpous mosses the leaves on the branches are usually
smaller and less highly developed than the stem-leaves, and
unless otherwise mentioned the latter are always the ones
described. A similar difference is sometimes, but more rarely,
found between the leaves of the fertile stems and those of the
barren branches in the Acrocarpous mosses.
The position of the leaves when moist, and also when dry, is
of great importance, and in many species affords a clear and
sufficient specific character recognisable at once even in the field.
When the leaves are not otherwise described they are to be taken
as arranged equallyall round the stem (Tab. II. 5) ; in some cases
they are regularly distichous, i.e., springing from opposite sides
of the stem in two rows, in which case they are usually, though
not always, complanate, i.e., flattened out in one plane like the
frond of a fern (Tab. II. 1) ; this latter arrangement is even more
frequently the case when the leaves are not truly distichous, but
spring from all sides of the stem, the flattened or complanate
arrangement giving them however a close resemblance to truly
distichous leaves (Tab. II. 2). When a leaf instead of spreading
out directly from its base is turned towards another side of the
stem it is said to be secund ; it usually happens that all the leaves
in such cases are turned towards the same side, when they are
termed homomallous (Tab. II. 4) ; when, as very frequently occurs,
they are also curved, they are said to be falcato-secund (Tab. II. 3).
The leaves are frequently undulated or plicate; to observe
this in the moist state it is best to separate the leaves and
examine them under the microscope, taking care to submit them
to as little pressure as possible ; but when it is desired to observe
this fact in the dry state it is almost invariably better to do so by
means of the lens while still attached to the stem. The same
remarks apply to the degree of concavity of the leaves, which is
sometimes of importance.
The cell-structure, or areolation, of the leaves is a character
of the highest value. It must be remembered that the cells at theXI1	I NTRL^LJL>	.
base of the leaf and frequently those at the apex also are more or
less modified, and the normal type of areolation of any species
must be considered that of the median part of the leaf; and it is
safest to take for examination a point about one-third of the
length of the leaf from its apex ; the figures of cells in the Plates,
marked i c., are all taken at this point. It is however often of
importance to examine also the basal cells ; in this and indeed in
all cases it is of importance to examine those of fully matured
leaves.
In addition to the form of the cell, it is necessary in certain
cases to note also the thickness or otherwise of the cell-wall. It
is hardly possible to define a limit at which a cell-wall becomes
incrassate, but a consultation of the figures referred to in the
Glossary under that term will give a very fair idea of its
signification. The cells figured in Tab. III. 3, 8, may be taken as
typically thin-walled cells. The presence or absence of papillae
on the surface of the cells is another point requiring observation ;
this is best done, not by examining single leaves, but by placing
a stem or branch under the microscope, so that the papillae may
be observed as it were in profile. In a few cases, more especially
where they are confined to the front or upper surface, it is
necessary to cut a thin transverse section of the leaf (Tab. III-
ig, 20). This is also desirable in a few other cases, when it is
required to observe the structure or form of the nerve or its
appendages, as in Campylopus, Dicranum, and Polytrichum
(Tab. III. 10, 12, 14, 18).
When it is desired to observe the basal cells, and especially
those of the basal angles or auricles, it is especially necessary to
remove the leaves carefully and gently, as otherwise these special
cells are liable to be left adhering to the stem.
Reproductive bodies, termed gemmae, are not unfrequently
produced on or among the leaves ; these are of various forms and
colours, but are usually green or brown, globular or club-shaped,
articulate structures, resembling to the naked eye grains of dust
or pollen ; in certain cases their presence is of great assistance in
the determination of species.
The Reproductive Organs.
The reproductive organs of mosses are usually situated among
specialised leaves, forming the so-called flowers. They are of
two kinds, the antheridia, or male organs, and the archegonia, orINTRODUCTION.
Xlll
fertile organs. Besides the specialised leaves or bracts they are
usually surrounded by numerous, hyaline, jointed hairs, called
paraphyses. The leaves composing the fertile flower are called
the perichaetial leaves or bracts; those surrounding the antheridia,
when these are separate from the archegonia, are termed the
perigonial leaves or bracts. These bracts, of either kind, are
often highly differentiated, and important to observe; but in many
groups of mosses they are hardly distinct from the ordinary leaves.
The antheridia (Tab. V. 18) are small elliptic or clavate
bodies, usually of a thin, loosely areolated texture and pale
brownish colour, more or less wide and obtuse at the apex; they
contain the antherozoids which, escaping, enter the archegonia
and fertilise the oosphere, the cell which ultimately developes into
the mature fruit.
The archegonia (Tab. V. 19) are narrower in shape, resemb-
ling a narrow, long-necked bottle, and are almost always of
a deep red colour ; they usually occur in some numbers in each
perichaetium, but it is as a rule only one which is fertilised and
produces fruit.
The relative position of the antheridia and the archegonia is
of great importance, and different terms are applied to the in-
florescence in accordance with these different relationships ; as
they are somewhat difficult to grasp these terms are here tabulated.
The antheridia and archegonia may occur only on separate
plants; the inflorescence is then termed dioicous (Tab. V. 20&21).
If they occur on the same plant it is termed monoicous. This
includes several distinct forms, according to the positions of the
two organs ; they may occupy two different positions on separate
parts of the stem, the antheridia then being usually enclosed in
distinct perigonial bracts; the inflorescence is then said to be
autoicous (Tab. XVII. E. 10).
Or the antheridia and archegonia may be mixed together in
the same flower, which is then termed synoicous (Tab. V. 22).
Or, finally, the antheridia may be placed just below the fertile
flower, without special perigonial bracts, simply in the axils of
the lower perichaetial bracts ; this form of inflorescence is termed
paroicous (Tab. V. 23).
Occasionally two of these forms of inflorescence are found
side by side in the same species.
It may be mentioned that the paroicous form of inflorescence
appears to be confined to Acrocarpous mosses, and the synoicousxiv
INTRODUCTION.
very nearly so, occurring very rarely, perhaps exceptionally, in
the pleurocarpous species.
The fertile flowers are always more or less gemmiform, i.e.,
bud-shaped; the male flowers are occasionally wider, with open
and more or less spreading bracts ; in this case they are termed
discoid.
Upon fertilisation the archegonium and its contents undergo
great development; the oosphere becomes the capsule or sporan-
gium, the outer part of the archegonium itself simultaneously
developing up to a certain point, but ultimately rupturing midway
so that the upper portion is carried up with the fruit, the lower
half remaining fixed at the base and forming a minute sheath
round the base of the fruit-stalk, termed the vaginula; this is
occasionally covered with short, erect hairs (Tab. V. 12).
In very few cases the capsule remains sessile ; in the vast
majority of species it is elevated on a seta, or fruitstalk, of vary-
ing length ; and it is by this process of elevation that the arche-
gonium is ruptured. The upper half as has been mentioned is
carried upwards with the fruit, and is known as the calyptra or
veil; it is usually ot a thin membranous texture, more or less
completely covering the capsule, and either falls off before the
capsule is fully ripe or in other cases remains till maturity; the
increase in size of the capsule usually causes it to split from the
base upwards ; when the fission takes place on one side only, or
conspicuously on one side most strongly, the calyptra is said to be
cucullate, i.e., hood-shaped (Tab. IV. 2, 6) ; when it splits equally
on two, three or more sides it is termed mitriform (Tab. IV. 1).
The calyptra may be smooth or plicate, glabrous, papillose or
hairy, the hairs either erect or pointing downwards.
The seta is variable in length and stoutness, occasionally
rough with warts or papillae, usually twisted when dry. It is
straight, flexuose, or arcuate, i.e., curved like a bow ; the curving
is sometimes even more pronounced, when it is said to be
cygneous, i.e., curved like a swan’s neck. In the latter cases it
frequently becomes erect when old, and in some species it always
takes an erect position when dry, while regaining its curved form
when wetted.
When dry the seta is usually spirally twisted, and the
twisting may be either to the right {i.e., the spirals ascend
towards the right to an observer supposed to be standing within
the spiral; from the outside they appear, on the side nearest him,
to ascend to the left), or to the left. It is rarely, however, IINTRODUCTION.
XV
believe, that the direction is sufficiently constant in any species to
afford a good character of distinction, and it is only in a very few
cases that I have relied upon it.
When the calyptra falls off or is removed the capsule is
exposed; it is usually more or less elliptical, but is frequently
elongated and cylindric, equally often shortened and even globose,
or it maybe pyriform ; it is often striated (Tab. IV. n, 18), more
rarely angular (Tab. IV. 14); it is erect (Tab. IV. 9), inclined
(Tab. IV. 12), cernuous (Tab. IV. 14), or even pendulous (Tab.
IV. 13), and it is often more or less curved, or asymmetric. There
are other forms which it less commonly assumes.
The capsule may be cleistocarpous, that is without any
regular orifice or lid, but bursting irregularly; rarely it opens by
valves (Tab. IV. 7). Usually, however, it opens with a lid,
resembling the lid of an urn ; this falls off at maturity, its rupture
being often assisted by the unrolling of the annulus, a very highly
elastic ring of cells surrounding the orifice at the point of juncture
with the lid, and rolling back with considerable force and rapidity
when the capsule is fully ripe. The annulus is however not
always present.
The spores are usually produced in great numbers, and
are green or brown ; they are either smooth, or papillose or
tuberculate ; almost always more or less globose, rarely angular.
They range, in point of size, with a few exceptions, between 10
and 25 /x in diameter. They usually surround a central column of
tissue, called the columella, which is sometimes long enough to be
distinctly visible above the mouth of the capsule after the fall of
the lid, and occasionally is united to the interior of the lid,
retarding its fall for a time and finally falling off with it.
The mouth of the orifice after the removal of the lid is in
some mosses a bare rim, when the capsule is termed gymnostomous ;
but more frequently it is furnished with a fringe surrounding and
in part closing the mouth ; this fringe is termed the peristome,
and affords, owing to the numerous forms and degrees of
development it assumes, and its constancy throughout large groups
of mosses, a very important basis of classification, especially as
regards Orders and Genera. The researches of Philibert and
others have recently brought into clearer light the great importance
of this organ from a systematic point of view ; and as the main
divisions in the present work are based upon its structure, the
student will do well to become familiarised with its general
character and the terminology employed in its description.XVI
INTRODUCTION.
The peristome may be single, i.e., may form a single circle
or fringe (Tab. V. 6, 17); or it may be double, consisting of two
concentric circles, an outer and an inner (Tab. V. 7, 12) ; very
close however to one another, and sometimes even partly united.
Taking the single peristome first, it sometimes consists of a thin
membrane, rising conically over the mouth of the capsule, leaving
only a minute aperture at its apex; much more frequently
however, indeed in the vast majority of cases, the membrane is as
it were split from top to bottom into a number of filaments, called
the peristome teeth. These teeth are always produced in multiples
of 4, indeed there are always either 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64, the median
numbers being by far the most frequent. They vary very greatly
in length, form, colour, and other characteristics, red being the
predominant tint. They are usually very thin in texture, in most
cases consisting of a double layer of very thin plates, divided
transversely into segments, with more or less distinct lines at the
points of division, sometimes forming very strong trabecules, or
bars, standing out prominently on the face of the tooth like the
rungs of a ladder (Tab. V. 10).
The double peristome is more complicated in structure. The
outer fringe superficially resembles the single peristome already
described, although differing in minute points of structure ; the
inner peristome is always more delicate in texture, usually paler
in colour ; occasionally it consists of 8 or 16 delicate filaments or
processes alternating with the outer teeth, more rarely opposite
them ; in other groups these processes are wider, meeting one
another at their base; while still more often they are more or
less united below, so as to form a continuous basal membrane
surrounding the orifice, while their upper portions remain free ;
these upper portions being frequently more or less split or
pierced along the median line. The spaces left between these
free upper portions are often occupied by still more slender
prolongations of the basal membrane, termed cilia, singly, or
grouped in twos or threes ; these are extremely delicate and
thread-like, and frequently in the most highly developed forms
bear short transverse appendages at intervals (Tab. V. 15, 16).
All these different parts exhibit much variation in the degree
of their development, and the whole peristome is often reduced to
a fringe of short rudimentary teeth around the orifice ; the teeth
are often, also, on the one hand cleft, to a greater or less extent,
into two or three branches, or again, more or less approximated
or even united in pairs (Tab. V. 17), or in fours, or they may be
connected, in various degrees, by transverse bars, so as to form aINTRODUCTION.
XVII
kind of lattice-work. The numerous and delicate forms, as well
as the perfect regularity and the rich colouring of the peristome
render this organ a most beautiful microscopic object. The
teeth are strongly hygroscopic, usually, when mature, spreading
more or less widely in the dry state, but rapidly converging so as
to close the mouth of the capsule when moistened, or even when
merely breathed upon.
The wall of the capsule frequently exhibits stomata, usually
not very numerous, and as a rule arranged more or less distinctly
in one or two rings round the capsule most commonly towards its
base or upon its “ neck,” i.e., the portion intermediate between the
seta and the base of the spore-sac, or inner membrane
containing the spores, which as a rule does not reach quite so
low as the base of the outer case. The stomata are sometimes
superficial, i.e., on the surface of the wall of the capsule (Tab. V. i),
sometimes immersed, i.e., sunk in its substance (Tab. V. 2). This
distinction is of great importance in the genus Orthotrichum, in
which both forms of stomata occur, and afford a safe and useful
character for the separation of species and even of groups of
species.
II. CLASSIFICATION, NOMENCLATURE, ETC.
The primary object of this work being to simplify the
determination of our British mosses for the student, and to make
it available, as far as possible, for a beginner, it has been my
chief aim throughout to introduce as little novelty and to employ
as few technicalities as appeared compatible with accuracy and
clearness. For this reason I have preferred to keep as closely as
possible to the system of classification which prevails in the
greater number of those works which the student is most likely,
at the outset, to consult, and of which that employed in the
second edition of Schimper's Synopsis Muscorum Europaeorum
may be looked upon as the basis. The researches and critical
writings of recent bryologists have added much to our knowledge,
and have led to the proposition of new schemes of classification ;
but great as was the temptation to follow, more or less closely, on
these new lines, it appeared to me that the difficulties put in the
way of the student, in a more or less elementary work, by a novel
classification and order, were likely to outweigh the advantages
they might confer.XV1U
INTRODUCTION.
On the other hand the researches of Philibert and others into
the structure and development of the peristome have necessitated
a certain amount of reconstruction. Schimper’s system, and those
of most other authors, have been to a very great extent founded
on characters derived from this organ; and where groups have
been united on the ground of supposed affinity between types of
peristome subsequently shown to be remote from one another,
and vice versa, it is clear that it would be wrong to ignore the
later conclusions, and I have felt obliged in some degree to modify
the classification in accordance with this conviction. The chief
deviations from the usual order and grouping, and indeed almost
the only ones of importance, will be found in the separation of the
Grimmiaceae from the Orthotrichaceae, with or near which they
are usually placed, and their removal to the Aplolepideae, where,
undoubtedly, they belong ; and the separation from the rest of the
Bryales of the Nematodontoid group, including the three Orders
Tetraphidaceae, Polytrichaceae, and Buxbaumiaceae. I have also
discarded the usual division of the main group of mosses, the
Bryales, into Acrocarpi and Pleurocarpi, believing that the
characters involved in this division are far subordinate to those
which separate them, according to the nature of the peristome,
into the great groups of the Nematodonteae and the Arthrodonteae.
It will be found, however, that this view does not entail any
alteration of the usual arrangement, the pleurocarpous mosses
following the Brvaceae in the same order as is found in most
works. One point that it is as well to bear constantly in mind is
that differing degrees of development between peristomes are of
slight systematic importance compared with dissimilar types.
Thus the difference between the gymnostomous capsule of Funaria
fascicularis and the highly complex peristome of F. hygrometrica
represents but a slight divergence in relationship, whereas the
peristomes of a Splachnum and of a Grimmia, though perhaps
almost indistinguishable except under a close microscopical
examination, are fundamentally different in their structure and
indicate a wide divergence of type. Carrying out this principle
it is undoubtedly the soundest method of classification to group
the cleistocarpous genera and species of mosses with those to
which upon the ground of vegetative and other characters they
appear most nearly allied, not to unite them together in a separate
group; and although this method entails a slightly greater
difficulty in the identifying of the species in question, it undoubtedly
presents to the student a more natural and therefore more
scientific arrangement.INTRODUCTION.
XIX
The following is a conspectus of the system of classification
followed in this work, so far as relates to the main sub-divisions
and the Natural Orders.
Sub-Class I. SPHAGNALES ................p.	i
Order I.	Sphagnaceae.............................. ,,
Sub-Class II. ANDRE^EALES...............p.	23
Order II.	Andreaeaceae ............................ ,,
Sub-Class III. BRYALES .................p.	30
«
Group A. Nematodonte^ .................... „
Order III.	Tetraphidacese........................... „
Order IV.	Polytrichaceae ..........................p.	32
Order V.	Buxbaumiaceae............................P-47
Group B. Arthrodonte/e....................p.	51
Sub-Group I. Aplolepideae............... „
Order VI.	Dicranaceae ............................. ,,
Order VII.	Fissidentaceae...........................p.	118
Order VIII.	Grimmiaceae .............................p.	128
Order IX.	I'ortulaceae ............................p.	162
Order X.	Encalyptaceae............................p.	226
Sub-Group II. Diplolepideae ............p.	232
* Diplolepideae Acrocarpae............ „
Order XI. Orthotrichaceae.............................. ,,
Order XII.	Schistostegaceae.........................p.	259
Order XIII.	Splachnaceae ............................p.	260
Order XIV.	Funariaceae..............................p.	266
Order XV.	Meesiaceae ..............................p.	277
Order XVI.	Timmiaceae...............................p.	283
Order XVII.	Bartramiaceae............................p.	284
Order XVIII.	Bryaceae ................................p.	298
*	* Diplolepideae Pleurocarpae.......p.	352
Order XIX. Fontinalaceae .............................. ,,
Order XX.	Cryphaeaceae ............................p.	337
Order XXI.	Neckeraceae..............................p.	359
Order XXII.	Hookeriaceae ............................p.	363
Order XXIII.	Leucodontaceae ..........................p.	365
Order XXIV.	Leskeaceae ..............................p.	372
Order XXV.	Hypnaceae................................p.	386XX
INTRODUCTION.
As to the choice of nomenclature I have been guided by very
similar considerations to those which prompted the selection of
the above classification. The principle of priority in nomenclature
may be considered as universally accepted ; but the acceptance of
the principle is far from having produced, at present, that
uniformity which is one of the most important objects it sets out
to attain ; nor can uniformity be hoped for until there is a general
acceptance, not only of the principle of priority, but of the rules
by which the principle is to be carried out; the limits, for
example, of its retrospective action. Following out the principle
in question, Lindberg has arrived at a system of nomenclature
very widely differing from that of most works on bryology, and he
has been followed very closely by Braithwaite in the British Moss
Flora. I have not felt it desirable to conform to this nomenclature
however ; partly on the grounds above given, that it would tend to
confuse beginners who might be expected to have in their hands
chiefly such works as the London Catalogue of British Mosses,
Hobkirk’s Synopsis, etc.; partly because of the extreme doubtful-
ness as to the finality of the nomenclature in question; and this
even apart from the question of the general acceptance of those
particular rules upon which the principle of priority has been
carried out by Lindberg. For it is seen that these rules them-
selves involve the almost indefinite impossibility of finality, since
there is always the chance of an earlier name being discovered
for a given species than the one whose priority is (for the time)
established; a possibility exemplified at the present time in the
literature of the Sphagnaceae in a very striking manner.
I have therefore maintained the nomenclature employed by
Schimper (Synopsis, Ed. II.) as far as is compatible with the
somewhat different classification here adopted, except in the
following cases. When a name is pre-occupied for a phanero-
gamic or other class of plant (as in the case of Thamnium and
Homalothecium) I have, of course, dropped it and employed the
earliest alternative name. And in a few cases where Lindberg’s
nomenclature has been used also in standard works of modern or
comparatively modern date (as in the case of Catharinea Ehrh.,
= Atrichum P. Beauvi) I have taken it as an indication of a general
acceptance of the name and have employed it here. I hope that
these few changes, while insufficient to cause any great difficulty
to the student, may in a measure bridge over the difference
between the “old” and the “new” nomenclatures, and prepare
the way for the latter, without introducing any unaccustomed
names but such as it may be anticipated will be finally adopted.INTRODUCTION.
XXI
The limits of the work precluded any full synonymy being
given ; nor, in a work of its scope, did it seem necessary to give,
for instance, any such full and complete synonymy as that which
forms so valuable a feature of the British Moss Flora. I have,
with few exceptions, given merely the original authority for the
specific name—when that differed from the authority for the
binomial—and also the names employed in Schimper (Synopsis,
Ed. II.) and in Braithwaite (British Moss Flora), when these
differed from the name here employed. In the case of the pleuro-
carpous mosses, I have given the name (where different) employed
by Lindberg, understanding that, in the main at least, his
nomenclature will be followed in the remaining parts of the
British Moss Flora dealing with these, which at the time of
writing have not been published.
I have not attempted to give any full list of localities, nor,
indeed, to indicate the distribution of the species in our islands,
except in the case of the rarest ones. An incomplete list of
localities is, I hold, for this purpose not only useless but
misleading, and I have not the materials for anything like a
complete list even for the more uncommon mosses ; nor would
the size of the volume allow of it. I have therefore given no
localities except for the very rare species, but when these are
given they are intended to be, so far as I could make them,
exhaustive.
The notes to the species are for the most part descriptive
rather than critical, and will, I hope, be found of assistance ; in
many cases two species may be distinguished, especially in the
field, by some slight difference in habit or mode of growth, very
difficult to define in set terms, but of more practical value, for this
purpose, than many a clearly-defined but less easily observed
structural character. The value of such notes will of course
depend upon and be proportional to the degree of the writer's
acquaintance with the plants themselves, especially in their
growing condition, and in many cases this must of necessity be
but small. While, however, making full use of other works on the
subject, I have endeavoured, whenever possible, to describe each
species from personal acquaintance with the plant itself, and, so
far as might be, from a knowledge of it in the field. In the case
of every species, and in the greater number of the varieties
described, I have examined specimens, and in most cases British
specimens, of the plant.
I have introduced the plan, which is adopted in many
continental books, but which has not, I believe, been hithertoXXI1
INTRODUCTION.
employed in any of our British works on the subject, of giving in
italics the salient and most distinctive generic and specific
characters. This will, I believe, be found a help by the student,
but it must be remembered that it is intended rather as a practical
assistance in identification than as an indication of what are, from
a systematic standpoint, characters of importance ; for though as
a rule the two run side by side it not unfrequently happens that a
feature of such slight structural importance as colour or size may
separate two species at a glance, but the italicising of these
characters must not be looked upon as necessarily implying that
they form the most important distinction between the two.
Another feature of the work which is undoubtedly in the
bryological literature of our islands something of an innovation, is
the introduction of sub-species. I have not employed this method
of classification without considerable deliberation and some
hesitancy ; nor am I unaware that it has its disadvantages, and
perhaps its dangers. The temptation to subdivide genera into
sub-genera, and species into sub-species, varieties, sub-varieties,
forms and sub-forms, becomes increasingly great with the growth
of more accurate knowledge and the closer study of forms. That
these terms represent actual and existing degrees of affinity there
can be no doubt, nor can there be any as to the importance of a
recognition of the fact; but I hold that such minute sub-divisions
are quite out of place in a general work of this kind, and are only
justified in works dealing with special and limited groups, and
even then only when they are dealt with from a somewhat
different point of view, in short when the object of the work is of
a theoretical rather than of a practical nature. I should therefore
greatly deprecate the introduction of such a chain of terms, and
their inevitably greatly multiplied nomenclature, into works
intended primarily as hand-books for the student, and secondarily
only as text-books for the systematist. f do not however think
that the introduction of sub-species alone is open to the same
objection, while it certainly meets some of the difficulties which
constantly present themselves to the classifier who has no middle
choice between species and varieties. While the method pursued
here gives, I believe, a truer view of the relationships of the
plants in question than if they were treated either as independent
species or as merely varieties, I do not think it will be found to
render the classification in any way more complex or more
cumbersome. I have retained the ordinary binomial designation
as in the case of full species, and the only practical difference will
be found to be that the sub-species are not numbered in the
headings, but indicated by an asterisk.INTRODUCTION.
xxiii
I have ventured to revive, in the case of generic names, what
was I think a feature of considerable assistance to beginners in
some of our older works, viz., the indication of their correct
pronunciation, by an accent placed over the vowel of the accented
syllable.
The Key to the Genera and the Keys to the species under
each genus have been re-written, to suit the arrangement of the
work, by the Rev. H. G. Jameson, from his “ Illustrated Guide to
British Mosses/’ They will, I have no doubt, be found of
material assistance to the beginner, especially in the larger
genera; but it must always be borne in mind that they are
intended as a guide to, not as a substitute for, the fuller
descriptions.
The Plates are based upon those published by the Rev. H. G.
Jameson in the above-mentioned work ; they have however all
been re-drawn and in many cases have been improved and added
to, while between 20 and 30 species and sub-species are here
figured which were not included there. They have all been
drawn direct from nature by means of the camera lucida, and
against each figure will be found the scale of magnification used,
the sign x 1 being employed for unmagnified figures. The scale
has been kept uniform throughout the entire series in the figures
of the leaves (x 15), the leaf-apex ( x 60), and the leaf-cells ( x 180),
so that the figures show not merely the form, but the comparative
size of the structures. The advantages derived from this are too
obvious to need pointing out.
Each species and sub-species described is represented, and
the five introductory plates will be found very useful by the
beginner, as illustrations of the technical terms used in the body
of the work ; references to these will be found in the Glossary.
iiiGLOSSARY.
Acrocarpous, having the fruit terminal on stem or branch (Tab. I., I, 5).
Acumen, a gradually tapering, narrow point.
Acuminate, with an acumen (Tab. II., 8, 12).
Acute, with a shorter, sharp point (Tab. II., 7, 14).
Aggregate, clustered.
Alar cells, the cells at the basal angles of a leaf (Tab. III., 25).
Amentula, the special branches bearing the antheridia, in Sphagnum.
Amphithecium, the outer layers of cells of the sporogonium.
Amplexicaul, clasping the stem.
Angular cells, v. alar cells.
Annulus, a specialised ring of cells between the mouth of the capsule and the lid ;
usually separable, and often highly elastic.
Annular, like a ring.
Antheridium, the male reproductive organ (Tab. V., 18).
Apiculus, a short, abrupt point.
Apiculate, ending in an apiculus (leaf, Tab. II., n).
Apophysis, a. swelling of the fruit-stalk immediately under the capsule (Tab. IV.,
9, 14, 15)-
Appendiculate (cilia), with short transverse bars at intervals (Tab. V., 15, 16).
Appressed, applied closely to the stem in an erect position.
Arboreal, growing on trees.
Archegonium, the reproductive organ of the fertile flower (Tab. V., 19).
Arcuate, bent in a curve like a bow (capsule, Tab. IX., D. 5).
Areolation, the net-work of the cells of a leaf.
Arista, a fine, bristle-shaped point.
Aristate, ending in an arista (perichaetial bract, Tab. XII., C. 3). Cf. mucronate,
cuspidate, piliferous.
Articulate, jointed (gemmae, Tab. XXXIV., I. 12).
Ascending, pointing upwards or forwards (spines, Tab. IX., C. la).
Auricle, a small lobe or special patch of cells at the basal angle of a leaf (Tab. II.,
8; XVII., H. 1).
Autoicous, having the male and fertile organs in separate inflorescences on the same
plant (Tab. XVII., E. 10).
Axil, the angle or hollow at the base of a leaf between it and the stem.
Axillary, belonging to, or in an axil (male inflor., Tab. XX., F. 1, G. 1).
Bicuspidate, with two short horns or points (Tab. XI., E. lx*).
Bifid, cleft into two divisions (paraphyllium, Tab. I., 13 ; peristome teeth, Tab.
V., 10).
Bi-stratose, in two strata or layers (cells, Tab. III., 24).
Bracts, special leaves surrounding the reproductive organs.
Bulbil, a minute bulb or bulb-shaped body (Tab. XLV., E. 12).
Bulbiform, like a bulb (plant, Tab. XXV., C.).GLOSSARY.
XXV
Ccespitose, tufted.
Calyptra, the thin veil or hood covering the lid of the capsule (Tab. IV., i, 2,
3. 6, 8).
Campanulate, shaped like a bell (calyptra, Tab. IV., 6, 8).
Canaliculate, channelled (leaf, Tab. XVI., I. 1).
Capillary, Capillaceous, hair-like.
Carinate, keeled like a boat (leaf, Tab. XXV., C. 3).
Cartilaginous, firm and tough.
CastaneouSj chestnut-coloured.
Catenulate, resembling a little chain.
Cemuous, slightly drooping (capsule, Tab. IV., n, 14; Tab. I., 10).
Chloropkyllose, containing grains of chlorophyll, or green colouring matter.
Cilia, hair-like threads (of inner peristome, Tab. V., 15, 16). Cf. processes.
Ciliate, with cilia (perichsetial bract, Tab. XII., C. 3).
Circinate> curved into a circle (leaf, Tab. LVII., F., H.).
Cirrate, curled. *
Cladocarpous, having the fruit terminating a short, special, fertile branch.
Clathrate, resembling lattice-work.
Clavate, club-shaped (gemma, Tab. IV., 5, x 180).
Cleistocarpous, capsule opening irregularly, not by a lid or valves (Tab. XII., E. 5).
Cochleariform, concave like a spoon or ladle (leaf, Tab. LIII., G.).
Columella, the central column of the capsule (Tab. IV., 15).
Coma, Comal tuft, a tuft of leaves at the tip of a stem or branch (Tab. XXV., D.).
Complanate (of leaves or branches), flattened out more or less in one plane
(Tab. II., 2).
Conduplicate, folded together, face to face (leaf, Tab. XLVIII., D. 1).
Connivent, meeting one another (perichretial bracts, Tab. XXV., C.).
Constricted, suddenly narrowed (capsule at mouth, Tab. IV., 16; below mouth,
Tab. IV., 19).
Convolute, rolled together (leaf-margins, Tab. XVI., D. 1 ; perichaetial bracts,
Tab. XXV., B.).
Cordate, heart-shaped (leaf, Tab. LIX., L. 1).
Crenulate, with fine, convex or rounded teeth (leaf-margin, Tab. VIII., G. ic;
Tab. XXI., C. ic).
Cribrose, perforated, like a sieve (peristome teeth, Tab. XXI., E. 6; Tab. XXIV.,
E. 6).
Crisped, curled up and twisted (leaves, Tab. II., 6).
Cruciform, cross-shaped.
Cucullate, hood-shaped and (of the calyptra) split on one side only (leaf-apex, Tab.
VI., A. 2 ; calyptra, Tab. IV., 6). Cf. mitriform.
Cultriform, curved like a short, wide scimitar (leaf, Tab. XLIX., F. 1).
Cuneiform, wedge-shaped (peristome teeth, Tab. V., 5).
Cuspidate, having a moderately long, stiff, acute point (Tab. II., 9). Cf. mucronate,
aristate, piliferous.
Cuticle, the outermost skin of the stem.
Cuticular, belonging to the cuticle (cells, Tab. I., 8).
Cygneous, curved suddenly downwards like a swan’s neck (seta, Tab. XXV., F. 5).
Cymbiform, boat-shaped (leaf, Tab. VI., A. 2).
Deciduous, falling off, not persistent.
Decurrent, with the base of the leaves running down the stem on each side, like wings
(Tab. II., 7; Tab. XVIII., D. 1).XXVI
GLOSSARY.
Decurved, curved downwards.
Decumbent, prostrate with the tip rising upwards.
Defiexed, bent downwards.
Dehisce, split open.
Deltoid, like a Greek Delta, or triangle (leaf, Tab. LIV , J. i).
Dendroid, tree-like.
Dentate, sharply toothed (leaves, Tab. I-, n).
Denticulate, very finely toothed, or obscurely toothed (Tab. XII., F. 3a; Tab. XII.r
I. ia).
Denuded, having the leaves worn off.
Diaphanous, colourless and transparent.
Dichotomous, repeatedly forked (stem, Tab. I., 5).
Dimorphous, of two forms.
Dioicous, having the male and fertile inflorescences on separate plants (Tab. V., 20y
21).
Discoid, like a disc or plate (male inflorescence, Tab. XL. K.).
Distichous, in two opposite rows on the stem (leaves, Tab. II., 1).
Divaricate, Divergent, spreading widely apart.
Dorsal, belonging to or on the back, i.e., the face of a leaf remote from the stem.
Emarginate, having a small notch at the end (the nearest approach to this in the
Plates is the leaf-apex, Tab. XXVIII., C.).
Emergent, half uncovered ; of the capsule, when the ^erichsetial bracts reach but da
not overtop it (Tab. XXX., J. 5). Cf. immersed, exserted.
Endemic, confined to a single country or geographical area.
Endotheciuui, the inner layers of cells of the sporogonium.
Epiphragm, a membrane covering the mouth of the capsule.
Equidistant, at equal distances from one another (peristome teeth, Tab. V., 5, 6, 7).
E quit ant, having the leaf-bases conduplicate and sheathing alternately one above the
other on opposite sides of the stem.
Erecto-patent, mid-way between erect and patent; i.e., spreading from the stem at an
angle of 450 or less.
Erose, Eroded, irregularly notched or worn, as if gnawed (perichsetial bracts, Tab,
XLVIIL, C. 5).
Everted, abruptly turned outward.
Exannulate, without an annulus.
Excavate (leaf-insertion), hollowed out in a curve.
Excunent nerve, running out beyond the lamina of the leaf (Tab. II., 9, 10).
Exserted, uncovered ; of the capsule, when the perichcetial bracts do not reach so high
as the base (Tab. XXX., K.). Cf. emergent, immersed. Of the columella, when
it protrudes from the mouth of the capsule (Tab. IV., 15 ; Tab. V., 4).
Falcate, curved like a sickle (leaf, Tab. II., 8).
Falcato-secund, falcate and turned to one side of the stem (leaves, Tab. II., 3).
Fascicle, a bunch of leaves or branches.
Fasciculate, arranged more or less in bunches.
Fastigiate, with the branches reaching to the same height.
Fibrillose, with fine fibres or threads (leaf-cell, Tab. III., 13).
Filiform, Filamentous, thread-like.
Fimbriate, fringed with cilia (Tab. VII., F. I, G. 1).
Flagella, very fine string-like branchlets.
Flagelliform, like the thong of a whip.GLOSSARY.
XXVll
Flexuose, bent backwards and forwards, or waved.
Foliose, Foliaceous, leaf-like, or leaf-bearing.
Frondose, Frondiform, like a frond, or a broad, flat, somewhat leaf-like expansion.
Fugacious, easily falling or broken off.
Fuscous, dull brown.
Fusiform, spindle-shaped, i.e., narrowly oval with narrow, tapering ends (leaf-cell,
Tab. VII., B. 2c).
Gemma, a small bud-like body, capable of reproducing the plant (Tab. IV., 5).
Gemmiferous, Gemmiparous, bearing gemmae (leaf, Tab. IV., 4).
Gemmiform, bud-like (plant, Tab. V., 3).
Geniculate, suddenly bent (seta, Tab. XXIV., H.).
Gibbous, swollen on one side (capsule, Tab. IV., 11).
Glabrous, smooth, not hairy nor papillose.
Glaucous, bluish-grey.
Globose, round like a ball.
Granulose, rough as with grains of sand.
Gregarious plants, growing near together or clustered, but not in close tufts or mats.
Guard-cells, the two kidney-shaped cells enclosing a stoma (Tab. V. 1).
Gymfiostomous, bare, without a peristome (mouth of capsule, Tab. IV., 9, 10).
Hamate, hooked (leaf, Tab. LVIII., I.).
Hispid, rough with short, stiff hairs.
Homomallous leaves, all pointing in the same direction.
Hyaline, colourless and transparent, like water (leaf-point, Tab. XXIII., D. la).
Hygroscopic, readily absorbing water and thereby altered in form or direction.
Imbricated, closely overlapping, like the tiles of a roof (leaves, Tab. I., 7).
Immersed, covered up ; of the capsule, when overtopped by the perichaetial bracts
(Tab. II., 6). Cf. emergent, exserted.
Incrassate, of the cell-walls, thickened ; of the cells, having thickened walls (Tab.
III., 2, 7, 10; the marginal cells).
Incumbent, folded inwards and lying upon.
Innovation, a branch or fresh shoot from a stem.
Insertion, the line of juncture of a leaf with the stem.
Involute, rolled inwards (leaf-margin, Tab. II., 13 ; Tab. XXXI., A. ia).
Julacecus, smoothly cylindrical, like a worm.
Lacerate, Laciniate, jagged or torn (calyptra, Tab. IV., 3).
LamellcE, thin sheets or plates of tissue (Tab. III., 22, 16 ; Tab. III., 18, in section).
Lamina, the blade, or expanded part of the leaf, as distinct from the nerve.
Lanceolate, shaped like a lance-point (leaf, Tab. VIII., B. 2).
Lenticular, like a double convex lens.
Ligulate, strap-shaped (proportionally longer and narrower than Ungulate), (leaf,
Tab. XIV., A. 1).
Limb, the upper part of the leaf as distinct from the leaf-base.
Linear, very narrow, with nearly parallel margins (leaf, Tab. XIX., C. 1 ; cells,
Tab. XV., E. ic).
Lingulate, tongue-shaped (proportionally shorter and wider than ligulate), (leaf, Tab.
XIV., C. 1).
Lumen, the cavity or space within a cell.xxviii	GLOSSARY.
Mamillaie, convex with a short point (lid of capsule, Tab. IV., 13).
Mitriform, of the calyptra, cleft on two or more sides, and symmetrical (Tab. IV., i).
Cf. cucullate.
Monoicous, having the male and fertile organs on the same plant.
Mucro, a very short, usually rather stout, abrupt point.
Mucronate, having a mucro (Tab. II., 10). Cf. aristate, cuspidate, piliferous.
Multifid, cleft into many divisions.
Muricate, Muriculate, rough with minute, sharp points (spore, Tab. XXVI., F. 9).
Muticous, not pointed.
of the capsule, the lowest part, just above the point where it joins the seta.
Nodose, covered with knots or prominences.
Nodulose, with very small knots (cilia, Tab. V., 14 ; cell-walls, Tab. III., 7).
Obconical, inversely conical, i.e., like a cone with the apex downward.
Obovate, inversely egg-shaped,	with the broadest part above (leaf, Tab. XXVI. r
J. 1).
Ochraceous, yellowish-brown.
Octofarious, arranged in eight ranks.
Oosphere, the central cell of the archegonium.
Orbicular, almost circular (leaf, XLIV., A. I).
Ovate, Ovoid, egg-shaped, or nearly so (leaf, Tab. VI., B. 2).
Pachydermous, thick-skinned.
Paired (peristome teeth), united or approximated two and two (Tab. V., 12, 17).
Panduriform, fiddle-shaped (leaf, Tab. VIII., E. 1).
Papilla, minute rounded or acute protuberances (Tab. III., 19, 20, 24).
Papillose, rough with papilke (seta, Tab. II., 15 ; leaf, Tab. L., K. ia).
Paraphyllia, minute leaf-like or much branched organs among the leaves (Tab. I.r
11,13)-
Paraphyses, jointed, hyaline hairs growing among the reproductive organs (Tab. V.,
20, 21, 22).
Parenchymatous, cells with broad ends abutting on one another, not dove-tailing
into one another (Tab. III., 8); v. prosenchymatous.
Paroicous, having the male and fertile organs in the same inflorescence, but not
mixed, the antheridia being in the axils of the perichsetial bracts below the fertile
flower (Tab. V., 23).
Patent, spreading, i.e., spreading from the stem at an angle of 450 or more.
Patulous, widely spreading.
Pedicel, a short stalk, or fruit-stalk.
Pellucid, translucent, but not hyaline.
Penicillate, tufted, like a camel’s hair brush.
Percurrent, reaching to the point but not beyond (nerve, Tab. VIII., F. ia).
Perichatium, Perichcetial bracts, special leaves or bracts enclosing the fertile flower
and often surrounding the base of the seta (Tab. XXX., B. 3).
Perigonium, Perigonial bracts, special leaves or bracts enclosing the male flower
(Tab. XL., K.).
Peristome, the fringe surrounding the mouth of the capsule upon removing the lid
(Tab. V., 5, 6, 7).
Peristomate, having a peristome.
Persistent, not falling off. v. deciduous.
Piliform, like a long, flexuose hair (nerve point, Tab. III., 16).GLOSSARY.
XXIX
Pinnate, having numerous spreading branches on each side, like a feather (Tab. I.,
9, io).
Piliferous, bearing a piliform hair. Cf. aristate, cuspidate, mucronate.
Pleurocarpous, having the fruit lateral on a stem or branch (Tab. I., 4, 9, 12).
Plicate, folded in pleats or furrows (leaf, Tab. II., 12).
PUccb, folds, as above.
Plumose, regularly and closely pinnate like a plume or feather (Tab. I., 9).
Polymorphous, of many forms.
Processes, the main divisions of the inner peristome (Tab. V., 13); v. cilia.
Proliferous, bearing abnormal or supernumerary outgrowths.
Prosenchymatous, cells with pointed ends dove-tailing into one another (Tab. III.,
9), v. parenchymatous.
Protone?na, the green, branched threads produced from the spore, and sometimes
persistent during the lifetime of the moss developed from it (Tab. V., 3).
Pseudopodium, a leafless branch resembling a fruit-stalk, often bearing gemmae (Tab.
IV., 5). Of Sphagnum, the stalk (false seta), bearing the capsule.
Punctate, Punctiform, rounded, dot-like (cells, Tab. III., 2).
Punctulate, with minute dots or points.
Pyriform, pear-shaped (capsule, Tab. IV., 13).
Quadrate, square or nearly so (cells, Tab. III., 1).
Quinquefarious, arranged in five ranks.
Radicles, rootlets springing from the stem, etc. (Tab. I., 14).
Radicular, belonging to the radicles.
Radiculose, covered with radicles.
Ramuli, minute branchlets.
Recurved, curved backwards.
Renifortn, kidney-shaped (guard-cells of stomata, Tab. V., 1).
Retort cells, special enlarged cuticular cells with a more or less recurved apex, in
Sphagnum (Tab. VI., F., branch).
Revolute, rolled back (leaf-margin, Tab. XXX., A. la).
Rhomboid, “diamond-shaped” (cells, Tab. III., 10, upper figure).
Rhizome, a subterranean root-like stem.
Rostellate, with a short beak (lid, Tab. XIII., F.).
Rostrate, with a long beak (lid, Tab. XV., B. 5).
Rosulate, in the form of a rosette.
Rufescent, reddish brown.
Rufous, reddish.
Rugose, wrinkled (apophysis, Tab. IV., 15).
Rugulose, slightly wrinkled.
Rupestral, growing on rock.
Saccate, bag or sack-shaped.
Scabrous, very rough, or warted.
Scariose, of a scaly consistency, dry and thin.
Secund, twisted to one side (leaves, Tab. II., 4).
Serrate, toothed like a saw (leaf-margin, Tab. III., 23).
Serrulate, finely serrate (leaf-margin, Tab. XX., L. 1, ic).
Sessile, not stalked.
.SWa, the fruit-stalk.
Setaceous, like a bristle (leaf-point, Tab. XIX., A. 1).XXX
GLOSSARY.
Sheathing, more or less surrounding and clasping the stem or seta (leaf-base, Tab. X.,
B. i ; perichsetial bracts, Tab. XXX., B. 3).
Sigmoid, curved like the letter S (cells, Tab. XVI., I. ic).
Sinuose, waved from side to side (cell-walls, Tab. III., 6, 7).
Sinuolate, faintly or minutely sinuose.
Spathulate, from a narrow base gradually growing broader to a. wide, rounded top
(leaf, Tab. XXVIII., C. 1).
Spinose, with sharp spiny teeth (leaf-margin, Tab. III., 21).
Spinulose, with small spines (back of leaf, Tab. IX., C. 1, ia).
Spora7igium, spore-sac, the inner sac of the capsule, containing the spores.
Sporogonium, the spore-bearing part of the moss.
Sporophyte, the non-sexual generation of the moss, i.e., all the organs produced by
the fertilisation of the archegonium.
Squarrose, spreading out at right angles from the stem (stem-leaves, Tab. II., 15).
Stellate, spreading out like a star.
Stoloniform stem, a slender creeping stem with minute leaves.
Stomata, pores in the wall of the capsule, surrounded by special guard-cells (Tab. V.,
1, 2).
Stria, very faint furrows (Tab. XVII., D. 5).
Striola, minute stria*.
Striate, Striolate, having striae, striolae.
Strict, straight and rigid.
Struma, a swelling on one side at the base of the capsule (Tab. IV., 19).
Strumose, having a struma.
Strumulose, having a small or indistinct struma.
Sub-, as a prefix, somewhat or almost; e.g.9 sub-entire, almost entire.
Subula, a very fine point like a needle or awl.
Subulate, having a subula (leaf, Tab. II., 13 ; lid, Tab. IV., 19).
Subjacent, lying just below.
Sulcate, deeply furrowed (capsule, Tab. IV., 11, 18).
Synoicous, having the male and fertile organs mixed together in the same inflorescence
(Tab. V., 22).
Terete, smooth and cylindrical.
Terrestrial, growing on earth.
Tetrahedral, having four triangular faces.
Tomentose, covered with a thick felt of radicles (stem, Tab. I., 14).
Trabeculate, with prominent transverse bars (peristome tooth, Tab. V., 10).
Trifarious, Tristichous, arranged in three ranks.
Trigonous, Triquetrous, having three angles.
Truncate, cut off abruptly (capsule, Tab. IV., 10).
Tubulose, like a little tube (leaf-apex, Tab. XVI., D. 1).
Tumid, swollen.
Turbinate, top-shaped (capsule, Tab. XLIV., B. 5).
Turgid, swollen.
Unilateral, on one side only.
Unistratose cells, in one stratum or layer (Tab. III., 19, 20).
Urceolate, like an urn or pitcher (Tab. IV., 18).
Vaginula, the minute sheath surrounding the base of the seta.
Ventricose, swollen on one side.GLOSSARY.
XXXI
Ventral, belonging to or on the front, i.e.> the face of a leaf next the stem.
Vermicular, narrow and curved, like a little worm (cells, Tab. LII., D. ic).
Vesicular, inflated like a bladder.
Verruculose, covered with wart-like prominences (cells, Tab. III., 19).
Whorled, arranged in a whorl or ring (innovations, Tab. I., 14).
NOTE ON THE MEASUREMENTS EMPLOYED.
Macroscopical measurements (of stems, leaves, setae, capsules,
etc.) are given in inches and lines, i.e., twelfths of an inch ;
microscopical measurements (of cells, spores, etc.) in millimetres,
expressed in terms of /. (/* = ^ mm.). For purposes of
comparison it may be borne in mind that for small measurements
100 p = two °f an inch, and for larger measurements i mm. = £
a line, or i line = 2 mm., very nearly.XXX11
ABBREVIATIONS.
ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED
insr THE WORK.
Hab. Habitat.
pXpP' } in Part-
et nonnull. auct. and some
authors.
et mult. auct. and many
authors.
et plur. auct. and most
authors.
n. sp. new species.
n. var. new variety.
op. cit. the above-mentioned
work.
sec. according to (e.g., sec.
Boulay, according to Soulay).
sensu, in the sense of, as used
by. . . .
sqq. and the following (e.g.,
pages).
Braithw. Br. M. FI......
Braithw. Sphagnaceae....
B.	& S..................
C.	M. Syn...............
Hobk. Syn...............
Journ. of Bot...........
Lindb., Muse. Scand.....
Lond. Cat. of Brit. Mosses.
Manual of N.A. Mosses ...
Muscol. Gall. ..
Muse. Gallica. ..
Rev. Bry........
Schp. Syn.......
Wils. Bry. Brit.
The British Moss Flora ; R. Braith-
waite, M.D. 1880 sqq.
The Sphagnaceae or Peat-Mosses of
Europe and North America; R.
Brailhwaite, M.D. 1880.
Bryologia Europaea; Bruch, Schimper
and Giimbel. 1836-55.
Synopsis Muscorum Frondosorum ;
C. Muller. 1849.
A Synopsis of the British Mosses ;
C. P. Hobkirk. 2nd ed., 1884.
The Journal of Botany, British and
Foreign.
Musci Scandinavici ; S. O. Lindberg.
lS79-
The London Catalogue of British
Mosses. 2nd ed., 1881.
Manual of the Mosses of North
America ; Lesquereux and James.
1884.
f Muscologia Gallica; T. Husnot.
I 1884-94.
Revue Bryologique, 1874-96.
Synopsis Muscorum Europaeorum ;
W. P. Schimper. 2nd ed., 1876.
Bryologia Britannica; W. Wilson.KZZE-y TO THE GEHEEA.
The following Key is solely intended to enable beginners to
refer an unrecognised specimen of moss to its proper Genus. To
use it, the student must first consult the “ General Key,” follow-
ing it down until he comes to the point where a capital letter
refers him to the proper Section for his specimen. Turning to
this, he must again follow down the Key there until he arrives at
the Genus required. For example, supposing his specimen is
Hedwigia ciliata. In the “ General Key” he looks at No. i,
which, as his leaves are not distichous, sends him on to No. 2,
and here, as his leaves have hyaline points, he finds himself
referred to " B.” Turning then to B, he finds that No. i, as
his leaves are without lamellse, sends him to No. 3, under which
the nerveless leaves of his plant point him to Hedwigia.
It should be borne in mind that the “ General Key” must be
consulted (at least until the student is thoroughly familiar with
its method) before turning to the Sectional headings, as these
headings only imply that plants with such and such a description
will be found under them, if not already included in some earlier
section, e.g., “D. Leaves bordered” does not include Catharinea,
which had already appeared under C.
GENERAL KEY.
/Leaves (at least in barren stems) distichous, in two rows only ................A
/Leaves inserted in three or more rows on the stem .............................2
fLs. with hyaline points, or with the nerve excurrent in a hair ................B
\Ls. without hyaline or hair points (or the whole leaf colourless) .............3
/Ls. with longitudinal lamelhe on inner face of nerve...........................C
3\Ls. without lamellae	on	inner face...........................................  4
/Ls. bordered with narrow cells, or with a thickened border ....................D
4\Ls. not bordered ................................................................5
/Branch-leaves with spiral fibres in their cells..................../. Sphagnum
5/Cells without spiral fibres .....................................................6
(Plant brown or blackish, very fragile, on rocks ; capsule opening by longitudinal
6-j slits .............................................................2. Andreaa
(Plant not blackish ; capsule opening by a lid, or cleistocarpous ..............7
/Plant with fruit...............................................................8
' /Plant without fruit............................................................19xxxiv	KEY TO THE GENERA.
g f Capsule immersed (or emergent only) .........................................9
\ Capsule exserted...........................................................10
/Cleistocarpous ; plants minute, growing on the ground .....................E
Capsule with a lid (stegocarpous); usually larger, often on rocks or trees.F
io/Peristome absent or rudimentary (or capsule cleistocarpous) ................G
f Seta at end of stem, or of a leafy branch.................................12
1 i-J Seta, surrounded only by the perichaetial leaves at its base, at side of stem, or of
/Capsule with apophysis as wide as, or wider than itself .....................H
\Capsule without apophysis as wide as itself ................................13
/Capsule striate, regularly furrowed when dry ................................I
^/Capsule smooth, or lightly and irregularly sulcate only when dry .............14
/Capsule erect or suberect ..................................................15
"^/Capsule inclined or cernuous, or on an arcuate seta..........................16
/Peristome teeth 4, or 16, entire, or slightly and irregularly cloven.......J
^ \Peristome teeth 16, deeply divided, * or 32.................................K
^-/Peristome single..............................................................L
\ Peristome double ...........................................................M
/Leaves single-nerved half-way or more .....................................18
' /Leaves nerveless or shortly 2-nerved .......................................20
ig/Capsule erect, symmetric .....................................................N
/Capsule cernuous, or curved, or on a curved seta...........................O
/Leaves nerveless ** or shortly 2-nerved....................................20
" /Leaves single-nerved half-way or more ......................................21
(Cells short, not much longer than wide, or long-oval in centre and short at sides
20-j of leaf ....................................................................P
[Cells elongate, at least twice as long as wide.............................Q
f Plant bearing gemmae or granular filaments on the leaves, or on special stalked
21 receptacles ..................................................................R
(Plant without such appendages...............................................22
{Nerve very broad, about £ or more of base of leaf .........................S
Nerve narrow................................................................23
/Upper cells wide, 20 (± or more in shortest diameter.......................T
•*/Upper cells small or narrow, rarely over 15 fx wide ........................24
/Leaves obtuse and entire (or bluntly apiculate).............................IX
Leaves acute, or obtuse and toothed ........................................25
(Stem (acrocarpous) usually erect or ascending, simple or dichotomously branched,
never pinnate ; leaf-cells usually quadrate, rounded or hexagonal, rarely (as in
Bryum, &c.) hexagono-rhomboid ; nerve often reaching apex or excurrent ...26
Stem (pleurocarpous) usually prostrate or creeping, often long and with divergent
lateral branches; leaf-cells most usually rhomboid or linear, or oval or rounded,
not quadrate ; nerve scarcely ever excurrent ...........................28
2£/Leaves with enlarged, often brownish, angular cells.........................V
/Leaves without dilated and coloured angular cells ..........................27
/Ls. with excurrent nerve, or with long fine subula, into which the nerve runs..
' \Ls. without excurrent nerve.................................................. X
2g/Cells short, not twice as long as wide......................................Y
0 /Cells at least twice as long as wide .......................................Z
A. Leaves distichous, inserted in two rows only on the
stem.
j / Leaves nerveless, cells lax....................................jr. Schistostega
/Leaves single-nerved, cells small ...........................................2
* Segments sometimes united by cross-branches. ** In Leucobryum apparently so only.KEY TO THE GENERA.
XXXV
f Leaves very narrow, subulate-setaceous .....................12. Swartzia
/Leaves wider, with a sheathing lamina at base .................,28. Fissidens
B.	Leaves with hyaline points, op with the nerve
exeurrent in a hair.
j /Leaves with longitudinal lamellae on inner face of nerve ...............2
\Leaves without lamelke on inner face ..................................3
/ Leaves long, stiff, opaque, with numerous lamellae .........6. Folytrichum
/Leaves nerveless, or shortly two-nerved at base .............33. He.divigia
•*/Leaves single-nerved half-way or more...................................4
/Nerve one-third or more of width of leaf near base .....24. Campylopus
^/Nerve not one-third of base .............................................5
/Lamina hyaline at apex, nerve (apparently) vanishing ..................6
5 \ Lamina not hyaline above, nerve excurrent in a hair....................9
^/Basal cells of leaf very long and narrow, nodulose .......30. Rhacomitrium
/Peristome double, capsule immersed, striate .............30. Ortliotrichum
' \Peristome single or none, capsule exserted, or immersed and smooth......8
g/Calyptra plicate ; Is. with thickened plicae on each side of nerve ...31. Coscinodon
/Calyptra smooth ; Is. without thickened plicae ..............29. Grivunia
/Cells rhomboid, with pointed ends .............................77. Btyum
^/Cells more or less quadrate .............................................10
/Peristome absent, or of short straight teeth ..................38.* Pottia
/Peristome long, twisted........................................39. Tortula
C.	Leaves with longitudinal lamellae on inner face;
peristome teeth connected toy an epiphragm.
/Leaves with a thickened, toothed border, lamellae few........4. Catharinea
2/ Lamellae sinuose..........................................3. Oligotrichum
\ Lamellae straight, very numerous ...........................6. Polytrichum
D.	Leaves bordered.
j / Leaves 2-nerved .............................................83. Hookeria
fCells (except the border) short, dense, sub-quadrate ..................3
\ Cells elongate, or large and roundish-hexagonal.......................4
f Border of elongate cells, more or less translucid ............39. Tortula
3/Border-cells scarcely elongate, opaque....................43. Cinclidotus
f Cells lax, truncate-hexagonal; capsule erect; seta smooth ..61. Funaria
41 Cells hexagonal-rhomboid or roundish ; capsule inclined or cernuous (except
[ Daltonia).............................................................5
/Border strongly toothed ; Is. large ...........................78. Mnium
->/Border entire, or more or less toothed near apex only ..................6
^/Leaves large, roundish-ovate ; cells not much elongate...................7
/Leaves more or less tapering above ; cells elongate ...................8
f Leaves obtuse or bluntly apiculate ; peristome teeth free ....78. Mnium
7-! Leaves shortly and suddenly acuminate; inner peristome a dome-shaped
( membrane....................................................79. Cinclidium
g/Nerve reaching apex or excurrent ..............................77. Bryum
/Nerve ceasing some distance below apex................................. 9
/Leaves widely ovate or obovate ; acrocarpous ..................73. Webera
y/Leaves narrow-lanceolate ; pleurocarpous ; seta rough..........84. Daltonia
* For the Key to the Species of Pottia, see Addenda.xxxvi
KEY TO THE GENERA.
E.	Cleistoearpous mosses with immersed capsule.
f Plant growing from a persistent, green protonema .
\Protonema not persistent
........................2
......................;*3
/ Calyptra minute; Is. nerveless, not or obscurely toothed......jy. Nanomitnu?n
^Calyptra larger ; Is. nerved, or nerveless and coarsely toothed ...58. Ephemerum
/ Capsule with a minute, persistent lid ; leaves curled when dry ......42. IVezsia
Capsule without a distinct lid ; leaves scarcely curled .......................4
{Leaves lanceolate-subulate, cells	long and narrow ..............................5
Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate,	or obovate .....................................6
f Capsule globose, without any apiculus, spores few, large ........g. Archidium
5\Capsule apiculate, spores numerous..................................10. Pleundiu?7i
r /Ls. serrate in upper half, nerve vanishing below apex..........jg. Physcomitrella
\Ls. entire, or toothed at apex only, nerve reaching apex or excurrent..............7
(Two or three inner perichaetial Is. very wide and concave, usually serrulate at
y\ apex ; capsule globose, not (or very minutely) apiculate ..............36. Acaulon
[inner perichaetial Is. less conspicuous, entire ; capsule apiculate...jy. Phascum
F.	Stegoearpous mosses with immersed capsule.
{Leaves nerveless ...............................
Leaves single-nerved ...........................
{Leaves complanate, more or less undulate .......
Leaves not complanate nor undulate..............
/Aquatic plant ; leaves thin, tristichous .......
'/Terrestrial plant; leaves firm, not tristichous...
{Lid minute, not separating ; plant very small ...
Lid larger, separating when ripe ...............
/Perichaetial leaves ciliate ; capsule oblique ..
5/Perichaetial leaves not ciliate ; capsule regular.
, f Fruit on a short lateral branch ................
\ Fruit terminal ................................
/Peristome absent ...............................
'/Peristome present.................................
g f Capsule not striate ; peristome single .........
/Capsule striate, or smooth with double peristome
................2
...............4
.....82. Neckera
...........•••••3
...80. Fontinalis
....33. Hedwigia
......42. Weisia
.............. -5
___8. Diphyscium
...............6
....81. Cryphcea
................7
.....22. Blindia
...............8
....2Q. Grimmia
.JO. Orthotrichum
G.	Peristome absent (or capsule cleistoearpous).
j/Seta curved .....................................................................2
\Seta straight .................................................................3
/Capsule with a lid................................................yo. Philonotis
/Capsule cleistoearpous............................................jy. Phascum
/Capsule striate, furrowed when dry ...............................48. Zygodon
•^/Capsule smooth, or irregularly sulcate only when dry...........................4
/Leaves large, roundish, very obtuse ; cells lax ..................32. (Edipodium
^fPlant without large, round, obtuse leaves.......................................5
/Cells elongate, hexagonal,	very lax and thin-walled ..........................6
5\Cells more or less quadrate, or elongate but small and narrow...................7
^/Lid conic ; calyptra mitriform...............................60. Physcomitrium
\Lid almost flat; calyptra cucullate ..............................61. Funaria
/Leaves ovate, oblong, or obovate, nerve usually excurrent ....................8
7/Leaves lanceolate, linear, or subulate .........................................9
f Calyptra long, cylindric, covering capsule ; leaves large, opaque, with large,
8^ multifid papillae..................................................46. Encalypta
[Leaves smooth or with smaller papillae ; calyptra small ..........38.* Pottia
For the Key to the species of Pottia see Addenda.KEY TO THE GENERA.	XXXvii
/Plant minute, on stone ; leaves subulate, smooth ..............13. Seligeria
y (Leaves lanceolate or linear, usually papillose............................10
IQ/Seta lateral ; Is. strongly keeled, acute, nerve vanishing...47. Anactangium
(Seta terminal .................................................42. Weisia
H. Capsule with apophysis as wide as op wider than
itself.
f Leaves with long, narrow, subulate points...................34. Tetraplodon
1	\ Leaves obtuse, or with shorter points ......................33. Splachnum
I. Capsule striate, regularly furrowed when dry
(acrocarpous).
/Capsule on an arcuate seta...............................................2
(Seta straight (the capsule erect or oblique) ............................5
2	/“Leaves ovate, with long, very lax cells...................61. Funaria
(Leaves lanceolate or subulate, cells narrow..............................3
/Capsule subglobose ; leaves papillose ...................................4
^ (Capsule elongate ; leaves smooth.............................24. Campylopus
^ (Leaves spreading, not plicate................................6g. Bartra?nia
/Capsule subglobose, oblique (erect in B. stricta) .......................6
•* (Capsule more or less oval or cylindric ..................................8
^/Teeth of peristome united into a cone ; branches 5-angled.....68. Conostomum
(Teeth of peristome free .................................................7
/Leaves short ; branches usually whorled .......................70. Philonotis
' (Leaves long and narrow ; branches not whorled................6g. Bartramia
«/Teeth of (outer) peristome grouped in pairs or fours ......................9
(Teeth of peristome equidistant...........................................n
/Calyptra sub-persistent, large, mitriform, plicate, often hairy..........10
" (Calyptra soon falling, cucullale, smooth .......................48. Zygodon
{Capsule much exserted, with superficial stomata; leaves crisped when dry (except
U Hutchinsice), basal cells very narrow ........................4Q. Ulota
Capsule usually less exserted, stomata immersed (except 0. speciosum); Is. more
or less imbricate when dry, basal cells wide ............30. Orthotrichum
1 j /Peristome single........................................................12
(Peristome double ........................................................19
{Peristome teeth 16, simple, or slightly and irregularly divided .........13
Peristome teeth 16, cloven half-way or more..............................15
/Capsule long, covered by calyptra; leaves large and wide....46. Encalypta
/Leaves subulate, entire, with excurrent nerve...............14. Brachyodus
^ (Leaves linear or ligulate, usually toothed, nerve vanishing .17. Rhabdoweisia
/Leaves (apparently) nerveless, large, whitish...............27. Leucob?yum
g/ Peristome teeth divided to base .............................16. Ceratodon
(Peristome teeth divided	half-way........................................ 17
/Leaves with swollen, usually brownis]}, angular cells.......26. Dicranum
‘ (Leaves without special angular cells .....................................18
{Leaves crisped when dry, papillose, toothed above, cells short
18. Cynodontium
Leaves rarely crisped, smooth, cells elongate (except D. heteromalla)
21. Dicranella
/Capsule with spiral striae, erect .............................46. Encalypta
y (Capsule without spiral striae, cernuous ..................................20
fLs. coarsely toothed, cells of sheathing base long and narrow .66. Timmia
20-J Ls. entire or finely toothed, not sheathing, basal cells little elongate
[	63. Aulacomniumxxxviii
KEY TO THE GENERA.
J. Capsule smooth, erect, peristome teeth 4-16, nearly
simple.
{Peristome teeth 4 only..........................................
Peristome teeth 16 ............................................
/Leaves wide, with long, very lax cells .........................
\Cells short, or elongate and narrow ............................
/Leaves strongly serrate, or entire and very obtuse .............
Leaves almost entire, acute ...................................
/Peristome teeth strongly paired, reflexed when dry ..........33.
/Leaves subulate, smooth ; growing on stones or rocks ...........
5/Leaves more or less lanceolate, or wider, usually papillose ....
✓■/Plant minute ; angular cells of leaves not coloured.............
\ Plant larger ; angular cells distinct, brownish ...............
/Nerve excurrent (or leaves wide-ovate, obtuse, very concave) ... .
' /Nerve ceasing in or below apex ................................
^/Capsule long, cylindric ; Is. large, with large multifid papillae ....
\Capsule shorter, oval; Is. smooth, or with smaller papillae ......
.3. Tetraphis
...........2
.............3
..............4
... .33. Tayloria
__61. Funaria
Glyphovi itrium
.............5
.............6
.............7
...13. Seligeria
...22. Blindia
.............8
............10
.46. Encalypta
.............9
9(
I0{
»{
12
Leaves ovate-lanceolate, ovate, or obovate .............................38. Pottia
Leaves linear-lanceolate or lanceolate.................................42. JVeisia
Ls. blackish-green, opaque, bistratose above (alpine rocks).........29. Grimmia
Ls. not bistratose .............................................................11
Ls. wide at apex, serrate above.................................41. Leptodontium
Ls. narrowed towards apex, almost entire........................................12
Perichcetial ls. distinct, sheathing; ls. more or less coloured at angles...
23. Dicranoweisia
PerichEetial ls. not distinct; angles not coloured ..................40. Barbala
K. Capsule smooth, erect, peristome teeth 16, deeply
divided, or 32 (acrocarpous.)
■{
*{
Peristome twisted.............................................................2
Peristome straight ...........................................................4
Ls. oblong or obovate, or covered with granular filaments..........39. Tortilla
Ls. more or less tapering in upper half, without granular filaments...........3
Ls. usually short, or with recurved margins ; hyaline cells not ascending up
margin ...........................................................40. Barbula
Ls. very long and narrow, with plane margins ; basal hyaline cells ascending up
margin...............................................43. Trichostomum
{Basal cells long, narrow, nodulose ........................30. Rhacomitrium
Basal cells not nodulose ..................................................5
{Plant small, glaucous-green ; among alpine rocks ................13. Scclania
Plant not glaucous ........................................................6
^/Upper cells elongate .......................................................7
/Upper cells short, usually more or less quadrate.......................... 8
/Nerve excurrent in the narrow subula ..........................11. Ditrichum
'/Nerve ceasing below apex .......................................21. Dicranella
(Nerve excurrent, angular cells brownish ; peristome teeth divided half-way...
26. Dicranum
Nerve not excurrent, angular cells not coloured ; peristome teeth usually divided
nearly to base ..............................................................9
/Leaves more or less toothed above ..................................10
9/Leaves entire (unless at extreme apex) .............................11
/Leaves plicate ......................................32. Ptychomitrium
Leaves not plicate ...................................18. Cynodontium
( Leaf-margin recurved ; nerve not excurrent................40. Barbula
11-J Leaf-margin plane or incurved ; nerve excurrent (except tenuirostre)...
\	43. TrichostomumKEY TO THE GENERA.	xxxix
L.	Capsule inclined op on an arcuate seta, with single
peristome (acrocarpous).
j / Seta bent or curved downwards when moist ..............................2
/Seta straight (except where it joins the capsule) .....................5
fLs. with large inflated auricles, and long fine points.....23. Dicranodontium
2 \ Ls. not auricled .......................................................3
/ Plant tall; nerve 2-winged at back .........................29. Grimmia
^/Plant very small; nerve not winged.......................................4
/Nerve vanishing ; peristome teeth narrow, usually cloven...34. Campylostelium
Nerve excurrent; peristome teeth lanceolate, usually entire..13. Seligeria
/Capsule sub-globose,	horizontal.........................................6
Capsule not globose.....................................................7
^ f Plant almost stemless, with minute nerveless leaves.........36. Discelium
0	\ Stem bearing numerous nerved leaves ; capsule very small.67. Catoscoi>ium
/Leaves with angular cells enlarged, usually brownish.........26. Dicranum
' /Leaves without special angular cells.....................................8
g/Capsule with neck as long as itself .........................20. Trematodon
/Ls. with upper cells elongate, smooth .......................21. Dicranella
"/Upper cells more or less quadrate, scarcely elongate ....................10
/ Leaves smooth ; capsule strumose..........................18. Cynodontium
/Leaves papillose ; capsule not strumose....................19. Dichodontium
M.	Capsule inclined or pendulous, with double
peristome (acrocarpous).
/Plant almost stemless, with minute nerveless leaves .........7. Buxbaumia
1	/ Leaves nerved ........................................................2
{Leaves linear-setaceous ; plant small...................................3
Leaves not setaceous ...................................................4
/Capsule inclined, clavate .................................73. Orthodontium
3 \ Capsule pendulous, pyriform................................74. Leptobryu?n
/Outer peristome much shorter than inner ; ls. lingulate................5
Outer peristome equalling	inner.........................................6
.-/Cells truncate-hexagonal, lax ; peristome curved spirally ....61. Funaria
°/Cells pointed or roundish ; peristome not curved ........................7
/Capsule very long-necked, mouth very oblique ..............76. Plagiobryum
• /Capsule short-necked, or long-necked and regular........................8
o/Leaves entire, obtuse (or sub-acute at most)..............................9
/Leaves acute or acuminate, or less acute and serrate ................. jo
/Leaves large, over line, roundish ...........................7^- Mnium
/Upper cells large, roundish-hexagonal; ls. large.............78. Mnium
I0/Upper cells elongate, hexagonal-rhomboid................................11
/Cilia without appendages, nerve not excurrent, rarely reaching apex...73. Webera
11 /Plants with either appendiculate cilia, or excurrent nerve ..77. Bryum
N.	Capsule erect, pleurocarpous (leaves nerved).
/Seta rough; ls. narrow, tapering, plicate..................108. Pleuropus
f Leaves papillose ......................................................3
/Leaves smooth ......................................................... 6
1Yxl
KEY TO THE GENERA.
/Ls. very short, roundish, obtuse; branches rolled up when dry
/Leaves with long curved papillae on back ; cells elongate .. 97.
4	(Leaves with short papillae ; cells short, quadrate or roundish ...
/ Stem stoloniform, with ascending branches .........................
5	(Stem not stoloniform ..............................................
.-/Stem slender, prostrate, not dendroid; Is. acuminate.................
(Stem robust, dendroid ; ls. obtuse or shortly pointed...............
{Leaves serrate, plicate, obtuse.....................................
Leaves serrulate only, not plicate, acute or sub-acute .............
...96. Leptodon
...............4
Pterigynandrum
...............5
...95. Anomodon
.....94.. Leskea
...106. Lescuj'cea
...............7
.101. Climacium
,.107. Isothecium
O.	Capsule eernuous, pleuroearpous (leaves nerved).
f Leaves papillose .......................................................2
1	(Leaves smooth ..........................................................3
/Stem markedly pinnate or bipinnate .......................100. Thuidium
2 (Stem irregularly branched ................................99* Pseudoleskea
/Cells very small, roundish ; stem dendroid ...............92. Porotrichum
3	(Cells more or less elongate............................................4
/Leaves strongly complanate, obtuse or very shortly apiculate .83. Homalia
4	(Leaves not or laxly complanate, and if so acute ......................5
/Seta very short, usually curved ; ls. with recurved teeth at apex...91. Antitrichia
5	(Seta longer ; ls. without recurved teeth .............................6
./Lid longly rostrate ....................................112. Eurhynchium
(Lid not longly rostrate..................................................7
7 (Capsule more or less cylindric, usually curved...........................8
g/Cells about 3-5 times as long as wide ..................114. Amblystegium
(Cells much elongate......................................................9
/Ls. lanceolate, with long narrow acumen, plicate, imbricate.. 109. Camptothecium
9 (Ls., if acuminate, either secund or squarrose ............115. Hypnum
P.	Leaves nerveless or shortly 2-nerved, with short
cells (at least at the sides).
2
3
4
5
6
/Leaves strongly plicate when moist, acuminate..........
(Leaves not (or only very slightly) plicate when moist.
/ Plant rather robust, leaves over £ line long..........
(Plant very slender, leaves under ^ line long...........
f Leaves serrate above, margin plane ..................
/Leaves entire, margin recurved ........................
/Leaves finely serrulate, usually papillose ............
(Leaves entire.........................................
/Leaves acuminate, sub-squarrose, smooth ...............
(Leaves not acuminate, more or less imbricate..........
/Leaves sub-acute, smooth .............................
(Leaves obtuse or apiculate, more or less papillose....
,87. Leucodon
...........2
................3
................4
..88. Pterogonium
....33. Hedwigia
,98. Heterocladium
................5
....89. Habrodon
................6
.....90. Jl/yrinia
....93. Myurella
Q.	Leaves nerveless or 2-nerved, with elongated cells.
/Leaves complanate, or 3-ranked, or uniformly falcato-secund ...................2
(Leaves all round the stem, or subsecund only...................................6
/ Cells very lax, over 50 /j. wide ; ls. complanate, obtuse...86. Pterygophyllum
(Cells narrow...................................................................3
/ Leaves falcato-secund ............................................uj. Hypnum
3 (Leaves not distinctly secund ...................................................4KEY TO THE GENERA.	xli
f Leaves 3-ranked ; stem long, usually floating ................80. Fontincilis
Leaves complanate ........................................................5
/Branches pinnate ; leaves undulate (except complanata)............82. Neckera
5/Branches not pinnate ; leaves flat (except undulatum) ....113. Plagiothecium
^/Leaves covered at back with long papillae ................97. Pterigynandrtim
/Leaves smooth (or with a few papillae near apex) ........................7
/Ls. very concave, imbricate, with long filiform apiculus ......103. Myurium
'/ Ls. without filiform apiculus .............................................8
g/Ls. whitish, with cells in several layers ....................27. Leucobryum
(Ls. obtuse, or widely and bluntly pointed, or apiculate .................10
^/Ls. acute or acuminate.....................................................12
IQf Aquatic or marsh plant.........................................113. Hypnum
/Terrestrial plant........................................................11
11/Stem and ls. pale ; auricles of small, opaque cells .....102. Cylindrothecium
/Either the stem red, or the aurides of large, thin cells.......113. Hypnum
I2/Stem and branches red, often with paraphyllia; plant robust ...116. Hylocomium
tStem and branches not red ...............................................13
/Leaves very minute ; plant slender, conferva-like ......114. Amblystegium
^/Leaves easily visible ...................................................  14
/Leaves wide-ovate, sharply serrate, with short acumen .....111. Hyocomium
4/Leaves entire, or with a long, finely serrulate acumen ....................15
/Ls. more or less squarrose or recurved ........................113. Hypnum
5/Ls. imbricate (and plicate) or sub-secund .................................16
/Ls. reddish, more or less plicate, at least when dry.......103. Orthothecium
‘ /Ls. not reddish nor plicate ................ .............................18
jg/Ls. ovate below; capsule erect, lid conic ......................104. Pylaisia
/Ls. lanceolate ; capsule cernuous, or erect with rostrate lid .113. Hypnum
R. Plant with gemmse op filaments on the leaves op on
special receptacles.
/Plant with special stalked receptacles ..................................2
/Plant without such receptacles ...........................................3
/Gemmae in stalked roundish heads ..........................63. Aulacomnium
2/Gemmae in terminal leafy cups ...................................3. Tetraphis
{Gemmae collected at the end of the nerve.................................4
Gemmae or filaments on the surface of the leaf or nerve .................5
/Leaves entire.....................................................49. Uloia
^/Leaves serrate............................... ............41. Leptodontium
/Appendages confined to the (often dilated) nerve..................39. Tortula
5/Appendages scattered over the face of the leaf ............30. Orthotrichum
S. Nerve wide, about one-third of base of leaf.
{Ls. with subulate points, mostly formed by the nerve ....................2
Ls. lanceolate, nerve not reaching apex....................92. Porotrichum
/ Ls. with coloured or dilated angular cells..............................3
/Ls. without special angular cells........................................5
(Ls. suddenly narrowed above base to a long subula .......................4
Ls. more gradually subulate....................................24. Campylopus
/Basal auricles of ls. large and inflated ...............23. Dicranodontium
4/Basal auricles slightly developed or absent .....................26. Dicranum
/Ls. secund; upper cells not much elongate .........*...........21. Dicranella
->/Ls. spreading; upper cells very long and narrow.............74. Leptobryumxlii
KEY TO THE GENERA.
T. Cells wide, 20 m op more in their shortest diameter.
/Cells short, quadrate or roundish .........................................2
1 / Cells elongate ............................................................5
f Nerve excurrent ...............................................3& Pottic
/ Nerve vanishing below apex ...............................................2
/Leaves serrate .................................................7^* Mniwn
Leaves entire...........................................................  A
/ Leaves very large, roundish ..............................S2- CEdipodium
4/Leaves oblong................................................-5°' Orthotrichun,
/Cells mostly with pointed ends ............................................^
5/Cells flattened at the ends (or leaves large, wide, and flaccid) ............£
./Ls. small, closely imbricate, green or pinkish ..............76. Plagiobrywn
\Ls. rarely imbricate, or imbricate and silvery white ......................7
/Ls. usually narrow, nerve not reaching apex * ..................75- Webera
‘ /Ls. usually wider, nerve often reaching apex or excurrent *	.....77. Bryiim
n I Leaves ending in long fine points..........................-54' Tetraplodon
/Leaves without such points.................................................5
/Leaves obtuse and entire .................................................ic
^/Leaves acute ...............................................................11
10	/ Leaves lingulate .........................................>55* Tayloria
/Leaves narrow, serrate near apex ............................62. A mb lyodor,
11	\ Leaves wide, ovate or obovate ** .......................61. Funaria, £fc.
U. Leaves obtuse and entire, or bluntly apieulate.
/Basal cells long and narrow, strongly nodulose.............30. Rkacomitriut?,
1/Basal cells not nodulose, at most sinuose only...............................2
/ Upper cells short, more or less quadrate or roundish .....................2
/Upper cells elongate .....................................................ic
/Branches pinnate or bipinnate, rolled up closely when dry ......96. Leptodor,
’/Branches not rolled up when dry ..........................................4
/Leaves narrow, very short, not £ line long......................42. Weisic
4/ Leaves over £ line long ....................................................c
/Ls. pale, yellowish, pellucid ; upper cells sinuose........63. Aulacomniun,
^/Ls. dark-green, more or less opaque ; cells not sinuose (except Grimmia) ....t
Leaves obovate-spathulate .....................................39. Tortulc
/Stem stoloniform, much interlaced, with erect branches.......93. Anomodor,
' /Stem not stoloniform .......................................................$
gf Leaves over two lines long, with course multifid papillae ....46. Eucalypti
/Cells quadrate, sometimes sinuose ..............................29. Grimmic
” /Cells rounded ...............................................30. Orthotrichun
IQ/Leaves strongly squarrose-recurved ...........................21. Dicranellt
/Leaves not markedly squarrose ............................................I]
11/Cells with flattened ends ; ls. narrow-lingulate ................63. Meesit
/Cells with pointed or overlapping ends ....................................1;
I2f Leaves very large (over 2 lines), roundish......................78. Mniun
/ Leaves smaller ..........................................................1;
/Plant acrocarpous, erect; cells usually rather wide ............77. Bryun
^/Plant pleurocarpous, rarely erect ; cells very narrow .........113. Hypnuti
* See also under IVebera, p. 302.
This would include several species of Physcomitriu>n, Funaria, Splachnum, and Tayloria,
hardly to be identified by a Key in the absence of fruit.KEY TO THE GENERA.	xliii
V.	Leaves with enlarged (often brownish) angular cells
(acrocarpous).
/ Leaves serrate above........................................26. Dicranum
\ Leaves entire, or finely serrulate at apex only.........................2
/Cells short, more or less quadrate.......................................3
2 / Cells elongate...............................................22. Blindia
/Ls. much crisped when dry; plant small ..................23. Dicranoweisia
3\Ls. not or only slightly crisped ..............................26. Dicranum
W.	Leaves with excurrent nerve, or with long, fine
subulate points into which the nerve runs.
/Cells not twice as long as wide, usually quadrate or roundish ...........2
/Cells elongate, or with pointed ends ....................................13
fLs. toothed in upper part, or with long, fine, denticulate subula........3
\Ls. entire in upper part, or with a few teeth at apex only...............7
/Ls. short, glaucous, mealy-looking ; plant small ............13. Scelania
•’/Ls. not glaucous, or else long and narrow ................................4
/Ls. papillose, long and narrow, spreading or erect...........69. Bartramia
4/Ls. smooth, squarrose or secund ...........................................5
/Ls. subulate-setaceous, secund ..............................11. Ditrichum
-’/Ls. ovale or lanceolate, squarrose........................................6
^/Ls. with pale zone at margin and wide apex ................41. Leptodontium
/Ls. without pale margin, tapering to narrow apex.............44. Pleurochccte
/Cells rounded, incrassate ; ls. short .......................48. Zygodon
' /Cells more or less quadrate or oblong ....................................8
g/Leaves more or less ovate, or obovate, or large and oblong ................9
/Leaves ovate-lanceolate, lanceolate, or linear ..........................10
/Ls. large, opaque with coarse, multifid papillae ............46. Encalypta
y/Ls. smooth or finely papillose* ...............................39. Tortula
io/Margin usually recurved ; ls. more or less lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate.11
/Ls. more or less toothed at apex, not red below .............16. Ceratodon
/Ls. entire at apex, or toothed, and the lower ones red ......40. Barbula
f Ls. glaucous, serrate near base, entire above...............42. Weisia
2\Ls. entire below (or slightly crenulate near base only)**..43. Tricliostomum
/Ls. very long and narrow ; branches not whorled .............69. Bartramia
*4/Ls. shorter and wider; branches often whorled ................70. Philonotis
/Ls. subulate; cells narrow-oblong*** ........................21. Dicranella
5/Ls. ovate or lanceolate ; cells rhomboid.......................77. Bryum
X.	Leaves without exeurrent nerve (acrocarpous).
f Leaves with basal cells sinuose or nodulose.............................2
/Basal cells not sinuose nor nodulose ....................................3
/ Basal cells very long and narrow, nodulose .............30. Rhacomitrium
/Basal cells shorter, sinuose, or else nerve 2-winged at back above ...29. Grimmia
/Cells elongate or pointed at the end ....................................4
'’/Cells short, usually quadrate or rounded..................................12
* This would also include some species of Pottia, not likely to be gathered without fruit.
This would include some species of Weisia, mostly with involute leaf-margin, but hardly likely to
be gathered without fruit.
*** Including Ditrichum, hardly to be distinguished without fruit.4-
5
6
7-
8
9
io
ii
12-
13
14
JS
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26-
27
28
29-
KEY TO THE GENERA.
Leaves squarrose, plicate .........................................7Breutelia
Leaves not squarrose ...........................................................5
Leaves papillose ...............................................................6
Leaves smooth ..................................................................8
Leaves small, closely imbricated in 5 ranks ..................68. Conostomum
Leaves larger, not conspicuously 5-ranked ......................................7
Ls. ovate or ovate-lanceolate; branches often whorled .............7°• Philonotis
Ls. long, lanceolate or linear ; branches not whorled..............69. Bartrcunia
Ls. almost setaceous, very narrow...............................................9
Ls. not setaceous .............................................................10
Ls. sharply serrulate near apex ; nerve wide below ...........74 Leptobryum
Ls. bluntly toothed; nerve narrow; cells wider ...............73. Orthodontium
Ls. usually lanceolate ; nerve not reaching apex*.............................11
Ls. usually ovate ; nerve often reaching apex.........................77. Bryum
Tufts very dense and compact; ls. very small .........................72. Oreas
Tufts usually looser ; ls. larger.....................................73. Weber a
Leaves toothed in the whole upper part........................................13
Leaves entire, or toothed near apex only .....................................22
Leaves plicate ...............................................32. Ptychomitrium
Leaves not plicate ............................................................14
Leaves squarrose, more or less recurved....................................... 15
Leaves not squarrose...........................................................19
Ls. sub-acute or somewhat obtuse, strongly papillose .........19. Dichodontiuvi
Ls. acute, smooth or finely papillose ........................................16
Ls. short, ovate or oblong.....................................................17
Ls. lanceolate or linear.......................................................18
Stem tall, tomentose ; ls. widely ovate ...........................64. Paludella
Stem short; ls. oblong .......................................41. Leptodontium
Cells small, rounded...............................................48. Zygodon
Cells more or less quadrate or oblong .............................69. Bartrayjiia
Leaves sharply papillose........................................................6
Leaves smooth or obscurely papillose...........................................20
Ls. long (3 lines), coarsely toothed, incurved when dry............66. Timmia
Ls. shorter, crisped and twisted when dry......................................21
Ls. linear or ligulate, with rather blunt points .............77. RJiabdoweisia
Ls. linear-lanceolate, tapering to narrow points .............18. Cynodontium
Cells rounded, or irregular and pellucid......................................23
Cells more or less regularly quadrate .........................................26
Leaves short, scarcely £ line long ................................48. Zygodon
Leaves longer, usually over 1 line long .......................................24
Ls. dark-green, rigid and imbricate when dry..................30. Orthotrichum
Ls. usually paler, more or less crisped when dry .............................25
Ls. with narrow points ; base dilated, unistratose ...................49. Ulota
Ls. with rather wide points ; base not dilated, bistratose....63. Aulacomnium
Plants in deep, dense tufts among rocks ; Is. usually linear or linear-lanceolate...27
Plants short, or loosely tufted ; ls. usually lanceolate, with the margin recurved,
at least in part.............................................................30
Tufts very compact, bright green above; ls. rather short .....47. Ancectangium
Leaves long and narrow ; tufts less compact...................................28
Ls. acute ; cells minute, rather opaque ......................................29
Ls. sub-acute, or acute with pellucid cells ..........................^ Weisia
Ls. curled up or merely flexuose when dry; nerve not glossy at the back when
dry ...............................................................48. Zygodon
Ls. long, much crisped and twisted when dry ; nerve usually glossy at the back
43. Trickostomum
See also under JVebera, p. 302.KEY TO THE GENERA.
xlv '
(Nerve reaching the more or less toothed apex .................16. Ceratodon
Apex entire, or else the nerve vanishing below it.................40. Barbula
Y. Pleuroearpous mosses with nerved leaves and short
cells.
{Stem covered with green paraphyllia, markedly pinnate ........100. Thuidium
Stem without paraphyllia .................................................2
fLs. serrate above ; plant tall, dendroid, rigid ............92. Porotrichum
\Ls. entire, or toothed near apex only ................... ................3
fLs. more or less toothed near ape£ .......................................4
^\Ls. entire throughout ......................................................5
{Ls. smooth, cells more or less rhomboid ......................106. Lescurcea
Ls. papillose, cells oval...................................99. Pseudoleskea
/Nerve ceasing about £ or f up the leaf....................................6
Nerve reaching nearly or quite to apex....................................8
^/Ls. ovate, over £ line long.....................................81. Cryphcea
/Ls. imbricate, papillose, cells very small .................99. Pseudoleskea
' \Ls. sub-complanate, smooth, cells larger.......................90. Myrinia
g/Primary stem stoloniform, with minute leaves..................93. Anomodon
\Stem not stoloniform .............................................94. Leskea
Z. Pleuroearpous mosses with nerved leaves and long*
cells.
/Ls. strongly papillose at back............................................2
\Ls. smooth, or with a few papillae near apex only ........................3
/ Stem markedly pinnate, with paraphyllia .....................100. Thuidium
\Stem irregularly branched, slender ......................97. FHcrigynandrum
/Ls. with sharp, recurved teeth at apex, margin revolute ......91. Antitrichia
/Stem dendroid, bare below, branched above ................................5
/Ls. rather obtuse, serrate, plicate ........................101. Climacium
5\Ls. not plicate, more or less acute, serrulate only ........................6
6/Ls. short-pointed ; plant rather robust ...................107. Isothecium
\Ls. acuminate; plant small ..............................112. Eurhynchium
/Cells rarely more than 2-5 times as long as wide .........................8
' / Cells long and narrow.....................................................9
0/Leaves entire or nearly so, or with a very thick nerve ....114. Amblystegium
\ Leaves serrulate, at least near apex ...................112. Eurhynchium
f Leaves either transversely rugose, or on a red stem, clothed with paraphyllia
9J	116. Hylocomium
(Plant without either of these characters..................................10
/Leaves uniformly falcato-secund...............................nj. Hypnum
I0\ Leaves not falcato-secund.................................................11
/Ls. plicate, with long, narrow acumen, more or less imbricate ............12
11 \Ls. not plicate, or plicate with shorter points ..........................14
/Ls. lanceolate, tapering almost from base ................................13
I2\Ls. wider at base, ovate-lanceolate ......................no. Brachythecium
f Stem creeping, on walls or trees, etc., branches incurved....108. Pleuropus
T3\Stem erect, usually on the ground ........................109. Camptotheciumxlvi
KEY TO THE GENERA.
Ls. either with distinct swollen auricles, or else more or less squarrose and entire
• Mi	ns• Hypnu
[Ls. not conspicuously auricled, not squarrose and entire-.............
/Stem often pinnate ...................................112. Eurhynchin
5\Stem irregularly branched * ** .......................no. Brachytheciu
* This would include H. riparium, the leaves of which are not auricled, and are scarcely squarros
though widely divergent and straight when dry.
** See also the introductory remarks to these Genera.CLASS MUSCI.
SUB-CLASS I. SPHAQNALES.
Spores not developed from the Endothecium, but from a
distinct layer of cells, the Amphithecium. Columella developed
from the Endothecium, not penetrating the spore-bearing layer.
Capsule opening by a lid.
Order I. SPHAGNACE^E.
The Sphagnacese differ so widely from the rest of the mosses
that they are by many authorities not even considered to be mosses
at all in the strict sense of the word. In the fasciculate arrange-
ment of the branches, in the cell structure of the leaves, and in the
absence, except in the young state, of rootlets, their vegetable
morphology has no parallel among the mosses, while the struc-
ture of the reproductive organs, both male and female, serves
still further to widen the gap.
If, however, the differences which separate them from the
other mosses are striking, the points of resemblance are no less
so, and a work which treats of the mosses in general and omits
the Sphagnaceae, can hardly avoid giving a sense of incomplete-
ness.
The plants belonging to this order are comprised within
a single genus. They are usually found in dense masses or
cushions in bogs or on wet moorlands, where they often form the
prevailing and the distinctive feature of the vegetation ; more
rarely on the brink of mountain streams or in the clefts of
rocks.
The stem is usually erect and thread-like, the erect position
being only maintained by the crowded condition of the plants. It
is composed of two forms of tissue, a central cylinder or axis,
usually coloured, and having the outer layers of its cells often
more or less tough and hard; this is surrounded by a cuticular
sheath of from one to four layers of larger hyaline cells with thin
walls; these, however, are not always easily distinguishable
from the outer layers of the central axis. The cuticular sheath
B2
SPHAGNACE/E.
of the branches usually has in addition an outer series of flask
shaped cells, the retort cells, slightly narrowed above into a neck
which is frequently more or less recurved from the branch ; thi
is markedly the case in S. tenellum.
The stem leaves are thin and fragile, differing in form ant
structure from those of the branches. The branches are ii
fascicles of from 3 to 12, generally of two forms, some beinj
pendent and more or less appressed to the stem, usually longe
and more flagelliform than the others, which are divergent, mort
spreading or even ascending, and for the most part stouter,
with shorter and broader leaves. The branches at the apex o
the stem are as a rule more densely crowded and shorter, forming
a more or less compact head, the capitulum.
The areolation of the branch leaves is very remarkable. I
consists of a single layer of cells of two forms, alternating wit!
one another; the true cells being very narrow, more or les;
chlorophyllose, and almost hidden between the larger ones, th<
utricles or hyaline cells, which are usually sinuosely elliptical 01
rhomboid, and with rare exceptions contain spiral fibres or more
accurately spiral thickenings of the cell walls ; the walls are alsc
perforated by rounded pores. The stem leaves differ in theii
tissue being entirely composed of hyaline cells, possessing much
fewer fibres and pores, which may indeed be altogether absent.
The antheridia are remarkably like those of the foliose
Hepaticse, and are hardly approached in structure among the
mosses, except perhaps in Buxbaumia. They are stalked
globular, and lie singly in the axils of the bracts, usually at the
apex of specialised branches of the capitulum, called amentula
The paraphyses are very finely capillary, and are branched.
The female flower is formed as a bud on the stem in the axi
of one of the upper fascicles. After fertilisation the perichaetia
bracts elongate so as to give the whole the appearance of a
short lateral branch, while the basal part of the sporogonium
which may be termed the vaginula, elongates rapidly into 1
“pseudopodium” upon which the ripening sporangium is elevatec
above the perichaetial bracts. The mature capsule is almost
uniform in all species of Sphagnum, of a chestnut brown, globose
or elliptical, with a flattish or convex lid which separates suddenl)
at maturity by contraction of the walls of the capsule. The
calyptra is very delicate, and is irregularly torn in separating fronr
the vaginula by the growth of the sporogonium. The spore;
are of two kinds, the one much larger than the other. On germin-
ation these—the macrospores at least—give rise to a flat frondose
prothallium.SPHAGNACE/'E.
3
In colour the various species of Sphagnum vary from white
through all shades of pink and reddish brown to a rich deep red,
and through every tint of green and greenish yellow to a bright
grass green. In shady situations green is the prevailing tint; in
the open the red tints frequently preponderate, owing to the
formation of tannin. Within certain limits the colour may be
looked upon as a character of importance in distinguishing species,
and it is a curious fact that in forms of .S', acutifolium growing
in shady places, while the rest of the plant is entirely green,
the male amentula invariably show traces of red. When dry the
plant loses much of its .green hue, presumably on account of the
much greater shrinking of the contents of the chlorophyllose
cells in proportion to that of the empty colourless hyaline ones.
The length to which the stem of a Sphagnum plant may grow
is practically indefinite. When growing loosely in ditches or
deep pools the stems are sometimes gathered several feet long;
Wilson mentions a specimen seven feet in length from near
Edinburgh. As a rule, however, and especially when growing
on drier ground, where growth is slower and exposure to the air
renders decay more rapid, the lower part of the stem becomes
fragile and decomposed as rapidly as the apical part elongates,
and from the more compact forms it is often difficult to obtain
unbroken specimens of more than a few inches in height, although
below this there may be a considerable depth of substance
composed entirely of remains of the Sphagnum plant. The
lengths given in the descriptions of the different species must,
therefore, be looked upon only as affording a means of comparison
between species, not as an indication of the maximum height they
may attain.
The stem is normally dichotomous, a secondary stem being
formed each year below the apex, and when these secondary
stems are fully developed we have the repeatedly forked axis
which by its constantly increasing ramifications produces the dense
rounded cushions so characteristic of the peat-mosses. It does
not however happen that all of these secondary branches are
developed; indeed, several years’ growth usually takes place
without dividing : hence it is rarely that a plant is gathered
showing more than two or three forkings.
The structure of the cell tissue, as well as the general
arrangement of the parts of the Sphagnum plant, renders it
peculiarly adapted to the absorption and conduction of water.
In this way, if a plant or a tuft of Sphagnum is placed in
water, the latter is very rapidly soaked up and distributed over
the whole plant, from the surface of which it can easily pass by4
SPHAGNACE^:.
evaporation and transpiration. In this way extensive tracts of
watery country have been “drained” of their moisture, while at
the same time the surface has been raised by the constantly
accumulating- debris of decayed tissue at the base of the plants,
thus becoming accessible to and habitable by mankind. The
mass of vegetable detritus so formed, when compressed by the
weight of growth above it, is often changed into peat; hence the
name of Peat-Moss by which the family of Sphagnaceae is com-
monly known.
The position and form of the chlorophyllose cells of the
branch leaves is of considerable importance in the determina-
tion of species. This is best ascertained by cutting thin sections;
but their position, whether dorsal or ventral, may often be
ascertained more simply by careful focussing of the leaves, both
back and front, with a high power. When the chlorophyllose
cell emerges on either side of the leaf, it will appear, viewed from
that side, to lie between the two adjacent hyaline cells, the
spiral fibres of which will thus be seen to spring from two separate
lines, the sides of the chlorophyllose cell, between which the
coloured contents of the latter are visible (v. Tab. VI. F.).
When, on the other hand, the chlorophyllose cell is enclosed on
either face of the leaf by the hyaline cells, the latter, when viewed
from that side, will appear to meet in a thin line above the
chlorophyllose cell, in such a manner that their spiral fibres appear
to spring from this single median line, on each side of which may
be seen (on focussing slightly down) the coloured contents of the
subjacent chlorophyllose cell (v. Tab. VI. E.).
Sphagnum Pylaiei Brid., an American species recently found
in France and to be looked for in this country, is easily recognised
by its stems, simple or with a few branches solitary or in pairs, its
broadly ovate leaves similar on the stem and branches, the hyaline
cells fibrose but destitute of pores, the chlorophyllose cells wide,
almost equalling in breadth the hyaline.
1. SPHAGNUM. Dill.
The only genus.
/Branch Is. broad, cucullate, scaly at back of apex ............................
/Branch Is. not scaly at apex, rarely cucullate ................................
/Plant green or purple ; cells with smooth walls ................. cymbifolium
/Plant ochraceous ; cell-walls papillose .....................................3SPHAGNUM.
5
•(
»{
6i
K
H
■>{
“(
“{
,3{
■*(
■»{
Papillae very small, conical; chlorophyll cells in section oval or cuneiform ..
/*• papillosum
Papillae long, linear; chlorophyll cells in section broadly triangular ........
2.	A us Uni
Stem Is.	widest at the broad, strongly fringed apex..........................j-
Stem Is.	wider at base or at middle than at apex..............................6
Stem Is. fringed at end and sides of the rounded summit..........9. fimbriatum
Stem Is. fringed only across the truncated apex .................10. Lindbergii
Hyaline cells of branch Is. short, 2 or 3 times as long as wide; retort-cells of
branches very large ; stem Is. rather broadly bordered .........3. tenellum
Hyaline cells many times as long as wide ; retort-cells smaller...............7
Stem Is.	with narrow border, not or scarcely wider below......................8
Stem Is.	with broad border, widened towards base of leaf ....................12
Stem Is. lingulate, very obtuse, fringed at summit ...........................9
Stem Is. oval or lanceolate, more or less pointed ............................10
Stem-cuticle of 3 or 4 layers ; branch Is. recurved at apex only........7. teres
Stem-cuticle of 2 layers; branch Is. recurved from middle .......7*. squarrosum
Stem Is. faintly bordered, fibrose, coarsely toothed at apex ...........4. molle
Stem Is. strongly bordered, finely toothed or erose at apex...................11
Stem cuticle in one layer only ..................................6. subsecundiun
Stem cuticle in 2 or 3 layers....................................6*- laricinum
Stem Is. very short, rounded, fringed at apex ; branch Is. oblong, very obtuse
3.	rigidum
Stem Is. longer ; branch Is. tapering to narrow points........................13
Chlorophyll cells free on dorsal surface ; pores small; branch Is. flattened and
undulated when dry .....................................................14
Chlorophyll cells free on ventral surface ; pores large ......................15
Pendent branches concealing stem ; stem-cuticle indistinct ......11. intermedium
Pendent branches none or few ; stem-cuticle distinct.............12. cuspidatum
Plant reddish ; stem Is. pointed or rounded, usually toothed ....8. acutifolium
Plant pale ; stem Is. truncate, fringed .........................8*. Girgensohnii
A.—Cymbifolia.
Plants robust. Cuticular cells of stem and branches fibrose
andporose. Stem leaves not bordered with narrow cells. Branch
leaves* broadly cymbiform concave, cucullate and scabrous at
back of apex. Dioicous.
1. Sphagnum cymbifolium Ehrh. (Tab. VI. A.)
Robust. Height 6-8 inches. Pale greenish white, fre-
quently with a tinge of purple. Cuticular cells of stem in 3-5
layers, fibrose and porose. Stem leaves broadly lingulate-
spathulate; sometimes with a few fibres and pores, but usually
without; broadly rounded at summit, the margin of the upper
part, and sometimes of the whole leaf, fimbriated from erosion of
the marginal cells. Divergent branches tumid, the leaves
broadly ovate, somewhat narrowed to the cucullate apex ; finely
* In the descriptions of Sphagnum, the term “branch leaves" refers to those
of divergent branches.6
SPHAGNACE/E.
serrulate above, margined only with a single row of very narrow
cells, often rendered absent by erosion. Hyaline cells rather
large, with large pores ; the walls smooth. Chlorophyllose cells
in section narrowly oval-triangular, on the ventral face of the
leaf, hardly reaching the dorsal face, but somewhat variable in
both form and position.
Var. /?. squarrosulum Nees & Hornsch. Deeper green.
Branch leaves more pointed, patulous; those of the comal
branches squarrose.
Var. y. congestum Schp. Short; densely tufted ; variously
tinted. Upper cells of stem leaves often fibrose. Branches short,
thick, obtuse ; the leaves closely imbricated.
Hab. Bogs and sides of streams and pools, common. The var. $ in woods
and by the borders of pools. The var. y on drier moors.
Sphagnum cymbifolium in its typical form is not likely to be confused with any
other species but S. papillosum and S. Austini, from which it can hardly be certainly
distinguished without microscopic examination. It has, however, less often the
yellowish brown tinge of S. papillosum, which is also a more rigid plant. S. Austini
is moreover extremely rare. The robust habit with large tumid branches will dis-
tinguish it almost at first sight from most of the other species. The vars. might be
taken, the one for a form of S. squarrosum, the other for S. rigidum var. compactum ;
but a little attention to the form of the leaves will soon dispel all doubt.
It may be noted here, with reference to the fibrose cells of the stem leaves in the
var. congestum, that this character usually prevails in the more compact forms of the
various species. As the function of the fibres is supposed to be to maintain the form
of the cell by the additional support they give to the cell wall, their presence in
greater numbers would naturally be looked for in those forms whose dense growth
submits the cells to greater pressure.
S. mediiuK Limpr., a species, or rather a sub-species of S. cy?nbifoliu?n not at
present recorded from this country, differs (mainly) in having the chlorophyllose cells
small and immersed half-way between the back and front of the leaf, with the hyaline
cells meeting one another both above and below. It has recently been found in
France, and appears to be as widely distributed as S. cymbifolium in some parts of
N. America, while in Scandinavia it is, according to Lindberg, the commonest
species of the section Cymbifolia, the true S. cymbifolium being very rare.
* Sphagnum papillosum Lindb. (S. cymbifolium var. papil-
losum Schp. Syn.) (Tab. VI. B.)
Differs from T. cymbifolium in the plant being usually of an
ochraceous tinge, without trace of purple ; in the more rigid and
more obtuse branches, and especially in the walls of the hyaline
cells of the branch leaves, where they adjoin the chlorophyllose,
being more or less covered with small conical papillae. The upper
part of the branch leaves is also less frequently narrowed, giving
the whole a broader and rounder outline, and the margin is some-
what more distinctly serrulate.SPHAGNUM.
7
Var. /3. confertum Lindb. More compact, with shorter and
denser branches. Branch leaves rounded, obtuse, very concave.
Var. y. stenophyllum Lindb. Branch leaves narrower, ovate-
oblong, less concave and almost entire above.
Hab. Peat bogs and ditches. Rare. The var. j8. in drier places.
I have no hesitation in sinking S. papillosum to a sub-species of S. cymbifolium,
with Cardot and other authors. The papillae on the cell walls are often reduced
to a minute size, and moreover are entirely absent in plants which otherwise exactly
resemble typical S. papillosum (vars. sublceve Warnst. and Iceve Warnst.). If we
consider the latter form as belonging to S. cymbifolium, we must admit that the
points of distinction derived from characters other than the papillae are valueless, and
the distinction rests on these alone. And since there are forms (var. sublceve Warnst.)
in which the papillae are extremely minute and are even found only in the basal cells
of the leaves, while wanting in the middle and upper part of the leaf, it seems
clear that this character alone cannot be held to give full specific rank. I have speci-
mens of both the above vars. from N. America, which have the distinctive facies of S.
papillosufti, but with the papillae almost absent in the one and entirely wanting in
the other. In the latter case it becomes, of course, a. question to which of the two
plants it should be referred. The fact that minute papillae have also been recently
found in some forms of S. squarrosum and other species, and that S. medium Limpr.
has the walls sometimes smooth and sometimes papillose, considerably minimises the
value of these structures as specific characters.
I do not find the outer layers of the cuticular cells of the stem free from fibres,
as Braithwaite describes them, though usually not so strongly fibrose as in S. cymbi-
folium. The inner ones are strongly fibrose.
The chlorophyllose cells are usually more or less emergent on the ventral surface,
but sometimes enclosed on both faces.
2. Sphagnum Austini Sull. (Tab. VI. C.)
Habit and colour of S. papillosum, but less rigid. Walls of
the hyaline cells, adjoining the chlorophyllose, thickly studded
with linear papillse, much longer than those of the former plant.
Chlorophyllose cells on the ventral surface, more entirely covered
by the hyaline on the dorsal face, broadly triangular in section.
Var. /3. imbricatum Lindb. In dense tufts of a darker brown ;
branches crowded, with closely imbricated leaves.
Hab. Wet heaths and bogs, especailly near the coast; very rare ; the type,
Lyth Moss, Westmorland; Lewis; Kirkcudbright; the var. $ in almost the same
localities.
There seems somewhat more reason for according this plant the full specific rank,
partly on account of the greater distinctness of the papillce, which however tend to
be greatly reduced in some forms, and partly because of the difference in the chloro-
phyllose cells. The division of the Sphagna into species must of necessity be based
on more or less arbitrary grounds. It appears most satisfactory to consider it a
principle in their classification, that when two types, in themselves not very strongly
distinct, are also united by a fairly well graduated series of intermediate forms,
they should be re-united as species and sub-species. This is certainly the case with
S. cymbifolium and S. papillosum ; but it is less clearly established in the case of the
former species and S. Austini, and I have therefore kept them apart. I should add,8
SPHAGNACE^E.
however, that Cardot (Les Sphaignes d’Europe, 1886, p. 36) mentions a form
received from the United States which had the papillae very slightly developed,
and another which, while it had the chlorophyllose cells triangular, as in .S. Austini,
had the cell walls perfectly smooth. A doubt, however, is permissible whether the
latter is properly referable to S. Austini at all.
The papillae in S. papillosum are usually not much higher than broad ; in 6".
Austini their height is frequently many times their breadth, and they have the
appearance of imperfectly developed fibres.
B. Truncata.
Cuticular cells of stem -without fibres or pores. Stem leaves
bordered (very narrowly in S. molle) with narrow cells. Branches
straight, closely set. Branch leaves more or less oblong, at apex
very truncate and strongly toothed ; the margin usually involute
for almost the whole length. Monoicous.
3. Sphagnum rigidum Schp. (S. compactum var. rigidum
Nees) (Tab. VI. D).
Densely tufted, rigid; the divergent branches of equal
length, short, stiff, obtuse, closely set. Plants of a greyish green
or brownish colour. Height 4-9 inches. Stems dark brown.
Stem leaves very small, inserted obliquely, triangular-lingulate,
rounded at the apex and eroded, bordered with several rows
of narrow cells occupying a considerable proportion of the width
of the leaf. Leaves of divergent branches ovate-oblong, slightly
cucullate in the natural state, but truncate at apex when pressed
flat and examined under the microscope, with 5-7 teeth. Hyaline
cells wide but rather short, with unequal but somewhat large pores.
Chlorophyllose cells central, narrow elliptical in section, enclosed
at back and front by the hyaline. Antheridia on the pendent
branches, not on special amentula.
Var. /3. compactum Schp. (S. compactum De Cand.). Short,
very compact, with short, thick branches ; usually tinged with
brown or red ; the branch leaves somewhat shorter and rounded
at apex.
Var. y. squarrosum Russ. Looser. Branches usually more
distant; branch leaves more or less squarrose.
Hab. Heaths and moorlands. Rare. The var. /3. in drier spots, and much
more frequent than the type.
5. rigidum is hardly likely to be taken for any other species except the var.
congestum of S. cymbifolium and perhaps the var. tenerum of S. molle. From the
former it will at once be distinguished upon examination of the stem leaves, which
in that species are larger, and want the border of narrow cells. The cucullate apex
of the branch leaves is also very distinct from that in the present plant, when viewed
under the microscope. From S. molle var. tenerum the form and size of the stem
leaves will best separate it, these in our plant being small, with the apex rounded and
eroded, in that larger, longer, with a narrowed and toothed apex.SPHAGNUM.
9
A curious feature of this species is that the perichsetial leaves are, in their areola-
tion, much more like those of the branches than the stem leaves, whereas in almost all
the other species they resemble the stem leaves in this structure.
The pores in the hyaline cells of the branch leaves are in this and the follow-
ing species occasionally found on the face of the hyaline cells, as well as along their
sides adjoining the chlorophyllose cells ; this is not the case with any of our other
species except S. acutifolium.
4. [Sphagnum molle Sull.J (Tab. VI. E.)
Usually pale or yellowish green, in soft tufts. Height 3-6
inches. Stems pale green. Stem leaves large, usually broadly
lingulate-spathulate or obovate-spathulate, narrowed to the obtuse
apex, which is 3-7 toothed ; bordered with a very few rows of
linear cells; the median cells, in the type, faintly fibrose and
porose in the upper part of the leaf only. Leaves of divergent
branches ovate-oblong or ovate-acuminate, concave, convolute
aboveapex more or less truncate and 5-6 toothed. Hyaline
cells with a few large pores. Chlorophyllose cells oval-triangular
in section, ventral, but sometimes reaching the dorsal surface.
Type not found in Britain.
Var. /3. Mulleri Braithw. (T. Muller 1 Schp. Syn.). Stem
leaves with the cells strongly fibrose and porose almost to the
base.
Var. y. tenerum Braithw. In dense, short, whitish tufts.
Branches more closely set, short, with acuminate leaves.
Hab. The var. & by moorland streams, not common. The var. y in drier
places.
The var. Mulleri has by various authors been considered a separate species ;
it is very doubtful, on the other hand, whether it is even deserving of a varietal status.
The minor points of difference sometimes cited seem to have little or no value. For
instance, the stem leaves in the variety are said to be more elongate, but in a speci-
men of S. molle of Schimper’s gathering I find them even narrower and morq
elongate than in the usual form of the var. Miilleri. And with regard to the main
character, the areolation of the cells of the stem leaves, it is to be remarked that
even were it a perfectly defined and permanent character, it is hardly one of specific
value ; and this, moreover, it is far from being. In specimens gathered on Helvellyn
I find the cells strongly fibrose and porose, but only throughout the upper half of the
leaf, thus forming a somewhat intermediate link between the two ; while Cardot
(Les Sphaignes d'Europe, 1886, p. 44) says that in Belgian specimens from near
Antwerp he has frequently found stems bearing leaves in some of which the cells were
strongly fibrose while in others the fibres were entirely absent. The strongest point,
perhaps, is the distribution, S. molle being frequent in the United States, but
apparently very rare in Europe, while the var. Mulleri appears to be less widely
known in America, and is certainly the commoner plant in Europe, and in some
countries at least, the only form.
S. molle is sometimes very difficult to distinguish from other species, and espe-
cially from S. acutifolium, although the latter is usually a more slender plant; in
these cases it is difficult to name any one character by which they may be definitely
separated. The absence of red in our plant is usually enough to determine it, together10
SPHAGNACE/E.
with the extremely narrow margin of the stem leaves, and their greater size and width ;
but there are forms of S. acutifolium with fibrillose and narrowly margined leaves;
in these cases the colour, the less acute and more abruptly truncate branch leaves
in S. molle, taken together, will form a combination of characters probably not to be
found in any of the forms of that species. The few and scattered pores in the branch
leaves will serve to separate S. molle from S. subsecundum. The var. tenerum may
easily be confounded with the compact form of S. acutifolium, but under the
microscope the resemblance will probably disappear. The difference between this
var. and .S', rigidum has been pointed out already under that species.
The stem leaves in S. molle are usually, but not quite always, broader in the
middle than at the base. The margin is sometimes reduced so as to be very indis-
tinct, but is sometimes very clear, and occasionally widened out below.
C. SUBSECUNDA.
Cuticular cells of stem without fibres or pores. Stem leaves
bordered with narrow cells. Branch leaves usually subsecund,
more or less oval, at apex rounded or truncate, and toothed.
Branches often curved. Dioicous.
5. Sphagnum tenellum Ehrh. fS. molluscum Bruch, Schp.
Syn.) (Tab. VI. F.)
Plants rather densely tufted, 2-6 inches high, very slender
and fragile, greenish yellow. Stem pale, cuticular cells in two
layers. Stem leaves rather large for the size of the plant, oval-
oblong ; rounded above with the margin incurved, and with a few
small teeth at the apex; upper median cells fibrose with a few
small pores, the basal ones much narrower, and passing insensibly
into the very broad border of narrow marginal ones, which, how-
ever, becomes narrower as it reaches higher up the leaf, until at
the apex it consists only of two or three rows of narrow linear
cells. Branches short, the retort cells much recurved at apex\
leaves somewhat loosely set, often subsecund, broad and short,
widely ovate and ovate-oblong, obtusely pointed, concave, margin
incurved above, apex 3-5 toothed; bordered with a somwhat broad
margin of linear cells, in 3-4 rows. Hyaline cells small, but
broad., with numerous rather small pores on the ventral surface.
Chlorophyllose cells triangular in section, on the dorsal face of the
leaf. Capsule thin walled.
Hab. Bogs. Frequent.
Sphagnum tenellum is the smallest and most delicate of our species, and is
hardly likely to be confounded with any other, the broadly oval leaves serving to
distinguish it from slender forms of the Acutifolia group ; while the strongly recurved
apex of the retort cells, and the much shorter and broader hyaline cells of the branch
leaves will serve to separate it from small varieties of S. subsecundu?n, and from S.
molle var. tenerum.
Braithwaite records var. longifolium Lindb., but it does not appear to be a
strongly marked form.SPHAGNUM.
II
The position of the pores on the ventral surface of the branch leaves instead
of on the dorsal surface as usual, is, I think, to be explained by the dorsal position
of the chlorophyllose cells. The object of the pores being to facilitate the passage
of water through the plant, it is natural that they should be most numerous at the
chief point of junction of adjacent hyaline cells ; this is usually on the dorsal surface
of the leaf, but in this species it is on the ventral surface, owing to the dorsal position
of the chlorophyllose cells. This is borne out by the fact that the only two other
British species in which the pores preponderate on the ventral face are likewise the
only two in which there is the same (dorsal) position of the chlorophyllose cells, with
the exception of 5. Lindbergii; here, however, the pores are very few in number,
and although certainly more numerous on the back of the leaf are to be found in the
front also.
6. Sphagnum subsecundum Nees. (Tab. VII. A.)
Plants tall and rather slender, 4-12 inches high. Stems dark
brown in the type, pale green in some of the varieties. Cuticular
cells in a single layer. Stem leaves large or small, oval-deltoid
or oblong-lingulate, at the summit rounded with the margin
incurved, and finely toothed or fringed at the apex. Cells all
rather narrow, the marginal ones extremely so, forming a border
narrow above, much wider towards the base; upper cells fibrose
and porose, occasionally the lower ones also. Branches 2-4, the
divergent ones spreading or deflexed, often flagelliform. Retort
cells slightly recurved at apex. Branch leaves more or less sub-
secund, very variable, from broadly ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate or obtusely pointed, 3-5 toothed at tip, very con-
cave. Hyaline cells narrow, densely fibrose, with many small
pores, usually arranged in a regular row along each side of the
cell. Chlorophyllose cells in section very narrowly elliptical,
reaching both the front and back of leaf.
Var. /3. contortum Schp. (S. contortum Schultz). Stem
usually green, sometimes dark brown. Branches stouter and
more crowded than in the type, more or less curved and con-
torted; the leaves larger and broader, usually more closely
imbricated and less secund, so as to give the branches a smooth,
terete appearance.
Var. y. turgidum C.M. Branches swollen, terete, usually
contorted, acute ; branch leaves very broad, truncate at apex.
Var. S. obesum Schp. (A. contortum var. obesum Wils.)
Plants usually submerged, robust, dark coloured. Branches thick,
obtuse, the leaves more or less secund, broadly ovate or ovate
lanceolate ; stem leaves resembling the branch leaves in form and
areolation. The pores in the hyaline cells are few and scattered,
not arranged in regular rows along the cell walls.12
SPHAGNACE/E.
Var. e. viride Boul. Plants soft, more or less bright greeny
in loose tufts ; stem pale, green or yellowish. Branches usually
slender, sometimes lightly arcuate; the leaves imbricated, some-
times squarrose (var. squarrosulum Grav.) Stem leaves large,
often fibrose throughout, narrowly margined, sometimes distinctly
and strongly auricled at the base with fibrose utricular cells (var.
auriculatum Lindb.)
Hab. Wet heaths, pools and ditches. Not common. The var. £ more common
and more widely distributed than the type. The var. y in bogs and pools, frequent.
The var. 8 more rare, in deep pools, lakes and ditches. The var. e in more shady
places, and sides of pools.
Sphagnum subsecunduvi among all our species produces the most widely differing
varieties, if not so great a wealth of forms as S. acutifolium. It comprises plants of
almost all shades of colour, and of almost every degree of robustness ; some forms
being as delicate as S. tenellum, while others rival the Cymbifolia group in size of
leaves and thickness of branches. The typical form, much less frequent than the
var. contortum, is best characterised by its dark stems, laxly set and slender branches,
and its small stem leaves with few fibres.
The var. turgidum is in its extreme forms a marked plant, differing from Wilson’s
var. obesum (with which it has been erroneously confounded) by the cuspidate, terete
branches, which are also usually much crowded.
I have followed Cardot in subordinating the var. auriculatum as only one of the
forms of the var. viride Boul, which comprises a fairly w'ell marked group of forms ;
whereas the auriculate base of the stem leaves is a character exceedingly variable and
ill defined, and one which may, moreover, be found equally in plants of the contortum
and other groups.
The var. simplicissimum Milde mentioned by Braithwaite as having been found
in Monmouth with simple stems, unbranched or nearly so, and with the stem leaves
having the areolation usual in branch leaves, should perhaps be regarded as a form, or
accidental state, rather than a variety. The same state may not unfrequently be found
mixed with the normal forms in other species, as in S. tenellum, S. rigidum and S.
molle.
From its polymorphous nature S. subsecundum is liable to be confounded at first
sight with several other species ; the form and areolation of the branch leaves will,
however, usually serve to distinguish it from all but S. laricinum, while from that and
from all other British species it is clearly marked off by the single layer of cuticular
cells, when the stem is viewed in section.
* Sphagnum laricinum Spruce. (Tab. VII. B.)
Differs from S. subsecundum only in the following points;
cuticular cells of stem in two, sotnetimes three layers; cells of
branch leaves usually with fewer pores, and, according to Braith-
waite, the inner perichxtial bracts obtuse and eniarginate,
instead of pointed as in that species. With regard to the
minor characters sometimes given, such as the relative size of the
stem leaves, and of the hyaline cells in the branch leaves, in the
two plants, the statements of different authors are so directly
at variance that it is clear no reliance can be placed upon them as
distinguishing features.SPHAGNUM.
13
Var. fl. platyphyllum Lindb. Stems short, the leaves dis-
tinctly auricled. Branches short, rather obtuse, with imbricated
leaves which are rounded ovate, pointed, very broad and concave.
Var.y. cyclophyllum Lindb. (S. cyclophyllum Sull. & Lesq.)
Stems simple or nearly so. Stem leaves very large, orbicular,
cucullate.
Hab. Deep bogs. It appears to be a much rarer plant than S. subsecundum,
for which, however, it may frequently have been mistaken. The var. 0 in peaty
places, among short grass. Near Aber; Scotland. The var. 7 very rare ; Loch
Katrine.
The character drawn from the perichsetial bracts may be of importance, should
it prove to be constant. As to the other points, there is a great discrepancy between
authors as to the number of pores in the hyaline cells ; thus Hobkirk (Synopsis, Ed.
2, p. 49) says, “ Cells with annular fibres and many pores”; Russow and Warnstorf,
“ Pores on back of leaf isolated or numerous while in specimens of Gravet’s which
I have examined the pores at the back of the leaf are as numerous and regular as, if
smaller and less conspicuous than in S. subsecundum. In this latter species, too, it is
not unfrequently the case that the pores are less regular and less numerous than in the
type. There remains the character derived from the cuticular layers of the stem. In
the species in which these cells occupy “from 2 to 3 layers” it is questionable whether
if certain plants had them constantly in 2, and others constantly in 3 layers, this would,
in the absence of other striking characters, be held sufficient to separate them as
species. In point of fact, although in S. squarrosum these cells are in 2 layers,
while in S. teres they are usually in 3 or 4, their separation as distinct species is
not felt by authors (Braithwaite, Lindberg, &c.) to be thereby rendered necessary.
And if so we may venture to ask where the radical difference lies when it is a question
of 1 as against 2 (or sometimes 3) layers of cells. There seems too the less reason for
insisting on this distinction, since Cardot affirms (les Sphaignes d'Europe, 1886, p. 33)
that he has several times examined specimens of S. laricinum in which the second
stratum of cells has been incompletely developed.
I have therefore followed the latter author, though with some hesitation, in con-
sidering S. laricinum as a sub-species of S. subsecundum. This view is distinctly
supported, moreover, by the fact that the variations of S. laricinum are almost
exactly parallel to those of S. subsecundu?n,—the var. teretiusculum Lindb. agreeing
exactly with the var. contortujn of that species, the var. platyphyllum Lindb. with S.
subsecundum var. viride Boul. (or var. auriculatum Lindb.) The var. cyclophyllum
Lindb., by some authors, and subsequently by Lindberg himself considered a species,
is said also by Braithwaite to correspond with the var. obestim Wils. of the former.
There seems to be considerable difference of opinion about this variety, which,
according to Lesquereux and James (Mosses of North America, p. 22) is allied to S.
subsecundum rather than to S. laricinum, as it is described with “cortical cells in
a single layer.” It has very large roundish stem leaves, concave and cucullate, and
the stems are frequently simple, or with very few, short, obtuse branches.
D. Acutifolia.
Usually slender. Cuticular cells of stem not fibrose, some-
times porose. Stem leaves bordered. Branch leaves ovate-
lanceolate or lanceolate, (rarely shortly ovate and obtuse), acute
or narrowly acuminate, narrowly truncate and toothed at apex.*4
SPHAGNACEj'E.
7. Sphagnum teres Angstr. fS. squarrosum var. teres Schp.,
Braithw. Sphagnacese.) (Tab. VII. C.)
Slender; yellowish green or brownish; 4-8 inches high.
Stem brownish red ; cuticular cells usually in j layers, sometimes
4, not porose. Stem leaves large, soft, broadly oblong-lingulate
andspathulate, rounded and somewhat fimbriate at the top ; cells
without fibres or pores, short and very broad above, gradually
becoming longer and narrower towards the base; border very
faint or nearly obsolete, of narrow cells (but not so narrow as in
most species), hardly reaching the summit of the leaf, and of equal
width throughout. Branches 4-5 in a fascicle, the pendent ones
closely appressed to stem ; divergent branches terete, slender,
leaves imbricate, only very slightly recurved at apex, broadly
ovate, narrowed from the middle upwards to a rather acute
point, 3-4 toothed at apex. Hyaline cells short and broad, with
very large pores. Chlorophyllose cells narrow oval-rectangular
in section, usuallyemerging on both sides of the leaf, but always
more so on the dorsal than on the ventral face. Male amentula
clavate, the apex beyond the antheridia, subsequently elongating
and flagelliform. Dioicous.
Var. /3. subteres (S. squarrosum var. subteres Lindb.).
Slender, elongated, 6-10 inches high, blight green. Branches
elongated ; leaves with the upper half recurved, and attenuated to
apex.
Var. y. squarrosulum Warnst. fS. squarrosulum Lesq., S.
squarrosum var. squarrosulum Schp. Syn.). Small (variable
in size), slender, deep green above, whitish below ; leaves small,
squarrose from the middle.
Var. <5. laxum Dixon (S. squarrosum var. laxum Braithw.).
Pale whitish green, usually ochraceous at base with ferruginous
deposit, soft, fragile ; 6-10 inches high. Stem leaves short, broad,
quadrate or quadrate-oval, laxly areolate, often strongly fimbriate
at the truncate apex. Branches very long, straight, deflexed,
flagelliform ; branch leaves divergent, straight, not squarrose
(though here and there a branch may be found with the leaves
strongly squarrose), ovate-lanceolate, acute.
Hab. Boggy places and springs in subalpine districts. Not common. The
vars. /3 and ■> usually in more shady places. The var. 8 in ditches with iron deposit,
Eskdale, Yorkshire ; Flitwick, Bedfordshire.
* Sphagnum squarrosum Pers. (Tab. VII. D.).
Larger in all its parts than S. teres, 8-18 inches high, rival-SPHAGNUM.
15
ling 6". cymbifolium in robustness. Cuticular cells of stem in two
layers. Leaves of divergent branches strongly squarrose from the
middle in the lower two-thirds of the branch, in the upper third
imbricate and terete ; their form as in 5. teres, but much larger,
the hyaline cells somewhat larger also. Male amentula clavate,
rarely attenuated. Monoicous or dioicious.
Var. fS. imbricatum Schp. Robust. Branch leaves more
or less imbricated.
Hab. Bogs, frequent.
Dr. Braithwaite in his splendid work on the Sphagnacece has clearly shown
that S. teres cannot be separated as a species from S. squarrosum. I have followed
Cardot, however, in subordinating the latter to the former, as a sub-species, instead of
making S. teres a variety or sub-species of S. squarrosum, fully concurring in his
reasons for so doing. Squarrose-leaved forms must be considered as diverging from
the more normal, imbricated forms, and not vice versd; it is on precisely the same
principle that the contortum forms of S. subsecundum are looked upon as secondary
to the type of that species, the var. sedoides to S. Pylaiei, and the var. compactum to
S. rigidum. The fact that the squarrosum forms are more robust than those of S. teres
is of course no argument against this view, as precisely the same is the case with the
vars. contortum and obesum of S. subsecundum, and the var. riparium of S. inter -
medium.
S. squarrosum is united with S. teres by an almost unbroken series of forms through
the var. squarrosulum. The var. subteres differs from the type in scarcely anything
but the more slender build and the slightly more recurved leaves; intermediate forms
connect this variety with the type, and the same is the case with S. squarrosum and
its var. imbricatum, which are united by all possible shades of transitional forms.
The extreme form of the latter, with the leaves all imbricated and not squarrose,
would appear to be very rare.
S. squarrosum can hardly be confused with any other species; the var.
squarrosulum of S. cymbifoliu?n might at first sight be sometimes taken for it, but the
acute branch leaves of S. squarrosum will, on closer examination, make the distinction
manifest at once. It is somewhat different with S. teres, forms of which might easily
be taken for some others of the Acutifolia section, but the form of the stem leaves,
rounded at the summit and not distinctly larger above than at the base, and
especially their very narrow margin, not widened at the base, will always reveal their
identity. The var. laxum was at first described by Braithwaite as S. fimbriatum var.
robustum, and the broad, strongly fimbriate stem leaves are very suggestive of this
species ; I find, however, some of the stem leaves exactly typical of S. teres, while
others in abnormal stems have both the form and areolation of branch leaves of S.
squarrosum, but a little more obtuse ; and, moreover, the margin of narrow cells,
though slightly broader at base, never passes into the very broad, dense column of
linear cells so marked in S. fimbriatum.
8- Sphagnum acutifolium Ehrh. (Tab. VII. E.).
Tufts soft, pink, pale green, or whitish, but always with
some admixture of red (in very rare cases confined to the male
amentula), 3-12 inches high. Stem generally reddish, some-
times green, cuticular cells with or usually without pores. Stem
leaves very variable, usually small, oval-triangular, gradually or
abruptly narrowed to an obtuse point, with about 5 teeth ; some-i6
SPHAGNACE^E.
times larger, lingulate or broadly oblong with a more or less
rounded top and somewhat fringed, but always wider at the base
than at the top. Upper cells usually without fibres and pores,
sometimes slightly fibrose and more rarely porose. Border, com-
posed of linear cells, very wide at the base, gradually narrowing
upwards, but still remaining of some width, and reaching to apex.
Divergent branches soft, slender. Leaves varying from almost
exactly oval to narrowly ovate-lanceolate, truncate and toothed at
apex, where the margin is incurved. Hyaline cells large, with
large pores. Chlorophyllose cells oval-triangular in section, on
the ventral surface of the leaf, scarcely reaching the dorsal face.
Male amentula always red. Monoicous or dioicous.
* Vars. more or less rosy or pink.
f Branch leaves short, oval, more or less obtuse.
Var. (3. rubellum Russ. (S. rubellum Wils, Schp. Syn.)
Stem leaves large, broad, rather obtuse, usually non-fibrose.
Plants short, slender, bright red. Leaves somewhat subsecund.
Var. y. tenellu?n Schp. Stem leaves as in var. rubellum.
Plants pale red or whitish, very slender.
Var. 5. gracile Russ. Stem leaves almost as in var.
rubellum, slightly fibrose above. Plants variegated with green
and red. Pores of hyaline cells with a distinct annular
border.
Var. €. elegans Braithw. Stem leaves elongate, oblong-
lingulate, abruptly narrowed to an obtuse point, fibrose above.
Branches densely set. Plants compactly tufted, rose coloured,
often white at the tip of the branches.
Var. £. purpureum Schp. Stem leaves almost as in var.
rubellum, but usually fibrose above. Densely tufted, with the
branches closely set. Usually purple throughout. Rather
robust.
Var. )/. quinquefarium Lindb. Stem leaves from a broad
base, deltoid-ovate, narrowed to the truncated apex. Branch
leaves closely and regularly imbricated, disposed in 5 rows,
which are more distinct when dry.
ft Branch leaves ovate-lanceolate, elongated.
Var. 0. deflexum Schp. Branches long, rather rigid,
closely set, deflexed. Plants green, tinged with red.SPHAGNUM.
r7
** Vars. brown, yellowish, or whitish.
t Branch leaves short, oval, more or less obtuse.
Var. i. fuscum Schp. Bright yellowish brown above,
fuscous below ; slender, in dense cushions. Stems dark brown,
branches short.
Var. k. arctum Braithw. Very compact and short, fragile.
Pale yellow above, whitish brown below. Branches very short,
densely crowded, ascending.
ft Branch leaves ovate-lanceolate, elongated.
Var. A. luridum Hiib. (forma stricta Warnst.) Stem leaves
large, elongate, oblong, suddenly narrowed to a point. Branches
short, closely set, ascending. Tufts dense, of a dirty brownish
green colour.
Var. n. patulum Schp. Stem leaves oblong-lingulate,
more or less narrowed above but truncate. Branches lax, leaves
loosely imbricated. Pale green, rather tall and robust.
Var. v. leete-virens Braithw. Branches laxly set; leaves
loosely imbricated, broadly ovate below, suddenly narrowed to an
elongated point, hi small dense cushions, bright green above,
pale below.
Hab. Bogs and pools. Very common.
S. acutifolium is the most variable of all the species. The varieties are so
endless, and so complex in character, as almost to defy classification. Almost every
writer on the genus has his own system and his own nomenclature; and since different
authors base their systems on such different characters as the form of the stem leaves,
the form and arrangement of the branch leaves, the arrangement of the pores in the
hyaline cells, etc., any attempt to collate these various forms is frustrated by the over-
lapping of the groups. When it is stated that Russow and Warnstorf alone describe
far more than 50 forms, Cardot above 30 European forms, only a part of these
corresponding to the former ones, and so on with other authors, some idea will be
formed of the great number of varieties and the difficulty of treating them. I have
endeavoured in the first place to select only the most clearly marked forms among
the British varieties, and in the second place to arrange them less with a view to a
natural classification than with the hope of rendering their identification—so far as
identification of varieties is possible by description alone—as easy as possible.
The var. mbellum has been often considered a separate species, and has some
right to be placed as a sub-species, but hardly more so than the vars. fuscum, luridum
and quinquefarium. Hobkirk (Syn., Ed. 2) places it under the section Subsecunda,
with which it has some relationship ; and if it stood alone in the form of leaf, its
removal from the section Acutifolia would leave that group a very natural one in the
.ovate-lanceolate and acuminate leaves ; but as so many of the other varieties have
similarly shaped leaves, while their affinities with S. acutifolium are undoubted, the
removal of S. rubellum alone in no way improves the general classification, while its
relationship to S. acutifolium in other respects can hardly be questioned.
The vars. fuscum Schp. and luridum Hub. comprise each a considerable
variety of forms, chiefly varying in size and habit of growth; the plant described and
figured by Braithwaite under the latter name would appear to be the forma stricta of
Warnstorf.i8
SPHAGNACE^.
The red hue prevalent in .S'. acutifolium is usually sufficient to distinguish it from
any other species ; where this is absent and confusion is likely to arise with any cither,
I have endeavoured to point out the distinguishing characters under the description of
that plant.
* Sphagnum Girgensohnii Russ. (.S', strictum Lindb., Braithw'.
Sphagnacese). (Tab. VII. F.)
Closely resembling S. fimbriatum it differs in the somewhat
more robust habit, with the branches slightly shorter and
stouter; and especially in the stem leaves, which are broadly
oblong, not wider above than at the base, and only fimbriate over
about \ to | the width of the leaf at apex, with the margin of
narrow cells reaching nearly to the top. Male amentula clavate,
yellowish brown.
Var. (3. squarrosulum Russ. Plants very small; branch
leaves recurved at apex.
Hab. Bogs in mountainous districts. Rare. The var. & in Yorkshire.
After some hesitation I have followed Cardot in ranking S. Girgensohnii as a sub-
species of S. acutifolium. Briefly stated the reasons for so doing are the following.
The differences between the two plants are practically these.
S. Girgensohnii.
Cuticular cells porose.
No red tinge present.
Inflorescence dioicous.
Branches rigid.
Stem leaves rounded above and truncate,
broadly fimbriated at apex.
S. acutifolium.
Cuticular cells usually non-porose; in
var. robustum and others, porose.
Usually tinged with red. In var. robustum
and others the red is entirely absent
except in the male amentula.
Inflorescence monoicous; occasionally,
as in var. robustum, dioicous.
Branches soft; in var. robustum more
rigid.
Stem leaves narrowed above, 5-toothed at
apex, or rounded with a broad top,
truncated and fimbriated, notably in the
vars. robustum and sub-fimbriatum
Braithw.
Male amentula red.	Male amentula brownish yellow.
It will be seen from this that with the single exception of the brownish yellow
male amentula of S. Girgensohnii, never red as in S. acutifoliu?n—a character which
by itself is hardly enough to separate species—there is no feature of S. Girgejisohnii
that does not occur in some form or other of S. acutifolium. This, which in itself
would not be conclusive, is surely rendered so by the fact that all these characters are
re-united in S. acutifolium var. robustum Russ. (S. Russowi, Warnst.). Certain
forms of this plant, the affinity of which with S. acutifolium is not questioned, differ
from S. Girgensohnii in nothing but the colour of the male amentula, the rest of the
plants being without a tinge of red (e.g., S. Russowi var. molle Warnst.). The same
would appear to be the case with Braithwaite’s var. sub-fimbriatum of S. acutifolium,
except that this variety has the softness of its type instead of the stiffer habit of S.
Girgensohnii.
It seems perfectly clear, therefore, that 6". Girgensohnii is an intermediate stage
between S. acutifolium and S. fimbriatum, but so closely linked with the former by
the var. robustum of that species, that it must take its rank with it as a sub-species.SPHAGNUM.
19
In the description I have compared it with S. fimbriatum, because from the colour it
is more likely to be confounded with that species, to which indeed, on the opposite
side, it is very closely related.
From all other species the broad border of the stem leaves taken in conjunction
with the numerous large pores of the branch leaves will at once distinguish it.
9. Sphagnum fimbriatum Wils. (Tab. VII. G.).
Loosely tufted; pale green or whitish brown; tall and
slender, 6-14 inches high. Stem pale, cuticular cells in 2
or 1 3 layers, porose. Stem leaves very broadly obovate-
spathulate, almost as broad as long, wider above, rounded and
slightly flattened at summit, the whole of which, together with
the upper portion of the sides, is fringed as with delicate cilia by
the thread-like partitions of the eroded cells. Areolation
very wide at summit, narrowing downwards, without fibres or pores
but with partitions across many of the cells. Cells at basal
angles extremely narrow, forming a border or column on each
side extending to about J the width of the leaf, the median basal
cells between the borders being much wider. Branches 3-4
together, very long and slender, two arcuate and decurved, the
others pendent and appressed to stem. Branch leaves closely
imbricated, lower ovate-lanceolate, upper lanceolate, gradually
narrowed from below the middle to the acute apex, which is
slightly truncated and toothed ; margin incurved above. Hyaline
cells of medium size, with many large pores. Chlorophyllose cells
in section compressed, elliptical or slightly cuneiform, emergent
on the upper surface of the leaf, usually slightly enclosed by the
hyaline on the back. Perichaetial bracts large, obtuse. Male
amentula yellowish, fusiform.
Hab. Bogs and marshes, frequent; usually abundantly fertile.
Sphagnum fimbriatum is one of the least variable members of the genus; in
colour it is always of a pale green or yellowish brown, without tinge of red ; this will
serve to distinguish it from all forms of i'. acutifolium except the very few which are
entirely green, and from these the stem leaves serve essentially to separate it, as indeed
they do from all other species, the only approach to it in this respect being in the case
of S. Girgensohnii, S. Lindbergii and some forms of 61. teres ; from the last the broadly
bordered stem leaves will, as mentioned under that species, clearly distinguish it, as
will the rounded summit of the stem leaves and the numerous large pores in the branch
leaves from 5. Lindbergii. The characters by which it may be known from .S'.
Girgensohnii are pointed out under that plant.
The leaves of S. fimbriatum are occasionally distinctly squarrose, in which case
the resemblance to some forms of S. teres is very striking ; they are however decidedly
narrower than the leaves of that species.
The transverse partitions of the cells of the stem leaves are much more numerous
and distinct in S. fimbriatum than in other species in which they occur.20
SPHAGNACE/E.
10.	Sphagnum Lindbergii Schp. (Tab. VIII. A.)
Robust, 6-12 inches high. Variously coloured, usually
yellowish green, with a more or less deep tinge of reddish brown.
Stem dark brown ; cuticular cells without pores. Stem leaves
reflexed, shortly and broadly oblong or almost square, slightly
wider at the top and truncate, fimbriated across the whole width
of the leaf, but not down the sides, cells very broad and lax above,
gradually narrowing towards the base, especially at margin, where
they form a wide border which rapidly becomes narrower as it
ascends the leaf. A few fibres and pores only in the small
auricular cells at base. Branches 4-5 in a fascicle, the divergent
ones spreading, the pendent closely appressed to the stem. Branch
leaves more or less seriate in 5 rows, slightly undulate when dry
(in some forms distinctly so, in others not at all), firm, glossy,
broadly or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, more or less acuminate,
truncate and toothed at apex, with involute margin ; border of
narrow cells rather distinct, widest at base. Hyaline cells with
pores of a medium size, usually few in number, but sometimes
more numerous. Chlorophyllose cells oval-cuneiform, emerging
on the dorsal face, covered by the hyaline on the ventral surface.
Antheridia on pendent branches.
Hab. Deep bogs in the north ; Ross; Shetland.
A very fine plant, resembling i1. intermedium, but differing entirely in the form of
the stem leaves, and also in the branch leaves not flexuose or recurved when dry. I
have received a variety of forms gathered in Labrador, from the Rev. A. C. Waghorne,
some of them, notably vars. immersum and fuscescens Warnst., very robust, dark
brown or purplish black, with very large, elongated leaves, which are secund at the
apex of the branches, and sometimes distinctly undulate when dry.
11.	Sphagnum intermedium Hoffm. (S. recurvum P.
Beauv., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. VIII. B.)
In loose masses, pale green or whitish, 6-12 inches high or
more. Stem very pale, greenish white ; cuticular cells usually
in 2 layers, hardly distinct from the outer layers of the central
axis, non-porose. Stem leaves small, reflexed, deltoid or ovate-
triangular, narrowed to an obtuse point, which is toothed or
slightly eroded ; cells mostly without fibres or pores, border very
broad at base, narrowing upwards but reaching summit, and still
several cells in width in the upper part of the leaf. Stem con-
cealed by the pendent branches, which are closely appressed.
Leaves of divergent branches broadly lanceolate ; closely
imbricated, erecto-patent and straight when moist, when drySPHAGNUM.
2t
undulate at margins, flexuose and recurved at apex, so as to give
the branches a soft and feathery appearance. Margin involute at
the tip, apex toothed, truncate. Hyaline cells with a very few
small fores. Chlorophyllose cells oval-triangular in section, on
the dorsal surface. Spores yellow.
Var. p. riparium Lindb. (S. riparium Angstr., S. spectabile
Schp. Syn.) Taller and more robust, deep green. Stem leaves
larger, deltoid ovate, rounded and slightly fringed at apex, with-
out fibres. Branches long, leaves scarcely undulated when dry ;
elongated at apex, the point sometimes composed of chloro-
phyllose cells without hyaline ones.
Var. y. pulchrum Lindb. Robust, golden yellow. Stem leaves
fibrose above, contracted into a minute, recurved apiculus.
Branches thick, short, spreading or ascending, dense-leaved.
Hab. Bogs and pools, frequent. The var. & more or less immersed. The var.
7 in bogs in the north.
Sphagnum intermedium in the humid state is difficult to distinguish from 5.
Girgensohnii, and some green forms of S. acutifolium and S. subsecundum. The
broadly-bordered, non-fibrose stem leaves of the present species will distinguish it
from the last which has also the pores of the branch leaves numerous ; while the large
pores in the branch leaves of the two former will serve to distinguish them at the outset.
When dry the soft, flexuose, and recurved leaves, flattened above and not involute or
tubular, at once separate it from all other species. It may be remarked that the
squarrose leaves of S. squarromm are more rigid, and, as it were, suddenly bent back
at an angle from the rest of the leaf, while the recurved leaves of the present species
turn back in a gradual curve.
The differences between the present plant and S. cuspidatum are dealt with under
that species.
There seems no sufficient reason to consider the var. riparium as a sub-species ;
the peculiar areolation of the leaf apex is found in other varieties of this plant, and
also in submerged forms of S. cuspidatum and S. Lindbergii, and is probably only a
state directly induced by the aquatic habit, and not confined to any one species or even
group of species; it is by no means constant even in this variety, and when it does
occur is often absent in some of the leaves of a branch ; there may frequently also be
found leaves in which the apex is mainly composed of hyaline cells narrow and destitute
of fibres.
12. Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrh. (Tab. VIII. C.).
Green or yellowish white; usually more or less aquatic and
submerged, 6-18 inches high or more. Stem pale green or
pale brown, cuticular cells in 2-3 layers, distinct, not porose.
Stem leaves longer than in the last species, often pointed, fibrose
in the upper part and often to the base ; margin as in that
species, but of somewhat longer and narrower cells. Pendent
branches not so closely appressed, and not concealing the stem.
Divergent branches cuspidate at the apex, with the upper leaves22
SPHAGNACE/E.
often falcato-secund ; the leaves less closely imbricated than in .S'.
intermedium, longer and narrower, with a broader margin, the
cells usually with rather more numerous pores; undulated at
margin, but less flexuose when dry and hardly recurved at apex
except in the short branches of the capitulum. Perichsetial bracts
less pointed. Spores brown. In other respects like S', inter-
medium.
Var. fi. falcatum Russ. Branches more or less arcuate and
falcate; branch leaves narrowly lanceolate, the terminal ones
falcate.
Var. y. plumosum Nees and Hornsch. Submerged, flaccid,
elongated. Branches uniform, divergent, plumose, with, very
long, lanceolate-subulate, spreading leaves.
Var. 8. Torreyanum Braithw. (S’. Torreyanum Sull.) Sub-
merged, very robust, more rigid; dirty brown. Stem leaves
large, non-fibrose. Branch leaves very large, elongate, lanceolate-
subulate, tubulose and toothed at apex, the hyaline cells with
numerous pores.
Var. e. brevifolium Lindb. Stems firm, 5-6 inches high,
pale; stem leaves short, ovate, obtuse. Branches in closely set
fascicles, short, ascending and divergent, arcuato-decurved from
the middle, attenuated ; the leaves subsecund when dry, short,
ovate, somewhat oblique and unequal sided.
Hab. Pools and wet bogs, frequent. The vars. /3, 7, 5, in standing water.
Var. Torreyanum, Whitchurch, Shropshire.
I have retained S. cuspidatum as a species, though very doubtful whether it ought
not to be considered a sub-species of S. intemjiedium. The characters by which they
are separated are almost all comparative. Authors differ very much in their descrip-
tion of the state of the leaves when dry, some saying they are not at all crisped, while
others describe them as more or less flexuose. The fact is they vary considerably,
some forms having the leaves when dry, straight, and only slightly undulated at
margin, while in others they are recurved and flexuose, almost exactly as in S. inter-
medium. This is the case with a form sent me by Mr. Boswell, from Whixall, Shrop-
shire. In the short branches of the capitulum the leaves seem indeed usually to be
recurved at apex, exactly as in S. intermediutn. The stem leaves, too, are not
always fibrose, and forms are found, according to Cardot, with the cuticular cells in-
distinct.
The var. plumosum is a very beautiful form when growing, but it is almost im-
possible to preserve its delicate, feathery appearance when dried. In one form (var.
serrulatum Schlieph.), which I have gathered on Bodmin Moors, Cornwall, the
broad borders of linear non-fibrose cells in the branch leaves are distinctly toothed at
the apex of the leaf, and run together into a long, very narrow denticulate point, not
at all unlike the apex of the leaves of some of the Ilarpidioid Hypna.
Another form (var. monocladum Kling.) is very lax, with the branches solitary or
almost so ; stem leaves and branch leaves similar, broadly truncated above ; the
upper part of the leaves is sometimes composed mainly of chlorophyllose cells, inter-SPHAGNUM.
23
mixed with a few hyaline ones, some of which are destitute of fibres ; in other leaves
the whole tissue is composed of chlorophyllose cells, arranged in a lax network. I
have gathered this form, or one very closely approaching it, on Ben Lawers.
The long flat leaves of S. cuspidatum, undulated at margin, are sufficient to dis-
tinguish it from all others of the Acutifolia section, except S. intermedium, which
differs in the characters given above.
SUB-CLASS II. ANDREJEALES.
Spores and Columella developed from the Endothecium, the
Columella not penetrating the spore-bearing layer. Spore-sac
not separated from the wall of the capsule by any air-cavity.
Capsule opening by longitudinal slits.
Order II. ANDRE/EACETi.
Mosses with something the habit of Grimmia, in small
compact cushions or more rarely in laxer tufts ; growing on rocks ;
of a dark reddish or purplish colour; stems slender, rooting only
at the base, very fragile when dry, dichotomous, with fasciculate
branches. Leaves usuallycrowded, small, erecto-patent or falcato-
secund, of rather thick texture, from bright orange to deep
reddish black, usually more or less papillose; cells small,
incrassate, rectangular and often sinuose at base, small, rounded
or angular above.
Flowers terminal; fruit, as in Sphagnum, enclosed until ripe
in the perichaetium, then exserted on a pseudopodium by the
elongation of the vaginula ; calyptra membranaceous, irregularly
torn at the base. Capsule oval, without lid, splitting perpendicu-
larly into 4, rarely 6-8 valves, united at top and bottom. Columella
persistent. Spores smooth or lightly papillose.
The leaves when viewed by transmitted light are usually of
a bright orange or reddish brown, but when seen by reflected
light, as in the field, and especially when dry, they appear of a
much duller and darker hue, not unfrequently appearing almost
black. It is only when quite young and half-developed that they
show any trace of chlorophyll. In leaf-structure there is a
certain resemblance to the Grimmiaceas, and they are by Lindberg
placed next to that order.
There is, as in the Sphagnaceae, very little variation in the
fruit; the specific characters have therefore to be drawn almost
entirely from the perichaetia and the leaves ; it is probably on
this account that there has been a tendency to found species on
somewhat slight and inadequate characters.24
ANDRE/EACE/E.
The species of Andresea inhabit silicious and quartzose (not
calcareous) rocks, in alpine and subalpine regions of both
hemispheres, chiefly in the higher latitudes. In Europe it is in
Scandinavia that they are found in greatest abundance and variety,
and there are several endemic species there.
It will be found a material aid in the determination of these
plants to soak the leaves, or heat them for a minute or two over
a spirit lamp, in strong caustic soda or potash ; this renders them
more transparent and elucidates the structure of the cells and
nerve. Care must be taken, in examining the leaf margin, to
avoid taking for a normal condition the eroded appearance of the
cells which, in older leaves especially, is often found to obtain,
from the wearing away of part of the cell wall; this often gives
a false appearance of papillosity, crenulation, or dentation, or it
may suggest a more or less hyaline border to the leaf, and in the
nerved species may easily lead to an erroneous conclusion that the
nerve is excurrent.
2.
ANDREiEA Ehrh.
The only genus.
j /Ls. nerveless.....................................................................2
\Ls. singly nerved ................................................................3
2/Ls. ovate-lanceolate, papillose, obtuse or more or less acute .........i. petrophila
I.Ls. obovate-spathulate, shortly acuminate, smooth.......................2. alpina
/Ls. all similar, papillose, nerve narrow ................................4. nivalis
"’/Stem ls. smaller than perich. Is., smooth or nearly so............................4
/Nerve thick, occupying nearly all upper part of subula.............3*. crassinervia
^ /Nerve less defined, occupying only middle // of subula ...................3. Iiothii
A. Eu-Andre^ea.
Perichsetial bracts different from the leaves, erect and con-
volute, nerveless, or almost so. Capsule 4-valved.
1. Andresea petrophila Ehrh. (Tab. VIII. D.)
Tufts small, olivaceous or dark brown. Stems slender, |-i
inch high, simple, or several times forked, usually erect. Leaves
crowded, imbricated or more or less turned to one side, small,
ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, usually patent from an erect base, often
falcato-secund, narrowed at apex but usually obtuse, sometimes
with a minute apiculus formed of a single cell, sometimes more
acute, the tip often oblique ; margins incurved, entire ; nerveless,ANDRE/EA.
25
strongly papillose at back, especially in the upper part. Areola-
tion narrowly rectangular at base, sinuose, with very incrassate
walls, gradually shorter upwards, in the upper half of the leaf
rounded-hexagonal, almost always more or less angular, arranged
in longitudinal rows. Autoicous; male flower on the apex of a
separate branch ; perichaetium large, inner bracts convolute,
broadly oblong, obtusely pointed ; outer bracts strongly papillose,
the inner almost smooth, but usually slightly papillose towards
the apex.
Var. fi. acuminata Schp. More robust. Leaves spreading,
acuminate, with longer papillae.
Var. y. gracilis Schp. Stems very slender, branched, reddish ;
leaves more distant, broadly oblong-lanceolate, suberect; perichae-
tium narrow, cylindric.
Var. 8. alpestris Thed. (A. alpestris Schp. Syn.) Densely
cushioned; black-brown, shiny. Stems very slender, much
branched. Leaves small, crowded, closely imbricated when dry,
obtuse, cells less incrassate, less distinctly papillose.
Var. e. sparsifolia Lindb. (A. sparsifolia Zett., Schp. Syn.)
In small lax tufts, stems very slender and fragile, flexuose, with
few branches. Leaves small, distant, spreading, the uppermost
secund, lanceolate, gradually acuminate, acute, more shortly
papillose.
Hab. Mountain rocks; common. The vars. (3, 8, t, on the higher mountains ;
var. alpestris rare. Var. sparsifolia, Ben More, Perthshire.
A very variable species within certain limits, principally in the form and direction
of the leaves; these are often more or less secund ; when markedly so it is the var.
homomalla Thed. The vars. flaccida and sylvicola Schp. agree with var. acuminata
in having the leaves gradually tapering to the summit, but do not appear to be very
marked forms. The var. alpestris has been frequently considered a species, but the
differences are too slight to render this admissible ; the leaves vary in size, their close
imbrication when dry and the less papillose areolation constitute almost the only
points of distinction. The var. sparsifolia is a more striking form, but its structural
differences are very insignificant.
A. obovata Thed., a nearly allied species hitherto only found in Norway, differs
in the leaves, broader below, more acuminate, not papillose; in fact much resembling
those of A. alpina, but smaller, and more longly acuminate, with the basal margin
quite entire, and with larger cells.
2. Andresea alpina Smith (Lichenastrum alpinum Dill.)
(Tab. VIII. E.).
A larger plant than the last species, less slender and fragile,
1-3 inches high, in larger, looser tufts, fastigiate branched, of a
rich purplish red. Leaves larger, broader, obovate, spathulate,
acuminate or obtusely pointed, panduriform by contraction26
ANDRE/EACE.®.
just below the middle, erecto-patent when moist, when dry more
closely imbricated, smooth, glossy, nerveless. Margin distinctly
denticulate above the base, entire in the upper part of the leaf.
Cells smooth, oval or rounded-hexagonal at apex, in parallel rows,
gradually becoming more elongate and sinuosely angular down-
wards, at base extremely narrow and sinuose, with very incrassate
walls. Autoicous. Perichaetial bracts resembling the comal leaves,
but larger, broader, convolute, more shortly acuminate.
Var. /3. compacta Hook. Densely cushioned, dark purplish
black. Branches straight, equal; leaves closely imbricated.
Var. y. flavicans Hook. Stems elongated, filiform, the leaves
more distant, laxly imbricated, yellowish.
Hab. Mountain rocks, frequent. The var. $ on the higher mountains of Scot-
land and Wales ; the var. y on Ben Nevis.
This fine and distinct species, though distributed all over Britain and not rare on
our mountains, is almost unknown on the Continent, being only recorded from a few
localities in Norway. It is in its usual growth a much taller and less rigid plant than
any of the forms of A. petrophila, and is indeed more likely to be mistaken for a
species of Hepatic, such as Nardia emarginata, with which it may occasionally be
found associated, and to which, indeed, it bears considerable superficial resemblance,
than for any other species of moss. The var. flavicans has some resemblance to A.
Hartmaniy another of the Scandinavian species, which, however, may be known by
its more obtuse, entire leaves, and larger areolation.
3. Andresea Rothii Web. & Mohr. (A. rupestris Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. VIII. F.).
In small, dense, blackish tufts, laxly coherent when moist.
Stems erect or decumbent, slender, very fragile when dry, less
than one inch high. Leaves crowded, erecto-patent or more
usually turned to one side, and generally more or less falcate ;
from an oblong, oval, or slightly obovate base, either gradually
or suddenly narrowed to a long lanceolate or narrowly linear
limb, tapering to an obtuse point. Nerve strong, a-a width of
leaf at base, reaching to apex or excurrent (in sub-species cras-
sinervia), occupying the greater part of the limb in the upper part.
Margin plane, entire or faintly dentate at apex. Cells rounded,
hexagonal and punctiform above with very incrassate walls,
smooth, not much altered below except at mid-base, where a few
rows of cells on each side of the nerve are narrowly rectangular.
Autoicous. Inner perichaetial leaves convolute, sheathing, nerve-
less or thinly nerved, broadly ovate, gradually or somewhat
abruptly acuminate, narrower and more tapering than in the two
previous species.ANDRE/EA.
27
Type. Leaves erecto-patent or secund, gradually narrowed
from base upwards, entire, lamina usually of 3-5 cells width in
upper part of limb.
Var. /3. grimsulana Hook. & Wils. (A. Rothii var. frigida
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FL). More robust, taller, usually of a
more reddish tinge. Leaves broader, gradually narrowed from
the base, more solid.
Var. y. hamata Lindb. Intermediate between the type and
var. falcata. Leaves falcato-secund, gradually narrowed from
base upwards, lamina narrow, but continuous above, entire.
Var. 8. falcata Lindb. (A .falcata Schp. Syn.). Leaves falcato-
secund., abruptly narrowed above the broader, obovate base to a
long, linear limb, the lamina continued to apex, very narrow and
indistinct in the upper part, usually of about 2-3 series of cells ;
frequently distinctly notched towards the apex.
Hab. Mountain rocks, frequent. The var. j8, wet rocks on high mountains.
The var. 5 as frequent as the type.
The characters which mark the vars. hamata and falcata are very ill-defined;
the sudden narrowing of the leaf above the base is by no means constant even in all
the leaves from a single stem ; the relative width of the lamina in the upper part
varies very much also (it must be remembered that the young comal leaves do not
afford any safe guidance in this respect); and a faint notching may occasionally be
seen in the upper leaves even of the type. The form of leaf typical of the var. falcata
is also associated occasionally with a spreading (not falcato-secund) position of the
leaves.
In the forms with a narrow base to the leaves the lower cells are more distinctly
rectangular ; in the falcata forms they are usually more rounded and very little
different from the upper cells except those very near the nerve. In examining the
upper cells of this species it should be noted that on the surface of the leaf they are
angular and more or less regularly hexagonal, but in the interior of the cell the wall is
thickened in such a way that the cell cavity is rounded, or punctiform, hence the
areolation takes a different aspect according as the microscope is focussed on the sur-
face of the leaf or slightly lower down.
The lower part of the stem and innovations is not unfrequently clothed with
minute scale-like leaves, ovate, with a short apiculus.
* Andresea crassinervia Bruch. (Tab. VIII. G.).
Differs from A. Rothii only in the stronger nerve, the limb of
the leaf very narrowly contracted from just above the expanded
base, the lamina in the upper part extremely narrow, sometimes
ceasing below the apex so that the nerve is slightly excurrent.
Var. (3. Huntii Braithw. (A. Huntil Limpr.). Taller;
leaves longer with a narrower nerve. Perichsetial bracts shorter,
obtuse or apiculate, papillose.
Hab. Alpine rocks ; apparently very rare. The var. (3, Lake District.28
ANDREAIACE/E.
In reading the descriptions given by various authors of this plant, one cannot but
be struck with the uncertainty of the characters relied upon to distinguish it ; what is
held by one writer to be a distinctive character being held of no importance by
another, so that one is compelled to doubt its stability as a species ; and an examina-
tion of a considerable number of specimens has entirely confirmed me in this view ;
indeed, after carefully examining a large number of leaves of A. Kothn and of the
present plant I am inclined to doubt whether it has a full title even to the rank of a
sub-species of the former. According to Braithwaite, the leaves are of almost exactly
the same form as in A. Rot hit, or its var. hamata, only very narrow and subulate in
the upper part, and with the nerve apparently excurrent as a papillose subula ; but
even this seemingly important distinction disappears when on closer examination it is
found that the lamina is really continued to apex in a single series of cells. Now, I
have frequently found forms of A. Rothii, and especially its var. falcata, to have the
limb of the leaf more than usually narrow, with only two series of cells in its upper
part; indeed, according to C. Midler, the var. falcata has the nerve “ occupying the
whole apex.” The form of the leaf-base, oblong and gradually narrowed above, can-
not be held characteristic, since in what are, I suppose, fairly typical specimens of A.
crassinervia, viz., those gathered by Arnell at Hemosand, Sweden (Musci Gallia,
No. 697); the leaf-base is oval and quickly narrowed above, almost as in the var.
falcata. The more regular, quadrate cells with thinner walls, held of importance by
Boulay, may also be found in forms of A. Rothii. Again, with regard to the excur-
rence of the nerve, I have hardly ever found a leaf with the lamina really ceasing
below the apex, except in old leaves where it had possibly been removed by erosion;
in the large majority of cases where it appears excurrent I have found on close ex-
amination distinct indications that the single row of marginal cells has been so eroded ;
and the papillosity of the subula in every case in which I have observed it, has been
due to the slight erosion of the cell walls of this row of cells, as may often be found in
the older leaves for a considerable distance below the apex; I have never seen a
young or unworn leaf with any trace of this papillosity. The width of the nerve I
have also found variable.
The differences must therefore, I think, be held to be of a very slight nature, and
A. crassinervia must be considered to be little more than a variety of A. Rothii with
an extremely narrow lamina reduced to one or two series of cells above and occa-
sionally disappearing entirely just below the apex. Boulay (Muscinees de la France)
describes the true A. crassinervia as having the nerve excurrent from below the
middle of the leaf, a character sufficiently defined to separate it as a sub-species at
least, although the other points which he holds characteristic are certainly of slight
importance; but this form, or anything approaching it, has, I believe, never been
found in Britain, and we must either exclude A. crassinervia from our list altogether
or consider it, with Braithwaite and other authors, as including forms with a very
narrow lamina continuous to apex, this feature and the general narrowness of the limb
distinguishing it from A. Rothii, which, however, certainly passes into these less
marked forms.
In support of this view we have the fact that Wilson always maintained that the
three forms only constituted a single species ; also that the plant described as A.
Huntii by Limpricht has been variously placed as a variety by some authors under
A. falcata, by others under A. crassinervia. No doubt much confusion has arisen
from the distribution of wrongly-named specimens ; this was the case with No. 394 of
the Musci Gallia, which is only a form of A. Rothii with the lamina quite distinct to
the apex; and I have found the same feature in specimens supposed to be typical
crassinervia, gathered by Whitehead on Penyghent.
The var. Huntii is described by Macoun as differing from A. crassinervia “ prin-
cipally in the subula of the leaf, only about a half formed by the costa, and the very
papillose perigonial and perichaetial leaves ; ” and he adds that it is often confounded
with A. Rothii. Schimper, too, referred it to A. falcata.
B. Chasmocalyx.
Perichaetial bracts like the leaves, distinctly nerved.ANDRE^A.
29
4. Andresea nivalis Hook. (Tab. VIII. H.).
Tufts large, soft, 2-4 inches high, brownish. Stems slender,
flaccid, repeatedly branched, erect or decumbent, denuded at
base. Leaves rather distant, secund, at the apex of the branches
distinctly falcato-secund, soft; the lower smaller, ovate-lanceolate;
the upper gradually lanceolate from an oblong base, crenulate at
basal margin, irregularly sinuose or notched in the upper part;
strongly papillose on both sides. Nerve narrower than in the last
species, 4 to | the width of leaf at base, reaching to apex or
vanishing just below ; prominent at back and papillose. Areola-
tion much paler and less opaque than in the other species,
irregularly rounded-quadrate above, at base more regularly
quadrate, not elongate. Dioicous; male flowers gemmiform,
bracts numerous, imbricated, the inner nerveless; perichaetial
bracts elongate-lanceolate, resembling the leaves. Capsule open-
ing by 4-6 valves, rather large.
Var. /3. fuscescens Hook. Stems more Jlexuose and flaccid,
with strongly falcate leaves of a brown colour.
Hab. Alpine rocks, near the snow-line; very rare, Grampians, Ben Nevis,
Ben Cruachan. The var. on Ben Nevis and Ben Macdhui.
There is no difficulty in distinguishing A. nivalis from the other species of the
genus, but in the field it might possibly be passed over for the hepatic, Herberta
adunca, to which it bears a considerable outward resemblance.
The var. fuscescens does not present very clearly definable characters, but is more
usually found fruiting, while the typical plant is more commonly found with male
flowers; in Scandinavia the variety is the commoner form, and was therefore considered
by Zetterstedt the type of the species.
This rare and interesting plant appears to be more at home on the Scotch
mountains than in any other place, but it is found on several of the highest ranges of
mountains on the continent.
SUB-OLASS III. BRYALES.
Spores and Columella (the latter absent in Archidium)
developed from the Endothecium, the Columella penetrating the
spore-bearing layer (Archesporium). Spore-sac separated from
the wall of the capsule by an air cavity. Capsule dehiscing
irregularly or opening with a lid.
GROUP A. NEMA TODONTE/E.
Peristome teeth solid, not transversely barred (very faintly
only in Buxbaumia); derived from several concentric series of
cells of the sporogonium.30
TETR APHID ACE/®.
• Order III. TETRAPHIDACEZE.
A small order of mosses distinct (except in the single species
of the exotic genus Calomnium which is gymnostomous) in the
peristome, composed of four solid conical homogeneous teeth,
derived from the fission of the whole cellular tissue of the interior
of the lid. Plants minute and gregarious, or csespitose and
rather taller but slender. Leaves ovate or lanceolate, smooth,
thinly nerved ; areolation rounded-hexagonal. Calyptra conical,
mitriform, plicate. Capsule oval or cylindrical, erect, symmet-
rical, smooth; annulus none. Inflorescence apical, gemmi-
form.
3. TETRAPHIS. Hedw.
The characters of the genus are practically those of the order
as described above, the species being all peristomate. Braithwaite
is no doubt right in re-uniting the two European species under
this genus, the characters separating Tetrodontium being hardly
of generic value.
A curious feature of the genus is the presence of peculiar
“ frondiform ” leaves which appear on the protonema at the first
development of the moss stem ; they are more or less ligulate or
spathulate from a narrower base, and in T. Browniana are some-
times forked above, somewhat as in the fronds of the Forked
Spleenwort, or of the “ Stagshorn ” Fern; in this species they
are persistent; in T. pellucida, on the contrary, they disappear
before the development of the stem, and have on that account
been overlooked.
The solid, undifferentiated teeth of the peristome appear to
mark a primitive stage in the development of that organ. They
are quite conspicuous with an ordinary pocket lens, and are not
fragile nor deciduous, so that they form a ready means of dis-
tinguishing these plants from species of Barbula, &c., many of
which in the fruit and general appearance are somewhat similar.
fPlant almost stemless, with radical frondiform nerveless leaves .2. Browniana
(Plant with leafy stem ; barren shoots with terminal gemmiferous cups /. pellucida
1. Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. (Mnium pellucidum Z.., Georgia
pellucida Rabenh.; Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. IX. A.)
Plants in dense tufts, bright green above, reddish brown below,
£-1 inch high. Stems of two kinds, (1) fertile, simple or branched,
with imbricated leaves, the lower broadly ovate from a narrowTETRAPHIS.
31
base, the upper more elongated and narrower, slightly decurrent;
(2) gemmiferous, more slender and flexuose, with more uniformly
rounded-ovate and more distant leaves, ending in a cup of 4-5
broadly reniform bracts enclosing numerous paraphyses and
stalked, lenticular gemmae. Leaves very small at base of stems,
larger above, erect when moist, carinate at back with the prominent
nerve, when dry slightly undulated ; margin plane, entire ; nerve
ceasing below apex ; areolation rounded, at margin rather smaller
and more closely set, the basal a little elongated, especially near
the nerve. Autoicous, rarely synoicous. Male flowers apical, on
special shoots arising from a sterile female flower, bracts ovate-
lanceolate. Perichaetial bracts elongated, oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate but somewhat obtuse, nerved. Seta slender, Yz-ifin.
long, brown, smooth, straight or flexuose ; capsule narrowly
cylindrical, variable in length, green with a bright red top when
young, bright reddish brown when ripe ; calyptra covering the
capsule, white below, brown above, somewhat lacerate at base,
distinctly plicated, at apex solid and rough ; lid thin, conical, acute,
straight or oblique, glossy ; peristome teeth connivent when moist,
erect and open when dry, narrowly triangular, brown, formed of
linear cells.
Hab. Turfy banks, peaty soil in woods, and rotten tree stumps. Widely
distributed, but not abundant. Fr. all summer.
A very pretty and interesting species, which may readily be indentified by the
peristome, and when barren by the terminal gemmiferous cups which seem always to
be present.
T. geniculata Girgens., an allied species found in N. America and Eastern Asia,
differs in the absence of gemma;, longer narrower leaves, and especially in the
geniculate pedicel, which is distantly tuberculous above. I have had it sent me from
several localities in Newfoundland and Labrador.
2. Tetraphis Browniana Grev. (Bryum Brownianum Dicks.;
Tetrodontium Brownianum Schwgr., Schp. Syn.; Georgia
Brownii C.M., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. IX. B.)
Very small, gregarious, stemless. Plant at first consisting of
a tuft of radical, frondiform leaves, 2-3 layers of cells in thickness,
narrowly clavate, or somewhat palmately branched at apex,
brownish green, persistent for some time ; female flower produced
among these leaves, developing into a perichsetium of 8-12
imbricated bracts, the outer very small, all ovate or ovate-lanceo-
late, obtuse or acuminate, with a faint nerve which disappears in
the upper half, margin entire, or more frequently crenulate-
denticulate; cells elliptical-rhomboid or narrowly recta7igular,
rounded at the angles, with thick walls, at the base laxer and32
TETRAPHIDACE^E.
more regularly rectangular; capsule on a smooth, brown, much
shorter and more rigid pedicel, very small, ovate, firm, dark
brown, solid; calyptra darker, more deeply cleft at base ; mouth
of the capsule more or less sinuosely notched between the
peristome teeth, which are much shorter, broadly triangular, of
broader and shorter, rectangular cells. Perigonial bracts fewer,
nerveless.
Hab.—Sandstone or gritstone rocks, frequently growing downwards from the
roof of caves or clefts. Frequent in some parts of Scotland and the North of England,
but not a common moss. Fr. summer.
A minute plant, best distinguished in the field by the plicate calyptra and the
peristome, from Seligeria, Brachyodus, etc. ; under the microscope it presents no
resemblance to any other moss.
T. repanda Funck, a species or variety not found in this country, but known in
France and elsewhere on the continent, differs only in the frondiform leaves being
replaced by minute flagelliform shoots bearing extremely microscopical nerveless leaves.
Order IV. POLYTRICHACE^E.
Plants usually of a large size, growing on earth, the simple or
slightly branched stems growing from a creeping subterranean
rhizome. Leaves usually narrow, the nerve more or less ex-
panded on the ventral surface, and producing on that surface
longitudinal strips of tissue (lamellae) in the form of thin laminae
standing on edge and running parallel to one another along the
nerve, sometimes in great numbers and crowded, or few and lax,
usually formed of a few rows of cells in height and a single cell in
thickness, so as to appear in transverse section of a single row of
superposed cells, the uppermost or external cell being often of a
different form from the lower ones. Upper areolation generally
hexagonal, with thin walls. Inflorescence nearly always dioicous,
the male flower terminal, large, discoid. Capsule on a long seta,
large, cylindrical, or prismatic with 2-6 angles. Calyptra narrow,
cucullate, spinulose at apex, or with few or many erect or deflexed
hairs. Peristome (in the European species) of 32 or 64 short,
ligulate, unbarred teeth, triangular in transverse section ;
columella expanded at apex into a shield-shaped membrane, the
epiphragm, or, as it is sometimes rather inaccurately called, the
tympanum, covering the mouth of the capsule and united at its
edges with the teeth of the peristome.
The larger species of this order, being very noticeable plants
and also common, are among the first which come under the notice
of the student of mosses, and will be easily referable to their right
natural order by the lamellose face of the leaf, which inCATHARINEA.
33
Polytrichum renders almost the whole surface dark green and
opaque : the lamellose-leaved species of the Tortulaceae will be
readily distinguished by their small fruit, being usually fertile.
The leaves among the Polytrichaceae are among the largest,
especially in point of length, of any mosses.
The stem in Polytrichaceae, as well as the seta, shows a
higher development than in any other order, there being a
specialised central axis, the tissue of which, both in anatomy and
function, shows an approach to the central fibro-vascular bundle
in the Vascular Cryptogams. An interesting discussion on this
and other points in reference to the Polytrichaceae by J. R. Vaizey
will be found in the Journ. of the Linn. Soc., Botany, Vol. XXIV,
p. 262, “ On the Anatomy and Development of the Sporogonium
of the Mosses.”
The structure and function of the peristome and epiphragm
are of great interest, and the student is referred to the description
of these parts in Dr. Braithwaite’s British Moss Flora, and in
Philibert’s admirable papers on the peristome in the Revue Bryo-
logique.
Besides the British genera, there are two exotic genera of
importance, Dawsonia and Lyellia.
A useful synopsis of the European and North American
species of Polytrichaceae by N. C. Kindberg, will be found in the
Rev. Bry., 1894, pp. 33, sqq.
4. CATHARINEA Ehrh.
(Synonym, Atrichum P. Beauv., Schimper Syn., et plur. auct.)
Stems moderately tall, leaves slightly embracing the stem
but not sheathing, nor narrowed above the base, Ungulate or ovate-
oblong, crisped when dry, bordered and serrate, generally
undulated, with few straight lamellae above. Calyptra glabrous,
spinulose-papillose at apex. Capsule smooth, oval or cylindric,
curved; lid long-beaked; peristome of 32 teeth, with a narrow
basal membrane. Inflorescence usually dioicous.
r/Ls. narrow-lingulate, back of nerve and lamina spinose-toothed above .........2
\Ls. wider, oblong, lamina smooth at back ..............................j. crispa
( Ls. obtuse, margin toothed in upper half only ; capsule suberect; dioicous....
J	2. angustata
j Ls. rather acute, margin toothed throughout; capsule arcuate; paroicous ......
I	1. undulata
D34
POLYTRICHACE/E.
1. Catharinea undulata Web. and Mohr. (Bryum undulatum
L., Atrichum undulatum P. Beauv., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. IX. D.)
Plants in loose patches, dull green, in open dry spots
yellowish ; stems erect, i-2 inches high, simple or bifid, from a
much branched, rooting, underground rhizome; leaves very small
below, scale-like, gradually longer above, in the upper part very
longly Ungulate, strongly (transversely) undulate, chief!)’ in the
upper half, much crisped and incurved when dry, flexuose and
patulous when moist, acute or somewhat obtuse, bordered with a
narrow, distinct margin of 2-3 rows of very narrow, brownish,
cartilaginous cells, sharply spinose for the greater part of its
length with strong teeth, usually in pairs ; the surface of the leaf
also, at the back, in the upper half and especially near the apex,
is beset with somewhat similar spines, usually in transverse rows,
on the crests of the undulations ; nerve vanishing in the apex of
the leaf, sharply spinulose at back above ; areolation rather large,
chlorophyllose, in the upper part of the leaf hexagonal or elliptic-
hexagonal (with the longer axis transverse to the direction of the
leaf, i.e., broader than long), gradually becoming larger and
quadrate below, elongate-rectangular at the base. Lamellae 3-6,
straight, the upper margin very bluntly notched ; in section each of
3 to 5 nearly equal, smooth, rounded cells. Inflorescence paroi-
cous. Male flower terminating the first year’s stem, the axis of
which is subsequently prolonged, and next year produces a ter-
minal fertile flower. Perichaetial bracts longer and narrower, but
otherwise resembling the leaves. Seta erect, flexuose, reddish
"brown, i-ij inches long, often two or more together from the
same perichaetium ; capsule cylindrical, variable in length, strongly
arcuate and inclined, brown, thick-walled, lid subulate, curved,
almost as long as the capsule. Calyptrapale, covering about one-
third of the capsule. Teeth of peristome long, lanceolate, obtuse,
the median line orange, the edges pale, basal membrane reddish.
Var. /3. minor W. and Mohr. Stem short, leaves short,
less undulated. Capsule shorter, suberect, unequal, on a shorter
pedicel.
Var. y. Haussknechtii Dixon (Catharinea Haussknechtii
Broth., Braithw. Br. M. FI., Vol. II. Suppl.; Atrichum Hauss-
knechtii Jur. and Milde).
Resembling C. undulata very closely, but more slender, in
looser tufts, l-i inch high, the leaves somewhat more shortly and
obtusely pointed, the spines at back smaller. Inflorescence
terminal, paroicous or perhaps rather synoicous; antheridiaCATHARINEA.
35
central, with suddenly acuminate almost entire bracts, surrounded
by a row ot archegonia. Two or more capsules are produced
from the same perichsetium ; subsequently the axis is produced
as in C. undulata, so that the fruitstalks, which are persistent for
a year or more, appear lateral, a new inflorescence and fruit
being formed at the fresh apex in the following year ; in this way
the old fruitstalks of one or two years’ growth may be seen on
the side of the stem. Capsule narrowly cylindric, suberect, hardly
curved; lid as long as the capsule.
Hab. On sandy soil or clay, in woods, on heaths, &c., very common. The var.
/3 in drier, stony places. The var. y very rare; on damp shady banks near Brox-
bourne, Herts. ; (Vaizey). Fr. late autumn and winter.
A very common plant, with the aspect of which the student soon becomes
familiar ; it has little resemblance to any other species—beyond those of its own
genus—except Mnium unduloium, which might sometimes be confused with it, but
which is easily distinguished by its marginal teeth being single, not in pairs, the basal
cells not regularly rectangular, the broader margin, percurrent nerve, &c. The
characters distinguishing it from C. anguslata and C. crispa are described under those
species.
Within slight limits it shows a considerable variation, chiefly in the form and size
of capsule, the apex of the leaves more or less acute, and the amount of their undula-
tions ; the var. minor is not much more than a starved form, and may be found grow-
ing with the type with intermediate forms.
The var. Haussknechtii, of which I have not seen any specimens, has only been
found within the last few years, or perhaps it would be more correct to say that it has
only recently been distinguished from C. undulata. It was first recorded as a British
plant by J. R. Vaizey (Ann. Bot. ii, 69) in 1888, under the name of C. lateralis
Vaizey. It has been found sparingly in several European countries, and is possibly
the same as the N. American Atrichum undulatum var. attenuaium B. & S. After
reading the descriptions of C. Haussknechtii, the question can hardly fail to arise
whether it is really anything more than an abnormal state of C. undulata, much as the
var. inconstans is of Fissidens bryoides. I can hardly think that the difference in the
inflorescence, which, however distinct a habit it may produce, is not in itself a very
important one, can alone justify its being accorded specific rank ; and considering tthe
great variety in form of leaf and capsule in C. undulata, the other characters above
described must be held to have even less weight. I have, therefore, classed it as a
variety, while admitting that such a conclusion, being arrived at without the study
of specimens, can be provisional only. Mr. Bagnall finds various forms of the present
species in one or two localities in Warwickshire, some with as many as six setae within
one perichaetium, others with stems twice or more branched and producing fruits from
each branch, the leaves and capsules also showing considerable divergence from the
typical form.
A continental species, C. tetiella Rohl, has been described as British, but the
plants that have been so named appear to be all referable to this species or its variety
minor; the true C. tenella is dioicous, of a deep green colour, with shorter, hardly un-
dulated leaves with fewer lamellae, and a much shorter inclined capsule.
2. Catharinea angustata Brid. (Atrichum angustatum
B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. IX. E.).
Much like small forms of the preceding species, but with
short, simple stems, and of a more reddish tint. Leaves crowded,
straighter and more erect, oblong-lanceolate, shorter, obtuse, less36
POLYTRICHACE^.
undulate, more sparingly and less sharply spinulose at back, with
smaller areolation ; the margin with smaller teeth, serrate only
in the upper half or with only a few very minute teeth below the
middle.; lamellae more numerous, 5-7, higher, in section each of
5 to 8 equal cells. Dioicous, male flowers cup-shaped, growing
on separate tufts of plants. Capsule nearly erect and only
slightly arcuate or almost straight; narrower in proportion to its
length than in C. undulata.
Hab. In similar situations, but much rarer. Sussex ; Perthshire ; Essex. Fr.
winter.
C. angustata, though a distinct species, is separated rather by a combination of
characters, most of which may, at one time or another, be found to some extent in
C. undulata, than by any very clearly defined and obvious character ; apart from the
inflorescence, however, the character of the lamelke will usually serve to separate the
two species. In C. undulata they are few and short, so that when flattened out on
each side of the nerve, as by the pressure of a cover-glass, the space occupied by them
only amounts (in the upper half) to about -i-toJ- t^ie tota^ width of the leaf;
whereas In the present species they will be found to cover, under the same circum-
stances, £ and even J of the width; the much weaker serration of the leaf margin is
also a distinguishing feature. The plant has, however, a distinct facies of its own, and
I have found it quite possible to distinguish it in the barren state, even from the
smaller forms of C. undulata with which it sometimes grows, and without the aid of a
lens, by the more lurid colour, and the more erect, less undulate leaves. The narrower
leaves, spinulose at back of lamina, will distinguish it from C. crispa. It is a much
commoner species in N. America than in Europe. Like C. undulata it varies very
considerably in length of capsule.
3. Catharinea crispa James (Atrichum crispum Sull., Schp.
Syn.) (Tab. IX, F.).
In soft tufts, dull or yellowish green. Stems tall, erect,
simple, 2-4 inches high. Leaves distant, rather large, oval-
oblong or oblong-lanceolate, the lower shorter and broader,
patent, when dry crisped, hardly at all undulate, obtusely acumi-
nate ; nerve strong, reddish brown, vanishing in the apex, with a
few rather blunt teeth at back above ; border reddish, dentate
from near the base, teeth smaller than in C. undulata, less
frequently in pairs ; lamellae very low and indistinct, 1-4, some-
what undulate on the margin and frequently interrupted, vanish-
ing in the lower half of the leaf, in section of / to j rather large
equal cells. Areolation larger than in any of the previous species,
elongate towards base and less chlorophyllose, the upper quad-
rate-hexagonal or rounded, smaller towards the margin, not
spinose at back. Dioicous ; male plants taller, in separate tufts.
Pedicels slender, often two or three together, somewhat flexuose ;
capsule erect or nearly so, slightly curved, 7iarrowly obconical,CATHARINEA.
37
wide-mouthed; lid conical with a subulate beak. Peristome
teeth narrow, unequal, basal membrane very narrow.
Var. (3. densifolia Lindb. Dwarf ; leaves crowded, broader
and more elliptical, patulous.
Hab. Sides and beds of rocky streams, among grass or in sand; rare. Male
and barren plants only. The var. /3 at Oakmere, Cheshire.
The fertile plant has been found in N. America only; the stem is shorter, the
leaves longer and closer than in our plants. The laxer areolation and the few and in-
distinct lamellae will easily distinguish it from the other species; indeed, it is much
more likely to be confounded with Mnium hornum, which it closely resembles, but a
careful examination will detect the presence of lamellae, though they are sometimes so
slightly developed that, without care, they are liable to be overlooked; the cells in
Mnium hornum are moreover distinctly smaller than in our plant.
The large tufts in which it grows are often embedded almost up to the tops of the
stems in sand or debris.
5. OLIGOTRICHUM De C.
Stems simple, from a subterranean rhizome. Leaves oblong
or lineal-lanceolate, not contracted above the sheathing base,
concave, with numerous sinuose lamellae in front and a few at
back. Dioicous. Capsule erect, ovate-oblong ; calyptra with a
few scattered erect hairs; teeth of peristome slender, irregular.
Intermediate between Catharinea and Polytrichum.
1. Oligotrichum incurvum Lindb. (Bryum incurvum Huds.)
(Tab. IX. C.)
Loosely casspitose, glaucous green, reddish brown when old.
Stems about one inch high, erect, rigid, unbranched. Leaves
small and distant below, crowded above, erect or spreading, when
dry strongly incurved or twisted, but less crisped and undulate
than in Catharinea, lanceolate from an oblong, thin, sheathing
base; concave, more or less acute, not bordered, margin incurved,
especially above, remotely :and minutely dentate, coarsely notched
at apex; areolation small, regularly rectangular at base, then
quadrate, in upper part of the leaf irregularly hexagonal; nerve
with lamellae on both sides, at the back few (3-5), short, bluntly
serrate, low, and rather in the form of ridges than lamellae ; on the
upper surface numerous, 10-12, high, sinuose from side to side
when viewed from above, occupying about one-third or half the
width of leaf in upper part, their upper margin variously notched
and crested; in section of 6-12 equal cells. Dioicous; male
plants shorter, flowers brownish red, discoid. Capsule on a38
POLYTRICHACEiE.
rather thick seta, which is f-i inch long; ovate-cylindrical, erect
or somewhat inclined, somewhat plicate when dry, and contracted
below the mouth ; lid shortly rostrate, oblique, often falling off
with the calyptra ; columella four-winged ; peristome teeth short,
unequal.
Var. /3. laxum Braithw. Stem taller, 2-4 inches high, slender.
Leaves more distant, spreading, pellucid, with fewer larnelloe, and
much larger cells, more distinctly toothed. Barren.
Hab. Sandy and stony ground on or about mountains. The var. £ rare ; Ben
Nevis; Bangor, Snowdon, and other places in Wales. Fr. late summer.
In this species, as in Polytrichum, the axis of the male plant is produced and
continues growing beyond the first year’s perigonium ; producing another in the follow-
ing year, so that two or three perigonia may be found one above the other on the
same stem.
A few stomata are to be found on the neck of the capsule.
Although the lamina of the leaf is not spinose at back, a few short, toothed
lamella may frequently be found ; principally near the apex. A very curious form
which I gathered near Llyn Dinas, Beddgelert, somewhat intermediate between the
type and the variety, has stems 2-4 inches long, frequently branched, with the leaves
much crisped when dry, pellucid and with few lamellae as in var. laxum, but with
cells quite as small as in the type, and numerous short lamellae scattered over the
back of the lamina near apex, principally near the margin.
6. POL^TRICHUM Dill.
Plants varying in size, often tall and showy, the stems
innovating from creeping underground rhizomes, occasionally
branched above. Leaves large, suddenly narrowed above the
membranous, sheathing base, not bordered ; the nerve broad,
sometimes toothed but not lamellate at back, covered on the upper
surface with numerous straight lamellae, occupying the greater
part of the width of the limb, and rendering the leaf rigid and
opaque ; lamellae entire or crenulate along the upper margin, not
coarsely toothed. Dioicous (in the European species). Calyptra
covered with a thick felt of deflexed hairs reaching far below its
base and usually covering the greater part of the capsule, or the
whole. Capsule erect or cernuous, cylindrical or angular, with or
without apophysis. Lid plane or convex, with a subulate beak.
Teeth of peristome 32 or 64.
A large genus, exhibiting much variety in size, but very
uniform in the general arrangement and form of the leaves.
Stomata are usually to be found on the neck of the capsule, just
above or on the apophysis. The character of the apical cell of
the lamellae when seen in section is of great value in distinguish-
ing the species, especially when barren.POLYTRICHUM.
39
j/Leaf-margin entire, inflexed over the lamelke (capsule angled)...................2
1\Leaf-margin more or less toothed, not inflexed ..................................5
f Ls. bluntish, more or less cucullate at apex, nerve scarcely excurrent
2-!	5. sexangulare
[Ls. aristate at apex ...........................................................3
/ Arista long, hyaline, very rough.....................................6. piliferum
Arista short, coloured .........................................................4
{Stem not tomentose ; ls. spreading ; capsule oblong...............7. juniperinum
Stem densely tomentose ; Is, erect; capsule small, cubic .............7*. strictum
(Capsule 4-6 angled; ls. with narrow tapering points, border-cells of lamellae
smooth .....................................................................6
Capsule not angled ; ls. either with short wide points or with border-cells of lamel-
lae papillose ..................................................................8
f Capsule cubic, sharply angled ; border-cells of lamellae grooved longitudinally
6-j	10. commune
[Capsule oblong ; border-cells of lamellae similar to the rest, not grooved ......7
/Capsule distinctly angled ; basal cells of ls. very long and narrow ...9. formosum
7 \ Capsule obscurely angled ; basal cells shorter and wider...............8. gracile
f Ls. with short, wide points, border-cells of lamellae similar to the rest, thin, smooth
gJ	9
I Ls. with long, narrow points ; border-cells of lamellae large, thickened, papillose
l	10
f Capsule very short, columella cylindric ; ls. obtusely toothed ....../. nanum
y\Capsule cylindric, columella winged ; ls. sharply toothed ...............2. aloides
IQ/Capsule cylindric, erect or nearly so ; border-cells of lamellae round j. umigerum
\Capsule tumid, inclined ; border-cells oval...............................4. alpinum
A. POGONATUM.
Capsule oval or cylindrical, in section circular, not or hardly
apophysate.
1. Polytrichum nanum Neck. (Pogonatum nanum P. Beauv.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. X. A.).
Plants gregarious, deep green ; stems very short, to £-inch
high, simple, naked below, intermixed with green protonema at
base. Leaves from an erect sheathing base, spreading, with a
lingulate or ovate-lanceolate limb, obtusely pointed, with the
margin erect at apex, bluntly toothed from about the middle of
the limb, the teeth brownish, composed usually of a single cell,
remote below, more crowded above ; nerve percurrent, bluntly
toothed at back of apex, very broad on the face of the leaf, and
covered with 30-40 lamellae, occupying the greater part of the
limb to near its base, in section of 6-8 small equal rounded cells.
Areolation rounded-hexagonal above, hexagonal at base of limb
and basal margin, narrow-rectangular at mid-base. Seta thin,
flexuose, variable in length. Capsule small, erect or inclined,
oval or almost spherical, with a rostellate lid, wide-mouthed and
turbinate after the fall of the lid, smooth. Calyptra hardly reach-
ing the base of the capsule. Peristome teeth 32, rather large in
proportion to the size of the fruit. Columella cylindrical.40
POLYTRICHACE/E.
Var. /3. longisetum Lindb. (Pogonatum nanum var. longi-
setum Hampe). Leaves longer, narrower; seta long, i-i£ inches ;
capsule oval-oblong.
Hab. Sandy ground on banks and heaths. Frequent. The var. /3 rare. Fr.
usually winter and spring, but variable.
There is considerable variation in the length and the serrature of the leaves,
length of seta, and form of capsule; but the present species is generally sufficiently
distinct from the next by the obtusely serrate leaves, and in doubtful cases the cylin-
drical columella, without wings, will clearly distinguish it. Fortunately for the
student, the species of this genus, although dioicous, are usually fertile, and the fruit
is of great aid in the determination of the species. I have always found the capsule
perfectly smooth, or at the most extremely faintly mamillate at the base, while P.
aloides y according to my observations, has the whole surface of the fruit distinctly
papillose.
2. Polytrichum aloides Hedw. (Pogonatum aloides P. Beauv.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. X. C.).
Usually more elongated in all its parts.than the last species;
stem taller, f-f inches high, sometimes forked. Leaves longer,
linear-lanceolate, obtuse or acute, densely and sharply serrate
from the base of the limb, several cells usually entering into the
composition of each tooth. Lamellae more numerous, 40-60,
lower, in section of 3-5 cells. Calyptra slightly narrower, cover-
ing the entire capsule, which is oblong-cylindrical, erect or
slightly inclined ; constricted below the mouth and urceolate
after the fall of the lid, distinctly papillose over the whole surface ;
greenish brown or brown. Columella four-winged. Peristome
teeth shorter.
Var. /?. Dicksoni Wallm. (Polytrichum Dicksoni Turner,
Pogonatum aloides var. defluens Brid., Schp. Syn.). Dwarf;
seta very short, capsule obovate, finally urceolate or turbinate ;
hairs of calyptra sometimes confluent below the capsule.
Hab. Dry banks, disused quarries, etc. A much more frequent species than
the last. The var. B not common. Fr. as in P. nanum.
Much like the last species and similarly variable, but quite distinct as noted under
that plant. These two species are often separated from the following under the title
Aloidella, derived, like the specific name of the present species, from the solid,
toothed, aloe-like leaves. The two following species are taller, more branched, with
longer, more pointed leaves.
3. Polytrichum urnigerum L. (Pogonatum urnigerum P.
Beauv., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. X. D.).
Stems in lax patches, rigid, erect, 1-3 inches high, innovating
laterally, sometimes twice or thrice forked or with several close,POLYTRICHUM.
41
crowded, fasciculate branches ; glaucous green, brown below.
Lower leaves scale-like, apiculate, upper lanceolate from a pale
sheathing base, patulous when moist; rigid, appressed to stem,
erect or slightly incurved when dry ; crowded, long, at ^^acumi-
nate to an acute point formed by the slightly excurrent nerve,
which is sharply spinose at back. Limb plane, sharply toothed at
margin from near the base; areolation of the base narrowly
rectangular, without chlorophyll, whitish brown, of the limb quad-
rate-hexagonal or rounded, at base of limb very narrowly trans-
versely elliptical, small and dense. Lamellae about 50, low, very
much crowded, in section of 4-6 cells, the uppermost larger,
rounded, yellowish brown, papillose, the rest smaller, green.
Seta rather long, i-i4 inches, slender, pale reddish. Calyptra
longer than capsule. Capsule erect or very slightly inclined,
symmetrical, resembling the last but larger and somewhat more
cylindrical, wide-mouthed, golden brown, finally brown, very
papillose, without stomata. Teeth of peristome reddish.
Var. fi. humile Wahl. (Pog. urnigerum var. humile Brid.).
Stems short, simple, scattered ; leaves shorter. Capsule narrower
and smaller, on a shorter seta.
Hab. Dry and stony places ; most common in subalpine situations ; the var. /3
in drier, more exposed situations, more rare. Fr. autumn and winter.
The var. humile is perhaps rather a starved form than a permanent variety. The
glaucous colour will usually distinguish the present from the next species, as also the
erect, symmetrical, papillose capsule.
P. capillare Rich., found in Scandinavia, and common in N. America, is some-
what intermediate between this and P. aloides ; with the habit of the latter it has
very sharply serrate leaves, the teeth being often patent and recurved. The European
form (Schp. Syn. Ed. 2, p. 536) is, however, not so strongly marked.
4. Polytrichum alpinum L. (Pogonatum alpinum Rohl,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. X. B.)
Stems loosely tufted, tall, much branched, decumbent at base.
Leaves dull green, rather longer and more flexuose than in the
last species, more narrowly acuminate, the serratures slightly less
acute in outline ; lamellae fewer, about 33, less crowded, higher,
in section of 3-8 cells, the marginal ones larger, ovate-conical,
papillose, yellowish. Seta long, flexuose. Capsule inclined and
arcuate, variable in size and form from sub-globose to elongate-
cylindrical and curved, usually oblong-cylindrical, and somewhat
gibbous on the upper side, riarrower at the mouth than below, not
papillose, with a short neck, bearing stomata, greenish brown,
blackish when old and rugose; lid with a rather long subulate42
POLYTRICHACE^F.
beak ; calyptra shorter than the capsule. Peristome teeth short
and irregular.
Var. fi. silvaticum Menz. (Pog. alpinum var. arcticum Brid.,
Schp. Syn.) Stems slightly branched ; capsule elongate ^cylindrical^
narrow, curved, softer, with a less distinct neck.
Var. y. campanulatum Brid. (Polytrichum campanulatum
Hornsch.) Shorter, fastigiately branched, leaves short, capsule
ovate-globose, calyptra whitish, large.
Var. 8. septentnonale Lindb. (Polytrichum septentrionale
Swartz.) Stem short ; leaves slightly subsecund, shorter; capsule
oval-globose, suberect.
Hab. Stony and grassy places on mountains and moors. Frequent. Fr. late
summer.
Readily distinguishable in almost all cases, by its curved, asymmetrical capsule,
without angles, and almost always smaller at the mouth, not wider as is that of P.
umigerutn ; in doubtful cases the other points, italicised above, will amply suffice to
determine it. It is a most variable plant in size, and in the form and magnitude of
the fruit, and the many varieties that have been described are far from constant. The
var. silvaticum represents one extreme ; I have not seen British specimens, nor do I
know of any certain records. The same is the case with the var. campanulatum ;
the character afforded by the colour of the calyptra, or rather of its hairs, appears to
be the only distinct feature, and as some authors in describing it, omit this character,
it is apparently a somewhat unsatisfactory form. The var. septentrionale I have not
seen recorded, but I have gathered a form on Slieve League, Co. Donegal, which
agrees exactly with the description; the seta is barely J of an inch long, and many of
the capsules are hardly longer than broad. It is merely through a wrongly named
specimen that P. septentrionale Sw. has been referred to P. sexa?igulare.
B. Eu-Polytrichum.
Capsule with 2-6 usually acute angles; apophysis generally
well-defined. Peristome teeth 64.
5. Polytrichum sexangulare Ehrh. (Tab. X. E.)
Stems erect or decumbent, usually 1-2 inches high, occasionally
2-4 inches, simple or slightly divided, rigid, in tufts or loose
patches, not tomentose at the base. Leaves short, rather obtuse,
linear-lanceolate from a broad sheathing base, patent when moist;
the lower ones glossy, dark coloured ; when dry closely imbricate,
rigid, incurved at apex ; margin entire, incurved from near the
base of limb, at apex cucullate. Lamellae JO-J5, in section of 4-6
cells, the marginal one larger, ovate-conical, smooth. Seta rather
thick, short,	inches. Calyptra not covering the capsule.
Capsule erect or inclined, oval, with 6 obtuse angles, reddish
brown ; apophysis obconical, not constricted to a neck above ; lid
with a rather thick beak Peristome of 64 teeth, short, unequal.POLYTRICHUM.
43
Hab. Summits of the higher Scotch mountains ; very rare. Ben Macdhui and
others of the Cairngorm range ; Ben Nevis ; Ben Lawers ; barren on the last named,
occasionally fertile on the others. Fr. late summer.
A very rare plant with us, readily distinguished in the field by the short, obtusely
cucullate leaves with entire inflexed margins. P. strictum and P. juniperinum differ
in the very acute, more or less aristate leaves. In P. sexangularey although the
general outline of the leaf apex is obtuse, it will be found under the microscope that
the nerve is excurrent in a short mucro, which though rather blunt, gives a more acute
outline to the leaf than appears with the lens. The capsule, as is usually the case in
this section, becomes more inclined or even horizontal when old. The angles are
sometimes obscure.
6.	Poly trichum piliferum Schreb. (Tab. XI. A.)
In loose tufts, glaucous green. Stems erect, simple, rarely
forked, i-ii inches high, naked at base. Upper leaves rapidly
lengthening so as to form an elongate coma, when dry closely
appressed and straight, forming a narrow ovoid or clavate head.
Base of leaf narrower and longer than in the preceding species,
limb narrowly lanceolate, the wings broad,' inflexed upon the
front of the leaf and almost meeting, formed of narrow, trans-
versely elliptical cells, entire; nerve reddish, at apex suddenly
becoming hyaline, and excurrent as a long, denticulate, hoary
arista; apex of leaf, below the arista, somewhat muriculate,
smooth at back of nerve. Lamellae about jo, in section of 4-7
cells, the upper larger, elongate, broader in the middle, narrowed
above and below, so as to appear obtusely cruciform, not papillose.
Perichaetial bracts longer, the inner thin, whitish, without lamellae,
longly aristate. Seta i-i£ inches long; capsule covered by the
calyptra, erect, inclined when dry, small, shortly oblong, with 4
sharp angles, and occasionally an intermediate fainter one;
apophysis distinct, short, constricted above, where it passes into
the capsule ; lid shortly and stoutly beaked, red or orange. Male
plants with shorter leaves, more shortly aristate.
Hab. Dry heaths, common. Fr. summer.
P. piliferum varies little, and may readily be known by the hoary leaf-points and
small capsule. An alpine form {Pol. Hoppei Hornsch.) has shorter leaves, longer hair-
points, and shorter, broader capsules, on shorter pedicels. The cup-shaped male
inflorescence in this and the following allied species is bright red or orange, and forms
a conspicuous picture in the places where it grows.
7.	Polytrichum juniperinum Willd. (Tab. XI. D.)
Stems scattered, taller than in the last species, 1-4 inches,
rarely branched, glaucous green, sometimes slightly tomentose at
base. Leaves less crowded at the top of the stems, spreading44
POLYTRICHACE/35.
when moist, erect when dry, long, lanceolate from an oblong base
as in P. piliferum, the wings infiexed, but not so nearly meeting
as in that species, entire; nerve excurrent in a shorter, red,
dentate arista, strongly toothed at back of apex and often half-
way down the limb. Lamellae 35-40, in section nearly as in the
above species. Perichaetial bracts longer than the leaves, and
with a longer arista, white and membranous at edges. Calyptra
large. Capsule on a longer, bright red, shining seta, if-2-g- inches
high ; larger, tetragonal-oblong, with sharp angles, lid deep red,
beak short; apophysis short, less distinct. Male plants more
slender, with shorter leaves.
Hab. Heaths and waste places ; common. Fr. summer.
An alpine form (var. alpimim B. & S., Pol. boreale Kindb.), is shorter and more
stunted in all its parts, with longer hair points to the leaves, the tip sometimes
hyaline.
The calyptra in this species is often very pale, sometimes almost white.
*Polytrichum strictum Banks. (Tab. XI. C.)
■0
Differs from P. juniperinum in the taller, more slender stems,
sometimes nearly a foot high, covered for a great part of their
length with dirty white tomentum, densely tufted, slightly
branched. Leaves erecto-patent, shorter, narrower, straight;
erect, closely and regularly imbricated when dry; lamellae
fewer, 25-30. Capsule smaller, cubic or very shortly rectangular;
calyptra small.
Hab. Boggy heaths; not common.	«
The characters which separate this plant from P. juniperinum, though chiefly
comparative, and insufficient to justify giving it specific rank, are fairly stable, and it
seems to fill its right place as a sub-species. The habitat, among other points, is
quite different; it is not unfrequently found mixed with Sphagnum. The very
slender, terete stems, with short, regularly-imbricated leaves, are, in the dry state
especially, very noticeable.
8. Polytrichum gracile Dicks. (Tab. X. F.).
Densely tufted, dark green; stems 1-4 inches high, matted
together below with whitish, radicular tomentum, simple or
slightly divided, leafless below, the fertile stems with the leaves
crowded above into an oblong tuft. Leaves erecto-patent, some-
what flexuose or curled when dry, short, the upper 4-5 lines long,
the limb lanceolate, gradually narrowed to a sharp acumen,POLYTRICHUM.
45
margin erect, sharply serrate, variable in width, usually of about
4-6 rows of cells in the middle of the limb, sometimes more, the
cells rather large, 15-18 n in diameter, rounded-quadrate or trans-
versely elliptical. Cells of the sheathing base thin, rectangular,
about 3-4 times as long as broad in middle of wing. Nerve
excurrent in a short, acute, red, dentate point, spinose also at
back in the upper part of the leaf. Lamellae about 40, each in
section of 4-6 cells, equal in size, smooth and rounded.
Perichaetial bracts longly sheathing. Capsule on a thin flexuose
seta i|-2 inches long, erect, horizontal when dry, short, broadly
ovate, inflated, with j-<5 obtuse and often obscure angles,
narrowed at the mouth, apophysis rather indistinct, hardly
constricted above. Calyptra hardly covering all capsule. Lid
large, with a rather long beak. Peristome teeth 64, but often
confluent, and unequal.
Hab. Peaty woods and dry heaths on turf. Frequent. Fr. summer.
The distinguishing characters are difficult to define, and may perhaps be best
pointed out by comparison with the allied species, P. commune and P. formosum, the
only two which are likely to be taken for it. It differs from both in the wider leaf-
margin and distinctly wider cells throughout the leaf, the fewer lamellae, and the more
obscurely angled capsule, almost invariably shorter and more inflated than in the
latter species. The smaller vars. of P. commune closely resemble it, and here perhaps
the most certain character is to be found in the smooth rounded marginal cells of the
lamella of the present species ; the beak of the lid is also usually longer.
Barren specimens of P. alpinum are distinguishable by the papillose marginal
cells of the lamelke.
The number of lamellae, and consequently the width of leaf-margin, varies
considerably, but the latter is always more developed in proportion to the former than
in the related species, in consequence of which the leaves are usually more crisped and
flexuose when dry. Occasionally the lamelke become very few, as in the remarkable
form gathered by me near Northampton (v. Braithw. Br. M. FI., Vol. I., p. 295),
presenting all the appearance of a Catharinea, and indeed so named at first by Dr.
Braithwaite ; in these cases the leaf-cells become larger and chlorophyllose, the leaves
tend to widen, and the distinction between limb and base disappears. As the lamellae
serve, functionally, to replace the chlorophyllose tissue of the leaf lamina of most
mosses, these latter features doubtless arise as a compensation for the diminution in
the lamellae, and probably mark, in fact, a reversion to an earlier type.
•
9. Polytrichum formosum Hedw. (P. attenuatum Menz.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XI. B.).
Plants tall, loosely tufted, dark green ; stems erect or ascend-
ing, tomentose at base, simple or forked, 3-9 inches high. Upper
leaves spreading, loosely incumbent when dry, similar in form to
those of P. gracile, but larger, 5-7 lines long, margin erect,
sharply serrate, very narrow, of 2-3 rows of smaller cells, about
10-12 y. in diameter, cells of leaf-base longer and narrower than in
P. gracile, very narrow at margin, in middle of wing towards46
POLYTRICHACEiE.
nerve about 6-10 times as long as broad; lamellae about 60-J0,
very low, in section of 3-5 cells, smooth, equal, rounded, or the
marginal one very slightly larger and a little longer than broad.
Perichaetial bracts with long sheaths, longly acuminate. Seta
stout, long, 2-2A inches, rigid, orange below, paler above. Cap-
sule covered by the calyptra, erect or inclined, cernuous when
dry, oblong, with j or 6 (rarely 4) acute angles, yellow-green,
fawn-coloured when ripe, with a small but distinct apophysis, con-
tacted above where it joins the capsule ; lid large, with a rather
long beak ; mouth of the capsule wide, not contracted.
Hab. Dry woods. Common. Fr. summer.
A taller plant than the last, and often confused with P. commune ; it usually has
the leaves more crowded, and less squarrose when moist, and the beak of the lid
longer ; but the most certain character is to be found in the lamelke of the leaves,
which in the present species have the marginal cell smooth and rounded or oval (in
section), while that of P. commime is broad, depressed in the centre and bifid. The
perichaetial leaves are also more distinct in that species. P. ohioense R. & C., is a
closely allied species from N. America, differing chiefly in the apical cells of the
lamellae more or less flattened, wider than long. The var. pallidisetum B. & S.
appears to be nothing more than a form with shorter stems and narrower, somewhat
elongated capsule.
10. Polytrichum commune L. (Tab. XI. E.).
Plants very tall, 6-18 inches high, in large, loose cushions,
deep green, tomentose at the base ; stems simple, rarely forked,
flexuose and wiry. Upper leaves very long, squarrose or re-
curved when moist, erect when dry and appressed, with the apex
flexuose; rather laxly arranged, very long, from an oblong
sheathing base suddenly narrowed, limb lanceolate, gradually
narrowing from its base upwards, to a sharp dentate acumen ;
margin densely and sharply serrate to the base of limb, very
narrow, of about one row of small cells, similar to those of P.
formosum, as are also those of the leaf-base ; lamellae about 60,
low, thickened at*the upper border and channelled, appearing
in section of 4-6 cells, the marginal one broader, depressed in the
centre and bicuspidate. Perichaetial bracts more distinct, longly
sheathing, membranous, without lamellae, ending in an arista
formed by the excurrent nerve. Pedicel very long, 2§~4 inches,
stout. Calyptra descending below the capsule, large, golden
brown. Capsule at first erect, pale reddish brown when ripe, and
horizontal, four-angled, with the two lateral angles usually larger
and more prominent than the upper and lower, so that the capsule
is somewhat flattened; in outline shortly rectangular or almost
cubic ; apophysis discoid, very distinct and narrowly constrictedPOLYTRICHUM.
47
at its junction with the capsule ; lid with a short rostellate beak.
Male plants shorter, with shorter leaves, repeatedly proliferous
from the centre of the perigonia.
Var. (3. perigoniale B. & S. (P. perigoniale Michx.). More
densely tufted, with shorter stems ; inner perichxtial leaves very
long, with an elongated, almost entire arista.
Var. y. minus Weis (vars. tninus and fastigiatum, Braithw.
Br. M. FI.). More slender, simple or fastigiately branched ; cap-
sule smaller and shorter, almost cubical; lid with a short straight
beak.
Hab. Marshy moors and peat bogs. Common. The vars. 0, y> in drier spots,
less frequent.
Superficially, P. commune much resembles P. juniperinum, the var. pe7'igoniale
especially, but the serrated leaf margin will reveal its identity, even without the aid of
a lens. Its difference from the preceding species is much less marked, but the more
shortly rectangular, more distinctly apophysate capsule will generally identify it, and in
any case the form of the marginal cells of the lamellae will always prove a reliable
character.
The var. minus in its unbranched, slender state, is an analogous form to the sub-
species strictum of P. juniperinum. The var. fastigiatum would seem only to be a
state of this variety.
P. comnmne is one of the most highly developed and perhaps the finest of our
mosses; it is one of the few species that is put to some practical use, being collected
in Lapland for pillows and beds, both by the Lapps themselves and, according to
Withering, by the bears. In this country it is occasionally used for stuffing mattresses
and for brooms.
Order V. BUXBAUMIACE^E.
Plants very small, almost or quite stemless, growing on earth
or rotten wood. Capsule very large in proportion to the size of
the plant, oblique and asymmetrical. Calyptra very small, conical;
peristome single or double, the outer teeth when present originat-
ing in several concentric layers of cells, linear, very faintly barred ;
the inner a conical plicate membrane with an opening at the top.
Avery remarkable order of mosses, consisting of half-a-dozen
species presenting a quaint appearance unlike that of any others
of the class, and no less striking in their morphological characters.
It is clear from the researches of Lindberg, Philibert, and other
bryologists that most of the present types of peristome must have
become fixed before the differentiation of the vegetative organs
(e g., the Hypneae, Bryaceae and Mniaceae must have had a common
parentage from which they derive their uniform type of peristome).
In other words, it seems that the evolution of the Sporogonium
was prior to that of the Oogonium, and mosses must have
originally consisted of a protonema with a highly organised
sporogonium, but with very little development of stem or leaves,48
BUXBAUMIACE/E.
the ordinary leaves having been produced later in order of time
and very possibly having arisen by modification of the perichaetial
bracts. Thus not only in type of peristome, but also in the
general habit and morphology, we may probably look upon this
Order, and especially the genus Buxbaumia, as an archaic type
which has survived in something like its primeval form. Even in
Diphyscium, the true leaves though perfectly developed are quite
an inconspicuous part of the plant beside the fruit and perichaetial
leaves.
I have retained the two genera under this order, which is
perhaps the most usual arrangement, partly on account of the
general resemblance of the capsule and its internal structure, and
partly on account of the great similarity of the peristomes, a
marked and real similarity, though perhaps less so than would
appear at first sight. The form and structure of the leaf in
Diphyscium is hardly, I think, sufficient in itself to outweigh these
important affinities and justify its separation from Buxbaumia.
The presence of delicate articulations in the outer teeth, and
the minute structure of these and the inner peristome (as pointed
out by Philibert, Rev. Bry., 1889, pp. 4, sqq.), indicate an approach
on the part of the Buxbaumiacese to the Arthrodonteae, but the
origin of the outer teeth in several series of concentric cell-layers
constitutes a sufficient ground for placing the Order among the
Nematodonteae, though at the end of the series.
7. BUXBAUMIA Haller.
Plants very minute, scattered, stemless. Leaves indistinguish-
able from the perichaetial bracts, all minute, ovate or lanceolate,
palmate with ciliar productions of the marginal cells, nerveless,
without chlorophyll. Male plant (v. Goebel, in Flora, 1892, Suppl.
pp. 92, sqq.) among the vaginular tomentum, a concave, shell-like
leaf, enclosing a single globose stalked antheridium, similar to
that of the Hepatic*. Mature fruit on a stout rough seta, large,
somewhat obliquely egg-shaped, with the narrow end pointed and
slightly recurved, inserted obliquely on the seta with a short neck,
flattened on the upper surface, brown. Outer peristome of one
or several rows of irregular filiform teeth, inner a pale tubular
membrane in the form of a truncated cone, longitudinally plaited
like the folds of a fan, with 32 plicae. Dioicous.
/Capsule plano-convex, much flattened above, glossy ................ aphylla
Capsule scarcely flattened, paler, epidermis splitting when dry .indusialaBUXBAUMIA.
49
1. Buxbaumia aphylla L. (Tab. XII. A.)
Plants very small, growing on a thick stratum of brownish
protonema. Bracts minute, almost obsolete, brownish, the
marginal cilia developing, after fertilisation, into protonemoid
filaments, so that when the capsule is mature, little is to be seen
around the thickened vaginula but a mass of rufous tomentum.
Seta thick, very scabrous, about half-an-inch long, purplish.
Calyptra minute, conico-cylindrical, usually split on one side.
Capsule inclined or almost horizontal, with a stout, distinct neck,
depressed above and with a more or less angular border, broadly
ovate-acuminate in outline ; of a dark brown colour and thick
texture, glossy, the cuticle rolling back from the mouth at
maturity and forming a border; lid short, obtusely conical, more
or less erect and recurved, attached to the columella. Peristome,
the outer a single series of very short, filiform, papillose teeth
hardly rising above the surrounding membrane; inner membrane
pale brown, papillose. Spores very small, escaping by the lateral
splitting of the capsule, about 5 fx in diameter.
Hab. On the ground or on rotten wood, especially in fir woods; not often
reappearing twice in the same locality. Rare. Fr. early summer.
This very strange plant was formerly considered a fungus, and indeed to any but
a bryologist it seems to have little in common with other mosses. The fruit is as large
as that of Polytrichum, and seems disproportionate to the size of the plant. Gobel,
in the paper above quoted, has shown that what has usually been taken for the
antheridium is really the male plants enclosing a single globose, stalked antheridium
similar to that of Sphagnum and of the Hepaticae; and he points out too the primi-
tive character of the leaves or pericheetial bracts, which are very little more than ex-
pansions of the protonema, normally producing new protonemoid threads at their
margins, as might take place at any other part of that organ.
2. Buxbaumia indusiata Brid. (Tab. XII. B.)
Capsule on a shorter, less scabrous seta, more erect, less
flattened above, narrowly oval, paler, not glossy ; cuticle thinner,
splitting longitudinally at maturity with the edges rolled back-
wards ; lid rather larger; outer peristome of four concentric
rows of linear teeth, the outermost very short, the inner gradually
longer, the innermost 7nore than half the length of the inner peris-
tome ; all more or less finely articulate, papillose, brownish;
spores larger, about 10 fx.
Hab. Decayed branches in pine woods. Fr. summer. Very rare. Aberdeen-
shire, Ross-shire.
Rather smaller and of a less rigid habit and texture, and a paler colour.
E50
BUXBAUMIACE^.
8. DIPHYSCIUM Mohr.
Plants very short, gregarious. Leaves Ungulate or lanceo-
late, fragile, of 2-3 layers of rounded cells, nerved. Perichsetial
bracts large, membranous, laciniate above. Capsule immersed or
exserted, almost sessile, oval-acuminate, oblique, gibbous, narrow-
ing upwards to the somewhat recurved lid. Calyptra conical,
entire, minute, fugacious ; outer peristome none or rudimentary,
inner a pale membrane, exactly as in Buxbaumia, but with only
16 plicae. Spores minute. Dioicous.
1. Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. (Webera sessilis Lindb.j
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XII. C.)
Plants densely gregarious, dark or brownish green. Stetns
short; leaves narrowly Ungulate, variously pointed, obtuse and
cucullate, or shortly and bluntly acuminate, crisped when dry,
fragile ; margin plane, crenulate-papillose in the upper part, and
also at times sinuose or slightly dentate towards apex ; nerve
vanishing below the apex, broad and flattened, especially at base,
often indistinct. Areolation rounded-quadrate in the upper part
of the leaf, strongly papillose on both sides, of 2 or more layers
of cells, obscure ; gradually becoming more rectangular and less
obscure below, smooth ; towards the base hyaline, rectangular,
at margin very thin. Perichxtial bracts very large, the outer
resembling the leaves but gradually narrowed from a broader base
to a long setaceous point composed of the excurrent nerve, the
inner broader, ovate-lanceolate, membranous at margin and white,
almost without chlorophyll, at apex lacerate with denticulate cilia,
and longly aristate with the excurrent nerve, forming a brown,
denticulate hair almost as long as the limb of the leaf; nerve very
broad, golden brown. Capsule almost sessile, hidden by, or
slightly emergent from the perichsetial leaves, about the size and
with somewhat the aspect of a grain of wheat, golden brown
when ripe, asymmetrical, with a curved apex formed by the
conical, acute lid ; inner peristome white at the fall of the lid,
becoming brown with age. Male plants scattered, minute ; inner
bracts ovate, concave, with excurrent nerve.
Var. (3. acutifolium Lindb. Stems taller; leaves longer,
more acuminate and acute.
Hab. Turfy banks and clefts of rocks in mountainous regions, frequent. Fr.
summer. The var. ft less common, usually barren.DIPHYSCIUM.
51
The quaint appearance of the capsule, surrounded with the large, scarious
perichsetial bracts, is totally different from that of any other of our mosses, and when
once seen cannot be again mistaken. It is however very different with barren plants,
which may easily be overlooked, or mistaken, even on closer examination, for a species
of Trichostomum, e.g., Tr. nitidam or Tr. tenuirostre. This, indeed, has often
been done, and the var. acutifolium was recently described as a new species under the
name of Didymodon Camusi by Husnot (v. Muse. Gallied, pp. 80, 433). It may
however be recognised by the 2-3 layers of cells in the leaf, and by the broad, ill-
defined vanishing nerve, taken in conjunction with the broad, hardly acute apex of
the leaves, which are less strongly crisped and hardly shining when dry.
The var. acutifolium graduates into the type by intermediate forms, but in its
extreme state, as I have found it freely in the Lake District, with tall, somewhat
branched stems and very long, narrow leaves, it is a well-marked form. Dr. Braith-
waite describes it as having the arista of the perichsetial bracts smooth, but I have
not found them noticeably different from those of the type.
Schimper describes the outer, rudimentary teeth of the peristome of Diphyscium
foliosum as “very short, triangular, granulose, transversely jointed, not unfrequently
perforated in the middle, pale yellow, reddish purple at apex.” Hardly any other
bryologist appears to have been able to detect them so far developed at least as to
render any such detailed description possible.
GROUP B. ARTHRODONTE/E.
Peristome teeth (when' present) thin, membranous, derived
from a single layer of cells of the sporogonium ; transversely
barred.
SUB-GROUP I. APLOLEPIDEPE.
Peristome teeth often forked above, at base composed of two
layers of plates ; in the outer layer a single plate forms the width
of the tooth ; in the inner two plates go to form the width of the
tooth, which therefore, when viewed from the interior, presents a
fine dividing line down the centre; the front, or exterior, surface,
on the other hand, being without this division. In some genera,
as Barbula, the teeth are divided to the base, so that the above
structure cannot be traced.
Acrocarpous mosses, with rare exceptions ;	i.e., the
perichaetium is apical, forming a continuation of an ordinary stem
or branch, which may however appear lateral by subsequent
innovation below the perichaetium.
Order VI. DICRANACE^.
Plants variable in size, dichotomously branched. Leaves
narrow, from subulate to broadly lanceolate, rarely ovate-oblong,
nerved nearly or quite to apex, areolation never wide, small, more
or less quadrate, rectangular or linear above, rectangular at base,52
DICRANACE^.
often with special angular cells. In a very few cases the capsule
is more or less spherical, and cleistocarpous, with irregularly torn
calyptra; in all the other species the calyptra is smooth, narrow,
cucullate, very rarely mitriform, capsule on an elongated seta,
narrow, oval to cylindrical, frequently cernuous and gibbous;
peristome of 16 teeth, usually cleft above, sometimes to base, into
two lanceolate or subulate divisions, transversely articulated, with
fine vertical striae between the articulations, occasionally imperfect,
usually reddish, the interior plates usually thickest, often
transversely trabeculate.
This constitutes a fairly natural family, though on one side
bordering closely on the Tortulaceae ; one or two of the genera,
as Ditrichum, might well, indeed, judged by the characters of
their fruit alone, be placed under that order, but the general
facies and leaf-form is that of Dicranaceae ; indeed in every case
in this order where the form of the fruit or the structure of the
peristome might appear to connect a species with the Tortulaceae
its true position will be rendered apparent either by the lid being
longly subulate or by the leaves being narrow and linear-
lanceolate or subulate, with narrow rectangular areolation. The
cleistocarpous species of this order are recognisable by the leaf-
cells in the upper part being small and narrow, and smooth, not
papillose.
The student will at first, no doubt, have some difficulty in
referring some ambiguous species of both Tortulaceae and
Dicranaceae to their right Order, but the difficulty will soon dis-
appear when a little practical acquaintance has been gained with
the plants themselves.
As many as 600 species have been described. The British
members of the Order may be classified under seven Tribes,
which, for the sake of convenience, are tabulated here.
1.	Ditricheae. Leaves lanceolate or lanceolate-subulate,
smooth, without distinct angular cells. Capsule rounded, cleisto-
carpous ; or ovate to cylindrical, either erect and symmetrical or
slightly inclined and unequal, smooth ; lid conical ; peristome
teeth 16, very narrow, forked or cleft to base into 32 filiform divi-
sions.
2.	Seligerieae. Plants minute. Leaves lanceolate-subu-
late, smooth, without distinct angular cells (in the British species).
Peristome of 16 short teeth, cleft or perforated, or entire, some-
times wanting. Capsule erect or nearly so, equal, smooth or very
slightly and irregularly striate. Lid rostellate or shortly subu-
late-rostrate.ARCHIDIUM.
53
3.	Cynodontieae. Leaves chlorophyllose, often rather
broadly lanceolate, usually papillose, without distinct angular
cells, the upper minute, quadrate. Capsule on a long seta, oblong
or oblong-cylindrical, usually inclined, frequently strumose, and
mostly striate. Peristome variable.
4.	Trematodonteae. Stems short. Leaves lanceolate-
subulate, without distinct angular cells. Capsule with a long in-
flated neck, which is sometimes longer than the capsule itself;
cleistocarpous in the continental genus Bruchia ; in Trematodon,
the only British genus, peristomate, with 16 lanceolate, perforated
or cleft teeth ; cernuous.
5.	Dicranelleae. Plants small, scarcely branched. Leaves
smooth, lanceolate-subulate, without special angular cells.
Capsule short, erect or inclined, frequently striate ; lid rostellate
or subulate-rostrate ; peristome dicranoid, of 16 cleft teeth, wider
at base.
6.	Dicraneae. Plants usually tall, branched. Leaves
narrowly lanceolate, often falcato-secund ; cells at angles en-
larged, often inflated, hyaline or coloured. Peristome variable.
Lid almost always longly subulate.
7.	Leucobryeae. Plants whitish, the leaves almost without
chlorophyll, almost entirely composed of the nerve ; internal walls
of the cells porose. Capsule as in Dicranum ; peristome of 8 or
16 teeth, dicranoid.
Tribe /. Ditricheae.
9. ARCHIDIUM Brid.
Plants small, branched by innovations below the apex.
Leaves ovate-lanceolate, areolation hexagono-rhomboid. Capsule
sessile, spherical, cleistocarpous, formed of a single layer of cells
without columella or true spore-sac, the spores being produced
from a single basal cell, the contents of which by repeated division
form about 16 large, smooth spores. Calyptra very thin, saccate,
tearing irregularly.
1. Archidium alternifolium Schp. (Phascum alternifolium
Dicks., A. phascoides Brid.) (Tab. XII. D.)
Plants minute, in dull green patches, stellately branched, the
innovations formed below the apical inflorescence, elongated and
finally prostrate, with small-leaved ramuli. Leaves distant,54
DICR ANACE/95.
minute, erecto-patent, slightly twisted when dry, lanceolate from
a broader base, the upper lanceolate-subulate, margin sinuosely
denticulate, more distinctly so at apex; nerve narrow, vanishing
in the apex or percurrent. Areolation smooth, rhomboid or
rectangular and parenchymatous, or longer, narrowly hexagonal
and prosenchymatous, wider at base. Perichaetial bracts longer,
from a broader concave base, denticulate at apex, forming a
comal tuft. Capsule terminal, finally lateral by innovation,
immersed, pale yellow. Spores very large, obtusely polyhedral.
Antheridia among the perichaetial leaves, with few small bracts.
Hab. Wet fields and bare spaces ; not common. Fr. spring.
Varying somewhat in size and habit, and in the form and size of the leaf and of
the areolation, this curious little moss has a facies of its own which is hardly like that
of any other, even in the barren state ; its resemblance is greatest with Pleuridium
alternifolium, but the leaves in that, especially the perichaetial leaves, are much longer,
with a much broader nerve, and smaller cells. In Pleuridium axillare the cells are
larger and the leaves longer. The fruit, moreover, which is quite distinct in form in
the two genera, is usually present in Pleuridium.
This genus is by Schimper and other authors placed in a separate Order, on
account of the peculiar structure of the sporogonium. While, however, in this respect
it obviously retains the characters of a primitive form, its vegetative characters so
closely resemble those of the next genus as to justify their being placed in close
proximity, an arrangement which is also of much greater convenience to the student.
In the shorter, lower leaves and those on the flagelliform branches, the areolation
is usually short and parenchymatous, either rectangular or becoming rhomboidal by
the obliquity of the end walls; at other times, and especially in the elongated
perichaetial leaves, it becomes much narrower, elongated and sinuose, often distinctly
hexagonal-rhomboid and prosenchymatous.
The present is the only European species, but there are several closely allied
species in N. America.
10. PLEURIDIUM Brid.
Minute, cleistocarpous mosses. Leaves lanceolate or lanceo-
late-subulate, smooth. Capsule erect, on a short pedicel, im-
mersed in the pericheetial leaves, ovate-globose with a short point.
Calyptra small, cucullate. Spores rather large, granulose.
j / Perichaetial leaves similar to the rest; nerve ceasing below apex.i. axillare
(Perichaetial leaves much longer than the rest; nerve reaching apex..2
(Perichaetial leaves gradually subulate-setaceous, enclosing naked antheridia
2. subulatum
Perichaetial leaves suddenly contracted ; male flowers gemmiform, axillary
j». alternifolium
1. Pleuridium axillare Lindb. (Phascum axillare Dicks.;
Pleuridium nitidum Rabenh., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XII. E.).
Plants small, loosely clustered, pale green. Stems about
1-inch high, simple or slightly branched. Leaves patent, slightly
twisted when dry, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, short at base,PLEURIDIUM.
55
gradually longer upwards, perichaetial bracts similar to the upper
leaves; nerve thin, vanishing below the apex, margin plane,
faintly serrulate at apex; cells rather large, lax, pellucid,
rectangular-rhomboid below, narrowly linear or elongate-rhom-
boid above. Capsule on a very short seta, oval, shortly pointed,
pale brown, calyptra covering only the upper half of the capsule.
Antheridia naked among the perichaetial bracts.
Var./L strictum Braithw. (Phascum strictum Dicks.). Plants
very small, dull green; leaves and bracts closer, narrower,
straight; capsule nearly spherical.
Hab. Fallow fields and sides of pools ; not uncommon. The var. 13, Scotland.
Fr. winter.
This species is known from the others of the genus by its paler colour, the more
delicate and less rigid habit, by its leaves and perichaetial bracts being alike, and by
its larger cells. It is indeed more like Archidium altemifolium, although quite dis-
tinct in the fruit. The stem innovates below the capsule (which thus becomes lateral),
producing another fruit at its apex, and repeating the same process several times, so
that two or three capsules may be found on the same stem, one above the other.
2. Pleuridium subulatum Rabenh. (Phascum subulatum
Huds.) (Tab. XII. F.).
Stems short, simple, rarely branched or innovated, crowded,
dusky or yellowish green. Leaves small, lanceolate or ovate-
lanceolate, longer above ; perichaetial bracts erect or subsecund,
straight when dry, from a small oval base gradually subulate and
setaceous, very long; nerve broad and ill-defined, continuous to
apex ; margin minutely denticulate, occasionally entire ; cells at
base rectangular or hexagonal-rectangular, above forming a very
narrow margin to the subula with narrower cells, sometimes
becoming extremely slender and elongated so as to be almost indis-
tinguishable from the nerve. Capsule yellowish brown or
reddish, oval or roundish oval, with a short obtuse point.
Antheridia naked in the axils of the perichaetial bracts.
Hab. Sandy heaths and banks. Common. Fr. Apr. to June.
The more rigid habit, and the long setaceous perichaetial bracts will readily dis-
tinguish this species from the last ; but it is much more difficult to define the
differences between it and P. altemifolium, except in regard to the position and form
of the male inflorescence, which in the latter is easily visible in the axils of the upper
leaves when a fruiting stem is placed under a low power of the microscope, but which
in the present plant is only seen after dissection. The subula of the perichaetial
bracts is in the present species more remotely and indistinctly denticulate, sometimes
quite entire ; while in that the denticulations, though minute, are more crowded and
numerous and consequently more conspicuous, and the cells are smaller. The apical
innovations also, which are common though by no means constant in that species, are
rarely present in our plant.56
DICRANACE/E.
It is the commonest species of the three, and is usually rendered more con-
spicuous by the numerous capsules than by the appearance of the rest of the plant.
The species of this genus are not likely to be mistaken for any others except
Archidium altermfolium ; the cleistocarpous species of VVeisia, perhaps, most nearly
resemble them, but are directly recognised by the upper leaves strongly curled when
dry, and the minute, papillose areolation of the leaf apex.
3. Pleuridium altemifolium Rabenh. (Phascum alterni-
folium Kaulf.) (Tab. XII. G.).
Densely tufted, stems short, simple; yellowish green ; in
damp or shady spots the stems are frequently elongated, as much
as I inch high, with long flagelliform innovations, and of a bright
green. Leaves ovate-lanceolate and lanceolate, nerve vanishing
in apex ; perichsetial bracts very long, silky, straight when dry,
rather abruptly narrowed from an oval base to a long setaceous
point, the upper part entirely composed of the excurrent nerve,
finely and closely denticulate and muricate; nerve broad and ill-
defined below ; cells at base rectangular and rhomboid, above
rectangular, smaller than in the last two species. Capsule oval,
with a rather longer apiculus. Male flowers gemmiform,
numerous, in the axils of the upper leaves, bracts ovate, acumi-
nate.
Hab. Wet places, borders of fields, etc. ; not very common. Fr. spring and
summer.
A less frequent species than the last with us, though it is the most common of
the genus on the Continent. The perichretial bracts are still longer than in the
previous species.
11. DITRICHUM Timm.
Plants tufted, slender. Leaves in several rows, lanceolate-
subulate, smooth; areolation rectangular, narrow above. Capsule
on a long slender seta, erect or slightly inclined, oval, oblong-
cylindrical, or cylindrical, annulate. Peristome teeth erect, 16,
not confluent below, elongate, cleft to base into two filiform,
papillose, articulate divisions, which are sometimes more or less
united ; on a short basal membrane. Spores very small, smooth.
A genus clearly marked off by the peristome taken in con-
junction with the subulate leaves. The name Leptotrichum,
which has usually been employed, has been shown by Hampe to
be untenable, having previously been taken up for a genus of
fungi.DITRICHUM.
57
TLs. squarrose, suddenly contracted from a broad sheathing base....../. tennifolium
\Ls. erecto-patent or secuncl....................................................2
0 rStem tall, flexuose ; Is. very long, usually falcate ; cells shortly	. .5. flexicaiile
“\Stem short, straight; Is. patent or subsecund............>........................3
/ Lid conic, obtuse; capsule dark red ; dioicous.....................3. homomallum
^\Lid rostellate ; capsule pale or golden brown ....................................4
/Nerve slightly excurrent, toothed at apex ; dioicous .....................2. tortile
4\Nerve longly excurrent, entire (or nearly so); paroicous..............4. subulatum
1. Ditrichum tenuifolium Lindb. (Trichostomum tenuifolium
Schrad.; Trichodon cylindricus Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XII. H.)
In yellowish green tufts, or gregarious ; stems short, usually
simple. Leaves flexuose, squarrose from an oblong sheathing
base, suddenly narrowed to a fine, almost setaceous subula, the
greater part formed of the nerve, irregularly and closely
denticulate and rough with the projecting transverse walls of the
cells; margin plane; areolation at base narrowly rectangular,
long, almost hyaline ; shorter above, in the subula irregularly
quadrate, hardly distinct from the cells of the nerve, obscure.
Seta pale red, long; capsule erect or slightly inclined, straight or
faintly curved, narrowly cylindric, smooth ; lid obtusely conical ;
annulus broad, of two or three rows of cells; peristome teeth
pale red, papillose, the divisions occasionally slightly united
towards the base. Dioicous. Male plants more slender, in
separate tufts, bracts subulate, concave.
Hab. Wet sandy ground in waste places, rare. Fr. summer, but rarely fertile.
The structure of the peristome, having the divisions of the teeth occasionally
united a little above the base, and the broader annulus of several rows of cells, are
somewhat characteristic of the genus Ceratodon ; but the form of the leaves and the
smooth cylindrical capsule seem to justify its inclusion in the present genus ; the
squarrose leaves, suddenly narrowed from the broad sheathing base and very rough in
the upper part will serve to separate it from the others of the genus ; and its general
appearance is indeed more that of Dicranella Gtevilkana and D. Schreberi, to which
in fact it bears a close resemblance in the leaves; in the former of these two species
however the leaves are entire or nearly so, and in the latter the subula though
frequently toothed above, is usually so on the margin alone, not nodulose and papillose
all round as in the plant under consideration, nor are the cells in the upper part so
obscure. The two plants however, in the barren state can often be separated only by
very careful examination.
D. subulatum has the leaves erecto-patent when moist, and the subula only faintly
denticulate.
2. Ditrichum tortile Hampe (Trichostomum tortile Schrad.;
Leptotrichum tortile Hampe, Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XII. I.)
Tufted, pale green, stems simple or nearly so, short. Leaves
short, patent or turned to one side, slightly curved, gradually
narrowed from a narrowly ovate or oval-triangular base to a5§
DICRANACE^.
lanceolate-subulate point; margin slightly thickened, recurved
from a little above the base to near the apex, faintly denticulate
above; nerve slightly excurrent, toothed at apex; areolation
hexagonal-rectangular at base, chlorophyllose, irregularly rhom-
boid or quadrate above. Perichaetial bracts resembling the
leaves, but longer, sheathing. Seta red. Capsule erect,
narrowly or oblong-cylindrical, pale brown ; annulus broad, of a
single row of cells ; lid longer than in the last, conical-rostellate.
Peristome teeth red, the divisions here and there united.
Dioicous; male plants short, bracts ovate-subulate.
Var. f3. pusillum Braithw. (Trichostomum pusillum Hedw.).
Stems more densely crowded, shorter. Leaves shorter, broader ;
capsule oval or oblong, peristome shorter. Perichaetial bracts
with a shorter point.
Hab. Sandy banks and quarries, rare. Yorkshire, Sussex, Kent. The var. &
in similar habitats, sometimes with the type. Ireland, Yorkshire, Scotland. Fr.
winter.
This species is very variable in the form and size of the capsules; I have seen
them on the same tuft from cylindrical to very shortly ovate, indeed (without the lid)
hardly longer than broad; the var. 8 cannot therefore be considered a clearly defined
form. The leaves are shorter than in the next two species, with the upper cells wider
and shorter, and are also more denticulate, wider in the middle, with the margin re-
curved. It also varies in the length of the leaves; these are sometimes very short,
and in proportion to their size, broad, with the lamina distinct to the apex ; especially
in some forms of the var. pusillum, which have been recorded as a separate species by
Schimper and others under the name of Leptotrichum vaginans Sull. ; this however
appears to be an error, the true L. vaginans Sull. being a different plant.
3. Ditrichum homomallum Hampe (.Didymodon homomallus
Hedw.; Leptotrichum homo?nallum Hampe, Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XII. J.).
Plants (in the type) loosely tufted, somewhat silky, pale or
yellowish green, short, stem simple or nearly so, f-inch high.
Leaves glossy, subsecund, from an oval or narrowly triangular
base, gradually lanceolate-subulate; margin plane; nerve
broad, rather indistinct, excurrent, with a few minute denticula-
tions at apex ; areolation very narrow, linear or rectangular,
firm, not much shorter above, chlorophyllose. Perichaetial bracts
longer, sheathing. Seta straight, purple. Capsule ovate-oblong
or oblong, pachydermous, darker red, shining, somewhat
narrowed at mouth ; lid conical or conical-rostellate, obtuse.
Annulus of two rows of cells. Peristome purplish, the basal
membrane indistinct, teeth with the divisions free or united.
Dioicous; male plants slender; bracts lanceolate-subulate.D1TRICHUM.
59
Var. (5. zonatum Lindb. (Weisia zonata Funck). Stems
elongated, slightly branched, in dense tufts, bright green above,
brown below ; i-2 inches high. Leaves shorter, appressed when
dry.
Hab. Sandy banks and crevices of subalpine rocks, frequent. The var. £ on
mountain rocks, more rare. Fr. autumn.
The commonest of the short-stemmed species, and usually fruiting, except in the
case of the var. zonatum, which is always barren. The narrow areolation of the
leaves is perhaps the most obvious distinguishing character, and also the dark-coloured
capsule. From the next species it differs essentially in the inflorescence. The peris-
tome, as is usual in this genus, is very fragile.
The var. zonatum has been variously located, and has recently been raised again
to the rank of a species by Limpricht, but in the absence of fruit its relationship with
the present species appears too great to permit of separation ; the elongated, closely-
tufted stems, however, give it a totally distinct aspect in the field.
4 Ditrichum subulatum Hampe fTrichostomum subulatum
Bruch ; Leptotrichum subulatum Hampe., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XII. K.).
Plants short, slender, in loose, silky, bright yellowish green
tufts. Leaves flexuose when dry, the lower small, ovate-lanceo-
late, the upper from a short oval base abruptly narrowed to a
long, flexuose, setaceous, almost entire subula, the greater part of it
composed of the broad, excurrent nerve. Margin plane. Cells
rather laxer, broader and shorter than in the last species. Peri-
chaetial bracts sheathing. Seta slender; capsule erect, golden
brown, ovate, wider than in the last species, broadest near the
base; annulus almost obsolete ; lid shortly rostellate. Peristome
teeth very slender, divisions slightly coherent; basal membrane
very short. Paroicous; antheridia naked, in the axils of the
upper leaves immediately below the perichaetial bracts.
Hab. On crumbling rocks and clay soil; very rare. Cornwall; Devon. Fr.
spring.
A Mediterranean species which has reached our southern coast. Clearly dis-
tinguished by its paroicous inflorescence, and the bright green flexuose leaves, with
nerve longly excurrent.
5. Ditrichum flexicaule Hampe (Didymodon flexicaulis
Schleich.; Leptotrichum flexicaule Hampe., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XIII. A).
Tall, slender, in close soft silky tufts, yellowish or brownish
green, glossy; stems 7-5 inches high, very slender, flexuose,
fragile, branched, radiculose. Leaves very long, rather loosely
set, erect or secund, occasionally falcato-secund, slightly flexuose6o
DICRANACE/E.
when dry, from an elongate lanceolate base narrowed to a long
fine subula, nerve flattened and indistinct at base, excurrent,
denticulate at apex ; margin plane, incurved above, cells at base
irregularly rectangular, rounded-quadrate towards margin, towards
the nerve longer, narrowly rectangular ; in the upper part of
the leaf oval and rounded ; one or two rows at the margin of the
expanded part are sometimes very narrow and hyaline. Capsule
erect, reddish brown, ovate or elliptic, small; annulus broad ; lid
rostellate; peristome teeth fragile, unequal. Dioicous; male
plants rare, slender ; bracts ovate, subulate.
Var. jS. densum Braithw. (Trichostomum flexicaule var.
densum B. & S., Leptotrich. flexicaule var. densum Schp. Syn.)
Densely tufted, bright or brownish green, stems straight, shorter,
1-2 inches high ; leaves erect, short, less flexuose.
Hab. Limestone rocks and earth ; frequent. The var. j8. less common, usually
in more mountainous districts. The fruit has not been found in Britain. Fr. summer.
Quite distinct in its much greater size, longer leaves, and shortly oval upper
cells. It has more resemblance to Dicranodontium longirostre than to any other
moss, but is easily recognised by the absence of inflated auricles at base.
12. SWARTZIA Ehrh.
(Distichium B. & S., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.)
Plants in dense silky tufts, slender. Leaves distichous,
subulate, sheathing at base, smooth ; areolation narrow. Capsule
ovate or cylindric, lid conical. Peristome of 16 teeth not con-
fluent at base, linear-lanceolate, more or less cleft into unequal,
slightly coherent divisions, or variously perforated, sometimes
entire.
The distichous leaves are the marked characteristic of this
genus, which otherwise much resembles the last. The name
Distichium by which it has been usually described was forestalled
by Distichia Nees (1843), a genus of Juncaceae.
/Plant 1-6 inches, glossy ; capsule oblong or cylindric, erect ...........1. montana
(.Plant i-l inch, dull-green ; capsule rounded-ovate, inclined ...........2. inclinata
1. Swartzia montana Li ndb. (Bryum montanum Lamarck;
Distichium capillaceum B. & S., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.)
(Tab. XIII. B.)
In dense silky bright or dark green glossy tufts, very slender,
1-6 inches high, stems radiculose, straight. Leaves from a white
sheathing oval-oblong base, abruptly narrowed above andSWARTZIA.
6l
suddenly reflexed in a long, spreading or squarrose, setaceous
subula, which is densely papillose on the nerve and crenulate at
margin ; nerve excurrent at apex, less papillose but somewhat
denticulate; cells narrowly rectangular at base and pellucid,
obliquely elliptical above, in the subula rounded-quadrate, and
papillose. Perichastial bracts two, longly sheathing. Capsule
on an elongated seta, erect or very slightly cernuous, oblong or
cylindric, bright or brownish red,.glossy. Peristome teeth pale
red, irregularly cleft, short, narrow. Paroicous; antheridia
naked in the axils of the uppermost leaves.
Hab. Mountain rocks and crevices. Frequent on all our mountains. Fr.
summer.
A very pretty plant, easily recognised by its distichous, setaceous leaves, with
very conspicuous white, glossy, sheathing bases, so that the stems appear white and
shining. In the more compact forms the two-ranked arrangement of the leaves is
very obvious, in the more elongated forms with distant leaves this is much less dis-
tinct. The leaves, except in the compact forms are very flexuose at apex when dry.
The plant varies much in height of stem, length of leaf, and form of capsule ; the
elongated forms being associated with longer leaves and narrowly cylindrical fruits,
while the most compact, short forms have also the leaves short and almost straight,
and the capsule much shorter and ovate. There is, however, every gradation from
the one extreme to the other, and no clear line of demarcation can be drawn to define
the var. compact a (Hiibn.) (D. capill. var. brevifolium B. & S., Schp. Syn.). I have
also seen short elliptical capsules on forms with elongated stems and leaves, so that the
correlation of the parts is not a distinctive feature of the variety.
2. Swartzia inclinata Ehrh. (Distichium inclinatum B. & S.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XIII. C.).
Plants shorter, of a duller green, less shining; leaves more
crowded and less evidently distichous, the sheathing base less
conspicuous, the subula more erect ; the cells slightly longer and
more uniformly rectangular; perichaetial bracts three. Capsule
small, rounded-ovate, turgid, inclined, brown, with a dark purple
shining mouth ; peristome teeth broader, red, less deeply bi-trifid
or nearly entire. Autoicous ; male flower gemmiform, below the
female, with i-j short, subulate bracts. Spores more than twice
the diameter.
IIab. Stony ground in mountainous districts, rare. Scotland ; Ireland ; York-
shire. Fr. summer.
The characters italicised will serve easily to distinguish this species from the com-
pact forms of the last. I do not find any constant difference in the size and width of
the leaves,62
DICRANACE/E.
Tribe 2. Seligerieae.
13. SELIGERIA B. & S.
Minute, gregarious or caespitose plants, growing on rocks.
Leaves lanceolate or subulate, cells minute above, at basal angles
rarely coloured (not coloured in any of the British species).
Calyptra cucullate. Capsule smooth, symmetrical, or only very
slightly unequal, oval, with a distinct neck, peristome teeth
usually entire, rarely cleft, smooth, sometimes wanting.
Autoicous in all the British species.
A genus of dwarf, almost microscopic plants, often growing
on the perpendicular sides of chalk-pits and cliffs, and some-
what difficult, on account of their minuteness and general
resemblance, to discriminate. Their presence is at times hardly
distinguishable except by the slight green or brownish tinge they
confer on the substratum of chalk or rock.
{Peristome absent....................................................i. Doniana
Peristome present.............................................................2
{Seta arcuate when moist ............................................6. recurvata
Seta straight when moist......................................................3
/Capsule oval or oblong, contracted at mouth ........................4. paucifolia
^fCapsule short, wide-mouthed, turbinate when dry and empty .......................4
/ Perichcetial Is. reaching base of capsule .........................2*. acutifolia
Leaves not reaching base of capsule ..........................................5
/Ls. imbricated in three ranks ; cells long and narrow ..............3. tristicha
5\Ls. not three-ranked ; cells shorter ............................................6
g/Ls. with short, wide, obtuse subula, entire ...........................3. calcarea
/Ls. longer, with narrow, acute subula, faintly denticulate ............2. pusilla
1. Seligeria Doniana C. M. (Gymnostomum Donianu?n Sm. ;
Anodus Donianus B. & S., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.)
(Tab. XIII. D.).
Very minute, gregarious, yellowish green ; stem very short,
simple. Leaves erect, straight, subulate from an ovate-lanceolate
denticulate base, channelled ; nerve reaching apex or slightly ex-
current, occupying the greater part of the minutely denticulate
subula; cells of base very thin, pellucid, rather incrassate,
rectangular and rhomboid, upper shorter, quadrate. Capsule on
a straight seta, minute, pale, hemispherical or turbinate after the
fall of the lid, thin-walled, gymnostomous; lid obliquely conical.
Male infi. on a basal branch.
IIab. Sandstone and limestone rocks. Not common. Fr. late summer.SELIGERIA.
63
One of the most minute of our mosses, and easily overlooked. Hardly dis-
tinguishable from S. pusilla except by the absence of peristome and the somewhat
more delicate habit; the denticulate leaf margin will aid in distinguishing it from the
other species.
2. Seligeria pusilla B. & S. (Afzelia pusilla Ehrh.)
(Tab. XIII. E.)
Very short, in loose, dark green tufts. Lower leaves short,
lanceolate-subulate, upper longer, subulate from an oval-lanceo-
late denticulate base, resembling those of the last species but
longer. Areolation as in that species. Capsule oval-pyriform,
turbinate after the fall of the lid, brownish green ; lid obliquely
rostellate ; peristome teeth broadly lanceolate, entire, flat,
distantly articulated, spreading and reflexed when dry, incurved
when moist. Male inflorescence below the female or on a separate
branch.
Hab. Damp limestone or sandstone rocks, not common. Fr. summer.
Somewhat variable in size, and in length of leaves. The turbinate, peristomate
capsule elevated far above the leaves on a straight seta, and the minutely denticulate
leaf-margin, are the distinguishing marks of this species.
* Seligeria acutifolia Lindb. (as a species) (S. pusilla var.
acutifolia Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XIII. F.)
Leaves from a narrower base, contracted into a subterete
very acute, less denticulate subula, formed almost entirely of the
nerve, and very long in the upper leaves ; areolation longer and
narrower. Capsule larger, ovate, on a shorter seta, hardly
elevated above the perichaetial bracts, shortly pyriform after the
fall of the lid, wide-mouthed when empty; lid short, conical,
straighten Peristome teeth shorter, rather obtuse, fragile.
Var. /3. longiseta Lindb. Plant larger, seta longer, so that
the capsule is raised above the pericheetial bracts; lid with a
longer, oblique beak.
Hab. Calcareous rocks. The var. alone found in Britain; rare. North of
England. Fr. summer.
This plant seems to find its right place as a sub-species of S. pusilla from which
it only differs in the characters pointed out above ; and even these are not constant,
as indeed the existence of the var. longiseta shows. Among plants of the latter
form there are, moreover, to be found specimens with the perichaetial bracts over-
topping the capsule, though the oblique, rostellate lid is always present. It seems
best therefore to consider S. acutifolia as a sub-spec, of S. pusilla, with the var.
longiseta forming an intermediate link.64
DICRANACE/E.
3. Seligeria tristicha B. & S. (Weisia tristicha Brid. ;
Seligeria trifaria Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIII. G.)
Plants resembling X. pusilla, but taller and more rigid, 1-2
lines high, slender, branched, brownish. Leaves regularly
imbricated in three rows, crowded, straight, erect, appressed
when dry, from a lanceolate concave base gradually narrowed to
a rigid, obtuse or acute, entire subula, composed of the nerve,
which is narrower at the base ; cells elongate-rectangular at
base, shorter above; margin entire or very faintly sinuose.
Perichaetial bracts longer, the nerve more longly excurrent.
Capsule on an elongated seta, thick-walled, wide-moutlied and
hemispherical after the fall of the lid, with a long neck tapering
into the fruit stalk ; lid obliquely rostellate, rather long.
Peristome teeth sometimes perforated.
Hab. Wet calcareous rocks. Very rare. Perthshire ; Yorkshire ; Derbyshire.
Fr. summer.
The stems are often closely tufted, and sometimes very much branched ; the
leaves are rather brittle ; their regular arrangement giving the stems a distinct and
peculiar trigonous appearance. The form of the capsule when ripe, together with its
neck, is regularly pyriform, the neck varying somewhat in length, sometimes very
gradually narrowing downwards. It is readily distinguished by the tall slender
stems, and the trifarious arrangement of the leaves. The wide pachydermous capsule,
the entire leaves, and narrow cells, are also characters of value, in cases where,
as occasional^ happens, the tristichous leaf arrangement is not so distinct.
4. Seligeria paucifolia Carruth. (Bryum paucifolium Dicks.,
X. subcernua Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XIII. H.)
Plants gregarious, pale dull green, very short, unbranched.
Leaves crowded, the upper longer, sub-flexuose, longly and finely
subulate from a lanceolate, gradually narrowing base, quite
entire ; nerve very indistinct at base, gradually stronger, wide
above and sometimes very slightly excurrent ; cells rectangular,
shorter above, a single row on each side reaching almost or quite
to the apex ; seta erect, slightly flexuose above ; capsule thick-
walled, narrowly oval or oblong, sometimes slightly asymmetric,
narrowed at the mouth ; lid with an oblique subulate beak ;
peristome teeth narrow, lanceolate.
Hab. Blocks of chalk ; rare. Fr. summer.
The narrow elongated capsule, contracted, not expanded, at mouth, on an erect
seta, is the most distinguishing feature of this species. It seems to prefer detached
blocks of chalk rather than cliffs.SELIGERIA.	65
5. Seligeria calcarea B. & S. (Bryum calcareum Dicks.)
(Tab.-XIII. I.).
Plants in wide patches, densely gregarious, dull deep green.
Stem very short, simple. Leaves short, from an oblong concave
base abruptly narrowed to a rather short, wide, somewhat obtuse
subula, entire; nerve indistinct below, above stronger, but
flattened and obscure, and occupying the whole apex ; cells
shortly rectangular, thin and pellucid at base, above irregularly
rounded-quadrate, oval or hexagonal, obscure, incrassate, chloro-
phyllose. Capsule on a straight seta, minute, very slightly larger
than in S. pusilla, more solid, but otherwise resembling it; peris-
tome teeth broader and more obtuse, more closely articulate.
ITab. Chalk cliffs and limestone quarries. Frequent on the chalk hills of the
south and east of England. Fr. summer.
Easily recognised by its dwarf, stouter habit, with broader, thicker leaf-points,
which are also more obtuse. The nerve is flattened and obscure, so that it is difficult
in the subula to say where the lamina ceases and the nerve begins. In the fruit this
species most resembles .S'. pusilla. It often forms very wide extended patches on the
perpendicular face of chalk cliffs, resembling until more carefully examined, patches of
protophytic algte.
6. Seligeria recurvata B. & S. (Grimmia recurvata Hedw.;
S', setacea Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIII. J.).
In close patches, olive green, usually very fertile ; stems
short, but rather longer than in the last species, fragile, simple or
forked. Leaves erecto-patent.yfc.rrr0.stf, longly subulate from an
ovate-lanceolate base, acute, entire; nerve narrow, excurrent,
but very ill-defined and hardly distinct from the lamina in the
subula ; cells at base variable, usually rectangular with thin walls,
pellucid ; above shorter, more quadrate, incrassate. Capsule on
a rather Ion•g, flexuose and arcuate seta, oval with a short neck,
thin-walled; lid with a slender, straight beak ; teeth of peristome
lanceolate, obtuse or acute.
Hab. Sandstone rocks in shady places. Not common. Fr. spring and summer.
The slender, arcuate seta is the chief characteristic of the present species, and is
especially noticeable when the plant is growing; and at the period of ripening of the
capsules; when gathered in this condition the seta remains curved in drying, but older
capsules usually dry with the fruitstalk straightened. The capsule is variable in
length, the lid sometimes oblique. The tissue of which the capsule is composed is
looser than in the other species, the cells being larger with thin walls.
F66
DICRANACE/E.
14. BRACHYODUS Fiirnr.
(Brachydontium Bruch, Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
Plants very small, resembling Seligeria. Calyptra mitri-
forrn, 5-lobed. Capsule erect, oblong, finally striate ; peristome
teeth confluent at base, broad, very short and truncate, dotted,
thin.
1. Brachyodus trichodes Fiirnr. (Gymnostomum trichodes
W & M. ; Brachydontiu?n trichodes Fiirnr., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIII. K.).
Plants resembling Seligeria pusilla; very small, simple,
gregarious, green or brownish. Leaves straight, lanceolate-
subulate, channelled, entire ; nerve excurrent, forming the whole
of the upper part of the subula; cells hexagonal-rectangular
below, irregularly quadrate above. Capsule on a slender seta,
oblong, pale, thin-walled, red at mouth, when old more or less
pyriform, darker coloured, and finely striate; calyptra conical,
3-3 lobed at base; annulus broad ; lid conical with a straight
subulate beak; peristome teeth irregular, perforated, pale,
smooth, very short. Autoicous.
Hab. Wet sandstone rocks. Not unfrequent in mountainous countries. Fr.
early spring.
Much resembling a Seligeria in habit and leaf structure, this is easily recognised
under a good lens by the oblong capsule, on a straight seta, with very fine longitudinal
striations ; in leaf it is perhaps nearer S. paucifolia than any other.
Tribe 3. Cynodontiese.
15. SiELANIA Lindb.
Plants small ; leaves small, linear or lanceolate, smooth;
glaucous at back with cellular, granulose "bloom.” Capsule
oblong-cylindric, erect, slightly furrowed when dry ; lid conical;
peristome teeth 16, irregular, cleft to base into two narrow,
nodose, papillose divisions, usually much connected above.
The plant for which Lindberg created this genus has usually
been placed under either Ditricbum or Trichostomum, and it
certainly holds, as pointed out by Braithwaite, a somewhatS/ELANIA.
67
intermediate position between Tortulacese and Dicranaceae. Its
affinity with Ceratodon is however so obvious (while at the same
time it shows distinguishing characters of some importance), that
its consignment to a separate genus near that one appears the
most satisfactory arrangement.
1. Saelania cassia Lindb.	(Bryum caesium Villars; Lepto-
trichum glaucescens Hpe., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XIII. L.).
In dense glaucous green tufts, brown below, half to nearly one
inch high. Stems erect, slender, much branched. Leaves small,
broadly lanceolate below, larger and longer at the summit of the
branches, forming a coma; erecto-patent, slightly twisting at the
point, somewhat flexuose when dry; acutely linear or linear-
subulate from a lanceolate or oblong base, margin plane, bluntly
serrate above ; nerve distinct, slightly excurrent in the longer
leaves; cells all rectangular, at base empty, 4-6 times as long as
broad, above about twice as long as broad, or sometimes quadrate,
chlorophyllose ; in the lower leaves more uniform. Capsule erect
on a short seta, oval-oblong, thin-walled, brown, irregularly
plicate when dry and empty; annulus yellow, of two rows of
cells ; lid acutely conical; peristome conical, the teeth purple,
the divisions much united above. Autoicous; male flower
gemmiform, on short branches below the perichaetia.
Hab. On earth in clefts of rocks in alpine districts; very rare. Glen Phee,
Clova. Fr. late summer.
This rare species will be recognised at once by the bluish green colour, a
feature hardly shared by any other British moss, though in a small degree by Weisia
verticillata, which differs markedly in the leaves, denticulate towards base, but
entire above, and is of quite a different habit of growth. The leaf-cells are longer
and narrower than in Ceratodon.
16. CERATODON Brid.
Plants terrestrial, tufted; leaves small, lanceolate, smooth or
slightly papillose. Capsule oval or oblong-cylindrical, striate,
when dry sulcate, often inclined, with a distinct neck, thick-
walled. Lid conical. Peristome teeth 16, cleft regularly nearly
to base into two filiform divisions, closely articulate below,
remotely above, papillose.
/Nerve not or scarcely excurrent; capsule strumose at neck............./. purpureus
\Nerve longly excurrent; capsule not strumose........................../*. conicus68
DICRANACE/E.
1. Ceratodon purpureus Brid. (Mniurn purpureum L.)
(Tab. XIII. M.J.
In wide patches, of various tints of green, often accompanied
by a tinge of vinous red. Stems branched, £-3 inches long,
slender, erect. Leaves erecto-patent, rather laxly imbricated,
slightly twisted and appressed when dry, from broadly triangular-
ovate to narrow linear-lanceolate, concave, margin revolute from
base upwards, becoming plane just below the apex, where there
are usually a few coarse teeth ; nerve reaching apex or very
slightly excurrent; cells at base pellucid (in the longer leaves),
rectangular, 3-5 times as long as broad, above regularly quadrate,
hexagonal-quadrate, or irregular, but always short, small,
chlorophyllose. Perichsetial bracts longer, sheathing. Capsule
on a purple or sometimes yellowish shining seta, inclined, oblong
(when dry and empty oblong-cylindrical), straight or slightly
curved, purplish or reddish brown; when dry cernuous or
horizontal, sulcate, 4-5 angled, with a small but distinct struma
at base; annulus large, lid acutely conical, slightly curved.
Peristome teeth deep red at base, with equal divisions, bordered
on each side from base to middle by the wider inner layer of
plates. Dioicous. Male plants more slender, flowers gemmi-
form.
Hab. Sandy and peaty soil, banks in woods, etc. ; very abundant, and cosmo-
politan. Fr. spring and early summer.
One of the most abundant and polymorphous of our mosses, easily known when
in fruit by the narrow, inclined, sulcate, strumose capsule with conical lid. There is a
peculiar facies of the leaves when viewed under the microscope, which, allowing for
a certain amount of variation in form and size of both leaf and areolation, is directly
recognised after a little practice ; the margin recurved to just below the apex, then
plane and toothed, is one of the most distinct and constant features ; when moist the
leaves usually have a shiny appearance, and the comal ones are generally slightly
twisted ; this taken in conjunction with their channelled surface and gradually acute
outline, will serve for identification in the field, and an acquaintance with their appear-
ance under the lens will save the beginner much labour and disappointment.
One rather marked form has short, broad, deltoid-oval concave leaves, sometimes
shortly cuspidate with the excurrent nerve, the tufts resembling those of Barbula
lurida, but with laxer and rather more acute leaves.
* Ceratodon conicus Lindb. (Trichostomum conicum Hpe.)
(Tab. XIII. N.).
The typical, or extreme form of this plant differs from C.
purpureus in the following points. Stems shorter, usually
yellowish green ; leaves small, short, ovate-lanceolate, the upper
erecto-patent, crowded into a coma, less twisted when dry, theCERATODON.
69
margin revolute to apex, entire ; the nerve excurrent in an arista
or point of varying length; cells small. Capsule erect or very
slightly inclined, ovate-elliptic, rather wide at base, when dry and
empty hardly altered, slightly sulcate, the neck not strumose;
lid shortly and obtusely conical. Peristome teeth pale, with few
articulations, with very narrow and less distinct borders.
Hab. Bare places and mud-caps of walls. Rare. Fr. summer.
The examination of a considerable number of specimens from different localities
has convinced me that the present plant should not rank higher than a sub-species of
C. purpureus at most; a conclusion arrived at for the most part on account of the
existence of a number of intermediate forms linking it, in an unbroken chain, with
that plant. Specimens found by me in Scotland in 1883 have the fruiting characters
exactly those of C. conicus, but the plant has the purplish hue of the typical form and
the nerve is excurrent in a very short point only. Since that time, in a number of
localities in Northamptonshire uniformly on the mud-caps of walls in the oolitic
districts, I have found plants which, while with the peristome and the foliage of C.
conicus (the nerve being excurrent in a point frequently as long as the whole of the rest
of the leaf), show a great variation in the capsule, both as regards its inclination and
form, the struma, and the lid ; sometimes being barely if at all distinct from ordinary
C. purpureus, at others, though more rarely, with capsules almost exactly characteristic
of C. conicus, while specimens may be found of nearly every intermediate form. It
must be remembered too that the nerve is sometimes excurrent in otherwise typical
C. purpureus.
In the Northamptonshire localities above mentioned, this plant even when barren
and growing with the typical form, may be generally recognised with the eye alone,
by the denser, neater tufts, with the shorter, aristate, upper leaves forming a comal
tuft.
C. minor Aust. (Lesq. & James, Manual of Mosses of N. America, p. 92)
appears to be this plant; the only difference, according to the description, being that
in that moss the leaves are spoken of as serrulate towards the apex.
17. RHABDOWEISIA B. & S.
Plants short, inhabiting rock crevices, densely cushioned.
Leaves linear or ligulate, not much attenuated at point, short,
much crisped when dry, with plane margins; areolation small,
more or less quadrate above. Capsule erect, symmetrical,
minute, on a very short seta, striate, not strumose. Peristome
small, teeth narrow, subulate, undivided.
The three plants here included have a distinct habit and in
other respects form a natural group, though linked to
Cynodontium by C. Bruntoni, which however clearly belongs to
that genus. Their short, highly chlorophyllose, plane-margined
pellucid leaves abundantly distinguish them, in addition to which
they are usually abundantly fertile.
/Leaves with narrow tapering points, almost entire.......................... i. fugax
\ Leaves with wider, more obtuse points, serrate ...................................2
f Plant small; leaves narrow, cells 8-10 \x ...........................2. denticulata
2-1 Plant ^-1 inch ; leaves broader, more coarsely toothed, cells 14-18	...........
j. crenulata70
DICRANACE/E.
1. Rhabdoweisia fugax B. & S. (Oncophorus striatus
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIV. A.).
Bright or dark green, in short, soft, dense tufts or cushions ;
leaves narrowly linear or ligulate, curled when dry, shortly
acuminate, more or less acute; margin plane, faintly denticulate
or almost entire at apex ; nerve ceasing below the summit;
areolation rectangular at base and pellucid, gradually becoming
quadrate, in the upper part in 5-7 regular rows on each side the
nerve of rounded-quadrate or transversely elliptical cells, some-
what incrassate, 6-8 /x wide, faintly papillose, chlorophyllose.
Capsule on a very short seta (1-2 lines), very small, pale, erect,
symmetrical, oval, wide-mouthed and urceolate when dry and
empty, distinctly striate ; lid with a curved, subulate beak, as long
as the capsule. Peristome teeth suddenly subulate from a broad
base, reddish, very small and fugacious.
Hab. Clefts of rocks in alpine and subalpine districts. Not common. Fr.
summer.
A pretty little moss, usually covered with capsules. The peristome is so fragile
that it generally falls off almost as soon as the lid separates. The leaves vary some-
what in outline and in the amount of denticulation of the point.
2- Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. & S. (Oncophorus crispatus
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIV. B.).
Resembling the last, but with shorter, wider, more obtuse
leaves, the margin in the upper part more strongly toothed, with
closer, more acute, and more spreading denticulations ; the upper
cells larger, 8-10 /x wide, on each side of the nerve in 7-9 rows of
quadrate or quadrate-hexagonal cells with thinner walls. Capsule
the same or a little larger and somewhat more elongated, often of
a rather darker colour and more solid texture. Peristome teeth
subulate from a lanceolate base, articulated, longer, more per-
sistent.
Hab. As the last, but more frequent. Fr. summer.
A slightly more robust plant than R. fugax ; the characters above mentioned
serving to identify it without much difficulty. The differences in the capsules often
described are by no means constant.
3. Rhabdoweisia crenulata Jameson (Didymodon crenulatus
Mitt.) (Tab. XIV. C.).
Taller than R. denticulata and more robust, yi-i inch high.
Leaves ligulate, broader, obtuse, recurved at apex, margin in theRHABDOWEISIA.
71
upper part closely crenulate-denticulate with projecting cells ;
areolation in upper part, on each side of nerve, in 10-13 rows of
larger, irregularly quadrate or hexagonal, obscure cells 14-18 /j
wide. Capsule a little larger, reddish ; peristome teeth narrow,
erect, reddish.
Hab. Shady rock crevices. Rare. Fr. summer.
Much like the last and often confused with it, but easily recognised by the leaves
much broader in the upper part with larger, more obscure cells. In favourable
situations it becomes so robust as to resemble closely Barbula unguiculata or
Trichostomum littorale.
18. CYNODONTIUM Schp.
Plants taller than in Rhabdoweisia, leaves with recurved
margins, long, wider at base, gradually and longly acuminated
in the upper part; cells often papillose. Fruit larger, smooth
or striate, symmetrical or more frequently inclined and unequal,
often strumose, on a longer seta. Peristome variable. Lid
longly subulate.
Resembling Dicranum in the fruit, this genus differs in the
leaves without distinct angular cells, usually erecto-patent, and
crisped when dry. C. Bruntoni unites it with Dicranoweisia, but
the denticulate leaves with recurved margins serve to distinguish
it, and the angular cells are not distinct from the rest.
A continental species, C. Schisti Lindb., forms a transition
between this and the last genus, having the leaves almost entire,
with recurved margins, the capsule striate and equal, the peristome
more perfect and less fugacious than in Rhabdoweisia.
/Capsule distinctly strumose at neck .......................
\ Capsule not strumose .....................................
{Capsule smooth ; leaves not papillose .....................
Capsule furrowed when dry ; leaves papillose..............
/ Leaves gradually lanceolate from an oval or oblong base
Leaves suddenly subulate from a wide, obovate base .......
/ Capsule when dry faintly and irregularly striate only
4 \ Capsule when dry distinctly and regularly furrowed ........
/Leaves rather obtuse, strongly papillose on both sides....
Leaves acute, faintly papillose at back only ...............
................2
................4
...........:....3
,..2* strumiferum
.........3 virens
.3*. Wahtenbergii
.....1. Bruntoni
..............  5
...2* gracilescens
...2. poly carpum
1. Cynodontium Bruntoni B. & S. {Dicranum Bruntoni
Sm.; Dicranoweisia Bruntoni Schp., Syn.; Oncophorus
Bruntoni Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIV. D.).
Densely tufted in compact soft yellowish or dull green
cushions, i-i£ inches high. Lower leaves elongate-lanceolate,
upper longer, from an oblong base gradually narrowed upwards72
DICRANACE^E.
to an acute point, carinate-concave, spreading and somewhat re-
curved at summit when moist, strongly curled when dry ; margin
recurved, remotely denticulate in the upper half; nerve strong,
continued to apex, roughish at back above; cells at base pellucid,
rectangular, shorter at margin, above becoming elliptical and in-
crassate, in the limb very small, rounded or irregularly quadrate,
obscure, minutely papillose. Perichaitial bracts half-sheathing,
shortly acuminate. Capsule on a yellowish seta (2-4 lines), oval or
oval-oblong, slightly contracted at the mouth, erect, equal or very
slightly one-sided, short-necked, smooth, when dry faintly plicate,
pale brown ; annulus narrow, lid shorter than the capsule. Peris-
tome teeth small, irregular, unequally cleft, the divisions free or
cohering, smooth.
Hab. Clefts of rocks in sub-alpine districts. Not common. Fr. summer.
This species is not likely to be mistaken when fruiting for any of the species in-
cluded under the present genus, all of which have the capsule either strumose or dis-
tinctly striated ; it is more likely to be confused with Dicranoweisia crispula and D.
cirrata ; the former, however, is readily known by the plane margins of its leaves, and
the latter by the elongated capsules and entire leaves. It should be also borne in
mind that the two plants of that genus when growing on rocks are usually found on
their surface, while the present plant is mostly confined to clefts of rocks. When
barren it is very difficult to separate from the next species, though the leaves are
somewhat shorter and less finely pointed, and the cells a little smaller.
2. Cynodontium polycarpum Schp. (Dicranum polycarpum
Ehrh.; Oncophorus polycarpus Brid., Braith. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XIV. E.).
Usually taller and more robust than the last species, 1-2
inches high, of a paler green. Leaves longer and gradually larger
upward, when dry flexuose but not much curled or circinate,
longer than in the last species, narrowly linear-lanceolate, very
narrow at the point, margin recurved, usually with a single or
double row of denticulate crenulations, serrulate towards point;
cells at base elongate-rectangular, above small, rounded-quadrate
or irregular, smooth or finely papillose at back above.
Perichsetial bracts sheathing, longly acuminate-subulate;
seta straight, about five lines long, capsule erect or unequal and
slightly inclined, oblong-cylindrical, with a short symmetrical
neck, pale, distinctly and regularly sulcate when dry; annulus
distinct, lid conical-rostrate, shorter than the capsule, crenulate-
sinuose at margin. Peristome teeth perfect, cleft half-way into
two unequal divisions.CYNODONTIUM.
73
Var. /3. laxirete Dixon n. var. Leaves longer, broader,
upper cells 3-4 times as large as in the type, quite smooth, more
regularly quadrate ; margin entire except at apex ; capsule
cylindrical, with a longer neck which is swollen at the base of the
capsule, but equally all round, not forming a struma ; when dry
and empty the capsule is very long and narrow, gradually
narrowing from the wide mouth downwards into the pedicel.
Hab. Rocks in mountainous districts. The var. |3 on a wall in Glenlyon,
Perthshire, July, 1893 (■&• Dixon.) Fr. summer.
This species is subject to considerable variation, in points, however, which very
little affect its general appearance ; the form and serrature of the leaves, the amount
of papillosity of the cells, and the general size of the plant, being the characters most
affected. The var. j8 is a very striking form in the shape of the capsule and the size
and character of the areolation.
C. polycarpitm may readily be recognised by its narrow, striated, slightly unequal
fruit. Except in its pale colour there is a certain superficial resemblance to Ceratodon
purpureus. The differences between it and the allied plants of the present genus will
be found noticed under the several species.
#	Cynodontium strumiferum De Not. (Dicranum strumi-
ferum Ehrh.; Cynodontium polycarpum var. strumiferum Schp.,
Syn. ; Oncophorus strumifer Brid., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XIV. F.).
Leaves with the upper cells more papillose, in front as well
as at back. Capsule broader, inclined and slightly arcuate,
gibbous at back, with a distinct struma at base in front.
IIab. Rocks on the higher mountains ; rare. Fr. late summer.
The variations that occur in the form of the capsule, the varying amount of papil-
losity in the leaves, and the occasional presence of a rudimentary struma in C. poly-
carpum tend to show that the characters distinguishing C. strumiferum are hardly of
sufficient importance to constitute specific rank. The papillae on the leaves are by no
means distinct in some specimens with the typical capsule of C- strumiferum.
*	Cynodontium gracilescens Schp. PDicranu?n gracilescens
W. & M.; Oncophorus gracilescens Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XIV. G.).
Differs from C. polycarpum in its more slender habit, the
leaves slightly broader and more obtuse, usually more strongly
papillose both on back and front, the margin less recurved above;
theperichsetial bracts more shortly acuminate; the seta slender
and flexuose, the neck of the capsule small and inconspicuous, not
strumose, the lid smooth at margin, the annulus rather narrower.74
DICRANACE^E.
Hab. Alpine rocks ; very rare. Clova ; Wales. Fr. late summer.
The greater number of the above characters are subject to more or less variation.
In the compact var. alpestre ( Cynod. subalpestre Kindb.) the papillosity of the leaves
almost disappears, and the perichsetial bracts hardly differ from those of C. polycarpum ;
it is indeed placed under that species by Boulay, and may be looked upon as a connect-
ing link between the type and the present sub-species. The smallness of the distinctive
characters as described above, justifies, I think, its present arrangement as a sub-
species rather than as a separate species, although I am not aware that this view has
been taken by any of the authorities since C. Muller (Syn. II, p. 591).
3. Cynodontium Virens Schp. (Bryum virens Sw. ; Oncoph.
virens Brid., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XIV H ).
Plants tall, robust, 2-3 inches high, bright green above,
brown or black below, in dense tufts, stems repeatedly forked.
Leaves spreading, not increasing in length above, slightly crisped
when dry, from an oval or oblong amplexicaul base gradually
narrowed and lanceolate, acute or obtuse, carinate; margin
recurved, entire, or sub-serrate above ; nerve reaching apex or
slightly excurrent; cells of leaf-base rectangular, pellucid, shorter
and broader towards the margin, becoming shorter and incrassate
above, in the limb shortly rectangular and almost quadrate,
smooth. Seta rather short; capsule dark reddish brown, oblong-
cylindrical, arcuate, gibbous, with a sharp distinct struma, smooth.
Peristome teeth large, regular, cleft to the middle.
Var. /3. serratum B. & S. Leaves widely spreading, coarsely
serrate in the upper part.
Hab. Wet rocks and stony ground on high mountains. Common on the
Grampian range ; elsewhere rare. The var. $ in similar situations. Fr. late summer
and autumn.
This fine species varies much in size, in the magnitude of the cells and the
thickness of their walls, and in the length, form and serrature of the leaves ; and no
clear line can be drawn between the type and the var. serratum. It cannot easily be
mistaken for any other moss, at least when examined under the microscope.
* Cynodontium Wahlenbergii R. & C., Rev. Bry. 1892,
p. 74. (Cynodontium virens var. Wahlenbergii Schp., Syn.;
Oncoph. Wahlenbergii Brid., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XIV. I.).
Resembling C. virens but usually shorter; leaves more
distant, more strongly crisped when dry, from an obovate base
suddenly contracted to a longer, narrower, subulate, flexuose
point. Capsule slightly shorter and thicker.CYNODONTIUM.
75
Var. /3. compactum Schp. Tufts short, dense; leaves
crowded, more erect, shorter, from a smaller base. Capsule
smaller, less solid, short.
Hab. High alpine rocks. Rare. The var. 8 on the higher Grampians. Fr.
late summer.
The leaf-base in C. virens is sometimes oblong, hardly wider above than at the
insertion, and very gradually contracted into the limb, which is usually short, and
rather quickly narrowed to the apex. In C. Wahlenbergii, the leaf-base is very short
and broad, widening considerably upwards from its line of insertion, then suddenly
narrowing (so as to form a shoulder), into the much narrower and longer, linear-
subulate limb. Although however there is a wide distinction between these two
extreme forms, there are found many intermediate links, leaves of various forms often
occurring in the same stem ; indeed I have never examined a tuft of C. virens with-
out finding some leaves that showed an approach to the leaf-form of C. Wahlenbergii.
The var. compactum too, while usually clearly referable to the sub-species, has the
leaves in several specimens which I have examined, far from showing the typical
Wahlenbergii form, being indeed intermediate between the two. I have therefore
felt compelled to deny C. Wahlenbergii specific rank, although in its most extreme
form, did that alone exist, it might well lay claim to such a position.
19. DICHODONTIUM Schp.
Plants loosely tufted, usually growing near rocky streams ;
leaves spreading or squarrose, broad, opaque, papillose. Capsule
smooth, thick-walled, peristome large, dicranoid.
The two species of this genus are very distinct from the rest
of the Order in the broad, obtuse, papillose leaves with plane
margins, at least in the upper half. They are indeed more likely
to be referred by the beginner to Tortulacese than to Dicranaceae.
The peristome is quite distinct, but more often than not the plants
are barren. Few of the species of Tortulaceae, however, for
which the student is at all liable to take either of these plants,
have the spreading, denticulate leaves of D. pellucidmn or the
coarsely serrate leaf margins of D. flavescens.
Oreoweisia serrulata Schp. has been recorded from Ben
Lawers by Dr. Stirton, but its claim to be regarded as British is
very doubtful. It is a native of the Austrian Alps, and is
monoicous, with narrow, serrulate, obtuse leaves, having the
basal areolation thin and hyaline, the upper obscure and highly
papillose ; the habit is more slender than that of Dichodontium.
/Leaves rather obtuse, serrulate ; capsule cernuous.....................i. fellucidum
/Leaves acute, sharply serrate ; capsule suberect ......................2. flavescens76	DICRANACErE.
1- Dichodontium pellucidum Schp. (Bryum pellucidum L.)
(Tab. XIV. J.).
Pale or dull green, in rather lax tufts, 1-3 inches high.
Stems slightly branched, flexuose, radiculose below. Leaves
variously imbricated, but never very densely placed, recurved and
spreading or squarrose from a more erect base, appressed and
twisted when dry, varying greatly in length and width, from a
broad, oval or oblong base narrowed into a longer or shorter
oblong-lingulate, broad, concave limb, rounded and obtuse or
obtusely pointed; margin recurved below, somewhat undulated
above, incurved at apex, almost entire or more frequently crenu-
late-serrate towards the summit, limb opaque, studded with
sharp, ascending papillae on both sides ; cells at base elongated,
narrowly rectangular, rather pellucid, with several rows at the
margin to the base shorter and chlorophyllose, in the upper part
small, irregularly quadrate or rounded, obscure. Nerve thick,
vanishing below apex, rough with denticulations at back above.
Dioicous. Fruitstalk short, thick, especially towards the top,
reddish yellow ; capsule short, oval or subglobose, cernuous, some-
what gibbous, with hardly any neck, but tapering at base into the
fruitstalk, smooth, solid in texture, purplish brown, exannulate ;
lid obliquely and shortly rostrate, rather thick. Peristome large,
deep red, the teeth 2-3 cleft, papillose at apex, vertically striate
below, from a rather high basal membrane.
Var. (3. fagimontanum Schp. (Dicranum pellucidum var.
fagimontanum Brid.). Shorter, with shorter branches ; leaves
short, more obtuse, hardly spreading ; capsule smaller.
Var. y. strictum Braithw. Stems densely tufted, elongated,
slender, straight. Leaves distant, very short, suddenly con-
tracted to a narrow-lingulate channelled limb, tapering to an
obtuse almost entire point.
Var. S. compactum Schp. Stems very densely tufted, reddish
brown below, very slender ; leaves smaller, short.
Hab. Wet rocks or sandy dibris near streams; common in mountainous dis-
tricts, not common elsewhere. The var. & in more alpine districts ; Ben Lawers, &c.
The var. 7 among grass, near Abergavenny. The var. 5 Scotland ; South Wales. Fr.
autumn to spring.
A variable plant, but when once known recognised without much difficulty by the
form and structure of the leaves. The short, broadly pointed, obtuse leaves dis-
tinguish the var. fagimontanum from the type. The fruit is not very commonly pro-
duced, and the fertile plant is usually rather smaller and more slender. In the forms
with short leaves the basal cells are generally shorter and more uniform, less pellucid.DICHODONTIUM.
77
The specific name is hardly an appropriate one, as the leaves are rather opaque,
and even the basal cells are far less pellucid than in most of the species of this Order.
D. fellucidum might be, and indeed has been taken, in some of its forms, for
Leptodontium flexifolium, but the latter is usually a more slender plant, with smaller
leaves not expanded at the base, less papillose, and of a different texture.
2. Dichodontium flavescens Lindb. (Bryum flavescens
Dicks. ; Dichodontium pellucidum var. serratum Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XIV. K.).
Taller, loosely tufted, yellowish green. Leaves more distant,
erecto-patent and slightly recurved, but less squarrose than in the
last ; when dry twisted but not oppressed nor incurved; longer,
from a narrower base gradually tapering to a narrower, less
obtuse flat point, faintly undulated; margin slightly less recurved
below, in the whole of the upper part (and often below the middle)
coarsely denticulate or serrate. Cells of leaf base more elongate,
only a few rows (usually 1-3) at margin quadrate and obscure,
sometimes hardly reaching to base, above incrassate, rounded-
quadrate, minutely papillose. Capsule erect or nearly so, shortly
oblong-cylindric, symmetrical or nearly so, pale brown ;
peristome paler, from a very short basal membrane, not papillose
nor vertically striate.
Hab. Beds of mountainous streams. Not uncommon. Fr. autumn, rare.
The characters derived from the fruit appear to be of good specific value ; the
foliar structure is somewhat variable, but the much less papillose cells, the margin
sharply serrate to below the middle, and the narrower and more acute outline of the
leaf are characters usually markedly present. The basal areolation, when typical, is
very different from that of D. pellucidum, but it is unfortunately not constant, the
upper leaves especially sometimes hardly differing in this respect from that species.
The longer, narrower, more acute leaves as a rule readily distinguish this plant from
the above; still I have found plants with the habit, colour, and leaf form of D.
flavescens, but with the structure of the leaves just that of D. pellucidum, while
occasionally on the other hand, especially in fruiting specimens, D. flavescens takes a
more slender, green form, resembling D. pellucidum. It is not an uncommon plant
beside mountain streams, but the fruit is rare; when present, too, it is often over-
topped by the innovations, and so rendered inconspicuous, in both species.
Tribe 4. Trematodontese.
20. TREMATODON Mich.
Plants with short stems but tall fruitstalks. Leaves very
narrow, subulate, smooth; cells rather lax, hexagonal-rectangular.
Perichaetial bracts distinct. Calyptra inflated below, rostrate.78
DICRANACE/E.
Capsule on a long seta, oblong or cylindrical, cernuous, with a
straight or curved neck, its own length or longer. Peristome
teeth 16 (rarely almost wanting), subentire, or more or less
deeply divided into two unequal, papillose segments, which are
usually somewhat united above, here and there perforate.
Besides the present one, the section includes the genus
Bruchia, with cleistocarpous, long-necked capsules.
1. Trematodon ambiguus Hornsch. (Dicranum ambiguum
Hedw.) (Tab. XIV. L.).
Densely tufted, pale green or brownish. Stems short, slightly
branched. Leaves erecto-patent, flexuose, from an ovate-oblong
concave base suddenly subulate-setaceous, channelled, faintly
denticulate at the extreme apex. Nerve narrow, reaching to
apex. Cells long, lax, hexagonal-rectangular and empty at base,
quickly narrowing above and becoming irregularly quadrate in the
subula, where they form a very narrow margin, and are small,
chlorophyllose and obscure, becoming still more so at the apex
where they are hardly distinct from the nerve, which is not, how-
ever, strictly excurrent, or only rarely very slightly so.
Perichaetial bracts much larger, more gradually acuminate. Seta
variable in length in the same tuft,	inches long, flexuose,
straw-coloured, shining ; capsule (with the neck) clavate, arcuate,
bright orange red ; the capsule itself oblong or shortly cylindric,
with a long neck equal to itself, which narrows gradually into
the seta on the outer, convex side, or back of the fruit, but at the
base on the front or inner side ceases abruptly and gives the
appearance of a struma. Annulus broad ; lid subulate-rostrate ;
teeth confluent at base on a short membrane, irregularly perforated
and divided, sometimes cleft to base. Autoicous ; male flower on
a basal branch, terminal. Spores large, granulose.
Hab. Bare turfy places in subalpine districts. Extremely rare. Perthshire.
Fr. late summer.
Only a single tuft of this beautiful moss has been found in Britain, by Braithwaite
and Crombie, in 1883, at the base of Schiehallion. It is not very rare on the
continent, and is frequent in N. America. Two other species are found in Europe,
distinguished chiefly by the relative length and the form of the neck of the fruit. The
long inflated neck gives the fruit a very peculiar appearance, and is totally different
from anything else in this order, and indeed more resembles that of some species of
Meesia'or Webera, but only superficially. The inequality of the base of the neck is
not very obvious until the fruit is ripe, but is of importance in distinguishing T.
ambiguus from other species of the genus.DICRANELLA.
79
Tribe 5. Dicranellese.
21. DICRANELLA Schp.
The characters are those of the Tribe (v. p. 53). The small
size and narrow silky leaves of most of the species, with capsules
manifesting a somewhat uniform and distinct facies of their own,
render this a well marked genus. D. squarrosa alone of the
British species widely diverges from the usual habit, but it is a
plant which once identified will not easily be forgotten ; and the
identification of the others is rendered the more easy from the
fact that the greater number of the species are usually found in
fruit, and those which are most likely to be found barren are the
ones in which the vegetative characters are the most distinctive.
All the species are dioicous except D. crispa, which is both
dioicous and autoicous.
I have not followed Braithwaite in adopting Mitten’s division
into the two genera, Dicranella and Anisothecium, chiefly because
the distinctive characters are hardly constant enough to be quite
satisfactory, or clearly enough marked to be of much practical
value to the student. Thus D. cerviculata has the capsule smooth ;
on the other hand in D. (Anisothecium) Grevilleana it is lightly
striate ; while with regard to the nerve at base, there is practically
no difference between, for instance, that of some forms of D.
heteromalla and D. (Anisothecium) varia.
/Leaves oblong-ianceolate, obtuse, squarrose .........................10. squarrosa
\Leaves narrow-lanceolate or subulate ...........................................2
/Seta yellow ....................................................................3
fSeta red........................................................................4
/ Capsule strumose at neck ...........................................2. cerviculata
•^/Capsule not strumose, sulcate, with incurved mouth when dry ......1. hetero?nalla
/Leaves subsquarrose, from a sheathing base......................................5
^/Leaves erect or secund,	base	scarcely	sheathing ................................7
/Capsule erect, striate, furrowed when dry ..............................3. crispa
^/Capsule cernuous,	smooth	or	substriate	only...................................6
^/Leaves entire ; capsule faintly striate when dry .................8. Grevilleana
\ Leaves serrulate above ; capsule smooth ...........................9. Schreberi
/Capsule striate, furrowed when dry ............................................8
'\Capsule smooth...................................................................9
(Leaves entire ; capsule subcernuous ; perich. bracts sheathing.........4. secunda
8-! Leaves with a few teeth at apex ; capsule erect; perich. bracts half-sheathing ...
t	3. curvala
/Leaves entire, cells narrow ; capsule cernuous ........................7. varia
Leaves serrulate above, cells larger ; capsule suberect............6. rtifescens8o
DICRANACErE.
1. Dicranella heteromalla Schp. (Bryum heteromallum Dill.)
(Tab. XV. A.).
In dense silky bright yellowish or dark green tufts or sheets,
pale below, i—2 inches high. Stems simple or forked, leaves
falcato-secund, the upper hamate, more rarely erecto-patent;
gradually narrowed upwards from the point of insertion, so that
the lower part of the leaf has a narrowly triangular form ; rarely
with a slightly more distinct, somewhat concave leaf-base; upper
part of leaf subulate, channelled, faintly or sharply dentimilate
at margin and back from the middle upward; rarely entire to
near the apex, with a few teeth at the point; margin plane.
Nerve width of leaf at base, broad above and occupying the
greater part of the subula, usually with a very narrow margin of
cells reaching nearly or quite to the apex, but often excurrent in
a denticulate point. Cells at base rectangular, 2-5 times as long
as broad, shortly rectangular above with the end walls oblique.
Perichaetial bracts sheathing. Seta pale yellow, flexuose, £ to 1
inch long; capsule elliptical-oblong, inclined, slightly curved,
glossy brown, smooth or very faintly striate ; when dry and
empty deeply plicate, constricted below the mouth in front, with
the mouth oblique and incurved, neck indistinct, gradually taper-
ing, not strumose. Lid subulate-rostrate, curved downwards.
Peristome large, teeth red, cleft to middle into two or three divi-
sions. Male plant smaller, leaves less falcate, forming a terminal
coma enclosing the inflorescence.
Var. fi. stricta Schp. Leaves erecto-patent, straight; seta
longer, flexuose.
Var. y. interrupta B. & S. (Dicranum interruptum Hedw.).
Stem taller, 1-2 inches, more branched ; leaves sometimes in
interrupted tufts, patent or falcato-secund.
Var. 8. sericea Schp. Short, in dense, bright or yellowish
green, soft, silky tufts. Leaves delicate, narrower, erecto-patent
or subsecund.
Hab. Banks in woods, roadsides, sandy hollows, etc., very common. Thevars.
£ and 7 rare. The var. 5 on sandstone rocks, almost always barren, rare. Fr.
winter.
The commonest of our species and one of the most variable, but with a peculiar
habit which usually permits of its easy recognition. The empty capsule especially is
very distinct in its glossy surface with somewhat oblique furrows and in its tapering
neck and very oblique mouth; the yellow seta, too, distinguishes it at sight from all
but the next species; it must be borne in mind that old capsules have the seta
blackish, as they themselves also become. Occasionally, especially in mountainousDICRANELLA.
81
districts, forms occur having the capsule very short, gibbous and rounded, and almost
smooth as in D. cerviciilata, differing only in the non-strumose neck ; the leaf
characters being those of D. heteromalla.
The var. sericea is an exceedingly pretty and distinct form, and bears some super-
ficial resemblance to forms of Blindia acuta, with which, it would seem, it has some-
times been confused.
The male inflorescence in this species, as in D. rufescens also, is oval and con-
spicuous, so large indeed that to the naked eye it often bears a resemblance to the fruit
of a Pleuridium, and the plant might easily be taken at first sight for a species of that
genus.
2. Dicranella cerviculata Schp. (Dicranum cerviculatum
Hedw.) (Tab. XV. B.).
Smaller in all its parts than the last species, which it much
resembles; yellowish green, short; leaves less falcate, with a
more distinct half-sheathing leaf-base, more abruptly narrowed
into the limb, less sharply denticulate and often nearly entire
above ; nerve very broad; cells longer and narrower, 6-10 times
as long as broad at base, narrow and elongate above. Seta shorter,
capsule smaller, more swollen and arcuate, gibbous, with a
distinctly strumose neck; smooth, very faintly and irregularly
plicate when dry and empty.
Var. f. pusilla Schp. (Dicranum pusillum Hedw.) Shorter,
leaves smaller, suberect; capsule smaller, less gibbous.
Hab. Peaty banks and sides of ditches. Not uncommon. The var. j8 in
similar localities and sometimes with the type. Fr. summer.
A species quite distinct in its short, roundish capsule with a distinct struma.
3. Dicranella crispa Schp. (Dicranum crispum Ehrh.)
(Tab. XV. C.).
In small, loose tufts, yellowish ; stems short () inch) ; leaves
flexuose-squarrose, slightly crisped when dry, from a broad sub-
sheathing base abruptly narrowed to a long flexuose subula,
minutely denticulate at apex ; nerve narrow, not excurrent; cells
all rectangular, narrow above, at base wider, 4-8 times as long as
broad. Capsule small, erect, oval or obovate, distinctly and
regularly striate, when dry and empty somewhat urceolate, on a
reddish seta; lid with a straight or slightly curved subulate beak.
Male inflorescence on a separate branch or a different plant.
Hab. Wet sandy ground ; rare. Fr. late summer.
A rare species, readily known by its erect, symmetrical, striate capsule, and its
leaves suddenly dilated and sheathing at base, with narrow cells compared with the
other species having a similar leaf-base.
a82
DICRANACE/'E.
4.	Dicranella secunda Lindb. (Dicranum secundum Swartz ;
Dicranella subulata Schp., Syn., et plur. auct.) (Tab. XV. D.).
In small silky tufts, about half-an-inch high. Leaves from
an oval or oblong subsheathing base rather quickly narrowed to
a long subula which is extremely fine above, entire; nerve thin,
narrow, excurrent; cells narrowly rectangular at base, 5-8 times
as long as broad, narrow-linear above. Perichaetial bracts
convolute and longly sheathing at base. Seta about half-an-inch
long, red ; capsule red, subcernuous, slightly arcuate and gibbous,
with the mouth oblique and incurved, faintly striate, obscurely
sulcate when dry. Lid long-beaked.
Hab. Stony ground on mountain sides. Not common. Fr. late summer.
Distinguished from D. heteromalla by the red seta, from D. Grevilleana by the
longer capsule and differently shaped leaves, from D. varia by the plane margin, from
D. rufescens by the entire leaves. From the next species it differs in the sheathing
perichsetial bracts, the entire leaves, and the subcernuous, unequal capsule; forms
however may be found with the capsule almost equal and erect, and very nearly
identical with that of D. curvata, but they are rare, and the leaf apex and perichsetial
bracts will then distinguish it.
5.	Dicranella curvata Schp. (Dicranum curvatum Hedw.)
(Tab. XV. E.).
Much resembling the last species, and differing chiefly in the
characters mentioned above, viz., the leaves with a few minute
denticulations at apex, the perichaetial bracts only half embracing
the seta, the capsule narrower, erect and symmetrical or nearly
so, deep red, narrow-oblong when empty, and distinctly striate,
on a rather shorter seta. The stems are also sometimes rather
elongate, and occasionally longer than the seta, so that the capsule
is hidden in the leaves ; and the leaf base is slightly shorter.
IIab. Wet sandstone rocks and banks. Rare. Fr. autumn to spring.
Confusion has often arisen between this species and the last, and they are indeed
closely allied ; but there is not much difficulty in distinguishing them except in
extreme cases.
6- Dicranella rufescens Schp. (Bryum rufescens Dicks.;
Anisothecium rufescens Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XV. F.).
In small, short, dense tufts, yellowish green or more frequently
reddish; stems slender, simple. Leaves small, pellucid, without
a distinct base, gradually narrowed upwards, loosely placed, larger
and more crowded above and subsecund, slightly flexuose whenDICRANELLA.
83
dry ; nerve narrow, reaching to apex but not excurrent; margin
plane, remotely and bluntly denticulate in the upper half; cells
larger than in any of the previous species, with thinner walls, at
base elongate-rectangular or sometimes prosenchymatous with
oblique end walls, 6-8 times as long as broad, or longer, above
similar, but rather narrower, occasionally rhomboid. Seta thin,
red, twisting to the left when dry; capsule very small, erect or
very slightly inclined, shortly elliptical, tapering at base, wide-
mouthed when empty, smooth; lid acutely conical or rostellate.
Peristome large, red ; teeth spreading when dry.
Hab. Wet clay and bare ground in woods, &c. Frequent. Fr. autumn.
The smallest of the genus, usually recognised by its vinous red tint, and always
turning red in drying. The plane-margined denticulate leaves distinguish it from D.
varia, which almost always, also, has the capsule inclined. The pellucid leaves and
smooth erect wide-mouthed capsule easily separate it from D. curvata and others of
the genus. The same remark applies to this plant, with regard to the male
inflorescence, as was made under D. heteromalla.
7. Dicranella varia Schp. (Dicranum varium Hedw.;
Anisothecium rubrum Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XV. G.).
Densely gregarious or tufted, bright or yellowish green;
stems short, divided below. Leaves resembling those of the last
species, but hardly secund, larger, with the margin narrowly
revolute, quite entire or faintly sinuose-denticulate at apex;
cells similar in shape but smaller and narrower, especially the
upper ones. Capsule larger, on a longer seta, twisting to the
right, cernuous, ovate or oblong, curved, finally contracted below
the wide mouth, smooth; lid large, rostellate; peristome large,
purple, teeth incurved when dry.
Var. /3. tenuifolia B. & S. Leaves more distant, longer,
narrower, nerve thin and indistinct, areolation thin, looser;
margin denticulate above.
Var. y. tenella Schp. Slender; leaves usually falcate,
narrower, areolation thinner, laxer, margin hardly recurved,
remotely denticulate.
Var. 8. callistoma Schp. (Bryum callistomum Dicks.) Stem
branched; seta short, capsule minute, erect, obovate, truncate;
lid widely conical, almost as large as capsule.
Hab. Damp clay fields, woods, etc. Common. The var. /3 rarer. The var. 5
in more mountainous districts. Fr. autumn and winter.84
DICRANACE/3£.
A very variable species, as its name implies, especially in size, and in the form of
the capsule. Some of the varietal forms, e.g.> var. tenella, resemble the previous
species, but that is a. more delicate moss, and the capsule is different, as also the
colour of the plant. D. varia usually has the leaves bright green and the seta and
capsules deep red. The smooth capsule and the different form and texture of the
leaves will serve to distinguish it from the other species.
The var. & has somewhat the same relationship to the type as the var. elata bears
to D. Schreberi ; I have found both these varieties growing together, in wet spots, and
probably excess of moisture has something to do with the variation in question.
8.	Dicranella Grevilleana Schp. (Dicranum Grevilleanum
B. & S. ; Anisothecium Grevillei Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XV. H.).
Nearly allied to D. Schreberi. Plants of a more shining
yellowish green, about a quarter of an inch high or rather more ;
leaves from a rather wider sheathing base, more abruptly
contracted into a narrower flexuose subula, which is quite entire
or only very faintly denticulate at apex ; cells rather narrower,
firmer. Capsule shorter, very faintly striated when dry, with a
short indistinctly swollen neck ; lid variable in length, shortly
rostellate or subulate-rostrate from a conical base. Dioicous or
more rarely autoicous.
Hab. Damp earth in mountainous regions. Very rare. Glen Tilt; Glen
Shee ; Ireland. Fr. summer.
The differences between this and the next species are very slight; the one, how-
ever, is an alpine plant, the other an inhabitant of the lowlands; the almost entire
margin and narrower areolation of the leaves, together with the short, faintly striate
capsule, will serve to distinguish it from D. crispa.
9.	Dicranella Schreberi Schp. (Dicranum Schreberi Sw.;
Anisothecium crispum Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XV. I.).
Tufts bright or yellowish green, A-i inch high. Leaves from
a broad, half-sheathing base rapidly contracted into a lanceolate-
subulate limb, squarrose, not glossy, irregularly denticulate
throughout the greater part of its length, nerve narrow, reaching
to the somewhat broad apex ; areolation at base rectangular,
rather lax and pellucid, 4-6 times as long as broad, becoming
shorter upwards, at the shoulder quadrate, in the limb shortly
rectangular or narrowly hexagono-rectangular. Capsule cer-
nuous, oblong, slightly curved, smooth, finally constricted in
front a little below the mouth, lid large, rostrate.
Var. [3. elata Schp. Closely tufted, taller, bright green ;
leaves broader, more obtuse and more distinctly serrated at apex,
cells larger, broader.DICRANELLA.	85
Hab. Sides of ditches, etc., on clay soil. Not common. The var. jQ in
similar or somewhat damper situations. Fr. autumn and spring.
D. Schreberi in its more luxurious forms resembles the next species in miniature,
but with much narrower leaves; their squarrose direction from the broad,
amplexicaul, erect base gives the stem a curious and characteristic appearance. The
var. elata in its extreme forms differs greatly in appearance and leaf structure from the
type, the cells especially being much larger, but intermediate links are often found,
and it is frequently difficult to say to which of the two forms such specimens should
be referred. The fruit, in the variety, is of rare occurrence.
D. Schreberi differs from Ditrichum tenuifolium, when barren, as remarked under
that plant, in the larger less obscure cells and smoother leaf point.
10- Dicranella squarrosa Schp. (Dicranum squarrosum
Schrad. ; Anisothecium squarrosum Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XV. J.).
Very robust and tall, 1-4 inches, densely tufted, bright pale
green; stem slightly branched, stout. Leaves large, distant,
flaccid, flexuose when dry, squarrose from a broad, oblong,
erect, sheathing base, gradually narrowed to the broadly oblong-
lanceolate channelled limb, which is rounded and obtuse at apex,
or obtusely pointed; margin faintly sinuose, crenulate at apex ;
nerve very narrow, distinct, ceasing below the apex ; cells larger
than in the other species, very similar to those of the last, but
larger, with thicker walls, more irregularly rectangular above,
sometimes slightly elliptical or rhomboid, elongated at base, with
a distinct, sinuose “ primordial utricle.’’ Capsule on a long stout
seta, inclined, ovate, solid, smooth ; lid conical, obtusely pointed.
Hab. By streams and in moorland bogs in subalpine regions; frequent, but rare
in fruit. Fr. autumn.
A very beautiful and conspicuous plant when growing, usually contrasting
strikingly with the surrounding vegetation by its bright, yellow-green colour ; and
quite distinct from any other species of this genus ; perhaps the plant most resembling
ii is Dichod. pclliicidum, which is, however, of a duller green, with highly papillose
cells and denticulate leaves. The fruiting plant is smaller, and much more rare.
Tribe 6. Dicraneae.
22. BLINDIA B. & S.
Plants growing on mountain rocks, csespitose; leaves rigid,
lanceolate-subulate, smooth, with distinct, coloured, angular cells.
Capsule oval or subspherical, symmetrical, thick-walled.
Peristome wanting or of 16 slender, smooth teeth, not or very
slightly cleft, sometimes perforated.
{Plant minute ; capsule immersed, gymnostomous..................../. cccspiticia
Plant £-4 inches ; capsule exserted, peristomate....................a. acuta86
DICRANACE/'E.
1.	Blindia csespiticia Lindb. (Anoectangium csespiticium
Schwgr. ; Stylostegium caespiticinm B. & S., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XV. K.).
Dwarf., rigid, tufted, %-'/?. inch high, yellowish. Leaves
small, crowded, erect, the apical slightly secund ; scarcely altered
when dry ; from an oblong base about half the length of the leaf
contracted to a narrow, subulate, almost terete point, composed
entirely for the greater part of its length of the nerve, which is
very narrow at base, but widens considerably upwards and
becomes obscure ; margin plane, quite entire; cells of leaf-base
linear-oblong with rounded ends, incrassate, narrowest below and
at the margins, gradually shorter upwards, so as to be elliptical or
oblong-elliptical at the shoulder and in the narrow margin of the
lower part of the subula; at the angles large, quadrate, inflated,
hyaline in the younger leaves, rich orange brown in the older ;
one or two cells at the acute apex of the leaf occasionally some-
what hyaline. Perichaetial leaves longer, sheathing. Capsule
immersed, subspherical, finally wide-mouthed, gymnostomous;
calyptra short, hardly reaching below the lid, which is obliquely
rostellate, and united with the columella. Autoicous.
Hab. Crevices of mountain rocks ; very rare. Ben Lawers. Fr. late summer.
A miniature of the next species as regards habit and leaf-structure, and not easy,
in the barren state, to separate from starved alpine specimens of that plant ; such
specimens are, however, rare, and there is generally a slight denticulation of the point
in Blindia acuta, which is almost always absent in the smaller species ; the areolation
also is shorter, and as B. cccspiticia is an autoicous species, the fruit is usually to be
found. In some respects it resembles Zygodon lapponicus, which, however, is easily
recognisable by its striated capsule, and the leaves crisped when dry. Grimmia
conferla, too, and the var. pumila of G. apocarpa, which inhabit the same localities,
have a certain resemblance ; but they will generally show some leaves or perichsetial
bracts with distinct hyaline points, and the peristome, if the fruit is ripe, is con-
spicuous ; under the microscope, of course, the resemblance vanishes.
2.	Blindia acuta B. & S. (Bryum acutum Huds.)
(Tab. XV. L.).
In compact yellowish or olive green tufts varying greatly in
length, from '/z an inch to q inches high ; stems fragile, red.
Leaves crowded, erecto-patent or slightly secund, convolute-
concave, usually from an oblong-lanceolate base about f the
length of the leaf gradually narrowed upwards to a subulate point,
composed in the upper third of the excurrent nerve, which is
generally rather rounded-obtuse at apex with a few obscure
denticulations and short, irregular cells. Margin plane, slightly
denticulate with the projecting apices of the outer cells or entire;BLINDIA.
87
areolation longer than in the last species, frequently with a slight
sigmoid curve, the cell-walls often becoming very incrassate in
the older leaves, rendering the cells very narrowly linear ; angular
cells large, orange brown. Capsule on a longer seta, exserted
though often hidden by the leaves of the innovations, variable in
shape, longly or shortly oval-pyriform, with a short wide neck,
slightly contracted below the mouth when empty, so as to appear
urceolate; peristomate. Lid shortly and obliquely rostrate ;
peristome teeth broad, deep red, erect or incurved when dry.
Dioicous.
Var. trichodes Braithw. (Dicranum trichodes Wils. MS.)
Leaves more secund, from a much shorter leaf-base, length of
leaf, more abruptly narrowed into the long, very narrow, finely
acute, denticulate subula, the apical cells of which are elongate-
linear, angular cells fewer ; capsule shorter, peristome teeth short,
truncate.
Hab. Mountain rocks, especially near water, common ; the var. 0 on rocks by
waterfalls, etc., rare. Fr. summer.
A somewhat variable plant in the relative size of its parts, but always identified
at once by the yellowish leaves with deep orange basal angular cells ; there is a
peculiar facies which after a little practice makes it an easy plant to recognise in the
field, but this is not easily described ; it is partly due to the somewhat rigid, glossy,
not at all flexuose leaves, smaller and shorter for the size of the plant than in most
species of Campylopus and Dicranum.
The position and limits of the var. trichodes are very difficult to define. In
Wilson’s original specimens the apex of the subula is quite different in areolation from
ordinary B. acuta, the cells being very long and narrow, and in only one or two rows
at the tip, which is consequently very acute ; whereas in B. acuta the apex is more or
less wide and rounded, with short, irregular cells, and with crowded denticulations,
and even when, as occasionally happens, it is very acute, the areolation is still the
same. If this be held a distinguishing character, and it appears a fairly constant one,
then the greater number of specimens labelled “ B. trichodes ” must certainly be
referred to the type, including for instance Nowell’s plant from Todmorden, specimens
of which I have, through the kindness of Dr. Braithwaite, in my herbarium. In this
case it will be probably found that the true var. trichodes is always a very small plant,
as described by Philibert (Rev. Bry.y 1884, p. 90). I have gathered this form barren
on the Sow of Athol, Perthshire, and the greater number of the leaves show exactly
the characteristic areolation of Wilson’s plant; though a few leaves show some
approach to the normal acuta form. If, on the other hand, with most authors, the
apical areolation is left out of the question, we can set hardly any satisfactory limits
to the variety ; for forms of Blindia acuta are very frequent (especially on rocks
constantly exposed to the action of water, as beneath waterfalls) which show the form
of leaf exactly characteristic of ‘ trichodes,’ but with the apical areolation, and the
fruit of B. acuta. The form of the leaf is therefore, alone, not a character of import-
ance, and if the form ‘ trichodes ’ is to be maintained, whether as a variety, sub-species
or species, it must, I think, be confined to the dwarf, slender plants with the peculiar
areolation above described, and with the fruit as defined by Braithwaite.
23. DICRANOWEISIA Lindb.
Plants in dense cushions ; leaves crisped when dry, entire,
with the angular cells more or less distinct. Capsule erect,88
DICRANACE/E.
smooth; peristome teeth cleft at apex or undivided, articulated
and internally barred.
The two species of this genus are closely allied to Cynodon-
tium, especially to C. Bruntoni, but the presence of distinct
angular cells, in D. crispula particularly, is sufficient to justify
the present arrangement.
{Leaves with narrow, acute points ; capsule oval-elliptic..........................2. crispula
Leaves with shorter, subacute points ; capsule cylindric ........................1. cirrata
1. Dicranoweisia cirrata Lindb. (Mnium cirrhatum L.,
Weisia cirrhata Hedw., plur. auct.) (Tab. XV. M.).
Plants in close tufts or cushions, soft, dull or yellowish green,
about 1 inch high. Leaves spreading, flexuose, closely crisped
when dry, concave,* deeply channelled on the upper side of the
nerve, from a lanceolate base linear-lanceolate, gradually
narrowed to a not very acute point ; margin recurved, especially
in the middle of the leaf, entire ; nerve reaching to apex, but not
excurrent. Upper cells small, regularly rounded-quadrate,
smooth, below gradually becoming rectangular, larger, at base
pellucid, broadly rectangular, lax, with thin walls ; two or three
rows of basal cells often coloured yellowish, but hardly otherwise
distinct. Capsule on a pale seta (5—$ inch long), erect,
cylindrical, pale, with a narrow red mouth, smooth, thin-walled ;
calyptra narrow, shining ; lid obliquely subulate-rostrate, long ;
annulus broad. Peristome teeth undivided, red below, pale
above, inserted below the mouth. Autoicous.
Hab. On trees, fences and thatch, sometimes on rocks ; common. Fr. winter.
Usually in small compact cushions and abundantly fertile. The capsule is some-
times very slightly curved. The entire leaves and narrow capsule distinguish this
plant from Cynodontium Bruntoni; the shorter seta, longer and narrower capsule,
and revolute leaf margin separate it from the next species, the lower cells also are
smaller. It has also some resemblance to Dicranum inontanuni, but the leaves of the
latter will be seen even with a lens to be very rough and denticulate in the subula.
2. Dicranoweisia crispula Lindb. (Weisia crispula Hedw.,
plur. auct.) (Tab. XV. N.).
In dense cushions, bright or dark green above, black below.
Leaves spreading, often secund above, strongly crisped when dry,
longer, from a broader base more quickly narrowed to a longer,,
narrower, flexuose, concave subula, acute at apex; margin
plane, quite entire; cells mamillatelypapillose above, resembling
the last, but smaller, more incrassate, narrower below and lessDICRANOWEISIA.
89
pellucid, with distinct hyaline or coloured inflated angiclar cells.
Perichaetial bracts more distinct, pale, sheathing. Capsule on a
longer seta (|-f inch), oval-elliptical, shorter and wider, broadest
near the base, with a wider mouth, faintly plicate-rugose when
dry, exannulate. Peristome teeth inserted below the mouth.
Autoicous.
Hab. Mountain rocks ; not common. Fr. early summer.
On high mountains this species becomes almost black ; and at great heights,
when exposed to dripping water, it becomes dwarfed, with shorter leaves and capsules
(var. atrata N. & H.). D. compacta (Schleich.), which appears to be properly
regarded as a variety of this species, has been recorded from Ben Lawers, but incor-
rectly, according to Braithwaitel It has shorter, more obtuse leaves, hardly crisped
when dry.
D. crispula will easily be distinguished from D. cirrata by the characters
italicised above. Grimmia contorta closely resembles it when growing, but the
present plant is usually taller, a little more glossy in its leaves, which are often
secund above when moist, rather more twisted and curled when dry, and, of course,
entirely wanting in the hyaline tip to the leaves. Still plants may be found which
defy recognition until placed under the microscope, when, of course, their identifica-
tion is easy.
24. CAMPYLOPUS Brid.
Mosses of varying size, often robust, usually growing in wide
patches, resembling Dicranum in habit, but with the leaves more
rigid, less flexuose, and generally straight; not papillose;
nerve mostly very broad, often longitudinally furrowed at back,
usually with one or more layers of larger, hyaline, thin-walled
cells on the anterior or ventral surface. Angular cells often
forming distinct concave auricles. Calyptra cucullate, generally
fringed at base. Seta flexuose, usually cygneous, rarely erect
(becoming erect when dry and mature); capsule small, elliptic,
symmetrical, usually striate ; peristome dicranoid.
All the British species are dioicous, and the fruit in most
cases is extremely rare; hence their determination must rest
mainly on vegetative characters. The width of the nerve and its
structure for the most part furnish important distinctions, as does
also the basal areolation ; the cells in the upper part of the leaf,
however, are too uniform to be of much aid, except in one or two
cases. These islands are particularly rich in species of this
genus, more so than any continental country; indeed, all the
European species are found in Britain, while two of our species
are endemic. In several of the species the leaves are extremely
fragile and deciduous, and, being capable of producing out-go
DICRANACE/E.
growths in the form of protonemoid filaments, afford a means of
propagating the species. The measurements of the width of the
nerve are taken just above the auricles when these are present.
The number of layers of cells in the nerve as shown in
section is a character of slight value, as is also the presence or
absence of furrows on the dorsal surface, except in the case of
C. introflexus; Limpricht has however pointed out two distinct
types of structure in these cells which are quite constant, and by
which the species may be divided into three groups; (i) C.
brevipilus; unique in having the single layer of wide thin-
walled empty cells median (Tab. XVI. I. lx). (2) C. subulatus,
C. Schimperi, C. Schwarzii, C. Shawii; in all these the layers
(usually about two) of thin-walled larger empty cells are anterior,
and the posterior layers while variable in size, etc., are uniform,
moderately incrassate (Tab. XVI. A. lx). (3) All the remaining
species have the same anterior series of thin-walled cells, but the
dorsal layers are composed of two forms of cells, small groups of
minute, very incrassate cells, almost without lumen, being inter-
spersed between the larger ones (Tab. XVI. E. lx).
/Leaves with hyaline points.......................................................2
\ Leaves without hyaline points .................................................. 4
/Hyaline points short ; nerve with central large cells ...............9. brevipilus
\ Hyaline points usually long ; nerve with anterior layer of thin cells ..........3
/Ls. auricled, dark-green ; upper cells long and narrow...............7. atrovirens
•^\Ls. not auricled, olive-green ; upper cells short...................8. introflexus
{Ls. not (or scarcely) auricled at base...........................................5
Ls. auricled at base with swollen cells ........................................8
/Ls. straight, entire ; cells near base very narrow...............................6
-’/Ls. almost setaceous, serrulate towards apex ; basal cells lax ................7
^/Stem £ inch, not radiculose............................................/. subulatus
(Nerve about Y of base of leaf; lamina usually widest at base.........4. pyriformis
7*! Nerve about Yz base; ls. from longer base, lamina narrowed at insertion
l	5- fragilis
g/Ls. strongly serrate above ; stem tall, not radiculose ................6. setifolius
/Ls. entire, or serrulate near apex only .........................................9
f Nerve	of base of leaf........................................4. flexuosus
y/Nerve % or more of base......................................................... 10
f Ls. gradually tapering almost from base, entire ....................2. Schwarzii
10-| Ls. with longer and wider base, more suddenly narrowed to the long
[ subula, denticulate at apex ...........................................j. Shawii
1. Campylopus subulatus Schp. (C. brevifolius Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XVI. A.).
Very short, yellowish, resembling the small forms of C.
fragilis, but with shorter, more rigid leaves; stems slender,
fragile, j-| inch in height, densely gregarious or loosely tufted,
not radiculose above. Leaves short, erect, rigid, from an oblongCAMPYLOPUS.
91
base half the length of the leaf, narrowed, with the margins
involute, to a straight short tubular subula, not hyaline pointed ;
cells at angles vesicular, hyaline, hardly auriculate, rarely forming
distinct, minute, slightly inflated auricles ; basal cells narrow,
rectangular, hyaline, very soon passing into the shorter, obliquely
rhomboid or sub-elliptical chlorophyllose cells which occupy the
greater part of the lamina ; a band of extremely narrow, thin,
hyaline cells usually forms a narrow border to the leaf base for
some distance higher than the hyaline cells extend in the interior
of the leaf; towards the apex of the leaf the lamina consists of a
single row of short oblique cells reaching very nearly to the
summit, where however the nerve is very shortly excurrent with
a few denticulations ; at base the nerve is very broad, usually
nearly f the whole width, and forming the greater part of the
subula above ; in section of about 4 layers of cells, two ventral
layers usually large, thin-walled, and hyaline ; posterior layers of
smaller, uniform cells, the alternate cells of the dorsal row
usually slightly projecting, owing to a slight longitudinal furrow-
ing of the nerve at back. Seta straight.
Var. f3. elongatus Bosw. In wide patches, closely tufted ;
stems tall, slender, 1-2 inches high, copiously radiculose in the
lower part. Leaves more distant, somewhat longer in the subula.
Hab. Dry sandy spots by roadsides, etc. Rare. The var. j8 in muddy debris
near the Wye, Builth (Boswell).
A pretty little species, known by its minute size and short leaves. The narrower
hyaline cells at the base, extending only a short distance upwards, together with the
much shorter, straight subula, will distinguish it from almost all forms of C. fragilis
and C. pyriformis, both of which differ also in the nerve section. C. Schwarzii has
the leaves distinctly auricled. The presence or absence of auricles in this as in some
other species is a very uncertain character, some plants showing distinctly inflated
tufts of angular cells, while in others they are barely distinguishable from the other
basal cells. The nerve section too shows a considerable amount of variation in the
number of layers and the protuberance of the dorsal cells. Indeed it is a difficult
plant to distinguish certainly from starved forms of several of the other species.
The fruit has only been found in a single station in Norway.
# Oampylopus Schimperi Milde (Tab. XVI. B.).
Differs from C. subulatus in the usually taller, more robust
stems, with leaves more densely imbricated, the plants densely
tufted and usually interwoven to near the summit with brown
radicles, 1-3 inches high, usually bright green above, pale or
brown below. Leaves much like those of the above species, but
often longer, with a setaceous subula ; basal cells very narrow,
the angular vesicular, sometimes brown, and forming more or
less distinct but minute auricles.92
DICRANACE/E.
Hab. Earth and rocks on mountains. Rare.
All the above characters are more or less variable, and there is in fact nothing to
distinguish C. Schimperi specifically from C. subulatus. The more robust habit and
radiculose stems are the best characteristics, but the latter is by no means constant.
Nor do I find that characters derived from the section of the nerve are of any more
value. I have seen no description of the fruit (which has only once been found) that
mentions the form of the seta.
On the other side C. Schimperi very nearly approaches C. Schwarzii, but is of
smaller size, with less defined auricles.
The fruit has only been once recorded, in the Austrian Tyrol.
2. Campylopus Schwarzii Schp. (Tab. XXI. C ).
In dense, silky tufts, 2-4 inches high, bright or yellowish
green ; stems more robust than in the species hitherto described,
attenuated at the points, slightly radiculose. Leaves erecto-
patent, straight when dry or slightly bent at apex, gradually
narrowed with incurved margin from near the base, tubular,
larger and longer than in C. Schimperi, entire or with one or two
indistinct teeth at apex, not hyaline pointed. Nerve very broad,
width of leaf at base, in section of 3-4 layers of cells,
resembling those of the last species, grooved at back above;
auricles distinct, slightly dilated, hyaline or red ; cells of the
leaf-base narrowly rectangular, very narrow at margin, above
smaller, narrowly rectangular or subquadrate-elliptical. Fruit
unknown.
Hab. Alpine rocks ; not common.
It is very difficult, if not impossible, to point out any important structural
character in which this species differs from C. Schimperi, although its size and habit
preclude any great difficulty in distinguishing it from that plant. The presence of
distinct auricles, slightly wider than the rest of the leaf-base, is the feature commonly
relied on ; but forms of C. Schimperi show a distinct approach to this structure,
although in a minor degree. The grooving of the nerve at back might also be pointed
to, but this feature also exists in some forms at least of the other plant, which Braith-
waite indeed describes as having the posterior cells of the nerve turgid and prominent.
From the next species it differs in the much shorter leaf and leaf-base, with the nerve
occupying a greater proportion of the width, and with shorter, almost perfectly entire
points, and in the usually more attenuated, slender plants with more distant leaves.
3. Campylopus Shawii Wils. (Tab. XVI. D.).
In tall, dense, slightly radiculose tufts, 2-4 inches high,
yellowish green or brown, dark brown below ; plants robust, not
much attenuated above, the leaves closely set, erecto-patent or
spreading and recurved-falcate, slightly flexuose when dry, larger
and longer than in C. Schwarzii, from a much longer leaf-base,
quickly contracted to a longer, much narrower, setaceous but not
hyaline point, distinctly denticulate at apex, with often a fewCAMPYLOPUS.
93
obscure denticulations for a little distance below ; tubular with the
margin incurved from near base or somewhat higher up ; nerve
thinner and less opaque, with wider cells; rather narrower,
usually about 2/i the width of the base, but somewhat variable,
smooth at back; in section resembling the previous species.
Cells at base rectangular, rather wide, quickly becoming
rhomboid, above rhomboid with rounded angles, or oval ; auricles
large, inflated, hyaline or coloured. Fruit unknown.
Var. [3. hamatus Schp. Stems shorter, stouter ; leaves very
densely imbricated, broader, ha?nato-secund.
Hab. Peat bogs and moors ; Hebrides ; Skye. The var. & in N. Uist, with
the type.
Nearly resembling C. Schwarzii, this fine species is distinguished by the still
taller and more robust habit, and the longer leaves of somewhat different form. I do
not think much reliance can be placed on the relative commencement of the incurva-
tion of the margin of the two species, basal or otherwise, for I have found in C.
Shawii the margin involute from quite the base more frequently than not, while, on
the other hand, this is certainly not a constant feature in C. Schwarzii. A more
certain character can, I think, be found in the form of the leaf base, that of C.
Schwarzii being very short, hardly twice as long as broad, and bearing a very small
proportion to the length of the leaf; while that of C. Shawii is twice as long, and is
more suddenly narrowed into the subula. This gives a generally broader appearance
to the leaf of C. Shawii, by which it may be distinguished in the field. I have
always found the nerve of C. Schwarzii distinctly wider in proportion at the base.
Indeed, C. Shawii seems more liable to be confounded with some forms of C.
Jlexuosus; but that species has a narrower nerve, which is different in section, and
the leaves are usually more denticulate above and narrower at the base; it is not
often so robust n plant as our present species, which, indeed, to the unaided eye,
more closely resembles some forms of Dicranum Bonjeani than any of the other
species of Campylopus.
It is especially interesting from having been found nowhere but in the Hebrides.
4. Campylopus flexuosus Brid. (Bryum flexuosum L.)
(Tab. XVI. E.).
Extremely variable, in size, colour, and habit; j-4 inches
high ; as slender as C. subulatus, or almost as tall and robust as
the preceding species ; leaves straight, small and rigid, or long
and secund, often rather flexuose when dry. Usually in rather
dense tufts, tomentose. Leaves lanceolate-subulate from a
narrow, oblong base, tubular above, the lower usually reddish at
base ; without a hyaline point; margin usually denticulate for
some distance below the apex ; nerve '/s-yi width of base, cells of
the two anterior layers larger, thin-walled, of posterior layers
smaller, interspersed with groups of minute, very incrassate
opaque cells : areolation rectangular and pellucid at base, with94
DICRANACEjE.
large, distinct, brown or hyaline auricles, cells above shortly
rhomboid or oval. Capsules often aggregated, thick-walled, dark
brown, furrowed.
Var. fS. uliginosus Ren. Tall and slender with fewer
radicles, and less crowded leaves, which are more elongated, with
a narrower nerve.
Var. y. paradoxus PC. paradoxus Wils.). Shorter; dull
green; stems sparingly radiculose. Leaves very short, with
much broader somewhat obtuse points, nerve narrow, vanishing in
apex.
Hab. On turfy ground in woods, and on rocks, common. The var. £ in
marshes ; the var. 7 on rocks and soil usually in sub-alpine districts. Fr. winter and
spring.
The commonest and most variable species, and difficult to define, though as a
rule fairly easy of determination, the leaf-base, although variable, having a facies of
its own, perhaps chiefly arising from its narrow outline, with the nerve mostly
narrower than in the allied species, and usually with distinct auricles. These are,
however, occasionally almost obsolete, in which case we have a transition to the
subspec. pyriformis. The marsh form usually in English books given as var.
paludosus Schp. would appear to be the same thing as the var. uliginosus Ren. (Rev.
Bry. 1887y p. 81) and should be so cited. The var. paradoxus is in most works
treated—though often doubtfully—as a species ; there is little doubt that Braithwaite
is right in finally sinking it to varietal rank. Many other forms might be described ;
one, a tall, robust plant, with leaves regularly falcato-secund, not altered when dry,
is described by Boulay as var. major ; this I have gathered in N. Wales.
The most frequent form has usually a bright reddish brown tint in the interior of
the tufts, which is hardly found in the allied species.
* Campylopus pyriformis Brid. (Dicranum pyriforme
Schultz; C. turfaceus B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XVI. F.).
In short dense wide patches, %-i inch high, yellowush or olive
green above, pale or reddish below ; stems slender, radiculose
only at base. Upper leaves longest, from an ovate-lanceolate
base, 5-J length of leaf, quickly narrowed to a setaceous
channelled subula ; nerve width of base, excurrent in a short
denticulate point; in section similar to C. flexuosus ; basal cells
rectangular, lax, hyaline, narrower at margin, the angular few,
hardly distinct; the cells as they ascend the leaf base become
smaller and shorter, at the shoulder becoming chlorophyllose,
shortly rhomboid and oblique or sub-rectangular, and continuing
so, but smaller, to the summit. Calyptra fringed at the base or
rarely entire. Capsule smaller, elliptical, cylindrical when dry
and empty.
Hab. Peaty moorlands, heaths, etc., common. Fr. spring and summer.CAMPYLOPUS.
95
I have, after much hesitation, followed Boulay (Muscinies de la France, p. 511)
in placing this plant under C. flexuosus ; for, distinct as is the habit in the typical and
most frequent form, the distinguishing characters of real importance are slight, if not
entirely wanting. The usual form of C. pyriformis described above is n much more
slender and delicate plant than the ordinary forms of C. flexuosus, with much smaller
leaves, hardly showing a trace of auricles ; and it is probably the wide difference in
general appearance that has caused the real affinity to be overlooked. On the other
hand C. flexuosus frequently presents forms quite as slender, and the leaves are some-
times quite as free from auricles, and I have found plants which I have been quite
unable to refer with certainty to either species, leaves being found on the same plant
with considerable variation as regards the development of the auricles, and inter-
mediate between the two as regards the other characters. Indeed both the width of
the nerve and the form and areolation of the leaf-base vary greatly in both plants.
Nor do the other characters, sometimes given, as for instance differences in nerve-
section, appear constant; indeed this latter structure, although of great value in
separating certain of the species of Campylopus, does not appear to give characters of
sufficient constancy to distinguish those which are closely allied.
In C. pyriformis the areolation of the leaf-base is usually hyaline for a greater
distance upwards than in C. flexuosus, and this gives the leaf and indeed the stem a.
whitish appearance. On the other side this feature brings it nearer C. fragilis, from
which it is sometimes with difficulty separated ; but the lamina in that species is
narrower at the line of insertion than above, while in this the leaf is usually widest at
the very base ; and the habit of C. fragilis is usually very different.
When fertile, the fruit is produced in abundance, and the leaves are then usually
not very deciduous ; but in barren plants the broken off leaves often cover the whole
surface of the tufts. The var. Miilleri(C. Miilleri Jur.) is only a form with the
calyptra entire or very slightly fringed at base.
5. Campylopus fragilis B. & S. (Bryum fragile Dicks.)
(Tab. XVI. G.).
In its typical form distinguished by its slender stems, |-i|
inches high, more radiculose, less densely tufted than C.
Pyrifor7nis, with longer, straighter very silky leaves, less
flexuose when dry; the colour of a brighter green, often
yellowish, whitish below and shining from the hyaline leaf-bases.
Frequently it becomes densely tufted, when the stems are usually
more robust and often two inches high, and the leaves broader,
shorter, more rigid, more closely imbricated, very white and
shining below. The leaves are fragile and deciduous, but not so
generally so as in C. pyriformis. The form of the leaf is rather
different, the leaf-base being somewhat longer in proportion to
the whole, and the lamina is contracted at the base of the leaf;
nerve broad, X-% width of leaf at base, in structure similar to
that of C. pyriformis ; cells of base lax and hyaline, the angular
hardly distinct, upper cells, capsule, etc., as in that plant.
Hab. Turfy soil and rocks. Fr. rare ; spring.
Best distinguished by the nerve section, the wide hyaline cells of the leaf-base,
which separate it from C. Schimperi and C. subulatus, and the wider nerve and
lamina contracted at the base, by which it is known from C. pyriformis. The
compact forms with shorter leaves have been distinguished as a variety and even as a
species under the name of C. denstis B. & S., and they are markedly different fromg6
DICRANACE^.
the type, but are connected with it by too many intermediate links to be separated.
On the whole, the more robust habit and distinct facies make this a. species not
difficult to recognise from C. pyriformis ; and from most of its congeners it is usually
distinguishable by its short, neat habit, and shining leaf-bases. It usually grows in
smaller, neater tufts, and is more frequently found on rocks than most of the species.
6. Campylopus setifolius Wils. (Tab. XVI. H.).
In large, bright glossy or yellowish green tufts, dark brown
below, 4-10 inches high ; rather slender, usually attenuated
at point, radiculose only at base. Leaves not much crowded,
erecto-patent, not flexuose when dry. shining, very longly
setaceous from a short wide base, tubular with the margin
involute all its length, denticulate-serrate in the upper part for
some distance below the apex, which is not hyaline ; nerve
broad, half the width of the base, excurrent, spinosely denticulate
above; in section resembling C. flexuosus; angular cells large,
forming wide inflated auricles, red or hyaline ; above the auricles
the cells are short, hardly rectangular, shortly rhomboid or
elliptic ; very small and rhomboid-elliptic in the upper part of the
leaf. Capsules aggregated, ovate-pyriform, lid rostellate, half
the length of the capsule.
Hab. Rocks among grass and heather ; very rare in England, Wales and Scot-
land, less so in the west of Ireland. Fruit very rare.
Another very fine and interesting species, hitherto unknown outside the British
Is. It is easily known by the wide auricles and the strongly hispid-denticulate, not
hyaline, longly setaceous leaf-points.
The outer cells of the auricles are usually hyaline, the inner, together with the
base of the nerve, deep orange red.
There is some resemblance between the leaves of this species and those of some
of the species of Dicranum and of Dicranodontium longirostre ; but the present is a
more robust plant than most of these, with the leaves not falcato-secund ; and in any
case of difficulty it will be certainly dispelled with the microscope, those species at all
resembling it in habit having always a much narrower nerve ; D. longirostre var.
alpinum is the only one about which confusion is really likely to arise, and this has
the leaves less strongly denticulate above, and of a different form at the base, being
more quickly narrowed and with the margin more strongly enrolled below, and the
nerve narrower.
7. Campylopus atrovirens De Not. (C. longipilus Brid.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XV. J.).
Tall, 2-8 inches high, bright green above, black or golden
yellow below. Stem soft, very slender, hardly radiculose above,
leaves rather laxly placed, long, straight, tubular above from an
oblong-lanceolate base, margin entire, nerve half width of base,
somewhat variable, excurrent in a hoary, denticulate, very
slender hyaline arista of varying length ; in section of about fourCAMPYLOPUS.
97
rows of cells, median cells mostly of the opaque, incrassate form,
the dorsal series larger, grooved at back; auricles distinct,
coloured, inflated ; basal cells rectangular, quickly becoming
obliquely rhomboid and elliptic, in all the upper part of the leaf
narrowly oblong or linear, vermicular.
Var. /?. falcatus Braithw. More robust, shorter; leaves
falcato-secund or regularly circinate.
Var. y. epilosus Braithw. More slender; leaves shorter, the
hair-points almost entirely wanting.
Hab. Rocks and bogs on moors and mountains. Fruit unknown. The var. /3
in Western Ireland, and Skye. The var. y rare, England ; Wales.
A handsome moss, almost always recognised at once by the blackish tinge which
is nearly constantly present in some degree and by the hoary leaf-points. These
latter are variable in length, and are also very fragile ; it sometimes happens, there-
fore, that they are inconspicuous and only to be found by careful search. They are
not fully developed until the leaves are mature, hence in the youngest leaves of all
they are short; however, they will usually be found most distinct in the upper leaves,
as in the older ones they are frequently broken off. In the var. epilosus the upper
leaves show no trace of hyaline points, but are rounded-truncate and slightly cucullate
at apex ; a careful examination will, however, usually reveal a very short hair-point on
some of the older leaves.
The var. falcatus in its typical form is a very pretty plant, with its leaves
beautifully circinate. Intermediate forms occur, but rarely.
In the absence of obvious hair-points the distinct auricles taken in conjunction
with the narrow vermicular upper cells, and the dark colour, will readily distinguish
it.
8. Campylopus introflexus Brid. (Dicranum introflexum
Hedw. ; C. polytrichoides De Not., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XVI. K.).
Shorter, yi-2 inches high, dense, rigid, dark olive or golden
green above, reddish brown below. Leaves crowded, rigid,
straight, imbricated when dry, shorter, from an oblong less concave
base shortly lanceolate-subulate with the margin incurved, tubular
above, entire ; nerve very broad, % width of base, excurrent in a
conspicuous hyaline denticulate arista, deeply grooved at back
above, with alternate furrows and ridges which may almost be
termed lamellae ; angular cells hyaline or reddish, rather wider
than the rest of the basal cells, forming indistinct, hardly
inflated auricles, which however are usually conspicuous in the
older leaves from their reddish brown coloration ; basal cells
small, rectangular, hyaline, passing obliquely upwards and out-
wards in a triangular marginal band ; very abruptly passing into
small, obliquely rhomboidal chlorophyllose cells, almost uniform
throughout the rest of the leaf. Capsules aggregated, hardly
furrowed, rugulose at base. Male plant simple, slender, the leaves
small and distant below, gradually enlarging to a coma at apex
H98
DICRANACE/E.
Hab. Heaths and rocky ground ; rare. Fruit only known in Portugal.
C. introflexus is easily known from all the other species except C. brevipilus by
the characters italicised above ; indeed the colour and the hair-points alone serve to
distinguish it at first sight; the sudden transition from the hyaline to the chlorophyllose
cells in an obliquely ascending line is very noticeable ; this is however more or less
shared by the next species, which in other respects also is somewhat difficult at first
to separate. The hair-points in the present plant are usually longer and more
conspicuous,—in the dry state by the imbrication of the leaves they are collected into
a very distinct penicillate tuft at the top of the stem,—the margin is not recurved in
the upper part, the cells are shorter and hardly sinuose, and the deeply furrowed
nerve is distinctive. In winter, when the young leaves are hardly mature, the hair-
points are sometimes very inconspicuous, but are later on developed.
The leaves are broader, shorter, and more rigid than in most of the species, and
the aspect of the plant when dry, and especially the male plant, is not unlike that of
Polytrichum piliferum.
An allied species, C. adustus De Not., resembles dwarf plants of C. atrovirens>
but has a narrower nerve, £ width of leaf-base, and shorter cells. Specimens
gathered in the Channel Is. have been referred to this species, but they are by
Braithwaite considered to be a form of C. atrovirens.
9. Campylopus brevipilus B. & S. (Tab. XVI. I.).
A variable plant in size and colour, 1-3 inches high, usually
pale; resembling C. flexuosus var. uliginosus, but with less
flexuose leaves when dry; stems easily separable, slender, leaves
usually rather loosely set, sometimes interruptedly tufted. Leaves
subulate from a lanceolate base, rather narrow, margin involute,
towards the summit very narrowly recurved faintly denticulate
above, at apex with a toothed point which is usually slightly
elongate and hyaline; nerve rather narrow, '/3 width of base or
less, in section of 3-5 rows of cells, the larger thin-walled series
occupying the middle of the nerve, instead of the anterior part as
in all the other species ; not grooved at back, very slightly
denticulate at back above. Angular cells very variable, hardly
distinct, or forming distinct auricles; cells pale, the basal
rectangular, passing into the chlorophyllose as in the last, but
less abruptly ; upper cells longer than in that species, narrowly
linear-rhomboid or elliptical with a sigmoid curve ; the marginal
very narrow. Fruit unknown. Perichsetial bracts with the
margin recurved.
Var. (1. auriculatus Ferg. Auricles enlarged, very distinct.
Hab. Moist heaths and bogs. Not unfrequent. The var. /3 less common.
A very variable species in size and habit, and also in the development of the
auricles and of the hair-points; the latter may be altogether wanting, and every form
of transition may be found between the var. auriculatus and the forms with the
auricles scarcely traceable. The areolation is however distinctive, and taken with the
narrow nerve and the usual presence of the hair-point, will afford a pretty certain
means of determining the plant; the recurved margin in the upper part is also
characteristic, but is sometimes very slight and inconspicuous. Occasionally, in drier
spots, the hair-points become elongated and the plant then simulates C. introflexus.DICRANODONTIUM.
99
25. DICRANODONTIUM B. & S.
Stems slender, tomentose; leaves setaceous, with a broad
nerve. Capsule symmetrical, on a flexuose curved seta ; calyptra
entire at base ; peristome teeth cleft to base into two sub-equal,
subulate divisions, remotely articulate.
Somewhat intermediate between Campylopus and Dicranum,
with the habit and entire calyptra of the latter genus, but with
the deciduous leaves, the capsule and broad nerve of the former ;
differing from both in the peristome.
Dicranodontium longirostre B. & S. (Didymodon denudatus
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XVII. A.).
In soft, silky pale green tufts, with slender flexuose radiculose
stems ; leaves easily deciduous, flexuose-spreading or falcato-
secund, from a semi-sheathing convolute base gradually narrowed
to a flexuose, very finely setaceous point, tubular above ; margin
involute, sub-entire or faintly denticulate near the apex ; nerve
i-ir width of base, excurrent at apex in a rough point, thick,
prominent at back, in section of several rows of minute incrassate
cells with a single median row of larger hyaline ones. Auricles
large, inflated, distinctly wider than the leaf base, hyaline or
reddish brown ; basal cells rectangular, upper narrowly elliptic,
or rectangular-rhomboid. Seta cygneous, capsule small, cylindric;
lid straight, subulate, as long as capsule. Peristome pale red.
Dioicous.
Var. (i. alpinum (Schp.) (Campylopus alpinus B. & S.)
Taller, more robust; leaves not deciduous, firmer, usually more
erect.
Hab. Banks and rotten wood in mountainous districts; not common. The
var. 0 in grassy places on mountains, rare.
Somewhat resembling Ditrichum fiexicaule, but with more divergent, flexuose
leaves, which differ entirely under the microscope in the large auricles ; the Ditrichum
too is almost confined to calcareous rocks.
The var. 0 resembles certain species of Dicranum ; but the form of the leaf base
and its areolation will separate it with ease from most of them; D. asperulum has a
rougher subula and both it and D. longifolium have a very different nerve section.
26. DICRANUM Hedw.
Plants varying in size, often tall and robust; leaves often
falcato-secund, smooth or papillose, lanceolate or lanceolate-
subulate, elongated ; nerve usually narrower, sometimes dilated :100
DICRANACEi®.
areolation rectangular at base, with distinct angular cells. Seta
erect, capsule erect or inclined, rarely strumose, often unequal,
curved ; lid rostrate. Calyptra entire at the base. Peristome
teeth red, confluent at base, broad, cleft about half-way into 2 or
3 unequal divisions, minutely vertically striate below, barred
within.
After a little practice the student will not have much difficulty
in recognising a species of this genus, but it is difficult to define
the characters which give it its distinctive habit; the leaves are
usually falcato-secund and subulate, and the capsule has an
appearance rather distinctive ; the larger species could hardly be
taken for anything else unless for a Campylopus, and that genus
usually has the leaves more erect and straight. However there
are a few species which it would be hard to distinguish as belong-
ing to this genus upon first acquaintance, without microscopical
examination.
The species fall somewhat naturally into the following
Sections :—
A.	ARCTOA. Plants autoicous, stems hardly radiculose;
leaves lanceolate-subulate, entire or nearly so. Capsule very
small and very little exserted, or distinctly strumose when dry on
a longer seta. Plants usually small.
B.	EU-DICRANUM. Plants robust, the leaves usually
broad, mostly serrate; lower cell-walls, and often the upper,
interrupted by pores. Capsule on a long seta, cernuous, more or
less curved, rather large.
C.	APORODICTYON. Plants dioicous ; stems radiculose ;
leaves subulate, entire or serrate, lower cell-walls (alone) rarely
porous. Capsule rather small, usually erect and symmetric,
longly exserted.
(Leaves transversely undulate .................................................2
Leaves not transversely undulate ............................................5
21 Upper cells long and narrow, communicating by pores ...........................3
\Upper cells short, quadrate or irregular, not porose .........................4
[ Plant firm ; Is. recurved, with long spinulose teeth at margin and back of nerve
3-] above........................................................... 6. undulatum
[Plant weak ; Is. with saw-like teeth, nerve almost smooth at back ...g. Bonjeani
j Leaves tapering, not papillose .....................................8. Bergeri
4 ^Leaves more suddenly acuminate, papillose above.....................7. spurium
/Upper cells long and narrow, porose ; plant robust ...........................6
Upper cells without pores ...................................................7
^/Setae solitary ; leaves spreading or secund.......................10. scoparium
\ Setae aggregate; Is. more uniformly falcato-secund..................//. niajus
/Nerve J or more of base, forming a long, fine subula............20. longifolium
‘\ Nerve not | of base...........................................................8DICRANUM.
IOI
g fLs. suddenly narrowed above the wide base to long, fine, toothed points .........9
\Ls. gradually tapering ........................................................10
/Leaves with basal wing serrulate ....................................19. asperulum
Basal wing entire, leaves falcato-secund ...........................18. uncinatum
I0/Ls. distinctly serrulate above, papillose at back of apex .......................11
\Ls. entire, or serrulate at apex only, smooth or nearly so ....................12
jf Plant small, Is. strongly curled when dry; capsule erect .........17. montanum
\ Plant larger; Is. scarcely curled ; capsule cernuous ...............12. fuscescens
{Plant slender, densely matted with tomentum ; lower cells of leaves porose
14. elongatum
Plant less compact; basal cells not porose (except molle and fuscescens) .....13
/Plant small; leaves nearly all broken across ........................ij. strictum
Leaves not fragile ...........................................................14
/Ls. strongly curled when dry, with distinct teeth at apex............16. flagellare
^\Ls. not or slightly curled, entire or finely serrulate ...........................15
/Upper cells of ls. all quadrate; stem radiculose ..............................16
Upper cells (or some of them) elongate ; stem rooting at base only ...........17
g/Basal cells rather short, not porose ..............................13. Scottianum
/Capsule suberect, furrowed, neck tapering ; seta short ..............1. fulvellum
' \ Capsule cernuous, neck strumulose when ripe ; seta longer.......................18
g/Tall ; ls. silky, basal cells porose ; capsule oblong.......................3. molle
\ Plant \-2. inches high ; basal cells not porose ..............................19
{Ls. flexuoso-patent; male flower far below perichsetium.................4. schisti
Ls. falcato-secund ; male flower close below perichcetium ....................20
/Ls. with few angular cells ; capsule short, obovate ....................2. falcatum
\ Angular cells distinct, coloured ; capsule oblong-cylindric.............3. Starkei
A. ARCTOA.
1. Dicranum fulvellum Smith (Bryum fulvellum Dicks.)
(Tab. XVII. B.).
Very densely tufted, dark or yellowish green, brown or
blackish below ; 1-2 inches high. Leaves secund, falcate above,
flexuose when dry; from an oval base quickly narrowed to a
subulate limb, very narrow at apex and entire or minutely
denticulate; angular cells large, few, brownish, not inflated; the
basal narrow, linear, upper also linear but shorter, the marginal
row often of almost quadrate cells ; nerve very narrow at base,
forming the greater part of the subula. Capsule slightly exserted
on a short seta, reddish brown, oval, with an equal neck, or very
slightly asymmetric, wide-mouthed and almost turbinate after
the fall of the lid, sulcate; lid obliquely rostellate ; peristome
teeth large, wide-spreading when dry. Male flower just below
the perichaetium, gemmiform.
Hab. Clefts of rocks on high mountains. Not common. Fr. summer.102
DICRANACE/E.
Somewhat resembling Blindia acuta, but with less rigid, secund leaves, and less
distinct, not enlarged nor orange auricles. The capsules are usually present in great
numbers, and readily distinguish it from others of the genus by their small size, their
form, erect and equal, and their striation and wide-spreading peristome. There is
some variation in the form of the ripe and empty capsule, which may be found in the
same tuft rounded-oval with an abrupt neck and only slightly striate, or narrower,
turbinate with ~ tapering neck, wide-mouthed, and more deeply sulcate. The latter
form approaches D. hyperboreum C.M., which appears to be hardly deserving of
specific rank.
This and the two following species are among the smallest of the genus ; the
latter differ not only in the fruit, but in having longer, more gradually narrower leaf-
bases. The marginal cells of the base in all three above the coloured angular cells are
wider than the median.
2. Dicranum falcatum Hedw. (Tab. XVII. C.).
In wider, looser patches than the last, which it resembles in
size and colour. Leaves regularly falcato-secund, especially
at the summit of the stem, glossy, hardly altered when dry, from a
lanceolate base gradually subulate, concave, margin entire or
slightly denticulate at apex ; angular cells few, brownish, not
very distinct, the other basal cells linear, the upper shortly
rectangular, small. Capsule on a longer seta, small, sub-gibbous,
oval, smooth, when dry and empty contracted below the wide
mouth, with a more or less evident struma. Peristome bright
red. Male flower close below the pericheetium.
Hab. Rocks and stony ground on the higher mountains; not common. Fr.
summer.
Readily known by its beautifully and regularly falcate or circinate leaves; the
oblique and unequal, smooth capsule separates it from the last ; the shorter capsule,
the closer, firmer falcate leaves, and the indistinct angular cells from the next two
species, than which it has a much neater, more compact habit.
3. Dicranum Starkei W. & M. (Tab. XVII. D.).
Resembling the last, but taller, 1-3 inches high, with looser
stems and more distant less firm and less strongly and regularly
falcate leaves, slightly flexuose when dry ; of a brighter, not
brownish green. Leaves longer, from a broader lanceolate base ;
entire or frequently denticulate for some distance below the
apex ; areolation rather wider and larger, angular cells distinct,
brown, forming clearly-marked auricles; nerve very narrow,
excurrent. Seta considerably longer; capsule long, cylindric,
inclined, curved, striate when dry, strumose ; lid longly subulate,
oblique, peristome paler. Male flower close below the peri-
chsetium.
Hab. On mountains, in similar localities to D. falcatum. Fr. summer.DICRANUM.
103
Distinguished from D. falcattim by the distinct auricles ; from D. schisti by the
characters detailed under that plant; it is usually a larger plant than either, with
looser, longer leaves, secund but not so regularly falcate as in the former, and the
capsule is quite different. It is, however, in several respects a rather variable plant,
usually growing in more open spots than D. schisti.
4.	Dicranum schisti Lindb. (Bryum schisti Gunn.;
Dicranum Blyttii B. & S., Schp. Syn., et plur. auct.)
(Tab. XVII. E.).
Differs from the last in its darker, lurid colour, stems more
slender, branched, fragile; the leaves flexuose-patent, hardly
secund, less rigid, somewhat crisped when dry, entire or almost
so, smaller; capsule shorter, smooth, paler. Male flower far
below the perichaetium, usually near the base of the branch.
IIab. Clefts of mountain rocks, not common. Fr. summer.
Very near D. Starkei, and perhaps properly a sub-species, but differing in habit,
colour, in the smooth capsule, and especially in the position of the male flower.
5.	Dicranum molle Wils. (D. arcticum Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XVII. F.).
Taller than D. Starkei, with which it has considerable affinity ;
2-5 inches high, yellowish or olive green above, dark brown
below, in large, soft tufts; leaves long, straight and erecto-
patent, or slightly secund, rarely falcato-secund; from a broadly
lanceolate base longly subulate with the mar gins incurved, entire,
acute at apex ; nerve very narrow, hardly excurrent; angular
cells distinct, large, orange brown, forming distinct auricles ; the
other basal cells long, narrow-linear, with the cell-walls
interrupted by pores, upper cells linear or narrowly and sinuosely
elliptical. Capsule oblong-cylindric, incurved, cernuous, slightly
strumose, smooth ; peristome dark red. Male flower close to the
perichaetium.
Hab. On the highest Scotch mountains ; very rare. Fr. summer.
D. molle seems best placed in this Section, to which it belongs by the form of
leaf, the sub-strumose capsule, the autoicous inflorescence, and the non-radiculose
stems, and indeed by its general nearness to D. Starkei; but its size and habit is
almost that of D. fuscescens or small forms of D. Bonjeani, and in the porose cell-
walls also it comes close to Eu-dicranum. Wilson (Bry. Brit.) treats it as a var. of
D. Starkei, to which it bears much resemblance in its smaller forms with secund
leaves ; but the leaves are distinctly larger, broader as well as longer, the areolation
is different, and the lamina of the subula is continuous to the apex and broader. The
stems are soft and flexible, whence the name given to it by Wilson. The leaves are
hardly twisted or altered when drying, by which it may usually be distinguished in the
field from D. fuscescens, but some forms of that species, especially the var. conge stum,
are hardly separable from it without the microscope, though perfectly distinct when so
viewed ; and the same may be said of D. scoparium var. spadiceum.104
DICRANACE^E.
B. EU-DICRANUM.
6.	Dicranum undulatum Ehrh. (Tab. XVII. H.).
Stems robust, tall, 3-10 in. high, decumbent at base, in loose,
wide tufts, densely coated with tomentum, bright shining yellowish
green. Leaves very long, spreading or squarrose, slightly turned
to one side at times, the upper erect or faintly secund, forming a
cuspidate tuft, not much altered when dry, from a long broadly
lanceolate base gradually narrowed to an elongate, flexuose, but
not very narrow, sharp acumen, margiii recurved below for about
the length of the leaf, thence upward strongly spinosely
serrate to apex ; nerve narrow, vanishing in the apex, with two
serrated ridges at back above ; cells at angles wide, orange brown,
a patch of interior ones often hyaline, forming auricles which
together cover about half the width of the leaf, the median cells
between these and the nerve very narrow ; all the rest of the cells
almost uniform throughout the leaf, linear-fusiform or narrowly
and longly elliptical, the walls incrassate with rather few but very
distinct pores, the marginal cells somewhat shorter. Perichsetial
bracts long, broad, convolute, forming a cylindrical sheath ; setae
aggregated, 2-5, rarely single, pale red, long ; capsule rather
small and short, gibbous, curved, striate and pale brown when
ripe and empty.
Hab. Woods and heaths. Very rare. Wolford, Warwickshire (Bagnall,
iSSp); Perthshire (Meldrum). Fr. late summer.
D. undulatum is one of the finest of our species, and it is remarkable that its
presence should have been so long undetected in this country, being as it is a widely-
distributed plant on the Continent and in N. America. It recalls the most robust
forms of D. scoparium, but its leaves are as long as and longer than those of D.
majus, though straighter, and so strongly undulated and rugose as to give the dry
plant a distinct silky sheen. The recurved margin at base and the very coarse
serratures above are quite enough, by themselves, to separate the plant from all forms
of D. Bonjeani, while the undulated leaves mark it off at once as distinct from D.
scoparium and D. majus. The fruit has not been found in this country.
7.	Dicranum spurium Hedw. (Tab. XVII. G.).
Green or yellowish green, robust, 2-4 inches high, less densely
tufted than the next species, less tomentose. Leaves somewhat
larger at the summit of the stem, when dry incurved and cirrate-
crisped in the upper half, strongly rugose, broadly oval, wider
above than at the line of insertion, quickly contracted to a more
acute acumen, which is usually twisted; margin more or less
serrate above ; cells at base similar to D. Bergeri, above alsoDICRANUM.
105
similar, but rather smaller, more crowded and more irregular,
with somewhat sinuose walls, at back muriculate with strong,
rather distant, conical papillae; rough also at back of nerve.
Seta pale, rather short; capsule rather broader than in D. Bergeri,
curved, irregularly sulcate when dry, with a short often strumulose
neck.
Hab. Boggy heaths ; rare. Fr. late summer.
Easily known from the next species by its leaves broader at the base and more
quickly acuminated, twisted when dry, papillose at back; from all the other species
with undulate leaves by the small, irregular, papillose upper cells. It is a less distinct
plant in its habit than D. Bergeri, owing to the more convolute leaves with narrower
points, which bring it nearer to D. Bonjeani, but it is sufficiently marked to be quite
recognisable in the field by its much broader, more flaccid, and more rugose leaves
than the ordinary forms of that or any other species ; certain states of D. Bonjeani,
however, can hardly be separated except with the aid of the microscope. The nerve,
on the other hand, in the present plant is more yellow and conspicuous at the back of
the leaves than I have ever seen it in D. Bonjeani.
8. Dicranum Bergeri Bland. (D.Schraderi W. &M.,Schp.
Syn.) (Tab. XVIII. A.).
In large dense tufts, 2-6 inches high or more, dull green or
more usually bright yellowish green, robust, tomentose with brown
radicles. Leaves crowded, erect, and slightly spreading, hardly
secund, -when dry little changed, only very slightly flexuose,
strongly undulated and rugose, especially when dry; slightly
widening upwards from the insertion as in the last species and
broadly ovate, rather quickly narrowing to an oblong or broadly
linear limb, somewhat obtuse at apex or obtusely pointed ; margin
slightly denticulate towards apex, but variable, sometimes almost
entire ; nerve narrow, vanishing below the point, faintly
denticulate or almost smooth at back, when dry conspicuous and
shining; cells at angles orange brown, quadrate, forming
conspicuous auricles, narrow on each side of the nerve; above
these a few cells are rectangular, the rest all narrow-linear, sinuose
with the pores of the cell walls, incrassate, gradually shorter
upwards, in upper part of leaf small, short, with incrassate walls,
irregular (rounded, quadrate, triangular, etc.), smooth at back.
Seta pale; capsule rather small, subcylindrical, curved, striate
when dry. Autoicous.
Hab. Bogs on heaths. Very rare. Fr. autumn.
Very distinct in its broad, rather obtuse, strongly undulated leaves, with short,
irregular areolation. From the last species it differs in its leaves less flexuose when
dry, less convolute above, and smooth at the back. The seta is rather longer, and
the capsule a little narrower. It resembles in habit Aulacomnium palustre moreio6
DICRANACE^.
closely than any species of its own genus, but the strongly undulate leaves will
distinguish it in the field, and under the microscope the auricles, the elongated basal
cells, and the non-papillose upper ones will readily determine it.
Not only are the leaves of D. Bergeri actually broader at the points than in the
allied species, but this feature is the more conspicuous from the fact that they are less
convolute or tubular, both when moist and in the dry state.
Both this and the last species have the nerve at back markedly yellow and shining
in the upper leaves when dry.
D. Bergeri is sometimes found with short, dwarf, compact stems (var. compactum
Ren. & Card.); and there is also, as in the last, some variation in the amount of
denticulation of the leaf-margin. I have received forms from North America with
short narrow leaves, and with the cells more or less elongated and large even to the
apex ; it can then only be separated from D. Bonjeani by the non-porose upper cells,
which are shorter than in that plant.
9. Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. (D. palustre B. & S., Schp.
Syn.) (Tab. XVIII. B.).
In its typical form the species grows in close tufts of a pale
fawn or light green colour, more slender than D. scoparium, with
the leaves erecto-patent or only very slightly secund, straight
and appressed when dry, often in interrupted tufts, shorter (2-3
lines), and less narrowly acuminate above, with a broad point,
transversely undulate when moist, distinctly serrate on the
borders, less concave, the nerve smooth or faintly serrate at the
back, very narrow at base, the upper areolation rather shorter
and wider, irregularly hexagonal-elliptic. Seta solitary, paler,
rather more slender; capsule very similar, but shorter and
usually lightly striate, rather paler. Habit somewhat of Campy-
lopus flexuosus var. uliginosus, but more robust, and with the
upper leaves forming a more or less distinct coma. Male flower
usually on a separate plant.
Var. (3. juniperifolium Braithw. Leaves broader, rigid,
erect, straight, brownish.
Var. y. calcareum Braithw. Shorter, more rigid ; leaves
secund, sub-falcate, concave, and sub-tubular above, undulate
only at apex, and slightly serrate only towards point.
Hab. In marshes and on heaths in shady places. Common. Var. fr less
common ; var. y on chalk hills, rare. Fruit rare, late summer.
Besides the above varieties, D. Bonjeani presents many other less distinct or less
widely spread and hence unnamed forms ; it occurs with long, flexuose stems and
distant, bright green, strongly falcate leaves, resembling slender states of the next
species; sometimes it is very tall and robust, 4-6 inches high, with densely packed
leaves ; the latter vary greatly in length, form, and amount of serrature and undula-
tion ; a form occurs in bogs with long narrow leaves, the whole of the blade strongly
undulated, remaining rugose when dry, and reminding us of D. undulatum. I have
also found a form in Cornwall, with slender stems and small, short, distant, falcate
leaves, presenting an appearance like that of the most slender forms of D. fuscescens.DICRANUM.
107
On the whole, however, it is not a difficult plant to distinguish. The short
leaves with broad points, less serrate at back, the rather wider and more pellucid
areolation, and the more or less strongly undulated leaves are characters one or more
of which will always be found, and in practice the only plant with which there is likely
to be any confusion is the var. paludosum of the next species, which, however, almost
always has longer, narrower, linear-subulate points and nerve serrated at back. The
habit and the upper areolation separate it easily from D. Bergeri. It varies much in
colour, being sometimes almost black below.
The fruit is much more rare than that of D. scoparium, but I have found it in
several localities in the south of England. In North America the fruit would appear
to be not at all uncommon. The name palustre by which it is often known, but
which should give place to the earlier name, is fairly appropriate, but the plant is by
no means confined to marshy ground. I have found it growing abundantly on the
thatched roof of a church in Suffolk !
Hobkirk (Synopsis) describes a var.—rugifolium Boswell—(perhaps only a form)
with the leaves somewhat contorted and crisped and more strongly undulate ; I have
seen no specimens, but I have plants from several localities, usually distinctly paludal,
with the elongated leaves very strongly rugose when dry as well as when moist for the
whole length of the leaf, not merely in the upper part; they seem quite deserving a
varietal name, but I cannot certainly refer them to the above var. in the absence of
authentic specimens, especially as the terms contorted and crisped are hardly applic-
able to the leaves of the plants in question.
10- Dicranum scoparium Hedw. (Bryum scoparium. L.)
(Tab. XVIII. C.).
A very variable species, in its typical form somewhat
resembling D. majus, but smaller, more densely tufted, the
leaves shorter (2^-4 lines), more crowded,, often in interrupted
tufts, less regularly falcate, sometimes erecto-patent, but almost
always more or less turned to one side, glossy yellowish green,
narrower at base, less concave, not, or very rarely, undulate,
slightly flexuose at the point when dry, the subula broader and
shorter, the nerve slightly narrower at base, with four ridges at
back above, which, with the margins, are usually serrate; lowest
basal cells rather laxer, rectangular, with thinner walls, the
upper rather wider, the marginal cells in the upper part usually
pellucid, forming close but less acute serratures ; cell walls all
porose, the contents more distinctly chlorophyllose, often, in the
younger, active leaves, mixed with oil globules. Seta solitary,
reddish, rather stouter; capsule cernuous, arcuate-cylindric,
rufescent, not striate, with a distinct but not strumose neck ; lid
with a stouter beak.
Var. /3. paludosum Schp. Tall, bright green, usually very
white with tomentum; leaves secund, hardly falcate, sharply
toothed, transversely undulate near apex. In boggy places.
Var. y. orthophyllum Brid. In dense tufts ; leaves erect,
spreading equally or slightly secund, subula narrow, distinctly
toothed.io8
DICRANACE<*E.
Var. S. spadiceum Boul. (vars. alpestre and turfosum,
Braithw. Br. M. FL). In dense tufts ; leaves erecto-patent, more
or less appressed and rigid when dry ; varying in length and
acumination, entire and smooth at back above, or faintly denticu-
late, canaliculate or tubular in the upper part.
Hab. Woods, heaths, etc. Common. The var. £ in bogs, not common. Var.
7 on heaths, frequent. Var. 5 on moorland heaths and rocks and in mountain
woods, not common. Fr. late summer.
The various forms of this common species defy description, and I have selected
those alone which have the most salient points ; but the student will find many
intermediate forms, the naming of which would be found difficult, and will probably
be far better not attempted.
Under the head of var. spadiceum Boulay has united the various forms with
erect, almost or quite entire leaves, the most distinct of which are described by Braith-
waite under the heads of var. alpestre Hiibn. and var. turfosum Milde; these
although differing in habit are much alike in form and structure of leaf, and together
constitute a well-marked variety, which has been by many authors ranked as a
separate species (D. spadiceum Zett.) It connects the present species with D.
fuscescens through the smooth-leaved vars. of that plant; I have indeed seen specimens
which it is very hard to separate from forms of D. fuscescens var. co7igestum except by
the rather more elongated cells with the upper cell-walls somewhat porose. It comes
also extremely near D. mo lie, and some forms can hardly be distinguished from that
plant except by the porose upper cell-walls and rather wider upper areolation.
On the other hand, through the var. paludosum, D. scoparium is closely linked
with D. Bonjeani; indeed Roll, in an interesting discussion on the forms of these
two species (Hedwigia, 1893, PP- I9^> sqq.) states that in N. America so many
intermediate forms are found that it is quite impossible to refer certain barren plants
without doubt to either species, and all that can be done is to refer the forms with
more narrowly acuminate, often falcate leaves and rather longer upper areolation, to
D. scoparium, and those with the contrary characters to D. Bonjeani. The forms of
D. scoparium however with undulated leaves are rare, and may usually be recognised
by their longer finer points more strongly toothed at the back. When in fruit it may
be recognised by its firmer, red seta, and reddish brown capsules, but even these
characters are occasionally found in D. Bonjeani.
11. Dicranum majus Turn. (Tab. XVIII. D.).
Very tall and robust, 2-5 inches high, the stems tomentose,
only loosely coherent above, glossy yellowish or deep green,
slender, prostrate below and ascending. Leaves very long (3-5
lines), not crowded, always regularly falcato-secund, hardly
altered when dry, from a broad half-amplexicaul concave base
gradually narrowed to a long canaliculate subula, not transversely
undulate, the lamina distinct to the apex ; nerve narrow, vanish-
ing in the point, with several rows of teeth in the upper part at
back ; margin strongly toothed above ; angular cells lax, quadrate,
brown, next the nerve thinner and paler ; above linear-rectangular,
5-8 times as long as broad, very similar to apex but shorter and
smaller in the upper part ; all with the walls very porose, giving
a sinuose outline to the cell; rather obscure, smooth at back.DICRANUM.
109
Setse 2 or more, sometimes as many as 5, from the same
pericheetium, rarely single, slender, flexuose, pale yellow ; capsule
arcuate, oblong, greenish brown, faintly striate, finally blackish ;
lid with a very long and slender beak. Male flower gemmiform,
among the tomentum of the stem.
Hab. Woods in mountain districts, not unfrequent. Fr. late summer.
One of the finest species of the genus, almost always readily known by its tall
lax stems with regularly falcate leaves, larger and longer than in D. scoparium, the
only plant with which it is likely to be confused. When in fruit the aggregate capsules
on pale slender setse are unmistakeable ; tall barren forms of D. scoparium may
occasionally resemble it, but the leaves of that plant are always shorter, and usually
less regularly falcate, the areolation rather wider and more pellucid, more distinctly
chlorophyllose, looser at base, and the tufts denser. I have however seen forms of
D. majus which it is extremely difficult, in the absence of fruit, to separate from
D. scoparium.
D. majus, unlike its near allies, is not a very variable species.
12. Dicranum fuscescens Turn. (Tab. XVIII. E.).
Usually robust, 1-4 inches high, dull or yellowish green,
tomentose. Leaves rather closely set, more or less secund or
sometimes strongly falcato-secund, when dry distinctly crisped,
especially the upper ones, from an oblong-lanceolate base
gradually narrowed to a long flexuose channelled subula ; nerve
somewhat variable in breadth, l width of leaf at base, or some-
times wider, closely denticulate at back above, often excurrent
in a more or less strongly toothed point; margin usually strongly
denticulate above, but sometimes entire or nearly so, occasionally
slightly recurved; cells at angles lax, quadrate, brown, narrower
towards the nerve, forming distinct coloured auricles ; other basal
cells elongate, linear, 3-8 times as long as broad, with the cell-
walls more or less interrupted by pores ; in the upper part of the
leaf base becoming shorter and more or less quadrate, or
irregular, angular, at apex often rather larger and elliptical-
rhomboid ; upper cells usually very strongly papillose at back,
but variable in this respect, and sometimes quite smooth.
Capsule on a long rather stout seta, inclined, gibbous, arcuate,
greenish brown till ripe, finally reddish brown, striate, when dry
and empty sulcate, constricted below the mouth in front; lid
longly subulate, oblique.
Var. /3. falcifolium Braithw. Densely tufted, deep green ;
leaves all falcato-secund, shorter and less attenuated above.
Var. y. congestum Husnot (D. congestum Brid., Braithw. Br.
M. FI.) Leaves broader, the nerve narrower, the subula lessno
DICRANACE^.
elongate, less serrate at margins and back, smooth or only faintly
papillose. Upper cells larger, longer, sinuosely elliptic-rhomboid;
not short, quadrate and angular.
Var.	S.	flexicaule	Wils.	(D. congestum	var. fiexicaule
B. & S., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) Stem elongated, 4-8 inches,
decumbent at base, hardly tomentose; leaves lax, long, falcato-
secund ; areolation as in var. y congestum.
Var.	e.	robustum	B. & S. Tall, robust,	resembling D.
scoparium, hardly radiculose ; dull green above, blackish brown
below; leaves hardly secund, broad, concave, shining, almost
entire, areolation as in var. congestum.
Hab. Among grass and upon rocks, on mountains, frequent. The vars. /3, 5,
more rare. The var. y very rare ; Ben Lawers. Fr. autumn.
A very difficult and variable specie^ ; the leaves may be smooth or highly papil-
lose, entire at margin or closely denticulate, narrow or broad at the base ; the fruit
varies in colour, in the amount of striation, in direction, and in form from broadly
ovate to narrowly cylindric. The form that must be looked upon as typical has very
narrow elongated flexuose leaves, from a narrow base, with rather broad, thick nerve,
about -i- width of base, highly denticulate at back and margins above, with the cells
spinosely papillose; areolation quickly becoming shortly rectangffiar and almost
quadrate at the upper part of the leaf-base, rather regularly arranged, and more or
less uniform from thence to the apex, or somewhat elongated above ; in the var.
congestum the leaves are less elongated and flexuose, the nerve narrower and leaf-base
wider, and the cells, instead of quickly becoming short and sub-quadrate in the upper
part of the leaf-base, become very gradually shorter, elliptical, and sinuose, and it is
only quite high up in the subula that they become short, irregularly rhomboid or
elliptic, at the apex sometimes much elongated and larger ; in no part does it show
the minute more or less regularly sub-quadrate cells of typical D. fuscescens. I have
not, however, found the characters other than that of the areolation ascribed to D.
congestum by Braithwaite either constant in or peculiar to the congestum form, and I
do not think it can properly be accorded a higher rank than a variety. I gathered it,
for instance, very distinct in areolation and form of leaf-base, on the summit of Ben
Lawers in 1893, but with longer leaves much more narrowed above, than in the
plant described and figured by Braithwaite.
Several other varieties have been described, of greater or less importance; the
var. robustum, approaching D. scoparium in habit, with taller, stouter, hardly
tomentose stems, the leaves scarcely secund, is probably British.
D. fuscescens may be recognised from D. scoparium by the narrower leaves more
crisped when dry, and the minute upper areolation. It much resembles D.
Scottianum, in some of its forms, but the basal areolation is longer, with the cell
walls perforated by pores, and the upper part of the leaf is almost always more or less
papillose and denticulate ; the form of the capsule distinguishes the species further,
but this is often absent, especially in D. Scottiamim.
C. APORODICTYON.
13. Dicranum Scottianum Turn. (D. Scottii Turn., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XVIII. F.).
Robust, in dense large rounded tufts, 1-3 inches high, dull or
yellowish green, tomentose. Leaves crowded, larger than in theDICRANUM.
Ill
allied species of this Section, rather rigid, glossy, slightly twisted
and appressed when dry, patent and subsecund when moist, from
an oblong base gradually linear-lanceolate, broader than in any of
the following species in the upper half, quite entire or with only
a few very obscure denticulations at the apex j nerve a~J width
of base, thick, shortly excurrent, smooth above, areolation at angles
large, orange brown, forming distinct auricles ; above these,
almost from the base, the cells are very small, narrow-linear or
rhomboid, 2-4 times as long as broad, quickly becoming shorter,
elliptic-rhomboid; in the upper part as wide as long, rounded,
quadrate, or irregular, very small; all golden yellow or pellucid,
with rather thick walls, smooth at back. Capsule sub-cylindric,
erect, straight or slightly curved, subplicate when dry. Peristome
teeth short, only slightly cleft at apex, fragile.
Hab. Rocks in subalpine regions ; not common. Fruit rare, late summer.
A fine species, larger than its allies, with stouter dense-leaved stems; closely
resembling D. fuscescens, but with entire leaves, and with the basal areolation usually
shorter, the cell-walls not porose, the upper cells not papillose ; the leaves are also
shorter in the subula, more densely crowded and less flexuose when dry. It is very
near D. fulvum, a continental species, which however has denticulate leaves and still
shorter, chlorophyllose cells.
14. Dicranum elongatum Schleich. (Tab. XVIII. G.).
In very compact neat tufts, densely tomentose, yellowish
green, 3-6 inches high. Stems straight, with the leaves erect and
appressed when dry, the upper very little twisted ; erecto-patent
or slightly secund when moist, straight, rather small and short;
from an oblong-lanceolate base linear-subulate, ending in a very
narrow, acute, but not very elongate or flexuose point, canaliculate
above, entire or very faintly toothed at apex ; nerve narrow and
rather ill-defined below, excurrent; angular cells large, orange,
forming distinct auricles ; basal cells linear, incrassate, with the
cell-walls porose, above shorter, elliptic, in the upper part of the
leaf minute, oval. Capsule small, greenish brown, subcernuous,
ovate and gibbous, rarely shortly oval, erect and symmetrical (var.
orthocarpum C.M.) ; peristome teeth irregular.
Hab. Mountains; rocks and wet places, very rare. Scotch Alps. Cheviots.
Fr. late summer.
Easily known by its yellowish green very dense tufts with straight, slender stems
interwoven with reddish tomentum. In the leaf it is almost a miniature of D.
fuscescens, but is known from the ordinary form by the smaller almost entire leaves.
Several allied species have been described on the Continent and in N. America.112
DICRANACE^E.
15. Dicranum strictum Schleich. (Tab. XIX. A.).
Slender, in bright or yellowish green tufts, resembling D.
jiagellare, but with the stems fragile, the leaves erect or spread-
ing, straight or slightly flexuose when dry, not crisped, very
fragile, with the apex usually broken off; from a narrow
lanceolate base finely canaliculate-subulate, entire or almost so,
nerve narrow at base, about \ of width of leaf, smooth at back
above ; cells at angles lax, brown or hyaline, forming moderately
distinct auricles ; usually, but not always, a few narrower cells
intervene between these and the nerve; basal cells elongate-
rectangular, thin-walled, 4-8 times as long as broad, gradually
becoming shorter above, very shortly rectangular or almost
quadrate near the summit, smooth at back. Capsule oblong-
cylindric, rather small, smooth ; lid subulate, straight.
Hab. Old rails and trunks of trees, rarely on walls ; very rare, and sterile in
Britain. Near Abbot’s Bromley, Stafford (Bloxam) ; Bathfield Park, Staffs., etc.,
( Bagnall).
Bloxam’s plant was recorded as D. viride, and is described by Braithwaite and
our other authors under that name. Mr. Bagnall has however kindly sent me one of
Bloxam’s original specimens, together with specimens gathered by himself in one or two
other localities in the same district (one from a mud-capped wall near Alton, Staffs. !),
and an original type specimen of Sullivant’s of D. viride (Campylopus viridis Lesq.
and Sull.) ; and after carefully comparing these and other specimens of D. strictum
and D. viride, I have no hesitation in saying that all our British specimens belong to
D. strictum. In D. viride the areolation of the whole leaf, almost to the auricles, is
very small, firm and short, the cells even close to the base being hardly twice as long
as wide, and almost all are chlorophyllose. On the other hand D. strictum has a
much longer areolation throughout at least the greater part of the leaf, all the cells of
the leaf-base being elongated, and for a long distance upwards from the base free of
chlorophyll. All our plants agree exactly with the latter, with perhaps a slightly less
clear demarcation of the basal auricles. The basal cells are quite a§ long and narrow
throughout the whole expanded part of the leaf, and show no approach to the short,
chlorophyllose, firmer-walled cells of D. viride. Husnot gives a further distinction,
viz., that the wide auricular cells of D. viride extend to the nerve, while those of D.
strictum do not occupy the whole width of the lamina, a few rows of narrower cells
intervening between them and the nerve ; I am inclined to doubt whether this distinc-
tion is a perfectly constant one ; but so far as it goes it distinctly supports the view
taken here, our British plants never showing the auricles extending markedly to the
nerve as in D. viride. The leaves too, though slightly crisped when dry, are .much
less so than in that species, and even the amount of curling which is present is chiefly
accounted for by the plants being for the most part young. Mr. Bagnall’s later
gathering, from Alton, in which the plants are older, show the typical straight, rigid
leaves of D. strictum.
Bloxam’s specimen is mixed with a little Dicranoweisia cirrata, and it seems just
possible that a leaf or two of this may have been examined with the Dicranum, and
have given rise to a supposition that the basal areolation w*as variable in character ; at
any rate the cells in that species have a marked resemblance to those of D. viride,
although the basal angular cells are less distinct.
It may be noted that quite recently, indeed since the above was written, M.
Camus has published a. paper showing that the French plant, hitherto recorded as
D. viride, from Coetquen (Cotes-du-Nord), is really D. strictum, a species which he
remarks has hitherto been considered absent from the lowlands of middle Europe.DICRANUM.
“3
D. fragilijolium Lindb., another very brittle-leaved plant, is nearer D. fuscescens
and D. elongatum, with the lower cell-walls distinctly porose; it is found in
Scandinavia and N. America.
N.B.—In the plate representing this species (Tab. XIX. A.) one or two slight
errors have crept in ; the single denticulation in the magnified apex of the leaf (i a)
has become enlarged in the process of lithographing and is a little too strongly shown.
The plate also shows the areolation near the base of D. viride (for vitide read viride),
as well as that of D. strictum, for purposes of comparison.
16. Dicranum flagellar© Hedw. (Tab. XIX. B.).
In close tufts, 1-2 inches high, bright or yellowish green,
radiculose, frequently emitting numerous axillary, erect, straight
flagellee with minute leaves. Leaves curved, subsecund, crisped
when dry, from an oblong base gradually narrowed to a linear-
subulate tubular acumen, slightly denticulate at and near the apex;
nerve narrow but variable, usually width of base, not excur-
rent, slightly denticulate at back near apex ; angular cells wide,
quadrate, yellowish brown, reaching to or almost to the nerve ;
above rather loosely rectangular, becoming shortly rectangular in
the limb, towards the summit quadrate or nearly so, irregular,
angular, smooth at back. Capsule elongate, cylindric, symmetrical
or faintly curved, striate when dry, lid subulate, oblique.
Hab. Rotten tree trunks, very rare. Sterile in Britain.
On the Continent this is a not unfrequent species, and its rarity here is therefore
somewhat remarkable. The flagelliform ramuli are not always present. It is then
much like D. montanum, but that species forms neater rounded cushions usually (in
this country at least) on living trees, and has the leaves papillose at back, more
denticulate above and more closely and strongly crisped when dry. From D. strictum
it differs in the hardly fragile, denticulate leaves, the latter character also separating
it from D. Scottianum, which also has much smaller, more rounded areolation.
17. Dicranum montanum Hedw. (Tab. XIX. C.).
In small dense rounded cushions, bright or dark green,
hardly i inch high. Leaves spreading or subsecund, strongly
crisped when dry, rather shorter and smaller than in the last
species, from a lanceolate base gradually narrow-linear, less
acutely subulate, slightly tubular above, distinctly denticulate
towards apex at margin and on the back of the nerve which is
narrow, about £ width of base, not excurrent ; cells at angles
not much enlarged, hyaline or brown, the other basal cells
narrowly hexagonal-rectangular, thin-walled, above shorter, in
the upper part sub-quadrate, strongly papillose. Capsule oblong-
cylindric, erect or slightly curved, finally plicate.
Hab. Roots and trunks of trees in woods, etc. ; rare. Sterile in Britain.
IDICRANACEiE
114
The distinctly papillose and strongly denticulate shorter leaves, much crisped
when dry, abundantly distinguish this plant from the allied species. The margin is
frequently minutely denticulate almost to the base by the projecting transverse walls
of the ceils. The apex is wider than in the preceding species or indeed than any of
this section. The small deep green cushions with strongly crisped leaves are not
unlike those of Dicranoweisia cirrata, but under a strong lens the denticulations of
the subula are apparent.
18. Dicranum uncinatum C. M. (Thysanomitriuvi uncin-
atum Harv.; Dicranodontium circinatum Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XIX. D.).
Golden green, in lax patches, 2-5 inches high, robust. Leaves
glossy, laxly placed, regularly falcato-secund, in the upper part
of the stem circinate, hardly altered when dry; the upper very
long, from a short, broadly oblong sheathing base, hardly | the
length of the leaf, quickly contracted into a lanceolate-subulate
channelled limb, which gradually narrows to a long setaceous
point. Nerve width of base, very thin, of three layers of
small cells, at apex finely denticulate at back, excurrent in a
spinulose arista; margin at base entire, near the summit finely
denticulate. Angular cells wide, very thin and hyaline or pale
brown, occupying all the base to the nerve, very distinctly marked
in the older leaves from the rest of the cells ; above these the
cells are golden green, the median widely rectangular with dark
walls, gradually narrowing upwards, the outer in several rows of
very narrow linear cells forming a broad marginal ba?id becom-
ing wider as it passes upwards; about the shoulder of the leaf-
base the cells become uniform, narrow-linear, obscure, continuing
so to the summit, a single marginal row usually being rhomboid
or elliptical with projecting oblique walls forming minute denticula-
tions which become more distinct towards the apex. Seta short,
flexuose or straight; capsule erect, cylindric, dark brown;
peristome teeth cleft half way, the divisions subulate.
Hab. Mountain rocks and grassy places, rare. Fruit very rare, not found in
Britain.
A very fine plant, resembling a small form of D. majus in aspect. It differs from
D. longifolium in the narrower nerve of very different structure, and in the larger size
and more robust habit. D. asperulum is very nearly allied, but differs in the less
falcate more flexuose leaves, the margin sharply and closely denticulate from the base
of the limb, etc.
The distinctive areolation of the leaf base is best seen in the older leaves, and
their rich and varied colour makes them a beautiful object under the microscope.
The calyptra appears to be slightly fringed at base, in this respect showing an
approach to Campylopus.DICRANUM.	115
19.	Dicranum asperulum Mitt. (Dicranum aristatum
Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XIX. E.).
In paler, more silky tufts than the last species, less robust
and less glossy; stems very slender. Leaves erecto-flexuose or
falcate, from an oblong-lanceolate sheathing base, rather longer
in proportion to the length of the leaf, narrowed to a fine
channelled setaceous subula ; margin from the middle of the leaf-
base upwards densely and strongly denticulate; nerve about
width of base, at back above with several serrate ridges,
excurrent into a densely spinulose arista; angular cells lax,
hyaline, reaching to the nerve ; above rather laxly rectangular,
chlorophyllose, narrower towards margin, decreasing in width
upwards, in the upper part resembling those of the last species
but shorter and less obscure. Seta straight, capsule oval-
cylindric, erect. Peristome teeth cleft half-way.
Hab. Sandstone rocks on mountains. Rare. Sterile in Britain.
A somewhat variable plant, and occasionally coming very near the last species ;
usually however the much closer denticulation of the margin, from very near the base
of the leaf, and the very rough arista, together with the more slender habit and
smaller, less regularly falcate leaves, will distinguish it. The auricles also are some-
what wider and more distinct. There is a tendency towards the same peculiarity in
the basal areolation, but it is not nearly so marked. It resembles Dicranodontium
longirostre even more closely, but the same characters will usually separate the two,
and the auricles of the latter plant are more distinct and the nerve rather wider.
This and the preceding species resemble Dicranodontium in the habit and the
leaves, and have been included in that genus ; but the capsule and peristome are quite
dicranoid.
20.	Dicranum longifolium Ehrh. (Tab. XIX. F.).
Slender, in pale, bright green, soft, silky tufts, stems ascend-
ing, here and there geniculate. Leaves long, falcato-secund,
hardly crisped when dry, from a lanceolate base longly subulate-
setaceous, tubular above; nerve very broad, or more width of
base, widening a little just above the line of insertion, occupying all
the upper part of the leaf, remotely denticulate above at back,
more closely at apex, in section of three rows of nearly equal,
empty, hyaline cells; margin slightly denticulate above; angular
cells lax, hyaline or brownish, reaching to nerve, above hexagonal-
rectangular, decreasing in size upwards, to narrowly elliptical or
linear. Capsule erect, straight or incurved, cylindric, smooth.
Hab. Mountains, rare. Sterile in Britain.
Distinct from all the other British species in the great width of the nerve, render-
ing the leaf-bases pale and shining, and therefore not likely to be taken for any other
under the microscope; in habit however it is much like forms of D. fuscescens, andn6
DICRANACE^E.
is hardly to be recognised certainly by the eye alone, though the leaves are more
finely setaceous than in that and most other species.
D. albicans B. & S., a continental species, has a still wider nerve, occupying the
greater part of the leaf-base ; indeed leaving hardly any margin, and in this respect
forming a transition to Leucobryum.
D. Sauteri B. & S. is described by Braithwaite as British,but its authority is doubtful,
being confined to unnamed specimens found in a herbarium mixed with other mosses
labelled as from Brxmar. In addition to this uncertainty there is considerable doubt
whether D. Sauteri is anything more than a var. of D. longifolium ; the only important
differences being the more sparing denticulation and the considerably narrower nerve,
■| width of base ; several observers have found, however, that the former character is
not constant, and the Marchese Bottini states that he has found both plants growing
together, with many intermediate forms as regards even the width of nerve. I have
hardly felt justified, therefore, in retaining it as a species, whether or not it is actually
a British plant.
Tribe 7. Leucobryeae.
27. LEUCOBRYUM Hampe.
Mosses of a peculiar habit, growing in dense white or
glaucous tufts, with close tumid foliation. Leaves composed,
entirely of the nerve with the exception of a few rows on each
side (principally near the base) of very thin hyaline cells ; nerve
of two or more layers of large rectangular hyaline cells, their
internal walls perforated with large circular pores, with a
central layer of narrow chlorophyllose cells. Calyptra, capsule
and peristome dicranoid.
The species of this genus are for the most part tropical, and
bear some superficial resemblance to Sphagnum in their colour
and their hygroscopic properties ; they are, however, intimately
allied to the Dicranaceae, and between them and species of
Dicranum such as D. longifolium and D. albicans, or, as far as
the leaves are concerned, C. fragilis in Campylopus, there is
practically no difference in structure of any real importance except
the pores in the cell-walls of the nerve.
{Tall; leaves 2-4 lines long ; capsule arcuate, strumose .1. glaucum
Short; leaves 1-2 lines long, thin ; capsule almost erect, hardly strumose
r* albidum
1. Leucobryum glaucum Schp. (Tab. XIX. H.).
In very dense soft tufts or patches, 2-8 inches high; pale
glaucous green above, whitish below. Stems dichotomously
forked, robust, without radicles, very fragile. Leaves crowded,
erecto-patent or slightly secund, appressed when dry, entire,
tubular from the incurved margins, oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate
from an oval base, contracted at the insertion; formed almostLEUCOBRYUM.
117
entirely of the broad thick nerve, with 2-6 rows of very thin hyaline,
rectangular or linear cells on each side, forming a pale inconspicuous
band widest below and vanishing at about half-way up the leaf or
higher; the apex either acute or rather obtuse with a short
apiculus. Dioicous; capsule variously exserted, on a dark brown
seta, inclined, more or less arcuate, small, castaneous, oblong or
cylindric, striate, when dry furrowed, strumose. Peristome deep
red, dicranoid. Lid longly rostrate. Male plants in distinct tufts,
more slender, flowers terminal.
Hab. Heaths and woods on turfy ground. Common. Fruit rare, all through
the winter months.
The apical leaves often produce at their tips a tuft of radicles, whence are
developed a cluster of minute plants, these subsequently falling off and giving rise, to
new colonies. Minute, lanceolate leaves are often found among the ordinary ones.
When dry the plants lose much of their green colour, becoming almost white.
The capsules are small for the size of the plant.
* Leucobryum albidum Lindb. (Dicranum albidum Brid.;
L. minus Hampe., Braithw. Br. M. FI., Vol. I., Suppl.)
(Tab. XIX. G.).
Much smaller than the above species, in dwarf, very dense
tufts. Leaves crowded, shorter, narrower, more acute, less
spreading. Capsule slightly inclined, almost symmetrical, scarcely
strumose.
Hab. New Forest ( Pijjard).
This plant has been variously ranked as a variety of Z. glaucum and as a species,
but I am convinced that it is hardly deserving of specific rank. The New Forest
plant, of which I have a specimen, through the kindness of Dr. Braithwaite, is very
distinct in its minute capsules, only slightly curved, and the general smallness of its
parts ; but even there the leaves are variable in width, and the neck of the capsule
is distinctly unequal and prominent, almost amounting to a struma. Moreover, in
specimens from the U.S.A., sent by Mrs. Britton, the plants, though slender and small-
leaved, are taller, and the capsule is exactly that of Z. glaucum. And further, I have
gathered a plant in the New Forest, which, while named Z. glaucum by Dr. Braith-
waite, much resembles the smaller form, and in the capsules, indeed, comes certainly
nearer Piffard’s plant than does the above-mentioned American one ; in fact, it con-
stitutes an intermediate link. On the whole, I do not think the characters of Z.
albidum are sufficiently marked or constant to warrant its maintenance as a species.
Another plant (L. pumilum Britton), which was formerly confused with this sub-
species under the name of Z. jninus Hpe. is found in the Southern States of America
and is a very pretty, still smaller species, with extremely short leaves, very beautifully
and regularly imbricated in eight rows.
According to Lesquereux and James (Manual of N. A Mosses) L. albidufn
differs from Z. glaucum in its time of fruiting, which is said to be in summer, not in
winter. In Pififard’s New Forest plant, however, which was gathered in April, the
capsules are ripe and appear to have just lost their lids, and there can hardly be any
difference between the two. On the other hand the fruiting plants of Z. glaucum
which I gathered in the same neighbourhood, were just ripe in July ; and evidently no
reliance can be placed on this character.ii8
FISSIDENTACEiE.
Order VII. FISSIDENTACEyE.
Plants with truly distichous, vertically placed leaves, in one
plane; in all the British species more or less oblong-lanceolate, and
equitant or clasping the stem, the basal part of the upper side of
the limb being as it were split to the nerve into two laminae ; the
cells hexagonal or rounded. Fruit lateral or terminal, exserted,
small, peristome dicranoid.
The plants of this Order belong with one or two exceptions
to the large genus Fissidens,—Conomitrium and Octodiceras being
by many authors considered as sub-genera—and, although very
variable in size, possess a uniform habit by which they are readily
known, and indeed form one of the most natural of the Orders of
mosses.
28. FISSIDENS Hedw.
The diagnosis given above includes the most important
characters of the genus; to this it may be added that the fruit
somewhat resembles that of Dicranella, but is always smooth, not
striate ; the peristome is usually very densely and highly papillose,
the papillae often tending to take a spiral arrangement, instead
of being in vertical lines, and the divisions are subulate, straighter
and more rigid than is usual in Dicranum.
The position of the male inflorescence is exceedingly variable,
and in the descriptions as well as in the arrangement of the species
I have paid little heed to this character.
The synonymy of the various species, especially of the more
minute ones, is exceedingly involved and complicated; I have for
the most part followed Braithwaite in his original nomenclature
(Brit. M. FI., Vol. I., pp. 67-80), as being on the whole the most
rational. I have used almost the same terms as Braithwaite in
designating the different parts of the leaf, indicating by ‘ sheathing
laminae ’ the conduplicate portion, by 1 superior lamina ’ the part of
the leaf beyond the sheathing laminae on the upper side of the
nerve, by ‘ inferior lamina ’ the whole of the lamina on the lower
side of the nerve. The nerve itself will in most of the species be
found to reach just to the apex, where it often becomes confluent
with the cells of the thickened border when that is present.
The calyptra is small and cucullate, but occasionally it may be
mitriform, and more rarely quite entire at the base ; but these
differences do not appear to mark any important divergence of
types. The areolation of the lowest leaves on the stem is usually
laxer than that of the upper ones.FISSIDENS.	ug
j / Leaves with distinct hyaline border (seta terminal)...........................2
\ Leaves without hyaline border.................................................io
2/Male inflorescence axillary ; nerve usually percurrent, and forming a mucro.....3
\Male inflorescence basal or terminal; nerve rarely reaching apex..............5
/ Tufts matted with red radicles......................................6* Curnowii
•*\Stem not radiculose .............................................................4
{Plant small; leaf-border narrow ; on banks, &c.......................6. bryoides
Plant larger ; Is. opaque, nerve and border thick ; on wet rocks ...7. rivularis
/Plant small; border narrow, colourless..........................................6
■)\ Plant taller ; border strong, coloured .......................................9
Capsule incurved, cernuous.....................................................7
/Capsule erect (or inclined), symmetric..........................................8
/Ls. 3 or 4 times as long as broad....................................4. incurvus
' \Ls. very short, about twice as long as broad ; capsule shorter...tamarindifolius
g/Autoicous ; seta very short; ls. more or less uniform..............2. viridulns
/Dioicous ; minute ; upper Is. longer and narrower, ensiform..........j. pusillus
f Ls. bluntly acuminate, border yellowish, cells rather lax, not incrassate
9-]	8. crassipes
/Ls. usually obtuse, nerve and border reddish, cells smaller, incrassate...g. rufulus
/ Plant minute, with only 3 or 4 pairs of leaves ; seta terminal ......../. exilis
/Plant rather tall, with several pairs of leaves................................11
/Nerve excurrent in apiculus; seta from base of stem..................if. taxifolius
\ Nerve ceasing below apex......................................................12
I2/Ls. entire, or obscurely toothed near apex.....................................13
/Ls. sharply toothed near apex, usually with paler marginal band ..............14
/Ls. scarcely I line long; seta terminal .........................10. osmundoides
/ Ls. 2-3 lines long, very numerous...............................12. polyphyllus
/Cells obscure, about 6-8 fj.; marginal band conspicuous .............14. decipiens
4 / Cells clear, 10-12 ^ ; marginal band usually less marked .....................15
/Ls. ligulate, long; cells conically papillose ...................11. serrulatus
^/Ls. oblong ; cells scarcely prominent .............................if. adiantoides
1. Fissidens exilis Hedw. (F. Bloxami Wils.) (Tab. XX. A.).
Minute, gregarious. Stem about i line long, simple, pro-
cumbent ; leaves in 2-4 pairs, the lower very small, upper longer,
oblong-ligulate, at apex acute or obtusely acuminate, not bordered,
nerve rather thick, reaching to the apex ; sheathing laminae rather
short, inferior lamina gradually narrowing downwards, ceasing
distinctly above the insertion of the leaf; cells pellucid, 10-12 m
wide, more or less regularly hexagonal, the marginal smaller in a
regular series, with the transverse walls somewhat projecting so
that the margin is regularly crenulate, usually more strongly so
on the sheathing lamina. Fruit terminal. Capsule minute, erect,
symmetrical, elliptic, on a red seta rather long for the size of
the plant (2-3 lines) ; lid acutely conical-rostellate, almost or quite
as long as the capsule. Male flower minute, on a short radical or
separate stem.
Hab. Woods and shady banks. Not common. Fr. winter.120
FISSIDENTACE/E.
One of the smallest species, and often more conspicuous from the red tinge of the
setae than from the stem and leaves. Under the microscope it comes nearest in
structure to F. viridulus var. Lylei, but that plant always has a distinct border of
narrow cells to the sheathing laminae, and usually shows indications, in other parts of
the leaf-margin, of a similar structure, of which there is no trace in the present plant;
it cannot, thus examined, be mistaken for any other species. In the field the longer,
red seta will distinguish it from the above plant, and from other forms of F. viridulus,
the erect capsule from F. incurvus, and the small size from most of the other species ;
F. pusillus is more difficult to distinguish, but has usually a paler seta, and more
numerous leaves, the uppermost pair distinctly longer.
2. Fissidens viridulus Wahl. (Dicranum viridulum Swartz.)
(Tab. XX. B.).
Very small, closely gregarious, bright green. Stems longer
than in the last, the leaves usually more numerous, in 4-8 pairs,
broader, oblong-lanceolate, acute, the sheathing laminae longer,
inferior lamina reaching to the insertion or nearly so, nerve
reaching apex, leaves bordered with a very narrow cartilaginous
thickened margin of narrow-linear cells without chlorophyll, which
becomes less distinct at the apex or disappears, often giving place
to a few minute and obtuse denticulations. Areolation slightly
smaller than in the last, about 8 /n wide. Calyptra occasionally
entire at base. Capsule on a short terminal seta (about 2 lines),
erect and symmetrical, more rarely inclined, occasionally slightly
unequal, oval; lid conical-rostellate, short. Male inflorescence as
in the last, occasionally synoicous.
Var. ft. Lylei. (F. pusillus var. Lylei Wils., Braithw. Br. M.
FI. p. 68; F. exiguus Sulk, opus cit. p. 81). Minute. Leaves in
3-6 pairs, less acute, border wanting except on the sheathinglaminse
where it is usually distinct, or very faint on other parts of the leaf;
capsule erect, or slightly inclined, short, oval.
Hab. Clay banks, and rocks in shady places. Frequent. The var. j8 rare. Fr.
winter.
This and the two following species are so closely allied, and are indeed separated
by so few, unimportant characters, that the true positions of their various forms are
very difficult to define, and, as has frequently been observed, it is doubtful whether
they should not properly be united under a single specific type. The main points of
difference between this and the next are the broader leaves in the present plant, more
or less uniform in length in the upper part of the stem, and the somewhat larger size ;
the inflorescence, too, is usually autoicous, while in that species the male plant is
generally separate from the female and thus the plant is dioicous. All these
characters, however, are variable.
The var. Lylei, which is by several authors considered a separate species, is
remarkable for its almost total absence of border to the leaves; I have, however, found
several intermediate forms growing in the same localities, and in F. viridulus, indeed,
the border is far from being uniform, and I have gathered specimens otherwise typical
in which the border in the inferior lamina becomes very narrow and almost obsolete.
I am compelled, therefore, to consider it as only a varietal form. The cells of the
var. Lylei are, sometimes at least, slightly larger and more pellucid than in the type.
I do not find the lid, as Mitten describes it, longer than in F. pusillus.FISSIDENS.
121
3. Fissidens pusillus Wils. (Tab. XX. C.).
Closely resembling the last, but with the leaves much
narrower and more acute, the uppermost pair especially being
often much elongated, and slightly falcate in outline, the border
slightly stronger, the inflorescence more frequently dioicous.
Capsule erect or inclined; lid shortly rostellate. Peristome
inserted below the mouth.
Var. /3. madidus Spruce (F. minutulus Sull., Braithw. Br. M.
FI., p. 81). Rather taller, with more numerous, longer and
narrower leaves. Capsule rather narrower, lid longer, obliquely
rostrate, sometimes as long as the capsule. Usually, but not
always autoicous.
Hab. Shady rocks, principally sandstone. Not uncommon. The var. $ on
dripping rocks, rare. Fr. autumn.
The long, narrow, very acute leaves distinguish this plant from F. viridulus, but
specimens may often be found with the leaves broader and more approaching that
plant. The cells are usually a little larger and more pellucid in F. pusillus. The
brown radicular tomentum from which the stems springs is often very copiously pro-
duced and conspicuous. It is rather curious that whereas F. viridulus is found on no
particular matrix, the var. Lylei seems to be almost confined to chalk, and F. pusillus
to sandstone rocks. I find, however, a plant on the oolitic limestone in Northampton-
shire, which I can only refer to the present species, with smaller, still narrower leaves
than the type, and with the border very faint and occasionally almost obsolete.
4. Fissidens incurvus Starke. (Tab. XX. D.).
Resembling F. viridulus, but rather larger; leaves broadly
oblong-lanceolate, rather obtuse and apiculate, narrowly bordered,
more widely at base; seta longer, flexuose, bright red, capsule
cernuous or horizontal, unequal, often arcuate, oval or shortly
cylindric, larger. Male flower on a very short basal branch.
Hab. Clay banks, etc. Frequent. Fr. winter.
The form of the capsule is almost the only distinguishing feature between this and
F. viridulus ; in its typical form it is quite a different looking plant, but forms
occur with shorter, less curved capsules, and these must be looked upon as inter-
mediate links. The fruit-stalk is usually taller, of a brighter red; when in fruit and
closely tufted the plant bears a superficial resemblance to Dicranella varia.
5. Fissidens tamarindifolius Wils. (Hypnum tamarindifolium
Don ; F. incurvus var. tamariiidifolius Braithw., Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XX. E.).
Closely allied to F. incurvus, but very different in habit.
Stems taller, slender, fasciculate at the base with barren shoots;122
FISSIDENTACE/E.
leaves distant, very short, about twice as long as broad, oval-
oblong, spreading and slightly recurved, apiculate, in 6-10 pairs ;
cells a little more pellucid; fruit either terminal or lateral, on a
stouter seta, shorter, peristome paler.
Hab. Similar to the last, rare. Fr. winter.
The differences in the fruit between this and the last are slight, but appear to be
constant; and the very distinct form and arrangement of the leaves is so marked that
the plant has certainly a better claim to specific position than many others which have
been awarded that rank. The variation in the position of the fruit is similar to that
in the var. inconstans of F. bryoides.
6. Fissidens bryoides Hedw. (Hypnum bryoides L.)
(Tab. XX. F.).
Very densely gregarious or tufted ; dark green, j-i inch high.
Leaves in few or many pairs, oblong-lingulate, abruptly acuminate
or rather obtuse and apiculate ; border strong, especially on the
sheathing laminae; at apex continuous and confluent with the
nerve or becoming faint and almost disappearing, with a few
obscure denticulations ; inferior lamina distinct to base. Cells
about the same as in the three previous species, obscure, rounded-
hexagonal, 8-10 fi. wide. Autoicous; male inflorescence con-
spicuous in the axils of the leaves, the antheridia naked or more
frequently bracteate. Seta red, terminal, capsule erect, symmet-
rical ; lid acutely conical, peristome highly papillose.
Var. /?. intermedius Ruthe. Leaves less acuminate, with
shorter and wider points, the inferior lamina not continued to
base, often ceasing half-way down the leaf, border narrower,
sometimes almost obsolete on the superior and inferior laminae;
male flowers very minute and inconspicuous.
Hab. Clay banks, woods, etc., common. The var. ft, Sussex; Dublin. Fr.
winter.
The axillary male flowers form the character by which this species is most readily
recognised from its allies ; these are, however, sometimes very minute, and very rarely
the male flower is found on a radical branch, according to Braithwaite ; in such cases
it is known from all the preceding species by its larger size, more distinct border,
symmetrical capsule, and continuous, almost decurrent inferior lamina of the leaves ;
the nerve also is as a rule more percurrent, usually passing into the apiculus. F.
inconstans Schp., found by Boswell in Oxfordshire, and later by Bagnall in Warwick-
shire, is now generally admitted to be a form or sport rather than a permanent variety,
far less a separate species ; and this is supported by the fact that similar variations
occur in other species, e.g , F. tamarindifolius. In this form the fruit is sometimes
terminal, sometimes lateral, the two conditions sometimes occurring on the same stem;
at other times it is basal, while the position of the male flower is equally variable. In
other respects it is similar to F. bryoides.
The var. intermedius is peculiar in habit, the short inferior lamina giving it a
very singular appearance.FISSIDENS.
133
F. Orrii Lindb. (F. tcquendamensis Mitt.) must, I think, undoubtedly be
excluded as an introduction ; its main feature is the longly excurrent nerve.
* Fissidens Curnowii Mitt. (F. bryoides var ca;spi tans Schp.,
Syn.) (Tab. XX. G.).
Taller, 1-2 inches, soft, caespitose, often very densely and
compactly tufted, bright glaucous green above, pale red or whitish
below; stems clothed with red radicles. Leaves very numerous,
rather narrower and often more acute ; the border variable, but,
with the nerve, usually strong, white and shining when dry.
Capsule small, slightly inclined and unequal, often hidden by the
upper leaves of the innovations.
Hab. Cliffs and caves, principally near the sea; rare. South-west England ;
North Wales.
Very noticeable in size, colour, and mode of growth, of a more delicate texture
than F. bryoides, and with the capsule distinctly asymmetric ; I do not, however, find
the other characters sometimes given, as to width of limb, form of leaf, etc., by any
means constant. I have also several times found intermediate forms difficult to
determine, in the absence of fruit. Mitten places it under the Section with the
“ male fl. either basal or terminal,” but in all the specimens I have examined (some
of them plants of Curnow’s own gathering and verified by Braithwaite) they are
axillary, and no less conspicuous than in F. bryoides. The presence of abundant
radicles on the stem is an unusual feature in this genus.
7. Fissidens rivularis Spruce. (Tab. XX. H.).
Allied to F. bryoides, but taller, |-i inch high, dull green,
not radiculose. Leaves long, crowded, elongate-lingulate, broad
at apex or narrowly acute; border very thick and yellowish, con-
tinuous to apex as is also the nerve, which runs out into a point,
forming with the borders a stout mucro ; areolation very dense
and opaque, distinctly smaller than in F. bryoides, 6-8 /t wide, not
incrassate. Capsule on a terminal slender flexuose seta, erect or
slightly inclined, symmetrical, similar to that of F. bryoides. Male
flowers axillary, as in the latter species.
Hab. Wet rocks by springs and waterfalls. Very rare. Fairlight Glen,
Hastings. Fr. winter.
A very distinct species, separated from the following ones by the axillary male
inflorescence and the minute areolation, from F. bryoides by the more robust habit,
the smaller opaque, chlorophyllose cells, and the very thick, solid border. F. Curnowii
is a more delicate plant with narrower border and thinner, more pellucid areolation.
The strong border and nerve are obvious with a lens, especially in the dry state, but it
would be difficult to distinguish F. rivularis in the field from F. rufulus and F.
crassipes, except perhaps by the stout rigid mucro of the leaves, which are wanting in
the red tinge so often found in those plants.
According to my experience, the fruit is only just ripe in January. The plant
appears to have become destroyed in Holmes’ original station, but has turned up in
several other spots in Fairlight Glen, so that fortunately it is not likely to be lost.124
FISSIDENTACE/95.
8. Fissidens crassipes Wils. (F. viridulus var. fontanus
Braithw., Br. M. FI., p. 71) (Tab. XX. I.).
In dark green dense tufts, often submerged, tall, §-2 inches
long, rather rigid, often emitting tufts of red radicles from the
axils of the leaves. Leaves oblong-ligulate, shortly and obtusely
acuminate at summit, border thick, vanishing below the minutely
serrulate apex, often irregularly nodulose or denticulate, frequently
tinged with red; nerve thick, reddish, vanishing in the apex.
Cells large, 12-18 n wide, rather lax and irregular, with thin
walls, deep green with chlorophyll and opaque. Dioicous. Male
inflorescence terminal, conspicuous. Fruit terminal, on a short,
thick, reddish flexuose and often geniculate seta, erect or inclined;
lid acutely conical. Spores twice as large as in F. viridulus.
Hab. Stones in streams, especially in calcareous districts. Not common. Fr.
late autumn.
Although by many authors this is united to F. viridulus, it appears to be a good
species, differing not only in the much larger, opaque cells, but also in the form of the
leaf apex, which in this is bluntly triangular, sometimes almost rounded, but in the
smaller plant is acute and often apiculate. The seta is also thicker, and this must not
be looked upon as a necessary consequence of its aquatic habit, since in F. rivularis,
equally aquatic, it is particularly slender. It is much nearer F. rufulus, and indeed
can sometimes hardly be separated except by the larger, thin-walled cells. I find it
abundantly fruiting in Northamptonshire with the capsules exceedingly polymorphous
both as to form and direction, sometimes being arcuate as in F. incurvus.
The apex of the leaf is frequently eroded and may thus appear to be more obtuse
than is really the case.
9. Fissidens rufulus B. & S. (Tab. XX. J.).
Resembling the last, but with the leaves slightly shorter,
broader and more obtuse, almost always with some tinge of red,
especially on the nerve and border of the older leaves. Cells
smaller, incrassate, more regularly hexagonal, rather obscure but
less so than in F. crassipes. Fruit terminal on a paler, more
slender seta, the capsule more regular ; lid variable.
Hab. Stones in mountain streams; very rare. Fruit late summer, rare.
The incrassate cells are the chief character by which this may be known from the
last. As occurs in other mosses with a somewhat solid leaf texture, the thickening of
the cell-walls takes place in the interior of the leaf rather than on the surface, hence
if the microscope is focussed on the surface they do not appear incrassate, and their
true character is often only seen on focussing lower down. In the present case the
thickening matter is so deposited that the cell-lumen is left rounded, while the actual
form of the original cell (as it still appears on the surface) is rectilinear and more or
less hexagonal. This is best seen in the older leaves ; in the younger ones the cells
are rendered rather obscure by chlorophyll granules. The fruiting characters must
certainly be considered untrustworthy, as however constant they may be in the present
plant (though there is considerable discrepancy in the various descriptions) similarFISSIDENS.
125
forms may with certainty be looked for in the variable F. crassipes. Fruiting specimens
gathered by the Rev. H. G. Jameson in the R. Wharfe (from which the above
description of the fruit is taken) do not agree with the descriptions of either Braith-
waite or Boulay ; they have the cells however less incrassate than usual, and possibly
are not typical F. rufulus, but they certainly cannot be referred to the last or to any
other of our species.
10. Fissidens osmundoides Hedw. (Dicranum osmundoides
Sw.) (Tab. XX. K.).
Tall, in dense tufts, very compact at the base, 2-6 inches
high, bright or yellowish green ; stems slender, branched,
radiculose. Leaves short, broadly Ungulate, abruptly narrowed at
apex and apiculate, or broadly pointed; sheathing laminae more
than half the length of the leaf, broad; inferior lamina reaching
nearly to the base of the leaf, often abruptly ceasing; areolation
larger than in any of the foregoing species, 14-20 //. wide (but often
much smaller even in leaves from the same stem), more regularly
hexagonal-rounded, incrassate, a single row at margin smaller and
often paler or discoloured, but without a thickened border of narrow
cells ; a row or two on each side of the nerve also often paler and
more pellucid ; nerve ceasing some distance below the apex; margin
faintly and regularly crenulate with the projecting cells, which
are also turgid and prominent at the back of the leaf. Seta
terminal, purple ; capsule rather small, narrow-oblong, erect or
slightly inclined, thick-walled, dark coloured ; calyptra mitriform,
lobed at the base, or cucullate ; lid long, rostrate. Dioicous ; male
flower terminal.
Hab. Wet rocks and mountain slopes. Not common. Fr. summer.
Quite distinct from any of the other terminal-fruited species in the tall, slender
growth and non-bordered leaves. It is more likely, in the absence of fruit, to be
confused with one of the following species, especially F. taxifolius and F. decipiens,
the latter of which it much resembles in habit; the former will be easily known by
its shorter stems and narrower leaves with the nerve percurrent or even excurrent;
and F. decipiens by its longer, serrated leaves with broad margin of paler cells, and
much smaller areolation.
The cells in this species vary considerably in size, even on the same stem, but
ordinarily they are of about the dimensions given above, or even larger in the lower
leaves of the stem ; the smaller cells appear indeed to be confined to the upper leaves.
11. Fissidens serrulatus Brid. (Tab. XX. L.).
Loosely tufted, pale green, robust; stems simple or branched
at the base, 1-3 inches high, erect. Leaves very large, crowded,
longer towards the top of the stem, broadly lijigulate, sometimes
5 inch in length, straight, solid; at apex shortly acuminate or
acute, the tip often irregular and turned to one side, unequally126
FISSIDENTACE/E.
serrate; nerve rather thick, vanishing at apex ; cells rather large,
10-15 /i, incrassate, often in two strata ; highly papillose with broad
conical protuberances, hexagonal-rounded, at margin with about
four rows of thinner, paler or yellowish cells, less chlorophyllose
and more incrassate, forming a more or less distinct pale marginal
band to the leaf, regularly crenulate ; inferior lamina wide and
ceasing abruptly at base. Dioicous ; male flowers axillary or
terminal, large, conspicuous ; fruit terminal, seta stout, yellowish,
flexuose; capsule inclined, oblong, dark brown, thick-walled.
Hab. Damp banks by streams, and rocks. Very rare ; near Penzance.
The male plant alone has been found in this country. It is a very rare European
species, but grows and fruits abundantly in Teneriffe. From its large size it can only
be confused with the following species, or with very robust forms of F. adiantoides ;
the latter however never equals it in the length of the leaves, and the cells are larger
and much less papillose. F. polyphyllus differs in the characters detailed under that
species, of which this is by some writers considered a variety.
12. Fissidens polyphyllus Wils. (Tab. XX. M.).
Very robust and tall, 3-/2 inches long, deep green, rigid,
stems often prostrate or pendent, radiculose. Leaves crowded,
sometimes slightly falcate, incurved and flexuose when dry,
narrowly lingulate-lanceolate, very long, without any distinct
band of marginal cells, obtusely pointed, minutely crenulate all
round, or with a few obscure serratures at point; nerve thick,
rather broad; inferior lamina more narrowed at base, less abruptly
ceasing; cells as in F. serrulatus but smooth or only faintly pro-
tuberant. Dioicous; male inflorescence as in the last; fruit
lateral, near the top of the stem; capsule as in F. serrulatus.
Hab. Wet rocks. Very rare. Cornwall; Devon ; N. Wales ; Ireland. Fruit
not found in Britain.
A still finer plant than the last; it has only recently been found in fruit, in
Finisterre. The narrower leaves without the pale marginal band, and with almost
entire less acuminate apex, and the hardly papillose cells, separate it from the last, as
do also the habit and colour ; these characters with the different position of the female
flower appear amply sufficient to warrant its retention as a species. I have found the
nerve in F. 'polyphyllus constantly broader and less well-defined than in F. serrulatus.
13. Fissidens adiantoides Hedw. (Hypnum adiantoides L.)
(Tab. XXI. A.).
Deep or yellowish green, 1-4 inches high, variable in size and
habit, sometimes slender and short-leaved as in F. osmundoides,
sometimes robust and rivalling F. polyphyllus. Leaves without aFISSIDENS.
127
thickened border, usually crowded, broadly oblong-lanceolate, acute
or shortly acuminate, crisped when dry, especially at the tip,
inferior lamina broad and usually ceasing abruptly at base ; margin
crenulate, towards apex more distinctly and unequally serrate;
nerve vanishing at apex. Cells rather large, 12-18 ft wide, 2-4
rows at edges often a little paler, forming an obscure marginal
band, which is however variable and not always present, most
distinct in the older leaves. Autoicous; fruit lateral, from the
middle of the stem, several arising from the same stem ; seta stout,
red, flexuose, long ; capsule horizontal and arcuate, or erect and
symmetrical, dark-coloured ; lid long-beaked. Male flowers
axillary, small.
IIab. Bogs, wet rocks on mountains, etc. Common. Fr. winter.
Very variable, but readily recognised at sight by its larger size, etc., from all but
F. decipiens ; from this it is known by the larger cells and less distinct marginal band,
from F. osmundoides and F. taxifolius by the larger, more serrate leaves, and from
the latter species also by the shorter nerve.
The fruit when it occurs is usually produced in abundance.
F. collinus Mitt, appears to be only a dwarf form found among grass on the
chalk downs of the south coast; according to Braithwaite there is no difference
in the size of the cells between this and F. adiantoides, but it is described by Mitten
as with smaller cells than the present species.
14. Fissidens decipiens De Not. (Tab. XXI. B.).
Intermediate in size between F. adiantoides and F. taxifolius,
usually more slender than the first and taller than the last, but
variable; indensedull green or blackish erecttufts. Leaves crowded,
Ungulate, acute but not acuminate, crenulate at margin, in the
upper half unequally serrate; cells smaller, 6-8ft., more obscure
than in F. adiantoides, incrassate; about four rows at margin
more incrassate and less obscure, forming a more distinct pale or
yellowish band round the leaf. Dioicous or autoicous ; female
flowers often very numerous, seta from middle and lower part of
stem, short, slender, pale red ; capsules oval-oblong ; lid rostrate.
Var. (8. brevifolius Lindb. Leaves crowded, much shorter,
less distinctly serrate, with a narrower band of pale cells.
Hab. Wet rocks in mountainous countries ; rarely among grass at lower levels.
Frequent. The var. j8, Killarney. Fr. winter and spring.
The distinctly smaller areolation and the more conspicuous band of marginal
paler cells chiefly, and in general easily, characterise this species. It is usually but
not always distinguishable from F. adiantoides by the more slender stems, from F.
taxifolius by the taller stems and different habitat, and from F. osmundoides by the
serrate apex of the leaf and small cells.128
FISSIDENTACE.i'E.
15. Pissidens taxifolius Hedw. (Hypnum taxifolium L.)
(Tab. XXI. C.).
The smallest of the lateral-fruited species, usually less than ^
inch high, rarely exceeding one inch ; dark green, often with a
tinge of reddish brown, branched from the base, suberect. Leaves
crowded, usually longest in the middle of the stem, oblong-
lingulate, broadly pointed and apiculate with the percurrent nerve,
not bordered ; inferior lamina ceasing abruptly at base ; cells as in
the last species, but less opaque and with thinner walls, marginal
cells not distinct, though those of the outer row are occasionally
more pellucid and slightly different in shape, regularly and almost
uniformly crenulate or finely serrulate from base to apex.
Autoicous, male flowers on short basal branches. Seta red, from
near the base of the stem, flexuose, rather long ; capsule equal and
suberect or variously inclined and gibbous, sometimes almost
pendulous ; lid longly rostrate; peristome large, bright red.
Hab. Woods, roadsides, etc., usually on clay. Common. Fr. winter.
Readily known, in its usual form, from the larger species by its shorter stems and
leaves ; under the microscope the percurrent or excurrent nerve and entire absence of
marginal band easily determine it. It is not a variable species except in the form and
direction of its fruit.
Order VIII. GRIMMIACE/E.
Plants of varying habit, most frequently in dense tufts or
cushions. Leaves in many rows, crowded, frequently hyaline-
tipped, ovate-lanceolate or rarely linear-subulate; upper areola-
tion small, usually opaque and often 2 or 3-stratose, lower longer,
with the walls frequently sinuose. Capsule on a straight or
arcuate short seta, symmetrical or very slightly unequal, oval or
cylindric. Calyptra mitriform or cucullate, sometimes papillose,
smooth or sulcate. Peristome single, resembling that of Dicranum,
but without vertical striae, less regularly cleft, the exterior plates
usually thickest and often transversely trabeculate. Male flowers
gemmiform. Almost entirely confined to rocks.
The Order, as above defined, forms an exceedingly natural
one ; there is a great uniformity in habit, areolation, fruit, and
especially in peristome. The peristome of Orthotrichum and its
allies is of an entirely different character, and in other respects
nothing is sacrificed by separating the two Orders, an arrange-
ment which will also probably be found by the student to simplify
their study.GRIMMIA.
129
It is a curious fact, and one which a beginner will find
worth remembering, that with the exception of Rhacomitrium
lanuginosum and R. canescens, every British species is a rock
growing plant.
The leaves of most of the species of Grimmiaceae, as con-
trasted with those of most Orders, are extremely hygroscopic,
that is to say while undergoing considerable change of form when
becoming dry, they very quickly recover their normal shape when
moistened, usually from being twisted or incurved rapidly becom-
ing recurved, and then returning to their normal, more or less
straight position. This character they hold in common with the
Orthotrichaceae, the Andreaeaceae, and many of the Tortulaceae.
29. GRIMMIA Ehrh.
Mostly short-stemmed mosses, growing in close cushions or
tufts on rocks ; stems dichotomous. Leaves crowded, more or
less lanceolate, usually hyaline-pointed, margin frequently
thickened, almost always entire; areolation short and often
opaque above. Seta arcuate or straight. Calyptra smooth;
capsule oval. Peristome teeth 16, cleft at apex or entire, lanceo-
late.
The species of Grimmia are for the most part recognisable
as belonging to that genus at first sight, but are difficult of
determination specifically. When the fruit is present it forms a
material aid to identification, but it is frequently wanting, indeed
in some species it has not yet been discovered, and the determina-
tion then usually rests on minute differences of areolation, difficult
to define ; and a microscopical examination of specimens, in some
of the critical species, is almost imperative.
It should be noted that the hyaline leaf-point is not, as in
Barbula, formed by the excurrence of the nerve, but by the
prolongation of the lamina; the nerve being lost, in most of the
species, in the apex, at the base of the hyaline point. The leaves
are extremely hygroscopic, and in most cases when wetted
immediately become squarrose, then slowly take their normal,
more or less erecto-patent position. In examining the basal
areolation, mature leaves must be chosen, as in the young leaves
the cells often present a very different appearance, as do those of
the perichaetial bracts.
The margin of the leaves is often recurved, and the presence
or absence of this character affords a useful and a fairly constant
distinction between species. It should be noted that in many, if
J130
GRIMMIACE^.
not in most cases, it is only one margin that is recurved, the other
being plane. The transverse sections in the Plates are taken
from about the middle of the length of the leaf ; the margin being
often plane at the summit and towards the base, while recurved in
the middle portion.
l /Ls. all without hyaline points................................................2
\ Upper ls. with hyaline points...............................................6
2f Nerve 2-winged at back above ; plant tall.......................... 16. patens
/ Nerve not winged at back ...................................................3
/ Ls. obtuse, cucullate, margin erect; dioicous ...................23. unicolor
3/Ls. more or less bluntly pointed, not cucullate ...............................4
/Basal cells elongate and sinuose ; dioicous ......................24. atrata
Basal cells short; monoicous ; capsule immersed .............................5
/Ls. with revolute margin, lanceolate (vars. of) .................. 1. apocarpa
5/Ls. with erect margin, narrow, nerve strong ........................2. maritima
^/Hyaline points short, lower Is. often muticous.................................7
/Hyaline points of upper ls. forming a longish hair ..........................12
/Capsule immersed ; monoicous ................................................8
'/Capsule exserted ; dioicous....................................................9
0/Plant small, dense, soft, dull-green ; perist. teeth cribrose......./*. conperta
/Plant larger, loosely tufted, coarser; perist. teeth sub-entire...1. apocarpa
iq/Ls. very curled when dry; basal cells thin-walled...................3. incurva
/Ls. spirally twisted when dry ; basal cells incrassate ...........7. torquata
/Upper ls. long, often secund, cells quadrate almost to base ......13. Uartmani
\Ls. short, patent, cells sinuose, elongate at base................23. elongaia
I2/Capsule immersed ; monoicous; plant very small................................13
/Capsule exserted.............................................................14
/ Peristome absent; ls. ovate, nerve vanishing ....................3. anodon
Peristome present; ls. usually obovate, nerve running out into the hair.^. crinita
f Seta straight; leaf margin erect (except ovata).............................15
14-J Seta curved when moist (or fruit unknown); margin recurved, sometimes on one
[ side of the leaf only ......................................................20
/Ls. oblong-lanceolate, contracted to long, rough hair ............22. leucophcea
5\Ls. lanceolate, more or less tapering .........................................16
^/Basal cells rectangular, scarcely thickened,	not	sinuose .....................17
/Basal cells narrow, incrassate, more or	less	sinuose .......................19
/Lid conic, obtuse; autoicous ...............................................18
‘ /Lid rostrate ; dioicous; (calyptra cucullate ; basal cells short) .20. montana
jg/Calyptra mitriform ; capsule pale ; lower cells elongate ..........77. Doniana
/ Calyptra cucullate ; capsule brownish ; basal cells short .......21. alpestris
/Dioicous; lid rostrate ; calyptra cucullate.......................79. commutata
y/ Autoicous ; lid rostellate ; calyptra mitriform ...................18. ovata
2Qf Hair-point very rough ......................................................21
/Hair-point smooth or slightly roughened only ................................22
01 /Plant robust; capsule 8-furrowed ; autoicous .....................13. decipiens
/Plant smaller ; capsule almost smooth ; dioicous............10*. Miihlenbecpii
22/ Basal cells shortly rectangular ............................................23
/Basal cells elongate .......................................................27
f Monoicous; plant in dense rounded cushions ; ls. rather suddenly contracted to a
23-J hair .......................................................................24
[Dioicous ; plant loosely tufted ; ls. tapering at point .....................25
/Calyptra mitriform ; lid beaked ; ls. bistratose at margin........8. pulvinata
4/Calyptra cucullate ; lid blunt; margin unistratose .................9. orbicularisGRIMMIA.
131
f Plant coarse and robust, cells mostly more or less sinuose..............13*. robusta
Cells not (or scarcely) sinuose.................................................26
2£ f Ls. subsquarrose, hair roughish ..................................11. subsquarrosa
\ Ls. narrow, patent, point smooth .......................................12. Stirtoni
f Plant tall, dull-green ; upper cells opaque ............................14. elatior
‘\ Plant smaller, yellowish or greyish green ........................................28
2g/Ls. spirally twisted when dry, narrow ; plant slender ....................6. funalis
\Ls. scarcely twisted when dry, wider at base.......................10. trichophylla
A. SCHISTIDIUM.
Capsule immersed, on a short, erect seta, wide-mouthed;
columella remaining attached to the lid when the latter falls.
1. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. (Bryum apocarpum L.)
(Tab. XXI. D.).
Extremely variable in habit; in its typical form it forms
rather loose, small tufts, with erect stems, about i inch high, of a
dull olive green or brownish colour. Leaves broadly ovate-
lanceolate, erecto-patent, erect when dry and forming a cuspidate
point at the top of the stem, carinate above, margin narrowly
recurved; the point entire or obscurely notched ; nerve vanishing
at or below apex, slightly roughened behind, terete at back ;
hair-point variable, usually short, hardly | length of leaf, slightly
rough, flattened, sometimes wanting; lower cells rectangular,
rather short and firm, then quadrate, with the walls slightly
sinuose, in upper part small, rounded or quadrate-hexagonal,
incrassate, opaque. Perichaetial bracts wider, thinner, with a
narrower nerve. Calyptra very small, not reaching below the lid,
lobed at the base. Capsule persistent, oval-oblong, rather thick-
walled, almost concealed by the perichaetial leaves, reddish brown,
with a ring of stomata at the base, which are sometimes rather
indistinct; bright red, straight or oblique, rostellate; peristome
teeth inserted below the mouth, large, bright red, entire or
slightly perforated, rather solid, spreading when dry. Columella
attached to the lid and falling off with it. Autoicous.
Var. /3. rivularis W. & M. (Grimmia rivularis Brid.).
Taller, 2-4 inches long, decumbent, denuded at base, much
branched, dull green or blackish; leaves rather obtuse, often
secund, usually without a hyaline point; capsule shorter, wider,
turbinate, paler.
Var. y. gracilis W. & M. (Grimmia gracilis Schleich.).
Tall and slender, decumbent; leaves spreading or secund,
denticulate above, usually hair-pointed; perichaetial bracts and
capsule often slightly secund; capsule oblong.132
GRIMMIACE/E.
Var. S. pumila Schp. In very short dense tufts, slender;
leaves narrower, very shortly hair-pointed ; capsule small, thin-
walled, wide-mouthed.
Hab. Stones and walls, common. The vars. /3, y, in streams, attached to
rocks. The var. S on mountain rocks. Fr. spring and summer.
The various forms of this common moss are too numerous to allow of detailed
description. The hair-points are sometimes wanting, sometimes prolonged and
hoary, entire or denticulate ; the leaves are variable in form, colour, and direction,
the capsule in form and texture; the peristome teeth are entire or more or less
perforate, while the habit varies from a dwarf plant, about J inch in height, to a
robust aquatic form almost rivalling Cinclidotus fontinaloides in size and depth of
colour. The var. pumila forms a transition to the following plant ; indeed, forms
occur which could not be separated from G. conferta except by the slightly more solid,
less cribrose teeth.
Innovations are formed below the fruit, which soon overtop it, so that, in vars. /3
and y especially, as it persists for several years, it has all the appearance of being
lateral, several capsules often appearing one above the other on the same stem.
When the capsules are present this can hardly be taken for any other moss; in
their absence the colour, the cuspidate branches, and the shortly hyaline leaf-points
make it an easily recognised plant. It is a coarser, more rigid plant than most of the
species of this genus.
# Grimmia conferta Funck. (Tab. XXI. E.).
Resembles G. apocarpa var. pumila ; plants small in dense
cushions, greyish green above, rather softer in texture, leaves
small, shortly hair-pointed; nerve prominent at back of leaf;
areolation small. Capsule thin-walled, ovate-globose, hemis-
pherical after the fall of the lid; peristome teeth thin, variously
divided and perforated, fragile.
Var. ft. pruinosa Braithw. (G. pruinosa Wils., Schp. Syn.).
More robust; leaves broader, the upper with long, smoothish
hair-points; capsule longer; peristome teeth narrower, often
reflexed.
Hab. Mountain rocks, rare. The var. £ more frequent than the type. Fr.
spring.
G. conjerta though treated as a species by Braithwaite and most authors, is, I
think, too slightly marked and too closely linked with G. apocarpa by the var. pumila
of the latter as well as by its own var. pruinosa, to be maintained independently;
I can find no constant difference in the form of the leaves or the size of their cells ;
while the capsule in G. apocarpa var. pumila is exactly that of G. conferta, and the
difference in the amount of perforation of the peristome teeth is only one of degree.
Both plants have a form with obtuse hairless leaves, that of the present one
constituting the var. obtusifolia of Schimper.
2. Grimmia maritima Turn. (Tab. XXI. F.).
In dense rigid cushions, yellowish green on the surface,
blackish below, 1-2 inches high. Leaves crowded, stiff, solid,GRIMMIA.
r33
erecto-patent; when dry appressed, slightly and rigidly contorted ;
rather glossy, elongate-lanceolate, with a strong brownish point,
chiefly formed of the nerve, not hyaline ; margin plane above,
slightly reflexed at the base, entire, except at apex, where it is
sparingly crenulate-papillose ; nerve strong, reaching apex or
slightly excurrent; cells shortly rectangular and pale at mid-
base, quadrate at margin, soon becoming quadrate, in upper part
of leaf rounded-quadrate, opaque, in two or three strata.
Autoicous. Perichsetial bracts sub-falcate, nerve excurrent.
Capsule immersed in the perichaetium, pale brown, oval-globose,
wide-mouthed and turbinate after the fall of the lid; peristome as
in G. apocarpa, but with broader, more solid, slightly perforated
teeth.
Hab. Rocks by the sea ; frequent on the west coast, rare on the eastern' side.
Fr. winter.
G. maritima is easily known by its more rigid habit, narrower, solid leaves with-
out hyaline points, strong nerve, etc. ; it is one of the very few mosses which can
really be called maritime, growing as it does often close to high water mark and with-
in reach of the spray, on siliceous and basaltic, rarely or never on calcareous rocks.
It appears to be confined to the northern shores of the Atlantic Ocean.
B. GASTEROGRIMMIA.
Capsule immersed on a curved seta, oval, slightly ventricose
on one side at base.
3. G-rimmia anodon B. & S. (Tab. XXI. G.).
In small cushions, about J inch high ; hoary with the hair-
points of the leaves; stems slender, fragile, brownish. Lower
leaves small, muticous, ovate-lanceolate, upper larger, broadly
oblong-lanceolate or obovate-oblong, narrowed at apex or obtuse,
concave, margin plane, apex prolonged into a rather long, flat,
denticulate hair, below which the apex of the leaf, frequently for
some distance, is also hyaline, a narrow hyaline band sometimes
descending still further at each margin ; nerve narrow, thickened
above, prolonged into the hair-point, but indistinctly. Cells at
base lax, long, rectangular, hyaline, with thin walls, above
minute, rounded-quadrate, incrassate, chlorophyllose, in regular
longitudinal rows. Capsule small, sub-globose, ventricose at
base on one side, on a very short arcuate seta, thin-walled,
gymnostomous, wide-mouthed when dry ; calyptra very small,
mitriform, lobed at base ; lid large, mamillate. Autoicous.*34
GRIMMIACEiE.
Hab. Dry rocks in mountain districts ; very rare. Arthur’s Seat. Nr. Kendal.
Fr. spring.
Although very different from the next species in the fruiting characters, this plant
so much resembles it in the foliar organs that it is very difficult to point out any
characters by which they may certainly be distinguished in the barren state. The
gradual narrowing of the leaf apex is by no means to be relied on, as leaves are often
found quite as obtuse as in G. crinita. Almost the only useful character is the nerve,
which in that species is less thickened in the upper part, and is distinctly prolonged
beyond the apex of the lamina into a more or less terete, hardly denticulate hair;
while in the present plant the hyaline point is more or less uniform throughout, toothed,
with the nerve not distinctly excurrent in a terete piliform hair. G. crinita is also found
in laxer patches, often confluent, of a more uniform grey colour from the long hairs, and
it is a southern, lowland plant, while G. anodon is a more alpine plant, growing in
smaller cushions of a darker tinge.
4. Grimmia crinita Brid. (Tab. XXI. H.).
In close tufts or patches, grey with the hoary leaf-points,
short, but somewhat variable in length. Leaves resembling those
of the last species, obtuse, the upper broad and concave, obovate,
suddenly hair-pointed, the upper part of the elongate point terete,
smooth, piliform, consisting of the longly excurrent nerve. Seta
longer, capsule less ventricose, oval, faintly striate, brown;
calyptra rather larger, cucullate ; lid obtusely conical; peristome
teeth lanceolate, cleft into two or three divisions which are often
more or less coherent.
Hab. Dry calcareous walls or mortar ; very rare. Near Hatton, Warwickshire
(Bagnall). Fr. spring.
Differs from the last in the more highly developed peristomate fruit; and in the
long smooth arista formed by the excurrence of the nerve, the distinction of which
from the rest of the hyaline part is best seen when a leaf is doubled along the nerve
and viewed laterally.
In the regions of the Mediterranean where it flourishes best it forms extensive
velvety patches resembling a mouse-skin in appearance.
C. EU-GRIMMIA.
Capsule exserted, on a straight or arcuate seta, regular.
* Seta arcuate.
5. Grimmia incurva Schwgr. (G. contorta Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XXI. I.).
In short, dense, rounded cushions, deep green above, blackish
below. Leaves strongly twisted when dry, longly linear from a
narrow lanceolate base (about one line long),* with a very short,
* N.B.—The measurements of the length of the leaves are exclusive of the hair-
points.GRIMMIA.
135
narrow, almost smooth hair-point, faintly and narrowly recurved
at margin or plane, opaque in the upper part; nerve terete and
well defined below, above obscure, pellucid; cells elongate-
rectangular at base, and hyaline, above shorter, chlorophyllose ;
hyaline cells extending in two or three rows at margin higher than
in the middle of the leaf base; cells in upper part quadrate-oval,
opaque. Dioicous. Capsule small, smooth, oval, on a slightly
curved seta, erect when dry, peristomate ; calyptra mitriform ; lid
conical, obtuse. Perichaetial bracts reaching as high as the
capsule.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, rare. England ; Scotland ; Wales. Recently found in
abundance on one of the Clee Hills, Shropshire, by the Rev. C. H. Binstead. Fr.
rare, spring.
The close dark tufts of this moss with much curled leaves resemble Dicranoweisia
crispula, and may very easily be taken for that plant ; the Grimmia is, however,
usually shorter, less glossy, with the leaves not quite so closely crisped when dry,
when moist not at all falcato-secund, but spreading in all directions and usually some-
what incurved at the point; and the hair-points, when distinguishable with the lens,
afford a conclusive distinction. It cannot be confused with any other species of
Grimmia, nor, of course, under the microscope, with the Dicranoweisia.
6. Grimmia funalis Schp. (Trichostomum funale Schwgr.)
(Tab. XXI. J.).
In dense smooth cushions, very easily breaking up when
gathered; black below, grey or yellowish green above, stems
variable in length, but usually taller than in the last, 1-2^ inches
high. Leaves crowded, erecto-patent when moist, when dry
appressed and spirally enrolled, small, short (about half a line),
ovate-lanceolate, widest at about one-third from the base, not
much attenuated at point, carinate with the nerve prominent at
back, margin variously recurved, occasionally very faintly indeed,
thickened above; hyaline point very variable, usually about %
length of leaf, sometimes exceeding the rest of the leaf, or very
short and almost obsolete, terete, quite smooth or minutely
denticulate, broad at base or narrow. Basal cells at angles
rectangular, hyaline, in two or three rows extending a short
distance up the margin, the median narrower, coloured (yellow or
chlorophyllose), those next the nerve very narrowly linear, with
thick, slightly sinuose walls; above shorter, elliptic, chloro-
phyllose, sinuose, in upper part of leaf rectangular or quadrate,
the walls incrassate, smooth or slightly sinuose, rather pellucid, in
two strata near the apex. Seta very short, hardly longer than the
broad, concave perichaetial bracts, arcuate, pale yellow ; calyptra
small, mitriform, 3-5 lobed; capsule small, faintly striate when136
GRIMMIACEr'E.
dry, pale brown, lid conical, obtusely apiculate; peristome teeth
irregularly divided and pierced at the apex, red. Dioicous.
Hab. Siliceous rocks on mountains ; not common. Fr. autumn.
There is a peculiar facies about this plant by which it may generally be known in
the field ; this is partly due to the dense level tufts, dark grey or blackish, only the
few uppermost leaves on each stem forming minute separate points of green; and also
to the stems falling away from one another upon gathering, so that it is difficult to
preserve good tufts ; but the feature by which it is most readily known is the spiral
twisting of the leaves when dry, giving the stems exactly the appearance of miniature
ropes. In G. incurva the leaves though twisted are not appressed, and hence do not
present this appearance; in G. torquata—which in colour and texture is very
different—the leaves are much less closely appressed, often more or less twisted upon
themselves, and rarely, therefore, present the strict, close rope-like appearance of the
present plant. The hair-points in the present plant are almost always longer than in
that. The shorter and broader leaves will usually distinguish it from G. trichophylla
and the smoothish hair points from G. Muhlenbeckii.
The more luxuriant the stem and leaves the more pronounced is the cable-like
twisting, and I have dwarf specimens in which it is hardly perceptible.
In the old leaves, as is often the case with members of this genus, the upper cells
are blackish, very obscure, and hardly distinguishable.
7. Grimmia torquata Hornsch. (Tab. XXI. K.).
In large, swollen cushions, 1-3 inches high, soft; stems
slender, branched, coherent, bright or yellowish green above,
reddish brown below. Leaves erecto-patent, when dry incurved,
twisted and spirally contorted, very small and narrow, oblong-
lanceolate, carinate, the lower hairless, the upper with a very
short, flat hyaline point; margin plane or lightly reflexed, nerve
thin, areolation resembling the last, but more incrassate and
sinuose, pellucid. Seta longer than in the last, arcuate when
young, erect and flexuose when ripe, pale yellow ; capsule oval,
when mature oblong, pale brown, irregularly striate longi-
tudinally when dry, calyptra small, lid with a slender straight
beak; peristome teeth yellow, short, irregularly bifid. Dioicous.
Hab. Shaded alpine rocks ; not common. Barren in Britain.
The fruit of this plant was found for the first time in the Rocky Mountains, by
Leiberg, in 1888, and is elsewhere unknown. The barren plants frequently produce
filamentous or globose clusters of cells on the leaves, and these gemmae serve to repro-
duce the plant, as in so many mosses. When once known it is a species easily
recognised ; in aspect it resembles An&ctangium compactum rather than any of the
species of its own genus, and the extremely short hyaline point is hardly visible except
under the microscope. The leaves are more lax and less closely appressed when dry
than in the last, so that, except in stunted specimens, the twisting of the leaves is, less
rope-like and pronounced, and the upper leaves are usually less spirally arranged and
more irregularly incurved. The whole texture, too, is softer, and the stems though
easily separable do not fall apart of their own accord when gathered. The colour,
moreover, is as a rule quite different. The leaves are about equal in length, but
rather narrower.GRIMMIA.	137
8-	Grimrnia pulvinata Smith. (Bryum pulvinatum L.)
(Tab. XXI. L.).
In small, rounded, neat, dense cushions, £-i inch high, hoary
with the hair-points of the leaves. Upper leaves broadly oblong-
lanceolate, wide at apex, about f line long, spreading, when dry
erect and oppressed, ending in a long flexuose denticulate hair,
the lower narrower ; margin slightly recurved below, thickened
above; nerve distinct; cells all short, at base lax and shortly
rectangular, hardly any as much as twice as long as wide,
almost uniform throughout the breadth of the leaf, thin-walled;
gradually becoming shorter and smaller above and incrassate,
quadrate-hexagonal and rounded, with the walls sinuosely
incrassate. Seta cygneous, reddish, capsule hidden among the
comal leaves—after maturity the seta, when dry, becomes erect—
calyptra mitriform (rarely sub-cucullate) ; capsule oval, when dry
reddish brown, wide-mouthed, widely but distinctly 8-striate ; lid
shortly rostellate, straight or oblique ; peristome teeth dull red,
spreading when dry, densely barred, unequally divided above and
perforated. Annulus broad. Autoicous.
Var. f3. obtusa Htibn. (Dryptodon obtusus Brid.). Capsule
smaller, on a shorter seta, shorter, the lid obtuse, shortly and
bluntly pointed.
Hab. Walls and rocks in lowland districts. Common. The var. 0 rare. Fr.
spring.
This is the commonest species of the genus, and may usually be found on almost
any stone wall loaded with capsules in one stage or another of development. It is
very rarely found at high altitudes. The neat, round, hoary cushions, the cygneous
fruitstalks and the comparatively broad leaves will easily distinguish it from all species
but the next, to which indeed, as far as concerns the fruit, the var. obtusa is in some
degree an approach. The broader leaves with uniformly short basal areolation will
separate it from that without difficulty under the microscope.
9. Grimmia orbicularis Bruch. (Tab. XXII. A.).
Resembling the last species. Cushions larger and less
defined, stems more readily separating when gathered. Leaves
narrower, oblong-lanceolate, rounded at apex; margin not
thickened; cells near the nerve linear-rectangular, 6-8 times as
long as broad, yellowish, the others as in the last, at angles
shorter, wider, hyaline in two or three marginal rows ; the upper
cells resembling G. pulvinata. Seta pale; calyptra cucullate;
capsule smaller, oval-globose, when dry very faintly striate,138
GRIMMIACE/E.
slightly contracted at the mouth ; lid short, obtuse, mamillate.
Annulus narrow. Peristome pale red, more distantly and
distinctly barred.
Hab. Calcareous walls and rocks ; not common. Fr. spring.
Of a rather duller colour than the last species, and differing markedly in the
characters italicised above. Without microscopic examination the var. obtusa of that
species might easily be taken for it, and the two occasionally grow together. The
basal cells will, however, aid in separating them under the microscope.
10. Grimmia trichophylla Grev. (Tab. XXII. B.).
In loose wide patches, grey or yellowish green, $-i inch high.
Leaves narrow and elongated, linear-lanceolate to broadly
lanceolate, tapering to a long point, erecto-patent, when dry
appressed and slightly twisted, the lower small, with short points,
the upper larger, longer (f-ij lines), ending in longer smooth or
faintly denticulate hair-points, usually about half the length of
the leaf, sometimes longer. Nerve strong, elevated at the back
of the leaf, semi-terete; one or both margins recurved below.
Cells at base variable, the marginal usually shorter and wider,
more or less hyaline, rectangular, the other basal cells longer,
narrowly rectangular or linear, but never very narrow nor
elongated ; faintly but not strongly sinuose, nor very incrassate ;
all quickly becoming shorter and smaller upwards, sinuosely
quadrate, in upper part of leaf very small, incrassate, quadrate
or slightly irregular, sinuose, often obscure and opaque.
Dioicous. Perichaetial bracts sheathing; calyptra mitriform or
sub-cucullate ; seta cygneous, afterwards erect and flexuose, pale,
capsule oval or oblong, not wide-mouthed, pale yellow, when old
brown, more or less strongly plicate; lid shortly rostellate;
peristome teeth red, erecto-patent when dry, 2-3 cleft, papillose.
Hab. Rocks and walls, not uncommon. Fr. less frequent, summer.
A variable species, both in habit and structural detail; rarely without some tinge
of yellow, which, with the laxer, wider growth, and the narrower leaves and paler
capsules, easily distinguishes it from the last two species. The smooth hair-point
separates it from G. decipiens and G. Miihlenbeckii ; G. Stirtoni and G. subsquarrosa
differ in the shorter, wider, basal cells ; G. robusta is very near it, but the
inflorescence is autoicous, and the cells are usually decidedly more sinuose. Tall
robust forms of the present species approach G. elatior; but the leaves in that are
larger, with the basal cells very narrow, sinuose, and incrassate, and the upper larger
and more distinct. Except in the twisting of the leaves when dry G. funalis is very
like it, but the leaves of that species are almost always shorter, and in proportion to
their length broader.
On the Continent it varies even more than with us, and two or three species have
been described from what are, in the opinion of recent authors, only varietal forms.GRIMMIA.
139
* Grimmia Muhlenbeckii Schp. (Tab. XXII. C.).
Very near G. trichophylla, and by some authors considered a
variety only, differing as follows :—Rather more robust than the
usual form of that plant, leaves more strongly keeled with the
nerve more prominent at back, hair-point strongly denticulate or
spinulose; the margins less recurved ; the capsule smaller,
shorter, smooth or very indistinctly striate when dry. These
characters are, however, subject to much variation, whether in G.
trichophylla or G. Muhlenbeckii, and it appears to be a rule that
in G. trichophylla the shorter the capsule the less plicate it
becomes, while the greater or less denticulation of the hair-point
is equally unimportant, typical specimens of G. Muhlenbeckii as
regards the fruit sometimes having the hairs only faintly
denticulate. It usually grows in more compact tufts, not in loose
wide patches as does G. trichophylla, and is more at home at
high altitudes, whereas the latter prefers subalpine situations and
more exposed rocks.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, usually on mountains. Very rare. Ballater. Kynance
Cove. Fr. summer.
11. Grimmia subsquarrosa Wils. (Tab. XXII. D.).
In small lax tufts, hardly one inch high, dull green above,
blackish below; somewhat resembling G. trichophylla; leaves
crowded, gradually longer upwards, forming a slight comal tuft
at the apex of the slightly curved branches, the lower patent,
the upper squarrose, when dry erect and appressed ; broader than
in the above species, and shorter (|-| lines), margin recurved ;
lower muticous, upper with a shorter, roughish hair, about | length
of the leaf ; basal cells short, wide, rectangular, somewhat hyaline,
thin-walled, not sinuose, about i| times as long as wide, a few
near the nerve occasionally longer and narrower; in the upper
part of the leaf minute, sub-quadrate or irregular, obscure, often
incrassate. I have seen no description of the fruit; the capsules,
in the only fertile specimen I possess are old, dark coloured,
resembling G. trichophylla but smaller, on a shorter seta, bluntly
striate. Dioicous.
Var. /?. edinensis Braithw. (G. edinensis Ferg.). Very
short, black, in dense cushions ; leaves shorter, less concave-
carinate, less squarrose.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, rare, or overlooked. The var. fi, Arthur’s Seat
(Fergusson). Fr, very rare.140
GRIMMIACE^E.
This plant has not, so far as I am aware, been found outside Great Britain. The
fruit has only been detected in one locality; frequently globose gemmae are found on the
surface of the leaves. Limpricht considers it a gemmiparous form of G. Muhlenbeckii;
it has however a different aspect, and the basal areolation is distinct. By that and by
the decidedly squarrose-recurved comal leaves it may without much difficulty be
recognised.
The Rev. C. H. Binstead informs me that it grows commonly about the shores of
several of the English Lakes, on rocks liable to be submerged; in these situations the
hair-point is obscure, and the plant often larger.
12. Grimmia Stirtoni Schp. (Tab. XXII. E.).
In small dense blackish cushions, about ^ inch high. Leaves
short, ovate-lanceolate, hardly 7iarrowed at the insertion as in
G. trichophylla and G. Muhlenbeckii, erecto-patent, appressed
when dry; margin slightly recurved below, thickened above, the
upper ending in a short, nearly eiitire hair; areolation resembling
that of the last species, not sinuose, lax and shortly rectangular
at base, above small, rounded-quadrate, more or less incrassate,
in regular longitudinal rows. Dioicous. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Basaltic rocks; very rare. Near Glasgow (Stirton). New Galloway
( Me Andrew ).
I have placed this species in the present section, although the fruit is unknown,
on account of its evident relationship to some of the foregoing species; it is indeed
hardly separable from G. trichophylla, of which too, Limpricht considers it a form,
except by the areolation, which is wanting in the narrow-linear, sinuose basal cells of
that plant. Like G. subsquarrosa it appears to be confined to the British Isles. In
areolation it comes near G. moniana, but that has plane margins, less thickened above,
and longer hairs.
13. Grimmia decipiens Lindb. (Trichostomum decipiens
Schultz ; G. Gchultzii Wils., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXII. F.).
Robust, in lax tufts, 1-1J inches high, stems easily falling
apart; yellowish or grey above, darker below, hoary with the
hair-points of the leaves. Leaves crowded, spreading, large,
from an oval-oblong broad base gradually narrowed to a lanceolate
point, i-i£ lines long, concave, carinate above, margin recurved,
nerve broad, strong; hair-point long, sometimes almost equalling
the rest of the leaf, strongly spinosely denticulate, decurrent at
the margins of the leaf-apex. Cells at basal margins short,
rectangular, hyaline, in 4-6 rows, forming marginal bands distinct
throughout the leaf-base ; the median narrow-linear and elongate,
slightly sinuose, thin, yellowish, above becoming shorter and
more sinuose, very sinuose and rectangular in the rest of the
leaf, near summit sub-quadrate, regular, rather incrassate, in two
strata, rather large. Capsule oval-oblong, brown, strongly
striate, longer than in G. trichophylla; lid rostrate ; calyptraGRIMM I A.
141
mitriform, lobed. Peristome teeth lanceolate, deeply divided
into two, rarely three, filiform branches. Autoicous; male
flowers axillary.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, at low elevations ; not common. Fr. summer.
Easily known by its robust habit and rough, long hairs, the autoicous inflorescence,
the sinuose areolation, etc. The last character is somewhat variable however, as is
also the amount of roughness of the hair-points, and forms occur linking it with the
sub-species G. robusta. G. elatior has still longer leaves with smoother points, and is
dioicous.
* Grimmia robusta Ferg. (G. decipiens var. robusta Braithw.,
Brit. M. FI.) (Tab. XXII. G.).
Closely resembling G. decipiens, but differing in the darker
tufts, the stems less branched ; the leaves stnaller, with the hair-
point shorter, smooth or nearly so, the cells short, rectangular
and sinuose almost to base, only a few rows near the nerve being
narrow and elongated. Fruit not seen.
Hab. Rocks. Rare.
Braithwaite is no doubt right in uniting this with G. decipiens, though where sub-
species are admitted it is probably worthy of the higher rank. It also comes very
near G. tnchophylla in some of the forms of that moss, but the cells are more dis-
tinctly sinuose, and the colour different from what is usual in that species.
14. Grimmia elatior B. & S. (Tab. XXII. H.).
Tall and robust, 1-3 inches high, in lax tufts, the stems
easily separating, naked and decumbent at base, repeatedly
dichotomous; grey or yellowish green above, blackish below.
Leaves erecto-patent, appressed when dry and straight or turned
to one side, very long, from a wide oblong base gradually
lanceolate, carinate-concave, i-if lines long, one margin strongly
revolute, the other less so or plane, sometimes obscurely
toothed near apex, hair-point short, about 5 length of leaf,
smooth or slightly denticulate, narrow at the base, nerve strong,
prominent at back. Basal cells yellowish, narrow-linear, elon-
gate, strongly sinuose and incrassate, a few rows at margin
short, rectangular, thin-walled ; above the cells rapidly shorten,
becoming very sinuosely rectangular, then quadrate and
irregular, small, incrassate, all sinuose, opaque, in two or three
strata near apex, irregularly papillose. Dioicous. Seta short,
curved, pale ; calyptra mitriform; capsule rather large, pale
brown, oval-oblong, sulcate when dry; lid rostellate; teeth of
peristome bright red, irregularly divided, closely articulated.142
GRIMMIACE^E.
Hab. Siliceous rocks in mountainous regions; very rare. Clova (Fergusson).
Barren in Britain. Fr. spring.
One of the most robust of our species; G. decipiens differs in the rough hairs,
shorter leaves and larger apical areolation ; G. robusta in the much shorter, less
incrassate and narrower basal areolation ; G. trichophylla sometimes approaches it,
but is probably never quite so large in its parts, and the basal cells are less incrassate,
less sinuose and wider, and the nerve weaker; the fruit is quite distinct.
15. Grimmia Hartmani Schp. (Tab. XXII. I.).
In wide patches, yellowish-green above, brown below ; stems
procumbent, naked at base, rigid, somewhat dichotomous,
branches ascending. Leaves patent, frequently, especially the
upper ones, falcato-secund, when dry slightly contorted, long
(i-ij lines), pellucid, broadly lanceolate from a wide base,
gradually narrowed to an acute apex, the tip denticulate, green
or hyaline in a very short hair-point; one or other margin
recurved ; cells of mid-base narrowly rectangular, incrassate,
slightly sinuose, about 3-6 times as long as broad, becoming
shorter and more sinuose upwards, a few rows at margin shorter,
wider, hyaline, with thinner walls ; in upper part of leaf small,
rounded, or sinuosely quadrate and irregular; nerve pale,
prominent at back ; terminal clusters of brown globular gemmae
usually occur conspicuously on small, thin, deformed leaves at the
apex of the stems. Dioicous ; capsule oblong, smooth ; calyptra
mitriform, lid rostellate, peristome teeth almost entire.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, not common. On trees, Aber. Fruit not found in
Britain.
This curious and interesting moss resembles some species of Rhacomitrium in
habit more closely than those of its own genus, but may generally be recognised by
the spreading falcato-secund upper leaves, with very small hair points, and by the
terminal balls of brown gemmae, which are usually present and conspicuous ; the
areolation is, of course, quite different. The stems are more rigid, and the whole
plant less hoary and greener than most of the allied species of Grimmia. The fruit
has only twice been found, in Hungary and Corsica.
The ridges on the back of the nerve described by Juratzka and Braithwaite are
usually, I believe, entirely wanting, and the nerve is quite terete. In this, as in
several species of Grimmia, when viewed by transmitted light, the centre of the nerve
appears very translucent and the sides opaque, giving just the appearance of two
lateral ridges, as in Rhacomitrium patens ; but careful focussing shows this to be an
optical illusion, which a transverse section confirms.
16. Grimmia patens B. & S. (Bryum patens Dicks. Rhaco-
mitrium patens Hiibn., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXII. J.).
In large dark loose tufts, bright or yellowish green above,
black below ; stems decumbent, naked at base, easily separating,
repeatedly dichotomous, 1-3 inches long, branches curved,GRIMMIA.
143
especially when dry. Leaves patent or slightly secund, when dry
erect and appressed, from a broad, oval-oblong base, elongate-
lanceolate (i-if lines), tapering to an entire or slightly toothed
point, not hyaline ; margin recurved below, slightly thickened
above; nerve very prominent at back, strongly two-winged in the
upper half of the leaf. Basal cells yellow, narrow-linear next the
nerve, with the walls smooth or slightly sinuose, becoming shorter,
wider and more sinuose outwards, a few rows at margin shorter,
with thinner walls, not sinuose, pellucid but not hyaline; all
becoming rapidly shorter above, sinuosely rectangular, then
minute, rounded or transversely elliptical and compressed, very
dense, in regular longitudinal rows, 2-3 stratose, all more or less
incrassate. Seta rather long, arcuate, yellow; at maturity erect
and flexuose; calyptra mitriform, lobed ; capsule oval-oblong,
rather large, pale yellowish brown, plicate when dry ; lid shortly
subulate, straight, usually falling with the calyptra ; peristome
teeth long, divided into two filiform branches. Dioicous.
Hab. Siliceous rocks on mountains. Not common. Fr. spring.
A very distinct species, resembling in habit slender, dark forms of Rhacomitrium
protensum, but of a much softer texture when moist, though somewhat rigid when
dry ; the curious double wing at the back of the nerve is quite perceptible with the
lens, especially in the dry state, and will serve to distinguish the species from all other
plants it may resemble. The ripe fruit is very persistent, and soon has the appearance
of being lateral, from the growth of the innovations.
A few cells at the apex of the leaves are occasionally diaphanous, but I have never
seen anything approaching a hyaline point, which Boulay describes as sometimes
occurring ; the leaves vary much in the relative acuteness of their points.
* * Seta erect.
17. Grimmia Doniana Sm. (Tab. XXII. K.).
In dense rounded neat cushions, about inch in height,
greyish green above or almost black. Leaves spreading, appressed
when dry, the uppermost longer (1 line), oblong-lanceolate,
terminating in a slightly toothed hair nearly as long as the leaf;
the lower small, muticous ; margin plane, slightly thickened
above; nerve narrow, obscure at apex. Cells at base hyaline,
thin-walled, narrowly rectangular, 4-6 times as long as hroad,
the marginal hardly distinct ; becoming shorter, chlorophyllose,
incrassate and sinuose above, in upper part 2-stratose, sinuosely
rectangular or sub-quadrate. Capsule on a short, erect seta,
hardly elevated above the upper hair-points, pale brown, oval-
oblong, small, erect, smooth; lid conical, obtuse; calyptra144
GRIMMIACE/E.
mitriform ; peristome teeth deeply divided into two or three often
coherent branches. Autoicous.
Var. /3. sudetica Wils. (G.sudetica Spreng.). Taller, leaves
with longer hair-points ; capsule not exserted above the upper
hairs, lid conico-acmninate.
Hab. Siliceous rocks in mountain districts; frequent, and in some places
abundant. The var. rare. Fr. autumn.
Usually easily recognised by its neat compact black cushions, with abundant
small smooth capsules on straight setae. It is perhaps most like G. montana and G.
ovata, the former differing in its shorter basal cells, and cucullate calyptra; the latter
in the shorter hair-points, the more sinuose basal areolation, the slightly revolute
margin, etc.
18. Grimmia ovata Schwgr. (G. ovalis Lindb., Braithw. Br.
M. FI.) (Tab. XXII. L.).
In small, not very compact cushions, |-i inch high, olive-
green or black, sparingly canescent. Leaves spreading, closely
oppressed when dry, the lower small, muticous, the upper longer
(one line), lanceolate-acute from an oblong or slightly obovate
base, ending in a rather long almost smooth hair, about y3 length
of leaf in the uppermost leaves; one margin slightly recurved,
the other plane, thickened above ; nerve rather thin and faint,
obscure in the upper part ; basal cells near the nerve narrow-
linear, 4-8 times as long as broad, rather incrassate and faintly
sinuose, becoming shorter near the sides of the leaf, at margin
about three rows, much shorter, thin-walled, rectangular,
hyaline; all quickly becoming short, sinuose-rectangular, in
the upper half rounded-quadrate with sinuose walls, very obscure,
in two strata. Autoicous. Capsule exserted on a pale seta, oval-
oblong, rather narrow, pale brown, smooth ; calyptra mitriform,
sometimes sub-cucullate, lid shortly rostellate, obtuse, straight or
oblique ; peristome teeth divided to the middle into two or three
branches, more or less united.
Hab. Siliceous rocks on mountains, not common. Fr. usually in winter.
The closely appressed leaves give the stems a neater appearance when dry than
in most of the species, and the hair-points, though rather long in a few of the comal
leaves, are not very numerous, so that the plant is less hoary than in most of its allies ;
it is more robust and laxer in habit than G. Doniana, which it most resembles, with
longer capsules on longer fruit-stalks, more solid and more sinuose basal areolation,
etc.
The var. cylindrica Hiibn., which is described as British, does not seem to be a
strongly characterised form, though Nees and Hornschuch described it as a species in
common with two or three other equally unimportant forms.GRIMMIA.
145
19. Grimmia commutata Hiibn. (G. ovata W. & M.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIII. A.).
Taller and more robust than the last, in larger less compact
cushions, i-if inches high, dull green or blackish. Leaves less
crowded, less regularly appressed when dry, larger and longer,
i-ij lines long, more uniform throughout the stem, very concave,
from a short, very broad sheathing base, lanceolate, ending in a
rather long, stout, faintly denticulate hair; nerve distinct, rather
narrow, obscure above ; margins plane, erect or slightly incurved,
not thickened, basal cells resembling the last, but with a much
wider band of marginal hyaline cells, in j-10 rows; very quickly
becoming sinuose-quadrate, above rounded-quadrate, incrassate,
very obscure, bi-stratose. Dioicous. Capsule on a pale seta,
exserted, oval, brown, smooth, contracted at mouth; calyptra
cucullate, large ; lid with a longer oblique beak ; peristome teeth
divided to the middle and perforate.
Hab. Siliceous rocks. Rare. Fr. spring.
This is a coarser, more robust plant than the last, more hoary with the hair-
points, and especially distinct in the inflorescence. The character drawn from the
calyptra is rather misleading, since, according to Boulay, the base is sometimes 3-4
lobed, while in G. ovata it is not uncommon to find it sub-cucullate, deeply cleft on
one side aud oblique, and only very faintly lobed otherwise. G. montana and G.
alpestris differ in the shorter basal cells and less concave leaves.
20. Grimmia montana B. & S. (Tab. XXIII. B.).
In low compact cushions, scarcely an inch high, dark green,
or hoary with the hair-points of the leaves ; leaves erecto-patent,
erect when dry, resembling those of G. ovata in shape, lanceolate
from a broader base, short tf-line long), margins plane ; hair-
point fully as long as the leaf in the uppermost leaves of the stem,
denticulate, wide at base and decurrent, nerve distinct; basal
cells almost uniform, resembling those of G. pulvinata,
rectangular, hyaline, short (1^-2 times as long as broad), with
rather thin but firm, not sinuose, walls, those nearest the nerve a
little narrower and longer; above quickly becoming small,
chlorophyllose, quadrate, faintly sinuose, in upper half small,
roundish-quadrate, obscure, incrassate. Dioicous; seta short,
pale ; calyptra cucullate, large; capsule shortly oval or oval-
oblong, smooth, reddish brown ; lid rostrate, '/$ length of capsule.
Peristome teeth pale, narrow, irregularly cleft.
Hab. Siliceous and calcareous rocks at low elevations. Rare. In fruit, Fingle
Bridge, Devon. Fr. spring.146
GRIMMIACE/E.
The small hoary tufts resemble G. pulvinata, but the fruit when present is quite
different. The short, wide, basal areolation will readily distinguish it from all the
allied species except the next, which it very closely resembles; the distinguishing
characters are pointed out under that plant.
21. Grirnmia alpestris Schleich. (G. UngeriJuratz., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXIII. C.).
Very near G. montana, differing in the leaves, slightly more
erect and straight when moist, rather shorter and broader at the
points, the margins more inflexed, and more strongly thickened,
the hair-point rather shorter and smoother; perichaetial bracts
larger, broader, half-sheathing. Capsule on a rather longer seta,
smaller, rather narrower, oblong-cylindric; lid conical, short,
obtusely pointed. Dioicous or rarely autoicous.
Hab. Siliceous rocks in alpine districts. Very rare. Near Ballaler. Clova.
Fr. spring.
G. alpestris, besides being closely allied to G. montana, is liable to be confused
with lax forms of G. Doniana, which however has longer and narrower basal cells
and a mitriform, not cucullate, calyptra.
22. Grimmia leucophaea Grev. (G. campestris Burchell,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIII. D.).
In loose wide tufts, easily breaking up, dull green, hoary
above. Leaves crowded, gradually larger towards the apex of the
branches, closely and regularly appressed when dry, concave,
short, (|-§ line), very broad, triangular-oval or oval-oblong,
broad at the apex, terminating in a very long, finely denticulate,
flattened hair, which is very wide at the base and decurrent,
often longer than the leaf; margin plane, not thickened; nerve
thin, flattened. Upper cells roundish-quadrate, very chloro-
phyllose, the basal rectangular, more diaphanous, a few rows
next the nerve slightly elongate and hyaline, the rest shorter
(often broader than long), more quadrate; all slightly incrassate,
and non-sinuose. Capsule hardly exserted, erect, oblong, rather
large, smooth, thick-walled; calyptra mitriform, lobed; lid
rostellate. Dioicous.
Hab. Dry siliceous rocks in warm situations. Not common. Fr. spring.
A very distinct plant, the broad, short leaves having no resemblance to those of
any of the species of this Section, except G. pulvinata and G. orbicularis, both of
which differ in the fruit and in the recurved leaf-margins. The broad, white hair-
points are very conspicuous.
It is a southern and lowland rather than an alpine plant.GRIMMIA.
147
23. Grimmia elongata Kaulf. (Tab. XXIII. E.).
In tall lax tufts, 1-2 inches high, with long slender stems,
decumbent at base and often denuded, frequently half buried in
sand, of a dull green or reddish-brown colour. Leaves crowded,
appressed and slightly twisted when dry, small, line long,
narrowly oblong or linear, carinate-concave, one margin slightly
recurved, thickened above; nerve narrow but distinct; lower
leaves muticous, only the upper with a very short, narrow hyaline
point, or even a few cells only diaphanous. Cells of mid-base
elongate-rectangular or linear, with smooth walls, a few rows
towards margin sinuose, yellow, slightly incrassate, about two rows
at margin shorter, broader, hyaline, forming a border extending a
considerable distance up the leaf; above, the cells become chloro-
phyllose, very sinuose, rectangular, slightly shorter towards apex,
but always longer than broad, elliptic-rectangular. Seta short,
capsule exserted, small, oval, smooth, not contracted at the mouth ;
lid conical, obtuse ; calyptra cucullate, lobed at the base ; peristome
teeth broad, almost entire. Dioicous.
Hab. Damp crevices of alpine rocks. Very rare and sterile. Clova (Fergusson) ;
Cumberland Mountains (Binstead).
The British form is stunted, in dense tufts less than an inch high. The very
short hair-points and the reddish brown colour give the plant a very different aspect
from most of the species of the genus ; and the form and structure of the leaves easily
determine it. Perhaps G. torquata comes nearest to it in the leaves, but the basal
areolation differs, and the habit is quite distinct.
24. Grimmia atrata Mielich. (Tab. XXIII. F.).
Tall, i-2£ inches high, densely tufted, yellowish green above,
black below. Leaves solid, about 1 line long, variously spreading
and curved, twisted when dry, lanceolate, gradually narrowing
from base to apex, obtusely pointed; without hyaline points;
nerve strong, broad, rather prominent at back; margin very
slightly and irregularly recurved, thickened from near the base
upwards ; cells at angles and for a short distance up the margins
lax, quadrate, hyaline, in mid-base variable, rather short, slightly
sinuose, soon becoming sinuosely rectangular, above distinct, in
upper part of leaf small, sub-quadrate, incrassate. Capsule erect
or slightly oblique on a rather long seta, oval-oblong, thick-walled;
lid shortly rostellate, obtuse; calyptra mitriform or sub-cucullate.
Dioicous.
Hab. Wet alpine rocks. Rare. Fr. autumn.148
GRIMMIACE^.
The broadly-pointed leaves, quite without hyaline points, with thickened margins,
distinguish this species from G. elongata, and indeed from all the species hitherto
described, G. patens differing widely in habit, in the leaves straight when dry, etc. ;
it differs from the next in the less obtuse, not cucullate, less solid and opaque leaves,
and is more like Rhacomitrium ellipticum, which however also has straighter leaves
when dry, and the areolation altogether different.
25. Grimmia unicolor Hook. (Tab. XXIII. G.).
Tall and robust, dull green, blackish below, 1-3 inches high,
in looser tufts, less coherent than the last. Leaves from an oblong
concave base narrowly linear or ligulate, obtuse and rounded at
apex with the margins incurved and cucullate, not hyaline-pointed,
nerve less prominent behind, flattened and somewhat indistinct,
margin plane; basal cells thin-walled, rectangular, 2-4 times as
long as broad, the marginal slightly more hyaline and distinct;
very quickly becoming short, incrassate, quadrate or rounded, not
sinuose, in 2 or 3 strata above and very obscure and opaque.
Capsule oblong, exserted on a rather long fruitstalk, erect or sub-
oblique, slightly contracted at the mouth; lid long-beaked;
calyptra mitriform or sub-cucullate. Dioicous.
Hab. Alpine rocks ; very rare. Clova. Fr. winter.
The leaves of this plant are quite different in the form of their apex from those
of any other Grimmia, and this, with the total absence of hair-point, abundantly
distinguishes it. It resembles G. patens in some respects, but the two-winged nerve
in that species is visible even with only a pocket lens, so that there need be no
confusion between the two.
30. RHACOMITRIUM Brid.
Plants with the stems usually elongated, dichotomously
branched, the branches often clothed with numerous short lateral
branchlets; leaves like those of Grimmia, often hair-pointed,
cells strongly sinuose, the lower all elongated, narrow-linear and
nodulose, a very few at margin occasionally different. Seta erect;
calyptra mitriform, longly subulate, often papillose, not plicate;
capsule oval, oblong or cylindrical, smooth; peristome as in
Grimmia, or with the teeth divided almost to base into two straight,
filiform branches. Dioicous.
Although closely allied to Grimmia and more or less connected
with that genus by certain species, the present genus has a
distinct character of its own, and apart from the habit and mode
of growth, some of the structural characters given above are by
no means unimportant ; and the separation of the two genera
while, to say the least, permissible, is undoubtedly desirable fromRHACOMITRIUM.
149
the point of view of greater convenience. All the species except
R. canescens and R. lanuginosum, are, as in Grimmia, confined to
rocks. The peculiar areolation of the leaf, especially at the base,
is at once recognised under the microscope, and identifies the
genus at a glance. Many of the species from their long prostrate
stems, numerous short branches, and apparently lateral fructifica-
tion, bear a great outward resemblance to the Hypnoid Mosses.
/Leaves without hyaline points ...............................................2
/Upper leaves with hyaline points ............................................6
/Cells long, very narrow ; stem with many short branches ..........4. fasciculare
\ Cells shorter ; lateral branchlets few or none .............................3
/Capsule round-ovate, hard ; Is. bistratose above..................1. ellipticum
3/Capsule longer ; Is. of one layer of cells ....................................4
/Ls. oblong, very obtuse, nerve not reaching the wide apex ........2. aciculare
4\Ls. narrower, more tapering ...................................................5
/Tall, loosely matted ; without lateral branchlets .................3. protensum
5/Small, dense tufts ; usually with a few branchlets ....[var. of] 6. heterostichum
,/Ls. with simply toothed hyaline points.........................................7
/Hyaline points erose, and very rough with papilke............................9
{Branchlets absent; capsule small, seta short......................6*. sudeticum
Plant with many lateral branchlets ; seta longer............................S
o/Upper cells of ls. short, hair (in type) long .................6. heterostichum
/Upper cells long and narrow ......................................3. ramulosum
/Ls. very papillose ; seta smooth .................................8. canescens
9/Ls. smooth (except the hyaline points); seta rough ............7. latiuginosum
A. DRYPTODON.
Stem dichotomous with .equal branches, without lateral
branchlets; leaves obtuse, without hyaline points; peristome
teeth resembling those of Grimmia.
1. Rhacomitrium ellipticum B. & S. (Dicranum ellipticum
Turn.; Grimmia elliptica Arn., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIII. H.).
Stems short, |-i| inches high, in close, rigid tufts, brown,
fragile, naked at the base. Leaves patent, small, erect and rigid
when dry, solid, without hyaline points, shortly oblong-lanceolate,
widened just above the base, thence narrowed to a stout, rather
obtuse point, margin plane, or slightly recurved at the base;
thickened above ; nerve distinct below, becoming narrower and
obscure above, brownish. Cells of the base elongate-linear,
strongly nodulose, incrassate ; only a single marginal row occa-
sionally rectangular and hyaline; above, in middle of leaf
becoming shorter and wider, about twice as long as broad, at theGRIMMIACE^;.
*50
extreme apex still shorter, minute, obscure, bi-stratose. Seta
rather short, variable in length, stout, rigid; capsule small,
shortly oval, smooth, glossy, after the fall of the lid somewhat
urceolate, contracted below the mouth, dark brown, of solid
texture; lid straight, subulate, almost as long as the capsule;
calyptra scabrous at apex; peristome teeth lanceolate, 2 or 3-fid ;
spreading when dry.
Hab. On dripping rocks and near waterfalls, in mountains. Not common. Fr.
winter.
Easily distinguished by its brown, rigid tufts and small, almost globose capsules,
which are sometimes on very short fruitstalks and almost concealed among the higher
innovations. R. frotensum is perhaps the species most nearly resembling it, but is
easily distinguished by its larger leaves with widely recurved margins. This, as well
as the two other species of the Section Dryptodon, is distinguished by its liking for
humid, almost aquatic situations. Grimmia atrata also much resembles it, but is
more robust with longer lid and calyptra, and the basal areolation much shorter and
less sinuose.
2. Rhacomitrium aciculare Brid. (Bryum aciculare L.;
Grimmia acicularis C.M., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIII. I.).
In coarse tufts, dull dark green, often becoming blackish, 1-3
inches high ; stems stout, dichotomously branched, rigid, denuded
below. Leaves erecto-patent, imbricated when dry, sometimes
sub-secund at apex, large, broadly oval-oblong, sometimes slightly
plicate, often rounded at the broad, obtuse summit, which is
entire or more or less dentate, not hyaline ; nerve rather narrow
at the base, becoming obscure above and vanishing at some
distance below the apex ; margin variously recurved. Cells in
one layer except in the upper part at margin, which is slightly
thickened, roundish-hexagonal or sub-quadrate near apex, below
elliptical-rectangular and sinuose, gradually becoming narrow-
linear and sinuose at base, a few angular cells broader, shorter,
quadrate, but otherwise similar. Seta straight, erect, about
£ inch long, dark brown ; capsule erect, brown, elliptical to sub-
cylindric, rather narrow-mouthed, smooth, lid longly subulate,
almost equalling the capsule; calyptra smooth; peristome teeth
divided into 2-3 unequal branches.
IIab. Rocks in streams in subalpine districts. Common. Fr. spring.
Readily known from all the other species by its broad obtuse leaves which are
usually somewhat denticulate above ; indeed, a fair amount of denticulation appears to
be the rule rather than the exception, and the var. denticulatuni B. & S. would seem
hardly worth preserving as a named form. In habit it is not unlike some forms of
Grimmia apocarpa var. rivularis.RHACOMITRIUM.
151
3. Rhacomitrium protensum Braun. (Grimmia aquatica
C.M., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIII. J.).
In large, loose, depressed patches, 2-8 inches long; yellowish
green, brown below ; stems rigid, procumbent, much branched ;
often curved when dry. Leaves erecto-patent or sub-secund,
appressed and straight when dry, from a wide oblong base shortly
lanceolate, at apex rather widely obtuse, quite entire, not hyaline-
pointed ; margin widely recurved, not thickened; nerve strong,
broad, reddish, reaching to the apex or nearly so ; cells in upper
part of the leaf short, sinuosely elliptical, in one layer, minutely
papillose, gradually becoming longer and narrower downwards,
the angular scarcely distinguishable. Seta short, about j-inch,
appearing lateral by innovation; capsule oblong-cylindrical,
brown, often hidden by the upper branches; calyptra smooth;
peristome teeth divided into two narrow branches, which are free
or slightly cohering.
Hab. Damp rocks. Frequent. Fr. spring.
Not unlike Grimmia patens, but usually of a paler colour, and with quite a
different nerve. The leaves while narrower and more pointed than in R. aciculare
are more obtuse than in any of the other species ; in R. fasciculare they are much more
slender and delicate, with a far fainter nerve ; R. ellipticiun has them much smaller
with the upper cells bi-stratose, and the capsule is much shorter; R. heterostichum
var. gracilescens is usually much more slender, dull green or blackish, with smaller
leaves narrower at the tips; the other species are known by the hair-points. It is
sometimes of luxuriant growth, and I have seen the face of a large rock covered with
a rich golden green carpet of this moss, the stems 6 or 8 inches long.
B. EU-RHACOMITRIUM.
Stems with fasciculate branches and often with numerous
short lateral branchlets. Leaves usually hair-pointed. Peristome
teeth generally divided more than half-way into two filiform
branches.
4. Rhacomitrium fasciculare Brid. (Bryum fasciculare
Schrad. ; Grimmia fascicularis C. M., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIII. K.).
In close, flat patches, the stems short and more or less erect
in the centre, prostrate and creeping towards the outside, yellowish-
green, with crowded branches and numerous very short lateral
branchlets. Leaves patent and flexuose, appressed and very
slightly twisted when dry, from an oval-oblong base longly lanceo-
late, narrowly tapering, but not very acute and often distinctly152
GRIMMIACE/E.
obtuse, without a hyaline point, thin, pellucid, lightly plicate at
base; margin strongly recurved; nerve very thin and faint, ill-
defined, vanishing below the apex ; cells all long, narrow and
sinuose, even those in the upper part of the leaf 3-5 times as long
as broad and finely papillose, a single row, rarely two or three, of
quadrate or rectangular hyaline cells forming a marginal band at
the basal angles. Seta short, rather thick, brown ; calyptra
papillose over the whole subula; capsule oblong, dark brown,
thick-walled ; peristome teeth divided to base, divisions filiform.
Hab. Rocks, usually in subalpine situations. Frequent. Fr. spring and
summer.
There is nothing very distinctive in the appearance of this species at first sight,
but a more careful examination shows the leaves to be quite green to their tips, with
no trace of a hyaline point; and its slender habit and narrow leaves will distinguish
it from the last species, as will its mode of branching from the ordinary muticous-
leaved form of R. heterostichum ; in doubtful cases the cells, elongate to the apex of
the leaf, and the very faint nerve will abundantly distinguish it, while the total absence
of hair-point, dark seta, and larger, brown, pachydermous fruit will equally separate
it from R. ramulosum.
5. Rhacomitrium ramulosum Lindb. (Grimmia ramulosa
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.; R. microcarpon Brid., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXIII. L.).
In low pale green or yellowish tufts, slightly hoary; stems
slender, nodose, with very numerous short obtuse lateral branch-
lets. Leaves shorter than in the last species, thin and pellucid,
lanceolate from an ovate base, rather broad at the point, with a
flat, denticulate hair-point variable in length, usually very short;
margin recurved, not thickened above, nerve stronger and more
distinct than in the last, percurrent; cells all elongated and
extremely narrow, 3-6 times as long as broad at apex. Seta
short, pale yellowish; capsule very small, pale, thin-walled, oval
or oblong; calyptra papillose above; peristome teeth short, deeply
divided almost to base.
Hab. Dry mountain rocks. “Highlands” (Herb. Hook.). Fr. autumn.
The only claim to its being considered a native of Britain rests upon a specimen
of this plant in Hooker’s Herbarium, labelled as above. Boulay and Husnot unite it
with R. heterostichum as a variety, but the reason for so doing is difficult to see, so
long, especially, as R. sudeticum is maintained as a separate species ; I cannot but think
that the uniformly elongated areolation in the present plant is a character of greater
importance than any which separates the former from R. heterostichum. In habit R.
ramulosum resembles R. fasciculare to some extent, and in the densely nodose branch-
ing it even approaches R. canescens, while the hair-point is occasionally so developed
as to render the plant quite hoary ; the areolation and the presence of a hyaline point
make it easy of recognition ; in the fruiting characters it is near R. sudeticum, but theRHACOMITRIUM.
153
habit of that plant is quite different. So much doubt exists as to the plant intended
by Bridel to be described by his name R. microcarpon, that it seems safer, and is far
less confusing, to use Lindberg’s name for the present species and R. sudeticum for
the second of the two plants to which Bridel’s name has equally been applied.
6. Rhacomitrium heterostichum Brid. (Trichostomum
heterostichum Hedw.; Grimmia heterosticha C.M., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIV. A.).
Typically a rather short-stemmed plant, growing in close
tufts, erect or more usually depressed, at the outside of the
patches prostrate, rigid, greyish green, hoary ; stems dichotomously
branched with few branchlets which are usually slender and spread-
ing rather than short and nodose ; leaves spreading or subsecund,
erect but not appressed when dry, rather short and broad, oblong-
lanceolate from a wide base, gradually narrowed to a rather broad
point, the summit of which usually has a hyaline tip with decurrent
edges and is prolonged into a broad flat hair, which is denticulate
at the margins, and often longer than half the rest of the leaf ;
leaf-margins revolute to apex, slightly incrassate above; nerve
distinct, reaching apex and passing into the hyaline point; lower
cells linear, nodulose, a few at basal margin pellucid, upper
gradually shorter, broader than in the last two species, near apex
shortly rectangular, rounded, or sub-quadrate, usually 1^—3 times
as long as broad, shorter at margin, incrassate and sinuose below
the surface, not papillose. Calyptra papillose at apex; seta
straight, reddish, capsule oblong-cylindric, narrowed at the
mouth, thick-walled, brown. Peristome teeth rather short,
lanceolate, unequally divided.
Var. /?. alopecurum Hiibn. (Grimmia affinis Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.). Slender and elongated, with more numerous slender
fasciculate branches; less hoary, of a darker colour. Leaves
more acute, the hair-point shorter, J length of leaf, often almost
obsolete. Capsule shorter, peristome small.
Var. y. gracilescens B. & S. (G. affinis var. gracilescens
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FL). Still more slender, with longer,
often fastigiate branches, sometimes almost simple or only slightly
dichotomous; hair-points very short, often wanting; capsule
smaller than in the last variety, often paler and thinner-walled.
Hab. Rocks and walls in mountainous districts. Common. Fr. summer.
Rhacomitrium heterostichum is our most variable species, and the multiple forms
are so inconstant and so ill-defined as almost to defy classification. They depend
chiefly on the mode of ramification, the relative length, or absence, of the hair-point, the154
GRIMMIACE/E.
varying acuteness of the leaves, and the form, size, and texture of the capsule. There
appears to be little or no correlation between these characters, and it is therefore
unsafe to found even varieties on them. Thus forms with obtuse, muticous leaves
occur correlated with the most widely different form of capsule and varying degrees of
robustness and of branching, and I do not feel able to follow Braithwaite in making a
species, nor indeed even a variety of the obtuse-leaved form. Moreover, it is not at
all uncommon to find plants with the greater number of the leaves obtuse and
muticous, with here and there one with a short hyaline point.
The var. gracilescens is with equal difficulty separated from the var. alopecurum,
but I have taken it as embracing the slender forms with more or less dichotomous, not
fasciculately branched stems, the leaves closely imbricated when dry, more frequently
muticous and hairless, and the capsule smaller and paler. In some of its forms it
shows a distinct approach to R. sudeticum. It is to be found abundantly all over the
summit of Snowdon and several of the neighbouring mountains in large, deep tufts,
almost black, with tall, erect, densely crowded, almost unbranched slender stems,
nearly always barren.
Some forms have the upper margins distinctly thickened, which, with the shorter,
almost quadrate apical areolation, distinguishes the species from R. ramulosum, and
also, in its muticous form, from R. fasciculare. It is more difficult to separate from
R. sudeticum, although in its typical form widely different; in the var. gracilescens
the characteristic branching tends to disappear, the capsule becomes smaller, thinner
and paler, and in short a very close approach is made to R. sudeticuzn.
R. heterostichum in its mode of growth is sometimes not unlike a Grimmia, such
as G. trichophylla or G. decipiens ; the broad base of the wide hyaline points is some-
times sufficient to distinguish them in the field, with the wider, less elongated leaves;
in the absence of these marks, and of the typical Rhacomitrium branching, recourse
must be had to the microscope.
* Rhacomitrium sudeticum B.&S. (Trichostomum sudeticum
Funck. ; Grimmia microcarpa Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI. ;
R. microcarpon Brid. in part.) (Tab. XXIV. B.).
Resembling slender forms of R. heterostichum var.
gracilescens, in wide lax patches with ascending branches, dull or
yellowish-green above. Leaves small, narrowly acuminate,
margin incrassate above, nerve distinct ; hair-point short but
usually distinct, narrow, denticulate. Areolation frequently a
little wider and less sinuose at mid-base, but not constantly so;
above roundish-quadrate. Seta short, pale, flexuose or curved,
calyptra slightly papillose at apex. Capsule small, elliptic, pale
brown, thin-walled; peristome teeth irregularly divided.
Hab. Shaded alpine rocks. Not common. Fr. early summer.
Although this is almost universally considered a separate species, I have little
hesitation in uniting it with R. heterostichum. I can find no constant difference in the
areolation of the two, nor in the other characters of the leaves. The slender habit
and the branching are no doubt striking features, but R. heterostichum var.
gracilescens is often every whit as slender, while it has, as noted above, every form of
ramification ; in the form and texture of the capsule R. heterostichum is equally
variable, and I have forms which, on the basis of the fruit alone, would certainly be
called R. sudeticum. The var. validius Jur., moreover, of R. sudeticum, appears to
be in every way a transition to R. heterostichum.RHACOMITRIUM.
155
7.	Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Brid. (Trichostomum
lanuginosum Hedw.; Grimmia hypnoides Lindb., Braithw. Br.
M. FI.) (Tab. XXIV. CJ.
Growing in large mats, dull green or yellowish-brown, hoary,
rigid and fragile when dry ; stems procumbent, 3-12 inches long,
slender, with numerous slender, variously elongated lateral
branchlets. Leaves crowded, spreading, often falcato-secund at
the summit of the branches, appressed when dry, with the tip
flexuose, long, gradually narrowed from near the base to a very
long tapering point, the whole upper part forming a broad,
beautifully white diaphanous hair-point, often longer than the
rest of the leaf, Iongly decurrent at the sides of the leaf, erose-
dentate at margins, papillose on surface, flexuose and undulate
when dry; leaf-base oval, slightly plicate; margin revolute
below; nerve thin, broad, and distinct, running into the hyaline
point, at the base of which it is chlorophyllose, above becoming
hyaline but distinct almost to the apex ; cells in one stratum
throughout the leaf, arranged in regular rows, lowest very
incrassate, narrow-linear and nodulose, a single row at basal
margin of pellucid, not sinuose, narrow cells ; upper cells broader,
sinuose, shorter, but almost always at least twice as long as broad,
even at the base of the hair, smooth. Capsule on a short, rough
seta, arising on a short lateral branchlet, oval or elliptic-oblong,
pale brown, finally darker; calyptra rough at apex ; peristome
orange red, the teeth divided to base into two long filiform
branches.
Hab. Dry rocky heaths, wall tops, rocks, etc. Common. Fr. early summer,
not common.
The largest British species of the genus, and quite distinct in habit alone. It is
not very variable, but stunted forms occasionally are found which might at first be
taken for R. heterostichum, and a variety occurs with very short hair-points ; these are
however easily known by the longer, more sinuose upper areolation and other points ;
from R. canescens the smooth- cells of the leaf clearly separate it.
R. lanuginosum often covers large tracts of barren heathland, in big swollen
cushions; it is one of the few species of the genus which, like the next, are occa-
sionally found on the ground and not actually on rock. The hair-point of the leaf is a
most beautiful microscopic object.
The fruit is not very frequently found, but when it occurs it is produced in
considerable quantity. The rough seta is unique in this genus.
8.	Rhacomitrium canescens Brid. (Trichostomum canescens
Timm. ; Grimmia canescens C.M., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIV. D.).
In lax or dense tufts, erect or spreading, dull green, or
slightly yellowish; stems 1-4 inches long, variously branched,GRIMMIACE/E.
156
■withfew or many very short branchlets. Leaves variable in size
and shape, but always shorter and broader than in the last,
usually rather shortly acuminate from a wide ovate or almost
cordate slightly plicate base, spreading, flexuose, when dry as a
rule not much appressed, but variable ; usually, especially the
upper ones, ending in a hair-point of variable length, rarely more
than half the length of the leaf, broad, papillose, dentate, less
decurrent than in the last, often very short or wanting; nerve
thin, pellucid, faint, but usually distinguishable to the hair-
point ; margin revolute ; cells all strongly papillose, unistratose,
the upper short, sub-quadrate, sinuose, the lower long, narrow-
linear, nodulose, a few at basal angles wide, thin-walled and
pellucid, forming minute decurrent auricles. Seta long, smooth ;
capsule short, oval, or elliptic, slightly plicate when dry and
empty, brown ; calyptra and peristome resembling the last.
Var. [3. ericoides B. & S. Usually erect, stems straight,
lateral branchlets very numerous, short, with a regular alternate
or pinnate arrangement; leaves usually broader and shorter, with
a shorter hair-point.
Hab. Barren heaths and wall tops. Common. The var. £ equally common,
usually by sandy roadsides or in the detritus of stream beds. Fr. spring.
The peculiar ramification of this plant taken in conjunction with its normally long
hair-points, and with its habitat, usually makes its identification easy. It is, how-
ever, in some respects a very variable plant; and the hair-point is especially variable
in length. I have very frequently found plants with the hair-point entirely wanting in
nearly all the leaves, one form so exactly reproducing the appearance of R. fasciculare
in colour, mode of growth, and leaf-form that it can hardly be separated except by
the papillose cells, shorter above and enlarged at the basal angles ; another with the
leaves very broad, flaccid, strongly plicate, very shortly narrowed to an obtuse
rounded apex. Under the microscope R. catiescens is clearly marked off from the
other species by the strongly papillose cells and minute auricles. It is less elongated
and slender in all its parts than the last.
31. COSCINODON Spreng.
Characters of Grimmia, especially the species of the Section
Schistidium, but differing in the campanulate, plicate calyptra ;
capsule immersed on a short seta, peristome teeth more or less
perforated (cribrose). Dioicous.
Besides C. cribrosus there is another European species (C.
humilis) with non-plicate leaves ; a third species (C. Patersoni
Ferg.) has been described as Scottish, but its record as a British
plant was probably an error.COSCINODON.
157
1. Coscinodon cribrosus Spruce (Grimmia cribrosa Hedw.)
(Tab. XXIV. E.).
In small, very dense cushions, sometimes confluent and
forming wide patches, greyish green, hoary above, short. Leaves
crowded, spreading, appressed when dry, ovate-lanceolate or
shortly oblong-lanceolate, concave, margin incurved above;
plicate or rather costate at back on each side of the nerve,
especially in the upper part ; nerve narrow, prominent at back ;
upper leaves ending in a long, almost smooth hair-point, which is
often wide at the base and extends down the upper part of the leaf
apex ; cells at base rectangular, rather pellucid, not sinuose, thin-
walled or slightly incrassate, more elongated near the nerve;
above elliptical, then rounded, or quadrate, incrassate, smaller,
near apex often bi-stratose; perichaetial bracts thinner, less
plicate. Seta short, straight, capsule immersed, erect, oval,
smooth, wide-mouthed when dry, lid conical, rostellate ; calyptra
covering most of capsule, lobed at base, thin ; peristome teeth
lanceolate, orange-red, much perforated.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, very rare. Fr. summer.
This little moss resembles Grimmia anodon and G. crinita in its dense, hoary
cushions ; but the capsule is different and the plicae of the leaves at once distinguish it.
These are rather dorsal bands of thickening cells with something the appearance of
secondary nerves than simple furrows ; they are in some leaves very indistinct. The
species differs too from the above plants in never choosing a calcareous matrix.
Grimmia conferta is also something like it, but the calyptra, the larger cells, longer,
narrower hair-point, and plicate leaves of the present plant will easily distinguish it
from that.
32. PTYOHOMITRIUM B. & S.
Plants in dense cushions ; leaves long, narrow, without
hyaline points, crisped when dry; areolation not sinuose. Seta
straight. Capsule smooth. (la\yptra.campanulate, lobed, plicate.
Peristome teeth long, divided into two slender branches or almost
entire.
1. Ptychomitrium polyphyllum Fiirnr. (Bryum polyphyllum
Dicks. ; Glyphomitrium polyphyllum Mitt., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIV. F.).
In neat rounded dense cushions, yi-2 inches high, dark or
yellowish-green, blackish below. Leaves crowded, spreading and
flexuose when moist, strongly crisped when dry, large (2 lines
long), elongate-lanceolate from a broad, oblong, deeply plicate158
GRIMMIACE/E.
base, tapering to an acute but not slender nor hyaline point,
margin revolute in the lower half, above plane, incrassate,
coarsely and remotely toothed in the upper half; nerve strong,
channelled in front, rather indistinct towards apex ; cells at base
very narrow and long, regularly seriate, with thick lateral and
thin transverse walls, towards the margins wider, shorter;
reddish brown at base ; above, the cells gradually shorten, the
walls becoming uniformly incrassate, in all upper part of leaf
rounded-quadrate or transversely oval, very regularly arranged in
rows, brown and opaque. Seta erect, straight, about half-an-inch
long, but variable, several often arising from the same
perichaetium; capsule narrowly elliptic or sub-cylindric, pale
brown, thin-walled, smooth ; lid longly and finely subulate;
calyptra narrowly campanulate, lobed at base, plicate, slightly
scabrous at apex. Peristome teeth cleft to base, red, paler when
old, erecto-patent, segments long, filiform. Spores small.
Autoicous.
Hab. Siliceous rocks and walls in mountainous districts. Common. Fr. early
summer.
A very distinct and easily known plant, the neat cushions with the capsules usually
very abundant being conspicuous on nearly every wall in many mountain regions ; the
stems are thick and tumid with the large, densely crowded leaves. The serratures of
the leaves are sometimes very faint. The basal areolation is peculiar, the regular rows
of linear cells with very thin transverse walls, but strongly incrassate longitudinal ones,
giving frequently somewhat the appearance of each row being a single cell with
transverse partitions rather than a series of separate cells.
33. GLYPHOMITRIUM Brid.
Closely allied to Ptychomitrium, but of much smaller habit;
peristome teeth united in pairs, broad, entire.
The difference in peristome seems sufficient to warrant the
separation of these two genera, which in other respects too would
seem the more natural treatment.
1. Glyphomitrium Daviesii Brid. (Bryum Daviesii Dicks.)
(Tab. XXIV. G.).
In small dense smooth cushions, about half an inch high, deep
green. Leaves small (1 line), narrowly linear-lanceolate, tapering
to a rather broadly acute point, margin plane or narrowly recurved
below, incrassate above, entire, crisped when dry ; nerve strong,
thick, vanishing at apex; cells at base hyaline, thin-walled,
hexagonal-rectangular, rather shorter at margin, above elliptic,
incrassate, in all the upper half rounded-quadrate, regularlyGLYPHOMITRIUM.
>59
seriate, incrassate. Seta very short, /-2 lines, capsule small,
oval-globose, pale reddish brown with a red mouth, when dry and
empty wide-mouthed and sub-urceolate; lid longly rostrate;
peristome teeth red, in pairs, broad, lanceolate, reflexed when dry,
entire, closely barred, inserted below the mouth. Calyptra
whitish, at first narrow, plicate, reaching below the capsule and
embracing the seta, afterwards ventricose, shining and hardly
plicate, split at several points, on one side almost to apex. Spores
large, 30-40 Autoicous.
Hab. Basaltic and siliceous rocks. Rare. Fr. summer.
A pretty little plant, readily known by its small compact tufts, curled leaves and
numerous minute reddish capsules, with white shining calyptra. Without the latter
organ it bears a. slight resemblance to Rhabdoweisia, but the similarity is only
superficial. It grows well on the basaltic pillars of the North of Ireland and the
West Coast of Scotland, and is also found in Wales and England, but has not been
discovered beyond the British Isles.
34. CAMPYLOSTELIUM B. & S.
Minute, gregarious plants ; leaves small, very narrow, crisped
when dry, areolation punctate above. Seta arcuate, capsule
small, calyptra mitriform, s?nooth. Peristome teeth narrow,
cleft, equidistant.
A small genus, the place of which is somewhat uncertain ; it
is usually placed near Seligeria, to which it has close affinity, but
in leaf structure and in the mitriform calyptra and peristome it
comes very near Glyphomitrium and Grimmia.
1. Campylostelium saxicola B. & S. (Dicranum saxicola
W. & M., Glyphomitrium saxicola Mitt., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIV. H.).
Minute, dwarf, gregarious; leaves crowded above, longly
linear-subulate from a narrow oblong base, sub-acute, flexuose,
crisped when dry ; margin plane, entire, slightly incrassate above ;
nerve rather stout, vanishing in apex; cells at base lax, hyaline,
thin-walled, rectangular; above smaller, elliptic, incrassate, in
the limb small, rounded, often bi-stratose, incrassate. Seta
slender, cygneous, when mature and dry erect and flexuose;
capsule elliptic-oblong, pale, thin-walled, smooth ; calyptra
subulate, lobed; lid longly rostrate; peristome teeth reddish,
unequally cleft. Autoicous.
Hab. Sandstone and siliceous rocks ; not common. Fr. winter.i6o
GRIMMIACE/E.
The distribution of this little moss is very much that of Brachyodus trichodes,
with which, moreover, it is frequently found growing-. In habit it is most like
Seligeria recurvata, but that has more setaceous leaves with different areolation, and
a shorter, rounder capsule.
35. HEDWIGIA Ehrh.
Stems forked, with lateral innovations. Leaves broad, oval,
nerveless. Capsule immersed or very shortly exserted, roundish,
gymnostomous ; calyptra small, ftigacious ; lid short, obtuse.
A genus consisting of two species, which has been variously
located, but seems most at home under Grimmiacese. These two
species are sometimes treated as generically distinct, but the
distinguishing characters are not of great importance, and I have
admitted the later, perhaps less usual arrangement. The leaves
have some resemblance in form and areolation to Cryphaea
heteromalla, but there the agreement ends.
{Leaves with hyaline points, coarsely papillose ...............................i. ciliata
Leaves without hyaline points, scarcely papillose ...........................2. imberbis
1. Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. (Bryum ciliatum Dicks. : Hedwigia
albicans Lindb.) (Tab. XXIV. I.).
In small or wide patches, of a glaucous green, and usually
hoary, the tufts very easily breaking up when gathered. Stems
rather slender, at first erect, then elongated and procumbent,
rigid when dry, slightly forked and with shorter lateral branches,
1-4 inches long, denuded at base. Leaves when dry imbricated
with the apex recurved, often falcato-secund, when moist
spreading, often secund, especially on the procumbent stems,
concave, nerveless, ovate, acuminate and tipped with a long or
short, wide hyaline point, which is spinoselv denticulate at the
edges; margin recurved below, slightly sinuose; cells strongly
papillose, at mid-base yellow, narrow-linear with the lateral walls
incrassate and somewhat porose ; towards the margin the cells
are shorter, wider, sub-quadrate or rectangular with sinuose
walls, more pellucid, at basal angles often larger, quadrate,
brown ; upper cells in regular longitudinal rows, ovate, hexagonal
or sub-quadrate, all incrassate and usually angular. Capsule
sub-sessile, immersed ; perichsetial bracts ciliate on the margin
towards apex; calyptra small, only covering the lid, conical,
usually sub-cucullate, fugacious; capsule globose or slightly
oblong, wide-mouthed and truncate after the fall of the lid,
yellowish with a red mouth, smooth, annulus none; lid convex,
sometimes mamillate ; peristome none. Autoicous.HEDWfGIA.
161
Var. /3. leucophaea Schp. More robust, very hoary; leaves
wider, the base of the hair-point occupying almost one-third of
the length of the leaf.
Var. y. viridis Schp. Leaves imbricated when dry, bright
green, tip hardly hyaline.
Var. 8. striata Wils. Leaves (especially the uppermost)
distinctly striate; margin strongly recurved.
Hab. On siliceous walls and rocks, common. The var. on more exposed
rocks. The var y in more shaded localities, rare. The var. 5 rare. Fr. spring.
This species is somewhat variable, especially in the relative length and con-
spicuousness of the hyaline point; the vars. viridis and leucophaa are little more than
extremes of variation in this respect, linked with one another by innumerable
intermediate forms. Another form described by Schimper as var. secunda is also
found; it is only a more than usually elongated slender form with smaller, less
crowded, more secund leaves than usual.
Hcdwigia ciliata somewhat resembles Rhacomitrium heterostichum, and still
more perhaps Grimmia apocarpa, but the broader ovate leaves regularly imbricated,
at the base at least, when dry, are totally different upon closer examination. Forms
without hyaline points, which are however rare, might be taken for the next species,
but are nearly always of a decided green, less yellow ; it would always be safer, how-
ever to submit such forms to the microscope, when the strongly papillose leaves would
clearly refer them to the present species.
2. Hedwigia imberbis Spruce. (Gymnostomum imberbe Sm.;
Hedwis'idiiim imberbe B. & S., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.)
(Tab. XXIV. J.).
Resembling the last species in mode of growth, but with the
stems less forked, with lateral branches, sometimes flagelliform at
apex, dark brown below, yellowish brown at the summits of the
branches, not hoary; leaves spreading, rarely falcato-secund,
closely imbricated when dry, resembling the last in shape, oval-
oblong, quickly narrowed to a short acute apiculus, not hair-
pointed, nerveless ; margin strongly revolute almost to summit,
slightly notched or irregular at apex. Basal cells resembling
the last, the upper smaller, narrower, usually irregularly
rectangular and elliptic, or sub-quadrate, with incrassate
sinuose walls, smooth or slightly papillose. Leaves of the
flagelliform shoots and perichaetial bracts with the apex some-
times discoloured. Capsule on a rather longer seta, slightly
exserted; lid conical-rostellate, calyptra small, cucullate or sub-
cucullate. Autoicous.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, rare. Fr. autumn.
Usually easily distinguishable from the last by the absence of hyaline points to
the leaves, which are almost always brown or yellowish, more imbricated when dry,
with the margin more strongly recurved ; also by the smoother, smaller and narrower
areolation.
LTORTULACE/E.
162
Order IX. TORTULACEyE.
Mosses of usually low growth, radiculose only at base.
Leaves variable, from linear to spathulate ; areolation usually
thin-walled and hyaline at base, often small, obscure and papillose
above. Seta straight, capsule erect or very slightly inclined,
oval, oblong or cylindrical, calyptra usually narrow and cucullate,
peristome none or single, of 16 straight or spirally twisted teeth,
entire or divided, often into 32 filiform branches, papillose.
A large and polymorphous Order, very difficult to define,
owing to the number of lowly organised forms which, while
widely differing from the normal type of the Order, are clearly
inseparable from it by reason of the regular gradation between
them and the higher species. The structure of the leaves is more
important, perhaps unusually so, than that of the peristome,
which exhibits considerable variation even within the same genus,
and is indeed often absent from species whose close relationship
with other highly peristomate ones is undoubted. On one side
Tortulaceae comes very near to Dicranaceae, especially through
Ceratodon ; on another it approaches Funariaceae ; the higher
species of Tortula show great affinity to Encalypta, while
Cinclidotus is related to Grimmiaceae, and other relationships
could be pointed out; in a linear arrangement it is impossible to
preserve these affinities unbroken, and we are obliged to be
contented with drawing attention to the more important of them.
With some slight variation I have for the most part followed
Lindberg’s generic divisions and arrangement. I have however
united Ephemerum with the Funariacea;, as despite their near
resemblance to Acaulon they appear to be quite as closely related,
through Physcomitrella, with that Order, and the areolation is
rather Funarioid than Pottioid.
Tribe 1. Potties.
Leaves broad in outline, in only a few species narrowly
lanceolate; peristome when present of 16 or 32 teeth, entire or
cleft, sometimes to base, straight or twisted, often united at base
into a tube. Upper cells more or less hexagonal, lax and pellucid
or smaller and obscure.
36. ACAULON C.M.
Plants minute, bulbiform. Upper leaves very much larger,
concave, convolute. Capsule spherical, almost or entirely withoutACAULON.
163
an apiculus, immersed, cleistocarpous. Calyptra very small,
conical, irregularly torn at the base. Spores rather large,
granulated. Columella perfect. Male flower on a basal branch
or basal radicles.
These little plants are in the areolation somewhat inter-
mediate between the genera Ephemerum and Phascum ; in
habit, however, they are much nearer the latter, especially P.
cuspidatum, and it can hardly be doubted that they are rightly
placed here, whatever the position of Ephemerum. From all
species of Phascum and indeed from all the cleistocarpous mosses
with which they are likely to be confused, the round capsules
without distinct apiculus except a very minute one in A.
mediterranean, and the inflated, usually denticulate bracts easily
distinguish them.
fPerichcetial bracts convolute, not keeled ; seta straight.........2
\Perichsetial bracts connivent, keeled ; seta arcuate ...2. triquetrum
(Capsule not or minutely apiculate; bracts usually denticulate at apex, with
2-1 excurrent nerve ........................................1. jtiuticum
(Capsule distinctly apiculate ; bracts entire or sub-entire .1* mediterraneum
1. Acaulon muticum C.M. (Phascum muticum Schreb.;
Spheerangium muticum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXV A.).
Gregarious, minute plants, oval in outline and slightly
cuspidate by the rather elongated upper leaves or bracts, pale
greenish white or yellowish. Lower leaves very small, concave,
roundish-ovate ; about three upper much larger, the two upper-
most or inner perichaetial bracts being the largest, convolute,
cymbiform, rounded at back, not keeled, enclosing and covering
the capsule; irregularly denticulate or sinuose at the rounded
obtuse apex, nerve distinct, usually excurrent in a short erect
mucro, margin plane ; lower cells hyaline, rectangular, thin-
walled, rather large, the upper smaller, rhomboid-hexagonal or
sub-rectangular, smooth, the marginal ones often forming a more
or less distinct border. Capsule on a short straight seta,
immersed, spherical, or with a minute obtuse apiculus, orange-
brown ; calyptra very small, torn at the base. Male flower on a
basal branch or basal radicles.
Var. /?. minus Braithw. (Phascum muticum var. minus Hook.
& Tayl.). Smaller, shorter, bracts hardly exceeding the capsule,
more shortly pointed, entire.
Hab. Bare sandy spots, not unfrequent. The var. /3, Torquay ; Sussex. Fr.
winter and early spring.164
TORTULACE^.
Somewhat variable in size and in serrature of the bracts, this plant may always
be recognised by the rounded, not apiculate capsule, and the bracts connivent above and
concealing the fruit, not spreading and open as in Phascum ; the areolation, too, is
usually more elongated and rhomboid, and smooth. From A. triquetrum it differs in
the more elongate plants, more acute in outline, with the nerve of the leaves
straighter, less conspicuous, not recurved in the mucro. The upper cells in both
species are slightly incrassate, but not markedly so.
* Acaulon mediterraneum Limpr. (Tab. XXV. B.).
Differs from A. muticum in the rather more slender and
slightly curved outline of the plant, the leaves and bracts usually
less denticulate, the outer of the two bracts considerably shorter
than the convolute, inner one. Seta very minutely curved, or
straight. Capsule with a distinct obtuse apiculus. Male flower
adhering to basal radicles of the fertile plant.
Hab. Bank at Douglas, I. of Man [Holt, 1886).
Except in the characters above described, the specimens which Mr. Holt has
kindly sent me for examination show no difference from A. muticum, either in the
curvature of the seta or the smoothness of the spores. The seta I find as nearly as
possible straight, the spores minutely tuberculate as in A. muticum, the leaves and
bracts constantly more or less denticulate, and though less strongly so than is often
the case with the above, yet always more so than I have frequently found in that
species, which sometimes occurs with the leaves entire or only faintly sinuose, even in
the type.
The unequal bracts and the more distinctly apiculate capsule are I believe the
sole points that can be relied upon, and although of some value, they do not, I think,
constitute sufficient difference to allow the plant specific rank. Almost all writers
describe A. muticum as exhibiting a short obtuse apiculus, and its greater distinctness
here can therefore only be looked upon as a question of degree.
2. Acaulon triquetrum C.M. (Phascum triquetrum Spruce ;
Spheerangium triquetrum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXV. C.).
Resembling the last but smaller, often golden brown ; the
plants bulbiform, almost globose, rounded and obtuse in outline ;
the bracts rather more numerous, usually three, acutely carinate
as to give a triquetrous outline to the plant when viewed from
above ; the nerve strong, excurrent in a recurved apiculus, the
upper margin slightly recurved. Capsule on an arcuate seta.
Hab. On the ground on the south coast; very rare. Fr. early spring.
Distinguishable from tht first species by the characters italicised above, although
somewhat approached by the var. minus of that plant.
37. PHASCUM Schreb.
Minute, cleistocarpous plants. Leaves entire, ovate or lanceo-
late, upper areolation usually papillose. Calyptra cucullate.PHASCUM.	165
Capsule immersed or hardly exserted, sub-globose or oval with a
small apiculus. Columella perfect. Male flowers axillary.
j f Capsule immersed, or slightly emergent only .................................2
\ Capsule exserted on a curved seta ................................3. curvicolle
/Plant green ; Is. oblong-lanceolate .............................../. cuspidatum
\Plant brownish ; Is. ovate-acuminate............................2. Fleerkeanum
1. Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. (P.acaulon L.; Braithw.,
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXV. D.).
Densely tufted ; minute, but larger than the other species of
this genus, or of the last; deep green ; stems about i line high,
occasionally taller, sometimes forked. Leaves crowded, erect,
gradually larger upwards, the upper oblong-lanceolate, narrowed
to apex, carinate, somewhat twisted when dry; nerve excurrent
in a point of variable length ; margin entire, revolute towards
the middle; areolation lax and hyaline at the base, rectangular ;
above hexagonal and sub-quadrate, finely papillose at back.
Capsules single, or two or three together, on straight'or arcuate
pedicels of varying length, immersed or very slightly emergent,
roundish with an obtuse apiculus; calyptra conical, cucullate ;
spores moderately large, finely granulated.
Var. /3. piliferum Hook. & Tayl. (P piliferum Schreb.).
Smaller, leaves shorter, reddish, piliferous with the longly
excurrent nerve. Capsule large, immersed.
Var. y. Schreberianum Brid. (P Schreberianum Dicks.).
Tall, several times branched; leaves longer, the uppermost
spreading ; capsule slightly emergent.
Var. 8. curvisetum Nees & Hornsch. (P. curvisetum Dicks.).
Tall ; often divided; capsule emerging laterally on an arcuate
seta.
Hab. Clay banks, waste places, and fallow fields. Very common. The vars.
more rare. Fr. early spring.
An extremely variable plant in size, habit, and other points. The var. piliferum
is perhaps the best characterised and most stable variety, the other two are rather
the extreme forms each of a more or less connected series of gradations, many of
which may be seen on the same tuft, or even on the same plant. The var. piliferum
grows on sandy soil in dry places, usually near the sea, and has the hair-points not
(infrequently hyaline and hoary. It was considered a species by Schreber, and even
several varieties of it have been described.
P. cuspidatum, in addition to other characters mentioned under Acaulon muticum,
may usually be known from that species by the leaves being more or less twisted
when dry. It is more common than any of the allied species, and usually grows in
greater quantities and in more crowded tufts.TORTULACE^E.
166
2. Phascum Floerkeanum W. & M. (Tab. XXV. E.).
Very minute, gregarious, reddish brown. Leaves erecto-
patent, the upper larger, but not markedly so as in Acaulon,
slightly twisted when dry, concave, ovate-acuminate, stoutly
cuspidate with the strong reddish nerve; margin slightly revolute
above, entire, or faintly irregular with the transverse cell-walls
slightly projecting, cells lax at base and pellucid, hexagonal-
rectangular, the upper small, irregularly quadrate, rhomboid or
hexagonal, minutely papillose at back. Seta very short, erect.
Capsule immersed, small, rounded with an obtuse apiculus,
reddish ; calyptra conical, sub-cucullate ; spores pale, very
minutely granulated.
Var. /3. badium Brid. (P. badium Voit). Leaves longer,
narrower ; capsule smaller, ovate, dull brown.
Hab. Clay and chalk fields, rather uncommon. The var. rarer. Fr. winter.
One of the smallest of our mosses. It is known from small forms of the last by
the reddish colour, and shorter, more acuminate leaves, which are more spreading
above, whereas in that species they are more or less erect. From the next it differs
obviously in the straight, short seta and immersed capsules. The latter are occasionally
aggregate.
3. Phascum curvicolle Ehrh. (Tab. XXV. F.).
Very minute, gregarious, brownish. Leaves crowded, the
lower small, oblong-lanceolate, the upper larger, narrowly lanceo-
late, acuminate, nerve reddish, stout, excurrent into a long point;
margin recurved for the greater part of the length of the leaf,
entire or minutely crenulate-papillose at apex ; cells rectangular
at base, above small, rounded-hexagonal or sub-quadrate, very
papillose, obscure, incrassate; capsule laterally emergent on a
curved seta, solitary or aggregate, horizontal or pendulous, oval
with an obtuse point; calyptra rather large, cucullate. Spores
pale, very faintly granulated. Paroicous or synoicous.
Hab. Bare places and fallow fields, usually on chalky ground. Rare. Fr.
early spring.
Readily known by its oval almost pendulous capsule hanging out from the side of
the stem, and often more conspicuous than the rest of the plant ; the areolation too is
denser and more obscure than in P. cuspidatum, the var. curvisetum of which is the
only plant that, when in fruit, might be mistaken for it, and the spores are different.
The leaves are smaller and narrower than in the last.POTTIA.
167
38. POTTIA Ehrh.
Plants short, hardly branched, in tufts or scattered. Leaves
broad in outline, more or less ovate or oblong, usually papillose,
nerved almost always to apex or beyond ; areolation rather lax,
more or less hexagonal above. Calyptra narrow, cucullate.
Capsule erect on a straight seta, exserted, oval or cylindric,
cleistocarpous, gymnostomous, or with a peristome of 16
imperfect or lanceolate bifid teeth. Spores granulated.
The species of this genus form a very natural group, and the
only real question of difficulty is whether they should stand alone
or form a section of Tortula. The convenience of the former
arrangement is obvious, since there are as many as 40 species
belonging to Pottia, and a still larger number to Tortula, and
although there is no doubt considerable affinity between the two
groups, it can hardly be considered closer than is often the case
between allied genera; there is, moreover, a peculiar habit
among the Pottiae which is only found in a few species of Tortula,
and which is there always associated v/ith the elongated fruit and
characteristic peristome of that genus. It is true that Tortula
pusilla and T. lamellata form a connecting link between the two
genera, and that the two being obviously inseparable, one must
be removed from what would certainly be its natural place did it
stand alone; but the existence of such ambiguous forms is a rule
rather than an exception in nature, and to deny autonomy to all
groups that included such forms would be to reduce classification
to an absurdity.
In Pottia the stems are usually very short, and never much
elongated; the leaves are usually soft, and generally spread in a
stellate manner from the stem when moist; the capsule and seta
are almost always shorter than in Tortula, and the peristome
teeth are never filiform and elongated as in that genus.
The quinquefarious or octofarious arrangement of the leaves
while no doubt a valuable character, and fairly easy of deter-
mination in fresh plants, is not of much use in the study of
herbarium specimens; and even with the former it is sometimes
difficult, and occasionally, I am inclined to think, misleading.
Corbi^re describes, for instance (Rev. Bry. 1895, p. 34) an
octofarious var. of P. lanceolata.
Stomata are found on the neck of the capsule in most if
not all of the species; I have observed them on P. recta,
bryoides, minutula, Starkeana, truncatula, intermedia, Heimii,
and asperula.TORTULACE^E.
168
1. Pottia recta Mitt. (Phascum rectum With., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXV. G.).
Very small, gregarious, dull green or brownish. Leaves
erecto-patent, slightly recurved, small, concave, oblong-lanceolate
or ovate, shortly acuminate and rather acute, nerve strong,
reddish, excurrent in a short mucro, margin recurved, entire,
cells rectangular and hyaline at base, above small, rhomboid or
hexagonal, papillose, chlorophyllose. Capsule on a very short
seta, not much elevated above the leaves, cleistocarpous, small,
sub-spherical with a very small obtuse apiculus formed by the lid,
which does not however separate, orange-brown ; capsules occa-
sionally aggregate ; calyptra scabrous at apex, and indeed nearly
to base ; spores minutely and densely granulated. Paroicous.
Hab. Bare places and fallow fields, usually on calcareous soil, sometimes on
clay ; not common. Fr. winter.
This species is nearly allied to Phascum curvicolle, but the erect seta and distinct
though not deciduous lid make it easily recognised, and the upper leaves are shorter
and broader, the calyptra also is more scabrous. In habit it is more like P.
Starkeana, or P. minutula, but the deciduous lid and especially the wide-mouthed
capsules in those species readily distinguish them ; in the present plant the lid and the
line marking the orifice are very small and narrow. The next species is known by
the smooth calyptra and more elongate capsule.
2. Pottia bryoides Mitt. (Phascum bryoides Dicks., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXV H.).
Taller than the last, sometimes nearly half an inch in length,
dull green, densely gregarious. Lower leaves small, lanceolate,
upper much larger, broadly oblong-lanceolate, concave, acumi-
nate, margin revolute to near apex, nerve excurrent in a short
arista; upper cells larger than in the last, hexagonal-rhomboid,
incrassate, slightly papillose at back. Capsule cleistocarpous,
exserted on a short seta, about one line high, or less, oval or oval-
elliptic, abruptly or gradually narrowed into an obtuse persistent
rostellate beak ; calyptra smooth ; spores as in the last.
Var. /3. Thornhillii Braithw. (Phascum bryoides var. Thorn-
hillii Wils.). Leaves much longer, subspathulate, spreading and
slightly recurved, margin plane, nerve very shortly excurrent.
Capsule longer, with a long beak, on a longer seta. Spores
smaller, slightly granulated.
IIab. Fallow fields and bare places, rare. The var. /3 near Newcastle
( Thornhill, 1841). Fr. winter.POTTIA.
169
The capsule in this species is of a peculiar form, as is best shown by the figure.
Sometimes, however, it more closely resembles that of the last species, but is larger
and longer. That species has smaller leaves with much smaller areolation, more
papillose and obscure ; indeed, the foliage of P. recta is rather Phascoid than Pottioid,
while the present species in the leaves closely resembles some of the other species of
Pottia. The fruit, however, will readily separate it.
The var. Thornhillii, which I have not seen, was by Wilson considered as
possibly a distinct species, and the characters as detailed by him are certainly
striking.
P. bryoides is a variable species, and other forms have been described as varieties,
but apparently on slender grounds ; one form (var. pilifera) has the nerve excurrent
in a long hair-like point.
3.	Pottia Heimii Fiirnr. (Gymnostomum Heiviii Hedw.)
(Tab. XXV. I.).
A comparatively tall species, with the stems § inch high,
but very variable in this as in other respects, tufted, yellowish
green. Leaves increasing in size upwards, lower broadly
lanceolate, those at the top of the stem long, narrowly oblong-
lanceolate, acute and slightly acuminate, spreading when moist,
appressed and slightly twisted when dry; margin plane, serrated
towards apex ; nerve reddish, usually slightly excurrent ; cells in
the lower half of the leaf elongated, rectangular, lax, hyaline ; in
upper part rather large, hexagonal-rhomboid, chlorophyllose,
rather incrassate, papillose. Seta long inch), rather thick,
twisted when dry; capsule obovate-oblong, rather large, but
variable, thick-walled, narrowed at base, pale brown, wide-
mouthed when empty; calyptra smooth; lid obliquely rostrate
from a broad flat base ; columella attached to lid, at maturity
lengthened beyond the mouth of the capsule, elevating the lid and
retaining it for some time ; peristome none. Autoicous or rarely
synoicous.
Hab. Muddy and sandy ground near the sea. Frequent. Fr. spring.
This is one of our few distinctly maritime mosses ; it somewhat resembles robust
forms of P. intermedia, but it has a different facies from any of the other species, by
which it is easily recognised, the long, stout seta greatly contributing to this. It is
also quite distinct in the leaf apex, and although among its many variations it occa-
sionally has the leaves entire, it is rarely that it may not be known by this character.
The lid, elevated above the mouth of the capsule and remaining attached to the
columella, is a very curious and striking characteristic of this species during the time
that the fruit is mature.
The plane margin of the leaf would distinguish doubtful or barren forms from P.
intennedia; the leaves are also usually of a more solid texture than in the allied
species.
4.	Pottia truncatula Lindb. (Bryum truncatulum L. ; Pottia
truncata Fiirnr., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXV. J.).
In loose tufts or patches, dark green ; j-inch high, slightly
branched. Leaves quinquefarious, spreading, soft, twisted when170
TORTULACE/E.
dry, lower short, oblong-spathulate, upper longer, oblong, shortly
and slightly acute ; margin plane, slightly irregular towards apex
with the projecting transverse cell walls, but not papillose ; nerve
excurrent in a short point ; upper cells rather large, hexagonal,
thin-walled, smooth. Seta short, slender ; capsule shortly oval
or turbinate, when empty truncate, wide-mouthed and almost
hemispherical, thin-walled, pale brown, exannulate ; lid flat, with
a very oblique, more or less longly rostrate beak. Calyptra
smooth. Peristome none. Spores large, minutely punctulate.
Autoicous.
Hab. Banks, fallow fields, etc. ; very common. -Fr. winter.
The commonest species of the genus, and recognised without difficulty by the leaf
form and the short truncate capsules with obliquely rostrate lid. The capsule is,
however, somewhat variable in length and form.
* Pottia intermedia Fiirnr. (Gymnostomum intermedium
Turn. ; P. lanceolata var. gymnostoma Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XXVI. A.).
Taller, rather larger in all its parts; leaves longer, margin
revolute at middle, at apex slightly rough with projecting
papillae as well as with the transverse cell walls ; areolation
slightly papillose at back in the upper part of the leaf. Capsule
longer, oblong, more or less elongated ; peristome absent or very
rudimentary. Annulus broad.
Hab. Walls, fallow fields, etc. ; frequent. Fr. winter.
In its typical form a markedly different plant from P. truncatula, but the above
characters are not always pronounced, and the re volute margins and papillose leaves
are sometimes correlated with a very short, truncate capsule. The papillosity of the
leaves does not, indeed, seem to afford a very stable specific character in this genus.
It frequently grows with P. lanceolata, but I have never found any trouble in
separating the two; apart from the peristome the latter has narrower, more
regularly cylindrical, dark red or purplish capsules, thick-walled, narrower at the
mouth, with a regularly conical lid, obtuse, and of variable length ; the present plant
has the ripe capsules always paler, brown, broader, more or less wide-mouthed, with
the lid as in P. truncatula wide and flat at the base, with a narrow and oblique
rostellate beak. In addition to this, the spores in P. intermedia are much larger,
being double the diameter of those of P. lanceolata, and the areolation also, as Braith-
waite points out, is larger than in that species. It is difficult therefore to see why
Schimper unites the present plant with P. lanceolata rather than with P. truncatula.
I have not seen any specimens that would bear out the supposition, but it is difficult
to resist the conclusion that there are probably two plants confused under this name,
the more so as Boulay, who follows Schimper on this point, and whose care and
accuracy of observation are noticeable throughout his work, distinctly attributes to it
almost all the characters I have above enumerated as distinguishing P. lanceolata.
I am unable to see anything in P. littoralis Mitt, but a form of P. intermedia
somewhat intermediate between that and P. truncatula, which latter it resembles in
the smooth, slightly smaller, not papillose cells, with the cell walls somewhat morePOTTIA.
I7I
incrassate than is usual in the former plant. This is also the view taken by Husnot
(Muscat. Gall., pp. 76, 433), who remarks that M. Corbiere has found the above
characters gradually disappear in proportion to its distance from the sea.
* Pottia viridifolia Mitt. (Tab. XXVI. B.)
Resembling P intermedia, but with the leaves octofarious,
densely crowded into a comal tuft, bright green, widely spathu-
late, obtuse, the upper cells highly chlorophyllose; plant more
rigid. Seta short; in other respects the fruiting characters are
almost exactly those of the sub-spec, intermedia. Peristome
entirely wanting. Paroicous.
Hab* Ledges of rocks near the sea, rare. Fr. winter.
The broader more obtuse leaves and their octofarious arrangement are the only
structural points of any importance which serve to separate this plant from P.
intermedia, though the colour and the more numerous leaves assist in distinguishing it
in the field. It differs from P. asperula and P. Wilsoni in the smooth calyptra and
less papillose leaves ; from P. crinita in the short point. I am unable to regard it as
anything more than a sub-species of P. truncatula nearly allied to P. intermedia.
5.	Pottia crinita Wils. (Tab. XXVI. C.).
In dense tufts, bright green. Leaves octofarious, broadly
oblong-spathulate, obtuse; margin recurved, nerve excurrent in
a long yellowish arista, 'f, length of leaf; upper cells quadrate-
hexagonal, lax, papillose, distinct; margin at apex crenulate with
papillae. Calyptra smooth. Capsule oval-oblong, with a rather
distinct neck, thin-walled, reddish-brown, rather wide-mouthed
when empty ; lid obliquely rostellate ; spores rather large, densely
and very minutely granulated; peristome none. Paroicous,
antheridia naked in the axils of the upper leaves.
Hab. Sea coasts, on rocks and banks; here and there on various parts of the
coast, not unfrequent in the south. Fr. winter.
Distinguished by its smooth calyptra and broad obtuse octofarious papillose leaves
from all but P. viridifolia, from which it is at once known by the long hair-point.
6.	Pottia Wilsoni B. & S. (Gymnostomum Wilsoni Hook.)
(Tab. XXVI. D.).
Resembling P. crinita, but differing in the hair-point being
shorter, rather cuspidate than piliferous, the upper cells much
smaller, and very obscure with chlorophyll and numerous papillae,
the calyptra rough, the capsule oblong-cylindric, longer and
narrower, with a distinct neck, and slightly contracted at the172
TORTULACE/E.
mouth, slightly plicate when dry ; a rudimentary peristome is
usually to be observed after the fall of the lid.
Hab. Sandy ground, most frequently near the sea. Not common. Fr. winter.
The narrow elongate capsule is the best feature by which this species can be
recognised in the field, with the octofarious, short-pointed leaves; a form however is
found, according to Braithwaite, with longer-pointed, somewhat acuminate leaves.
The rough calyptra and the very opaque upper areolation will, under the microscope,
readily separate it from all the allied species except P. asperula, which is indeed
hardly to be recognised except by the quinquefarious leaves, and the rather smaller
and shorter capsule.
7.	Pottia asperula Mitt. (Tab. XXVI. E.).
Very close to P Wilsoni; rather shorter, with the leaves
obtuse or slightly acuminate, quinquefarious, the upper cells
larger, the capsule rather smaller, shorter, elliptical rather than
oblong, sometimes wide-mouthed and slightly turbinate when
empty.
Hab. Cliffs, etc., near the sea. Rare. Fr. winter.
In specimens gathered near Penzance by Curnow I find the capsule exceedingly
variable in size and form, sometimes being elliptical and narrow-mouthed, at others
truncate, wide-mouthed, and exactly resembling that of P. truncatula, with which
indeed the plants are associated, and from which they are quite inseparable as far as
the capsules go, though very different in the leaves and calyptra. The lid too in the
above specimens is frequently straight and subulate, not obliquely rostellate and acute
as is usually the case with this species, according to Braithwaite’s description.
8.	Pottia minutula Fiirnr. (Gytnnostomum minutulum
Schleich.; P Starkei var. Davallii Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXVI. F.).
Very small, gregarious, reddish, resembling small forms of
the following species. Leaves spreading, short and broad, ovate,
acute, cuspidate with the shortly excurrent reddish nerve ; margin
recurved; upper cells rather small, incrassate, densely and
minutely papillose. Seta very short; capsule minute, shortly
oval, rather wide-mouthed when empty, dark brown, shining ; lid
short, obtuse, conical, or mamillate; calyptra rough; spores
finely papillose. Peristome none.
IIab. Fallow fields, etc. Frequent. Fr. winter.
United by Braithwaite, following Lindberg, with P. Starkeana, but sufficiently
distinct, I think, as Venturi has pointed out (Rev. Bry., 1885, p. 51), in the spores,
which in the present plant are minutely punctate with acute papilke, as is usual in
this genus, but in that are coarsely tuberculate, and smaller. The capsule also, here,
is usually shorter and more urceolate, being sometimes slightly contracted below thePOTTIA.
173
mouth, after the fall of the lid. According to Venturi the var. conica, usually attached
to the present plant, properly belongs, for the same reasons, to P. Starkeana; but
specimens of that var. from the herbarium of G. H. K. Thwaites, which I have no
doubt are genuine, have the spores with the fine, acute papillae of P. minutula, and I
have little doubt that Wilson is quite right in considering both species to possess
analogous varieties, which are, as he says, very difficult to separate, but which may
be known by the difference in their spores. They do not, however, appear to be of
great importance.
P. minutula will hardly be mistaken for any other species except P. Starkeana,
on account of its minuteness ; it is most like P. recta, but the deciduous lid and wide-
mouthed capsule at once distinguish it.
9. Pottia Starkeana C.M. (Weisia Starkeana Hedw.)
(Tab. XXVI. G.).
Very small, crowded, pale green. Stem very short, leaves
oblong-lanceolate or very broadly-ovate, variable in form, short,
acute, margin strongly revolute, nerve reddish, excurrent in a
cuspidate point ; cells above rather small, rounded-hexagonal,
rather incrassate, obscure, minutely and densely papillose.
Perichastial bracts hardly distinct. Seta short, capsule small,
oval or shortly oblong, dark brown, shining, not wide-mouthed;
calyptra rough; lid conical, obtuse. Peristotne teeth variable,
more or less truncate and imperfect, of 2-4 articulations, linear,
flat, papillose, yellowish. Paroicous. Spores coarsely and
obtusely tuberculate.
Var ,/3. brachyodus Wils. (Var. /3. affinis Braithw., Br. M.
FI.). Peristome teeth very short, truncate.
Hab. Fallow fields and bare ground ; not common. The var. £ less frequent.
Fr. winter and early spring.
Although this is probably distinct from the last species the points of difference
are not numerous; the capsule is usually more or less narrowed at the mouth, or the
mouth may be equal in width to the rest of the capsule, which, however, is not
urceolate, nor truncate as it sometimes is in that. The peristome is always present,
though sometimes very rudimentary; and the spores, “resembling in miniature bags
filled with apples” as Venturi describes them, and translucent instead of being
rendered opaque, as in the other species, by densely crowded minute papillae, afford a
good and easily observed distinction.
10. Pottia caespitosa C. M. (Weisia caespitosa Bruch.)
(Tab. XXVI. I.).
In small tufts, short, bright yellowish green, stems usually
branched at the base. Leaves small, ovate or oblong-lanceolate,
acute, margin plane, nerve excurrent in a very short green
mucro ; cells above very small, incrassate, irregularly hexagonal,
rough at the back with dense, obtuse papillae. Perichaetial bracts
distinct, erect and sheathing. Seta pale yellow; calyptra smooth ;:74
TORTULACE/E.
capsule small, ovate, often slightly unequal, broad and rounded at
base, narrowed at the mouth with a rather long oblique lid ;
peristome teeth small, narrow, entire or slightly cleft, imperfect;
spores minutely papillose. Autoicous.
IIab. Chalky fields; very rare. Sussex ; Kent. Fr. spring.
Easily distinguished from P. Starkeana by the smooth calyptra and plane-
margined leaves ; from P. lanceolata by the yellow seta, plane margins, and smaller
capsules; from the other lowland species by the presence of a peristome; the leaves,
too, are unlike those of any of the other species.
11. Pottia lanceolata C.M. (Leersia lanceolata Hedw.)
(Tab. XXVI. H.).
Bright green, in dense tufts, rather tall. Leaves variable,
from oblong-lanceolate to obovate, acute, nerve rather broad in
the upper part of the leaf, excurrent in a longer or shorter point,
margin revolute, cells in the upper part moderately large,
incrassate, densely papillose or almost smooth at back. Seta
yellow when young, orange red when ripe; capsule narrowly
elliptical, dark reddish brown, thick-walled, narrowed at the
mouth; calyptra smooth, lid rather long, oblique, or short and
conical; peristome teeth long, narrow, of 8-10 articulations,
erecto-patent or spreading when ripe, reddish or pale, with a line
down the middle and usually slightly cleft at apex, sometimes
perforate along the median line; spores finely granulated.
Autoicous.
Hab. Dry banks, wall tops, etc. Frequent. Fr. spring.
P. lanceolata is readily known by its highly developed peristome and narrow,
elongate, dark purplish capsules. The peristome teeth are sometimes pale, and
frequently become whitish after maturity. The nerve is slightly but distinctly
thickened towards the apex of the leaf, and not unfrequently produces granular out-
growths on its surface in that part. It is in some respects a variable plant, but the
variations as a rule are not such as to give rise to difficulty in identifying it, nor of
sufficient importance to be worth description.
In the leaf P. lanceolata much resembles Tortula atrovitens, but that has a still
greater development of nerve, the leaves are narrower, the nerve only very shortly
excurrent, and the capsule more truncate and otherwise differing.
12. Pottia latifolia C.M. (Weisia latifolia Schwgr.)
(Tab. XXVI. J.).
Plants very short, bulbiform, gregarious or clustered, shining,
pale green or whitish ; leaves imbricated, broadly obovate or
orbicular, very concave, thin, rounded at top or the upper ones
very slightly and obtusely apiculate, margin plane or incurved,POTTIA.
!75
nerve narrow, ceasing just below the summit; cells in lower half
of leaf lax, rectangular, hyaline or chlorophyllose, above becoming
smaller, regularly rhomboid, with thin walls, or incrassate, the
uppermost often decolorate. Seta orange, capsule oblong,
smooth, dark brown, lid rather long, oblique, calyptra smooth;
peristome teeth lanceolate, irregularly divided above. Autoicous.
Hab. Crevices of mountain rocks ; very rare. On several mountains in Scot-
land ; Derbyshire. Fr. summer.
This very distinct and interesting species is totally unlike the other species of
Pottia in its vegetative characters, but the fruit is quite that of the genus. The var.
pilifera Schp. (Bryum piliferum Dicks.) has the nerve excurrent in a long flexuose
arista, and was recorded by Dickson from Aberfeldy ; according to Braithwaite, how-
ever, the herbarium specimens so named turn out to be Tortilla systylia ( Desmatodon
sy sty litis B. & S.), and the variety cannot therefore be considered as British, even
were there no doubt as to the origin of the specimens in question.
39. TORTULA Hedw. (emend. Lindb.).
Plants variable in size, simple or branched. Leaves more or
less oblong in outline, rarely narrower and often wider in the
upper part than at base, usually wide and obtuse at apex with the
nerve conspicuously excurrent; mostly yellowish green. Upper
cells, as a rule, opaque and chlorophyllose. Calyptra cucullate.
Capsule erect, on a usually long seta, oblong or cylindric, rarely
oval, gymnostomous or with a peristome of 32 filiform teeth,
united at base into a tubular membrane of varying length, above
free, straight or spirally twisted, distantly articulated, papillose.
Spores small. Stomata occur on the neck of most, if not all the
species.
Like the majority of the Tortulacese, the greater number of
the species of this genus are terrestrial rather than rupestral,
some few being arborescent. The difference between Tortula
and Barbula is chiefly one of habit and general outline than of
well-defined structural detail; nevertheless the various species
separate themselves very naturally into the two genera, and a
very slight aquaintance with the plants will enable the student
readily to determine to which of the two any given species must
be referred.
The British species of this genus fall readily into four
Sections ; and as the characters of these, besides being of import-
ance for classification, lend themselves to the identification of the
species, they are tabulated below for convenience.176
TORTULACE^.
A.	PTERYGONEURON. Stems short. Leaves piliferous.
Nerve producing one or two pairs of vertical lamellae on its
ventral surface. Peristome wanting or imperfect.
B.	ALOINA. Stemsshort. Leaves obtuse, rarelymucronate,
concave with the margins strongly involute. Nerve very broad,
producing abundant granulose threads on its ventral surface.
Peristome teeth on a very short basal membrane.
C.	DESMATODON. Short, rarely taller. Leaves soft,
ovate, oblong or spathulate ; nerve without distinct appendages.
Peristome teeth from a distinct but rarely elongated basal
membrane.
D.	SYNTRICHIA. Usually robust and tall. Leaves large,
oblong or spathulate, frequently aristate with the narrow excur-
rent nerve. Peristome teeth united at base in a long, spirally
tessellated tube.
{Nerve with two or four broad lamellae above ....................
Nerve without lamellae, with or without granules or filaments ...
/Capsule oval ; seta short; cells of lid in straight lines.......
(Capsule cylindric ; cells of lid in spiral lines................
{Nerve indistinct, broad, hidden above by granular filaments.....
Nerve distinct throughout ......................................
/Synoicous ; capsule elliptic ; Is. very short and obtuse........
4 (Dioicous ; leaves longer and narrower ............................
/Capsule oblique ; Is. acuminate ; spores about 25 /x............
5 (Capsule erect; Is. usually obtuse ; spores about 15 /a............
g/ Capsule more or less elliptic, half covered by calyptra...........
( Capsule cylindric, calyptra covering lid only ; Is. incurved at tip
/ Ls. more or less distinctly bordered with long, narrow cells...
' ^Leaves without such border .......................................
..............2
..............3
.....1. pusilla
...2. lamellata
..............4
..............7
.3. brevirostris
..............5
.....6. aloides
..............6
.....4. rigida
—5. ambigua
..............8
.............10
g/Leaves short, under i| line long ; peristome teeth free ..........11. marginata
(Leaves 2-3 lines long ; peristome partly tubular..............................9
/Usually short; ls. oblong, scarcely tapering, border variable......14. subulata
"(Taller and slender ; ls. narrower, tapering, border distinct to apex... 14*. angnstata
io/Nerve widened in upper half of leaf, excurrent in a mucro .........8. atrovirens
(Nerve not wider above than below ............................................11
/Leaves very wide, soft, smooth at back and margin.........................9. cuneifolia
(Leaves distinctly papillose...........................................................12
/Leaves very obtuse, nerve not (or minutely) excurrent ...................15.- mutica
(Nerve distinctly excurrent in a cusp or hair-point...............................13
/Leaves ovate-lanceolate, denticulate at apex ; capsule oblique .........7. suberecta
^ (Leaves oblong or obovate, entire (except ruraliformis) ; capsule erect .:........14
/Leaves with spinulose hair-points............................................15
^ (Hair-points (or cusps) smooth or nearly so....................................18
/Leaves squarrose, with recurved margin (cells 10-12 /a) .....................16
(Leaves erecto-patent, margin plane or nearly so above .......................17
^/Leaves obtuse, green at apex (except the nerve)......................18. ruralis
( Ls. narrowed to a hyaline acute apex, confluent with the nerve 18*. ruraliformis
/Cells small, 6-7 /a, obscure ; dioicous............................77. intermedia
‘ (Cells 10-12 /a, clear; synoicous ; plant tall ......................79. princepsTORTULA.
I77
18,
19-

Leaves very concave ; nerve gemmiferous above......................20. papillosa
Nerve not gemmiferous........................................................19
Leaf-margin strongly revolute almost to apex ; peristome teeth free.../-?, muralis
Margin plane above, or slightly revolute only ...............................20
Peristome teeth free ; hair points shortish .......................10. Vahliana
'eristome partly tubular ; hair-points long................................21
Plant very small; seta short ; capsule elliptic....................13. canescens
Plant robust; seta long ; capsule cylindric .......................16. Icevipila
A. PTERYGONEURON.
1. Tortula pusilla Mitt. (Bryum pustllum Hedw.; Pottia
cavifolia Ehrh., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVI. K.).
Plants very short, densely tufted, balbiform. Leaves more
or less erect and imbricated, small, broadly oblong or obovate,
very concave, obtuse or slightly pointed, cucullate at apex, margin
slightly incurved; nerve excurrent in a short miLcro or a long
hyaline, terete, entire arista, bearing near the summit of the leaf
one or two oval sacs, containing chlorophyllose granules, and
finally splitting longitudinally so to form 2 or 4 lamellae, as in
Catharinea, but shorter. Cells in the lower part of the leaf
rectangular, rather short (3-5 times as long as broad), with firm
walls, the upper smaller, rounded-quadrate, slightly papillose.
Seta red, short, 1-2 lines, capsule small, oval or elliptic, dark
reddish brown, glossy, somewhat plicate or rugose when empty,
gymnostomous; lid obliquely rostellate, cells in straight rows.
Autoicous.
Var. jS. incana Braithw. (Gymnost. ovatum var. incanum
Nees and Hornsch.). In dense hoary tufts. Leaves with very
long hair-points; capsule on a very short seta, hardly exserted,
shortly oval.
Hab. Walls and banks. Locally abundant. The var. 0 rare. Fr. winter and
spring.
A very distinct plant, not to be confounded with any but the next species;
indeed, were it not for its close affinity to that, it would undoubtedly be best placed,
as has usually been the case, under Pottia. It is very variable in the length of the
hair-point (which is indeed sometimes almost obsolete), and of the seta, and inter-
mediate forms may frequently be observed between the type and the var. incana.
The present species forms larger or smaller low patches or tufts usually producing
abundant capsules, which by their deep purplish brown colour and large numbers
give a very characteristic tint to the plant; in the next species the longer seta and
paler fruit give a much lighter hue to the patches, and the two are as a rule distinguish-
able from one another by this, even at some distance, when the fruit is mature.
An allied plant, Pharomitrium subsessile Schp., should be looked for here ;
it differs in the denticulate arista, the capsule immersed and almost sessile, the
calyptra lobed at the base. It is a frequent species in Germany.
M178	TORTULACE^E,
2. Tortula lamellata Lindb. (Barbula cavifolia Schp., Syn.).
(Tab. XXVI. L.).
Very near the last species, and indeed indistinguishable except
by the fruiting characters (the hair-point however is perhaps
never so long as it is sometimes found in that plant). Seta longer,
2-jj. lines; capsule oblong or cylindrical, sometimes slightly
curved, brown, less glossy, furrowed when dry; calyptra larger;
lid with the cells spirally arranged. Peristome present but very
fragile and always falling away with the lid, teeth very slender,
slightly twisted, united at the base by transverse bars.
Hab. Mud-capped walls and bare ground. Not common. Fr. winter.
The tall seta, elongated paler capsule, and constant presence of a peristome,
albeit a very imperfect one, are the chief characters separating this from the last
species. I have found it in several localities in Northamptonshire on the mud caps of
walls, usually growing in company with T. pusilla, and quite different in appearance.
A single plant may here and there present an intermediate form, but in the vast
majority of cases the two plants are perfectly distinct, the present having quite the
appearance of a Tortula, while the facies of the other is rather that of a Pottia.
It is impossible to view the peristome apart from the lid, and the best way to
observe it is to look at it through the lid of a just ripening capsule, or it may be in
part detached by crushing the lid under a cover-glass.
B. ALOINA.
3. Tortula brevirostris Hook. & Grev. (Barbula brevirostris
B. & S., Schp. Syn.). (Tab. XXVII. A.).
Plants very short, gemmiform, gregarious in small clusters,
pale green or reddish brown. Leaves all small, very concave and
obtuse, the lowest roundish, very short, the upper oblong, margin
indexed, cucullate at apex, erecto-patent; nerve rather thin, not
excurrent, lower cells rectangular, or rectangular-hexagonal,
hyaline, thin-walled, large, the upper quadrate, or vertically
compressed so as to be transversely oblong or elliptical, very
incrassate, brownish yellow, pellucid. Seta short, 2-3 lines long;
capsule small, narrowly elliptical; annulus broad, separating ; lid
short, obliquely rostellate, about yi length of capsule; peristome
forming a single spiral, short. Spores small, about 15 /t. in
diameter. Synoicous.
Hab. On mud-capped walls in limestone districts. Very rare. Edinburgh;
Buxton ; Yorkshire. Fr. late autumn.
Very near T. rigida in appearance, but smaller, with shorter seta and lid, and
the leaves even shorter and more rounded; the fruit also appears to ripen a little
earlier, and the synoicous inflorescence is a marked character of distinction. As in
all the species of the section Aloina the leaves soon turn a purplish brown. The
granular filaments on the nerve, as is the case with the lamellae of Polytrichum, give
the leaves in this and the allied species a solid appearance.TORTULA.	179
4. Tortula rigida Schrad. (Barbula rigida Schultz, Schp.
Syn.; Tortula stellata Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXVII. B.).
Very small, but slightly larger than the last, in wider, brownish
patches. Leaves similar, but the upper rather larger, longer, and
narrower at the summit, more spreading; nerve thick, vanishing
at apex, or, rarely, running out into a mucro or longer hair. Seta
longer, j-5 lines, deep or brownish red ; capsule erect, narrowly
elliptical or shortly cylindrical, larger than in the last, lid longer,
usually fully half the length of the capsule, rostrate, straight or
slightly curved; calyptra covering 'A-yi capsule. Annulus broad,
separating; peristome longer, forming i£ turns of a spiral ; spores
as in that species. Dioicous; male plants minute.
Hab. Mud caps of walls in limestone districts. Not common. Fr. winter.
T. rigida is recognisable without much difficulty from the last by the larger
capsule with longer lid, and the dioicous inflorescence ; T. ambigua has the capsules
distinctly longer, larger, and of a rather different texture, the peristome shorter, and
the calyptra hardly reaching below the lid ; the leaves are usually narrower and less
obtuse than in the present plant, but not constantly so.
Although the specific name rigida has, as Braithwaite says, been applied at
one time or another to all the four species of this section, its use has been restricted to
the present plant for more than half a century, and its retention can hardly lead to
confusion at the present day.
O
5. Tortula ambigua Angstr. (Barbula ambigua B. & S.,
Schp. Syn.; Tortula ericxfolia Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXVII. C.).
Larger than the last in leaves and fruit; in dense patches.
Leaves longer, Ungulate, incurved and cucullate at apex and
usually appearing obtuse, but slightly pointed when flattened out,
spreading, slightly curled when dry, smooth at back. Seta red,
paler above ; capsule erect, elongate-cylindrical, dark brown, of
rather thicker texture ; lid elongate ; annulus narrow, persistent;
calyptra hardly reaching below the lid; peristome less strongly
contorted ; spores as in T. brevirostris. Dioicous.
Hab. Mud-capped walls and banks in calcareous districts. Not uncommon,
and locally abundant. Fr. winter.
The capsules in this species are distinctly cylindrical, not elliptic as in the last,
and the shorter calyptra will also serve to distinguish it. From the next it differs in
the erect capsules and the less acute leaves, which, though variable in this respect, are
rarely so short and obtuse as in T. rigida, and never so distinctly acute as in T.
aloides.i8o
TORTULACE^.
6. Tortula aloides De Not. (Trichostomuni aloides Koch *
Barbula aloides Fiirnr., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. D.).
Resembling T. ambigua, but with the leaves distinctly
longer, narrowed above and acute, not cucullate at apex,
mucronate with the excurrent nerve. Seta bent just below the
neck of the capsule, which is therefore inclined. Calyptra
reaching a little below the lid ; capsule cylindric, slightly curved
or swollen on one side ; peristome teeth once twisted, convergent
above when dry; spores larger, about 25 //. in diameter.
Annulus narrow, persistent. Dioicous.
Hab. Calcareous banks and wall tops. Not common. Fr. winter.
Easily known by the narrowed, acute leaves, and the inclined capsule. The
peristome teeth show considerable variation both in length and direction.
C. DES.VIATODON.
7.	Tortula suberecta Drumm. (Desmatodon obliquus B. & S.r
Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.) (Tab. XXVII. E.).
Short, tufted or gregarious, dull or yellowish green. Leaves
erecto-patent, slightly crisped when dry, thin, concave, ovate-
oblong or ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate; margin revolute
to near apex, entire or family denticulate above ; nerve excurrent
in a rather long yellowish hair; cells above hexagonal, obscure,
papillose, one or more rows at margin more pellucid, forming a
paler border. Seta slender, capsule oblique, sub-cylindric, slightly
curved or straight; basal membrane rather long, teeth fragile,
oblique, but hardly spirally twisted. Spores rather large, strongly
papillose. Autoicous.
Hab. Alpine rocks. Very rare. Scotland (v. Braithw., Br. M. FI., Yol. I.,
p. 277). Fr. late summer.
Nearly allied to T. systylia and other species of the genus Desmatodon Brid.,
it differs in the acuminate, aristate leaves, usually faintly denticulate above, from that
and all the allied species.
Tsystylia (Desmatodon systylius B. &: S.) exists in some old herbaria labelled as
Pottia cavifolia var. pilifera, and purporting to have been gathered by Dickson near
Aberfeldy. It is an alpine plant, found in Norway and Central Europe, and is hardly
likely to have been found in the locality named. It differs from the present species in
the erect capsule and entire leaves with plane margins, from T. atrovirens in the
longly excurrent nerve and plane borders.
8.	Tortula atrovirens Lindb. (Grimmia atrovirens Sm.;
Barbula atrovirens Schp., Syn. ; Desmatodon nervosus B. & S.,
plur. auct.) (Tab. XXVII. F.).
Densely gregarious or tufted, short, dark green. Leaves
spreading, spirally twisted and imbricated when dry, oval-oblongTORTULA.
181
•or sub-spathulate, broadly and shortly acute, concave ; margin
strongly revolute; nerve yellow, excurrent in a very short mucro,
much thickened in the upper part of the leaf, sometimes granulose
•on the upper surface. Cells at base lax, thin-walled, hyaline,
rectangular, the marginal rather shorter, above quadrate, at apex
rounded-quadrate and obscure, minutely papillose. Seta short,
reddish, if-3 lines in length, capsule small, short, oblong,
exannulate; lid obliquely rostellate, about half the length of the
capsule; peristome teeth rather short, on a short but distinct
basal membrane, somewhat irregular, oblique or very slightly
twisted, more strongly so when moist. Autoicous.
Hab. On earth and walls, usually near the sea. Not common. Fr. spring.
This species forms, in conjunction with one or two Continental ones, another
link, additional to the species of the section Pterygoneuron, between Pottia and
Tortula. In the short capsule and seta, as well as in the leaf, it has much the appear-
ance of a Pottia, especially coming near to P. Ianceolata, but besides the points of
difference noticed under that plant, the peristome is quite that of Tortula, and the
cells of the lid show a tendency to the spiral arrangement characteristic of the latter
£enus.
The thickened nerve and small leaves will readily distinguish it, even when barren,
from any of its nearer allies.
The lower part of the stem is usually embedded in the soil on which it grows,
leaving only the upper part free, and rendering the plant even shorter in appearance
than it really is.
O. Tortula cuneifolia Roth (Bryum cuneifolium Dicks.;
Barbula cuneifolia Brid., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. G.).
Gregarious or loosely tufted, bright green, very short.
Upper leaves large, forming a terminal rosette, spreading, when
dr}r slightly crisped and incurved, but not spirally twisted, broadly
obovate-spathulate, short, acute, or slightly acuminate, rarely
■obtuse, concave or almost plane, thin, soft; margin plane ; nerve
thin, excurrent in a cuspidate point or a short mucro, very rarely
vanishing; cells lax and hyaline at base, above large, pellucid,
rounded-quadrate, thin-walled, two or three rows at margin more
incrassate and usually more chlorophyllose, forming a more or less
distinct border to the leaf ; all smooth at back and margin. Seta
elongated, 4-8 lines long, reddish, capsule narrowly oblong or
cylindrical ; lid shortly rostellate, about ^ length of capsule;
peristome teeth from a rather broad basal membrane, long, strongly
twisted. Autoicous.
PIab. Banks near the sea, rarely inland; not uncommon on the south coast.
Fr. spring.TORTULACE/E.
182
The texture of this species is remarkably soft and delicate, and from its wide
leaves with lax smooth areolation it cannot be taken for any other species of the genus.
The leaves are frequently almost as broad as long, but are variable in form and degree
of obtuseness. They are not unlike some of the broad-leaved species of Pottia, such
as P. Wilsoni and P. viridifolia, but these are almost always smaller and narrower,
and have papillose areolation and recurved margins.
10.	Tortula Vahliana Wils. Barbula Valiliana Schultz.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. H.).
Stems short, gregarious, pale green ; resembling T. muralis
var. asstiva. Leaves patent, soft, erect and slightly twisted when
dry, oblong-lingulate, obtuse or slightly acute, thin ; margin plane
or here and there lightly recurved, very rough with projecting
double papillae; nerve thin, excurrent in a short point or long
greenish arista; cells rectangular and hyaline at base, rounded-
hexagonal above and opaque with chlorophyll and papillae, 1-2
rows at margin more pellucid, forming a faint border. Capsule
longly cylindrical, on a dark red seta, slightly curved ; lid shortly
rostellate, § length of capsule ; annulus broad; peristome long,
twisted, from a short but distinct basal membrane. Autoicous.
Var. fi. subflaccida Lindb. (T. oblongifolia Wils.). Smaller,
leaves shorter, more opaque, margin plane, nerve shortly
excurrent; capsule and lid shorter.
Hab. Banks, usually on calcareous soil; very rare. Sussex ; Cambridgeshire ;
Herefordshire. The var. /3 near Dublin. Fr. spring.
Although very much resembling some forms of T. muralis, especially the var.
astiva, there is not likely to be much difficulty in identifying the present species, the
habitat and mode of growth being quite different from the tufted or densely crowded,
rupestral habit of that moss ; the leaves too are broader and thinner, with the margin
less strongly and regularly revolute, and the capsule more elongate. As in the last
species, the leaves are subject to much variation in form, and the hair-point is variable
in length. Like T. cuneifolia it is a southern, indeed a Mediterranean species.
11.	Tortula marginata Spruce. (Barbula marginata
B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. I.).
Short, densely gregarious or in wide patches; pale or dark
green above, brown below. Leaves erecto-patent, when dry very
slightly twisted, narrowly oblong or Ungulate, sub-acute, rarely
obtuse ; margin plane, bordered with a distinct yellowish band of
2-4. rows of linear cells in two layers, paler than the rest of the
leaf, nerve excurrent in a short green mucro; upper cells small
and dense, sub-quadrate, very opaque and obscure, papillose.
Seta bright orange red, slender; capsule oblong-cylindric or
shortly cylindric ; lid about 1 length of capsule; peristome on a
short basal membrane. Dioicous.TORTULA.
I83
Hab. Stones and walls, often on sandstone ; not common. Fr. spring, but not
confined to one season.
Usually more slender than T. mziralis, in wide patches, not in small cushions;
and distinct from all but the var. (estiva of that species in the short mucro; I have
seen specimens of that variety, however, which could certainly not be recognised
except with the aid of the microscope, when the distinct, pale, yellowish border
marks off T. marginata from all the allied species. The pale red, slender seta gives
it a different appearance from ordinary forms of T. muralis and from T. Vahliana.
12. Tortula muralis Hedw. (Bryum murale L.; Barbula
muralis Timm, Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. J.).
In its typical form growing in small dense cushions, some-
times in extended patches, short, in its tallest state rarely -J- an
inch high ; dull or bright green, hoary. Leaves patent, when dry
twisted and curled, oblong or elongate-lingulate, obtuse ; margin
revolute, not thickened, slightly yellowish ; nerve yellow, excurrent
in a long hyaline smooth hair, usually fully half the length of the
leaf; cells as in the last species, but without the marginal band.
Capsule shortly and rather widely cylindric, on a purple seta ; lid
rostellate; peristome teeth from a narrow basal membrane,
spirally twisted. Autoicous.
Var. (3. rupestris Wils. (Barb, muralis var. rupestris
Schultz). Robust, tall, more branched ; leaves larger, broader ;
seta very long, sometimes one inch, capsule longer, cylindric.
Var. y. xstiva Brid. Short, densely gregarious in wider
patches, bright green ; leaves narrower, linear, nerve excurrent
in a green mucro or very short hair ; seta and capsule shorter.
Hab. Walls and stones ; very common. The var. /3 on wet rocks, etc., not
common. The var. 7 on shady sandstone and calcareous rocks, more rare. Fr.
spring.
One of our commonest and in its typical form most distinct mosses. The var.
cestiva is the only form that is at all likely to be mistaken for any other plant, e.g., T.
marginata ; but the leaves are usually more twisted, the seta stouter and darker, and
in any case the leaf margin offers a crucial distinction ; although sometimes very
narrowly recurved, the double thickness renders it almost always darker and more
opaque than the rest of the leaf, whereas in T. marginata the border is paler and
more translucent, and its structure totally distinct.
As in some of the other species of this section, two or three marginal rows of cells
are usually more pellucid and incrassate, and yellowish, thus forming a paler yellowish
band ; but owing to the recurving of the margin this character is only noticeable upon
careful examination.
In very dry situations the tufts become very hoary with the elongated hair-points.
13. Tortula canescens Mont. (Barbula canescens Bruch,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVII. K.).
Resembling the last species, but less pulvinate, densely
gregarious, bright green when moist, hoary only when dry.184
TORTULACE^E.
Leaves concave, rather shorter and wider, margin less widely
recurved, hair-point rather shorter. Seta shorter, capsule
smaller, oblong ; lid half the length of the capsule; peristome
from a long tubular basal membrane, forming a tessellated tube
for almost half its length. Autoicous.
Hab. On earth, very rare; Hastings; Clova; Radnor; Cornwall. Fr.
spring.
Although the vegetative points of difference between this and the last species are
of some value, it would hardly be safe to attempt to distinguish barren plants from T.
muralis ; the difference in the tube of the peristome is the only obvious and, of course,
an important difference. It is, however, a smaller plant in all its parts than the
typical form of that species.
The pale yellowish border to the leaf, mentioned under T. muralis, is more
marked in this plant owing to the margin being less recurved, and indeed sometimes
almost plane.
D. SYNTRICHIA.
14, Tortula subulata Hedw. (Bryum subulatum L.; Barbula
subulata P. Beauv., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. A.).
Stems loosely tufted or densely gregarious, short, rarely -i-inch
in height, bright green. Leaves large, 2-3 lines long, erecto-
patent or more widely spreading, when dry crisped and contorted,
but hardly spirally twisted, with the yellowish margins and
strongly prominent pale glossy nerve conspicuous ; oblong-
lanceolate or narrowly oblong-spathulate, at apex rounded and
shortly acute, or slightly tapering ; nerve stout, excurrent in a
longer or shorter mucro, margin slightly but variably recurved,
sometimes on one side only, or quite plane, with a distinct yellow
border of linear, often bistratose cells reaching from the base to
a variable height, sometimes to apex, but usually vanishing near
the middle, at apex slightly denticulate, irregularly crenulate,
or almost entire ; cells of the lamina at base lax, hyaline,
rectangular, narrower and yellow at margin, becoming chloro-
phyllose and smaller above, in upper part rounded or rounded-
quadrate, rather variable in size, obscure, very chlorophyllose and
finely papillose or almost smooth. Seta stout, £-£ inch long,
reddish, strongly twisted and angular when dry ; capsule large,
very long (frequently £-inch), cylindric, slightly curved, thick-
walled ; lid rather obtusely rostrate, 5 length of capsule; calyptra
large, shining, golden brown ; peristome long, pink, the teeth
united into a tube for about § their length. Autoicous.TORTULA.
i85
Var. fi. subincrmis Wils. Slender, leaves rather short,
faintly bordered, very shortly mucronate, capsule and seta
shorter.
Hab. Sandy banks, common. The var. # rare. Fr. summer.
Although several characters, as described above, are extremely variable, they are
not such as are likely to give rise to any difficulty in identifying this plant, which is
readily known both by its leaves and by its capsule, which is extremely long,
■especially when contrasted with the short stems. The cells are usually rather small
and very obscure, but are occasionally larger and more pellucid. The narrow border
•of linear cells is frequently replaced in the upper part of the leaf by an often wider
band of shorter celis almost like those of the rest of the lamina, but paler and more
pellucid. For the characters which separate it from the sub-species T. august at a
Wils. see below.
* Tortula angustata Wils. (Barb, suhulata var. angustata
Scbp., Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. B.).
Very near T. subulata, but markedly differing in habit.
Taller and more slender, f-i inch high, dull green. Leaves long,
narrowed, tapering to a narrower, more acute point, border
thickened, cartilaginous, of narrow cells, distinct to apex, where
it is more strongly toothed. Seta longer and more slender;
capsule paler, more slender and more arcuate; peristome paler,
more slender ; lid rather longer and more acute.
Hab. High exposed banks ; rare. Fr. spring.
Although the above characters are mostly comparative, the plant is very different
from typical T. subulata, markedly so in the form of the fruit, and it certainly merits
a higher rank than a mere variety; still it seems best to subordinate it to that species
rather than to give it a separate specific position.
15. Tortula rnutica Lindb. (Barbula latifolia B. & S.
Schp. Syn., et plur. auct.) (Tab. XXVIII. C.).
Dusky yellowish green, in smooth wide patches or smaller
tufts, l—i inch high, slightly branched. Leaves larger and more
crowded upwards, forming a terminal cup-shaped rosette, soft,
when dry dull brown or blackish, flexuose and appressed;
broadly spathulate from a narrow base, very obtuse and rounded
at apex, margin narrowly recurved in the lower half, plane and
undulate above, with the marginal cells a little more obscure or
discoloured, often eroded, rough with projecting papillae ; nerve
stout, brownish, reaching apex or minutely excurrent, or vanish-
ing just below the summit. Basal cells lax, rectangular, the
median hyaline, those near the margin usually chlorophyllose, ini86
TORTULACE/E.
upper part of leaf very small, roundish, regular, in oblique rows
radiating from the nerve, obscure, finely papillose. Seta short,
2-3 lines long, capsule small, cylindrical, slightly curved; lid
J length of capsule; tube of peristome | the whole length;
annulus narrow. Dioicous.
IIab. Roots of trees by water. Not uncommon. Fr. very rare, early summer.
A very distinct species, usually growing in spots liable to flooding, and hence
often embedded in mud. The fruit, so far as my experience goes, even when present
is only sparingly produced. It somewhat resembles Cinclidotns Brebissoni; the
differences are pointed out under that plant. T. Icevipila, in addition to the hair-
point has the leaves narrower, less soft and flaccid, and almost always with some
differentiation of the marginal cells in the upper part.
16. Tortilla lasvipila Schwgr. (Syntrichia lasvipila Brid.;
Barbula laevipila B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. D.).
In small or wide tufts, bright or deep green, reddish below, 1
inch high ; stems branched, radiculose below. Leaves spreading,
the uppermost slight^ recurved, when dry incurved and twisted,
appressed to the stem or slightly spirally contorted; oblong-
spathulate, rounded and obtuse or emarginate at apex or very
slightly acute-pointed; nerve strong, red, excurrent in a long
flexuose hyaline arista, reddish at the base, smooth or very
faintly denticulate, about half the length of the leaf; margin
narrowly recurved about the middle of the leaf, almost plane
above; upper cells small, hexagonal-rounded, obscure, papillose,
the marginal similar, or more frequently in two or three rows
more incrassate and less chlorophyllose and obscure, so as to form
an indistinct border, rough at edge with double papillae. Seta
rather longer than in the last, 3-5 lines, capsule elongate-
cylindric, narrow, slightly curved ; lid and peristome as in the
last. Autoicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees, common. Fr. summer.
A form of this species may occasionally be found with the young apical leaves
malformed; more rarely they are transformed into oval gemmee—the state called
Barbula pagorum by Milde. The degree of distinctness of the marginal band is
subject to great variation. T. ruralis differs in the taller stems, more recurved
leaves without a distinct border, and dentate arista. T. intermedia in the rough
arista, in the colour browner and not so usually bright green, and in the terrestrial or
rupestral, not arborescent habitat. After examining a number of plants of T. Icevipila
and T. ruralis I am driven to the conclusion that the relative size of the cells affords
no safe guide to their identification ; in both the cells are somewhat variable in size.
In T. intermedia they are smaller than in either of the other two species, and still
more obscure.TORTULA.
187
17.	Tortula intermedia Berk. (Syntrichia intermedia Brid.;
Barbula intermedia Milde, Schp. Syn.; Tortula montana Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXVIII. E.).
Somewhat intermediate between T. Ixvipila and T. ruralis ;
robust, in large tufts, dull or brownish green, hoary above, i-i|
inches high. Leaves crowded, erecto-patent, straight or very
slightly recurved, flat or somewhat concave, incurved and
appressed when dry, the upper ones sometimes slightly spirally
twisted, variable in size, but usually smaller and shorter than in
T. ruralis, oblong-spathulate, very obtuse and even emarginate
at apex, margin less strongly recurved and only in the lower half;
cells much smaller above, very dense atid obscure, hardly distinct
at margin, which is verruculose, but less highly so than in T.
ruralis; nerve strong, red, excurrent in a shorter, less toothed
arista. Capsule shorter than in that species, on a shorter seta ;
peristome also shorter. Dioicous.
Hab. Calcareous rocks and soil; frequent. Fr. spring.
Differs from the last species, in addition to the characters there mentioned, in the
taller stems, the red nerve, the dioicous inflorescence, and the absence of any distinct
border in the upper part of the leaf. Forms of T. ruralis, when growing on walls or
stony ground, frequently resemble it, but are easily recognised by the more or less
squarrose leaves, the larger, more distinct cells, and more strongly recurved margin,
as well as by the more strongly toothed arista.
When growing on the ground it is often of a rich golden brown colour.
18.	Tortula ruralis Ehrh. (Brymn rurale L.; Barbula
ruralis Hedw., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. F.).
In loose, tall cushions, 1-3 inches high, bright green above,
bright reddish brown below, robust; stems branched. Leaves
less crowded, more so at the apex of the stems, squarrose-
recurved especially above, when dry appressed and slightly
twisted, with two longitudinal plicae which are faint when moist
but distinct when dry; longly oblong-elliptical or oblong-spathu-
late, concave-carinate, at apex obtuse or emarginate, more rarely
acute; margin reflexed almost to the summit; nerve reddish,
muricate at back above, prominent behind, excurrent in a long,
flexuose, strongly spinulose arista which is hyaline above, often
reddish at base, sometimes equalling in length the rest of the leaf.
Cells at mid-base lax, rectangular, hyaline, towards margins
coloured, above rounded-hexagonal, strongly papillose, rather
obscure, the walls frequently brown and incrassate ; marginal
cells hardly distinct, strongly verruculose with coarse, bifid
papillae. Seta long (about 1 inch) stout, reddish, capsule narrowlyTORTULACE^.
188
cylindricj slightly curved, long; lid large, half as long as the
capsule ; peristome very long, tubular in the lower half, pink.
Dio icons.
Hab. Thatched roofs, stony ground, walls, etc. Common. Fr. spring.
A very fine species, often covering the thatch of roofs, and then reaching its
highest development; when growing on the ground or on walls it is often shorter, of
a browner tint, with shorter, straighter leaves, in short with more the appearance of
T. intermedia ; but I have not observed, in these forms, any corresponding approach
to that species in leaf structure or in other distinguishing characters, and I am there-
fore inclined to allow T. intermedia full specific rank, though in the opinion of many
continental botanists it does not deserve more than a subordinate position. With the
following sub-species it is different; the fruiting characters are the same as in
T. ruralis ; the areolation presents no points of difference, and, moreover, intermediate
forms may be observed.
T. ruralis rarely grows on trees, and is not likely, for that and other reasons, to
be confounded with T. Icevipila ; T. princeps is synoicous, and has the leaves erecto-
patent, not recurved.
# Tortula ruraliformis Dixon. (.Barbula ruraliformis Besch.;
T. ruralis var. arenicola Braithw., Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXVIII. G.).
Differs from T. ruralis in the colour, golden brown or reddish,
very rarely green above, in the leaves somewhat narrowed above
and at apex acute with the lamina running out into a hyaline
dentate point becoming confluent with the excurrent nerve.
Perichaetial bracts broader, plicate.
Hab. Sandy sea-coasts, not common.
The somewhat acuminate leaves, acute, with the lamina on each side of the nerve
hyaline at apex and forming a broad point similar to that of Rhacomitrium give this
plant a very distinct appearance, and form a character which can hardly be-considered
unimportant; the degree of acuteness however varies somewhat, the lower leaves, too,
being sometimes quite broad and obtuse at apex, and intermediate forms are also
found ; the fruit, moreover, is in all respects that of T. ruralis, and on the whole it
can hardly be conceded specific rank. It is usually a more robust plant, with longer
leaves.
It is rarely found inland, but on some parts of our coast it is abundant, usually
being embedded up to the apex in the sand ; in West Cornwall it is in places so
abundant (while the typical form of T. ruralis is rare) that the late W. Curnow told
me he had always taken the present plant for typical T. ruralis, and the roof-growing,
obtuse-leaved plant for a variety !
The fruit is much less common than is the case with T. ruralis.
Barbula aciphylia B. & S. is an allied plant, probably also to be ranked under
T. ruralis, with the leaves similarly acute, but the nerve running out into a red,
hardly hyaline, rigid arista, which is almost entire.
19. Tortula princeps De Xot. (Barbula Millleri B. & S.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. H.).
Tall, robust, resembling T. ruralis. Stems forked, with
short nodose branches. Leaves in interrupted rosulate tuftsTORTULA.
189
along the stem and at the summit of the branches, spreading,
hardly if at all recurved, large, broadly oblong-elliptic, obtuse,
rounded, sometimes emarginate at apex; margin revolute to or
somewhat above the middle; nerve stout, red, excurrent in a
hyaline, slightly toothed hair-point. Upper cells quite as large
as in T. ruralis, more pellucid and less obscure, papillose, one
row at margin often slightly distinct, compressed and transversely
elliptical, rather more opaque. Capsule cylindric, slightly curved,
long, dark brown. Synoicous.
Hab. Rocks and walls, rarely tree-trunks, usually in mountainous districts.
Rare. Fr. spring.
This very handsome moss is readily distinguished from T. ruralis by the interrupted
stems, and the leaves not recurved, with slender, faintly-toothed hair points. Starved
plants come near T. intermedia, but the large size of the cells will at once distinguish
them, as well as their much greater distinctness. The margins too, are more distinctly
recurved. The synoicous inflorescence is also an important character.
20. Tortula papillosa Wils. (Barbula papillosa C. M.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXVIII. I.).
Short, rarely 5 inch high ; dark or olive green, in very small
tufts or patches. Leaves spreading, when dry appressed to the
stem and hardly twisted, concave with the margins involute,
becoming still more so when dry, broadly obovate-spathulate, at
apex rounded and obtuse or very shortly pointed ; nerve thick,
spongy, at back covered with very elevated papillae, gemmiparous
above in front; excurrent in a mucro or longer cuspidate almost
entire point; cells at base rectangular, a few only hyaline ; above
rounded, larger than in the preceding plants of this section, with
rather thick walls, pellucid, smooth in front, at back sparsely and
shortly papillose. Capsule short, on a short seta, reddish brown.
Hab. Trunks of trees ; not uncommon. Sterile in Britain.
A quite distinct and easily known species, nearest to T. Icevipila, but readily
known by the gemmre and the concave leaves with involute margins, and very different
areolation. The gemmae are oval or roundish articulate bodies of a bright yellowish
green, very numerous and conspicuous on the younger leaves, but usually lost on the
older ones.
The fruit has only been found in Australia and New Zealand.
Tribe 2. Trichostomeae.
Leaves usually lanceolate, tapering and acute, rarely-oblong
in outline; upper areolation very small, rounded or angular,igo
TO RTU LACE^s.
usually papillose and opaque; capsule cleistocarpous, gymnos-
tomous, or with a peristome of 16 teeth entire or divided partially,
or cleft to base into 32 filiform papillose segments, straight or
twisted, on a very short basal membrane.
40. BARBULA Hedw.
Slender, tufted plants, usually with a dull, fuscous tinge,
especially in the lower part. Leaves small, narrow, never wider
above and usually gradually narrowed to a slender point; nerve
mostly vanishing in apex, rarely distinctly excurrent; basal cells
small, rectangular, or similar to the upper, at apex usually very
small, often more or less incrassate. Capsule small, resembling
that of the smaller forms of Tortula; peristome from a very
short membrane, teeth 16, straight, short and imperfect, or long
and twisted, cleft or divided to base. Lid, calyptra, etc., as in
Tortula.
A large genus, forming a fairly natural group, closely allied
to the last, but with a facies and growth distinct and easily
recognised with a little practice. B. unguiculata and B. convoluta
are the only British species the leaves of which, from their form,
might give rise to a doubt as to their position.
B. Woodii Schp. from Killarney is, according to Braithwaite,
only Zygodon Mougeotii.
f Nerve excurrent in a distinct mucro or cuspidate point; (peristome long, twisted)..2
(Nerve ending in or below apex ...............................................7
('Leaf-margin strongly revolute from base to apex ; Is. about § line long ....3
\ Margin plane or nearly so towards apex .....................................4
(Leaves obtuse, mncronate ...........................................12. revoluta
J (Leaves acute, cuspidate ...................................11. Hornschuchiana
( Leaves tapering to acute points.............................................5
4 (Leaves more or less obtuse, mucronate or cuspidate ............................6
(Nerve shortly excurrent; cells rounded...........:..................9. gracilis
-1 (Nerve excurrent in a very long point; cells more quadrate......10. icmadophila
g (Leaves ( line or less; perichretial Is. long, convolute ..........rj. convoluta.
(Leaves usually over 1 line ; perichretial Is. not conspicuous.14. unguiculata
(Leaves long, strongly sinuose at margin, toothed at apex ...........8. sinuosa
' (Leaves not sinuose, entire (except sometimes rubella) .........................8
g/Leaves 1 line or less ; perichcetial Is. long, convolute ...............13. convoluta
(Leaves usually over 4 line ; perichretial Is. not conspicuous .....................9
(Leaves short, often obtuse (peristome short) .....................................10
* (Leaves tapering and acute, or long and sub-obtuse ................................11
/Ls. widely ovate-lanceolate ; nerve ending in the thick point; green........1. lurida
(Ls. lanceolate, upper obtuse ; nerve ceasing below apex ; olive-brown...3, tophacea
(Lower Is. red; ls. often denticulate at apex ; paroicous or synoicous......2. rubella
(Lower ls. not red ; Is. entire ; dioicous ........................................12BARBULA.
igi
I2/Basal cells distinct, rectangular, more or less elongated .......................13
(Cells almost uniform to base...................................................15
f Upper cells more or less rounded-hexagonal; peristome short, straight.. ,6. rigidula
-’\Upper cells quadrate ; peristome long, twisted...................................14
fLs. linear-lanceolate, long, spreading ; capsule cylindric ..........7. cylindrica
4\Ls. lanceolate, short, straight, more acute ; capsule oblong ...........7*. vinealis
/Ls. erecto-patent, some (at least) sub-obtuse; robust; peristome short.. .5. sfadicea
->\Ls. squarrose, more acute ; slender; peristome long, twisted.....................16
jgfLs. trifarious, recurved, reddish, with short points................4*. recurvifolia.
\Ls. less recurved, more tapering, lurid green ............................4. fallax
1.	Barbula lurida Lindb. (Didymodon luridus Hornsch.)
(Tab. XXIX. A.).
Short, rarely more than an inch in height; in dense tufts,
dull deep green, frequently tinged with brown, pale brown below;
stems rather slender, slightly branched. Leaves erecto-patent,
when dry erect, closely imbricated (especially the upper ones),
hardly twisted; concave, ovate-lanceolate, or deltoid-ovate,
quickly narrowed to a wide, obtuse or slightly acute point; margin
recurved below on one or both sides, slightly thickened above;
nerve thick, strong, vanishing just below the apex or reaching to
the point; cells small, distinct, hexagonal or rounded-quadrate,
rather incrassate, at the extreme base hardly altered, a little
larger and a few slightly elongated ; all smooth or faintly mam-
mosely protuberant. Capsule on a purplish seta, oblong or
shortly cylindric, lid conical-rostellate, often oblique; peristome
teeth not united at the base, short, slender, rather irregular, simple
or cleft above, pale yellowish. Dioicous.
Hab. On rocks, most frequently calcareous, and stumps ; more commonly, but
by no means always, near water. Fr. very rare, winter.
Although somewhat variable in habit and structure, this species may generally
be known by its short, broad, concave, usually obtuse leaves, closely imbricated when
dry; B. tophacea differs in its narrower leaves and more elongated basal areolation;
B. fallax var. brevifolia very much resembles it, and when barren can sometimes
hardly be distinguished except by its more straggling, laxer habit, somewhat softer
leaves and distinctly narrower nerve. B. lurida is more rigid in its growth than most
of the allied species. I have seen barren forms of Ceratodon purpureus which much
resemble it, but under the microscope the resemblance would disappear.
The leaves vary much in form, in the degree of recurving of the margins, and in
the width of their points ; one form has the margins widely recurved to the apex,
which is very obtuse and rounded. Several continental species are very much like
the present in the outline of their leaves, but differ in other points.
I have found B. lurida in many places in the midland counties of England, but
invariably sterile.
2.	Barbula rubella Mitt. (Bryum rubellum Hoffm.; Didy-
modon rubellus B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXIX. B.).
Taller, 1-2 inches high, in large soft patches, bright or deep
green above, below bright rusty red; stems slender, branched.TORTULACE/E.
ig2
Leaves spreading and recurved, from a more erect whitish base,
•when dry flexuose and slightly curled, the uppermost larger,
long, narrowly linear-lanceolate, with a short acute point; margin
widely recurved to near apex,faintly or distinctly and irregularly
denticulate at point ; nerve vanishing in the apex or excurrent in
a minute apiculus; cells quadrate, obscure, papillose, at base
narrowly elongate-rectangular, pellucid. Perichaetial bracts long,
sheathing ; seta long, red; capsule erect, cylindrical, pale brownish
green, reddish brown when old ; annulus distinct, fragile; lid
rostellate, usually very short, oblique ; peristome teeth united at
base in a very short membrane, 16, short, pale red, linear, with a
median line but rarely divided, nodose at the articulations.
Paroicous or synoicous.
Var. fi.dentata Braithw. (Didymodon rubellus var. dentatus
Schp.). Plant taller, leaves longer, margin recurved only to about
the middle, strongly dentate above; lid longer.
Var. 7. ruberrima Braithw. (Didymodon rubellus var.
ruberrimus Ferg.). Plants ta'ller, with very slender branches,
all red or only the tips yellowish ; leaves all very short, appressed
and slightly twisted when dry, from a widely ovate base shortly
acuminate to a stout acute point, mostly formed by the nerve,
entire; lower cells smaller and shorter.
Hab. Rocks, stony places, walls, etc., most abundant in mountainous regions;
very common. The var. 0 on mountain rocks ; the var. y in similar situations*
principally near streams and waterfalls. Fr. autumn.
The specific name is very appropriate, the bright, brick red colour of the lower
leaves being almost invariably present and very characteristic ; indeed it may nearly
always be relied upon to distinguish the species from allied plants. The fruit too is
distinct and little variable : in the var. dentala the lid is markedly longer, and with
the other characters is held by some bryologists to constitute a sufficient specific basis
for this plant ; the amount of denticulation in the leaves is, however, greatly variable*
and in the same tuft with normal capsules I have occasionally found one or two with
the lid no longer than in typical tiibella. The antheridia in this variety are rare, and
are often quite absent on fertile plants; I have, however, found them occasionally
mixed with the archegonia; and as, even when they are absent from the lower bracts,
numerous paraphyses are constantly found, the suppression of the antheridia is clearly
due rather to simple abortion than to any actual difference in the character of the
inflorescence. The var. ruberrima is even more distinct in habit, and, according to
my own experience, is extremely rare in fruit; indeed though I have gathered it in
many localities I have never found it fruiting. It is very much like Didymodon nfus
Lorentz, but that has larger, wider leaves, with smaller basal cells and narrower nerve-
3. Barbula tophacea Mitt. (Trichostomum tophaceum Brid.r
Schp. Syn. ; B. brevifolia Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.).
(Tab. XXIX. C.).
In dense irregular tufts, olive green or brown above, below
frequently much encrusted with hard calcareous matter andBARBULA.
193
whitish; very variable in height, usually about 1 inch high,
frequently more. Leaves spreading, the uppermost rather the
longest, when dry incurved and slightly twisted, oblong-lanceolate
or Ungulate, broad at apex and obtuse or very shortly pointed,
carinate ; margin revolute, entire; nerve strong, vanishing below
the apex; cells at apex irregularly elliptic, the marginal
smaller, crenulate-papillose, below sub-quadrate, at base shortly
rectangular; all thick-walled, pellucid, and very distinct, the
upper slightly papillose. Seta rather stout, dark red ; capsule
elliptic or broadly oblong, rather wide-mouthed when dry and
empty, dark brown ; lid oblique, longly rostellate, annulus almost
obsolete, persistent; peristome teeth short, erect, from a very
short basal membrane, divided almost to the base, the branches
filiform, unequal, sometimes partly united, reddish. Dioicous.
Hab. Wet calcareous walls and springs; common. Fr. winter.
Easily known by its colour, the obtuse, lingulate leaves with comparatively short
nerve, and the very distinct, rounded upper cells, and when in fruit by the dark,
rather wide-mouthed capsule and short slender peristome. It is most variable in the
size of all its parts, and in the form of its leaves, and numerous varieties have been
described, none of which, however, seem marked by any important characters ; such
are the var. brevifolia (Wils. excl. syn.), with broader, shorter, more acute leaves;
var. acutifolia (Schp.) with longer, narrower, acuminate, acute leaves, spreading and
recurved. Sometimes it is tall and robust (forma luxurious Braithw.), at others it is
so minute as to resemble almost exactly a species of Pottia such as P. lanceolata, or it
may be even still more dwarf. The leaves when moist have a pellucid appearance
quite different from most species of the genus.
4. Barbula fallax Hedw. (Tab. XXIX. D.).
In wide loose tufts or patches, of a dull brownish green,
frequently with a reddish tinge, f-2 inches high ; stems slender,
with fastigiate branches. Leaves rather distant, spreading,
recurved or variously arcuate, when dry appressed, closely
imbricated, slightly twisted, often giving the stems, in the slender
forms especially, a catenulate appearance; the uppermost,
longer leaves more distinctly twisted ; from a wide base
gradually narrowed to a lanceolate tapering point, which is
either wide or more frequently rather narrow and sub-acute ;
carinate, faintly plicate at base on each side of the nerve ; margin
revolute to beyond the middle ; nerve strong, reddish, reaching to
apex, rarely very slightly excurrent; upper cells roundish or
hexagonal, irregular, or more often regular in shape and arrange-
ment, small, incrassate, papillose, at base slightly elongate, but
not much altered, a few (rarely more) sub-rectangular and
pellucid. Seta red, capsule oblong or cylindric, erect or nearly
N194
TORTULACE/E.
so; lid long, acutely subulate-rostrateperistome deep red,
long, delicate, much twisted, with a very narrow basal membrane.
Dioicous.
Var. ft. brevifolia Schultz. (Tortula brevifolia Sm.).
Slender, often decumbent; leaves short, ovate-lanceolate, broad
at point, hardly twisted when dry; capsule small, peristome
shorter.
Hab. Banks, waste places, walls, etc. ; common. The var. 0, fallow fields and
bare ground. Fr. winter.
A variable plant; in the typical, robust form generally known by its tapering,
spreading and even recurved leaves, and the very acute lid, but liable in some states
to be confused with B. rigidula, B. spadicea, and other species. The areolation,
almost uniform to the base, will easily distinguish it from B. cylindrical B. vinealis,
and B. rigidula; the narrower nerve and somewhat less distinct areolation will
separate short-leaved forms from B. Inrida; for the differences between it and B.
spadicea see under that species. Occasionally forms are found very near B.
recurvifolia, which is hardly separable except by a tout ensemble of characters ; the
short, much recurved, highly papillose leaves, with the red colour, not being found
simultaneously on any form of the present plant.
The leaves of B. fallax vary much in the degree of tapering of their points, in the
relative papillosity, and in the areolation ; the latter is usually distinct and rounded in
the upper part, often arranged in regular series, but it is frequently found small,
irregular and more opaque, as in B. spadicea. In the perichsetial bracts in this and
allied species the basal cells are more lax and rectangular than in the leaves.
The variety brevifolia is a marked one (though intermediate forms may be
found), often of an olive brown or purplish colour, very slender, and with the fruit
usually sparingly produced ; and very distinct in appearance owing to the small, short
leaves. It has some resemblance to B. lurida ; but the nerve is narrower, the leaves
less concave and usually more acute.
* Barbula recurvifolia Schp. (Tortula fallax var. recurvifolia
Wils.; Barbula reflexa Brid., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXIX. E.).
Differs from B. fallax in the deep reddish brown tint, the
leaves strongly squarrose-recurved, somewhat trifarious in their
arrangement, broad and short, shortly and abruptly pointed,
hardly tapering, the margins less strongly recurved, the cells and
back of nerve more highly papillose, the nerve not excurrent.
Fruit as in B. fallax, but rare.
Var. ft. robusta (B. reflexa var. robusta Braithw.).	Tall,
3-5 inches high, in loose tufts; leaves closer, broader and
thicker.
Hab. Sand and earth ; not common. The var. 0, Sligo (Moore).
While fully agreeing with those writers (Boulay, Husnot, etc.) who unite this
with B. fallax, I am inclined to think it must stand higher than a variety, as the
characters, though all vegetative, are not unimportant, and are fairly constant.
Forms of B. fallax, indeed, have the same short, broadly pointed leaves, others haveBARBULA.
195
them strongly recurved, and so on ; but in B. recurvifolia the characters above
described form a general facies which is hardly to be found in any form of true B.
fallax. The vinous red colour, slender stems, and short recurved leaves will render
this plant easily recognised, but it should always be verified with the microscope.
The fruit is extremely rare, and has, perhaps, not been found in Britain.
5. Barbula spadicea Mitt. (Trichostomum rigidulum Sm.
pro parte). (Tab. XXIX. F.).
Resembling B. fallax, but more robust, dull green, brown
below. Leaves erecto-patent, straight, rarely spreading or
recurved, from a broad base gradually narrowed to a broad,
usually hardly acute point; nerve strong, wide at base; cells
small, angular, usually irregular, sub-hexagonal, rather obscure ;
hardly altered at base except a very few of the lowest. Seta
and capsule as in B. fallax ; lid shorter, peristome much shorter,
the teeth hardly twisted, filiform, from a narrow basal membrane.
Hab. Wet rocks and sandy shores of mountain streams; not common. Fr.
late autumn.
Although in its peristome resembling B. tophacea or B. rigidula, and on that
account long united with the latter, the affinity of this species is closest with B. fallax,
from which it is very difficult, if not impossible, always to separate barren plants. It
has been suggested that the cells in the present plant, irregularly angular, afford a
distinguishing character, those of B. fallax being more distinct, rounder, and more
regularly seriate, but although this frequently holds good, I have examined specimens
of undoubted B. fallax with precisely the areolation typical of the present species.
The leaves in B. spadicea, again, are sometimes said to be straight and appressed when
dry, not twisted as in B. fallax, but this is undoubtedly an error. According to my own
observation the most useful character is the direction of the leaves when moist,
straight and erecto-patent in B. spadicea, very rarely flexuose or recurved as is
frequently the case in B. fallax. They are, too, always broad at the points, but the
same may be observed, frequently though not usually, in the latter species.
B. rigidula differs in the smaller, narrower-pointed leaves, with more elongated
basal areolation.
6. Barbula rigidula Mitt. (Didymodon rigidulus Hedw.;
Trichostomum rigidulum var. densum B. & S., plur. auct.)
(Tab. XXIX. G.).
Growing in small dense tufts or cushions, rarely 1 inch high,
dull or yellowish green above, reddish brown below. Leaves
rather crowded, resembling those of B. fallax but rather wider
and shorter, more narrowly acuminate to a straight almost linear
point; straighten and less recurved, more concave, hardly
papillose. Margin recurved below, slightly thickened above;
nerve brown, lost in the rather opaque point. Areolation small,
dense, rounded-hexagonal, rather obscure in the point, more
distinct below, faintly papillose, towards base becoming quadrate196
TORTULACEiE.
or elongated, the lowest cells all shortly rectangular and pellucid.
Capsule oval-oblong, smooth and shining ; lid rather short, less
acute than in B.fallax; peristome teeth from a short basal
membrane, short, free or united, oblique or slightly twisted.
Dioicous.
Hab. Walls and rocks, frequent. Fr. late summer and autumn.
When the fruit is present and in good condition, the short, hardly twisted
peristome, taken in conjunction with the rectangular basal cells, easily distinguishes B.
rigidula from its allies ; but this is rarely the case, and then it is extremely difficult to
separate from B. vinealis. That species is usually of a more decided green tint, the
leaves more acute in the acumen, and more flexuose when dry, with more strongly
papillose areolation, obscure with chlorophyll above ; stunted specimens however may
prove very difficult to determine. B. cylindrica is known by its longer, larger, curved
and flaccid leaves, B. fallax and B. spadicea by the short, hardly altered basal areola-
tion, and the larger, more broadly pointed leaves; B. gracilis and B. icmadophila
by the well defined cells and distinctly excurrent nerve. The time of fruiting in these
closely allied plants should be noted ; in B. fallax the capsules are ripened almost in
mid-winter, in B. rigidula, usually at least, in -late summer and autumn, in B. vinealis
in spring. B. rigidula grows in small tufts, almost invariably on rocks or walls, while
B. fallax is frequently, indeed usually, terrestrial, and forms laxer, irregular patches.
7. Barbula cylindrica Schp. (Zygotrichia cylindrica Tayl.)
(Tab. XXIX. H.).
Plants rather soft, in loose tufts or patches, olive green
above, reddish brown below ; stems flexuose, slender, 1-2 inches
high. Lower leaves rather short and distant, the upper crowded
and longer, flexuose-curved, longly linear-lanceolate from a
rather long ovate erect base, widely spreading, much twisted and
curled when dry ; margin narrowly recurved, usually plane above
the middle ; nerve vanishing in the rather wide point; areolation
small, irregularly hexagonal, very obscure, papillose, more
quadrate below, all the lowest shortly rectangular, small. Seta
long, flexuose; capsule oblong-cylindric, dark chestnut brown,
smooth, shining; lid acutely rostrate ; peristome spirally twisted,
short, not forming a complete turn, pale red. Dioicous.
Hab. Walls, banks of streams, etc., principally in calcareous districts;
frequent. Fr. rare, spring and summer.
Resembling B. fallax much in appearance, this species may generally be
distinguished by its greener tufts and softer texture, the leaves also are longer and
narrower in the limb, frequently horizontally flexuose in their direction. Under the
microscope the obscure, much smaller and usually more angular upper cells, and the
basal cells, all more or less quadrate or rectangular, easily distinguish it. The leaves
too are less recurved, and the margin less strongly revolute. The basal cells are
sometimes considerably elongated, and pellucid.BARBULA.
I97
* Barbula vinealis Brid. (B. cylindrica var. vinealis Braithw.,
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIX. L).
Resembling the above, but shorter, of a more dusky colour,
in denser tufts. Leaves shorter, straighter, narrower in the
point, margin recurved to above the middle. Capsule shorter,
with a usually rather shorter lid.
Hab. Walls, roots of trees, etc. Frequent. Fr. spring.
Usually known from B. cylindrica without much difficulty by its straighter,
shorter, more acute leaves; intermediate forms, however, may sometimes be found,
and it is not without hesitation that I have allowed the present plant to rank as a sub-
species rather than as a simple variety of that species. In some respects it more
closely resembles B. rigidula ; but the leaves in that are usually rather wider, with
the upper cells less obscure and almost smooth, and with a narrow, distinct, opaque,
almost cuspidate point.
8. Barbula sinuosa Braithw. (Dicranella sinuosa Wils. MS. ;
Didymodon sinuosus Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXIX. J.).
Deep or yellowish green, in low flat patches or small tufts
rarely an inch high, usually much shorter, but often more robust
than B. cylindrica. Leaves larger, longer, linear-lanceolate or
widely linear from a narrow-oblong base, much curled when dry,
with the margin plane or very slightly recurved below, in the
upper half very sinuose, notched, irregular and fragile, at apex
often coarsely and irregularly denticulate; cells resembling
those of B. cylindrica, but more distinct, pellucid, and regular,
and very slightly larger, at base rectangular, usually lax, hyaline
and thin-walled.
Hab. Walls and stones chiefly in calcareous districts. Not uncommon. Fruit
unknown.
In the absence of fruit the position of this curious moss must remain uncertain,
but I am unable to attribute to it a very close affinity with B. cylindrica. I have
gathered it in many localities, principally in the Midlands, and have always found it
remarkably constant, and never showing the slightest tendency to approach that
species or B. vinealis, with both of which I have found it growing, and indeed inter-
mixed, always retaining its peculiar characteristics. The form of the leaves, often
almost linear, not very much wider at the base than in the middle, their more solid
texture, yellowish colour, and more distinct areolation, frequently very thin, lax and
hyaline at the base, are points which, considering their constancy, have considerable
value as specific characters, quite apart from the peculiar configuration of the upper
part of the leaf, which might be considered, however constant, if not pathological,
still of secondary importance. In this latter respect it bears a certain resemblance to
Trichostomum tenuirostre, but that has narrower more acute leaf-points, the margins
quite plane, the basal areolation still more lax and hyaline, and the upper cells more
obscure.198	TORTULACE^.
9. Barbula gracilis Schwgr. (B. acuta Brid., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXIX. K.).
Short, |-i inch high, in dense tufts, olive green, frequently
becoming brown. Stems straight, rather rigid; leaves small,
straight, erecto-patent, appressed when dry and very slightly
twisted, from an ovate base, gradually but quickly tapering to an
acute point, concave; margin widely reflexed below, plane above,
nerve strong, reddish, for7ning the greater part of the leaf point,
and in the upper leaves at least excurrent in a short red acute
mucro; cells small, rounded, distinct, incrassate, smooth or
slightly papillose, at base small, shortly recta?igular. Peri-
chaetial bracts wide, sub-sheathing, the 7ierve more longly
excurrent in a somewhat flexuose point. Capsule oval-oblong,
small, short; lid long, slender; peristome short, slightly twisted.
Dioicous.
Hab. Walls and bare places in warm situations. Very rare, and sterile; near
Bristol; Jersey.
Somewhat resembling small forms of B. fallax. The leaves, however, are
shorter, straighter, and more erect, the basal angles more distinctly rectangular. It
is still more like B. rigidula, and there is little in the barren state to distinguish
them, but the more distinct rounded cells in the present plant, with the nerve usually
distinctly excurrent in some of the leaves, and the perichaetial bracts especially long-
cuspidate and flexuose. B. Hotnsch uchiana has the leaves less narrowly tapering,
the margin more distinctly revolute, and the nerve stouter and more clearly excurrent.
The next species is the most closely allied, but differs in the more suddenly narrowed
leaves with longer, finer acumen and more excurrent nerve. The margin in both
species is rather widely but not strongly reflexed, like the side of a dish, the extreme
edge being in addition irregularly and more narrowly revolute.
10. Barbula icmadophila Schp. (Braithw. Br. M. FI.,
Vol. II., Suppl.) (Tab. XXIX. L.).
Taller and more slender, 1-2J- inches high. Leaves more
suddenly contracted to a narrow, almost subulate acumen, the
greater part formed by the longly excurrent nerve ; cells a little
larger, very distinct, more quadrate or angular. Capsule
narrowly elliptical.
Hab. Wet rocks, frequently on mountains. Very rare; Skye; Ben Lawers.
Sterile. Fr. late summer.
Very near the last species, but quite distinct in the longly excurrent nerve, the
more angular areolation, and the longer, narrower capsule. The alpine form, which
is represented by the Ben Lawers plant, is short, very dense, and always barren.
The fruit has been found in the Tyrol.BARBULA.
igg
11. Barbula Hornschuchiana Schultz. (Tab. XXIX. M.).
Pale green, in low tufts or patches, about £-inch high. Stems
slender; leaves spreading, when dry rigidly arcuate-incurved
and spirally twisted; very small, rather larger at the top of
the stem, ovate-lanceolate or narrowly triangular, gradually
acuminate from the base or just above to an acute point, sharply
mucronate or cuspidate with the stout, yellowish, excurrent nerve ;
margin very widely and strongly revolute in its whole length,
reaching to or almost to the nerve in the upper half of the leaf;
upper cells rounded-quadrate, distinct, incrassate, obtusely
papillose, at base very shortly rectangular, rounded at angles,
rather incrassate. Perichaetial bracts larger, longer, sheathing,
with plane margins, longly acuminate, with narrower nerve. Seta
orange red below, pale above ; capsule small, narrowly elliptic or
sub-cylindric; lid long-beaked; peristome teeth from a very
narrow membrane, rather long, purple, much twisted. Dioicous.
Hab. On the ground in fields, old quarries, and on walls ; not common. Fr.
spring.
This and the two following species have a certain affinity and are distinguished by
their small size, much smaller leaves, paler seta and more highly differentiated
perichaetial bracts from the other species of the genus. The present plant may easily
be overlooked as a small state of B, fallax or some other moss, but it is recognised
almost at a glance by the stellately-spreading small tapering acutely pointed leaves
with strongly revolute margins ; B. revoluta has the leaves much less tapering, more
linear and obtuse at the point.
12. Barbula revoluta Brid. (Tortula revoluta Schrad.)
(Tab. XXX. A.).
In very dense, low, smooth tufts or cushions, bright or dull
green, inch high, rarely taller. Leaves crowded, erecto-patent
or spreading, slightly recurved, closely and very neatly curled
when dry, very small, ligulate-oblong from a rather broader
base, scarcely tapering above, at apex rather obtuse and apiculate ;
margin very widely and strongly revolute from just above base to
apex, reaching almost to the nerve in the whole of the upper part;
nerve very thick, and wider above than in the lower half, usually
excurrent in a small mucro or apiculus ; cells rounded-quadrate,
obscure, papillose, at base rectangular, pellucid; all rather
incrassate, rounded at the angles. Perichaetial bracts much
longer than the leaves, sheathing. Seta orange, paler above,
slender, twisted to the right when dry; capsule elliptical, lid
rather short; peristome much twisted. Dioicous.200
TORTULACE^E.
Hab. Limestone walls and mortar ; frequent. Fr. spring and summer.
As pointed out above this species is at once recognised by its much less tapering,
less acute leaves, from B. Hornschuchiana, and is indeed a plant in no way likely
to be confused with any other ; the thick nerve and revolute margin give a solid,
opaque appearance to the leaves quite different to that of B. convoluta; and the
colour is usually a deeper green, less yellow than in that species.
13. Barbula convoluta Hedw. (Tab. XXX. B.).
Rather taller, |-i inch high, in more swollen cushions, bright
yellowish green. Leaves erecto-patent, recurved, crowded,
strongly curled when drj^; small, oblong-lanceolate or Ungulate,
slightly narrowed but not tapering at apex, slightly acute, or rather
obtuse and apiculate ; margin slightly recurved at base on one or
both sides, elsewhere plane, crenulate with bifid papillae; nerve
yellowish, pellucid, vanishing in or below apex or very shortly
excurrent in a minute apiculus ; areolation sub-quadrate, obscure,
small ; at base pellucid or hyaline, elongate-rectangular.
Perichaetial bracts long, convolute, sheathing, apiculate, inner
nerveless; seta long, slender, straw-coloured, twisting to the left
■when dry; capsule small, oblong, reddish brown; annulus
distinct; peristome much twisted. Dioicous.
Var. ji. Sardoa B. &S. (Trichostomum undatum Schp., Syn.;
Barb, commutata Jur., nonn. auct.). Taller, in dense tufts ;
leaves, especially the comal, longer, less recurved; capsule longer.
Hab. On the ground and on wall-tops; frequent. The var. £ rare. Fr.
spring.
Readily known by its pale yellow slender seta, and the long sheathing perichaetial
bracts. Otherwise it much resembles small states of B. unguiculata, but the margin
is very slightly recurved, the nerve usually vanishing and never so stoutly and
distinctly excurrent as in that species. The leaves are much more translucent than in
the two previous species, and less neatly and regularly curled when dry than in B.
rervoluta.
14. Barbula unguiculata Hedw. (Bryum unguiculatum Huds.)
(Tab. XXX. C.).
A vert’ variable plant, usually growing in small dense tufts,
or larger patches ; yellowish green, £-1 inch high. Leaves
erecto-patent and recurved, or sometimes spreading and slightly
squarrose, closely imbricated and spirally twisted when dry, with
the nerve at back pale and glossy ; Ungulate or oblong-lanceolate,
slightly narrowed towards apex, but never acuminate, obtuse,
mucronate with the stout yellowish excurrent nerve, which is
papillose at back; margin recurved, plane towards apex; basalBARBULA.
201
cells rather small, narrow, pellucid, yellowish, the upper small,
sub-quadrate, obscure, thin-walled, or incrassate, papillose.
Perichaetial bracts longer, sometimes much elongated, narrower,
sub-sheathing, but not convolute. Seta variable in length,
brownish red or purple, paler above; capsule cylindric or
narrowly oblong, lid rostellate or rostrate, slightly curved,
variable in length. Annulus none. Peristome teeth long, very
slender, forming two complete turns of a spiral, narrowly
twisted at base, more loosely at apex, from a very short basal
membrane. Dioicous.
Var. [3. cuspidata (Barbula cuspidata Schultz). More
slender; leaves and perichaetial bracts narrower, with longer
cuspidate points, straighter ; seta slender, often flexuose.
Hab. Banks, walls, and bare ground ; very common. The var. £ frequent.
Fr. winter or spring, but variable.
One of the commonest species of the genus, and extremely variable. Many
varieties have been described, but the characters on which they are founded are very
slight and unimportant. Almost every variety of leaf form and direction may be
found, from shortly and broadly oblong and very obtuse to narrowly linear or
elongate-lanceolate, and from straight and erecto-patent to squarrose-recurved. The
apex is sometimes, but rarely, narrowed so as to appear at first sight acute, especially
when folded laterally, but when flattened out it will be found to be invariably more or
less obtuse, the lamina often reaching slightly higher on one side of the nerve than the
other. The spirally twisted leaves with pale shining nerve in the dry state are very
characteristic, and the obtuse mucronate apex gives the leaf a distinct appearance by
which the plant is easily known in the field ; it is a taller plant of firmer texture than
any of the three preceding species, and could hardly, except in very short and delicate
forms, be mistaken for any of them ; and the margin regularly recurved, and nerve
excurrent in a distinct mucro, are sufficient points of difference in doubtful cases.
Young or starved forms may be confused with B convoluta, but the margin in that
plant is only slightly recurved, and the nerve rarely excurrent, the perichaetial bracts
quite different.
41. LEPTODONTIUM Hampe.
Leaves spreading or squarrose-recurved, rather wide, mostly
flexuose, with serrulate or iiotched margins. Capsule narrow,
cylindrical ; peristome of 32 filiform smooth teeth, straight, erect,
more or less unequal and here and there united in pairs.
Dioicous.
The three British species of this small genus are readily
known by the peculiar habit and the form and structure of the
leaves, and with the few exotic and continental species appear to
form a well-defined group, hardly approached by any of the other
species of the Order except Pleurochsete squarrosa.202
TORTULACE/E.
It is curious that all three species seem to have their head-
quarters in Britain, and two of them have not been found else-
where.
fLeaves tipped with clusters of gemmse ... ...................i. gemmascens
\ Leaves not tipped with gemmae............................................2
f Leaves not bordered, nerve vanishing........................2. flexifolium
\ Leaves with pale border, nerve excurrent...................3. recuruifolium
1. Leptodontium gemmascens Braithw. (Didymodon
gemmascens Mitt. ; Did. flexifolius var. pemmiferus Schp.,
Syn.) (Tab. XXX. D.).
Loosely tufted, 1-2 inches high, bright green ; stems fragile,
scarcely branched. Leaves oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate-
acuminate, tapering, erecto-patent or spreading, not recurved,
rather crisped when dry, margin plane or erect, slightly sinuose
or undulated, finely spinulose-dentate at apex ; nerve reaching
apex, in the upper leaves excurrent and tipped with a bunch of
green, obovate gemmae; basal cells rectangular, the upper
irregularly hexagonal, obscure and opaque; a single marginal
row somewhat more pellucid.
Hab. Old thatched roofs, very rarely on trees; Sussex ; near Dundee. Fruit
unknown.
Originally considered a variety of the next species, but quite distinct in the form
and direction of the leaves. The gemmse are by no means confined to the tip of the
leaf, but may be found, often abundantly, in the axils of the upper leaves. Mr.
Mitten says that it is usually found on thatch that is just beginning to go, not on very
old and decayed thatch.
2. Leptodontium flexifolium Hpe. (Bryum flexifolium Dicks.;
Didymodon flexifolius Hook, and Tayl., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXX. E.).
In wide patches, 1-2 inches high, bright or yellowish green ;
stems slender, rather flexuose, fragile. Leaves distant, the comal
larger, erecto-patent or spreading and squarrose-recurved,
small	line in length), concave-carinate, rounded and
flexuose; when dry erect and crisped; shortly oblong-lingulate,
apiculate at apex or shortly pointed ; margin recurved at base ;
in upper third strongly, irregularly spinose-denticulate ; nerve
narrow, yellowish, vanishing below the apex; cells at base
shortly rectangular, above rounded-hexagonal, chlorophyllose,
incrassate, papillose on both sides; a single row at margin
pellucid, crested with distinct single papillae on the edge.LEPTODONTIUM.
203
Perichaetial bracts sheathing. Seta slender, yellowish ; capsule
narrowly elliptic or cylindric, yellowish brown with a red mouth ;
lid shortly rostellate; peristome teeth slender, fragile, yellowish,
smooth. Male plant more slender, inflorescence terminal.
Hab. Peaty and gravelly soil, not common. Fr. early spring.
Known at once by the flexuose, recurved, distant leaves, sharply toothed at apex,
short and widely Ungulate, rather acute but not tapering at the points. The whole
plant has a succulent, fragile texture. Axillary and terminal buds, or gemmiform
bodies are often formed, which are readily detached and serve to propagate the
plant. It is most frequently found in the barren state.
3. Leptodontium recurvifolium Lindb. (Bryum recurvi-
folium Tayl.; Didyrjiodon recurvifolius Wils., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. XXX. F.).
Taller and more robust than the last species, 1-5 inches high,
pale or yellowish green above, dark or yellow below. Leaves
from a pale erect base squarrose and recurved, slightly undulate ;
when dry crisped, undulate and incurved but not erect nor
appressed, rather distant, larger (1 line lotig) ovate-oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, slightly narrowed above, at apex shortly and
widely acute, or rather obtuse and apiculate; margin plane,
serrulate from near the base, in the upper half with coarse
irregular denticulations ; nerve thin, reaching apex and excurrent
in a minute apiculus or slightly longer point; basal cells
rectangular, small, hyaline or pellucid, the upper rounded-
quadrate, rather smaller than in the last, obscure with chlorophyll,
minutely papillose, 2-4 rows at margin slightly enlarged, pellucid,
smooth, forming a pale border, not papillose at edge.
Hab. Wet rocks on mountains; very rare. Killarney and Ben Voirlich, now
extinct. Creag Mhor, Tyndrum; Glydr Vawr, Tyn-y-groes, Cwm Buchan and
Cynicht, N. Wales. Fruit unknown.
A very fine and interesting species, and unknown except from the localities
named. Abortive archegonia mixed with n few paraphyses are the only organs of
fructification that have been found. The plant is usually of a dusky colour, and
almost black in the lower parts ; the specimens from Cynicht, however, where I
gathered it in 1888, are pale yellowish green throughout, and are also taller and more
slender than the other forms.
L. recurvifolium can hardly be confused with any other moss ; in the dry state
it might be overlooked for Dichodontium pellucidum or D. flavescens, but when
moistened the recurved, squarrose leaves, w'ith pale border, at once distinguish it.
42. WEISIA Hedw.
Plants small or moderately tall, slender, with lanceolate or
linear-lanceolate leaves, usually much twisted when dry, basal204
TORTULACEjE.
areolation hyaline and rectangular, upper small, almost always
opaque and papillose. Fruit small, cleistocarpous, gymnostomous
or peristomate, peristome when present ol 16 short, more or less
imperfect, entire or bipartite teeth, erect.
I have followed Lindberg and Braithwaite in uniting under
one genus the species variously ranged under Systegium,
Hymenostomum, Gymnostomum, Weisia, and Eucladium ; but
have separated under Trichostomum the more robust, distinct
species usually placed under that genus, which have a very
different facies, and for the most part a more highly developed
capsule and peristome ; while in the present genus there are few
or none among the European species at least, except W. vertic-
illata, with the peristome at all well-developed.
The name Mollia (used by Lindberg and Braithwaite for this
genus) must be rejected, as pointed out by Le Jolis (Rev. Bry.,
1895, p. 19), since it was employed in 1824 by Martius for a genus
of Tiliacese, for which genus it has been generally adopted and
has been in use ever since.
/Capsule immersed, lid very minute, persistent................................2
(Capsule exserted ; lid larger, deciduous ....................................4
fLeaf-margin strongly involute above ..................................1. crisfa
(Leaf-margin plane above......................................................3
/ Perichsetial Is. long, erect; leaves crisped when dry.......2. multicapsularis
(Perichtetial Is. few, short, divergent; Is. scarcely crisped......3. Mitlenii
/Leaf-margin strongly incurved above..........................................5
^(Margin plane or recurved above..................................................7
/Plant little branched ; Is. narrow, twisted when dry ........................6
-*(Plant much branched ; Is. wider, incurved when dry (gymnostomous)...7. tortilis
g/Peristome present ...................................................8. virid-ula
(Peristome absent .................................................6. microstoma
/Leaves toothed below, entire above ; plant glaucous...............14. verticillata
' (Leaves entire, or crenulate merely with projecting cell-walls ..............8
/ Capsule scarcely exserted, seta about (-line long................4. roslellata
"(Capsule well exserted on longer seta ........................................10
/ Stem decumbent below ; Is. squarrose; peristome absent............3. squarrosa
(Stem erect; peristome present.....................................9. mucronata
(Stem usually longer ; Is. more or less acute or subacute.....................13
l2/Basal cells of leaves very long and narrow .........................10. tenuis
/Upper cells minute, opaque; nerve thick ..........................12. rupestris
■*(Upper cells clear and pellucid; nerve slender .................13. curvirostris
A. SYSTEGIUM.
Capsules immersed, cleistocarpous ; plants very small.WEISIA.
205
1.	Weisia crispa Mitt. (Phascum crispum Hedw.; Systegium
Schp., Syn.; Mollia crispa Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.).
(Tab. XXX. G.).
Densely gregarious or sub-caespitose, pale or yellowish green,
2-5 lines high, branched at the top. Leaves erecto-patent, when
dry strongly curled, at least at their tips, the lower small, gradually
increasing in size upwards, linear-lanceolate, the comal, or
perichaetial bracts much larger, elongate-linear from a long
concave whitish base, all rather concave, acute or slightly obtuse,
the margins very narrowly involute in the upper part, nerve
strong, excurrent in a short acute mucro, which is sometimes
turned upwards so as to make the leaf apex somewhat cucullate.
Cells at base lax, hyaline, rectangular ; upper small, sub-quadrate,
opaque with chlorophyll and papillae. Capsule immersed in the
perichaetial bracts, on a very short seta, small, brown, sub-globose,
with a distinct, minute, conical apiculate lid, which, though not
separating of itself is easily removed. Calyptra cucullate.
Autoicous.
Var. /3. aciculata (Weisia adculata Mitt.). More slender;
perichaetial bracts tapering to a longer, more acute point, the
margins erect, not incurved. Capsule almost sessile, concealed
among the bracts ; lid shorter.
Hab. On the ground, chiefly in calcareous districts ; frequent. The var. 0
rare. Fr. spring.
Easily distinguished from all the Phascoid mosses with immersed capsules (except
the next two species) by the long perichaetial bracts, cirrate when dry, and forming
the most conspicuous portion of the plant. From the next species it differs in the
narrower leaves with smaller more opaque areolation, and involute margins. The
narrowly incurved margin in this plant has somewhat the appearance of a thickened
border ; but it is frequently very indistinct, or the margin may be plane or erect in a
few of the leaves, especially the lower, shorter ones; but some leaves will always be
found showing the characteristically incurved margin.
2.	Weisia multicapsularis Mitt. (Phascum multicapsulare
Sm.; Systegium multicapsulare Schp., Syn.; Mollia multicap-
sularis Braithw., Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXX. H.).
Taller and more slender than W. crispa, 5-8 lines high, with
longer, slender, flexuose, small-leaved branches ; of a dingy green ;
leaves wider, broadly lanceolate, acute or obtuse, apiculate, spread-
ing, flexuose and recurved, margin plane; upper leaves and
bracts very long, erect, less crisped when dry, sub-tubular above,
but with the margins but little involute, tapering and acute, nerve
rather narrower and less defined ; areolation slightly larger,206
TORTULACE/E.
more regular and quadrate, less obscure. Capsule immersed,
oval, with a rather longer, persistent lid. Autoicous. Male
inflorescence terminal, on a short branch, gemmiform.
Hab. On the ground in open spaces ; rare. Fr. spring.
Distinguishable from W. a ispa in the field by the dusky tint, the more slender
stems and longer, small-leaved branches, the leaves and bracts much less curled when
dry ; the wider leaves with plane margins and rather different areolation are also
characters of importance. W. Mittenii differs in the male inflorescence, in the
shorter, less flexuose leaves, and shorter, more spreading, fewer perichsetial bracts,
with the capsule less deeply immersed.
The specific name multicapsularis is misleading, as although two capsules may
occasionally be found in one perichaetium, they are far more usually solitary.
3. Weisia Mittenii Mitt, fAstomum Mittenii B. & S.;
Systegium Mittenii Schp., Syn.; Mollia Mittenii Braithw.,
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXX. I.).
Resembling IV. multicapsularis but more rigid, fragile,
leaves less soft and flexuose, with a stout brownish nerve, the
perichsetial bracts fewer, shorter, divergent; all flexuose when
dry, hardly curled ; capsule less completely immersed, on a longer
seta. Male inflorescence usually lateral, at the base of the
fruiting innovation. Spores larger.
Hab. Roadsides and fallow field near Hurstpierpoint, Sussex; (Mitten) Fr.
spring.
The general appearance of this plant is distinct, and its texture generally more
rigid and fragile. The fewer, shorter, divergent bracts render the capsule much more
apparent, but it is not really emergent, as it is entirely overtopped by the bracts ; the
seta is, however, considerably longer than in the previous species, being almost
exactly the length of the capsule itself, whereas in these it is only about half the
length. I do not find any difference in the size of the lid between this and W.
multicapsularis.
B. EU-WEISIA.
Capsules exserted, rarely cleistocarpous. Plants small;
leaves curled when dry. Usually terrestrial. Autoicous.
4. Weisia rostellata Lindb. (Phascum rostellatum Brid.;
Mollia rostellata Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.; Hymenostomum
rostellatum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXX. J.).
Very small, hardly a quarter of an inch high, dull green,
densely gregarious. Leaves spreading, flexuose or recurved,
crisped when dry, linear-lanceolate, margin plane, nerveWEISIA.
207
excurrent in a short point; cells larger than in W. crispa,
quadrate-hexagonal, incrassate, distinct, minutely papillose; at
base rectangular, hyaline or pellucid, the marginal narrower and
more hyaline. Perichaetial bracts hardly distinct. Capsule on a
very short seta, hardly raised above the bracts; oval-elliptic;
lid persistent, obliquely rostellate.
Hab. Muddy sides of pools, etc. Rare. Fr. winter.
This little moss fruits abundantly, and is therefore easily recognised, differing as
it does from all our other species of the kind in the very shortly exserted capsules,
which yet have the facies of the more highly developed rather than of the phascoid
species ; from the preceding ones it differs also in the absence of distinct perichaetial
bracts. W. squarrosa is hardly to be distinguished except by the more elongated
seta and the deciduous lid.
The basal cells are sometimes hyaline, but at others coloured. The margins of
the leaves are occasionally a little incurved, especially towards the point, so that the
apex is slightly cucullate.
5. Weisia squarrosa C.M. (Hymenostomum squarrosum
Nees & Hornsch., Schp. Syn.; Mollia squarrosa Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXX. K.).
Taller, j-Jinch in height, branched above, finally decumbent.
Leaves distant, short, squarrose, upper longer, margin plane or
erect; basal cells shorter. Beta longer, yellowish ; capsule
much resembling the last, but with a longer, deciduous lid.
Hab. Fallow fields and banks. Not common. Fr. winter.
The longer seta, elevating the capsule considerably above the upper leaves, renders
this plant easily distinguishable from IV. rostellata, although it is closely allied, and
indeed in other respects hardly distinguishable from that species. It is also much
like W. microstoma, but that species differs in the incurved margin of the leaves,
which are less squarrose, and the time of fruiting is rather different.
The first year’s stem is very short, when the resemblance to the last species is
accentuated ; later on it developes innovations below the inflorescence, and the stem
becomes decumbent.
6. Weisia microstoma C.M. (Gymnostomum microstomum
Hedw.; Hymenostomum microstomum R. Br., Schp. Syn.;
Mollia microstoma Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXX. L.).
Densely tufted, inch high, rarely more; deep green;
stems erect, branched. Leaves spreading from a more erect
whitish base, much crisped when dry and glossy at the back,
lanceolate, the upper longly linear-lanceolate, shortly pointed,
mucronate with the excurrent nerve, concave, the margin narrowly
involute; areolation minutely quadrate, opaque, papillose, at base208
TORTULACE^E.
rectangular, hyaline. Seta yellow, longer than in the last species ;
capsule oval, equal or slightly asymmetrical, brown, paler when
empty, mouth very small, the orifice closed with a membrane,
finally rupturing in the centre ; lid obliquely rostellate, variable
in length, but longer than in the last species. Spores 18-20 //■ in
diameter.
Var. /3. obliqua C. M. (Hymenostomum obliquum Nees &
Hornsch.). Shorter. Seta shorter; capsul & asymmetric, slightly
curved above, lid shorter, narrowly conical.
Var. y. elata (.Hymenostomum microstomum var. elatum B.
& S.). Taller, densely tufted ; capsule very small, hardly reach-
ing above the elongated innovations.
Hab. Banks and barren ground, frequent. The var. )3, Ingleton ; the var. yy
near Settle, barren. Fr. spring.
Quite inseparable from W. viridula except by the fruit, which in that has a wider
mouth, not closed by a membrane, and presenting some traces, however indistinct, of
a peristome. The incurved margins distinguish it from IV. squarrosa, the much
thinner, more pellucid and delicate leaves, more tapering, and with thinner nerve,
from W. tortilis.
I have gathered <x plant at the Quiraing, Skye, in 1893, which may be referable
to the var. elata, though perhaps it is rather an intermediate form; some of the
capsules being concealed by the innovations, but others being distinctly exserted. In
the barren state it can hardly be separated from W. viridula var. densifolia.
7. Weisia tortilis C.M. (Gymnostomum tortile Schwgr.;
Hymenost. tortile B. & S., Schp. Syn.; Mollia tortilis
Braithw., Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXX. M.).
More robust, more branched, bright or dull green above,
reddish below. Leaves crowded, wider than in the last, narrowly
oblong-lanceolate, broadly pointed; margin widely incurved;
nerve very stout, yellow or reddish, excurrent in a short mucro ;
cells at base rectangular, hyaline, passing rather abruptly and
obliquely into the small, chlorophyllose, very opaque, smaller
upper areolation. Capsule resembling that of W. microstoma,
but rather larger, with a rather longer lid and slightly wider
mouth. Spores smaller, 12-15 /*■
Hab. Calcareous rocks, banks, and walls. Rare. Fr. spring.
If due attention be paid to the characters italicised in the above description, there
need not be much difficulty in recognising this species, for which forms of IV.
microstoma and IV. viridula are frequently mistaken. It is a distinctly less delicate
plant, with the leaves of a very opaque, solid texture, the borders more widely
incurved, and the nerve much stronger and reddish ; the whole plant, too, is usually
of a lurid tint. In the var. subcylindrica Schp., to which according to Wilson most
of the British specimens belong, the leaves are longer and narrower than in the type,
in which state, according to Boulay, it presents no differences from IV. crispata C.M.WEISIA.
209
The apex of the leaf is rather obtuse, but the margins are so much incurved that
it frequently appears acute in outline until flattened out. Owing to their solidity the
leaves are less strongly curled when dry, indeed the lower are only incurved, and it is
the younger, uppermost leaves alone that are at all twisted.
8.	Weisia viridula Hedw. (Bryum viridulum L. ; Mollia
viridula Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI. ; W. controversa Hedw.,
mult, auct.) (Tab. XXXI. A.).
Resembling W. microstoma, but usually a rather larger
plant, yellowish green. Leaves almost exactly as in that species,
the upper elongate-linear, tapering to a rather narrow point,
margin strongly involute. Capsule on a yellow seta of variable
length (2-4 lines), oval or elliptical, narrowed at mouth, but not
strongly contracted as in the above species, peristomate ; slightly
sulcate when dry and empty ; lid long-beaked. Peristome teeth
very variable, often very imperfect and almost wanting, linear,
cleft or entire, often truncate. Spores 14.-18 /t in diameter.
Var. f3. amblyodon B. & S. (W. amblyodon Brid.). Leaves
shorter. broader; peristome teeth short, truncate ; lid shorter.
Var. y. gymnostotnoides B. & S. (W. gymnostomoides Brid.).
Leaves shorter; capsule smaller; teeth of peristome pale,
rudimentary.
Var. 8. densifolia B. & S. (W. densifolia Wils.). Taller,
densely tufted, much branched ; leaves narrow, crowded; seta
short.
Hab. Banks and sandy ground ; common. The var. £ on peaty soil; the var.
7 with the type; the var. 5 in mountainous districts; all rarer than the type. Fr.
spring.
A somewhat variable plant, hardly distinguishable in many of its forms from
W. microstoma, except by the wider-mouthed, peristomate capsule ; and it is some-
times exceedingly difficult to find traces of the peristome even when present, so
fragmentary and rudimentary its development occasionally is. As a rule however it
is a plant of rather freer growth and larger dimensions.
9.	Weisia mucronata B. & S. Mollia rutilans Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. B.).
Very near W. viridula, but differing in the rather wider
leaves, concave but with plane margins, nerve excurrent in a
rather long mucro. Capsule narrowly oblong, slightly striate
when dry ; peristome teeth broader, irregular, fugacious.
Spores much larger, 20-30 /r in diameter.
Hab. Clay banks in shady places. Rare. Fr. spring.
O	4210
TORTULACE/E.
The plane-margined leaves, slightly wider and more distinctly mucronate, and
the larger spores, are really the only distinguishing characters by which this species
may be known from TV. viridula. According to Husnot, whose measurements of the
spores is confirmed by my own observations, the statement made by Bruch and
Schimper in the Bry. Eur., and copied by Wilson, that they are 2 or 3 times as large
as in IV. viridula is inaccurate, and is not borne out by Bruch’s own specimens.
C. EUCLADIUM.
Plants usually taller; leaves more rigid and fragile, with a
stout nerve, less crisped when dry. Rupestral. Dioicous.
Capsule exserted, gymnostomous or peristomate.
10. Weisia tenuis C. M. (Mollia tenuis Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.; Gymnostomum tenue Schrad., plur. auct.; Gyroweisia
tenuis Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXXI. C.).
Very short, in wide mats, bright green above, hardly 2 lines
high. Leaves very small, about % line long, erecto-patent,
slightly recurved, when dry erect, hardly twisted, rigid, fragile;
ligulate, rounded and obtuse at apex, margin plane, often
crenulate with projecting papillae ; nerve rather strong, ceasing
below apex. Basal cells rectangular, hyaline, 3-6 times as long
as broad, above shortly rectangular, at apex sub-quadrate and
irregular, papillose, rather thick-walled, distinct ; perichaetial
bracts larger, wider and sub-sheathing. Capsule on a short very
slender seta, gymnostomous, small, narrowly oblong, red at
mouth ; annulus broad, persistent; lid very short, conical-
acuminate. Male plants very short.
Hab. On inclined faces of sandstone or calcareous rocks ; not common. Fr.
summer and autumn.
W. tenuis is known from all the other species (except W. calcarea) by the dwarf
plants in neat patches of a deep green, and the small, ligulate leaves very rounded
and obtuse at apex ; the leaves in W. calcarea are more frequently narrowed and
shortly pointed, the basal cells much shorter, the upper more obscure, the lid .longer,
and the whole plant as a rule taller. The period of fruiting appears to be extended
and variable in W. tenuis.
11. Weisia calcarea C. M. (Gymnost. calcareum Nees &
Hornsch., Schp. Syn.; Mollia calcarea Lindb., Braithw. Br.
M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. D.).
Resembling the last species but usually taller, f-f inch,
stems slender, branched, very densely tufted, bright light green.WEISIA.
211
Leaves crowded and much larger at the tip of the stem, resembling
the last in form, but less rounded at apex and often sub-acute;
basal hyaline cells fewer, much smaller, 2-3 times as long as broad,
the upper more opaque and more strongly papillose. Capsule
variable in form, lid longer, conical with an oblique rostellate
beak.
Var.fi.viridula C. M. (Gymnost. viridulum Brid.). Very
short, darker green; leaves shorter, more obtuse; capsule very
small, ovate.
Hab. Limestone rocks in shady situations ; very rare ; Derbyshire. The var.
j8, Scotland. Fr. very rare, summer.
A very pretty, delicate moss, common in the Mediterranean region of the
continent, rarer and mostly sterile further north ; very variable, but distinguishable
from IV. tenuis as above described, and as pointed out under that species, and not
much like any other moss in its leaf form and habit, though IV. rupestris might be
mistaken for it; the latter is however a more robust plant, usually of a duller green
and in taller, more swollen tufts, with more acute leaves.
12. Weisia rupestris C. M. (Gymnost. rupestre Schleich.,
Schp. Syn. et plur. auct. ; Mollia aeruginosa Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. E.).
In compact, swollen tufts, ^—3 or 4 inches high ; dull olive
green or more rarely deep bright green above; stems slender,
branched. Leaves crowded, often in interrupted tufts, erecto-
patent, when dry appressed and lightly twisted, the uppermost
more strongly so but hardly curled ; small, short, oblong-lanceolate
or linear-lanceolate, shortly tapering, sub-acute, slightly concave,
plane or nearly so at margin, which is crenulate with papillae ;
nerve thick, reddish, becoming narrower and more indistinct near
apex and lost at the point; cells at base shortly rectangular,
firm, pellucid, in all the rest of the leaf small, quadrate-rounded,
obscure, papillose, incrassate. Seta rather short, 1-2 lines;
capsule small, oval or narrowly elliptical, thin-walled, when dry
and empty pale yellowish brown and glossy, with a reddish mouth,
narrower than or equal to the width of the middle of the capsule,
gymnostomous; lid with an oblique shortly subulate beak, pale.
Spores small, 10-14. /*•
Var. /3. ramosissima C. M. (Gymnost. rupestre var. ramos-
issimum B. & S.). Tall, slender, much branched; leaves shorter,
more erect, seta shorter, capsule oblong.
Hab. Wet rocks, most abundant in limestone districts ; the var. Derbyshire.
Fr. late summer and autumn.212
TORTULACE^.
This species and the next are nearly allied, but IV. curvirostris can be distinguished
in the field by the leaves usually (but not constantly) more narrowly and longly
acuminate, and by the capsules darker, firmer and more solid, on longer seta, the
mouth usually wider than the rest of the capsule; also by the longer, firmer, dark
lid. Under the microscope the two are at once separated by the small, short, opaque
cells of the present plant, and the almost (or quite) plane margins of the leaves; in
the next species the cells are larger, often longer, almost empty, and clearly defined ;
and one margin at least is recurved.
The taller, more luxuriant forms of W. rupestris are more frequently barren, and
might be confused with Zygodon Mougeotii.
13. Weisia curvirostris C.M. (Pottia curvirostris Ehrh.;
Barbula curvirostris Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.; Gymnostomum.
curvirostre Hedw., Schp. Syn., et plur auct.) (Tab. XXXI. F.).
Resembling the last in habit, but more frequently of a paler
green, a little softer and less rigid, fragile, 1-4 inches high.
Leaves erect and hardly twisted when dry, rather more narrowly
tapering and acuminate, one or both margins recurved below, nerve
less strong; cells at base pellucid, elongate-rectangular, above
rectangular, elliptical and sub-quadrate, larger, pellucid and
distinct, incrassate, more or less papillose. Seta 2-4 lines long;
capsule ovate or rounded-ovate, rarely oblong; thick-walled,
glossy, dark reddish brown, after the fall of the lid wide-mouthed
and somewhat truncate; lid longly and obliquely subulate,
attached to the columella and often persistent for some time;
peristome none. Spores larger, 18-22 /*.
Var. ft. commutata (Hymenostylium commutatum Mitt.).
Tall, brownish; leaves long, narrow, more rigid, the cells all
elongated, smooth.
Var. y. scabra (Barbula curvirostris forma scabra Lindb.).
Leaves short, papillose, cells quadrate; stem and back of nerve
highly papillose.
Hab. Mountain rocks in damp situations; frequent. The vars. more rare;
var. scabra, Ben Lui. Fr. late summer and autumn.
The var. commutata has some claim to take a higher rank than a mere variety,
the areolation in its typical, or extreme form, being very distinct. Intermediate
forms however occur; indeed, a fairly connected chain of forms exists from the above
variety with its very smooth tissue and elongated, pellucid cells, through the forma
larviuscula Lindb., which may be looked upon as the type, with smooth stem,
moderately papillose leaves, and shorter, but somewhat variable areolation, to the
var. scabra, with the whole stem rough with papillae, extending up the back of the
nerve, and the areolation short, quadrate, and papillose. The Ben Lui plant
mentioned above as belonging to this variety, which I gathered in 1893, is remark-
able in also having the empty capsules very narrow-oblong, slightly curved, with a.
rather narrow, oblique mouth.
The points of difference between this and the last species are described above.
ATUEctangium covipactum differs from both in the bright green soft tufts, with rather
larger leaves more broadly pointed.WEISIA.
213
14- Weisia verticillata Brid. (Bryum verticillatum L.;
Mollia verticillata Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.; Eucladium
verticillatum B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXXI. G.Y
Densely tufted, |-2 inches high, often encrusted with
calcareous matter; pale glaucous green above, whitish below,
stems very slender, fragile, much branched. Leaves erecto-
patent, not much crowded, when dry appressed, hardly twisted,
long, linear-lanceolate or linear-subulate from a slightly broader
base, acute or apiculate; margin plane, toothed just above the
base for a short distance; nerve very broad, occupying most of
apex and excurrent in a mucro, or vanishing in the point; cells at
base long, narrow (5-/0 tunes as long as broad), thin-walled,
hyaline, above rounded-quadrate, obtusely papillose. Seta
reddish; capsule oval-oblong, thick-walled, peristomate; lid
obliquely rostrate; peristome teeth 16, orange, flat, oblique,
entire or divided.
Hab. Wet limestone rocks, more rarely on sandstone. Not uncommon. Fruit
very rare, summer.
Readily known by its glaucous colour, more slender stems, and narrower leaves ;
under the microscope the toothed basal margin is very characteristic and distinct. It
is sometimes so thickly crusted with calcareous matter as to be quite hard and stone-
like.
43. TRICHOSTOMUM B. & S. emend.
Plants for the most part tail and rather robust; leaves
usually narrow and elongate, with lax, pellucid, or hyaline
basal cells, and minute, obscure, papillose upper areolation,
curled and often strongly cirrate-incurved when dry. Capsule
oblong or cylindrical, peristomate, teeth slender, divided to or
nearly to the base into two filiform divisions, more or less
imperfect or long, erect, oblique or contorted. Dioicous.
Although I have little doubt that Lindberg is right in
combining with the species usually included under Trichostomum
the plants belonging to the Section Tortella C.M. ^of
Barbula), as truly congeneric, it is with more hesitation that I
have retained the generic name Trichostomum while including
species the peristome of which in its structure exactly contradicts
the definition of the genus as given by its authors. It has
however always been admitted, even by the authors themselves,
that the genus as so defined is an unsatisfactory one, added to
which we have the fact that in some of the original species there214
TORTULACE/E.
is a distinct approach to a spiral twisting of the peristome ; and I
think it will be generally conceded that these considerations,
together with the great undesirability of founding new genera on
old material, form sufficient justification for widening the defini-
tion of the genus to even this extent. The greater or less
twisting of the peristome is only a question of degree ; and its
inadequacy as a generic character is obvious when it leads for
instance to the separation of species so closely allied as T.
nitidum and T. tortuosum.
/Basal hyaline cells ascending up margin of leaf .............................2
/Basal hyaline cells not higher at margin than at centre......................6
f Leaves wide, soft, obtuse, more or less cucullate at apex.......3. jlavovirens
“ / Leaves narrower, not cucullate, more or less acute...........................3
/Leaves rather rigid, straight, mostly broken across..........................4
■’/Leaves flexuose, less fragile ................................................5
/Leaves short with shortish points, strongly curled when dry .......7. nitidum
4 t Leaves with long narrow points, not or hardly curled when dry .....9. fragile
/Leaves over two lines long, with very long, tapering points........8. tortuosum
-’/Leaves rarely two lines long, with short points..................6. inclinatum
g/Nerve excurrent in a cusp or mucro ............................................7
^Nerve ceasing in apex........................................................8
/Leaf-margin recurved at apex, more or less cucullate...............1. crispulum
'/Leaf-margin flat or nearly so at apex ...............................2. mutabile
g/Leaves crenulate-notched at margin, scarcely dilated at base ..... 4. tenuirostre
/Leaves entire at margin, with dilated base ......................5. hibetnicum
1. Trichostomum crispulum Bruch. (Mollia crispula Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. H.).
Densely tufted, tall or short, about one inch high usually,
sometimes two inches ; deep or yellowish green. Leaves crowded,
erecto-patent, the comal rather more spreading, but usually
incurved at apex, not recurved; when dry circinate-incurved, pale
and glossy at back ; elongate linear-lanceolate, rather more than
1 line in length, carinate-concave above, tapering to apex but not
acute, margin plane, incurved at apex and forming with the
upturned point of the nerve a more or less strongly cucullate or
cymbiform tip; nerve yellowish, rather obscure above, vanishing
or excurrent in a very short mucro; margin entire, or very
minutely and obsoletely denticulate above base; basal cells
pellucid, a few hyaline, small, narrow, rectangular, gradually
becoming shorter and chlorophyllose, in upper part minute,
quadrate, very obscure, papillose. Perichaetial bracts sub-
sheathing, more acute than the leaves; seta reddish yellow,
capsule oblong or oval-oblong, slightly plicate when dry -r
peristome teeth reddish, rather short, unequally cleft, papillose.TRICHOSTOMUM.
2I5
Var. f3. elatum Schp. Tall, in large deep green tufts; leaves
broader, more obtuse and cucullate at apex.
Var. y. nigro-viride Dixon (Mollia crispula var. nigro-viridis
Braithw.) Tall, very compact, stems very slender, dark green,
blackish below. Leaves small, short, narrow, concave and sub-
tubular above with the margins slightly incurved; areolation
dense.
Var. 8. gracile Dixon (Trichostomum brevifolium Sendt.;
Mollia brevifolia Braithw., Br. M. FI., Vol. II., Suppl. p. 252).
Short and very slender, in dense tufts. Leaves crowded, small,
short, narrow-linear above from a wider base, obtuse or shortly
pointed, margin incurved above, hardly cucullate at apex ; nerve
vanishing at apex or very shortly excurrent. Perichaetial bracts
longly acuminate, nerve excurrent. Capsule very small, ovate,
narrowed at the mouth • lid longly subulate-rostrate, as long as
capsule.
Hab. Cliffs, walls, and ban*s, especially near the sea; not uncommon. The
var. £ rare ; the var. y, Ingleboro ; the var. 5, Weymouth and Swanage (Mitten).
Fr. rare, spring and early summer.
This and the next species present great difficulties to the systematist, their forms
being very numerous and somewhat confusing ; and the fruit, which might otherwise
be of help in separating them, is not at all common, and the peristome fragile. The
following points may serve as a guide to the student, but it must be confessed that
some barren forms are hardly capable of certain determination, and the examination
of a large number of specimens, so far from elucidating the difficulties rather seems to
enhance them by bringing to light more numerous intermediate forms. In the first
place both plants are readily known from any species of Tortula or Barbula likely to
be confused with them, such as T. unguiculata, by the plane margins of the leaves and
very obscure upper areolation ; while from Trich. flavovirens and Pleurochcete
squarrosa they are easily known by the hyaline basal cells not extending higher at the
margin of the leaf than at the. nerve, but passing gradually and equally into the
chlorophyllose areolation. Trich. crispulum is in its typical form easily distinguished
from T. mutabile even with the lens by the narrower leaves with distinctly and
abruptly cucullate apex, by their direction which is always more erect, and perhaps
never distinctly spreading and recurved at apex as is frequently the case in the follow-
ing plant; the basal cells are also smaller and less hyaline, and the basal margin is
almost always entire, rarely minutely denticulate, and never distinctly so as in
T. mutabile var. littorale. It is probable that bearing these points in mind the
student will not be likely to take plants of the true T. crispulum for any other species,
though it must be remembered that there are forms of this plant with the leaves
hardly cucullate, and others with wider leaves ; but as far as my own experience goes
I think it is usually safe to refer plants with narrow, tapering, erecto-patent, entire,
shortly mucronate leaves, and also plants with distinctly cucullate apex and entire
margins, to this species, even though the former have the nerve straight and not
upturned at point and the leaves consequently not cucullate, and though the latter
have wider leaves more approaching T. mutabile in outline.
Mr. Holmes’ specimens from near St. Ouens, Jersey, have the leaves toothed
above the base, broadly lingulate or oblong in outline, and often decidedly obtuse in
apex as in T. mutabile var. littorale, while on the other hand some of them have the
apex distinctly, though not strongly cucullate; this form appears to me to be more
satisfactorily referred to the above variety, as it was, indeed, at first named by Mr.
Holmes, though afterwards named by him T. crispulum.2l6
TORTULACE/E.
The only specimen I have seen of the plant described above as var. gracile is a
barren specimen of Mitten’s from Weymouth. It differs so little from some forms of
Tr. crispulum, notably the vars. brevifolium and angustifolium B. & S., that I cannot
think it worthy of specific rank. The leaves are frequently slightly cucullate, quite as
much so as in the above varieties, which together constitute the var. viridulum
(Bruch) (M. crispula var. viridula Braithw.); although often quite straight or only
exhibiting a very slight upward curve in the nerve. The fruiting characters certainly
have the appearance of greater weight, but the capsules in this group show a very
frequent tendency to become stunted (a small capsule is one of the characters of the
var. brevifolium B. & S.), and the fruit as figured by Braithwaite has all the appear-
ance of a somewhat dwarfed and abnormal capsule ; and this is rather supported than
contradicted by the fact that the lid is exceptionally long in proportion, since it
frequently happens in stunted moss capsules that the lid retains its usual length.
2. Trichostomum mutabile Bruch (Mollia brachydontia
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. J.).
In its typical form this differs from T. crispulum in its leaves
tapering to an acute point with the margins hardly or not
incurved, the nerve straight, not upturned at point, excurrent in
a longer, distinct mucro, the hyaline basal cells more numerous
and wider, the margins generally slightly undulate. The leaves
also are usually more spreading at the top of the stem, often
slightly recurved in their upper part. The size of the leaf is very
variable, and the form of the apex is also subject to much
variation, from slender and tapering to rounded, wide, and some-
what obtuse ; and the margins may be slightly incurved. Seta
yellow. Capsule oval-oblong or narrowly elliptical, sometimes
slightly unequal; peristome yellow, almost smooth, short, more or
less imperfect.
Var. /?. littorale Dixon (Trichostomum littorale Mitt., Schp.
Syn.; Mollia littoralis Braithw., Br. M. FL). Leaves wider and
shorter, more patulous and recurved above, oblong-lingulate,
rounded and 7nore or less obtuse at apex, margins plane or
slightly incurved at apex, distinctly denticulate at a short
distance above the base.
Var. y. cophocarpum Schp. Taller, red below. Leaves
more erect, linear-lanceolate, longer, acuminate and acute.
Capsule short, oval, peristome rudimentary.
Hab. Rocks and banks, chiefly near the sea. P'requent. Tne var. p in
similar, more shaded situations ; frequent. The var. y rare. Fruit rare, spring.
This species is subject to even greater variation than the last, and the slender-
leaved form is very different in appearance from the extreme form of typical var.
littorale, but I can see no adequate ground for giving the latter specific rank, seeing
that the fruiting characters appear to be identical with those of T. mutabile, while
intermediate forms of leaf-apex of every shade of obtuseness are found ; the
denticulate margin of the leaves below the middle is also sometimes to be found in theTRICHOSTOMUM.
217
more typical forms of T. mutabile, though more strongly in the variety. Nor is the
broad and obtuse apex by any means always correlated with shortness of leaf, usually
given as a character of T. littorale ; indeed one of the most frequent of the wide,
obtuse-leaved forms is a very large-leaved plant usually found growing under hedges
and on shady banks in the south.
In order to determine the degree of obtuseness of the leaves it is necessary to
flatten them out under a cover glass, as when viewed laterally or when slightly
infolded at the edges an erroneous impression may easily be produced. It should be
remembered, too, that in this and the allied species the leaf edges begin to roll
inwards very quickly when the plant begins to dry, and it is necessary that the leaves
should be thoroughly expanded before coming to a conclusion on this point. I have,
moreover, often examined plants in which the margin at apex was in some leaves
incurved while that of others on the same stem was quite plane.
The mucronate apex of the nerve may be very slightly curved upwards, but never
abruptly and markedly as in T. crispulum. It is usually a. more robust plant, and
attains as much as three inches in height.
After careful examination of original specimens of Mollia lutescens Lindb.
(Braithw. Br. M. FI., Vol. I., p, 246), gathered by Lindberg at Glena, Killarney, in
1873, I am obliged to confess I can find nothing in it beyond a rather marked form of
Trick, mutabile. The leaves are indeed very long, but the variation in this respect is
no greater than may well be considered within the limits of so variable a species; they
also appear to be rather more fragile than usual, but this may partly be accounted for
by age. In no other respect can I find the slightest difference from ordinary Trick.
?nutabile. The outline of the cells is not more distinct than is frequently the case in
this species, nor are the cells themselves at all more pellucid, but exactly as I have
frequently seen them in typical plants. Indeed, the areolation in Trick, mutabile is
not really obscure, especially in mature leaves; the minuteness of the cells renders
them somewhat difficult to distinguish unless highly magnified, but under a high
power they appear quite distinct. I should be inclined to rank the plant in question
under var. cophocarpum.
3. Trichostomum flavovirens Bruch (Mollia flavovirens
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXI. I.).
Much resembling T. mutabile in habit, but softer, usually of
a glaucous or yellowish green, the white base of the leaves very
shining and distinct when dry, as is also the back of the nerve ;
leaves longer upwards (i-i| lines), and crowded in a terminal
coma, fragile, oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate from an erect, sheath-
ing, hyaline base, quickly narrowed to an obtuse or shortly acute
point ; concave, margin inflexed, especially at apex, entire or
faintly toothed at middle, verruculose above with projecting
papillae; nerve strong, excurrent in a very short or slightly
longer point; basal cells hyaline, thin-walled, extending higher
up the leaf at margin than at nerve, passing abruptly into the
chlorophyllose smaller ones, which thus terminate below
obliquely, in a V-shaped line; the upper larger than in any of
the previous species, and less obscure, sub-quadrate or rounded
hexagonal, slightly papillose. Seta dark red below, yellowish
above; capsule oblong-elliptic; peristome teeth long, filiform,
papillose, dark red, erect or slightly twisted.
Hab. Sandy ground and banks near the sea; South of England and Ireland,
Irequent, but always sterile. Fr. spring.2l8
TORTULACE/E.
The remarkable basal areolation common to this and some of the following
species amply distinguishes the present from the three foregoing plants, from which
the white shining leaf-base will also as a rule distinguish it; T. nitidum has more
fragile leaves, more closely circinate when dry, and more narrowly pointed ; T.
inclinatum is on the other hand almost inseparable without the fruit; but the leaves
are usually rather shorter, and less closely incurved when dry.
I have gathered specimens with tapering, acute points, but they are uncommon.
As a rule the wide points with strongly incurved margins are very characteristic.
4. Trichostomum tenuirostre Lindb. (Weisia tenuirostris
Hook. & Tayl., Didymodon cylindricus B. & S., Schp. Syn.;
Mollia tenuirostris Lindb., Braithvv. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXI. K.)
In loose, soft tufts, §-3 inches high, almost always yellowish
green at least at the tips of the stems, yellowish brown or
blackish below ; stems flexuose, slender or robust. Leaves fragile,
not densely crowded, spreading and flexuose, when dry crisped,
incurved and contorted, but not closely circinate-incurved as in
the preceding plants, less shining at lack on account of the
narrower nerve; longer than in any of the foregoing species,
lines in length, ligulate or narrowly linear-lanceolate,
usually more tapering at apex, and ending in a slender point;
margin plane, undulate, frequently somewhat sinuose above,
notched or irregularly dentate, crenulate with papillae ; nerve
rather narrow above, reaching to apex or vanishing ; cells at base
rectangular, hyaline, rather wide, thin-walled, gradually and not
obliquely passing into the shorter, chlorophyllose cells; upper
areolation roundish-quadrate, larger than in the last, somewhat
obscure. Seta slender, yellow, often two from the same
perichaetium ; capsule small, narrowly cylindric, pale brown;
lid conical with a narrow rostellate oblique beak ; peristome teeth
short, slender, erect, cleft or perforated, fragile.
Var. f3. Daldinianum (Didyrn. cylindricus var. Daldinianus
De Not.) Leaves shorter, broader, very acute, gradually taper-
ing or suddenly apiculate, with two marginal rows of cells
incrassate, yellow, distinct; capsule smaller.
Var. y. Holtii (Mollia tenuirostris var. Holtii Braithw.)
Robust, deep green above, black below; leaves more crowded,
the upper ones sometimes slightly secund, more erect and straight,
wide, rather obtuse at apex, cells less papillose.
Hab. Wet rocks by streams ; not uncommon. The var. j8, in more alpine
situations, rare; the var. 7 by waterfalls on dripping rocks, not common. Fr. very
rare, late autumn.TRICHOSTOMUM.
2ig
Although this plant bears some resemblance to Trick, tortuosum, that species
may usually be known from the present by the paler colour, less lurid and less
frequently yellow ; the denser, longer leaves, and the habitat, which is usually drier,
rarely in such humid spots ; the latter point is also a point of difference between 7>*
tenuirosti-e and Tr. mutabile, which in some forms it occasionally resembles ; under
the microscope the distinction becomes clearer ; the obliquely ascending hyaline cells
in Tr. tortuosum at once separating that species; while Tr. tenuirostre, though
sometimes having straight, broad, shortly pointed leaves almost exactly resembling
some forms of Tr. mutabile, will be recognised by the larger, less obscure areolation,
the nerve not distinctly excurrent, and the margins strongly crenulate-denticulate,
toothed, or sinuose. It is also usually a more robust plant than that, with more
distant and longer leaves. Some barren forms of Diphyscium foliosum, notably the
var. acutifolium might easily be mistaken for this plant, but are of a more rigid and
solid texture, often with a reddish brown tinge, and with much more obscure areolation
and nerve when viewed with the microscope. Tr. hibernicwn has the leaves wider
at the base, with much more distinct, incrassate upper areolation.
5.	Trichostomum hibernicum Dixon. (Tortula hibernica
Mitt.; Mollia hibernica Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI. ; Barbula
cirrifolia Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXXI. L.).
Tall, slender, in loose tufts, yellowish green, 2-4 inches high.
Leaves not crowded, from a short erect sub-sheathing base
flexuose-patulous or squarrose, crisped and incurved when dry ;
from a wide, shortly oblong or obovate base gradually longly
lanceolate-acuminate, tapering to an acute point, i|-2 lines long ;
margin hardly undulate, very finely crenulate-papillose ; nerve
vanishing in the apex, or reaching just beyond ; cells at base
rectangular, hyaline, rather suddenly passing into the shorter,
coloured upper cells, not ascending higher at margin; upper
areolation small, very distinct (rather obscure in the young leaves),
incrassate, subquadrate-rounded or shortly oblong-elliptic, faintly
papillose; one or two rows at margin sometimes paler. Capsule
cylindric.
Hab. Wet rocks ; Killarney ; Brandon Mt., Kerry. Fruit very rare.
A more slender plant than either Tr. tenuirostre or Tr. tortuosum, with smaller,
more slender, less undulated leaves, expanded at the base, and more distinct areolation,
the basal quite different from both. It is the Anosctangium ffornschuchiamim of
Wils. Bry. Brit. ; but the true A. Hornschuchianum Funk (in Hoppe & Hornsch.
Crypt, select.) has smooth leaves, very slender at the points, denticulate above the
base, etc.
A few old capsules only have been found, with the peristome too imperfect for
description. The species has not been found outside Ireland.
6.	Trichostomum inclinatum Dixon. (Tortula inclinata
Hedw. fil.; Barbula inclinata Schwgr., Schp. Syn.; Mollia
inclinata Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXII. B.).
In wide flat tufts, yellowish green, f-i inch high, stems robust,
fragile. Leaves crowded, erecto-patent, rigid, not enlarged at the220
TORTULACEzE.
coma, cirrate-crisped but not very closely incurved when dry,
almost exactly resembling those of Tr. flavovirens, but rather
shorter. Seta reddish ; capsule oval-oblong, more or less curved ;
peristome teeth long, spirally twisted, fugacious.
Hab. Banks, usually near the sea. Rare and sterile.
The leaves of this plant so nearly resemble those of Tr. flavovirens that the two
species are very difficult to separate when barren ; indeed among almost all the species
of this genus there is so much variation and so much intermingling of allied forms,
with very slight and perhaps deceptive fruiting characters, that hardly any arrange-
ment or description can be quite satisfactory. Thus Boulay points out that the
present species is connected with Tr. tortnosum on the one hand and Tr. nitidum on
the other by so many intermediate forms that no very clear line can be drawn between
them, and at the same time he makes the present plant a sub-species of Barbula
fragilis, indicating a still nearer affinity, in his opinion, to that species.
7. Trichostomum nitidum Schp. (Tortula nitida Lindb. ;
Mollia nitida Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXII. A.).
In small, dense, rounded cushions, dull or lurid green, dark
below. Leaves very fragile, erecto-patent, slightly flexuose,
crowded, when dry rigidly circinate-incurved, very closely in-
cumbent, the nerve very glossy and shining at the back ; rather
short, about 2 lines in length, linear-lanceolate, shortly and
acutely acuminate or more suddenly apiculate, margin plane,
slightly undulate, not incurved at apex ; nerve strong, greenish,
brown in old leaves, excurrent in a very short mucro, prominent
at back ; basal cells hyaline, passing obliquely into the shorter,
more chlorophyllose cells, above small, rounded-quadrate, obscure,
papillose. Capsule oblong-cylindric, peristome teeth short, rather
imperfect, very slightly oblique.
Hab. Rocks and walls, almost always calcareous. Rare. Sterile in Britain.
The true position of this plant has been the subject of much discussion, upon
which my slight acquaintance with the fruiting plant does not wairant me in pro-
nouncing any opinion ; indeed it is probable that it will remain more or less doubtful
until an opportunity is afforded of studying the fruit in good condition and in greater
quantity. Hitherto it has only been found in two localities, the two plants presenting
certain differences of some importance in the structure of their fruit and peristome.
Apart from the fruiting characters, moreover, Tr. nitidum exhibits certain variations
in habit and vegetative structure, which tend to ally it on the one hand to Tr.
Jlavoznrens and on the other to Tr. tortuosum ; and it is quite possible that ultimately
it may be found necessary to unite it with one or the other. As far as I am aware,
however, the variations in question, do not occur, markedly at least, in this country,
and the plant as we have it presents characters sufficiently distinct and constant to
enable the student to identify it without much difficulty. It is usually more robust
than Tr. flavovirens, less so than Tr. tortuosum ; but in habit it is more dense
.and rigid than either, usually growing in dense rounded cushions, of a darker colour
than in either of these, the leaf-margin, plane at apex, not incurved as in the former,TRICHOSTOMUM.
221
the leaves very closely and neatly circinate-incurved so that the points are hidden,
while in Tr. tortuosum and frequently in Tr. Jiavovirens they are more or less
spirally twisted upon themselves, in corkscrew fashion, less closely imbricated and
with the points more or less projecting and visible. The nerve also is much more
shining and glossy than it is (with at any rate very rare exceptions) in either, and the
leaves more fragile. The var. fragilifolium of Tr. tortnosu?n perhaps most nearly
resembles it, but is usually more loosely tufted and the leaves less closely imbricated
when dry, and less shining. Tr. inclination is known by the paler colour, flat
extended tufts, less fragile and less shining leaves. Tr. fragile is quite distinct in
the leaves hardly curled when dry. Tr. mutabile is sometimes much like it in appear-
ance, but the basal areolation is quite different.
In the above remarks, as in the description, I have referred to the plant in its
ordinary form, as, I believe, it is always found in this country.
8. Trichostomum tortuosum Dixon (Bryum tortuosum L.;
Mollia tortuosa Schrank, Braithw. Br. M. FI.; Barbula
tortuosa W. & M., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXXII. C.).
In tall rounded tufts, small or extended, 1-4 inches high, pale
or yellowish green above, yellowish brown below. Stems robust,
radiculose below; leaves crowded, fragile, very long, (2-3 lines),
spreading and flexuose, when dry strongly curled or spirally
contorted on themselves, the nerve pale and shining at back;
from a pale whitish base longly linear, tapering to a slender
subula, undulate, margin flat at point; nerve strong, pale,
excurrent in a fine entire or slightly denticulate point; cells at
base thin, rectangular, hyaline, reaching for some distance up the
leaf and extending obliquely very high at the margin, abruptly
becoming small, chlorophyllose, in all upper part rounded, rather
large for the genus, less obscure than in some of the previous
species, papillose, crenulate-papillose at margin. Seta long, red
below, pale above ; capsule shortly or longly cylindric, straight or
slightly curved, lid rostrate, nearly as long as the capsule or much
shorter ; peristome very slender, long, much twisted.
Var. /3. dicranoideum (Mollia tortuosa var. dicranoidea Ferg.
MS., Braithw. Br. M. FI.). Taller, compactly tufted, densely
radiculose nearly to apex; leaves firm, rigid, subsecund, the
terminal ones collected into a cuspidate tuft.
Var. y. fragilifolium (Barb, tortuosa var. fragilifolia
Juratz.). In short small tufts; leaves smaller, shorter, less
finely tapering, very fragile, nerve excurrent in a yellowish
point, very glossy and pale at back when dry; leaves when dry
less strongly contorted, but more closely incumbent.
Hab. Rocks and mountain slopes, principally in calcareous regions, frequent.
The var. 0, Scotland (Fergusson) ; the var. y on exposed alpine rocks, walls, etc. ;
rare.222
TORTULACE^E.
Very variable in height, length of leaves, etc., the smaller forms, and notably the
var. fragilifolium, closely approaching Tr. nitidum, but differing in the more slenderly
pointed leaves, usually more laxly incurved when dry, and of softer texture. I have
however gathered a plant on Snowdon with exactly the dark small dense rigid
cushions of Tr. nitidum, but in this case with the nerve hardly at all glossy at back.
It is probable that the above variety and var. rigida Boulay are not more than dwarf
and somewhat starved forms induced by their habitat, which is usually on exposed
mountain rocks. The leaves in this species are always more or less fragile, but they
are of a much softer, less rigid texture than in 7r. fragile, and it may be noted that
in our present plant it is usually the lamina that is torn, often leaving the nerve
denuded (though the apex of the leaf, especially in var. fragilifolium, is often broken
off), while in Tr. fragile the nerve itself is extremely brittle, and the rigid leaves are
usually found snapped in half at or above the middle.
The robust stems, and longly linear or even subulate leaves, spreading and
flexuose when moist, with very tapering points will generally serve to distinguish this
species from all the foregoing ones ; Tr. hibernicum being known by its more slender
stems with laxer leaves expanded at the base.
The fruit is rare, and sparingly produced, ripening in summer ; but unless
gathered just at maturity it is very difficult to get good specimens showing the
peristome.
I have seen no specimens of the var. 0, the description of which I have taken
from Braithw. Br. M. FI.
9. Trichostomum fragile Dixon (Didymodon fragilis
Drumm. ; Barbula fragilis B. & S., Schp. Syn. ; Mollia fragilis
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXII. D.).
In shorter dense tufts, bright or yellow green, resembling
small plants of Tr. tortuosum. Leaves erecto-patent, straight or
very slightly flexuose, scarcely undulate ; when dry the mature
leaves are usually slightly arcuate, rigidly spirally twisted, or
rarely more strongly curled, but almost always more firm and less
crisped than in the last, very glossy and shilling at the back ;
either gradually tapering as in that species or more usually with
the apex prolonged into a capillaceous trigonous subula, composed
chiefly of the nerve and nearly smooth or strongly papillose, very
fragile and broken off in all but the young leaves. Nerve broad,
whitish. Areolation as in the last, but usually rather more
obscure. Capsule and peristome almost or exactly as in that
species.
Hab. Mountain rocks and sand-hills. Very rare, and sterile.
In its typical form this plant is at once known from the other species of the genus
by its rigid, brittle leaves only slightly twisted and indeed sometimes almost straight
and erect when dry, very narrow above and brilliantly shining at the back ; when
moist the straighter more rigid leaves distinguish it from Tr. tortuosum, and the
elongate, subulate points from all other species. I have however received specimens
from two or three localities in Labrador showing a distinct approach to Tr.
tortuosuvi ; the leaves on some of the plants, and even the lower leaves on some
stems in which the upper ones are quite typical, being strongly contorted when dry,
crisped and undulate at the margin, and when moist slightly flexuose and undulate;
hardly indeed to be recognised from the var. fragilifolium of Tr. tortuosum except by
the leaves somewhat firmer, the very shining nerve, and the presence (usually), ofTRICHOSTOMUM.
223
some rigid and less curved leaves. It is probable that this very curious and interest-
ing species will be found to be allied by intermediate forms somewhat closely with
Tr. tortuosum, as is undoubtedly the case with some of the other species of the genus.
The fruit has only been found in two or three continental localities.
44. PLEUROCHJETE Lindb.
Leaves somewhat serrate or denticulate above, from a
sheathing base; hyaline cells at base marginal only, the median
coloured. Fertile flowers axillary. Peristome long, slightly
twisted, papillose. Dioicous.
A very distinct genus both in general appearance and in
structure, and, as Braithwaite remarks, with something the habit
of Leptodontium.
1. Pleurochgete squarrosa Lindb. (Barbula squarrosa Brid.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXXII. E.).
Yellowish green, i-2| inches high, stems flexuose, loosely
tufted, often scattered and mixed with other plants, branched.
Leaves rather crowded, larger in the coma, squarrose and
flexuose from an erect sheathing base ; when dry strongly but not
closely contorted, from the wide base quickly narrowed,
lanceolate-acuminate, slightly undulated ; margin plane, finely
denticulate above the base, near apex more distinctly and
irregularly dentate; nerve strong, reaching to or slightly
beyond the apex; median basal cells small, short, firm,
rectangular with rounded angles, pellucid, coloured ; the
marginal for several rows much larger, thin-walled, hyaline,
abruptly passing into the median ones and forming a very
distinct hyaline band, gradually narrowing upwards and reaching
to or beyond the top of the sheathing base ; upper areolation
small, rounded-quadrate, rather obscure, finely papillose.
Perichaetia lateral, the bracts numerous, with a longer sub-
sheathing base; seta long, red, paler above; capsule oblong-
cylindrical, rather large, dark reddish brown; lid shortly
rostrate ; peristome red, fragile, forming about a single spiral
turn.
Hab. Sandy and stony shores, and banks, usually near the sea, and almost
entirely confined to the South of England. Rare and sterile. Fruiting on the
continent in spring.
The squarrose tapering leaves from an erect and sheathing base, and the general
straggling and rather untidy appearance of this moss, together with its accustomed
habitat, make this an easily recognised species ; and under the microscope the basal
areolation is seen to be quite distinct from that of any other plant of the Order. The
serrations are sometimes distinct, but are often too fine to be seen without the
microscope.224
TORTULACE/E.
Tribe j. Cinclidotese.
Plants robust, aquatic or riparian ; leaves large, solid in
texture, bordered. Capsule immersed or exserted. Peristome
of 16 slender teeth bi-triiid above, more or less clathrate below
with connecting bars.
45. CINCLIDOTUS P. Beauv.
Characters those of the Tribe as given above. The fruit is
sometimes apical, but typically cladocarpous, being produced at
the extremity of short lateral branches. The aquatic species
have a facies somewhat approaching Fontinalis, being dark-hued
and long-stemmed, with long, blackish leaves. The European
species are all dioicous.
{Plant elongate, usually floating ; capsule immersed ..............3. fontinaloides
Plant short, more or less erect; capsule exserted ..............................2
{Leaves densely papillose..............................................j- Brebissoni
Leaves smooth........................................................riparius
1. Cinclidotus Brebissoni Husnot (Tortula Brebissoni
Fior-Mazz.; Barbula mucronata Brid., Braithw. Br. M. FL,
Vol. L, p. 276 ; Cinclidotus riparius var. terrgstris
B. & S, Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXXII. F.).
Terrestrial, erect, in large soft tufts, 1-2 inches high, dark
green above, blackish below, slightly branched. Leaves larger
and more crowded at the summit of the stem, erecto-patent or
spreading, spirally twisted when dry, especially the younger
ones, i-i'/z lines long, broadly-Ungulate, rounded and obtuse,
shortly mucronate with the thick, excurrent nerve; margin
strongly revolute to apex, becoming united and thickened above;
cells at base hyaline, shortly rectangular, small, above very
small, rounded-hexagonal, very chlorophyllose and opaque,
densely papillose on both sides. Seta stout, terminal, yellowish
brown, 3-5 lines long; capsule cylindric, rather large, narrowed
at the mouth ; lid rostellate or shortly rostrate; annulus none ;
peristome rather short, once twisted, teeth from a very narrow
basal membrane, red, slender, papillose, fragile.
Hab. Roots and stumps of trees by water. Not common. Fr. spring and
early summer.
This species bears some resemblance to Tortula mutica; but that is of a more
lurid, yellowish colour, with broader, spathulate leaves which are less twisted when
dry, and which have the nerve hardly excurrent and less distinct at back, not con*
spicuously pale and shining as it is in the present plant. It is very nearly allied toCINCL1D0TUS.
225
C. riparius, with which it has been often united, but the seta in that plant is shorter,
and thicker, the leaves are less twisted, indeed almost unaltered and appressed when
dry ; and under the microscope the plane margins and smooth cells easily distinguish
it. There is no doubt as to the right to specific rank of the present moss, but it is
not so clear W'hether it should be placed under Tortilla or Cinclidotus, between which
two genera it undoubtedly forms a connecting link. The structure of the peristome is
that of Cinclidotus, and the slight twisting of the teeth cannot be held of importance,
especially under the system of grouping the species which is here adopted, even
were it peculiar to this species and not common to the others of the genus.
2.	Cinclidotus riparius Arnott	(Gymnostomum riparium
Host) (Tab. XXXII. G.).
Resembling the last species, but aquatic rather than
terrestrial; stems usually longer than in that, but shorter than in
C. fontinaloides, variously branched. Leaves oblong-lingulate,
obtuse and usually mucronate with the excurrent nerve; or widely
acute and apiculate, about equalling the last in size, less twisted
when dry, usually appressed and flexuose, but not crisped nor
much twisted ; margin thickened, but less abruptly than in C.
Brebissoni, and not recurved; nerve more or less shortly
excurrent or ceasing just below the apex; areolation resembling
that of the last but quite smooth, the walls not much incrassate,
the basal usually shorter and less pellucid. Seta from the apex
of the stem or branches, short, 1-2'/2 lines long, very thick ;
capsule broadly oblong, slightly curved, lid stout, acutely conical-
rostrate, curved; peristome yellowish, lightly papillose.
Hab. Stones in streams. Very rare. R. Fergus, Ennis; R. Teme, Ludlow.
Both sterile. Fr. summer.
I have not seen specimens from the Irish locality ; I have examined specimens
gathered by Mr. Weyman in the R. Teme, and I feel considerable doubt whether
this is not a form of the next species, with shorter, rather broader leaves than usual,
and I find that Mr. Bagnall, to whom the English specimens were first submitted, is
now inclined towards the same view. The cells in C. riparius are quite smooth,
while those of the plant in question are, frequently at least, distinctly though shortly
papillose, exactly as in C. fontinaloides ; and the upper cells have the walls somewhat
incrassate as in that species, although it may be doubted whether this is, in the case
of the two species in question, a safe distinction. Taking into account the fact that
C. fontinaloides is a variable moss, and sometimes at least approaches very near to
the habit and structure of Mr. Weyman’s plant, I think it is much more probable
that the latter belongs to that species, rather than to C. riparius.
The seta in this species sometimes springs from a very short lateral branch, in
which case the plant is cladocarpous ; this occurs on the same tuft with the fruit in
the ordinary position, and shows the slight value to be attributed to this character.
3.	Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv. (Hypnum fontina-
loides Lamarck) (Tab. XXXII. H.).
Aquatic, stems long and flexuose, 2-8 inches long, in large
dense masses of a dull green or more frequently dark, almost black
colour, with short lateral branches; the lower leaves usually
P226
TORTULACE/E.
worn away by the water so that only the stiff bristly nerves are
left clothing the stem. Leaves long, more or less spirally
twisted when dry and occasionally slightly so when moist, flexuose,
often slightly secund, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, decurrent, i'/2
to nearly 2 lines in length, more tapering than in the two previous
species, obtuse or shortly acute, but not acuminate, more or less
apiculate with the excurrent nerve; margin plane, strongly
thickened to apex; cells small, rounded-hexagonal, usually
incrassate ; small and rectangular, not much enlarged at the base.
Upper cells faintly papillose. Fruit terminal on short lateral
branches, immersed in the long, tapering, often secund perichsetial
bracts or slightly emergent, seta very short; capsule ovate-oblong,
bright reddish brown; lid acutely conical-rostrate, curved, red
peristome purple-red, twisted, long ; the teeth filiform, branching
above into two or three divisions, spirally twisted round the long,
exserted, persistent columella.
Hab. Rocks and occasionally wood in streams, where frequently submerged ;
frequent; especially common on stones in mountainous rivers. Fr. summer, but
variable.
A very distinct, though somewhat variable plant, readily known by its dark
colour with long, twisting leaves, and when fruiting, which it usually does abundantly,
by the reddish brown capsules with strong red lid, which alone when the fruit is
ripening protrudes from the perichtetium ; but after maturity the bracts become more
divergent, and the capsule slightly emergent, so as to be more conspicuous. Grimmia
apocarfa var. rivutaris and Orthotrichum rivulare both somewhat resemble it at first
sight, and are often found in its company ; both however are quite different when
more closely examined, the shorter, less flexuose leaves alone readily distinguishing
them. Cinclidotus riparius is, as has been mentioned when describing that species,
very close to it in its growth and leaf structure, but the cells are quite smooth, the
leaves shorter, and the fruit quite distinct.
When growing on the banks of lowland streams the black colour is more
frequently wanting, the plant is more robust, with wider leaves of a dull green, less
frequently secund.
C. aquatints, a continental species, closely resembles the present, but has longer
narrower more decidedly falcato-secund leaves with a thicker nerve, and the capsule
exserted on a seta almost equal in length to the perichtetial bracts. It has been
recorded from a single locality in Ireland, but according to Dr. Braithwaite there is
some doubt as to the accuracy of the record.
Order X. ENCALYPTACE/E.
Erect, terrestrial or rupestral plants, usually caespitose.
Leaves linear, Ungulate or spathulate; lower areolation thin,
hyaline, fragile, the upper small, opaque with chlorophyll and
strong verruculose papillae. Calyptra large, enclosing the whole
capsule, campanulate or cucullate, smooth or plicate. Peristome
double, single, or none.ENCALYPTA.
227
Including, besides Encalypta, the exotic genera Calymperes
and Syrrhopodon.
46. ENCALYPTA Schreb.
Capsule erect, cylindric, on a long seta. Calyptra campanu-
late-cylindric, inflexed at base when young, finally entire or
ciliated; not plicate; with a long straight beak; peristome
extremely variable. Leaves as described above.
The plants of this genus are easily recognised not only by the
form and areolation of their leaves, but especially by the large
glossy extinguisher-like calyptra, which persists until the fruit is
quite ripe, and usually only falls with the lid when that separates.
The peristome is in many species extremely fragile, in some
quite absent; in those species in which it occurs it presents very
diverse and interesting characters ; in some few it is double, the
outer teeth showing all the characters of the Diplolepideae; in
others, where it is single, the teeth are constituted on the plan of
some of the Aplolepideae belonging to Dicranaceae; while in
others again they bear a nearer resemblance to those of
Polytrichum, thus connecting the Order with the Nematodonteae.
On the whole their true position appears to be at the meeting
point of the Aplolepideae and the Diplolepideae, while at the same
time there is a close and indeed remarkable resemblance between
them and some of the species of Tortula, especially those of the
Section Syntrichia, a resemblance which in the leaves is
surprisingly close.
There is a great uniformity in the areolation of the leaves, and
except in the case of E. commutata which has smaller cells than any
of the other British species, I do not think any reliance can be
placed on the relative size of the cells ; Wilson for instance
describes those of E. vulgaris as being larger than in E. ciliata,
but some specimens of the latter have them distinctly larger than
is the case with E. vulgaris.
lf Ls. recurved, with tapering acumen ; cells about 10 fi..........1. commutata
1 ^Ls. with broader points, not tapering; cells about 15 /x......................2
(Ls. obtuse, rather cucullate; nerve scabrous at back near apex ; capsule with
2^ spiral striae...................................................3. streptocarpa
[ Nerve scarcely rough at back, usually excurrent.............................3
/Calyptra fringed at base ; capsule smooth ; peristome present...... 3. ciliata
Calyptra not regularly fringed at base.......................................4
/Capsule with vertical striae ; peristome present............... 4. rhabdocarpa
^/Capsule smooth ; peristome rarely present............................2. vulgaris228
ENCALYPTACE^E.
A. PSILOTHECA.
Capsule smooth or very indistinctly striate.
1.	Encalypta commutata Nees & Hornsch. {Leersia alpina
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXII. I.).
Dull, lurid green, 1-2 inches high. Leaves from an erect
sheathing base slightly reflexed and squarrose, appressed and
incurved when dry, the upper twisted; broadly lanceolate-
acuminate, acute, cuspidate or almost piliferous with the excurrent,
stout reddish nerve, slightly undulate, margin plane; cells at base
rectangular, hyaline, often coloured deep orange red, 3-5 times as
long as broad, with 3-4 rows at margin longer, narrower, yellow,
forming a distinct border ; upper cells very small, about 10 /r in
diameter, rounded-quadrate or hexagonal-quadrate, obscure,
crenulate-papillose at margin.	Seta red, twisted ; capsule
shortly' and widely cylindrical, abruptly contracted at base with
an indistinct neck ; bright brown, smooth, lid with a long subulate
beak ; mouth narrow, with a thin annular membrane, peristome
none. Calyptra much longer than the capsule, irregularly lobed
or torn at the hardly expanded base, not papillose. Autoicous.
Var. /3. imberbis (Leersia alpina var. imberbis Lindb.).
Leaves slightly cucullate at apex with the incurved margins,
somewhat obtuse, with the nerve vanishing.
Hab. High mountain rocks ; rare. Ben Lawers and others of the Breadalbane
Mts. ; Ingleborough. The var. $, Ben Lui (Holt.). Fr. late summer.
This species is at once known by its acute, tapering leaves, with smaller upper
areolation, and smooth capsules. The calyptra though less distinctly fringed than in
E. ciliata is often considerably tom at the base. The leaves when pressed out under
a cover-glass have a very distinct, almost panduriform outline, the margins just at the
point of reflexing above the sheathing base usually becoming involute so that the leaf
appears constricted in the middle.
As is usual in this genus, the papillose nature of the areolation causes the surface
of the leaf to be dull, not glossy', when dry, hut the excurrent nerve point is extremely
bright and shining.
2.	Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. (Leersia exstinctoria Leyss.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIII. A.).
Short, less than i-inch in height, deep or yellowish green,
closely tufted. Leaves spreading, strongly twisted when dry,
about 11 lines long, elliptic-oblong, obtuse and rounded or more
or less acute at apex, with the nerve vanishing or excurrent;
much narrowed at the base; margin plane, very rough with
verruculose papillae; lower cells hyaline, rectangular, theENCALYPTA.
229
marginal much narrower in a few rows, forming a border which
is often yellowish ; the upper larger, more distinct and more
pellucid than in the last (about 15 /x), hexagonal-quadrate, usually
regularly seriate, very papillose. Seta red. Calyptra covering
all capsule, incurved at base which is entire or only shortly lobed,
scabrous at apex and sometimes below. Capsule smooth,
resembling that of the last, when dry and empty faintly plicate ;
peristome wanting or of short, very fragile and fugacious teeth.
Autoicous.
Hab. Walls and banks, frequent.. Fr. late spring.
Many varieties have been described of this moss, chiefly founded upon the
presence or absence of a peristome and the form of the leaf-apex. The former is,
however, a most uncertain character, and its presence does not appear to be correlated
with any particular form of leaf; and as almost every degree of obtuseness and of
acuteness is found in the latter, it does not seem worth while to found varieties on a
single character which at best can be ill-defined ; the following are the most important
forms :—Var. pilifera, leaves terminating in a long cuspidate point formed by the
lamina or the excurrent nerve; var. obtusifolia, leaves rounded and obtuse, concave
above, nerve vanishing ; var. Iczvigata, leaves apiculate, calyptra hardly papillose.
The peristome even when present is very difficult to find, being extremely fugacious,
and it is probable that even when apparently wanting its absence is due, in some
cases at least, to the adhesion of the teeth to the interior of the lid, which carries them
away when it separates.
When in fruit there is no difficulty in identifying E. vulgaris, the smooth
capsule and entire calyptra separating it from all the species but the preceding, which is
quite different in the form of the leaves and areolation. E. streptocarpa is known by
the nerve scabrous at back near apex, the longer leaves and far more robust habit.
The nerve and cell walls at the base of the leaf are sometimes red ; but not so
highly nor so constantly so as in the other species.
3. Encalypta ciliata Hoffm. (Leersia ciliata Hedw.; Leersia
laciniata Hedw. ; Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIII. B.).
About 1 inch high, bright green. Leaves rather large, i|-2^
lines long, broadly Ungulate or obovate-oblong, rounded at apex
and apiculate, spreading ; incurved and crisped when dry ; slightly
undulate towards the margin, which is narrowly recurved about
the middle; nerve yellowish, rather glossy at back when dry,
vanishing below the apiculus or excurrent in a short mucro ; basal
cells lax, hyaline, rectangular, with red walls, the marginal
narrower and paler in several rows, less distinct however than is
usual in the foregoing species; above the cells are similar to
those of E. vulgaris, opaque, with distinct, pellucid walls, highly
papillose. Seta yellowish or pale red. Calyptra straw-coloured,
with an everted rim at base,fringed with narrow, of'ten spreading
lacinise, smooth at apex. Capsule cylindric, greenish brown,
finally pale reddish brown, smooth, contracted below the mouth
when dry, with a short indistinct neck. Peristome single, teeth230
ENCALYPTACE/E.
red, lanceolate, connivent or erect when dry, strongly incurved
over the mouth of the capsule when moist. Autoicous.
Hab. Mountain rocks, not common. Fr. late summer.
E. ciliata is at once known by the smooth capsule, fringed calyptra, paler
seta, etc. ; the margin of the leaves is also usually recurved, though very
narrowly.
There is considerable discrepancy between authors as to the peristome, some
describing it as erect when moist, incurved and arched over the mouth when dry ;
others as connivent when moist, and erect when dry. Macoun and Kindberg
(Catalogue of Canadian Plants—Musci, p. 94) endeavour to explain the discrepancy
by supposing two species to be confused under one name, the true E. ciliata Hoffm.
having the teeth incurved when dry, erect when moist, and the capsule without a
distinct apophysis ; the other, E. Macounii Aust. having the teeth on the contrary
erect when dry, when moist arched and incurved, and the capsule distinctly apophy-
sate. E. Macounii is the most common form in N. America, E. ciliata as above
described being possibly absent; in Europe the former plant has been collected by
Kindberg in Norway, and described by him under the name (or rather synonym) of
E. borealis. I very much doubt, however, the stability of the species E. Macounii
Aust. as described by these authors. As a matter of fact in every specimen of E.
ciliata which I have examined, the capsule, especially when immature (as were the
capsules of the plant from which Austin describes E. Macounii), shows a small,
indistinct but none the less decided neck, whatever the character of the peristome
when dry. And as regards the latter structure I find on the same tuft mature capsules
with the dry teeth inflexed, erect, or slightly spreading, in proportion to the degree
of dispersal of the spores,—the more empty the capsules the more divergent being
the teeth ; all however becoming strongly inflexed, indeed flattened, over the mouth
of the capsule as soon as moistened. I have never seen a specimen with the peristome
of the very remarkable, if not unique, nature described by Schimper and Braithwaite,
namely, becoming jnore patent when moistened ; indeed one is tempted to suspect a
slip of the pen. Should this indeed occur, however, it would still seem to be the
only character to separate the plant from E. Macounii, seeing that as shown above,
neither the position of the dry peristome, nor the presence or absence of an apophysis
can be claimed as distinctive of the species. Should however the distinction be main-
tained, then the plant described and figured by Braithwaite would belong to the true
E. ciliata Hoffm, while that described by Wilson, as well as nearly, if not all, the
British specimens I have seen, would fall under E. Alacounii Aust. (It should be
mentioned that the other characters given by Austin as distinctive of E. Macounii are
incorrect, as mentioned by Macoun and Kindberg, l.c.).
It may be perhaps of some interest in connection with the above question, to
note that when once rendered inflexed by moistening, the teeth of the peristome, at
least in my experience, do not regain their erect position upon drying.
E. apophysata Nees & Hornsch., a continental species, differs in the longer paler
capsule, with a more distinct neck, and with the teeth of the peristome paler, perforated
along the median line, not entire as in our plant.
B. RHABDOTHECA.
Capsule ribbed or striate, longitudinally or spirally.
4. Encalypta rhabdocarpa Schwgr. (Leersia rliabdocarpa
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIII. C.).
Densely tufted, |-2 inches high, deep green. Leaves resem-
bling those of E. vulgaris, but rather more narrow at the point;
obtuse or acuminate, the nerve vanishing below the apex orENCALYPTA.
231
excurrent in a mucro or short hair point; areolation as in E.
vulgaris. Seta red. Calyptra rather short, very little torn at
the base, scabrous above. Capsule small, oblong-cylindric, when
mature brown, with 8-/6 reddish straight ribs; when dry and
empty narrowly cylindric, narrowest in the middle, very closely
and deeply sulcate ; apophysis distinct, wide when dry ; peristome
single, teeth short, pale, entire or bifid. Autoicous.
Hab. High mountain rocks, rare. Fr. late summer.
The small, strongly ribbed capsule is quite distinct, and cannot be mistaken for
that of any other species. The leaf differs widely from E. commutata in outline and
areolation ; from E. ciliaia in the plane margins and less distinct areolation ; from E.
streptocarpa in the more slender habit, smaller leaves, and smooth nerve. There
appears to be no distinctive character by which the leaf can be recognised from E.
vulgaris, but the habitat alone would almost always be a sufficient guide ; E. vulgaris
is however occasionally found in alpine situations.
5. Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. (Leersia contorta Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIII. D.).
Robust, 1-2A- inches high, densely tufted, dull or yellowish
green ; stems straight, rigid. Leaves spreading, when dry
crisped, incurved and slightly twisted, long, (2-3 lines'), elongate-
lingulate, often a little narrower in the middle than above and
below, obtuse or obtusely pointed, undulate, margin plane, some-
times incurved and sub-cucullate at point; nerve thick, vanishing
below the apex, scabrous at back. Areolation as in E. vulgaris.
Perichaetial bracts acuminate, from an oblong base. Seta long,
red ; capsule long, cylindrical, with 8 reddish spiral ribs ; when
dry spirally sulcate ; calyptra very long, scabrous at tip, laciniate
at mouth. Peristome double ; outer teeth very long, red, filiform,
papillose ; inner half the length of the outer, 32, pale, slender,
filiform, adherent to the outer by their thin basal membrane.
Dioicous.
Hab. Banks and walls, chiefly on limestone. Not uncommon but exceedingly
rare in fruit, which ripens in late summer.
This fine species is often abundant in the crevices of stone walls and bridges in
our mountain districts, but almost always barren. It is much more robust and rigid
than our other species, with longer leaves, which are more constantly obtuse, without
any apiculus or excurrence of the nerve ; and the sharp papillae at the back of the
nerve, which towards the apex usually point forward, and render it almost hispid, are
found in no other of our species.
E. procera B. & S., a continental and American species somewhat resembling
this but much rarer, is autoicous, with straight striae, and with the leaves more
apiculate and with recurved margins.232
ORTHOTRICHACE/E.
SUB-GROUP II. DIPI.OJLEPIDEJE.
Peristome normally double, occasionally single, rarely
wanting. When present each outer tooth consists of two layers
of plates, the outer layer of two series divided by a vertical line,
the inner of a single series extending across the width of the
tooth, which, therefore, when viewed from the dorsal or exterior
surface, presents a dividing line down the centre ; the ventral or
interior surface, on the other hand, being without this division.
The inner peristome when present is usually composed of thinner
and more delicate tissue, consisting of two thin layers of plates,
the external layer divided by 16 vertical lines, alternating with
the outer teeth, the internal variously divided.
This Sub-Group contains by far the greatest number of the
mosses, including the whole of the pleurocarpous species, and
some of the most extensive Orders of the acrocarpous ones.
Philibert has shown that the single peristome of the Aplolepideae
is the homologue not of the outer but of the inner peristome of
the Diplolepideae. It is therefore misleading to speak of the
outer layer of teeth in the latter as the peristome and the inner as
the endostome, a term occasionally used ; it would indeed be more
in accordance with the actual facts to term the latter the
peristome and the outer layer the exostome.
* Diplolepideae Acrocarpae.
Acrocarpous mosses, as in the preceding Orders, with a few
rare exceptions. Stems erect, very rarely prostrate, branching
frequently dichotomous.
In Anoectangium the fruit is truly pleurocarpous, but the
plant is erect, the stems dichotomously branched, and the general
habit quite that of the acrocarpous mosses.
Order XL ORTHOTRICHACE^E.
Plants usually growing in short dense cushions; stems
dichotomously branched. Leaves oblong-lanceolate or linear-
lanceolate, usually very hygroscopic ; cells more or less rounded-
hexagonal, frequently papillose. Seta erect, often very short,
capsule exserted or more frequently more or less immersed ;
erect, symmetrical, smooth or striate. Calyptra smooth and
cucullate, or campanulate and plicate, often with erect hairs.
Peristome double or single, rarely none; the outer teeth
frequently united in pairs. Growing on rocks or the bark of trees.ANCECTANGIUM.
233
47- ANCECTANGIUM Schwgr.
Tall, densely matted plants; leaves lanceolate, papillose,
areolation small, opaque. Perichaetia on the side of the stern ;
seta long. Calyptra smooth, cucullate. Capsule smooth, ovate;
peristome none.
A very curious genus, remarkable for the lateral fruit, a
character which has given rise to much variety of opinion as to its
true position ; it is clear, however, that its natural place is among
the acrocarpous mosses rather than with the true pleurocarps, and
among these its affinity appears closest with Zygodon, although it
very closely resembles some species of the genus Weisia.
Besides the single British species, several others are known,
one of which, A. Hornschnchianum (now placed by Lindberg
in a separate genus), was described as British by Wilson in
the Bryologia Britannica, but the plant referred to proved—as
Wilson suspected—distinct, and is the species described in the
present work as Trichostomum hibernicum.
1. Ancectangium compactum Schwgr. (Gymnostomum com-
pactum Schleich.; Pleurozygodon eestivus Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIII. E.).
I11 very dense deep soft tufts, pale vivid green on the surface,
bright brown below. Stems 1-4 inches high, very slender, closely
compacted and interwoven with reddish tomentum. Leaves
small, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, acuminate and acute,
strongly carinate, erecto-patent; when dry closely incurved and
slightly twisted ; margin plane, minutely crenulate with papillae,
towards apex entire or sometimes indistinctly waved or irregular ;
nerve very prominent at back, green, vanishing at apex ; areola-
tion very obscure, papillose, quadrate-hexagonal, small, opaque,
at base shortly rectangular, paler, more pellucid. Perichaetial
bracts sub-sheathing, shining, not papillose ; seta about |-inch
long, pale. Capsule elliptical-oblong, with a more or less distinct
neck, pale brown with a shining reddish mouth, darker when old,
rather glossy, thin-walled. Lid with a very long oblique subulate
beak. Peristome wanting. Dioicous.
Var. /3. pellucidum (Anoect. pellucidum Wils.). More
robust, with larger, broader, less carinate leaves, more flaccid
and less rigidly incurved when dry; areolation larger, much
more distinct and pellucid, smoother, nerve rather narrower.
Hab. Shady siliceous rocks on mountains, not uncommon ; most frequently
barren. The var. $ near Inverary ( Wilson, 1836) ; Meall nan Tarmachan, Perthshire
(Jameson, 1893). Fr. summer and autumn.234
ORTHOTRICHACE^.
A very distinct moss in its brilliant green colour and compact habit, forming large
smooth soft cushions on the sides and in the clefts of damp rocks. The fruit is not
uncommon, and when found is usually present in great abundance, the last season’s
capsules often being found side by side with those of the year, and almost or quite
overtopped by the younger branches. It somewhat resembles Grimmia tor quota, but
is of a brighter green, the stems more compact and far more coherent, and the leaves
of course entirely without hair-point. Zygodon Mougeotii differs in the longer leaves,
narrower in proportion to their length, and Weisia nipestris and curvirostris in the
duller colour as well as in areolation.
The var. pellucidum is very distinct in the areolation, and as it has not been found
in fruit, its position must be held slightly uncertain.
The leaves are not strongly hygroscopic as is almost universally the case in this
Order.
48. ZYGODON Hook, and Tayl.
Stems slender, dichotomously branched, leaves from oblong-
lanceolate to linear, usually twisted when dry. Capsule emergent
or exserted on a longer seta, 8-striate, with a distinct neck ;
peristome double, single or none ; calyptra smooth, cucullate.
I have followed Bruch and Schimper and other authors in
uniting Atnphoridium with Zygodon. Although the sub-
immersed capsules of Z. lapponicus, of a thicker consistency and
with a wider mouth, give the plant a very different habit to that
of the species with longer setae, it is only a question of a very slight
shortening or lengthening of the seta ; Z. Mougeotii, indeed, in this
respect approaches the species usually included under Zygodon,
and the differences resolve themselves into slight distinctions in
the form of the capsule, hardly sufficient to carry generic rank
when in so many particulars the plants are closely allied.
Zygodon is nearly allied to Ulota and Orthotrichum, differ-
ing principally in the smooth, cucullate calyptra, the oblique beak
of the lid, and in the usually narrower leaves almost always with
plane margins.
j /Leaves toothed near apex ................................
\ Leaves entire...........................................
2/Leaves wide, smooth, soft, hyaline at base ; cells over 15 fc.
/Leaves narrower, more or less papillose ; cells under 10 y.
/Stems tall, matted ; Is. long and narrow ; seta very short,..
•’/Stems short; Is. short; seta longer .....................
/Ls. much curled when dry ; basal cells thin-walled .....
4/Ls. scarcely curled ; basal cells incrassate.............
/Nerve excurrent in a mucro...............................
-’/Nerve vanishing below apex ..............................
g/Peristome absent; ls. spreading, recurved ...............
\Peristome present; ls. patent, not recurved .............
.6. gracilis
..........2
...3. Forsleri
............3
............4
............5
/. lapponicus
.2. Mougeotii
..3.* Slirtoni
.3. viridissimus
....4. conoideusZYGODON.
235
1. Zygodon lapponicus B. & S. (Gymnostomum lapponicum
Hedw.; Anoectangium lapponicum Hedw., Braithw. Br. M. FI.;
Amphoridium lapponicum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXXIII. F.).
Densely tufted, dark olive green, blackish below, f-2 inches
high. Leaves spreading, flexuose, when dry curled and contorted,
oblong-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, resembling those of
Anoectangium compaction, but less papillose, and with slightly
larger, rather more distinct areolation, the basal cells larger,
thin-walled, more pellucid, or frequently hyaline, margin plane.
Capsule on a very short seta, raised above or almost above the
perichaetial bracts, oval with a distinct neck, when dry contracted
below the mouth and urceolate, strongly 8-striate, reddish above,
paler below, with a deep red, thickened rim; gymnostomous.
Lid red, shining, with an oblique rostellate beak. Calyptra
small, cucullate, brownish. Autoicous.
Hab. Clefts of rocks on mountains ; not uncommon. Fr. summer.
When, as usually happens, the fruit is present in abundance, the striate, urceolate
capsules, hardly emergent above the perichsetial bracts, cause the plant to be easily
recognised. Even without fruit the small dense tufts of a dingy green, with the
leaves strongly curled when dry, have a facies of their own not resembled by many
mosses.
2. Zygodon Mongeotii B. & S. (Gymnostomum Mougeotii
Bruch; Anoectangium Mougeotii Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.;
Amphoridium Mougeotii Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XXXIII. G.).
In large dense yellowish tufts, 1-3 inches high, brown below,
or rarely blackish. Leaves erecto-patent or spreading, crisped
when dry, longly linear-lanceolate, tapering to an acute point,
carinate ; margin entire or slightly irregular towards apex, hardly
denticulate, narrowly revolute below; cells shortly rectangular
at base, above shorter, subquadrate-rounded or very shortly
rectangular, all incrassate, pellucid, and hardly papillose.
Nerve rather strong, vanishing at apex. Capsule very shortly
exserted, rather narrower than in the last, lid with a longer beak.
Peristome none. Dioicous.
Hab. Damp rocks, frequent in alpine and sub-alpine districts ; fruit extremely
rare, ripened in autumn.
This species is not likely to be confounded with any of the other species of the
genus, on account of its much longer, narrower leaves. It is much more like Weisia
rupestris or IV. curvirostris ; it has however longer leaves than either, and is almost
always of a more decided yellowish tint; and the areolation differs widely from that
of the former. The fruit has hardly been found in half a dozen British localities.236
ORTHOTRICHACErE.
The seta is twice as long as in the last species, so that the capsule is quite exserted,
and its height can have no value as a generic distinction betwen Amphoridium and
Zygodon. The leaves are less twisted and curled when dry that in the last species;
they are not at all glossy at the back, and hence the plant is in that state easily
distinguished from the narrower leaved species of Trichostomum.
3. Zygodon viridissimus Brown (Bryum viridissimum Dicks.)
(Tab. XXXIII. H.).
In small bright pale green cushions or patches, f-i inch
high; leaves spreading and recurved, twisted when dry, but not
strongly ; oblong-lanceolate or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, acumi-
nate to an acute point, carinate above ; margin plane, minutely
crenulate with papillae ; nerve narrow, pellucid, gradually becom-
ing obscure and vanishing usually at some distance below apex;
cells at base shortly rectangular, somewhat rounded at their angles,
incrassate; above rounded-hexagonal, papillose, 8-10 /r in
diameter. Seta 3-5 lines long, pale ; capsule small, oval-oblong
or pyriform, 8-plicate, contracted at the mouth, pale yellowish
brown ; lid obliquely rostrate; peristome none or rarely
extremely rudimentary. Dioicous.
Var. /3. rupestris Lindb. Slightly more robust, darker green.
Leaves erecto-patent, not recurved, ahnost straight, narrower,
ligulate-lanceolate.
Hab. Trees, rarely on rocks, common. The var. & on rocks and walls, rare.
Fr. early summer ; not commonly fertile.
A pretty little species, but rarely found in fruit. When dry the twisted leaves,
the upper ones especially, become often turned to one side, giving a somewhat
homomallous and distinct appearance to the plant. The apical cell of the leaf is often
elongated, smooth and quite different in appearance from the lower cells.
The var. rupestris is a somewhat marked form, and is more or less intermediate
between Z. viridissimus and the following sub-species. In addition to the above
characters, Braithwaite descrbes the nerve as reaching nearly to the point, and the
capsule as differing also from the typical plant; in fruiting specimens from rocks in
Glenlyon however, where the leaves are clearly those of the variety, the nerve ceases
just as in the type, and the capsules also are quite typical.
There is a peculiar habit about the present species, both when wet and in the dry
state, that makes it easy of recognition ; the short, spreading and recurved leaves are
especially characteristic.
* Zygodon Stirtoni Schp. (Tab. XXXIII. I.).
Resembling the var. rupestris of the above, but with the
leaves less acuminate, the nerve strong, excurrent in a straight,
thick mucro, which is smooth or papillose, the lamina often ending
unequally on the two sides. Capsule a little smaller and shorter.
Hab. Rocks and walls, principally near the sea ; rarely on trees ; not common.
Fr. rare, spring.ZYGODON.
237
Although this is usually a markedly distinct plant, yet intermediate forms are
certainly to be found ; and this fact, together with the existence of the var. rupestris
above, must be held sufficient warrant for making the present a sub-species of Z.
viridissimus, and not allowing it the full specific rank.
Clavate, jointed gemmce are generally found on the leaves and radicles of this
plant, as they are also, but less constantly, on Z. viridissimus.
4. Zygodon conoideus Hook. & Tayl. (Bryum conoideum
Dicks.) (Tab. XXXIV. A.).
Resembling Z. viridissimus but more slender ; leaves smaller,
erecto-patent, straight or almost so ; nerve a little more distinct;
cells rather larger, more distinct, more strongly papillose. Seta
very slender, as long as in that species; capsule smaller, with a
longer, more distinct neck. Peristome double, small and fugacious ;
outer of 8 short obtuse teeth, in pairs ; inner of 8 delicate,
fugacious processes. Dioicous.
Hab. Trees, rare. Fr. early summer.
According to Boulay the characters, other than that derived from the presence of
a peristome, are inconstant, and he makes Z, conoideus a sub-species of Z. viridissimus.
It is to be remembered too that very faint rudiments of a peristome have been found
occasionally in the latter species. On the whole, however, I have preferred to follow
the usual arrangement and separate the two ; not only on the ground that the presence
of a well developed, double peristome, is a character of some considerable import-
ance, but also on account of the general consensus of opinion, which is borne out by
the specimens I have examined, in favour of a generally more slender habit on the
part of Z. conoideus, a smaller capsule with more distinct neck, straight leaves, and
larger and more distinct cells.
5. Zygodon Forsteri Wils. (Bryum Forsteri Dicks.)
(Tab. XXXIV. B.).
In small compact dark green cushions, about -J-inch high or
less, with pale radicles below. Leaves erecto-patent, when dry
very slightly twisted, oblong-lanceolate or slightly obovate-spathu-
late, apiculate, not carinate ; margin plane, entire ; nerve strong,
reaching to the apex; basal cells lax, hyaline, rectangular, with
thin walls, the upper hexagonal, or quadrate-hexagonal, much
larger than in the previous species, 16-20 ^ in diameter, deep
green with chlorophyll and with highly pellucid cell-walls, not
papillose. Seta stout, reddish brown. Capsule reddish or
yellowish brown, thick-walled, long-necked, narrowly pyriform or
oblong-pyriform, when ripe narrowed above, and slightly con-
tracted below the mouth, when old becoming narrower, strongly
8-ribbed; lid shortly rostrate, oblique; peristome double, outer
in 8 pairs, which again are somewhat coherent two by two,
strongly reflexed, inner of 8 subulate processes. Autoicous.238
ORTHOTRICHACE/E.
Hab. Trunks of trees, very rare. Epping Forest; Sussex ; Somerset. Fr.
summer.
A very pretty and interesting species, and no less rare than interesting. It has
very little resemblance to the other species of the genus, and is perhaps more like an
Orthotrichum, such as 0. pulchellum, though it is hardly likely to be passed over for
any other moss. The cells are twice as wide as those of any of the other species, and
of a very clear and regular texture.
It is found on the continent, but never abundantly, and appears usually to con-
fine itself to a single tree in each of its localities, as has been found to be the case in
this country.
6. Zygodon gracilis Wils. (Z. Nowellii Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XXXIV. C.).
In wide deep patches, 1-3 inches high, repeatedly branched,
dull brownish green above, reddish brown below. Leaves spread-
ing and recurved, when dry incurved, very little twisted, oblong-
lanceolate, carinate, sub-undulate, slightly tapering to a sub-acute
point; margin plane, irregularly spinulose-dentate towards apex ;
nerve narrow, vanishing in or below apex ; areolation at base
narrowly rectangular, incrassate, shorter at margin and sub-
elliptic ; above very S7nall, irregular, quadrate-rounded or
rounded-hexagonal, opaque, papillose. Seta short, reddish;
capsule oblong-cylindric, slightly inclined, 8-striate; peristome
double, resembling that of Z. conoideus. Dioicous.
Hab. Calcareous rocks and walls; very rare. North of England ; Connemara,
Ireland. Fruit very rare, summer.
A rare species, mostly confined to the carboniferous limestone of West Yorkshire,
and very different in habit from the other species, being a taller plant than most of
them, while of looser growth than Z. Mougeotii, and of quite a different colour.
Under the microscope it is at once known by its spinulose-dentate leaves.
49. ULOTA Mohr.
(Weissia Ehrh., Braithw. Br. M. FI.).
Usually growing in small rounded cushions, on trees, more
rarely dn rocks. Leaves lanceolate or linear-lanceolate from a
short ovate base, usually curled when dry; median basal cells
very narrow-linear, incrassate, coloured, marginal wider, hyaline
in one or several rows. Capsule 8-striate, with a very long
tapering neck, exserted on a straight seta ; peristome single or
double, outer of 16 whitish teeth, usually united in pairs, and
more or less bifid, inner of 8 or 16 narrow processes, alternate
with the teeth, or wanting. Calyptra conical-campanulate, lobedULOTA.
239
at the base, frequently more deeply on one side, plicate, usually
covered with numerous erect yellowish hairs. Ochrea none or
indistinct.
The species of this genus are as a rule easily recognised by
their neat rounded cushions usually abundantly fertile, with the
leaves in most cases strongly curled when dry, and with the
calyptra strikingly hairy. They are most common on the stems
and branches of trees in subalpine woods, especially near streams.
The different forms are somewhat difficult of determination ; in
part because the leaves offer few or no points of distinction
between several of the species, partly because the differences in
form of the capsules, on which certain of the species have been to
a great extent founded, are somewhat slight, and are subject to
some amount of variation. As a rule the capsules chosen for
examination should be fully ripe, dry, and empty, but not old.
Special care is also necessary because two species are very
frequently found growing in the same tuft. The capsules are
very persistent, and three years’ fruits may often be found on the
same tuft, in different stages of development.
I have used the term processes in describing the inner
peristome of Zygodon, Ulota, and Orthotrichum, as they are in no
way homologous with the cilia (the term by which they are known
in most works), as these exist in ( hat of Bryum and other highly
developed forms of peristome, but rather with the true processes,
being alternate with the outer teeth.
1. Ulota Ludwigii Brid. (Orthotrichum Ludwigii Brid.;
Weissia coarctata Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXIV. D.).
In small loose tufts, the stems decumbent below, sometimes
slightly creeping, dull green or brownish. Leaves erect, when
dry lightly twisted but not strongly curled; from a short ovate
concave base narrowly lanceolate, rather shorter than in U.
Brucliii and U. crispa, gradually tapering to a rather obtuse
point; margin plane or variously recurved, entire ; nerve narrow,
vanishing below the apex, reddish ; upper cells small, rounded-
elliptic, very incrassate, slightly papillose; basal near the nerve
narrowly linear-vermicular, highly incrassate, yellowish green or
orange; becoming wider as they recede from the nerve, shortly
elliptical-rectangular; at margin short, rectangular, hyaline, thin-
walled, forming a narrow hyaline band narrowing upwards to the
top of the leaf-base. Capsule pyriform, pale whitish brown,240
ORTHOTRICHACE^.
thin-walled, smooth, plicate only for a very short distance below
the small, much contracted mouth ; calyptra hairy ; lid rostellate ;
outer peristome teeth united in pairs, erect when dry; inner
imperfect or wanting. Autoicous.
Hab. Young trees in mountainous woods ; rare. Fr. late summer and autumn.
Known at once by the inflated appearance of its obovate, pyriform, smooth, and
almost glossy capsules, with the striae so short as to be barely perceptible, and by the
strongly contracted mouth.
2. Ulota Drummondii Brid. (Orthotrichum Drummondii
Hook. & Grev.; Weissia Drummondii Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIV. E.).
In larger tufts, the marginal stems decumbent and sometimes
longly creeping, with erect branches ; yellowish green. Leaves
rather longer than in the last species, only slightly twisted when
dry, erecto-patent when moist. Capsule oblong or clavate with a
long tapering neck, large, thick-walled, reddish with the neck
paler; broadly striate to base of capsule, the neck also somewhat
striate below; when dry and empty the capsule becomes
narrower, elongate-fusiform, contracted at and sometimes below
the mouth, deeply sulcate from the mouth to the base of the neck,
the striae sometimes slightly spirally twisted; lid with a straight
subulate beak; calyptra variously hairy; peristome usually
single, of 16 white teeth reflexed or spreading and recurved when
dry; occasionally rudimentary inner processes are present.
Autoicous.
Hab. Young trees in mountainous districts, frequently growing in company with,
and mixed with the last species ; rare. Fr. late summer.
When growing freely the creeping stems are very characteristic, and produce a
resemblance to the important exotic genus Macromitrium ; most frequently however
this feature is by no means conspicuous, and then the species is very difficult to
separate from U Bruchii; indeed there is some doubt whether the two ought not to
be united as a single species, the more rigid leaves and the simple peristome in the
present plant being almost the only distinguishing characters of importance, and as
indicated above, the occasional presence of an inner peristome in U. Drnmmondii
considerably minimises the value even of these. The capsule in the present species
is rather larger, and in my experience of a rather brighter, more reddish tinge. The
striae in U. Bruchii are also straighter and less frequently spirally oblique. When
first ripe there is a space at the base of the capsule and the upper part of the neck
which is smooth and hardly striate, but the dry, old fruit is sulcate for the whole
length.
Both this species and the preceding are much more abundant in N. America than
with us ; U. Ludwigii indeed appears in some parts almost to replace some of our
commoner speciesULOTA.
241
3. Ulota Bruchii Hornsch. (Weissia Bruchii Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIV. F.).
Much resembling the last species, but with rather more
compact tufts, the stems less prostrate and creeping; the leaves
more curled ivhen dry, though less so than in the next species ;
the capsule usually of a duller colour, rather narrower, when dry
and empty distinctly fusiform, much contracted at the mouth ;
peristome double, inner of 8 or 16 processes. Lid with a rather
long beak.
Hab. Trees, rarely on rocks, frequent. Fr. late summer and autumn.
As above stated this is a very difficult plant to recognise from the last, though the
leaves are perhaps always more curled when dry, while in U. Drummondii they are very
slightly twisted, and in some cases almost straight. The presence of inner processes
is a very uncertain character. I do not find any reliable distinction in the hairiness
of the calyptra.
U. Brttchii may be readily known from U. crispa and its allies by its greater
robustness, the colour usually, though not always, of a darker and duller green, its
longer leaves less closely and less strongly curled when dry, its capsule on a longer seta,
and much larger, usually at least twice as long as in U. crispa, of a firmer texture,
and of quite different form, never contracted below the mouth as in that species, and
usually, especially when dry and empty, distinctly narrowed to the mouth, which is
very small, so that the whole capsule, including the neck, has a narrowly fusiform
shape. Starved specimens, however, are sometimes much like U. crispa var.
intermedia. The areolation is a little larger than in those species, but the difference
is hardly enough marked to determine specimens in the absence of other available
characters.
4. Ulota crispa Brid. (Bryum crispum Gmel. ; Weissia
ulophylla Ehrh., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIV. G.).
In small dense round cushions, bright green or yellowish.
Leaves as in U. Ludwigii but rather longer, with a wider band of
hyaline cells at each side the expanded base, when dry strongly
and closely curled. Seta and capsule shorter than in the last;
calyptra very hairy ; capsule when ripe and after the fall of the
lid pale green or whitish brown, thin-walled, smaller than in the
last, sub-urceolate, distinctly contracted below the mouth, then
wider, and rather suddenly narrowing into the neck; becoming
darker when old, and narrower ; ribs narrower than in U. Bruchii;
lid with a shorter beak than in that species ; peristome teeth in
pairs, so as to appear 8 in number, at first spreading, afterwards
recurved; processes 8, rarely 16. Autoicous.
Var. fS. intermedia (Ulota intermedia Schp., Syn.).
Resembles the type in everything but the capsule, which, when
ripe and empty is in the dry state oblong-cylindric, of the same
width throughout, not contracted below the mouth, rather more
Q242
ORTHOTRICHACE/E.
gradually tapering to the neck, usually a little larger and of
slightly firmer texture.
Var. y. crispula Hamm. (Ulota crispula Bruch). Smaller,
leaves shorter. Capsule very small, oval or sub-globose, with a
long neck ; when dry and empty very pale and thin-walled,
somewhat turbinate, wide-mouthed and not or hardly co7istricted
below, rather abruptly narrowed into the neck.
Hab. Trees ; common, especially in damp mountainous woods. The var. /3.
often mixed with the type and apparently equally common. The var. 7 in similar
situations but rare.
A very pretty moss, its neat rounded cushions usually covered with capsules ;
these vary much in size, form and texture, and their shape depends much upon their
age and upon the degree of moisture ; before the fall of the lid they are green, oval,
and suddenly contracted into the long tapering neck ; but when they become perfectly
matured, and are emptied of their spores, they are, when dry, narrower, paler, and
contracted below the mouth; after maturity they undergo another change, growing
darker in colour, and narrower, often becoming finally narrowly cylindrical or fusi-
form ; in the early stages, as well as in the later, they are difficult to distinguish from
some of the other species, and dry, well ripened, but not over-ripe capsules should be
chosen for examination.
If good typical tufts of U. crispa and the var. intermedia are examined, the
difference in form of the capsules is very marked, the latter being in no way urceolate,
but exactly of the same width at the mouth as below. It is however comparatively
rarely that perfectly typical capsules of either are met with ; this being especially the
case with the var. intermedia ; on the contrary more often than not some at least of
the capsules on a tuft show a very slight contraction below the mouth, while on the
other hand the typical, distinctly urceolate form of capsule of V crispa is less
frequently met with than a somewhat less distinct form, markedly, but less strongly
constricted. It is impossible therefore, to maintain U. intermedia as an independent
species, and it should perhaps be looked upon rather as a variety only, although it
must be admitted that U. Brnchii is almost universally admitted as a species on the
basis of characters not very much more important either in quality or in degree.
Similar remarks apply to the var. crispula, and the two varieties may in some degree
be considered as the two extreme limits, the one more robust, the other more slender,
of a fairly well graduated chain of forms of which the type occupies the middle
position. On the other hand forms referable to the var. crispula in size of capsule,
general slenderness, etc., sometimes in the shape of the capsule resemble the var.
intermedia rather than the type, and thus establish a separate chain of forms.
In the var. crispula as the fruit becomes old the capsule narrows, the transition
to the neck becoming less abrupt, until finally the whole becomes narrowly oblong, or
gradually tapering from the mouth to the neck, and in these states the resemblance,
in miniature, to the var. intermedia is very pronounced. I have indeed seen on the
same tuft capsules exhibiting a great variation in size, some of which would be quite
inseparable from the var. intermedia. In some parts, at least, of Canada, judging
from numerous specimens I have received, the two varieties would appear almost to
supersede the type.
5. Ulota calvescens Schp. (Orthotrichum calvescens Wils.;
Weissia vittata Braithw., Br. M. FI., Vol. II., p. 95).
(Tab. XXXIV. H.).
Resembling U. crispa in habit. Leaves with an oblong (not
widely oval), less dilated base, which has a deep narrow furrow
071 each side close to the margin, often longer on one side of theULOTA.
243
leaf than the other ; basal cells all narrowly linear or vermicular
except 1-2 rows of rectangular hyaline cells at margin; the
narrow cells are also continued high up on each margin, only very
gradually passing into the short, rounded-elliptical cells of the
upper part, so that even above half-way up the marginal cells in
3-5 rows are distinctly longer and narrower than the median ones.
Calyptra pale, glossy, with a very few scattered hairs. Capsule
on a rather long seta, much resembling that of U. intermedia,
oval-oblong, when ripe and empty hardly contracted either at or
below the mouth ; when old rather fusiform and frequently
narrowed below the orifice ; rather less deeply sulcate than in the
last species. Peristome double. Autoicous.
Hab. On shrubs and young trees ; rare. Fr. summer.
This species differs not only in the almost glabrous calyptra but also markedly
in the form and structure of the leaves; the deep fold or vitta (whence the specific
name vittata of Mitten), the narrower base, the absence of the wide bands of hyaline
cells, and the band of elongated cells extending high up the margin of the leaf, all
afford clear distinguishing characters.
U. calvescens has hitherto not been detected on the Continent. It has been found
in several places in Ireland, but is extremely rare in England and Scotland.
6. Ulota phyllantha Brid. (Weissia phyllantha Lindb.,
Braith. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXIV. I.).
Densely cushioned, i-J inches high, more robust than the
previously described species, green or yellow above, rich reddish
brown or blackish below. Leaves very closely curled when dry,
more resembling those of U. calvescens than any other species,
but broader, and without the marginal furrows at base, somewhat
obtusely pointed, and apiculate with the excurrent brownish
nerve, which bears at the apex a dense cluster of reddish brown
clavate jointed gemmae ; margin recurved at base ; areolation
almost as in U. calvescens. Perichsetial bracts much longer than
the leaves ; capsule oblong, not contracted at or below the mouth.
Calyptra slightly hairy. Peristome double; outer of 16 teeth
arranged in pairs, reflexed when dry; processes 8, short,
fugacious.
Hab. Trees, and rocks near the sea. Not uncommon. Fruit exceedingly rare,
spring or summer.
This very interesting plant has only quite recently been found in fruit, first by
Howell, in Oregon, and since then in two or three herbarium specimens, including a
single capsule from Tunbridge Wells and a few from Killarney; and quite lately it
has been detected in several N. American localities. C. Muller and Kindberg make
two species of what has usually been considered U phyllantha, viz., U. phyllantha
proper, taller, yellowish, brown below, with longer seta and capsule, growing on244
ORTHOTRICHACEiE.
trees; and U. maritima C. M. & K., shorter, green, blackish below, with shorter
seta and shorter, thicker capsule, growing on rocks near the sea. They also point out
other characters in the leaves, all of which however I have found either erroneous or
belonging indiscriminately to both forms. Nor will the above distinctions drawn from
the vegetative characters hold good, for the short dark plant has been gathered on
trees, while the finest specimens of the yellow and brown form I have seen I gathered
on rocks at the Giant’s Causeway. The fruiting characters may be more important,
but it is doubtful whether the capsules can be satisfactorily compared, since those of
“ U. maritima ” were young and full of spores, while those of “ U phyllantha ” were
old and empty, a condition which implies a lengthening and narrowing of the fruit.
Mrs. Britton concludes that “if we maintain crispa and crispula as distinct species,
then these are,” but I am convinced that no distinction can be drawn from the
vegetative characters of the two forms; nor do I think that the slight difference in the
fruiting characters, even as described, is any greater than can often be found between
the different gradations even of the single form U crispa var. intermedia. I do not
think therefore there is any ground for separating the maritime form from the
arboreal one.
The abundant brown gemmae at the tips of the upper leaves are alone sufficient to
distinguish U phyllantha from any other moss. It is almost a cosmopolitan species,
and curiously enough grows luxuriantly at the highest limit of vegetation on
Chimborazo, while it is often found closer, perhaps, to the sea level than any moss but
Grimmia maritima.
7. Ulota Hutchinsiae Hamm. (Orthotrichum Hutchinsiae
Sm.; Weissia americana Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXIV. J.).
In flat tufts, very short, rigid, fragile, dark purplish brown
or blackish. Leaves when dry not curled, erect and appressed,
straight or very slightly twisted, short, wide and rather obtuse
at the apex, the base oval or oblong ; nerve strong; basal cells
linear or vermicular, a few rows at margin short, sub-quadrate,
partly hyaline; upper cells small, rounded, very incrassate.
Capsule oblong-pyriform., when dry hardly contracted at the
mouth (until old) ; peristome double; calyptra hairy. Autoicous.
Var. ji. rufescens E. G. Britton (Bulletin of Torrey Club, Vol.
21, p. 69). Looser, taller and more slender, green, not purplish
black ; leaves laxer, longer, more tapering, green; cells less
incrassate and distinct, the basal rectangular, not linear nor
vermicular. Capsule less distinctly striate when dry. Growing
on trees.
Hab. Siliceous rocks, not common. The var. 0 on sycamores, Beddgelert
(Dixon 188S). Fr. summer.
Quite distinct from the other species, except U. Drumnwndii, in the straight,
rigid, appressed leaves when the plant is dry; luxuriant specimens, however, and
occasionally the uppermost leaves in smaller plants show a slight tendency to twisting.
U. Drummondii differs in the leaf-form and areolation, in the colour and habitat, the
larger capsule with contracted mouth, and other points; but the var. rufescens of the
present plant is not at all unlike it in appearance.ULOTA.
245
U. curvifolia, a continental species, also growing on rocks, differs in the leaves
more twisted when dry, and more strongly papillose, the capsule shorter, and other
points.
U. Hutchinsice is the only British species growing habitually on rocks ; it is
widely distributed in this country, but is rarely produced in abundance in the localities
where it occurs. The var. rufescens, in addition to its remarkable habitat, has a
quite distinct appearance and growth, with a marked difference in the areolation of
most, if not all, the leaves. My specimens appear to agree with Mrs. Britton’s
description of specimens of this plant from fir trees in Virginia in all the essential
points, and I have little doubt I am right in referring them to the variety in question,
of which, however, I have seen no authentic specimens. How far the differences in
structure and habit are directly the result of the different matrix cannot be said, and it
is a question of opinion whether the arboreal habitat in a rupestral plant, and vice
versa, should be looked upon or not as in itself constituting a separative character. In
some genera it would obviously be valueless; in Ulota, however, and also in
Orthotrichum, the habitat is a far more important feature. Macoun goes so far as to
say he has never seen a. species of Ulota which grows on both rocks and trees, and is
indeed willing to settle the vexed question of the nomenclature of the present species
on that principle alone. But although it is extremely rare to find the habitat changed
in a species of Ulota, it is far from being so unusual as the above would indicate ; in
addition to the present case of U. Hutchinsice, I have found U. Bruchii and U. crispa
growing on rocks, while U. phyllantha is indiscriminate in its choice.
50. ORTHOTRICHUM Hedw.
Mosses growing on trees or rocks, comparatively short-
stemmed, in close rounded cushions or looser tufts. Leaves
appressed and imbricated when dry, rarely twisted or curled,
very hygroscopic, not distinctly dilated at base, upper areolation
hexagonal or rounded, small, basal rectangular, usually thin-
rvalled, not strongly incrassate nor vermicular. Capsule
immersed or emergent on a short seta, rarely exserted on a longer
one, elliptic or cylindrical with a tapering neck, smooth, or with 8
or 16 striae. Peristome mostly double, outer of 16 teeth more or
less bipartite and arranged in 8 pairs or singly, broadly lanceolate,
not trabeculate, more or less covered with fine lines or papillae ;
inner when present of 8 or 16 narrow processes. Calyptra
campanulate, sparsely hairy or naked. Vaginula smooth or hairy
with jointed threads, crowned with an ochrea or minute cup-like
sheath enclosing the seta.
A very difficult genus to the systematist, owing in part to the
lack of vegetative characters to distinguish most of the species,
and in part undoubtedly to the great variability of some of the
fruiting characters, and the unquestionable tendency to form
connecting varieties between some of the allied species. These
difficulties have however been minimised by Venturi in his
splendid monograph of the European species in Husnot’s
Muscologia Gallica, on which the following arrangement is based,
at least as regards the primary divisions.246
ORTHOTRICHACEiE.
One or two points must be noted in connection with the study
of these plants. In the first place in order to ascertain the true
form of the capsule it is necessary that it should be immersed in
water for at least 12 hours previously, and that perfectly ripe yet
not too advanced capsules should be chosen for the purpose. As,
however, this is a somewhat tiresome process, and as the British
species are not as a rule dependent on this character for their
distinction, I have laid as little stress as possible on the form of
the mature, moistened fruit.
Another point of importance is the direction taken by the dry
outer peristome. This falls under three main heads ; it may be
more or less erect or spreading stellately; or it maybe reflexed
closely on the surface of the capsule so as to touch it practically
throughout its length ; or it may be revolute, curling backwards
so as to form a somewhat arched curve, only touching or closely
approaching the wall of the capsule with its tip or upper part.
Too much importance must not be attributed to the form of
the apex of the leaves. In O. rivulare and O. bprucei it is wide
and rounded, in almost all the other species it tapers to a wide
point, which is variously obtuse or sub-acute, often differing much
in different leaves of the same stem. In certain species such as
O. tenellum it is usually more obtuse, while in most the acute
form predominates, but as a rule it does not afford a sufficiently
marked or constant character for specific distinction.
A very important and useful character in the diagnosis of the
species is to be found in the stomata which are found in all the
species scattered here and there on the capsule, almost always,
but not invariably, about the level of the base of the spore-sac.
They may be superficial (Tab. V. fig. 1), when the two oval or
reniform guard-cells are entirely displayed ; or immersed (Tab. V.
fig. 2), when the guard-cells are more or less hidden by over-
lapping superficial cells. In order to see the stomata to advantage,
it is best to separate a ripe capsule in the middle of the neck, cut
it longitudinally in two, separate the spore-sac and get rid of the
spores, and place it with the outer (i.e. the convex) side upwards
on the glass, warming it if necessary over the spirit lamp to get
rid of air.
The British species fall naturally into the following sections.
A.	RUPESTRIA. Leaves with recurved margins ; not hair-
pointed. Peristome teeth erect or spreading when dry. Stomata
superficial. O. rupestre.
B.	CUPULATA. Leaves with recurved margins ; not hair-
pointed. Peristome teeth erect or spreading when dry. Stomata
immersed. O. anomalum, O. cupulatum.ORTHOTRICHUM.
247
C.	AFFINIA. Leaves with recurved margins ; not hair-
pointed. Peristome teeth reflexed or revolute when dry. Stomata
superficial. O. Shawii, O. leiocarpum, O. Lyellii, O. speciosum,
O. affine.
D.	TENELLA. Leaves with recurved margins; not hair-
pointed. Peristome teeth reflexed or revolute when dry. Stomata
immersed. O. rivulare, O. Sprucei, O. Schimperi, O. stramineum,
O. tenellum, O. pallens, O. pulchellum.
E.	DIAPHANA. Leaves with recurved margins ; with a
hyaline hair-point. Peristome teeth reflexed when dry. Stomata
immersed. O. diaphanum.
F.	OBTUSIFOLIA. Leaves with erect or incurved margins ;
not hair-pointed. Stomata superficial. O. obtusifolium.
fLs. very broad at the top ;	apex rounded	or	minutely apiculate .............2
\Ls. narrowed to the top, usually more	or	less acute or subacute ...........4
fLs. ovate, coarsely papillose, with erect margin ..............77. obtusifolium
\Ls. faintly papillose, margin revolute in lower half.......................3
/Ls. oblong-lingulate, usually obtuse, cells about 10 fx...........9. rivulare
"'/Ls. obovate, upper ones apiculate, cells about 20 fx...............10. Sprucei
/ Ls. long, with brown clavate gemmae on surface, very papillose ..6. Lyellii
^fLs. without appendages .......................................................5
/Ls. tapering to serrulate hyaline points.......................16. diaphanum
5\Ls. without hyaline points	..........................................6
,/Capsule smooth, without bands or striae ..........................3. leiocarpum
/Capsule striated............................................................7
/Stomata on capsule superficial..............................................8
'/Stomata immersed below the cuticular cells ..................................11
8/Perist. teeth erect, or spreading when dry ; growing on rocks and walls 1. rupestre
/Perist. teeth reflexed or revolute when dry ; usually on trees.............9
/Peristome single ; capsule faintly striate below mouth only ......4. Shawii
” / Peristome double ; capsule distinctly striate .............................10
/Capsule emergent, striate in upper half...........................7. speciosum
IOf Capsule immersed, strongly striate in whole length................8. affine
/Capsule exserted ..........................................................12
/Capsule immersed or emergent only..........................................15
/Peristome double, teeth reflexed when dry ; ls. crisped...........ij. pulchellum
I2\Peristome usually single, teeth erect when dry ; ls. not crisped ...........13
/ Capsule narrow, 8-striate ; perist. teeth usually 8....[var. of] 2. anomalum
r3\Capsule wider, 16-striate; perist. teeth 16.................................14
/ Calyptra hairy ; strise on capsule red-brown ....................a. anomalum
:4\Calyptra naked ; strise orange ..........................[var. of] j. cupulatum
{Capsule 16-striate : peristome single .............................3. cupulatum
Capsule 8-striate ; peristome double .....................................16
,/Vaginula very hairy..............................................12. stramineum
1 \Vaginula naked .............................................................17
/Capsule short, sharply contracted to the pedicel .................11. Schimperi
l7 /Capsule elongate, gradually tapering to the pedicel .......................18
8/Capsule subcylindric ; calyptra conic, with few hairs...............13. tenellum
15 /Capsule oval-oblong ; calyptra campanulate, naked ................14. pallens248
ORTHOTRICHACE^.
A. RUPESTRIA.
1. Orthotrichum rupestre Schleich. (Tab. XXXIV. K.).
In rather large loose tufts, dark olive brown, rarely more
yellow or green, soft, but rigid when dry, taller than O. cupulatum
and O. anomalum, 1-2 inches high, the stems sometimes a little
spreading and decumbent. Leaves broadly lanceolate, tapering,
or suddenly acuminate, but not acute, spreading and a little
recurved, or less commonly straight and erecto-patent, when dry
straight and imbricated, often very closely and regularly ; cells
small, rounded-hexagonal or more incrassate and rounded, in one
or two layers, opaque, more or less strongly papillose; papillae
simple or bifid. Capsule immersed or emergent, oval or oval-
oblong, brownish yellow, with 8 rather faint short ribs, very
rarely with 8 obscure intermediate ones; at base tapering
gradually into the very short seta; when dry and empty the
capsule becomes narrower, darker, reddish brown, more strongly
striate or sulcate (sometimes however nearly smooth), about the
same width throughout or sometimes slightly contracted below
the mouth. Stomata superficial, mostly occurring at about the
middle of the capsule. Calyptra yellowish, with numerous long
hairs. Peristome teeth in 8 pairs, finally splitting into 16 bifid
teeth, yellowish 'white, erect or spreading when dry, usually
faintly papillose ; processes 8, variously developed, or wanting.
Autoicous.
Var. [1. Sturmii Juratz. {Orth. Sturmii Hornsch., plur.
auct.). Capsule more suddenly contracted into the seta. In
addition to this, the most important character, the following
points are more characteristic of the variety than of the type;—
leaves straighter, more erect, upper leaf cells more frequently in
two layers, or even three or four, colour darker green or blackish;
texture more rigid; peristome teeth almost smooth, processes
wanting.
Var. y. Franzomanum'W&nt. (Orth. FranzonianumDelfot.
Orth. Shawii De Not., Epil., non Wils.J. In small green tufts
on trees; areolation rather laxer and less incrassate; capsule
small, the striae rather more distinctly marked.
Hab. Rocks and walls in mountainous districts, not uncommon ; the var. 0
rare ; the var. y on trees, Fortingal, Perthshire (Dixon, 1893). Fr. late summer and
autumn.
O. rupestre is a very difficult species to describe. It presents few characters of
distinction at once marked and stable; indeed it really represents a group of formsORTHOTRICHUM.
249
differing little from one another, yet sufficiently to render it very difficult in a
diagnosis to comprehend all except by the employment of very indefinite terms. It is
perfectly distinct from 0. cupulatum and O. anomalum in the superficial stomata,
while in habit often very similar ; it rarely however, if ever, has the 16 distinct ribs of
the former, while O. anomalum and its var. saxatile have the capsule more exserted,
the former, too, usually showing 16, and the latter more marked ribs. From all the
other British species it is easily distinguished either by its rupestral habit or the non-
reflexed peristome.
The var. Sturmii is a, very unsatisfactory plant. The slightness of its claims to
independence is best shown by the way in which characters once held distinctive have
been dropped and new ones again and again brought forward, only to meet the same
fate. All the secondary characters given above have at one time or another been
claimed as specific characters, and have one by one been rejected, and all that can be
said is that they are more frequently found in plants with the short-necked capsule of
var. Sturmii than in those of typical 1 upestre. Intermediate forms of capsule are
also far from rare.
The var. Franzonianum too is perhaps only an arboreal form of this species;
it has, however, a different facies, and the difference of habitat is certainly a striking
one in so decidedly a rupestral plant as the present. My plants have a paler, rather
inflated calyptra, and in these as well as in American plants I possess of this variety,
the stomata occur on the upper part of the capsule, sometimes indeed very near the
mouth.
Two other varieties are described as British—var. rupincola Hiibn., a short,
compact form, and var. Sehlmeyeri, a taller, looser plant, but neither appears of great
importance.
O. rupestre prefers dry rocks, and is found most abundantly on stone walls by
roadsides in mountainous regions.
B. CUPULATA.
2. Orthotrichum anomalum Hedw. (Tab. XXXIV L.).
In close cushions, rather rigid and fragile, dark olive green or
brown, i inch high. Leaves erecto-patent, when dry straight
and closely imbricated, widely ovate-lanceolate, somewhat taper-
ing but suddenly and rather broadly pointed; margin recurved,
sometimes widely so; nerve strong, ceasing below the point;
basal cells rectangular, pellucid, upper hexagonal-rounded, rather
thin-walled or incrassate, usually arranged in very regular longi-
tudinal rows: always in a single layer; papillae small, simple.
Capsule usually very slightly exserted above the perichaetial
bracts, rather large, pale reddish brown with 16 brighter coloured
ribs, 8 principal ones extending the length of the capsule, and 8
intermediate less strong and often shorter ones ; the 8 primary
ribs composed of 2-3 longitudinal rows of cells with thick longi-
tudinal and thin cross walls, the 8 secondary ones narrower, some-
times very inconspicuous. Capsule widely cylindric or oval-
cylindric, almost exactly cylindric when dry and empty, tapering
quickly into the conical neck which gradually passes into the
rather long seta. Stomata immersed, guard-cells about half
covered by the superficial cells. Calyptra yellowish green, rarely250
ORTHOTRICHACE^E.
dark brown, moderately hairy. Peristome teeth 16, or in 8 pairs,
erect when dry, marked with faint sinuose lines, with two small
lamellse standing before each tooth, and reaching about as high
as the 2nd or 3rd articulation; processes absent or rudimentary.
Autoicous.
Var. f3. saxatile Milde (var. cylindricum Schp., Braithw. Br.
M. FI. ; Schp. Syn.). Capsule narrower, narrowly cylindrical,
8-striate, usually on a loyiger seta; peristome teeth in 8 pairs,
hardly divided, processes usually more or less well developed.
Leaves narrower, rather more acute.
Hab. Rocks; the type usually on siliceous, the var. j8 almost always on
calcareous ones. The type rare; the var. frequent. Fr. early summer.
Although the plant here described as var. saxatile is a somewhat constant form,
and quite different in its habitat and distribution from the type, yet the differences
are really slight, and the characters derived from the leaves are perhaps hardly reliable.
Rarely, too, a single capsule will show distinct traces of intermediate bands or striae,
It appears to be common throughout the calcareous districts of Mid-England, where
O. anomalum proper is quite absent.
0. anomalum differs from 0. cupulatum in the longer seta and in the form of
the capsule, which in that is shorter and wider, more suddenly tapering, and hardly
exserted above the perichsetial bracts; in the var. saxatile of the present species the
seta is sometimes longer than the capsule and neck together. From 0. rupestre our
plant differs notably in the immersed stomata and the 16-striate, more exserted capsule.
3. Orthotrichum cupulatum Hoffm. (Tab. XXXV. A.).
Resembling the last, and indeed hardly separable except by
the fruit; tufts more often rather loose, leaves oblong-lanceolate
or oval-lanceolate, obtuse or sub-acute, margins revolute ; cells as
in the last, in one layer. Capsule immersed or emergent, rarely
almost exserted, widely oval, quickly narrowed at base to a very
short seta ; when dry widely and shortly cylindrical, brownish
green; when old and empty urceolate, contracted below the
reddish brown mouth, wider and pale below; ribs usually 16,
8 long and of 2-3 cells in width, reaching nearly to base of the
capsule, 8 intermediate, shorter and fainter, rarely almost or quite
obsolete. Stomata immersed, very little hidden. Calyptra widely
campanulate, very sparsely hairy, brown or yellowish. Peristome
simple, rarely with rudimentary processes ; outer teeth spreading,
resembling those of the last species, but almost equidistant.
Autoicous.
Var. /3. nudum Braithw. (O. cupulatum var. riparium Schp.,
Syn.). Tufts wider, looser, dark green. Capsule on a longer
seta, almost exserted, with a longer, more tapering neck ; calyptraORTHOTRICHUM.
251
pale, usually without hairs. Peristome teeth more distinctly
marked with sinuose lines, lamellae at base more developed, some-
times reaching nearly to the middle of the teeth.
Hab. Stones and walls, most frequently on those which are calcareous ; not
uncommon. Var. £ in similar situations, often on stones by streams, more rare.
Fruit summer.
O. cupulatum differs from O. anomalum in the shorter, wider, almost barrel-
shaped capsule, much less exserted, and more urceolate when dry, as well as in other
points. O. rupestre, besides the distinguishing characters of its Section, has in the
dry state a darker, longer capsule, usually with only eight ribs, and almost always
with an inner peristome. O. rivulare differs in the leaves, broader and more rounded
at the summit, the reflexed peristome, etc. The var. nudum is considered a separate
species by Venturi, but I can hardly see greater differences between it and the type
than between O. anomalum and its var. saxatile. I am inclined to think, however,
that strictly speaking the var. nudum should form the type of the species, and the
more common form, with less highly developed peristome, the variety.
The ribs are not unfrequently obscure, even the primary ones, and rarely reach
quite to the base of the capsule, which is almost always wide, paler, and with a rather
inflated appearance.
C. AFFINIA.
4.	Orthotrichum Shawii Wils. (Tab. XXXV. B.).
In small tufts, deep green, somewhat resembling a small form
of O. leiocarpum, but shorter, with shorter leaves, and rather
smaller areolation. Capsule immersed; smooth or with very
indistinct traces of eight bands, close to the mouth, oval or oval-
oblong, quickly narrowing at the base into the seta. Peristome
single, of 16 teeth, revolute when dry and touching the wall of the
capsule with their tips. Autoicous.
Hab. Ash trees, Kilkerran Castle, Ayrshire (Shaw).
A very rare species, hardly known elsewhere in Europe except in a few localities
in Germany and Corsica. It differs from O. leiocarpum mainly in the capsule showing
some traces of bands, while from 0. rupestre var. Franzonianum it differs in the
reflexed peristome ; the stomata, too, as far as I have been able to examine them, are
found in the lower half of the capsule, and the latter is almost smooth. It has been
suggested, with some plausibility, that it is a hybrid between 0. leiocarpum and 0.
rupestre.
5.	Orthotrichum leiocarpum B. & S. (O. striatum Hedw.,.
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXV. C.).
Tufts usually rather loose and irregular, sometimes more
dense, dull green. Leaves long, lanceolate, tapering to a some-
what acute apex, margins revolute; cells distinct, quadrate-
rounded or elliptical, incrassate, papillose. Capsule immersed,252
ORTHOTRICHACE^.
quite smooth, without striae, pale brown, when old whitish, oval
or oblong, very slightly constricted just below the peristome when
dry, abruptly contracted at the base into a very short seta.
Stomata superficial, near the base of the spore-sac. Peristome
double, outer of 16 opaque, highly papillose teeth, with a strong
median line and fine transverse striolse, when dry revolute and
touching the wall of the capsule with their tips; inner of 16
erect, pale-yellowish, broad processes, often as wide as the teeth,
strongly papillose. Calyptra pale, with many yellow hairs.
Autoicous.
Hab. Trees, frequent. Fr. early summer.
This is one of the most distinct species, owing to the capsules being quite smooth.
They are more immersed than in any of the previous species except O. Shawii.
6. Orthotrichum Lyellii Hook, and Tayl. (Tab. XXXV. D.).
Tall, robust, dark green or yellowish, in loose soft tufts, 1-2
inches high. Leaves spreading and recurved, when dry appressed
and almost straight, or loosely incumbent and somewhat flexuose,
elongate-linear from an oblong base, narrower than in most of
the species, long, flexuose, acute ; margin slightly recurved above
the base of the leaf on one or both sides for a variable distance,
but not to apex, faintly erose or denticulate at point, below
sinuose or irregular, with prominent distant papillae, especially
near the base. Cells at base narrow, rectangular, thin, the upper
distinct, oval or rounded-hexagonal, strongly papillose, the
papillae large, not crowded, simple, conical or even linear ; the
nerve and lamina usually produce long, brown, jointed gemmae,
clavate, often branched. Capsule immersed or slightly emergent,
rather large, oval-oblong, with a tapering neck as long as itself;
yellowish brown, dark brown when old, not or hardly contracted
below the mouth, but often slightly narrowed in the middle,
between the base of the spore-sac and the neck ; with eight rather
indistinct ribs, when old deeply sulcate. Calyptra large, inflated,
pale, sparingly furnished with long hairs. Peristome double, the
outer of 16 teeth resembling those of O. leiocarpum and revolute
in the same way, inner of 16 processes, similar to those of that
species, but reddish. Stomata superficial, about the base of the
spore-sac. Spores large, 35-40 /*. Dioicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees, common. Fruit rather rare, summer.
The most robust of our species, and known at once by the long, flexuose, narrow
leaves, covered with reddish brown gemmae, often to such an extent that the older
leaves appear quite rough even to the naked eye. Braithwaite mentions a markedORTHOTRICHUM.
253
form collected by Spruce near York, with rigid, closely appressed leaves ; this may be
the sub-spec, strictum Vent. Curiously enough, the American plants of O. Lyellii are
almost always without the brown gemmae so characteristic of our British plant ; one of
their forms, too, is markedly distinct in the wide yellowish patches with flexuose
branches and leaves crisped when dry; this may, however, possibly be a different
species.
The brown gemmae (Conferva Orthotrichi of old authors) are not confined to O.
Lyellii, being found on other species such as O. affine and O. speciosum, but they are
much more abundant on our present plant, only occurring on the others sporadically.
7- Orthotrichum speciosum Nees. (Tab. XXXV. E.).
Taller than O. affine, yellowish green or tinged with red ;
leaves spreading, imbricated when dry, oblong-lanceolate, tapering,
acute, margin recurved to apex ; basal cells narrowly rectangular,
upper distinct, very incrassate, rounded or irregularly elliptical,
papillose. Capsule emergent or fully exserted, on a long seta ;
oblong-cylindrical or oval-oblong, hardly narrowed below the
mouth, tapering into a long neck, which is less conspicuous when
dry ; striae 8, very faint and almost obsolete before the spores are
shed, more distinct afterwards, while old capsules are often
distinctly sulcate. Peristome double, outer of 16 bifid teeth in 8
pairs, opaque, papillose, reflexed when dry so that a considerable
part of the upper half the tooth is appressed to the wall of the
capsule ; processes 8, white, large, papillose, incurved. Autoicous.
Hab. Trees in mountainous districts, rarely on rocks ; not common. Fr. late
summer.
Readily known from O. affine, and indeed from most of the allied species, by the
long seta and exserted capsule which is almost smooth until old and empty. O.
leiocarpum differs in the immersed capsules, O. Shawii in the differently revolute
peristome, the absence of inner processes and the more immersed fruit. Though
common on the continent it is one of our rare species.
8. Orthotrichum affine Schrad. (Tab. XXXV. F.).
In small loose tufts, dull green ; leaves spreading, when dry
straight and more or less imbricated, broadly oblong-lanceolate,
sub-acute, margin widely revolute ; areolation rounded-oval or
hexagonal-rounded, incrassate, papillose. Capsule emergent or
very slightly exserted, oblong-cylindrical with a rather long
tapering neck, ribs 8, each of 3-4 rows of cells; greenish, when
old brown, sulcate, and very slightly contracted below the mouth.
Stomata superficial, rather below the middle of the capsule;
calyptra narrow, greenish, darker above, slightly hairy ; vaginula
smooth; peristome double, outer of 16 teeth in 8 pairs, reflexed
when dry so as to touch the capsule almost with their whole
length, papillose, processes 8, filiform. Autoicous. Spores 20-25 /a.254
ORTHOTRICHACE/E.
Var. fi. rivale Wils. Leaves of a succulent texture, broad,
obtuse, or shortly apiculate, not imbricated when dry. Calyptra
narrow ; capsule more exserted, broader, and less tapering below,
less contracted when dry, ribs broader, of 4-5 rows of cells.
Var. y. fastigiatum Hiibn. (O. fastigiatum Bruch., plur. auct.;
O. neglectum Schp., Syn.). Shorter and more compact in all its
parts, dark green; leaves shorter, less papillose, areolation
larger, hexagonal, thin-walled ; capsule more immersed, shorter,
more contracted and urceolate when dry, the ribs broader,
processes of inner peristome wider.
Hab. Trees, sometimes on stones, very common. The var (3. on trees by
streams, not common ; the var. y. rare. Fr. summer.
This is our commonest species, and very variable. The capsule especially varies
in the amount of its exsertion and in form. The var. rivale should perhaps be merged
in the var. fastigiatum. The latter is another of those forms which have been
described as separate species on constantly changing and inadequate grounds, and it is
very doubtful whether all the characters above given are ever to be found together on
any plants; on the whole however the lax, thin-walled areolation and shorter, more
urceolate capsule, are the most characteristic features.
D. TENELLA.
9. Orthotrichum rivulare Turn. (Tab. XXXV. G.).
In dark green or blackish loose tufts, often floating and
elongated, 1-2 inches long. Leaves spreading, when dry loosely
incumbent, broadly oblong-lingulate, somewhat variable in form
above, broad and rounded or somewhat abruptly narrowed, but
always obtuse in general outline, with or without a short blunt
apiculus ; sometimes cucullate; entire or irregularly denticulate
or eroded at apex ; margin recurved throughout; nerve prominent
at back, ceasing some way below the summit; cells rather large,
about 10 n in diameter, rounded or rounded-quadrate, incrassate,
faintly papillose; at base quadrate-rectangular, not much
enlarged. Capsule immersed or more or less exserted, oval or
oval-oblong, abruptly contracted into the seta, when dry and
empty strongly contracted below the mouth, dark brown ; ribs 8,
strong, wide, shining; calyptra inflated, smooth, dull green,
without hairs; peristome double, outer teeth united in 8 pairs,
when dry reflexed against the wall of the capsule, finely papillose ;
processes 16, incurved, long; the alternate ones often ill-
developed. Vaginula slightly hairy. Stomata immersed, almostORTHOTRICHUM.
255
hidden by the overlapping cells. Spores small, about 12 /x.
Autoicous.
Hab. On rocks and tree-roots by water, in places at least partially submerged,
not common. Fr. summer.
A distinct species, both in its habitat, and its dark colour, as well as in the obtuse
leaves and strongly ribbed capsule, markedly contracted below the mouth when dry.
From O. affine var. rivale the obtuse leaves and especially the immersed stomata,
distinguish it; the naked, smooth calyptra is also characteristic. O. Sprncei is really
the only species which might be confused with it, but the more broadly rounded
summit of the leaves, usually showing the characteristic apiculus, and the much larger
cells are in that species quite distinctive.
10. Orthotrichum Sprucei Mont. (Tab. XXXV. H.).
Resembling O. rivulare but shorter and denser, softer, dull
green. Leaves more flaccid, somewhat variable in form, but
always broader in the upper part than in that species, usually
oval-oblong or widely elliptical, at apex broad, rounded, quite
obtuse or with a minute acute apiculus formed of about one row
of cells; margin recurved to near apex; entire or nearly so at
summit; nerve thinner and less prominent; cells larger, the
basal laxer and more pellucid, the upper very large, about 20 fi in
diameter, very distinct. Capsule immersed, a little longer, rather
less contracted below the mouth when dry, ribs a little less strong ;
processes more often only 8 ; other characters as in O. rivulare.
Hab. On wood and trees by water ; frequent by mountain streams in the North
of England, elsewhere rare. Fr. summer.
This very interesting species has only been found out of Britain in a few localities
in France and Belgium, and in one spot in N. America. In areolation and leaf form
it is quite distinct from the last, and the habit and fruiting characters present minor
but still not unimportant differences. The minute apiculus at the apex of the leaves
is very curious and distinct; it is however frequently wanting, especially in the older
leaves. The stomata in this and the last species are so nearly covered by the over-
lapping cells as to be sometimes difficult to detect, and are, as is the case often with
the immersed forms, more easily found by the radiating cells of the surface layer than
by the form of the guard-cells.
11. Orthotrichum Schimperi Hamm. (O. fallax Schp.,
Syn.) (Tab. XXXV. I.).
Very small, in short, close tufts, not half an inch high, usually
much less, dark green. Leaves erecto-patent, imbricated and
straight when dry, small, oblong-lanceolate, rather broad, obtuse
or shortly acuminate ; margin recurved ; cells rounded-hexagonal,
distinct, not much incrassate, minutely papillose. Capsule very
small, immersed, oval-oblong with a short neck, when dry narrow
and slightly contracted below the mouth, ribs 8, rather strong,256
ORTHOTRICHACE/E.
orange. Stomata about the middle of the capsule, immersed,
mostly about half closed with the overlapping cells; peristome
double, outer of 8 pairs of reflexed teeth ; processes 8. Calyptra
shortj inflated, smooth and shining; naked or with very few
hairs, pale. Spores small, 12-15 /*. Autoicous.
Hab. Trees, rare. Fr. spring.
This is peihaps the smallest of our species, and easily known by the dwarf
compact habit, the rather obtuse leaves, and the pale yellow, smooth inflated calyptra.
The distinction between this species and 0. pumilum Swartz (non Dicks.) is very
slight and I cannot help thinking unimportant; Venturi bases it mainly on the form of
the base of the capsule, or rather its neck, but his figures show hardly any difference
between the two plants, and according to Philibert this character is quite valueless;
the latter author makes the degree of closing of the stomata and the time of fruiting
the specihc distinction, O. Schimperi having the stomata more open and the fruit
ripened a month earlier, but the difference, even as described by him, is very small.
Specimens which I gathered in Northamptonshire in 1885, while showing the stomata
of 0. Schimperi have the capsules more like those of 0. pumilum Sw.
12. Orthotrichum stramineum Hornsch. (Tab. XXXV. Jo-
in yellowish-green or bright green tufts, resembling O. affine.
Leaves resembling those of that species. Capsule more or less
emergent, rather short, yellowish brown, oblong-elliptic, quickly
contracted into a short neck, about half the length of the capsule,
with 8 prominent ribs, of 2-5 rows of strongly incrassate cells;
when ripe and open constricted just below the narrow mouth, then
quickly widening again ; peristome teeth in 8 pairs, yellow, reflexed
when dry, papillose, processes 8, more rarely 16 ; stomata immersed,
almost closed by the very swollen, elevated overlapping cells;
calyptra pale yellow with a darker point, slightly hairy. Vaginula
very hairy. Autoicous.
Var. /3. patens Vent. (Orth, patens Bruch, Schp. Syn.). Ribs
of capsule much fainter, of 2 rows of less incrassate cells.
Hab. Trees, rarely on rocks; not uncommon in mountainous districts. The
var. j3 rare. Fr. summer.
There is no difficulty in recognising this species, under the microscope, from 0.
affine, the very hairy vaginula and immersed stomata at once distinguishing it; in the
field there is more resemblance, but the straw coloured calyptra, and the small but
rather wide, yellowish capsule, small at the mouth and usually rather constricted below
it, with very distinct ribs, is sufficient to identify it as a rule ; old capsules, however,
differ less. 0. tenellum has a narrower, brighter coloured capsule, with a more taper-
ing neck.
13. Orthotrichum tenellum Bruch (Tab. XXXV. K.).
In short, dark green tufts about J-inch high. Leaves erecto-
patent, erect and imbricated when dry, short, narrow, lanceolateORTHOTRICHUM.
257
or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or very slightly acuminate, margin
recurved nearly to apex ; cells hexagonal or rounded, incrassate,
faintly papillose. Capsule distinctly emergent or even slightly
exserted, bright golden brown, narrowly cylindrical, not con-
tracted below the mouth ; ribs 8, long, prominent, of 3-4 rows of
cells with the lateral walls strongly incrassate ; stomata immersed,
almost closed by the swollen overlapping cells ; peristome double,
outer teeth in 8 pairs, reflexed when dry, pale brown, finely
papillose, processes 8. Vaginula glabrous. Calyptra narrow,
pale greenish yellow, smooth, scarcely hairy. Autoicous.
Hab. Trees, not common. Fr. summer.
Resembling small plants of O. affine, but readily known when with ripe fruit by
the bright orange-red capsules, narrowly cylindrical; also by the narrower, more
obtuse leaves, with less prominent papilke, and the immersed stomata.
14. Orthotrichum pallens Bruch (Tab. XXXV. L.).
In small, pale green cushions, very short, not 1-inch high.
Leaves lanceolate, somewhat obtuse or variously pointed ; margin
recurved ; basal cells very thin, almost hyaline, upper hexagonal
or rounded, rather large, somewhat incrassate, papillose.
Capsule emergent, oval-oblong, with a long tapering neck, pale
brownish yellow, when dry narrow, cylindrical, slightly con-
tracted below the mouth ; ribs 8, as long as the capsule; stomata
immersed, but little covered by the overlapping cells, which are
not swollen ; peristome double, outer of 16 teeth closely joined in
pairs, pale yellow, reflexed when dry, finely papillose ; processes
8, with 8 rudimentary intermediate ones. Spores small. Calyptra
narrow, naked, pale. Vaginula glabrous or nearly so. Autoicous.
Hab. Trees; rare. Fr. summer.
A small species, resembling 0 Schimperi, but with longer narrower capsules and
narrower, less inflated calyptra. The capsule is less brightly coloured than in O.
tenellu??ii with more open stomata, and is rather shorter and wider.
15- Orthotrichum pulchellum Smith (Tab. XXXVI. A.).
Tufts short, loose, olive green or yellowish green, soft, less
than £-inch high. Leaves erecto-patent, when dry flexuose and
slightly curled, from a narrow oblong base lingulate-lanceolate or
linear, acuminate and acute ; margin widely recurved to near
apex; nerve thin; areolation rounded or hexagonal-rounded,
incrassate, in rather regular longitudinal lines, hardly papillose.
Capsule quite exserted, on a seta i-i'f lines long, small, pale
R258
ORTHOTRICHACE^E.
brown, oval-oblong, contracted into a short neck; when dry-
cylindrical, not or little contracted below the mouth, ribs 8,
rather narrow, stomata immersed, variously covered by the over-
lapping cells; peristome double, orange-red, outer in 8 pairs,
reflexed when dry, finely papillose, processes 8, or 16, filiform.
Calyptra naked, yellowish below, brown at the point. Spores
rather large, about 25 /*. Autoicous.
Var./3. Winteri Braithw. (O. Winteri Schp.). Capsule more
exserted on a longer seta, rather longer and narrower ; peristome
paler.
Hab. Trees, sometimes on walls; not common. The var. 0, Penzance
(Curnow); Bedfordshire (Saunders). Fr. early summer.
One of the prettiest species of the genus, abundantly distinguished by the leaves
twisted when dry, the small exserted capsule and orange-red peristome. It has in
some respects rather the aspect of a Ulota such as U. crispa var. crispula. than of
an Orthotrichum ; but the coloured peristome alone would at once distinguish it.
E. DIAPHANA.
16. Orthotrichum diaphanum Schrad. (Tab. XXXVI. B.).
In small dense cushions, about |-inch in height, greyish
green. Leaves erect when dry, elliptical-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate; with a rather long, hyaline, denticulate
hair-point which is wide at the base ; margin recurved to near
apex, nerve faint, narrow ; basal cells lax, rectangular, the upper
large, 15-20 ji, irregularly rounded-hexagonal, thin-walled,
minutely papillose. Seta short, capsule emergent, ovate-oblong,
suddenly contracted into the seta, thin-walled, pale, with eight
very faint ribs each of two rows of scarcely incrassate cells;
when dry more strongly striate, slightly contracted at the mouth.
Stomata immersed, numerous, partly closed. Calyptra not or
hardly hairy, yellowish green. Peristome double, outer of j6
pale slender teeth, spreading and somewhat recurved when dry,
but not reflexed on the wall of the capsule, processes 16, filiform,
papillose. Autoicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees and wooden fences. Common. Fr. spring.
Unique among our native species in the diaphanous points of the leaves. The
capsules are sometimes almost smooth without trace of ribs. The slender peristome
teeth, spreading in a stellate manner give the capsules a very pretty appearance.ORTHOTRICHUM.
259
F. OBTUSIFOLIA.
17. Orthotrichum obtusifolium Schrad. (.Tab. XXXVI. C.).
In small dense tufts, dull yellowish green, stems turgid, with
a very few short thick branches, hardly 1 inch high. Leaves
erecto-patent, when dry closely imbricated, short and very broad,
oval-oblong, very narrow at the insertion, concave, broad and
rounded at summit, margin erect, not recurved nor involute, with
projecting papillae, which at the apex almost amount to denticula-
tions; basal cells rectangular, upper hexagonal or elliptic, large,
about 15 n, incrassate, each with a stout projecting often bifid
papilla. Short brown or green clavate jointed gemmx are usually
found on the surface of the leaf. Capsule immersed, oval-oblong
with a tapering neck, with 8 faint ribs; stomata superficial;
calyptra naked, brownish ; peristome double, yellowish. Dioicous.
Has. Trees, rare and barren.
This very distinct species is readily known by its broad, rounded leaves, which
give a tumid appearance to the stems ; in its erect leaf-margins too it is quite different
from the other species of the genus so far as our British plants are concerned. There
is however a continental and N. American species, 0. gymnostomum Bruch, which in
the leaf form closely resembles it, but has involute margins, and no peristome. A
specimen of this species labelled “ England, Yorkshire,” is said by Braithwaite to have
been sent to Venturi by Jaeger.
Although the leaves in the present plant , are normally and indeed almost con-
stantly obtuse, yet they may occasionally be found more acute ; I have found them
very obtusely pointed in plants of my own collecting, and Mrs. Britton mentions
plants from Jordansville, N.Y., with the leaves acute or even apiculate, and the
perichcetial bracts acuminate, on stems bearing also the ordinary rounded, obtuse
leaves. It is possible that owing to its small size and the absence of fruit this species
may have been overlooked and may be really more common than has been thought; I
have found it in several localities in Northamptonshire, principally on ash, but also
on willows.
Order XII. SCHISTOSTEGACETJ.
Plants small, slender. Stems of two forms, barren, with the
leaves distichous, having their bases confluent; and fertile, with
similar but smaller leaves or with a terminal tuft or rosette of
small leaves. Areolation lax; nervtnone. Capsule minute, sub-
globose, gymnostomous ; lid plano-convex ; calyptra small, conical.
A very distinct Order, consisting of a single genus, and
represented by one species only, having little affinity with any
other moss.26o
SCHISTOSTEGACE^E.
51. SCHISTOSTEGA Mohr.
Characters those of the Order.
1. Schist os tega osmundacea Mohr (Mnium osmundaceum
Dicks.) (Tab. XXXVI. D.).
In glaucous green patches, finally reddish brown. Stems
very slender and delicate, about i-inch high, springing from a
persistent, highly refractive protonema. Barren stems naked at
base, with two rows of vertically placed leaves above; leaves
shortly oblong, pointed, nerveless, confluent at base; cells large,
rhomboidal, chlorophyllose. Fertile stems resembling the barren,
or naked except for a small tuft of terminal leaves, from which
springs the slender seta; capsule minute, sub-globose, erect ;
gymnostomous. Dioicous.
Hab. Clefts and caves in sandstone rocks ; not common. Fr. spring.
A very beautiful and distinct moss, which it is impossible to mistake for any other,
on account of the distichous, confluent leaves, giving a frond-like appearance to the
stem, like a miniature fern such as the Hard Fern (Loviaria Spicant). The most
striking character of this moss is the highly refractive structure of the protonema,
which gives a beautiful golden green lustre to the plant and seems to fill with light
the crevices and caves where it dwells.
Order XIII. SPLACHNACE^E.
Usually rather short-stemmed mosses, with erect symmetrical
capsules mostly on long setae, with a distinct apophysis ; peristome
none, or single, with the teeth usually in pairs. Leaves broad,
flaccid, with lax, more or less hexagonal, smooth areolation.
Calyptra entire and conical, or cucullate. Almost always grow-
ing on the excrement of animals or decaying animal matter.
The lax areolation, erect symmetrical capsule and well marked
apophysis are the distinctive features of this Order, and taken
together readily enable the student to recognise species belonging
to it from the Funariaceae, and from Meesia and Amblyodon; the
areolation alone will distinguish them from most other mosses.
52. (EDIPODIUM Schwgr.
Short-stemmed, succulent-leaved plants. Leaves obtuse,
rounded, broadly nerved. Capsule subglobose, with a very long
narrow tapering apophysis resembling a seta ; peristome none.CEDIPODIUM.
261
A genus containing only a single species, which is very often,
and with some reason, placed in a separate Order. The grounds
for so doing, however, appear to me to be outweighed by its
undoubted affinity with Splachnaceae.
1. CEdipodium Griffithianum Schwgr. (Bryum Griffithianum
Dicks.) (Tab. XXXVI. E.).
Plants gregarious or somewhat tufted, dark green, J-I inch
high. Leaves succulent, flaccid and crisped when dry, the upper-
most in a spreading rosette, concave, obovate-spathulate from a
very narrow base, very obtuse, usually bearing rather large
axillary, bright green gemmae ; margin plane, somewhat undulate,
entire, at base fringed with pale jointed hairs or cilia; nerve
broad, vanishing at some distance below the apex ; cells large,
hexagonal or rounded, gradually smaller towards apex ; the
marginal row sub-quadrate or rectangular, the basal very thin,
pale, rectangular. Capsule brown, from globose to shortly
elliptical, small, on a pedicel 3-6 lines long, the greater part of
which, or perhaps the whole must be regarded as a narrow
apophysis, gradually tapering downwards into the vaginula,
hollow for a great part of its length, succulent, pale, (brown after
maturity), twisted and rugose when dry. Calyptra narrow,
conical ; lid convex, mamillate. Columella not exserted, dilated
at top.
Hab. On earth in crevices of high mountain rocks, rare. Fr. late summer.
Easily known, even when barren, by the rosettes of rounded, translucent leaves,
often bearing gemmae, this very curious and interesting moss is still more distinct in
fruit, the pale soft pedicel and rounded fruit having much more the appearance of the
analogous structures among the Hepatics than of the ordinary moss fruit. The ciliate
leaf-base is also remarkable. The leaves become very dull green when dry, and the
moss is then comparatively inconspicuous. The upper part of the apophysis bears
large stomata. The plant loves dark crevices filled with black peaty soil and does not
grow on the actual rock.
It has only been found, outside Great Britain and Ireland, in a, few localities in
Scandinavia.
53. SPLACHNUM L.
Plants growing in loose tufts ; leaves more or less obovate or
broadly lanceolate, wider above the base; cells lax, hexagonal,
smooth. Seta long, capsule oval or cylindric, apophysis wide,
pyriform, globose or umbrella-shaped; peristome teeth 16, in
pairs, usually reflexed when dry. Male flower sub-discoid,
terminal.262
SPLACHNACE^E.
In this genus, as with most of the Order, the leaves, owing to
the large thin-walled cells, become very soft and flaccid when dry;
the seta, too, is usually of a rather succulent, soft texture, and
easily becomes crushed and bent. The wide apophysis, generally
of a different colour from the capsule, is the chief characteristic of
the genus ; it is indeed so conspicuous that the beginner is apt to
take the apophysis for the capsule itself. In some continental
species, T. luteum and others, this organ is extraordinarily
dilated, being half-an-inch or more across, and brilliantly
coloured, the seta being as much as six inches in length.
r/Ls. roundish, entire, obtuse; apophysis globose, very large ....3. vasculosum
\Ls. acute, with longish acumen, often toothed...............................2
/Apophysis roundish-ovate, little wider than capsule ............2. sphcericum
(Apophysis large, pyriform, tapering below....................1. ampullaceum
1.	Splachnum ampullaceum L. (Tab. XXXVI. F.).
Stems slender, f-i inch high, tufted. Leaves distant, erecto-
patent, twisted when dry, varying from narrowly lanceolate to
obovate-lanceolate, from a narrow base, with a long tapering
acmnen, coarsely serrate, especially above, the nerve vanishing at
or below the point. Cells large, irregularly rhomboid-hexagonal,
the marginal row rather narrower and slightly discoloured. Seta
red, 1^ inches long; apophysis large, widely pyriform, inuch
broader than the capsule, gradually tapering into the seta,
usually purplish above, pale lilac below, rugose when dry; some-
times narrowly pyriform. Capsule shortly cylindrical, when dry
narrowed in the middle, yellowish brown ; lid convex, obtusely
mamillate ; peristome of 16 teeth in pairs, pale yellow; strongly
reflexed against the mouth of the capsule when dry. Usually
autoicous; male flowers terminal, sub-discoid, bracts squarrose.
Hab. On the excrement of cattle in boggy places in subalpine districts ; not
uncommon. Fr. summer.
The specific name correctly describes the form of the fruit, which has, when fully
developed, very much the form of a Roman ampulla, of which the neck is formed by
the capsule; the apophysis, however, is frequently narrow, and the same tuft will
exhibit a variety of forms. I have seen specimens with the apophysis as much as half
an inch in length. The colouring, too, is highly variegated, and often very pretty.
5. Turnerianutn Dicks, is only a form with narrow apophysis.
2.	Splachnum sphaericum Linn. fil. (S. pedunculatum and
var. spheericum Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXVI. G.).
Differs from 5". ampullaceum in the leaves wider, obovate-
spathulate or sub-orbicular, abruptly and very shortly or more
longly acuminate, the margin entire or sinuose-dentate, rarelySPLACHNUM.
263
distinctly serrate, one or two rows of cells often narrower and
discoloured; nerve reaching nearly to the summit. Seta very
thin and weak, paler, variable in length, sometimes six inches.
Apophysis smaller, only slightly wider than the capsule, oval or
globose, blackish, quickly contracted into the seta ; narrower and
more tapering at base when dry, rugose. Capsule rather shorter
and broader ; columella much exserted when dry, dilated at apex.
Teeth of peristome orange. Dioicous.
Hab. In similar situations, but usually at rather higher altitudes, common in
mountainous districts. Fr. summer.
S. sphcericum is easily known from the last species by the shape and colour of the
apophysis, as well as by the broader less serrate leaves ; S. vasculosum differs in the
obtuse leaves, usually shorter seta, large apophysis, etc. ; Tefraplodon mnioides in the
narrower leaves, firmer seta, and more tapering, firmer apophysis, which is usually
narrower in proportion to the capsule. The latter plant is quite distinct when the
capsules are fresh, but in old and dried specimens of S. sphcericum the apophysis
becomes narrowed and more tapering, and the distinction diminishes.
3. Splachnum vasculosum L. (Tab. XXXVI. H.).
In pale or deep green tufts, often black below. Leaves
distant, widely obovate or sub-orbicular, rounded or shortly and
bluntly pointed, but almost always obtuse, entire; nerve ceasing
below apex; marginal cells rectangular, rather narrow, dis-
coloured. Capsule rather small, shortly cylindrical, contracted
below the mouth when dry; apophysis large, globular, dark
purplish black, slightly rugose when dry. Peristome teeth rather
short. Columella exserted. Dioicous. Perigonial bracts squar-
rose, oval, acuminate, obtuse.
Hab. Springs and bogs on high mountains ; very rare. Fr. summer.
A fine and distinct species, readily known, even when barren, by the rounded
entire obtuse leaves, which are rather glossy when dry and less altered than in the
two previous species. It is possible that the barren plant may have been overlooked
and may be more frequent than is usually supposed.
54. TETRAPLODON B. & S.
Mosses resembling Splachnum, usually with narrower, longly
tapering leaves. Capsule oval-cylindrical, apophysis op the same
colour and texture, more solid than in Splachnum, narrower and
more tapering, not much wider than the capsule; teeth of
peristome 16, at first arranged in fours, finally in pairs.
Columella not exserted.264
SPLACHNACE^:.
A small genus, chiefly separated from Splachnum by the
narrower apophysis, more tapering and not inflated, of the same
colour and texture as the capsule.
f Ls. toothed above ; seta scarcely longer than leaves, pale .....2. angustatus
\Ls. entire; seta longish, red......................................j. mnioides
1.	Tetraplodon mnioides B. & S. (Splachnum mnioides Sw. ;
Tetraplodo7i bryoides Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXVII. A.).
Densely tufted, stems 1-3 inches high. Leaves crowded,
ovate-lanceolate or narrowly obovate-lanceolate, gradually or
suddenly acuminate and tapering to a long flexuose subula,
appressed and twisted when dry; concave, entire; nerve
yellowish, forming the greater part of the subula; cells
rhomboid-hexagonal or sub-rectangular, the marginal often, but
not constantly, narrower and yellowish. Seta stout, red, variable
in length, y.-2 inches; capsule shortly cylindrical, when dry
contracted below the mouth, at first brown, with a greenish
apophysis, both finally becoming dark purplish black ; apophysis
pyriform, slightly narrower above than the capsule, tapering at
base, thick-walled; peristome teeth reflexed when dry, orange
red. Autoicous. Male flower terminal, soon becoming lateral by
innovation.
IIab. Decaying animal matter on mountains; not common. Fr. summer.
The seta exhibits considerable variation in length in this species, sometimes
hardly elevating the capsule above the leaves, at others being two inches in height.
In the latter case it is a very conspicuous moss, especially as the fruit is usually
produced in great profusion. It varies much, too, in form of leaf and length of
capsule, and the var. Breweriamis (Splach. Brewerianum Hedw.) appears to be only
an unimportant form of this kind. A more marked variety, var. cavifolius B. & S.
has the leaves very concave and obovate, almost cochleariform, thus linking our plant
very closely with a third species, T. urceolatus B. & S.
T. angustatus differs markedly in the hardly exserted capsule and serrate leaf.
2.	Tetraplodon angustatus B. & S. (Splachnu?n angustatum
Sw.) (Tab. XXXVII. B.).
Small, densely tufted, A-2 inches high, pale green. Leaves
narrowly ovate-lanceolate, with a tapering flexuose subula as in
the last; margin sharply spinulose-serrate. Seta pale, very short,
capsule hardly raised above the leaves, pale reddish brown,
smaller than in the last; apophysis pale. Autoicous.
Hab. In similar situations to the last, very rare. Fr. summer and autumn.
Very different from the last in the narrower, serrate leaves, the smaller, less
exserted capsule of a different colour. As in that species, the apophysis when the
capsule is just mature is no wider than the capsule, indeed at times narrower ; its
subsequent relative widening is due to the contraction of the capsule.TAYLORIA.
265
55. TAYLORIA Hook.
Usually fine mosses with long setae; calyptra contracted at
base, conical. Apophysis more or less pyriform, much narrower
than the capsule, which is wide-mouthed when dry. Areolation
large, rhomboid-hexagonal.
Tayloria Froelichiana has been recorded as British, but
erroneously, and must be erased from our list.
/Leaves acute, toothed................................................1. tenuis
\ Leaves obtuse, entire............................................2. lingulata
1. Tayloria tenuis Schp. (Splachnum tenue Dicks.;
Tayloria serrata var. tenuis B. & S., nonnull, auct.)
(Tab. XXXVII. C.).
Loosely tufted, soft, slender. Leaves very thin and tender,
widely spathulate, shortly acumi7iate, acute; nerve reaching
nearly to apex; margin serrated above. Seta very slender;
capsule with a long narrow tapering apophysis, small, oval, wide-
mouthed when dry and empty; columella much exserted; peris-
tome teeth reflexed when dry, purplish, long. Autoicous ; male
flower sub-discoid, terminal on branches.
Hab. Decaying matter on mountains, very rare. Fr. late summer.
Quite distinct from the next species by the reflexed peristome teeth, the exserted
columella, and serrated acuminate leaves. It frequently more nearly resembles
Tetraplodon mnioides, the capsule and apophysis being about the same width until
after maturity, and even capsules gathered ripe do not always dry with the apophysis
narrower than the capsule. It may however always be known from that species by
the leaves.
2. Tayloria lingulata Lindb. (Splachnum lingulatum Dicks. ;
Dissodon splachnoides Grev. & Arn., plur. auct.)
(Tab. XXXVII. D.).
Tall, densely tufted, 1-4 inches high, blackish below, dark
green above. Leaves suberect, when dry not much crisped nor
twisted, glossy; obovate-lingulate, obtuse, concave ; margin
entire or slightly irregular at apex with the projecting transverse
cell-walls; nerve ceasing below apex. Seta bright red,
shining, 1-2 inches long. Capsule bright brown, rounded-oval, when
dry and empty wide-mouthed and somewhat turbinate ; apophysis
tapering, much narrower than the ripe capsule ; lid convex with
an apiculus of varying length. Peristome teeth 16, not in
pairs, yellowish, erect when dry. Columella slightly exserted.
Synoicous, or autoicous with the male flower gemmiform.266
FUNARIACE/E.
Hab. Bogs on high mountains in Scotland, rare. Fr. late summer.
A very fine and distinct species, as well in the capsule as in the leaves. Like
most species of this Order it varies much in the size of its parts.
Order XIV. FUNARIACEAI.
Plants usually with wide soft leaves, and lax areolation
resembling that of Splachnaceae. Capsule globose, oval or pyri-
form, erect and symmetrical or cemuous and unequal, usually with
a distinct neck narrower than the capsule; cleistocarpous, gym-
nostomous, or peristomate. Inner peristome when present of 16
separate processes, entirely without a basal membrane, and
opposite to, not alternating with the teeth. Calyptra usually
inflated, smooth, with a long beak, lobed or cucullate.
Mosses resembling Splachnaceae in leaf structure, but differ-
ing in the often cernuous fruit, which, while frequently long-
necked, does not possess an actual apophysis, in the calyptra, and
in the peristome, which when fully present is double and highly
developed.
56. DISCELIUM Brid.
Plants almost without stems, resembling minute buds on the
persistent protonema. Leaves almost nerveless, sheathing, with-
out chlorophyll. Capsule small, inclined, subglobose; peristome
single. Calyptra narrow, split on one side, very narrow at base.
A genus consisting only of the following remarkable plant,
which in fruit resembles Catoscopium, but in areolation the
present Order. The peristome also is somewhat anomalous, with
a superficial resemblance to that of Trematodon; but it is in
structure Funarioid.
1. Discelium nudum Brid. (Bryum nudum Dicks.)
(Tab. XXXVII. E.).
Stem minute, bud-like, annually formed on a perennial
protonema. Leaves few, small, ovate-lanceolate, entire or faintly
and obtusely toothed, nerveless or with a faint trace of a thin
nerve in the upper part; cells lax, hexagonal-oblong, pellucid.
Seta about an inch long, slender, reddish ; capsule minute, sub-
globose, suddenly bent at the short neck, and horizontal; lid
convex ; annulus broad. Peristome teeth 16, cleft half way from
the base upwards, undivided above. Dioicous.
Hab. Clay banks, rare. Fr. early spring.NANOMITRIUM.	267
A very curious plant, quite unlike any other of our species of moss, though
resembling Catoscopium in the form of the fruit.
57. NANOMITRIUM Lindb.
Resembling Ephemerum, but differing in the absence of a
spore-sac, the capsule smaller and almost entirely without
apiculus, and the very minute calyptra. Leaves laxly areolated,
nerveless.
The plants included under this genus, though superficially
resembling Ephemerum, are rightly separated on account of the
above structural differences of some considerable importance.
In Ephemerum the capsule is always more or less differentiated
into outer case and spore-sac, the enveloping membrane con-
sisting at least of two layers; in Nanomitrium there is only a
single layer of cells, thus representing an even simpler form than
Archidium ; and the only approach to an apiculus is a single cell,
or at the most three or four, forming a slight thickening at the
summit of the capsule.
1. Nanomitrium tenerum Lindb. (Phascum tenerum Bruch ;
Ephemerum tenerum C.M., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XXXVII. F.).
Plants very minute, on a persistent protonema. Leaves few,
ovate-lanceolate, tapering, nerveless, entire or very slightly and
obtusely serrate above; cells large, rectangular-rhomboid. Cap-
sule immersed on a very short, slender seta, almost globose,
hardly apiculate, cleistocarpous, pale brown; calyptra very
minute; spores small, 24-30 y., sub-tetrahedral. Usually
synoicous.
Hab. On mud taken from a fish-pond, near Hurstpierpoint, Sussex (Mitten>
1854). Fr. late autumn.
This very minute plant has never been found again in Britain since its first
discovery by Mitten ; the stems are usually more crowded than in E. serratum, and
extend over some considerable space. The nerveless leaves distinguish it from all the
species of Ephemerum but E. serratum and its sub-species E. intermedium, the nerve
of which is sometimes very indistinct; the almost entire leaves will separate it from
these, as will also the small spores and pale brown, not bright reddish, capsule. The
inflorescence is also distinct.
58. EPHEMERUM Hampe.
Minute terrestrial plants developed on a persistent, ?nuch
branched, green protonema. Leaves more or less ovate-
lanceolate, usually tapering, with rather lax areolation, more or
less rhomboid. Capsule immersed, cleistocarpous, rounded,268
FUNARIACE/E.
minutely apiculate, the wall of two layers of cells; spores large ;
calyptra small, thin, campanulate, torn at the base, sometimes on
one side only.
The plants composing this and the last genus are connected
with the higher Funariaceae through Physcomitrella and Physco-
mitrium in much the same way as Phascum is linked with the
more highly developed Pottia by P recta and P. bryoides; and
also as the cleistocarpous species of Weisia are connected with
the higher species, through W. rostellata.
The persistent protonema may be in part a storehouse of
moisture, but is probably of more importance in preventing other
plants from occupying the soil and thus crowding out the
Ephemerum. It is often more conspicuous than the stems them-
selves, and leads to their discovery where they would otherwise
be overlooked.
f Leaves nerveless ....................................................  serratum
\Leaves nerved, at least near apex..............................................2
f Nerve faint, wanting in lower half of leaf....................i*. intermedium
\Nerve distinct throughout .....................................................3
/Leaves broadly lanceolate, nerved to apex.............................2. cohcerens
^/Leaves narrow, nerve excurrent...................................................4
{Ls. lanceolate-subulate, tapering, almost entire......................3. sessile
Ls. ligulate, toothed at apex ....................................recurvifolium
1. Ephemerum serratum Hampe (Phascum serratum. Schreb.)
(Tab. XXXVII. G.).
Minute, gregarious, with green persistent protonema. Leaves
few, ovate-lanceolate, tapering to a narrow point; margin
coarsely and irregularly toothed above; nerve none ; cells lax,
hexagonal-rhomboid, elongate, the walls a little incrassate, at base
paler, thin-walled. Capsule immersed on a very short seta, sub-
globose, apiculate, bright chestnut brown, glossy ; calyptra small,
widely campanulate, torn at base ; spores large, 70-80 minutely
papillose. Dioicous ; male plant small.
Var. jl. angustifolium B. & S. (E. minutissimum Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.). Leaves narrower, sometimes subsecund ;
spores rather smaller.
Hab. Fallow fields and bare spots ; not unfrequent. The var. 0, Hurstpier-
point (Mitten), Sevenoaks (Holmes). Fr. late autumn.
The bright reddish shining capsule is usually more conspicuous than the leaves;
it is as a rule the green patch of protonema that first catches the eye. In specimens
of E. minutissimum from Sevenoaks, which Mr. Holmes kindly sent me, I do not
find any difference in the surface of the spores, which are distinctly papillose, not
smooth as they are usually described; I have not seen Mitten’s original plant, but
Husnot describes the plant as a variety very slightly differing from the type as above ;
and I am strongly of opinion that this is the right view,EPHEMERUM.
26<
* Ephemerum intermedium Mitt. (Tab. XXXVII. H.).
Differs from E. serratum in the presence of a faint nerve ir,
the upper part of the leaf, very thin and obscure, and vanishing
above the middle, but occupying the greater part of the point
upper cells narrower, rather long.
Hab. Fallow fields, Sussex ; very rare. Fr. late autumn.
The difference between this and E. serratum depending entirely upon the nerve
which is sometimes extremely faint, and in the lower leaves always wanting, and upor
a slight difference in the width of the cells, which are somewhat variable in E.
serratum, I have thought it best to consider E. intermedium as a sub-species only o:
the former. The nerve is chiefly recognisable by the deeper chlorophyllose coloui
it gives the apex of the leaf.
2. Ephemerum cohaerens Hpe. (Phascum cohaerens Hedw
(Tab. XXXVII. I.).
Stems closely tufted, protonema bright green, becoming
discoloured when older. Leaves oblong-lanceolate or ovate-lanceo-
late, shortly pointed, serrated in upper part; nerve thin, reaching
apex or vanishing just below ; cells rhomboid-hexagonal, rather
smaller than in E. serratum, but larger than in the two following
species. Calyptra lobed or torn at base. Fruit as in the previous
species. Dioicous.
Hab. Moist banks ; near Portumna, Galway (Moore). Fr. late autumn.
Differing from the next in the broader, more serrated leaves and not or indistinctly
excurrent nerve; from E. recurvifolium in the more lanceolate outline of the leaves,
shorter nerve and larger cells. The apex of the leaf is often slightly oblique or
recurved.
3. Ephemerum sessile Rabenh. (Phascum sessile B. & S.,
Ephemerum stenophyllum Schp., Syn., Braithw. Br. M. FL, &c.)
(Tab. XXXVII. J.).
Rather taller than E. serratum, with longer leaves, the upper
lanceolate-subulate, gradually tapering to a narrow point, very
slightly serrulate at apex; nerve thin at base, broad (about 5
width of leaf at base), slightly excurrent. Cells small, irregularly
rectangular-rhomboid, incrassate. Calyptra torn at base. Fruit
as in E. serratum. Autoicous. Male flower at the base of the
stem.
Var. /?. brevifolium Schp. Leaves shorter, nearly entire;
nerve less excurrent.270
FUNARIACE^F.
Hab. Open places, rare. Sussex ; Cheshire. The var. 0, Mere, Cheshire.
Fr. late autumn and winter.
There has been much confusion between this and the next species ; but the linear,
not tapering leaves of that plant, its still smaller cells, and calyptra cleft along one
side, easily distinguish it. The present species is more easily, perhaps, confused
with the last, but has more gradually tapering, narrower leaves, smaller cells and
more excurrent nerve.
4. Ephemerum recurvifolium Lindb. (Phascum recurvi-
folium Dicks.; Ephemerella recurvifolia Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XXXVII. K.).
Protonema dull green, disappearing when the capsules are
about matured. Leaves erecto-patent, straight or recurved
towards apex, ligulate or linear, often wider in the upper half
than in the lower, shortly pointed; margin slightly denticulate
above, sometimes more strongly at apex; nerve narrower (about
a width of leaf at base) than in the last, but more clearly defined
and stronger, reaching to apex and usually slightly excurrent.
Cells at base thin, hyaline, rectangular, above smaller, irregularly
rhomboid, not so large as in the previous species. Seta short;
capsule globose-oval, with a short oblique apiculus, thick-walled.
Calyptra larger than in the previous plants, split on one side only.
Dioicous.
Hab. Fallow fields, etc., rare. Fr. late autumn.
If attention be paid to the form of the leaf, E. recurvifolium need not be con-
fused with the other nerved species ; the nerve in this being stronger, and though
narrower than in the last, more clearly defined ; and the outline of the leaf being
almost exactly ligulate. The leaves are generally more or less spreading and recurved,
so that the capsule is rendered quite conspicuous, though the seta is very short.
59. PHYSOOMITRELLA B. & S.
Minute plants, without persistent protonema. Leaves nerved,
the upper forming a terminal rosette, laxly areolated. Capsule
on a short seta, usually splitting horizontally by a circular fissure
about midway between top and bottom, sub-globose, apiculate.
Calyptra narrowly campanulate.
Intermediate between Ephemerum and Physcomitrium. The
stem though short is well developed, the seta is frequently some-
what elongated, the columella is more highly differentiated than
in Ephemerum, and the ripe capsule shows a distinct tendency to
split regularly round, at or near the middle; a certain differentia-
tion in the cells of its membrane may be seen at this line, com-
pared with those above and below, though I have not been able toPHYSCOMITRELLA.
271
find it so clearly marked as in the specimen described and figured
by Mrs. Britton (Bulletin, Torrey Bot. Club, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp.
62 sqq.).
1. Physcomitrella patens B. & S. (Phascum patens Hedw.)
(Tab. XXXVII. L.).
Stems very short, about r line in length, densely or loosely
gregarious. Leaves variously shaped, oblong, oval, or spathulate,
shortly and usually obtusely acuminate, the upper larger, forming
a terminal rosette; rather obtusely serrate, nerve narrow, vanish-
ing below apex; cells lax, widely rectangular or hexagonal.
Capsule immersed or slightly emergent, brown, thin-walled,
globose with an obtuse apiculus. Spores rather smaller than in
the previous genus, 25-30 /*, papillose. Paroicous. Antheridia
usually just below the fertile flower.
Var. /3. Lucasiana Schp. Stem shorter; leaves more crowded,
shorter and broader.
Hab. Sides of pools, clay fields, &c., not common. The var. £, Chapel-en-le-
Frith, Derby (Barker). Fr. autumn.
A larger plant than any of the previously described allied species, with larger
broader leaves and wider cells. Perhaps it is more likely to be confused with
Phascufn cuspidatum, but that has entire leaves with the margin recurved, and the
cells only about half the size.
60. PHYSCOMITRIUM Brid.
Plants resembling the erect-fruited species of Funaria;
calyptra small, covering about half the capsule, fugacious,
symmetrical, 2-3 (rarely more) lobed at base. Capsule erect,
symmetrical, lid apiculate or rostellate, the cells arranged in
straight lines from the centre to the circumference, peristome
none.
This genus stands in the same relationship to the other
Funariaceae that Pottia occupies towards the rest of the
Tortulaceas. A continental species, P. tetragonum (Pyramidula
tetragona Brid.) still more closely fills the gap between
Ephemerum and the higher forms, having the capsule hardly
raised above the perichaetial bracts.
The small, lobed calyptra, not oblique, inflated, nor cucullate,
is the main character of distinction between the present genus
and the next.
{Leaves almost entire ; capsule globose, wide-mouthed...........i. sphccricum
Leaves serrate above ; capsule pyriform ......................2. pyriformc272
FUNARIACE^.
1. Physcomitrium sphsericum Brid. (Gymnostomum
sphsericum Ludw.) (Tab. XXXVIII. A.).
Stems very short, 1-2 lines in length, rarely more than a line.
Leaves close, erecto-patent, broadly obovate, concave, obtuse,
entire, or faintly irregular with the protruding marginal cells ;
nerve vanishing below apex ; cells lax, hexagonal-rectangular.
Seta about lyi. lines in length, capsule small, spherical, with an
obtusely apiculate lid, after the fall of the lid widely turbinate,
broader than long, with a very wide mouth, brown. Spores
25-3° fj., papillose. Calyptra narrow, conical, about 4-lobed at
base. Autoicous.
Hab. Dried mud in beds of pools, very rare. Cheshire; Derbyshire;
Staffordshire ; Fr. autumn.
This rare and pretty little moss sometimes grows with Pottia truncatula, small
specimens of which might easily be taken for it. In that however the capsule is
always longer in proportion to its width, the leaves are not concave, and the nerve
is longer.
Like many of the smaller kinds of moss this species has a habit of disappearing
from its localities and reappearing after a lapse of some years.
2. Physcomitrium pyriforme Brid. (Bryum pyriforme L.)
(Tab. XXXVIII. B.).
Closely gregarious, often in wide patches, bright green,
taller. Leaves rather large, erecto-patent or spreading, concave,
ovate, or from a narrow base obovate, somewhat acute, serrate
above, nerve vanishing at apex, narrow, distinct; cells large, at
base rectangular, becoming more hexagonal-rhomboid towards
the summit, narrower towards margin. Calyptra erect, finally
4-5 lobed, the lobes divaricate. Seta j-5 lines long, red ; capsule
variable in form, larger, roundish-oval or oval-oblong, with a
rather short but distinct neck, the whole usually pyriform when
dry, the capsule often, but not always, slightly contracted below
the rather narrow mouth ; lid convex, apiculate, usually distinctly
rostellate, the cells in straight lines from apex to margin;
annulus broad, fugacious. Autoicous.
Hab. Clay banks and heaps of mud thrown out of ditches, &c. Common.
Fr. spring.
There is no difficulty in distinguishing this species from the last; the greater size
of all its parts, the larger and longer capsule with a much narrower mouth, easily
identifying it. It has much greater resemblance to Funaria fascicularis, but may be
distinguished without much difficulty by the following characters. The lid in the
present species is always distinctly apiculate, usually with a longish beak, while in
that it is plano-convex, and the cells are also somewhat spirally arranged, in our plantFUNARIA.
273
being in straight lines. The calyptra while immature is very similar in both, but
while in the present species it remains erect and becomes many-lobed at the base, in
the Funaria it becomes oblique, the basal part remaining inflated and entire except
for a single lateral fissure.
61. FUNARIA Schreb.
Short-stemmed plants, resembling Physcomitrium in the
vegetative part; leaves rather wide, with large cells. Calyptra
inflated at base, covering most of the mature fruit, finally
oblique, cucullate, otherwise entire at base, yellowish. Capsule
pyriform, erect and sytnmetrical or oblique and curved. Lid
plano-convex, rarely distinctly apiculate, the cells arranged in
somewhat spiral lines from the centre to the circumference.
Peristome none, single or double ; outer teeth 16, often twisted
obliquely to the left, sometimes united at their tips ; inner
peristome zvhen present of 16 processes opposite the teeth, without
a basal membrane. Autoicous in all the British species ; male
flower discoid, terminal on a lateral branch.
The species included in the section Entosthodon, here united,
following Braithwaite and Lindberg, with Funaria, have been
tossed about from one genus to another; but clearly there is
nothing gained by splitting up the genus, since any distinction
based on the peristome separates species allied by the form of the
capsule, and vice versa; on the other hand the affinity with
Physcomitrium is very close and the question seems rather to be
whether even that is rightly kept separate from Funaria ; here
however we have a real distinction in the calyptra, and a
consistency, at least in the former genus, in the form of capsule
and absence of peristome.
/Capsule erect, symmetric or almost so ........................................2
\ Capsule inclined, mouth oblique..............................................4
/ Capsule short, obovate ; peristome rudimentary...............................3
\ Capsule clavate-pyriform ; peristome perfect....................j. Templetoni
/Leaves bordered .................................................ericetorum
\ Leaves not bordered ............................................1. fascicularis
{Seta straight; Is. with long fine acumen............................4. calcarea
Seta arcuate when moist; Is. acute or shortly acuminate .....................5
(Capsule deeply furrowed when dry, mouth large ; lid convex ; spores about 15 fi.
5. hygrometrica
Capsule less furrowed, mouth very small; lid usually mamillate ; spores about
25/1.............................................................6. microstoma
A. ENTOSTHODON.
Capsule nearly or quite symmetrical, erect; peristome none
or single, rarely double.
S274
FUNARIACE^.
1.	Funaria fascicularis Schp. (Bryum fasciculare Dicks.;
Physcomitrium fasciculare Fiirnr., mult, auct.)
(Tab. XXXVIII. C.).
Resembling Physcomitrium pyriforme, but usually a rather
more slender and paler plant. Leaves rather narrower, ovate-
lanceolate and oblong-spathulate, acuminate and acute. Cells as
in that species, the marginal hardly distinct. Seta pale reddish,
capsule erect or very slightly inclined, brown, rounded-oval,
pyriform with the shortly tapering neck ; calyptra shining,
yellowish green ; lid plano-convex, often quite flat when dry, the
cells arranged in slightly oblique series with a tendency to a
spiral arrangement; annulus none. Peristome none, or
rudimentary, consisting of minute projections from the orifice.
Hab. Fallow fields, etc. ; not common. Fr. spring.
In addition to the strongly marked characters mentioned under Physcomitrhun
pyrifortne, by which that species is distinguished from the present, Funaria
fascicularis differs in its paler colour, and in the narrower leaves and generally more
slender habit. From the next species it may be known by the non-margined, more
serrate leaves, and capsule of a duller colour and rather larger size.
2.	Funaria ericetorum Dixon (Gymnostomum ericetorum
Bals. and De Not. ; Entosthodon ericetorum C. M., Schp. Syn. et
plur. auct. ; Funaria obtusa Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXVIII. D.).
Loosely tufted, stem less than half an inch in height; leaves
yellowish green, slightly glossy when dry, the upper crowded,
rather narrowly oval or oblong-lanceolate, acute, sub-entire or
slightly denticulate above, nerve ceasing some way below the
point, more rarely reaching it ; cells at base lax, rectangular,
above hexagonal-oblong, 1-2 rows at margin very narrow,
incrassate, orange, forming a distinct border. Seta 2-3 lines
long, slender; capsule resembling that of the last species, but
smaller, of a brighter reddish colour, and more glossy, of a solid,
opaque texture. Lid convex, or very slightly mamillate.
Peristome none.
Hab. Shady banks, etc., chiefly in mountainous country. Not unfrequent.
Fr. spring.
The distinctly margined leaves and smaller capsule separate this with ease from
the last species, in which though occasionally a single marginal row of cells is
distinctly narrower and a shade yellower than the rest, there is never found a distinct
border; the nerve too in that species is almost always carried further towards the
point than in this. The narrow fruit with longer neck and well developed peristome
of the next species readily distinguish it from the present one.FUNARIA.
275
F. ericetorum presents considerable variation in the width of the leaves, and in
the form of the ripe capsule, which is sometimes markedly urceolate from constriction
below the wider orifice, but sometimes shows no trace of this.
3. Funaria Templetoni Sm. (Entosthodon Templetoni Schwgr.,
Schp. Syn., et plur. auct. ; Funaria attenuata Lindb., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XXXVIII. E.).
Stems laxly gregarious or tufted, |-inch in height or less.
Upper leaves forming a rosette, spreading, when dry erect and
slightly twisted, and glossy; obovate-oblong, shortly, sometimes
very abruptly acuminate, rather concave, nerve ceasing below
the apex ; cells rather wider than in the last, the marginal
narrower, forming a distinct but less pronounced border ; cells
at margin obtusely protruding above, but not forming acute
serratures. Seta 3-5 lines long, pale red, slender, flexuose;
capsule yellowish green with a red mouth, finally reddish brown,
narrow, oval-oblong, with a lo?ig tapering neck, erect or slightly
curved, contracted below the mouth when dry ; lid plano-convex,
or very slightly mamillate ; annulus none; peristome simple, of
16 short, lanceolate-subulate, reddish brown, distant teeth,
articulate, inserted below the orifice, incurved and flattened over
the mouth of the capsule when dry, rather fugacious.
Hab. Shady banks and clefts of rocks near water; not uncommon in
mountainous districts. Fr. summer.
A pretty species, conspicuous by its capsules of a reddish tinge, especially in the
upper part, which are also much narrower in outline, and, including the neck, much
longer and more gradually tapering below than in the last two species ; it also ripens
its fruit later in the year. The fruit is often somewhat curved and asymmetrical;
almost always a little contracted below the mouth, thence equal for some distance or
widening again, or gradually tapering to the neck. The border of the leaves is
distinct, but not so strongly marked as in the last. The peristome is often very
fugacious.
B. EU-FUNARIA.
Capsule oblique, curved, asymmetrical; peristome present.
4. Funaria calcarea Wahl. (F. Muhlenbergii Turn, and
F. hibernica Hook., Wils. Bry. Brit.) (Tab. XXXVIII. G.).
Loosely tufted, stems not half-an-inch in height. Upper
leaves crowded, oval or obovate, rather suddenly acuminate in a
longpiliform point, entire or denticulate above ; nerve vanishing
below apex; cells hexagonal-rhomboid, narrower at margin.276
FUNARIACE/E.
Seta erect, reddish, rigid ; capsule shortly pyriform, gibbous ai
back, slightly curved, with a tapering neck, brownish yellow
finally reddish and slightly contracted below the mouth, smooth ;
neck somewhat plicate when dry; annulus none; lid conical-
convex, slightly mamillate; peristome double, outer of if
narrowly lanceolate, red, obliquely curved teeth, ■ inner of if
processes shorter than the teeth.
Var. /?. patula B. & S. Taller and more slender; leaves
entire, with shorter points.
Hab. Calcareous rocks and walls, rare. The var. 0 with the type. Fr.
spring.
A somewhat variable moss in the serration of the leaves and other points. It
differs from the following in the almost piliferous leaf-point, the straight, erect seta,
the smooth capsule with straight, not oblique mouth, below which the capsule is con-
stricted, though slightly; in the more pointed lid and narrower peristome teeth, and
especially in the absence of annulus.
5. Funaria hygrometrica Sibth. (Mnium hygrometricum
L.) (Tab. XXXVIII. H.).
Stems about £ inch in height, loosely or closely tufted, in
large patches, pale or yellowish green. Upper leaves imbricated
into a bulbiform tuft, concave, large, widely oval-oblong, shortly
pointed, entire or nearly so, nerved to apex ; cells sub-hexagonal,
a little narrower at margin. Seta long, (1-2y* inches), flexuose,
variously arcuate when young, finally reddish, flexuose, strongly
twisted and hygroscopic when dry ; capsule pyriform, unequal(
gibbous at back, inclined, strongly incurved at mouth, deeply
sulcate when dry, yellow, the mouth deep red; finally brown ;
annulus broad; lid convex, large. Peristome teeth closely and
obliquely arranged in a spiral turn, the apices united by a small
disc; processes shorter than the teeth. Spores rather small,
about 15 /*. Autoicous, male flower discoid, with spreading
bracts.
Var. (3. calvescens B. & S. (F. calvescens Schwgr.). Leaves
spreading, flexuose at margin, longer; seta very long, capsule
more erect.
Hab. Heaths, banks, &c., especially where the ground has been burnt.
Common. The var. in more shady situations. Fr. all summer.
This common and well-known moss is very variable, but never presents any
difficulty in its recognition except with regard to the two allied species, F. calcarea
and F. microstoma. The former is easily known as pointed out above ; the latter
differs in the narrow mouth, and rudimentary inner peristome. The lid also is more
conical, but F. hygrovietrica is occasionally found with projecting, conical lid.
The mouth is remarkably oblique, often becoming almost parallel with the wall
of the capsule. The lid, peristome, &c., afford beautiful microscopic objects.FUNAR1A.
277
6. Funaria microstoma B. & S. (Tab. XXXVIII. F.).
Resembling the last. Leaves a little more longly acuminate.
Capsule on a shorter seta, cernuous, less strongly sulcate, the
mouth very small, less oblique, the lid more conical and pointed;
peristome smaller, the inner imperfect or rudimentary. Spores
rather larger, about 25 p.
Hab. Heaths, sides of ponds, &c. Rare. Fr. late summer.
A rare species, but possibly overlooked ; the characters italicised above will serve
to distinguish it without much difficulty.
Order XV. MEESIACETI.
Plants usually inhabiting bogs, of various habit and leaf-
form ; the leaves usually of firm texture and rather small
areolation (except in Amblyodon). Capsule on a long seta, more
or less clavate with a long neck, curved or inclined, smooth or
striate. Peristome double, the inner as long as or longer than
the outer, of 16 narrow processes alternating with the teeth, with
or without intermediate cilia, from a membrane of variable height
usually united, below each process, with the outer teeth.
The genus Amblyodon, here included, is by Lindberg placed
among the Funariaceae, and in this he is followed by Braithwaite.
The leaf-structure is distinctly that of Funaria, and it is with
reluctance that I have felt obliged to retain it here; but the form
of the fruit is that of the present Order, and the structure of the
peristome is so distinctly that of Meesia, and so markedly differ-
ent from that of the Funariaceae, that the anomaly of uniting it
with the latter Order must, I think, be considered far greater than
that of separating it.
62. AMBLYODON P Beauv.
Plants with the fruit resembling Meesia and the leaf-structure
of Funaria. Capsule (with the neck) clavate-pyriform, curved
and asymmetrical; peristome double, outer of 16 short, rather
obtuse, articulate teeth ; inner of 16 longer, lanceolate processes,
alternating with the teeth, sometimes connected above by
transverse appendages; rudimentary intermediate cilia some-
times present; basal membrane short. Calyptra small, cucullate.278	MEESIACE^E.
1. Amblyodon dealbatus P. Beauv. (Bryum dealbatum
Dicks.) (Tab. XXXIX. F.).
Stems £-1 inch high, slightly branched; leaves more or less
crowded in comal tufts, longlv ovate-lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate, shortly pointed ; when dry slightly twisted, glossy ; of
thin texture, entire or slightly denticulate above ; margin plane ;
cells lax, resembling those of Funaria, lower rectangular, thin,
pellucid, upper hexagonal-rectangular, thin-walled, smooth;
nerve very strong, sometimes half the width of the leaf at base,
narrowing upwards and vanishing below apex. Seta red, 1^-2
inches long; capsule oval-cylindrical, gibbous at back, curved,
when dry arcuate, from a narrow, tapering, erect neck, reddish
brown, smooth; lid conical, obtuse; calyptra narrow, fugacious,
annulus narrow ; outer teeth reddish, linear, variable in length,
sometimes only half as long as the pale yellow inner peristome.
Hab. Boggy places usually in alpine and sub-alpine districts, not common. Fr.
summer.
The smooth, curved and oblique, asymmetrical capsule with tapering neck, is not
like that of any others of our mosses except Meesia and Faludella ; the similar species
of Splachnacese having erect fruits, those of Funaria smaller and wider capsules on
shorter setee, and usually striate, with different peristome, while Aulacomnium is
separated by its striated fruit and small areolation ; the latter character and the
narrow, lingulate leaves easily distinguish Meesia trichoides, which in fruiting
characters much resembles the present species ; the capsule is however a little shorter
and wider, and less curved, than in our plant.
63. MEESIA Hedw.
Stems short or tall, leaves in 3-8 rows, with a thick nerve;
cells rather small, smooth, rectangular or rectangular-hexagonal,
Seta long, capsule as in Amblyodon ; male inflorescence discoid.
1. Meesia trichoides Spruce (Bryum trichoides L.; Meesea
trichodes Spr., Braithw. Br. M. FI.; Meesia uliginosa Hedw.,
Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.) (Tab. XXXIX. B.).
In dense, pale green tufts, radiculose below. Leaves in 8
rows, the upper longest, linear, or ligulate-lanceolate, at apex
rounded and obtuse; when dry erect, hardly twisted, shining;
margin revolute, entire, nerve very strong and thick, occupying
the greater part of the lower half the leaf, vanishing just below
apex ; cells at base linear, 4-6 times as long as broad, similar in
form but gradually shorter upwards, a few at apex hardly longer
than broad; all small, narrow, smooth, with the walls slightly
MEESIA.
279
incrassate. Seta variable in length, |-i^ inches long; capsule
oval, gibbous at back, inclined and slightly curved, from an erect
tapering neck ; lid conical, obtusely pointed. Outer peristome
teeth short, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse; much shorter than the
processes of the inner.
Var. fi. alpina Boul. (Meesia alpina Funck). Leaves some-
what narrower, acute or sub-acute ; stems usually taller and seta
longer ; capsule rather shorter.
Var. y. minor Boul. (Meesia minor Brid.). Stems short;
leaves short, erect, obtuse, broadly ligulate; capsule and neck
shorter.
Hab. Boggy ground on mountains; Scotland and North of England ; not
common. The vars. # and 7 on Ben Lawers. Fr. summer.
Although a somewhat variable moss, chiefly in the size of its various parts, this
species is always a very distinct one, and may readily be known by the form of the
capsule and the narrow, ligulate, more or less obtuse leaves, with very thick, broad
nerve. The varieties are only the extremes of a series of intermediate forms, and
even on normal plants leaves may often be found with the apex somewhat acute or
obtusely pointed.
There are three other European species ; one, M, triquetra, a very fine one, with
lanceolate, acute leaves arranged distinctly in three rows, is fairly common over most
of the north of Europe, and might possibly be found here.
64. PALUDELLA Ehrh.
Stems tall, tomentose below. Leaves in five rows, decurrent,
squarrose, cells hexagonal-rounded, papillose, rectangular at
base. Capsule on a long seta, slightly curved from an erect
neck, clavate-oblong, smooth. Peristome resembling that of
Webera, without cilia. Dioicous.
A very distinct genus consisting of a single species.
1. Paludella squarrosa Brid. (Bryum squarrosum L.)
(Tab. XXXIX. C.).~
In bright yellowish green dense tufts, 2-6 inches high, stems
slightly branched, rather stout, strongly tomentose below. Leaves
in five ranks, strongly squarrose-recurved, not much altered when
dry, longly and narrowly decurrent, ovate-lanceolate from an
erect oblong base, acute; margin narrowly recurved at base,
densely serrate above and plane; nerve narrow, thin, vanishing
below apex; cells at base narrowly rectangular, hyaline, above
becoming rounded-hexagonal, small, incrassate, chlorophyllose,28o
MEES1ACE/E.
strongly papillose, the marginal rhomboid, projecting and forming
the serratures. Perichsetial bracts spreading, not recurved,
elongate-lanceolate. Seta reddish, 2-4 inches long; capsule oval-
oblong, slightly curved, from a rather short, not tapering neck,
greenish brown, smooth ; lid conical; calyptra cucullate.
Hab. Deep peat bogs, very rare and barren. Fr. summer.
It is much to be feared that this beautiful and exceedingly interesting species is
now extinct in Britain, the two localities in which it formerly occurred, Terrington
Carr in Yorkshire and Knutsford Moor in Cheshire, having been altered by drainage.
In Scandinavia and Northern America it is common.
65. AULACOMNIUM Schwgr.
Csespitose mosses, with ovate or oblong-lanceolate leaves,
with small rounded papillose areolation, each cell exhibiting a
large conical papilla in the centre of its face ; branches frequently
terminating in flagelliform pseudopodia, naked or with a few
minute leaves, and bearing a cluster of gemmae at the tip.
Capsule oblong or sub-cylindric, striate, slightly inclined or
curved. Peristome Mnioid, inner with long cilia.
This genus is usually placed near to Mnium, but in peristome
it is not more closely allied to that genus than is Paludella, while
in the form of the fruit and in areolation it seems more at home in
the present Order.
f Plant under i inch ; Is. serrate, basal cells unistratose, not distinct from the rest;
i-j pseudopodia numerous ............................j. androgynuvi
[Plant larger ; basal cells bi-tri-stratose, swollen ; pseudopodia less frequent .2
2/Ls. obtuse, imbricate, entire ; stems without radicles...i. turgidum
\Ls. usually toothed at apex ; stems matted with radicles.palustre
1. Aulacomnium turgidum Schwgr. (Hypnum turgidum
Wahl.; Gymnocybe turgida Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXIX. D.).
In loose, bright or yellowish green tufts, pale below, not
tomentose, 3-5 inches high, slightly branched, turgid. Leaves
imbricated, vthen dry closely appressed, soft, widely obovate,
broadly rounded at summit, very narrow at base, concave, some-
what cymbiform above, margin reflexed half-way from the base
upwards, quite entire; nerve narrowing upwards, ceasing below
apex ; cells below rectangular, a few rows at base brown, above
hexagonal-quadrate with sinuose walls and triangular intercellular
spaces ; small, smooth, or very faintly papillose. Capsule ovate-
oblong, slightly curved, striate, yellowish brown ; lid conical.
Hab. Boggy places on mountains; very rare and sterile. Fr. summer.AULACOMNIUM.
281
This very rare and pretty species has only been found with us on Whernside in
Yorkshire and on two or three Scotch mountains. It can hardly be confused with any
other moss except with the var. imbricatum of the following species; from that it
differs in the broader, rounded, very obtuse, softer leaves, the almost entirely smooth
cells, and the absence of tomentum (on which account the stems readily fall apart).
There is a slight inflation of the extreme basal angles of the leaf which produces
the effect of minute auricles.
2. Aulacomnium palustre Schwgr. (Mnium palustre L.;
Gymnocybe palustris Fries, Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXIX. E.).
Very variable in size and habit; stems robust, loosely or
densely tufted, *1-5 inches high, closely covered with brown
tomentum almost to apex ; sparingly branched, pale yellowish
green, rarely bright green; leaves usually crowded, erecto-
patent, when dry more or less crisped and spirally flexuose, or
spirally appressed to stem or almost straight ; long (1-2 lines),
oblong-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, shortly pointed or obtuse,
or gradually acuminate to a narrow point ; margin narrowly
revolute at base, and to a variable distance above, towards apex
finely but sharply denticulate or sinuose-crenulate; nerve
vanishing below apex, very white and shining at back when dry ;
cells very small, irregularly rounded or angular, with thick often
sinuose walls and triangular-intercellular spaces, towards base
somewhat elongated, a few rows at the extreme base wider, some-
what inflated, more or less bi-stratose, brownish yellow; all the
cells except the basal strongly but variably papillose on both
sides. Perichaetial bracts longer, narrower, more tapering, less
papillose. Seta 1-2 inches long; capsule oblong or sub-
cylindrical, slightly gibbous or curved, cernuous, strongly sulcate ;
when dry contracted below the dilated mouth; lid conical;
peristome teeth long, acute ; processes of inner peristome about
as long, with 3-4 intermediate cilia of equal length. Dioicous.
Male flower terminal, discoid. Branches often producing flagelli-
form pseudopodia, naked or with a few scattered minute leaves,
and bearing at the apex a cluster of small gemmiform metamor-
phosed leaves.
Var. /3. imbricatum B. & S. Leaves crowded, broader,
wider at apex and more obtuse, entire or almost so, hardly
twisted or quite straight and appressed when dry.
Var. y. fasciculare B. & S. (Mnium fasciculare Brid.).
Stems much branched with short ramuli, leaves in interrupted
tufts.282
MEESIACE^E.
Var. 5. laxifclium Kindb. Leaves distant, spirally flexuose
and divergent, not appressed when dry.
Hab. Bogs, common. The var. 7 not common ; the var. £ in drier situations ;
the var. 5 Flitwick Marsh, Bedfordshire (Dixon, 1887). Fr. early summer.
A very variable moss, but not likely to be confused with many others; in its
robust forms it has a great superficial resemblance to Dicranum Bergen, but the
areolation and the highly papillose leaves readily distinguish it from that plant ; some
forms too bear a likeness to Mnium homum, which does not, however, inhabit the
same localities, nor has it the shining nerve of the present species, and it is of course
also readily known by its spinose leaves. Aulacomnium twgidum is on the whole the
species most resembling it, and the var. imbricatuiti of the present plant sometimes
approaches it so nearly that even under the microscope it is difficult to separate them ;
as a rule however that variety has the leaves more or less distinctly papillose, and
they are rarely so wide, rounded and flaccid as is usual in A. turgidum.
Perhaps the most striking evidence of the great variability of A. palustre is to be
found in the fact that while in their normal state no two mosses could well be more
unlike than this species and A. androgynum, it sometimes occurs that dwarfed, slender
forms of the first so nearly resemble taller plants of the last as to be with difficulty
distinguished ; I have specimens of A. palustre that are indeed in almost every respect
similar to other fruiting specimens of A. androgynum.
The gemmiferous form of this species, usually known as var. polycephalum Hiibn.
(G. palustris var. ramosa Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.), emitting numerous
pseudopodia from the axils of the leaves, is rather, I think, a state than a true variety.
It is questionable indeed whether even the varieties given above are really more than
forms arising from the direct action of certain conditions of the environments.
Certainly I have specimens the young branches of which would have to be referred to
the var. imbricatum, while the older leaves on the stems are quite of the typical form.
3. Aulacomnium androgynum Schwgr. (Mnium androgy-
num L. ; Orthopyxis androgyna P. Beauv., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XXXIX. F.).
Stems slender, rarely inches high, slightly tomentose
below, dull green ; usually producing slender leafless pseudopodia,
ending in a round head ot densely crowded stalked fusiform
gemmae. Leaves small, rarely / line long, narrowly ovate-
lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, when dry loosely appressed and
slightly twisted, margin reflexed below, distinctly denticulate at
apex; cells uniform or the lower a little elongated, above
rounded-quadrate or sub-hexagonal, incrassate; papillose,
perichaetial bracts longer, narrower. Seta inch long; capsule
erect, finally oblique or horizontal, almost straight and
symmetrical, brown. Dioicous ; male flower terminal, gemmi-
form.
Hab. Banks and rotten tree trunks, frequent. Fruiting very rarely, in summer.
Usually at once recognisable by the numerous pseudopodia with minute balls of
gemmre; bearing some resemblance in this respect to Tetraphis pelhuida, but at once
known by the absence of the cup-shaped bracts, and also by the narrower leaves.
Occasionally, as in the case of the specimens mentioned under the last species, it
becomes taller, more radiculose, more robust, with longer leaves approaching those of
A. palustre in form and even in areolation.TIMMIA.
283:
Order XVI. TIMMIACETi.
Tall, robust mosses, resembling Polytrichum in habit; stems
very slightly branched. Leaves long, narrow, serrate. Capsule
symmetrical, elliptical-oblong, with a tapering neck, inclined or
horizontal, hardly striate, but furrowed when dry. Peristome
double, outer as in Bryum, with dense articulations, inner with a
basal membrane as in that genus, giving rise to cilia only, in twos
or fours, opposite to the teeth, frequently appendiculate and
sometimes united with one another.
66. TIMMIA Hedw.
Characters those of the Order.
The plants of this genus are very striking in their habit,
which very greatly resembles that of Polytrichum, and the leaves,
excepting in the narrower nerve and absence of lamellae, show a
remarkable similarity to those of that genus both in form and
structure. Besides the two British species there are two others
known on the continent, one of which, T megapolitana Hedw.,
has been recorded, apparently erroneously, from Ben Lawers. It
differs from T. austriaca in the less sheathing, whitish leaf base,
the nerve not dentate at back above, and the cilia of the inner
peristome appendiculate.
/Leaves uniform, wide and sheathing at base, red at insertion...........1. austriaca
\ Upper Is. much longer, scarcely sheathing, hyaline at insertion.......2. norvegica
1. Timmia austriaca Hedw. (Tab. XXXIX. G.).
Robust, 2-4 inches high, in dense tufts, yellowish-green above,
darker below, somewhat radiculose. Leaves large, sub-equal,
2-3 lines long, erecto-patent, appressed and twisted when dry ;■
from a wide, oblong, sheathing, orange base suddenly contracted,
then longly linear-lanceolate, tapering to a somewhat obtuse point,
more or less concave or sub-tubular, margin plane or erect, serrate
in the upper half, coarsely so near apex ; nerve strong, often
reddish, reaching apex, smooth or slightly dentate at back towards
apex, not papillose. Cells of base orange, narrowly rectangular,
pellucid, above very small, subquadrate-rounded, slightly
incrassate, sometimes papillose. Capsule with the neck elongate-
clavate, reddish-brown, lid hemispherical, apiculate; calyptra
small, cucullate; peristome teeth pale yellow, cilia of the inner
peristome not appendiculate. Dioicous.284
TIMMIACE^.
Hab. Stony ground on mountains ; very rare and sterile on two or three of the
Scotch mountains. Fr. summer.
The most obvious character by which this species is distinguishable in the field
from the next, is the wide sheathing leaf base ; under the microscope the nerve, not
papillose at back or front above, readily separates the two; the dentation of the
nerve towards apex is usually faint and may be quite absent.
2. Timmia norvegica Zett. (Tab. XXXIX. H.).
Resembling the last species, but differing in the leaves, which
are much elongated towards the summit of the stem, 3-4 lines or
even more, bright green, forming a cuspidate tuft, arcuate and
twisted when dry and frequently falcato-secund, sub-tubular,
deciduous, linear-lanceolate, hardly enlarged at the base or
sheathing; nerve covered for the greater -part of its length both
at back and front, with dense, ascending papillae ; not toothed at
back. Cells above as in the last species, smooth or papillose, the
basal elongated, chloropbyllose, only a few of the lowest orange,
two or three rows at the line of insertion very thin, fragile,
hyaline. Capsule resembling that of the last; cilia of inner
peristome without appendages. Dioicous.
Hab. Mountain locks and earth, very rare ; Ben Lawers and Den of Airlie,
Scotland ; Powerscourt Waterfall, Ireland. Fruit not found in Britain.
Until recently the fruit of this species had not been recorded, and it has now
only been found sparingly in the Tyrolese Alps. The characters italicised above will
readily distinguish it from the last. The elongated leaves appear on the old stems
alternately with the shorter ones, in interrupted tufts, and are usually falcato-secund.
The leaves are very readily deciduous, owing to the delicate structure of the lowest
rows of the basal cells. I have found this species on Ben Lawers and the adjacent
mountains in many localities (sometimes forming large bright green tufts 5 or 6 inches
high), but without detecting a single stem of T. austriaca. Boulay suspects this to
be a form of that species induced by great moisture, but that view seems, to say the
least, improbable.
It is curious that the papillosity of the cells of the lamina in both these species
should be so uncertain in character. As a rule the leaves are quite smooth, but one
may be seen here and there with all the cells, except quite the basal ones, distinctly
and even strongly papillose.
Order XVII. BARTRAMIACE/E.
Csespitose, usually tall and robust mosses, the stems often
producing whorled innovations below the flowers. Leaves usually
narrow in outline and acute, areolation narrow, usually sub-
rectangular, almost always papillose. Calyptra small, fugacious,
cucullate. Capsule globular or nearly so, almost always without
a neck, mostly cernuous and almost always striate. PeristomeCATOSCOPIUM.
285
none or simple, or, most commonly, double, outer teeth 16, trans-
versely trabeculate; inner shorter, processes cleft into two
divisions, cilia imperfect or none. Male inflorescence usually
discoid.
A very natural group of mosses, having (with the exception
of a few exotic species) an almost uniform type of capsule, which
when young is bright glaucous green, and smooth, but on ripening
becomes brown and usually deeply sulcate. There is also a
remarkable uniformity about the areolation throughout the
Order; the papillose, short narrow cells of most of the species
being very characteristic.
The papillae in this Order are mostly found, when present,
not in the middle of the face of the cell, as is usually the case, but
at either the upper or lower end, or both. They may, however,
occur in the usual position.
67. CATOSCOPIUM Brid.
Slender, densely caespitose. Leaves narrow, lanceolate-
subulate, areolation small, rectangular, smooth. Seta slender,
capsule minute, sub-globose, hard, blackish, shining, smooth,
cernuous. Peristome single, of 16 short obtuse teeth; rudiments
of an inner peristome sometimes visible.
The affinities of this genus are doubtful. In fruit it very
much resembles Discelium, but the areolation is very different,
and is certainly more like the typical areolation of this Order,
though without the usual papilla;. The following species is the
only one of the genus.
1. Catoscopium nigritum Brid. (Weisia nigrita Hedw.)
(Tab. XL. A.).
Densely tufted, bright or brownish green; stems very
slender, straight, not much branched, 2-6 inches high, radiculose
below. Leaves small, slightly crisped when dry, lanceolate,
gradually tapering to an almost subulate point, margin narrowly
recurved to above middle, entire; nerve gradually vanishing in
the point, prominent at back. Areolation small, nearly uniform,
narrowly rectangular, at base about 3-6 times as long as broad,
above rather shorter and slightly irregular, those of the marginal
row shorter, sub-quadrate ; all slightly incrassate, smooth. Seta
very slender, rigid, £-f inch long; capsule minute, sub-globose,286
BARTRAMIACE^E.
smooth, glossy, at first reddish brown, finally purplish black, hard,
horizontally cernuous ; calyptra narrow, cucullate ; lid conical.
Dioicous.
Hab. Damp places on mountains, or among sand on shores; rare. Fr. late
summer.
This remarkable moss might easily, in the absence of fruit, be taken for one of
the Dicranaceae; in habit it is not unlike Ceratodon, and the regular, rectangular cells
are much like those of Dicranella. The fruit however resembles that of no other
British moss except Discelium nudum ; and in spite of the above resemblances, the
leaves unite a number of characters not to be found in any single British species of
Dicranaceae, so that if attention be paid to the description there need not be any real
difficulty in identifying it.
68. CONOSTOMUM Swartz.
Densely casspitose, stems fastigiately branched. Leaves
imbricated in 5 rows, small; areolation as in Bartramia.
Capsule rounded, cernuous, striate. Peristome simple; teeth 16,
long, narrow, united at apex so as to form a cone over the mouth
of the capsule.
A small genus distinguished from Bartramia by the arrange-
ment of the leaves and the conical formation of the peristome.
1. Conostomum boreale Swartz. (Tab. XL. B.).
Very compactly tufted, tomentose below, bright glaucous
green; stems slender, fragile, fastigiately branched, £-2 inches
high. Leaves small, less than 1 line long, densely imbricated in
five rows, giving a pentagonal outline to the stems, when dry
closely appressed and sometimes slightly twisted in a spiral
direction ; lower widely ovate-lanceolate, upper gradually
narrower and longer, not plicate, keeled; nerve stout, vanishing
in the lower leaves, in the upper excurrent in a short rigid brown
cuspidate point; margin plane or very narrowly recurved in the
middle of the leaf, minutely denticulate with the projecting
transverse cell-walls; cells rectangular with rounded angles, or
elliptic-rhomboid above, at base rather more lax, rectangular;
the marginal rather narrower than the median ; the upper faintly
papillose. Seta A—1 inch high ; capsule cernuous, variable in size,
widely oval, gibbous at back, deeply sulcate; calyptra narrow,
cucullate; lid rostellate; peristome teeth inserted below the
orifice, deep red, linear-lanceolate. Dioicous.
Hab. Peaty ground on the summits of the higher mountains; Scotland,
frequent; Helvellyn. Fr. summer.BARTRAMIA.
287
The dense tufts or cushions, slender rigid stems and small, closely imbricated
leaves arranged in five rows which usually give a distinctly angular outline to the
stems, render this species easy of recognition even without the fruit, which is less
regularly globose than in most species of the Order, and with a very distinct form of
peristome.
The time of fruiting is usually given as late summer (July, August), but all the
plants I have seen or have gathered at this time have the capsules long past maturity,
and usually show the next year’s fruit just appearing.
69. BARTRAMIA Hedw.
Stems often robust, branching dichotomous, not whorled.
Leaves long and narrow, usually papillose; cells very small,
rectangular. Capsule (in the European species) sub-globose,
deeply striate ; peristome rarely absent or simple, usually double,
inner rarely with cilia. Synoicous, or autoicous, with the male
flower gemmform in all the British species.
The British species, at least, of this genus are easily known
by their much longer and narrower leaves than are found in the
plants of the rest of the Order. There is little variation in the
form of the capsule, and the specific characters are for the most
part drawn from the vegetative organs.
/Leaves smooth, recurved towards apex; plant slender ................../. CEderi
\ Leaves papillose, patent or spreading ........................................2
2/Ls. with wide, white, sheathing base ; cells long and narrow.......3. ithyphylla
^Ls. scarcely sheathing ; cells scarcely elongate ..............................3
f Capsule erect, symmetric ; leaves erecto-patent......................2. stricta
Capsule oblique ; leaves spreading............................................4
( Seta erect; capsule exserted ; leaves often glaucous green......4. pomiformis
4< Seta curved, very short; capsule more or less hidden among the long, linear-
ly setaceous leaves..................................................3. Halleriana
1. Bartramia CEderi Sw. (Bryum CEderi Gunn.)
(Tab. XL. C.).
Densely tufted, tomentose below, deep green, 2-4 inches high,
more slender than B. pomiformis, branching dichotomous or sub-
fastigiate. Stems angular, usually triangular in section. Leaves
shorter and less crowded than in that species, about iy2 lines long,
spreading and recurved, when dry somewhat rigidly twisted and
divaricate, rather glossy ; linear-lanceolate from an indistinct,
not sheathing base, shortly pointed; margin widely revolute for
most of its length, towards apex sharply serrate; nerve narrow,
reaching apex or shortly excurrent, denticulate at back above;
areolation smooth, upper minute, shortly rectangular and sub-
quadrate, resembling that of B. pomiformis, but slightly larger
and more angular, at base more elongated and pellucid, reddish288
BARTRAMIACE/E.
brown at the insertion, a few at the angles more lax and quadrate.
Capsule on a straight seta, about half-an-inch long, smaller than
in B. pomiformis (l/2 line in diameter), suberect or slightly
cernuous, a little elongated when dry and empty, finely striate.
Lid small, conical. Peristome double. Synoicous.
Has. Mountain rocks, usually those which are calcareous. Not common. Fr.
early summer.
This species is readily distinguished by its smooth leaves, shorter, and more
shortly pointed than in most of the allied species, without a distinct leaf-base. The
capsule also is smaller and less deeply striate, and the whole plant more slender.
The serratures of the leaf are usually in two rows, being on the apparent edge,
where the margin is folded back, as well as on the actual margin.
2.	Bartramia stricta Brid. (Tab. XL. E.).
Densely tufted, short, about / inch high, glaucous green.
Stems straight, rigid, tomentose below. Leaves almost erect,
when dry closely oppressed, short (iyi lines), straight, rigid,
fragile, quickly narrowing usually from the very base, lanceolate-
subulate, margin slightly recurved above the base, towards apex
finely but acutely denticulate ; nerve strong, yellowish, excurrent
in a cuspidate point; areolation narrow and dense, papillose ; the
upper shortly and very narrowly rectangular, at base larger,
pellucid, a few rows at margin wider, quadrate. Seta erect,
slender, pale, faintly angular above; capsule erect, sym7nttrical,
small, oval-globose, narrowly striate; lid convex ; peristome
simple. Synoicous.
Hab. On earth or rocks. Near Maresfield, Sussex (Davies). Fr. spring.
B. stricta is a southern species, only known in this country from the above
locality. In its straight rigid leaves it is only approached by B. ithyphylla, which is
quite distinct in its longer areolation, and in the well-marked, sheathing leaf-base ; in
some respects, indeed, the present species more resembles in appearance a species of
Campylopus than a Bartramia.
The base of the leaf in this species is of a rather unusual, almost triangular
shape, owing to its rapid narrowing from the line of insertion.
3.	Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. (Tab. XL. D.).
Densely tufted, 1-2 inches high, silky, bright glaucous green
or yellowish; leaves crowded, 2-2}i lines long, divergent from
an erect, sheathing, glossy, white, scariose base, straight and rigid ;
when dry erect and straight, rarely slightly flexuose ; limb very
narrowly linear-subulate, suddenly contracted above the oblong
base, which is wider at the shoulders than at the insertion ; margin
plane, sharply and closely denticulate above; nerve strong,BARTRAMIA.
289
indistinct in the limb, excurrent in a fine denticulate subula;
basal cells hyaline, very long and narrow, 4-10 times as long as
broad, linear; in the limb shorter, 3-6 times as long as broad,
opaque and obscure, sharply papillose. Capsule as in B. pomi-
formis, on a usually rather longer seta. Synoicous.
Hab. Clefts of mountain rocks, frequent. Fr. summer.
Superficially resembling B. pomiformis this species is really very distinct, and may
be distinguished from it in the field by the sheathing leaf-bases, which by their white,
shining surface and erect, sheathing position, give a very distinct appearance to the
stem. In the former plant the leaf base although sometimes white and shining is
never so distinctly so as in the present species, nor is it sheathing nor so clearly
differentiated from the limb of the leaf. The more rigid position of the leaf when
dry is not a reliable character, for I have plants of B. pomiformis and of B. ithyphylla
in which this relation is exactly reversed.
The nerve is usually said to occupy the greater part of the width of the limb, but
if the leaf be treated so as to render it more translucent it will be seen that the nerve
is really comparatively narrow and that the lamina continues wide until very near the
apex. The areolation is quite distinct from that of B. pomiformis or indeed of any
of the species ; that of B. stricta, which most resembles it, being smaller, shorter and
more distinct.
4. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. (Bryum pomiforme L.)
(Tab. XL. F.).
Loosely or densely tufted, soft, yellowish green or pale bright
glaucous green, less often dark green, tomentose below, very
variable in height (1-3 inches) and other characters. Leaves
long (2-2'/* lines), patent, somewhat flexuose, usually stellately
spreading when seen from above, generally crowded; when dry
more erect, somewhat crisped ; very narrowly linear-subulate from
a paler, hardly expanded and not sheathing base; margin
narrowly recurved for nearly the whole length of the leaf, or
slightly thickened above, sharply serrate for most of its length in
two rows, both on the actual margin and at the folded edge ; nerve
rather narrow, excurrent in a spinose-denticulate subula; cells
above papillose, short, elliptical or subquadrate-rounded, at
base elongated, linear, hyaline. Seta about ■§ an inch long, erect;
capsule much exserted, cernuous, about 1 line in diameter, deeply
sulcate. Autoicous or synoicous ; male flower just below, and
hardly separated from the fertile flower.
Var. /?. crispa B. & S. (Bartramia crispa Sw.). Taller, in
looser tufts ; leaves less crowded, longer, more curled when dry,
the base more distinct, the innovations of the year often over-
topping the ripe fruit.
Hab. Sandy banks and clefts of rocks, common. The var. on shady rocks on
mountains, less frequent. Fr. spring.
T290
BARTRAMIACE^.
The commonest species, and very variable. In lowland habitats it is short, pale
green, loosely tufted, with laxly set leaves; in rocky mountainous localities it becomes
much more densely tufted, with dense leaves, and usually of a more dingy tint; in
similar but more shady or moister situations it passes into the var. crispa, which in its
extreme forms becomes almost indistinguishable, without fruit, from B. Halleriana.
It is at once known from the last species by the short, less opaque areolation and the
leaf base not suddenly dilated and not sheathing; from B. stricta by the flexuose,
spreading leaves, of different form, and from B. (Ederi by the highly papillose
areolation and longer leaves.
The margin of the leaves is almost always revolute, but occasionally quite plane.
It is perhaps worth noting that in the species of Bartramia, and most noticeably in
those with larger fruits, the capsule if it becomes fully matured before being emptied
of its spores retains its globular shape and somewhat glossy surface; if, however, as
often happens, it is gathered before they are fully mature, even though the peristome
is fully formed and the lid ready to fall, the capsules shrink in drying and elongate
considerably, becoming oval-oblong and curved, and of a duller surface. This is
perhaps most noticeable in the next species, but in the present and the preceding it is
also quite evident, and on the same tuft capsules may often be found in both states and
yet apparently in the same stage of maturity. The fruit is very persistent, and old
setae of several years’ standing may frequently be found.
5. Bartramia Halleriana Hedw. (B. norvegica Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XL. G.).
Tall and robust, in large soft tufts, 2-4 inches high or more,
bright green above, brown and tomentose below. Leaves rather
distinct, very long (2'/z~3 lines), from an erect sub-sheathing base
divergent, spreading and flexuose, often subsecund ; when dry
more or less crisped in the upper part, but usually rigid and little
altered towards base ; resembling those of B. pomiformis but
with a slightly wider leaf base, which is a little more rapidly
narrowed into the limb ; areolation, nerve and margin as in that
species. Capsules often in pairs, seta short, curved, secund, not
or hardly exceeding the leaves in length; capsule rather large ;
longer than that of B. pomiformis when becoming elongated as
described under that species, and deeply furrowed. Inflorescence
as in B. pomiformis.
Hab. Damp shady rocks, usually near water, in mountainous districts; not
common. Fr. summer.
The most beautiful species of the genus, and quite distinct in its more distant,
longer leaves, and the short arcuate setae. The stem continues growing above the
flower, so that in a very short time the fruit becomes lateral; and as it is persistent
the capsules of several successive years may be found clothing the stems at regular
intervals, all turned to one side and presenting a very regular and beautiful appearance.
The tall lax forms of B. pomiformis var. crispa so closely conform to the present
species both in general appearance and in the form and structure of the leaves that it
is sometimes quite impossible to distinguish them without fruit. I have indeed found
the two growing closely intermixed, and with setae of very varying lengths ; but I am
strongly inclined to suspect here a hybrid between the two species. As a rule how-
ever the leaves of the present species are more loosely set on the stem, less. glaucous
in colour, more divergent from the stem just above their base even when dry, and in
their upper part more ascending, those of B. pomiformis tending to a spreading
direction so that each stem, looked at from above, has a somewhat stellate appearance.PHILONOTIS.
291
70. PHILONOTIS Brid.
Plants variable in size, often tall, stems with fasciculate
branches, producing whorled innovations below the inflorescence;
densely radiculose below. Leaves short • in the dioicous species
often of two forms, those on the stem of the male plant more
distant, appressed, less acuminate; cells usually papillose.
Capsule cernuous, smooth or striate. Inner peristome with the
cilia well developed. Paludal mosses, for the most part.
A rather large and very natural genus, differing from
Bartramia, as regards our species, in the short, oval or lanceolate
leaves, the whorled branching, the discoid male flowers (in the
dioicous species), and the cilia of the inner peristome. The
dioicous species are widely distributed and very variable, and
consequently present great difficulties to the systematist.
/Plant minute ; seta curved ; peristome absent .......................1. Wilsoni
\ Seta straight; peristome present ............................................2
{Stem under J-inch ; autoicous ; m. flower gemmiform..................2. rigida
Stem usually over one inch ; dioicous; m. flower discoid......................3
f Tufts loose, without tomentum ; Is. wide-ovate, lower obtuse, cucullate .....
3-!	3*. adpressa
[Tufts matted with tomentum ; Is. acute or acuminate...........................4
^/Perigonial bracts acute .........................................................6
fLs. spirally arranged ; nerve thick, with numerous long papillae at back...............
J	3*. seriata
51 Ls. erecto-patent, spreading, or secund; nerve almost smooth at back...................
V.	3. fontana
^/Plant robust; nerve strong ; median cells 10-15 fj. wide ...........4. calcarea
\ Plant slender; nerve thin ; median cells 6-10 /x wide ......................7
/Perigonial bracts short, triangular, almost equilateral..........3* ccespitosa
' \ Perigonial bracts much longer than wide, acuminate ..............3. capillaris
A. PHILONOTULA C.M.
Small, procumbent plants, irregularly branched ; leaves not
dimorphous. Synoicous or autoicous. Male flower gemmiform.
1. Philonotis Wilsoni Braithw. (Bartramidula Wilsoni
B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XL. H.).
Minute, slender, about |-inch high, pale green, in small loose
tufts. Stems procumbent at base, branched in whorls from below
the flowers. Leaves small, ovate-lanceolate, more or less
acuminate, denticulate above, with plane margin; cells at base
lax, rectangular, gradually narrowing above, at apex linear,292
BARTRAMIACE^.
faintly papillose; nerve vanishing at apex, rarely slightly
excurrent. Seta arcuate, often two or three from one peri-
chaetium, about 3 lines in length ; capsule cernuous or pendulous,
small, globose, very slightly tapering to the seta, not striate,
slightly rugose when dry; lid convex; peristome none.
Synoicous.
Hab. On the ground on mountains, very rare. Fr. autumn.
This very beautiful little moss has only been found in four localities, two in
Ireland and one each in Scotland and Wales, and out of Britain in a single station in
Fernando Po; much of its beauty arises from a delicate pink tinge to the capsule,
which is lost in herbarium specimens. In vegetative characters it is almost an exact
miniature of P. calcarea.
2. Philonotis rigida Brid. (Tab. XL. I.).
In small dense tufts, brownish green. Stems short, with
longer, rigid, stellate branches, fragile. Leaves more or less
erect or erecto-patent, straight and appressed when dry, crowded,
small, straight, rigid, narrow, lanceolate-subulate; margin
plane, or slightly reflexed, sharply denticulate, nerve strong,
prominent at back, excurrent in a short, fine cuspidate point ;
cells small, narrowly rectangular, slightly papillose, rather wider
at base. Seta long for the size of the plant (f-f inch), flexuose;
capsule large, globose, striate ; lid convex, apiculate. Autoicous;
male flower near the fertile, gemmiform.
Hab. Sandy banks and rocks, in warm or sheltered situations, rare. Fr. early
summer.
A southern species, chiefly found on the southern coasts of England and Ireland,
but also recorded from a few localities as far north as the Isle of Man. The fruit is
large for the plant, and when present there is no difficulty in recognising it; and even
when barren the rigidity of the whole plant, the very narrow, straight leaves, hardly
altered in drying, and the small size of all the parts, easily distinguish it from the
species of the succeeding Section ; it is a larger plant than the preceding, with quite
different fruit.
B. EU-PHILONOTIS.
Usually robust and erect; stems usually straight and regularly
branched. Dioicous. Male flower discoid, terminal.
[The European plants comprised under this Section are closely
allied to one another, several of them are extremely variable, and
intermediate forms in many cases exist. The difficulty of determin-
ing their true position is also enhanced by the frequent sterilityPHILONOTIS.
293
of the plants, barren stems alone, or stems possessing only one
kind of flower, being often found. I am strongly of opinion
that a comparison of a complete series of the European plants
would reveal so many slight gradations and such a constant
presence of intermediate forms as to render it necessary to group
them all round P fontana within the limits of a single species.
The study of a considerable number and a wide variety of British
dorms has confirmed this opinion, but I have not had the oppor-
tunity of studying a sufficiently large number of the continental
plants to feel justified in making so great a change from the usual
arrangement. Boulay, it is true, in his Muscindes de la France,
has suggested and indeed carried out this view, but since the
publication of that work many new forms have been found, and
new light thrown on the older ones by their discovery in the fruit-
ing state. In the absence of fruit, or of fruiting characters of
importance, I attach most weight to the form of the perigonial
leaves, and I have thought it better, in default of this latter
character, to unite with P fontana as sub-species, such forms as
appear (like P. adpressd) too distinct in their foliar organs to rank
as mere varieties.]
3. Philonotis fontana Brid. (Mnium fontanum L.)
(Tab. XL. J.).
In its typical form growing in tall, wide tufts, loose above,
but closely interwoven below with tomentum, usually yellowish
green, but not unfrequently of a pale glaucous green. Plant
slender, 1-6 inches high or more, occasionally forked, usually
producing several branches below the flowers, stem fragile, red.
Leaves ovate-lanceolate, more or less longly acuminate, usually
very slightly turned to one side, appressed when dry ; generally
with 1-2 more or less distinct plicse on each side of the nerve,
margin usually distinctly revolute (one side generally more
strongly than the other, or one side only), denticulate, often in two
rows with the papillae and the transverse walls of the cells. Nerve
rather strong, smooth or only lightly papillose at back, usually
more or less excurrent, especially in the upper leaves ; cells
rectangular, towards the base rather loosely so, gradually narrower
above, the median about 6-10 y. wide, in the acumen narrowly
linear-vermicular; all somewhat incrassate and more or less
strongly papillose at one or both ends. Leaves of the male stems
more distant, appressed to stem, smaller, less acutely acuminate,
with a shorter nerve. Seta dark red, inches long; capsule
large, brown, thick-walled, striate, when dry sulcate, often slightlyBARTRAMIACE^I.
294
elongate and ovate. Male flower large, bright reddish brown, the
bracts spreading, almost horizontal, widely ovate-triangular from
an erect base, obtuse and usually rounded at apex, serrate, nerve
broad, thin, becoming indistinct and vanishing below the summit.
Var. f3. compacta Schp. Tufts small, compact, densely
tomentose ; stems very slender, leaves small, narrow, lanceolate,
hardly plicate, margin plane or almost so, nerve vanishing below
the apex, or excurrent.
Var. y. falcata Brid. Leaves falcato-secund, branches
hooked at apex.
Var. 8. pumila (Bartramia pumila Turn.). Stems more
slender, leaves smaller, of thinner, less opaque texture; seta
more slender, capsule smaller.
Hab. Peat bogs and springs. Common in mountainous districts. The var. f$
at higher altitudes, not common, usually by streams or among rocks. The var. 7,
Wales, Scotland. The var. 5 not uncommon, but usually sterile. Fr. summer.
The forms of this protean plant are endless, and no good purpose seems served by
giving varietal names to the numberless variations which occur. The var. compacta,
however, includes within narrow limits a series of forms of very similar habit, remark-
able for their slenderness, compactness, and uniform, narrow leaves, very finely
acuminate, and with the nerve frequently excurrent in a very long arista (though
occasionally vanishing),—the exact antithesis, in fact, of P. adpressa. The var.
falcata, as described by Braithwaite, is evidently an intermediate form between the
present species and P. calcarea. The falcate direction of the leaves is however, in
itself, neither important nor uncommon, and it is quite clear that different authors by
no means intend the same plants by this name. (v. description of P. seriata.)
P. fontana frequently grows among rocks in and by mountain streams, and
usually then departs widely from the typical form, very often in the direction of
greater slenderness, with longer more undivided stems, usually barren, and with the
leaves mostly shorter and smaller, the colour as a rule darker and more lurid, not
uncommonly almost black. Very slender forms may be found approaching P.
capillar is, while robust plants are not unfrequently seen which in the barren state are
very difficult to separate from P. calcarea.
I have fertile specimens from N. America which I refer, on Mitten’s authority, to
the var. pumila (Bartr. pumila Turn.). I learn from him that it was this plant
which Wilson, at one time at least, regarded as B. ptimila, and he also tells me that
he has seen it, though barren only, from England, Scotland and Ireland. In his
opinion it should be considered a separate species, but I must confess that in vegetative
characters it does not appear to me to differ so widely from the type as many other
varietal forms, and it is only on account of the slenderness of the fruiting organs that
I have felt justified in retaining it even as a variety. In N. America it appears to be
common.
* Philonotis csespitosa Wils. (Tab. XL. K.).
Shorter, more slender, soft or rigid, usually of a dull, deeper
green, stems less branched. Leaves less closely imbricated,
homomallous, small, not plicate, margin often plane ; fruit as in
P. fontana. Male plants with small, appressed, less acuminatePHILONOTIS.
295
leaves ; perigonial bracts very wide, short, acute, nerve distinct,
reaching apex.
Hab. Bogs and wet heaths, rare, and not found in fruit in Britain. Fr. summer.
The acute perigonial bracts form practically the only character to separate this
plant from P. fontana. The leaves, in Wilson’s plant from Walton, Cheshire, are
exactly what one often finds in the smaller forms of that species, more particularly its
var. compacta. In Mr. BagnalPs plant from Studley, Warwickshire, I find the margin
recurved as strongly as in ordinary P. fontana. The male flowers are rare ; the bracts
are almost as wide as long, so that their outline is nearly that of an equilateral
triangle, whereas in P. capillaris and P. calcarea they are considerably longer than
broad, and more narrowly acuminate. In the absence of other characters of
importance I do not think P. ccespitosa can claim specific rank ; and this view is
strongly supported by the fact that Venturi (Rev. Pry. 1882, p. 43) describes a
specimen of Wilson’s from Warrington as in no way differing in the flowers from
ordinary P. fontana, and moreover the inner perigonial bracts are sub-obtuse in
British specimens examined by Boulay (Mnscindes de la France, p. 216). In any
case the vegetative characters, as distinct from P. fontana, are so slight, if they exist
at all, that it would not always be safe to refer plants to this sub-species in the
absence of male flowers.
* Philonotis adpressa Ferg. (Tab. XLI. A.).
Stems very slender and elongated, 2-5 inches long, with few
short branches, dull green, reddish below, easily separating,
hardly tomentose, weak and flexuose. Leaves not crowded,
appressed, flaccid, very widely ovate from a broad, amplexicaul,
slightly decurrent base, with one or two plicae on each side,
concave, the lower obtuse and cncullate, the upper gradually
more pointed, but rarely much acuminate; nerve very strong,
ceasing below apex or excurrent in the apical leaves; margin
more or less reflexed, areolation lax, papillose. Inflorescence
unknown.
Hab. Springs on mountains, very rare ; Scotland.
This is one of the most distinct forms of the group, and would certainly be
entitled to specific rank should the perigonia or fruit, when found, exhibit any
characters distinct from those of P. fontana. Should that, however, not prove the
case, the above characters would not, I think, warrant its separation from the poly-
morphous P. fontana ; although very different in aspect, and for the most part in leaf
form and structure, it will be found that the most typical plants usually show, in the
uppermost leaves, a distinct tendency towards the normal, acuminate form of P.
fontana, with excurrent nerve ; and it may be questioned whether, at the most, P.
adpressa shows any wider variation from the typical form than does, in exactly the
opposite direction, the var. compacta of that species. The wide, distant, erect and
appressed leaves, not spreading nor falcate, very shortly pointed or even obtuse and
cucullate, the slender stems only slightly radiculose and not coherent, render it, how-
ever, easy of recognition.
* Philonotis seriata Mitt. (Tab. XLI. B.).
Resembling P fontana but in looser, less cohering tufts,
reddish below, stems rather slender. Leaves (especially where296
BARTRAMIACE/E.
crowded) spirally imbricated both wet and dry, rather long,
falcate, often widely pointed, plicate; nerve very strong, red,
strongly papillose at back, not much excurrent; fruit and male
inflorescence as in P. fontana.
Hab. Springs and bogs ; Scotland, very rare, sterile. Fr. summer.
The peculiar arrangement of the leaves, forming, in the more typical specimens,
distinct spiral ridges on the stems both in the wet and dry state, is the most obvious
characteristic of this plant, and gives it a marked facies under the lens, which is how-
ever less visible where the leaves are more distant. The long, rather narrow leaves
and very strong papillose nerve are also characteristic. Husnot considers P. seriata
a form intermediate between P. fontana and its var. falcata. The latter variety has
no doubt included, and was probably intended to include forms which would now be
termed P. seriata ; but it would surely be more accurate to say that the forms with
spirally twisted leaves and thick, papillose nerve, hitherto included under P. fontana
var. falcata must now be separated and transferred to P. seriata, so long as the latter
is held to deserve independent or sub-specific rank ; the var. falcata being restricted
to forms of P. fontana with falcate leaves, wanting the special characters above
described.
4. Philonotis calcarea Schp. (Tab. XLI. C.).
Usually a more robust plant than the stoutest forms of P.
Jontana, of a vivid bright or pale green, rarely brownish or
yellowish green. Leaves larger, longer, more regularly falcato-
secund, with a stouter nerve, margin usually widely revolute only
on one side, areolation larger and wider, about 10-15 \x at middle,
less incrassate and more pellucid, papillose; leaves of male plant
less crowded, but otherwise little differing. Capsule large, re-
sembling that of P fontana. Perigonial bracts acute, much
longer than broad, nerve distinct, reaching apex.
Hab. Bogs in calcareous districts ; not uncommon. Fruit rare, summer.
In its typical and most common form the colour and size of this species readily
distinguish it from P. fontana, and the strong nerve and laxer areolation, rendering
the leaf more pellucid, are also characteristic, as are also the length and direction of
the leaves. I have, however, found plants with much more slender stems, and with
the leaves in size and direction exactly as in P. fontayia, the bright green colour and
the nerve and areolation alone (besides the calcareous habitat) showing them to
belong to this species ; and forms not unfrequently occur, principally alpine, which in
size, colour, and areolation are somewhat intermediate between the two species. The
perigonial bracts, however, appear to be constant in their form and acuteness, and are
probably to be relied on as a good specific character.
5. Philonotis capillaris Lindb. [P. fontana var. capillaris
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. D.).
Very small, yz-2 inches high, stems extremely slender,
almost capillary, slightly branched, often procumbent, bright or
pale green; hardly radiculose. Leaves very small, uniformPHILONOTIS.
29;
slightly homomallous or erecto-patent, narrowly ovate-lanceolate
finely acuminate, not concave nor plicate, margin plane or slightly
and very narrowly recurved, nerve rather narrow, usually vanishing
in apex ; cells moderately lax, papillose. Perigonial bract;
squarrose or even slightly reflexed, rather long, acute; nervt
thin, rather indistinct, usually vanishing below apex.
Hab. In clefts of rocks and beside springs ; rare ; male flowers only found ii
Britain.
This pretty little plant appears to me fully as deserving of independent rank a
any of the forms of the group. The small, uniform leaves, mostly with plane margin
and quite free from plicae, show characters which, if not very distinct, appear to b
unusually constant, while the perigonial bracts are certainly more distinct from thoS'
of P. fontana than are those of any other of the allied plants.
There has been much confusion as to the name P. capillaris, in great measun
owing to its having been applied to several plants which have afterwards prove<
distinct; Husnot has separated two forms, P. capillaris Lindb. with the perigonia
bracts erecto-patent, shortly pointed, with nerve reaching apex, and P. Arnelli
Husn. with the perigonial bracts squarrose, even slightly reflexed, and much mor
longly and finely acuminate with the nerve excurrent; to these Philibert (Rev. Bry
1894, p. 8) has added another, P. Ryani, somewhat intermediate in the perigonia
bracts, but differing in the leaves. Our British form, judging from male plants whicl
I have gathered in Skye and in the Lake District, stands somewhat midway betweei
P. Arnellii and P. Ryani, the perigonial leaves are distinctly squarrose or even ;
little reflexed, longer and more tapering than in P. capillaris (sensu Husnot) but les
finely acuminate than in P. Arnellii, and with the nerve usually vanishing below tb
apex. It seems probable that after all these forms will eventually have to be re
united. It must be remembered that the perigonial bracts are always erecto-paten
for some time, and their direction must be determined from quite mature specimens
The above description refers to our British plants, so far as I am acquainted witl
them, alone. The Scotch specimens referred to above have the inner perigonia
leaves a little less acuminate and acute than in the others I have examined.
71. BREUTELIA Schp.
Tall, robust plants, with tomentose stems ; branches irregular
Leaves spreading and squarrose, plicate ; cells narrow. Capsuh
more or less pendulous, striate ; peristome as in Bartramia.
A large genus of fine plants, the following species being thi
only European representative, and though not uncommon with us
a great rarity on the continent.
1. Breutelia arcuata Schp. (Mnium arcuatum Dicks.
Breutelia chrysocoma Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XLI. F.).
Tall, robust, 3-6 inches long, bright or golden green, in largi
loose tufts. Stems covered with dense brown tomentum, oftei
decumbent, forked, or with alternate branches, or with somewha
whorled branchlets below the flowers. Leaves large, equal ii298
BARTRAMIACE/®.
size, trom an erect base, rigid, squarrose, cuspidate at the tips of
the branches, when dry somewhat shrinking, but hardly altering
in direction, glossy, sub-scariose; base somewhat sheathing,
widening upwards from the insertion, then quickly narrowed and
lanceolate, gradually tapering to a long, finely acuminate point;
3-4. deep narrow plicae on each side of the nerve. Margin plane
or very narrowly recurved, finely and closely denticulate ; nerve
very narrow, reaching apex ; cells very narrow, linear, 4-8 times
as long as wide, gradually becoming longer below, a few at basal
angles wider and larger; upper usually with a single sharp
papilla at the lower end. Perichsetial bracts erect, not papillose.
Seta short, red, arcuate, usually abruptly bent, almost geniculate,
about the middle ; capsule orange-brown, large, striate, sulcate
when dry, thin-walled; lid very small. Dioicous ; male flowers
terminal, discoid, bright golden brown, the perigonial bracts finely
acuminate.
Hab. Damp rocks, frequent by waterfalls and by mountain streams. Fruit
very rare, autumn.
A very fine species, having some outward resemblance to some species of
Hylocomium, such as H. triquetrum or H. loreum, in the branching and the direction
and form of the leaves, a resemblance which is increased by the plicate, sub-scariose
leaves with almost Hypnoid areolation. The dense felt-like coating of brown
tomentum that covers the stems for the greater part of their length is however quite
sufficient to distinguish it at first sight; and in the sharp papilla; and narrow, single
nerve the leaves are also quite distinct trom those of the species named ; the latter
character, with the large, plicate, squarrose leaves, and indeed the general habit, fully
separate it from any of the species of the present Order.
Order XVIII. BRYACE/E.
Plants usually growing in dense tufts, the stems producing
numerous innovations towards the base and below the inflor-
escence. Leaves usually increasing in size upwards and forming
a comal tuft, the nerve long and frequently excurrent, the tissue
usually thin and much shrunken when dry, with cells more or
less rhomboidal or more rarely linear-vermicular, prosenchy-
matous, smooth, thin-walled. Calyptra narrow, cucullate, smooth,
soon falling off. Capsule on an elongated seta, pendulous, or
more or less inclined or suberect, never or very rarely erect;
symmetrical or nearly so, varying from rounded-pyriform to
narrowly clavate, usually with a shorter or longer tapering,
narrow neck, not striate ; lid convex, mamillate or apiculate, very
rarely with a longer beak (never longly rostrate in the British
species). Peristome usually double; outer teeth lanceolate,OREAS.
29c
undivided, densely articulate and internally transversely trabecu-
late ; inner peristome thin, pale, usually of 16 more or less
perforated processes alternating with the teeth, with or withoui
intermediate cilia varying in development and number, ofter
nodose with short transverse appendages at intervals (v. Tab. V.)
A very large family, for the most part presenting a consider-
able uniformity of habit, and for this reason forming a natura
group, but a difficult one for the systematist, and equally so foi
the student.
The descriptions of the size and form of capsule include the
neck, unless otherwise stated.
72. OREAS Brid.
Plants densely tufted, stems slender. Capsule erect 01
inclined, obovate-clavate with the distinct tapering neck
peristome single or double, or absent. Inflorescence gemmiform,
lateral. Alpine rock plants.
The species described below forms, with its varieties, the
only European representative of the genus; some of the
varieties have been separated as species, and another species
Oreas Martiana, has been included, but turns out to belong tc
the Dicranaceae.
1. Oreas Mielichhoferi Brid. (Mielichhoferia nitida Hornsch
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. XLI. E.).
Short, very densely and compactly tufted, deep silky greer
above, dark brown below, 2-3 inches high ; stems very slender,
rigid, fastigiately branched. Leaves small, short, erecto-patent
rather rigid, closely imbricated when dry, oblong-lanceolate 01
narrowly lanceolate, shortly pointed, margin plane, denticulate
towards apex, nerve rather stout, disappearing below the point
cells narrowly linear-rhomboid, wider and rectangular at base
Seta rather short, flexuose ; capsule obovate or clavate, with 1
distinct neck, erect or more usually inclined, pale brown; lie
conical, obtuse or apiculate; peristome single, of 16 narrow
linear teeth, widening and slightly confluent at base ; pah
yellow. Dioicous; male inflorescence gemmiform, lateral on the
stem or branches.
Var. /3. elongata B. & S. (Mielichhoferia elongata Hornsch.
O. Mielichhoferi var. compacta Braithw., Br. M. FI.; vars
gracilis and elongata, Schp. Syn.). Short or tall; stem:300
BRYACE^:.
extremely slender, with smaller, shorter, more closely imbricated
leaves.
Hab. The type not found in Britain. The var. elongata on wet alpine rocks,
very rare ; usually barren. Fr. autumn.
This little moss is known by its very slender, compact stems, forming bright,
velvety-green tufts, the leaves very small, but quite Bryoid in their structure.
73. ORTHODONTIUM Schwgr.
Small, delicate mosses, with narrow, flexuose leaves. Capsule
small, erect or inclined, on a very slender seta, narrowly oblong
with a slender, tapering neck. Peristome double; outer teeth
narrow, distant; inner peristome a very short basal membrane
with 16 slender processes, without intermediate cilia.
1. Orthodontium gracile Schwgr. (Bryum gracile Wils.;
Stableria gracilis Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. G.).
Stems densely tufted, slender, hardly branched, about |
inch high, rarely taller, bright green, silky. Leaves flexuose,
when dry somewhat curled, very narrow, linear-setaceous, the
upper longest (i-i^ lines); margin plane, entire or obsoletely
denticulate above, nerve vanishing at apex, narrow, rather
indistinct above, areolation narrowly linear-rhomboid, at base
wider, hexagonal-rectangular, hyaline. Seta short, less than l/x
inch high, pale, very slender; capsule suberect, narrowly
clavate, with a slender tapering neck, thin-walled; lid acutely
pointed. Peristome teeth incurved when dry, inserted below the
mouth of the capsule. Paroicous; antheridia in the axils of the
comal leaves.
Hab. Sandstone rocks ; more rarely on rotten tree stumps ; rare. Fr. spring.
A very rare and distinct species, hardly known outside Britain except in two or
three French localities. In habit it rather resembles the Dicranaceae than a Bryum,
and may easily be taken for one of these or for Campylostelium saxicola without a
reference to the microscope, when however the areolation reveals its affinities ; the
leaves also are much longer. It resembles Leptobryum in the leaves, but the
areolation is wider and looser, and the fruit much narrower and indeed altogether
■different.
74. LEPTOBRYUM Wils.
Mosses with annual stems, not innovating above, slender.
Leaves very narrow, setaceous, with narrow areolation. Capsule
pyriform, pendulous, glossy. Peristome as in Bryum.LEPTOBRYUM.
301
The habit, and the very narrow leaves with broad nerve,
seem to justify the separation of the few species of this genus
from Bryum, which they resemble in the fruit.
1. Leptobryum pyriforme Wils. (Mnium pyriforme L.)
(Tab. XLI. H.).
Closely tufted, pale shining green, silky; stems |-i inch
high, very slender. Leaves erecto-patent or divergent, flexuose
when dry, the upper longer, in a comal tuft, linear-setaceous,
long, tapering to a subulate point, flexuose; margin plane,
denticulate above ; nerve strong, but rather indistinct, broad,
occupying most of the acumen, slightly excurrent, cells very
narrow, linear, pointed at the ends and prosenchymatous or
obtuse and parenchymatous, at base a little wider. Perichaetial
bracts widened at the base, very long ; seta tall, slender, rather
flexuose, orange, 1-2 inches high ; capsule inclined or pendulous,
pyriform with the long narrow neck, the capsule itself oval-
globose, abruptly passing into the neck, thin-walled, very glossy,
bright reddish brown, rather wide-mouthed after the fall of the
hemispherical, pointed lid. Peristome yellow, inner with long,
appendiculate cilia. Synoicous, or imperfectly dioicous.
Hab. Sandstone rocks, cinders, etc., often in hothouses, not uncommon. Fr.
spring or early summer.
A very elegant and beautiful plant, both in the leaf and in the fruit, which is
usually very abundant; the setaceous leaves give it the appearance of a Dicranella or
Dicranodontium. Barren plants with terminal flowers often occur, having the
appearance of male plants, but they contain abortive archegonia mixed with the
antheridia.
Leptobryum differs from Orthodontium gracile in the more denticulate leaves
with broader nerve and narrower areolation, as well as in the fruit. The burnished
capsules are exceedingly pretty.
A stunted variety has been separated as L. minus, but on too slight grounds; it
has not, I believe, been recorded from our islands.
75. WEBERA Hedw.
(Pohlia Hedw., Braithw. Br. M. FI,).
Tufted, stems usually slender, rarely innovating above.
Leaves usually rather narrow, becoming narrower upwards and
often much longer in the coma, nerve rarely excurrent, cells
narrowly rhomboid or almost linear, rarely wider. Calyptra
small, very soon deciduous. Capsule pyriform to clavate, with or
without a tapering neck. Peristome as in Bryum ; but cilia
without appendages.302
BRYACE^J.
This genus differs from Bryum chiefly in the habit and in the
usually narrower areolation ; still there is a facies about the
plants belonging to it by which they may be generally known at
once, produced by the narrower leaves, the stems usually more
slender, less frequently innovating below the inflorescence and
consequently not as a rule producing the densely crowded tufts so
usual in Bryum. The nerve, too, always (in our own species)
ceases below the point or at any rate fails to reach beyond it,
whereas in Bryum it is generally more or less excurrent. The
fruit generally shows a more marked differentiation between the
capsule and neck than is usual in the latter genus.
{Ls. wide-ovate, entire, with reddish border of narrow cells ....... 10. Tozeri
Ls. not evidently bordered..................................................2
/Ls. very decurrent, the lower obtuse ; tufts red within ...........6. Ludwigii
/Ls. not or scarcely decurrent, usually acute or acuminate ...................3
{Cells wide, over 15 ; capsule very short and small ..........................4
Cells narrow, under 1$ fj.; capsule longer or larger .......................5
{Plant soft, 1-3 inches ; leaves glaucous-green.....................<?. albicans
Plant rigid, ^-1 inch ; leaves not glaucous.......................8. catnea
/ Capsule long and narrow, with long neck.....................................6
-^/Capsule oblong or pyriform, neck short.......................................8
^/Neck very long, longer than capsule ; peristome with cilia ..........2. elongata
/Neck shorter than capsule ; cilia absent or rudimentary......................7
/Male flower gemmiform ; lid of capsule usually acuminate.......1*. acuminata
‘ \Antheridia naked in axils of comal ls.; lid usually muticous....1. polymorpka
«/ Upper ls. very long, shining, reddish at base........................j. cruda
/Leaves shorter, not red (except the nerve) ..................................9
/Paroicous, antheridia in axils of upper leaves...............................10
"/Dioicous ....................................................................11
lQfLs. acute, serrate above ; capsule usually contracted below mouth ..4. nutans
^Ls. subacute, often cucullate, subentire ; capsule small at mouth ...4*. czicullata
/Upper ls. nerved to apex, usually mixed with foliaceous gemmae .....j. annotina
/Leaves not nerved to apex .................................................12
/Leaves widely ovate, incurved when dry.........................7. commutata
/Leaves narrow, straight and appressed when dry ....................7*. gracilis
A. POHLIA.
Slender; leaves suddenly elongate, and narrow in the comal
tuft, with narrow, linear-rhomboid cells; not bordered, nor
distinctly dimorphous. Capsule inclined or horizontal, long-
necked, oblong. Inner peristome with a narrow membrane,
cilia absent or rudimentary; processes entire or only slightly
perforated.
1. Webera polymorpha Schp. (Pohliapolytnorpha Hornsch.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. I.).
Variable in habit and in the size of its parts. Slender,
loosely tufted, usually about half-an-inch high; stems almostWEBERA.
3°2
simple, with a few innovations from the base, rarely from below
the flowers. Lower leaves small, ovate-lanceolate, increasing in
size upwards, the uppermost crowded, tnuch longer, lanceolate,
forming a comal tuft; the leaves on the barren innovations
usually sub-equal. Margin recurved below, plane above, more 01
less denticulate in the upper half, more strongly at the apex :
nerve usually reaching to apex, brownish; cells narrowly
hexagonal-rhomboid, or linear-rhomboid, narrower at apex, widei
and sub-rectangular at base. Seta very variable in length, f-if
inches long, slender, straight or curved ; capsule very variable,
ovate-oblong with a tapering neck, of varying length and distinct-
ness, horizontal or slightly pendulous, reddish brown, i-iyi linei
in length with the neck ; lid convex, apiculate or shortly anc
acutely acuminate. Peristome reddish brown, the inner paler
yellow, cilia absent or very rudimentary. Paroicous ; antheridis
in the axils of the upper leaves, in pairs.
Var. /3. brachycarpa Schp. (Pohlia brachycarpa Hornsch.)
Shorter and more compact in all its parts ; stems short, leaves
closer; seta stouter, short ; capsule shorter, thicker, lesi
tapering.
i
Hab. On earth and among rocks on mountains, not common. The var.
brachycarpa more rare. Fr. autumn.
As its name implies, this is a most variable species; many varieties have beer
described, but for the most part they are forms rather than varieties in the strict sense.
The capsule is almost always shorter, and, in proportion to its length, wider than in
W. elongata, and is more inclined, often pendulous ; the inner peristome also has the
cilia usually quite wanting.
* Webera acuminata Schp. (Pohlia acuminata Hornsch.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. J.).
The only constant difference between this plant and W.
polymorpha is in the inflorescence, which in W. acuminata is
autoicous ; the male flowers gemmiform, below the fertile flower
or on a short branch, with several small ovate bracts. The leaves
are most frequently a little more rigid, the cells slightly longer,
the lid of the capsule more acuminate, and the neck slightly more
elongated and distinct, but these characters are by no means
constantly present.
Hab. In similar situations, but more frequent. Fr. autumn.
There can be no doubt that the characters, beyond that derived from the
inflorescence, which are sometimes given as separating W. acuminata and W.304
BRYACE^E.
folymorpha are quite without value, both as to constancy and importance. This
being the case, it is a manifest absurdity to found two species upon differences which
in such a closely allied plant as TV. cruda exist in as great or even greater degree
without being made the basis of even varietal distinction.
W. acuminata varies in almost as great a. degree as TV. folymorpha, and on
somewhat parallel lines; the stems are sometimes much elongated, reaching as much
as three inches in height, but this is rarely the case. It is a more common moss than
W. folymorpha, and plants with a distinct, narrow neck and longly acuminate lid may
be generally anticipated to be the present sub-species; but no diagnosis can be safe
without examination of the inflorescence.
2. Webera elongata Schwgr. (Pohlia elongata Hedw.r
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. K.).
Plants resembling W. polymorpha in habit, loosely or densely
tufted, bright pale green, -J—i inch high. Comal leaves rather
longer, lanceolate, nerve vanishing at or below apex, areolation
narrow, linear-rhomboid, sometimes vermicular. Seta long,
slender, 1-2 inches high ; capsule suberect and inclined, rarely
horizontal or very slightly drooping, pale, usually very long and
narrow, clavate, tYa-fA. lines long, the neck very long and thin,
longer than the capsule itself. Lid conical, acuminate. Outer
peristome yellow, inner with a short basal membrane, reaching
about ^ the height of the teeth, cilia two, short, not appendiculate.
Paroicous ; antheridia in pairs in the axils of the upper leaves.
Hab. Grassy banks and clefts of rocks on mountains ; frequent. Fr. autumn.
W. elongata is a variable species, though not to the same extent as the previous
plants ; and the capsules are sometimes difficult to distinguish from those of W.
acuminata. This however is rarely the case, and as a rule there is little difficulty in
recognising the present species, the long, graceful seta, and the delicately poised
capsule, longer necked, much elongated and slender, giving it a well marked aspect ;
and the other characters italicised above have also some value. In my experience it
is much more addicted to narrow crevices of rocks near streams than to the open,
terrestrial habitats usually occupied by the preceding species.
The capsule is often described as slightly contracted below the mouth, but this,
I am inclined to think, rarely if ever occurs except where the capsule has dried before
properly ripening.
B. EU-WEBERA.
Leaves wider, without a distinct border, not dimorphous, the
comal less suddenly elongated, the areolation usually wider.
Capsule wider, with a shorter neck ; basal membrane of the inner
peristome usually higher, cilia present, often perfect, not
appendiculate ; processes usually with a more or less gaping slit
along their median line.WEBERA.
3°5
3.	Weber a cruda Schwgr. (Mnium crudum L. ; Pohlia
cruda Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLI. L.).
Robust, 1-3 inches high, reddish brown below, glaucous
green and glossy above, stems red, simple, densely tufted.
Lower leaves broadly ovate, gradually becoming narrower and
more elongate upwards, the comal long, lanceolate, not very acute,
of rigid texture, hardly altered in drying, often deep red at the
base, pellucid ; margin plane, faintly denticulate at apex or entire
in the lower leaves, more distinctly toothed in the upper ; nerve
ceasing below apex; cells linear, sub-vermicular, pointed and
prosenchymatous at the ends, rather larger and rectangular at
base. Seta long, flexuose ; capsule rather large, variable in
form, clavate-oblong or cylindrical, frequently curved upwards or
downwards, reddish brown, horizontal or slightly drooping, when
dry often contracted at and for some distance below the mouth ;
neck rather short, thick, indistinct; lid conical, apiculate;
peristome pale yellow; basal membrane of inner peristome
hardly § the height of the teeth ; cilia 2 or 3, well developed ;
processes not widely gaping along the median slit. Autoicous,
more rarely synoicous or dioicous.
Hab. Clefts of rocks on mountains ; not uncommon. Fr. late summer.
A very fine and beautiful species, known at once by the metallic, almost
opalescent sheen on the leaves, which are larger and wider than in the allied species,
and but little altered in drying. The red stems too are conspicuous, and the capsule
of a distinct form, though subject to variation. It is perhaps most like IV. albicans,
but the texture of that plant is softer and quite different, the areolation much wider,
and the capsule much shorter and broader.
4.	Webera nutans Hedw. (Bryum nutans Schreb.; Pohlia
nutans Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XL1I. A.).
Variable in size and habit; loosely or densely tufted,
usually deep green, pale brown below, shining, J-2 inches high.
Lower leaves small, ovate and ovate-lanceolate, upper gradually
much longer, the comal narrowly lanceolate with a long tapering
acumen, not decurrent, when dry erect, somewhat shrinking and
flexuose; margin somewhat recurved below, denticulate above;
nerve strong, vanishing in or below apex; areolation resembling
that of the last but rather shorter and wider. Seta pale reddish,
very variable in length (£-3 inches), capsule horizontal or sub-
pendulous, variable in form and size, but always wider and less
tapering than in the foregoing species, with a distinct but very
short neck, dull brown, oblong or obovate, often more or less
TJ3°6
BRYACE^E.
ventricose, when dry frequently contracted below the wide mouth ;
lid widely mamillate; annulus broad; peristome orange-yellow;
inner with a membrane about half the height of the teeth, cilia
two, well developed ; processes widely gaping at the median slit.
Paroicous. Antheridia in the axils of the upper leaves.
Var. /3. longiseta B. & S. fW. longiseta Brid.). Stems
simple; comal leaves very lottg, acuminate, spreading; seta
very long; capsule large.
Var. y. bicolor Schp. (Webera bicolor Hoppe & Hornsch.).
More compact, with numerous sterile branches, their leaves sub-
equal, ovate; capsule short, wide, cernuous, darker on the
upper side.
Hab. Peaty and sandy soil, in woods and in sub-alpine districts. Common.
The var. $ on damp heaths, not uncommon ; the var. 7 on mountains, rare. Fr.
early summer.
The commonest species of the genus, and perhaps the most variable. The colour
is usually a very deep green, the texture soft, the whole plant slender. In neither the
fruit nor the vegetative characters is it likely to be taken for any of the foregoing
species ; in texture and habit it is entirely distinct from IV. cruda, while the
preceding species have narrower lower leaves, almost constantly narrower capsules
with longer, narrower neck, smaller mouth, and very different inner peristome. The
following plants, with the exception of IV. ciuullata, are all dioicous.
The areolation of the lower leaves is often much wider than that of the narrower
upper ones, and in fresh plants is highly chloiophyllose. When growing, as it
frequently does, at the foot of trees in woods, it often forms large dense patches, with
numerous slender barren innovations ; this is the var. ccespitosa B. & S. In this state
it fruits less freely than in the other forms. Among mountain rocks it approaches
very close to W. cucullata, with slender stems somewhat catenulate with the small
imbricated leaves, which are hardly glossy.
* "Webera cucullata Schp. (Bryum cucullatum Schwgr.;
Pohlia cucullata Bruch, Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. B.).
Differs from W. nutans in the leaves less glossy, rather
shorter, less pointed, often rather obtuse with the apex cucullate,
less strongly denticulate; capsule more exactly pendulous, con-
tracted at but not below the narrow 7110uth ; lid small, conical,
obtusely pointed ; peristome teeth narrower and less crowded;
cilia of inner peristome very short, fugacious.
Hab. On earth and among rocks in mountains ; very rare. Scotland ; Derby-
shire. Fr. late summer.
The above characters are, as will be seen, hardly of first importance, and their
value is greatly diminished by the fact that many of them, to say the least, are
inconstant. Some specimens are certainly almost as glossy as IV. nutans, while in
that species the leaves are very variable in size, and occasionally are cucullate,
besides showing much variation in the amount of denticulation. The capsule in the
present plant is occasionally, if not frequently, somewhat horizontal instead of actuallyWEBERA.
307
pendulous, while the narrow mouth, though a more constant feature, is not absolutely
so. In all the capsules I have examined the peristome teeth are narrower and more
distant than in W. nutans, but this does not seem to have been generally noticed and
is therefore probably inconstant ; possibly, like the rudimentary character of the cilia,
it is a condition of depauperation owing to the alpine situation. On the whole,
therefore, it appears more satisfactory to unite the plant with W. nutans.
I have seen no fruiting specimens from Britain. My own specimens from Ross,
and those sent me by Mr. Whitehead gathered by him in Derbyshire, agree in having
long slender innovations, with the leaves somewhat regularly imbricated when dry so
as to give a slightly catenulate appearance to the stems, a habit which appears more
or less characteristic of barren plants belonging to this group of species. The texture,
and the shorter more frequently cucullate leaves appear to be the most salient
characters by which to distinguish this plant, at least in the barren state.
The areolation of the lower leaves is lax, but this is often the case in W. nutans ;
in the comal leaves there is little difference between the two plants, though on the
whole the cells are a little narrower and firmer in the latter.
5. Webera annotina Schwgr. (Mnium cinnotinum L. ;
Pohlia annotina Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. C.).
Loosely tufted, pale or yellowish green, with straight,
slender, rather rigid innovations. Leaves small, rarely decurrent,
the lower ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, upper longer and
narrower, erect or imbricated when dry ; margin slightly recurved,
denticulate above ; nerve reaching usually to apex; cells rather
small, narrowly rhomboid, not very chlorophyllose, the walls firm.
Barren branches usually bearing in the axils of the leaves small,
reddish, leafy bulbils, or crowded, green, foliaceous, pointed
gemmae. Seta red, flexuose; capsule bright reddish brown,
•widely oval with a tapering neck of varying length, usually long;
mouth small; lid conical, apiculate ; annulus broad; peristome
bright yellowish ; inner with the processes widely gaping, and
cilia in pairs, long, rough. Dioicous ; male inflorescence terminal,
gemmiform.
Var. /3. tenuifolia Schp. More slender, with long sterile
branches, often without gemmae. Leaves wider, shorter, with
•wider areolation ; peristome teeth narrower.
Var. y. angustifolia Schp. More slender, sometimes almost
filiform ; sterile branches numerous, flexuose; leaves narrower,
spreading when dry, with narrower, sub-vermicular areolation.
Hab. Sandy places and sandstone rocks; not common. The vars. more rare.
Fruit very rare, summer.
This species appears to be very imperfectly known on the continent, and it
presents considerable difficulty to the student. The fruit is very rare, and the gemmae,
by which the plant may generally be known, are not always present, and when occurr-
ing exhibit a considerable variety of forms; there is, moreover, nothing very
distinctive in the leaves, though they are usually more delicate, and less chlorophyllose3°8
BRYACE^;.
than in W. nutans and W. cucullata. The straight rigid sterile branches, with
uniform foliation, are characteristic; and the dioicous inflorescence, when that
character is available, separates it from those and others of the genus; the former
character however is found also in W. gracilis, and the dioicous inflorescence is
shared with almost all the species of this Section.
Mr. Bagnall sends a specimen with the leaves distinctly decurrent.
6. Webera Ludwigii Schp. (Bryum Ludwigii Spreng. ;
Pohlia Ludwigii Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. F.).
Rather robust, loosely or densely tufted, soft, deep or bright
green above, with a strong vinous red tinge below, 1-2 inches
high, stems red, decumbent or erect. Leaves on the barren
shoots sub-equal, widely oval, obtuse or obtusely pointed, when
dry somewhat imbricated and not much altered, strongly
decurrent, margin narrowly recurved, obtusely denticulate at
apex ; nerve red in the older leaves, ceasing below the apex ;
areolation narrowly rhomboid-hexagonal, thin-walled, much wider
than in any of the preceding species. Comal leaves of the fertile
stems larger and more acute. Capsule sub-pendulous, pyriform
with a short neck, amiulate ; peristome pale yellow, inner with
2-3 cilia between the processes. Dioicous. Male flower terminal,
gemmiform.
Var. fS. latipolia Schp. Tall, robust, j-5 inches high, bright
green above, bright reddish brown below. Leaves large, widely
ovate-cordate, obtuse or pointed, concave; cells larger.
Var. y. elata Schp. Taller than the type, 2-3 inches high ;
leaves ovate-lanceolate, more acuminate, of soft texture and
somewhat shrinking and flexuose when dry, a little more sharply
denticulate.
Hab. Springs and earth among rocks in high alpine localities, rare ; usually
sterile. The var. /3 in alpine streams and bogs, very rare. The var. 7, Ben Lawers.
Fruit very rare, late summer.
A very distinct species, easily known from nearly all of the genus by the ruddy
interior of the tufts, the wide, generally obtuse leaves with lax areolation, and
especially by the decurrent base of the leaves, forming wings for some distance down
the stems. W. commutata differs in the absence of the vinous red colour, the leaves
smaller and hardly decurrent, and the smaller size ; W. albicans in the colour, the
less decurrent leaves and exannulate capsule, while all the preceding species differ in
the narrower leaves and cells.
The var. latifolia is a very striking form, the leaves and habit reminding us of
Bryum turbinatum var. latifolium. I have not seen typical specimens of the var.
elata, but Schimper records it from Ben Lawers, and specimens which I gathered
there in 1893 agree exactly with his description. It is a taller, softer plant, with the
leaves shrinking and flexuose when dry, not regularly imbricated and almost unaltered
as in the type.WEBERA.
309
7. Webera commutata Schp. ('Pohlia ccnnmutata Lindb.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. D.).
Closely allied to W. Ludwigii, but differing in the colour,
not reddish below, but either pale brown or blackish, dull pale
green above or glossy: slender, with elongated barren shoots,
the leaves small, widely oval, short and shortly pointed or sub-
obtuse, when dry closely incurved and imbricated, giving a
catenulate appearance to the stems; not or very slightly
decurrent; margin plane or very slightly recurved ; nerve very
strong and thick, vanishing below apex ; cells a little narrower,
but wider in proportion to their length, than in W. nutans.
Capsule sub-pendulous, oval-pyriform with a tapering neck ; lid
conical, apiculate. Dioicous.
Var. fS. catenulata (Bryum catenulatum Schp.). More
robust, rigid; leaves larger, when dry rigidly incurved and
turned to one side, giving the stem a slightly spiral, strongly
catenulate appearance.
Hab. Rocks on high mountains, rare. The var. 0, Ben Lawers. Fr. late
summer.
This is certainly distinct from W. Ludwigii, not only in the colour, which
exhibits nothing of the vinous red tint of that species, but also in the leaves, which are
usually smaller, and not or hardly at all decurrent, and in the nerve which is very stout,
especially in the lower part of the leaf. It varies considerably ; an elongate, slender
form with rather wider, more loosely areolated leaves being the Bryum filum of
Schimper, Synopsis Ed. II. The var. catenulata has especially marked the rigid,
chain-like appearance of stem which is characteristic of the species ; alpine forms of
W. nutans and W. cucullata come nearest it in appearance, but have longer and in
proportion nairower cells, and thinner nerve, the latter plant also having the leaf-apex
more incurved and cucullate. W. commutata fruits more freely than W. Ludwigii.
* Webera gracilis De Not. (Bryum gracile Schleich. ; Pohlia
gracilis Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. E.).
Differs from IV. commutata in the more rigid stems and
barren innovations, with narrower leaves which are straight and
oppressed to the stem, not incurved and catenulate when dry ; and
in the capsule, which is very short and small, with a much
shorter neck, ovate or turgidly oblong-pyriform.
Hab. Alpine rocks and sandy places; very rare. Ben Lomond, sterile
(Stirton). Sands of Barrie (Forbes). Fr. late summer.
This has a different habit and different capsule from W. commutata ; but it is
undoubtedly closely allied to it, and the characteristic growth and habit may be
occasionally seen in that species; I have thought it therefore more satisfactory to con-
sider it a sub-species of IV. commutata. The seta is frequently very strongly twisted
or looped at the summit when dry, so as to bring the capsule from a pendulous into a
horizontal position.39 10
BRYACE^E.
8. Webera carnea Schp. {Bryum carneum L.; Pohlia cartiea
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. G.).
Plants loosely or more densely tufted, in wide patches, very
pale green, becoming reddish when old, rarely one inch in height.
Stems red, with numerous fastigiate slender innovations bearing
sub-equal leaves. Stem-leaves becoming somewhat larger
upwards, small, narrowly lanceolate, the comal elongate-lanceo-
late ; when dry erect or erecto-patent, not incurved nor appressed,
slightly flexuose, denticulate in the upper half, margin plane or
almost so, nerve ceasing below apex, reddish at base ; cells widely
rhomboid-hexagonal (18-25 n wide), at base looser, but hardly
rectangular ; the marginal in two or three rows somewhat distinctly
narrower. Seta short (about inch), rather thick and succulent
when young, finally deep red below, paler above, flexuose, often
strongly hooked at summit, rendering the capsule pendulous;
capsule very small, with the neck very shortly oval-pyriform,
when dry and empty wide-mouthed, exactly and widely pyriform,
the capsule itself oval-globose, with a short but narrow and distinct
neck ; before maturity of a fleshy consistency and colour, finally
bright reddish brown ; lid obtusely apiculate, annulus none;
peristome teeth orange-red, cilia in pairs. Dioicous.
Hab. Clay banks, usually by the side of ditches and streams, common. Fr.
early spring.
IV. carnea and IV. albicans form in some respects a separate group, distinguished
from the foregoing species of this Section, as well as from those of the Section Pohlia,
by the wider leaf-cells, the very short capsule, and the absence of an annulus. In IV.
Lud-ujigii and IV. commntata the cells are indeed as wide in proportion to their
length, though somewhat smaller altogether, but in the other species the cells are
decidedly narrower (less than 15 fj., while in these they are often as much as 20 p, or
even 25 /*), and in all the capsule is larger or more elongated, being larger, if not pro-
portionately of greater length even in IV. gracilis. IV. carnea is a pretty little plant,
which varies very little, and is easily known by the short, almost uniform stems, the
pale green colour, and the very small capsules on short fleshy setae; the absence of
annulus and v-ide cells serve to distinguish it under the microscope in cases of
difficulty. W. albicans is in almost all cases a taller plant of softer texture, of a
whiter and more glaucous colour, and with wider, larger leaves. The vanishing
nerve will serve to separate this species when barren from any species of Bryum for
which it is at all likely to be mistaken. The seta is hooked so close to the capsule—
in this respect differing from most species of the genus—that the neck of the capsule
itself often partakes in the bending.
9- Webera albicans Schp. \Bryum albicans Wahl.; Pohlia
albicans Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. H.).
In large, very soft, lax tufts, 1-3 inches high, pale whitish or
glaucous green. Stems bright red, slender, flexuose. Leaves
usually rather distant, when dry shrunken and narrowed, butVVEBERA.
311
spreading and little altered in direction, widely ovate-lanceolate,
acute, upper longer, narrowly ovate-lanceolate, from a narrow,
slightly decurrent base ; thin, pellucid, margin plane, denticulate
in upper half ; nerve vanishing below apex; cells rhomboid-
hexagonal, rather large, 15-20 wide, slightly narrower towards
margin, hardly altered at base. Seta tall, flexuose, slender,
about f-i inch long, hooked at summit a little below the neck of
the capsule, which is pendulous, shortly and widely pyriform,
larger than in W. carnea, greenish until ripe, then brown or
reddish, wide-mouthed when dry and empty; annulus none;
peristome teeth pale brownish yellow, cilia 1-2, long. Dioicous.
Male flower large, terminal, discoid; perigonial bracts widely
spreading.
Var. /3. glacialis Schp. (Mnium glaciale Schleich.). Taller,
more robust, with more distant, wider leaves, of a duller green.
Hab. Clay banks, springs, mountainous streams, etc., frequent. The var. & on
high mountains. Fruit not common, produced in spring or early summer.
A very beautiful plant, known at once by its pale glaucous green tufts, hardly re-
sembled by any other of our mosses, though slender forms of IV. cruda are sometimes
like it in habit, and in its stunted forms it is not unlike IV. carnea ; the narrow cells,
rigid texture, etc., of the former would at once distinguish that species, while W.
carnea almost always has narrower, firmer leaves, of a greener colour and less pellucid.
The male flowers are very conspicuous.
The var. glaciale in its typical form is a fine and distinct plant, and is very rarely
fertile ; intermediate forms however are common, and indeed the plants that are
found in and about mountain streams generally show some approach to this variety.
C. EPI PTERYGIUM.
Leaves dimorphous, the larger somewhat distichous, widely
oval, the others minute, in two or three rows, alternately with the
former; areolation lax, marginal cells in 3-5 rows suddenly
narrower, forming a distinct border. Dioicous.
10. Webera Tozeri Schp.	(Bryum Tozeri Grev.; Epi-
pterygium Tozeri Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLII. I.).
Plants small, soft, densely gregarious, rarely £-inch high,
pale green or reddish ; stems red, slightly branched. Leaves
rather distant, of two forms, especially on the male plants ; the
smaller minute, narrowly ovate or lanceolate ; the larger widely
oval or obovate-rounded, very shortly and acutely acuminate or
almost apiculate, slightly decurrent, very narrow at base, thin, soft,
pellucid, entire, plane at margin ; nerve reaching about § length312
BRYACE^.
of leaf, sometimes forked, reddish: cells large, hexagonal-
rhomboid, thin-walled, the marginal in several rows much
narrower, forming a wide, distinct, reddish border. Seta short,
soft, pale red ; capsule sub-pendulous or horizontal, obovate with
a short neck, small, when dry and empty shortly and widely
pyriform with a wide mouth, annulus broad, sub-persistent;
peristome small, pale yellowish brown, the inner thin, with
short cilia. Dioicous. Male flowers terminal, sub-discoid.
Hab. South of England, banks and sides of streams; rare. Fruit very rare,
spring.
A very pretty and distinct plant, which appears to have its headquarters in the
Mediterranean region, and is only found in our most southern counties. It has an
aspect not unlike some small forms of Mnium, and also resembles certain species of
Bryum ; the truly Bryoid cells will distinguish it from the former genus, and from the
latter the broad distinct margin at once separates it.
76. PLAGIOBRYUM Lindb.
Densely tufted, leaves closely imbricated, with lax areolation.
Capsule on a short almost cygneous seta, very long-necked,
gibbous, with the mouth oblique. Peristome almost as in Webera.
A small genus of mosses of distinct habit and with the
capsule gibbous and unequal with an oblique mouth.
/Ls. widely ovate, closely imbricate ; nerve not excurrent..................i. Zierii
\Ls. oblong-lanceolate, less imbricate ; nerve excurrent ................2. demissum
1. Plagiobryum Zierii Lindb. (Bryum Zierii Dicks., plur.
auct.; Zieria julacea Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XLII. J.).
In small, close, soft tufts, silvery green or whitish above, pale
vinous pink below ; '/z-2 inches high ; stems short, with numerous
fastigiate julaceous branches. Leaves densely imbricated, erect
with the points recurved, little altered when dry, thin, very con-
cave, rounded-oval or oval-oblong, shortly and sharply acuminate
or cuspidate, margin plane, entire or sub-entire, nerve reddish,
vanishing at or below apex; cells very thin, lax, thin-walled,
hexagonal-rhomboid, hyaline in all but the young leaves ; comal
leaves of the fertile stems longer, larger, lanceolate. Seta short,
3-4 lines, arcuate at top, capsule (with the neck) very long,
clavate, gibbous above and slightly asymmetrical, horizontal or
sub-pendulous, when old and empty sub-erect; the capsule oblong-
cylindrical, slightly curved, the neck once or twice its length,
gradually tapering into the seta; the whole fruit 2-2'/z or even 3PLAGIOBRYUM.
313
lines long; mouth small, oblique, pointing downwards; lid
conical apiculate ; outer peristome teeth a little shorter than the
processes of the inner, cilia rudimentary. Dioicous.
Hab. Clefts of moist mountain rocks. Not common. Fruiting in autumn.
Like many dioicous species this pretty moss is much more commonly found
barren than fertile ; in this state it bears a close resemblance to Bryitm argenteum,
but that species never exhibits the vinous red colour which is usually markedly present
in this plant ; the cells too are hardly half the size with firmer walls, the nerve
vanishes or at least becomes very indistinct soon after reaching half way-up the leaf,
while in our species it is distinct at least to the base of the acumen, and is frequently
continuous. From the next species it differs in the longer-necked capsule less curved
and swollen, the plane-margined wider leaves, and shorter nerve, and the proportion-
ately longer teeth of the outer peristome. The long, asymmetrical, horizontal fruit is
very curious in appearance, and is somewhat variable in length, form and direction.
It is only when gathered at just the proper period of maturity that the neck of the
capsule can be properly seen ; in young capsules, as in old and empty ones, the
distinction between capsule and neck becomes indistinct.
The beginner must beware of confusing the present plant with Bryum filiforme
(Bryum julaceum Sm.) ; the likelihood of so doing, however, arises more from the
similarity of their synonymy than from any very close resemblance in the plants them-
selves ; Bryum filiforine being a more slender, rigid plant, without the red tinge of
the present species, with much narrower cells and quite different fruit.
2. Plagiobryum demissum Lindb. {Meesiademissa Hornsch.;
Zieria demissa Schp., Syn.) (Tab. XLII. K.).
Resembling the last species ; shorter, rarely more than %
inch high, reddish ; leaves less imbricated and concave, render-
ing the branches less julaceous; oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
margin usually recurved, nerve (in the upper leaves at least)
excurrent, cells longer and narrower, especially towards base.
Seta strongly arcuate or cygneous, almost geniculate, at summit;
capsule shorter, more gibbous and swollen, the neck shorter,
equalling the capsule in length, the whole usually more curved,
when dry sub-erect, iyi-2 lines long; mouth very oblique ; outer
peristome teeth only about half the length of the processes, cilia
present, rudimentary.
Hab. On the ground and among rocks in exposed spots on high mountains,
very rare ; Ben Lawers and Craig Chailleach, Perthshire. Fr. autumn.
Differs from the first species in the shorter stems, less julaceous branches, more
excurrent nerve, and other points. It is a plant likely to be passed over, in the barren
state, as a small Bryum ; but the fruit is quite distinct; smaller than in P. Zierii, and
more curved and irregular, but otherwise much resembling it.
77- BRYUM Dill.
Stems producing innovations, usually in pairs, below the
flowers, thus becoming repeatedly dichotomous and rendering the3i4
BRYACE^.
plants densely tufted. Leaves usually more or less ovate in
outline, of a thin texture and very little hygroscopic, cells
smooth, rather large, more or less widely rhomboid or hexagonal-
rhomboid, rarely linear, the marginal often very narrow and
forming a more or less distinct, sometimes thickened border;
nerve usually excurrent. Calyptra narrow, cucullate, soon falling
off. Capsule on a long seta, usually more or less pendulous,
rarely horizontal, pyriform, but varying from sub-globose to
elongate-clavate, symmetrical or almost so, annulate, lid conical,
obtuse or apiculate, not rostellate nor rostrate. Outer peristome
of 16 long, lanceolate, undivided teeth, closely articulated,
especially in the lower half, externally trabeculate, sometimes
slightly perforate; inner thin, pale, with a membrane about half
the length of the teeth, to which it sometimes adheres, with 16
lanceolate processes alternating with the teeth, perforate or split
and gaping along the keel or median line, usually with 1-3
intermediate cilia sometimes rudimentary, when perfect bearing
short transverse appendages at intervals.
The genus Bryum is one of the largest among mosses,
consisting of more than 400 species, to which number additions
are frequently being made. It is the one, moreover, which both
to student and to systematist offers perhaps the greatest difficulty.
One reason for this difficulty lies in the fact that a very large
number of the species are separated by very slight and incon-
spicuous and yet apparently very constant characters, such as the
shape of the capsule, the structure of the peristome, and the form
of the leaf. Each of these presents, over all the extent of this
large genus, a much smaller range of variation than is found in
many far smaller genera, hence the difference they exhibit
between species and species can often be at the most extremely
slight, hard to detect, and no less hard to define. Another and
very important difficulty lies in the fact that many species are
almost invariably found in the barren state, and the absence of
fruit in a Bryum often almost prohibits its certain identification.
These difficulties would be greatly minimised if the species
admitted of classification in groups or sub-genera on clearly
defined characters or such as are easily observed; but unfor-
tunately the case is quite the reverse. There is so little
correlation between the different parts that any natural classifi-
cation based upon more than one organ or structure seems to be
out of the question ; while, on the other hand, a classification
based upon any single structure, such as the peristome, or the
length of the nerve in the leaf, proves entirely arbitrary andBRYUM.
3r5
unites obviously unallied species while separating others as
clearly akin.
The plan I have endeavoured to follow in the succeeding
arrangement is to separate off certain distinct groups clearly
defined either by a marked habit (such as Anomobryum and
Rhodobryum) or by an important character of the peristome (as
in Ptychostomum); and to divide the bulk of the species, then
remaining, into two groups into which they naturally fall, each
marked by a general concourse of characters rather than by any
one or more clearly defined differences of structure. For con-
venience of reference these Sections are tabulated below.
One or two suggestions may be of use to the student in the
examination of these mosses. To examine the structure of the
outer peristome it is usually sufficient to flatten out an open
capsule in water under a cover-glass and to expel the air by
warming, but this is not satisfactory when it is required to ob-
serve the colour of the base of the teeth, nor for the examination
of the inner peristome ; it is best therefore to separate the whole
peristome as near as possible to the mouth of the capsule, when it
may be separated easily into two halves and spread out flat on
the slide. In examining the capsule to determine whether or not
it is contracted below the mouth it is absolutely necessary to ob-
serve perfectly ripened capsules, and if possible such as have lost
their lids before gathering ; in immature capsules, even where
apparently ripe, a contraction invariably takes place below the
more firmly textured mouth upon drying, and this will almost
always be found to be the case with specimens gathered before
the fall of the lid, while capsules on the same tuft which had
ripened fully and lost their lids before gathering will show no
trace of this contraction. Indeed it is probably not too much to
say that the species in which this contraction is normal in fully
ripened capsules, as in B. turbinatum, are extremely few and
even exceptional. It may be added that very little reliance is to
be placed on the obtuseness or acuteness of the lid in this genus,
as it often exhibits considerable variation in this respect even
within the limits of a single tuft.
A.	ANOMOBRYUM. Innovations slender, julaceous ; leaves
small, sub-equal, concave, closely imbricated; upper cells very
narrow, linear.
B.	PTYCHOSTOMUM. Innovations not julaceous; cells
wider, more or less rhomboid-hexagonal. Inner peristome im-
perfect, the cilia being absent or very rudimentary and without316
BRYACE/E.
appendages, the basal membrane often more or less adherent to
the outer teeth. Outer teeth with numerous irregular oblique
lines apparently connecting the transverse articulations.
C.	CLAE'ODIUM. Innovations not julaceous ; cells as in
Ptychostomum. Inner peristome as in the last; outer without
oblique lines on the face of the teeth, simply barred transversely.
D.	LEUCODONTIUM. Innovations not julaceous ; cells as
in Ptychostomum. Inner peristome perfect, (in B. pallens rarely
imperfect), the cilia being usually well-developed, as long as the
processes, with distinct transverse appendages ; basal membrane
not adherent to the outer peristome. Outer teeth pale yellow
throughout their length, hardly thickened at base.
E.	EU-BRYUM. Innovations not julaceous (except in B.
argenteum), cells as in Ptychostomum. Inner peristome perfect.
Outer teeth pale yellow above, at base thickened, deeper in
colour, orange.
F.	RHODOBRYUM. Leaves in wide terminal rosettes,
very large, the lower scale-like. Cells large, hexagonal. Stems
tall, robust, with creeping subterranean stolons. Peristome as in
Eu-bryum.
In order to assist in identifying the species of this difficult genus the following
Key has been partly based on more artificial, but more easily observed characters,
and should be used in conjunction with the above synopsis. The Keys to the species
described under each Section will be found under their respective headings, on the
page referred to in the general Key. The letters preceding the reference to the pages
indicate the Sections.
lf Leaves not bordered, at least in the upper part ...............................2
\Leaves distinctly bordered with narrow cells ....................................8
/Nerve ceasing in or below apex, or leaves sub-acute .............................3
\Nerve excurrent in a distinct point, Is. acuminate .............................7
/Upper leaves large, in a rosette, serrate ; plant stoloniferous ......32. roseum
•^/Leaves smaller, entire or nearly so .............................................4
f Branches julaceous with the short, concave, imbricated leaves; cells almost
(^Branches not julaceous (except argenteum, with very wide cells)................5
{Ls. much shrivelled when dry, distant, either very decurrent, or orbicular and
obtuse ............................................................D (p. 323)
Ls. less altered when dry, not markedly decurrent nor distant...................6
f Plant small; ls. wide, obtuse or with wide short point ..............C (p. 319)
6-1 Plant often tall; ls. rather long and narrow, or with an abrupt, narrow apiculus...
(	E (p. 326)
/Cilia without appendages ; usually autoicous .........................3. Warneum
' ^ Cilia appendiculate ; synoicous, dioicous, or barren..........................11
g/Cilia without appendages, or none ; (Is. acute or acuminate)*...........C (p. 319)
(.Cilia appendiculate ...........................................................9
/Leaves with thickened, bi-stratose, sharply-defined border.................... .10
y ( Border unistratose, usually less sharply defined from the cells within........II
* This includes B. pendulum, see the Key to Cladodium, No. 7.BRYUM.
317
j /Leaves twisted when dry, tufted at ends of branches ................22. Donianum
\ Leaves narrower, scarcely twisted, rather decurrent, often reddish...//. fallens
jj/CapsuIe turbinate and much constricted below mouth when dry ...14. turbinalum
\Capsule not markedly constricted below the mouth ..........................E (p. 326)
A. ANOMOBRYUM.
/Ls. wide-ovate, obtuse or apiculate, not nerved to apex .............1. Jiliforme
\Ls. narrower, more acute, nerve usually reaching apex............/* concinnatum
1. Bryum filiforrne Dicks. (Anomobryum nonnull. auct. ;
Bryum julaceum Sm., plur. auct.) (Tab. XLII. L.).
In dense tall tufts, 2-4 inches high, pale glossy green or
yellowish, pale brown below, stems and branches slender, filiform,
rather rigid, julaceous, with the leaves appressed and closely
imbricated, hardly altered when dry, concave, oval or oval-oblong,
obtuse or shortly and obtusely apiculate, margin plane, entire or
obsoletely denticulate at apex, nerve yellowish, vanishing at or
some distance below the summit; cells somewhat variable in
width, the basal shortly and widely rectangular or sub-hexagonal,
the upper linear-rhomboid, or narrowly linear-vermicular,
incrassate. Comal leaves of the fertile stems longer, ovate-
lanceolate, acute. Seta red, about 1 inch long. Capsule sub-
pendulous, clavate, very slightly decurved, neck tapering, shorter
than the capsule itself, altogether if-2 lines long, reddish brown,
hardly contracted below the mouth when dry, lid mamillate,
smooth, glossy. Peristome pale brown, small ; cilia appendiculate.
Dioicous. Male flowers gemmiform.
Var. ($. juliforme (Anomobryum juliforme Solms.; Bryum
juliforme Schp., Braithw. Br. M. FI.). Shorter, more compact,
yellowish. Leaves narrower, slightly apiculate, point recurved;
upper cells narrower, more incrassate. Capsule slightly smaller,
less pendulous, usually horizontal.
Hab. Wet rocks in mountain streams, common. The var. $ among rocks in
drier places in the south ; Carbiss Bay, Cornwall, sterile (Curnow). Fr. rare, late
summer and autumn.
A very distinct species, with little resemblance to any other moss but the sub-
spec. concinnatum ; B. argenteum differs in the less glossy, softer tufts, with the apex
of the leaves white and diaphanous, and the cells quite different; Plagiobryum Zierii
is known by the reddish tinge of the plants and by other points detailed under that
species.
The var. juliforme appears to be little more than a stunted form growing in drier
and hence less favourable habitats ; even in the typical plant there is considerable
variation in the length and width of the cells and the apex of the leaves, and at the
most, the differences exhibited by the variety in these respects are very slight. It is
in some degree intermediate between the type and the sub-species concinnatum.318
BRYACEjE.
* Bryum concinnatum Spruce (Tab. XLII. M.).
Differs from the above in the stems more slender, softer and
more flexuose, the leaves less closely imbricated, less concave,
narrower, with more acute, slightly acuminate points; nerve
usually reaching to apex; cells wider, narrowly rhomboid-
hexagonal, with thinner walls. Fruit unknown.
Hab. In similar situations ; rare.
The soft texture, acute leaves, and laxer areolation are the main features of this
plant, and the nerve is rather longer. None of these points are however of great
importance, since they are those in which B. filiforme is most variable ; and forms
may frequently be found of an intermediate character.
B. PTYCHOSTOMUM.
/Leaves bordered with narrow cells ; capsule oblong-pyriform .......2. pendulum
\ Leaves not bordered ; capsule widely ovate-pyriform ..............j. Wameum
2. Bryum pendulum Schp. (B. cemuum B. & S., non Lindb.,
nonnull, auct.) (Tab. XLIII. A.).
This species resembles B. inclinatum closely in everything
but the peristome. Certain differences have been alleged to
exist, as that the leaves are broader in the present species, the
arista longer, the capsule wider, the spores smoother; but
except that the capsule is perhaps on the whole usually (but not
constantly) a little wider and more inflated in appearance than in
B. inclinatum, I do not think there is the slightest reliability to
be placed on any of these characters. In B. pendulum the teeth
of the outer peristome have the transverse bars connected
together by more or less numerous oblique (rarely almost vertical)
lines on the inner face of the teeth. These lines are visible
through the teeth when viewed from the outside, and they give an
appearance of an irregular net-work to the face. Inner peristome
adherent to the outer for the greater part of its length, cilia
absent or very rudimentary. Synoicous, sometimes sub-autoicous.
Hab. Walls, dry heaths, etc. Probably rare. Fr. spring and early summer.
Philibert first pointed out the peculiarity of the structure of the peristome teeth in
B. pendulum, affording a ready method of separating it from B. inclinatum, which
has them simply articulate with transverse bars, without oblique connecting lines, and
it is quite clear chat until this was recognised the species was very imperfectly under-
stood. Examined under this light, two out of every three herbarium specimens
labelled B. pendulum usually turn out to be B. inclinatum, and it would appear that
the present species is really a very rare one. At any rate it would be quite unsafe to
refer to it barren plants, which may usually, though, of course, without certainty, be
assumed to be B. inclinatum.BRYUM.
3'9
The inflorescence is usually synoicous, but occasionally gemmiform male flowers
are found, mixed with the archegonia.
3. Bryum Warneum Bland. (Tab. XLIII. B.).
Short, tufted, stems with numerous innovations which are
sometimes long and slender. Leaves not much crowded, some-
what flexuose and erect when dry, widely ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, shortly acuminate, with a denticulate, cuspidate point,
the greater part formed by the slightly excurrent, reddish nerve.
Margin almost plane or very narrowly reflexed; cells resembling
those of B. inclinatum, but wider, shortly hexagonal or hexagonal-
rhomboid, the marginal narrower, forming a slender, not very
distinct border. Seta long, i-2i inches, capsule abruptly
pendulous, shortly and widely ovate-pyriform, very narrow at
the mouth, lid small ; peristome almost as in B. pendulum ; cilia
3-4, very rudimentary or abortive. Autoicous, male flower among
the comal leaves ; rarely synoicous.
Hab. Sandy ground or mud by rivers or seashores. Rare. Fr. all the autumn.
The peristome in this species is almost exactly that of B. pendulum, and there
need be no difficulty therefore in distinguishing it from all the British species except
that. B. calophylhim, of course, is quite distinct in the very concave, hardly pointed
leaves. The leaves in the present species are wider and shorter than in B. pendulum,
more shortly acuminate, with the nerve very shortly excurrent, the cells wider, with
n much less distinct border; the capsule and neck both shorter, the former more
widely oval. The time of ripening the fruit is also different. It appears to be some-
what intermediate between that species and B. calophyllum, through which also it is
linked with B. Marralii.
C. CLADODIUM.
/Nerve ceasing some distance below apex...............................2
1/Nerve reaching apex (or very nearly), or excurrent...................3
/Leaves elliptic, obtuse ; capsule short, subglobose .........5. Marratii
/Leaves wider, usually shortly pointed ; capsule oval-oblong.4. calophyllum
{Leaves sub-acute, very concave, scarcely bordered ; capsule small .7. lacuslre
Leaves acute or acuminate, bordered with narrow cells...............4
/iVutoicous ; capsule asymmetrical, curved, mouth small, oblique ...9. uliginosum
^/Synoicous or dioicous ; capsule regular..............................5
/Leaves shortly pointed, nerve scarcely excurrent.....................6
5/Leaves acuminate, nerve excurrent in a longish point.................7
^/Dioicous ; leaves wide, with a narrow border.......................10. jallax
/Synoicous ; leaves brownish, border strong .................6. purpurascens
/Outer peristome teeth with transverse bars only ............8. inclinatum
' /Teeth with oblique connecting lines between the bars.......[2. penduluni\
4. Bryum calophyllum R. Br. (Tab. XLIII. C.).
Loosely tufted, with few radicles, pale or olive green.
Leaves, distant, small, the terminal considerably larger, forming220
BRVACE^:.
when dry an obtuse rounded tuft; all very concave, widely
elliptical or sub-orbicular, obtuse or shortly and obtusely
apiculate, not bordered, margin entire or faintly sinuose at apex,
plane or very narrowly recurved below; nerve strong below,
vanishing below or more rarely just reaching apex ; cells shortly
and widely rectangular-hexagonal, hardly altered at margin;
comal leaves of the fertile stem narrower, ovate-oblong,
acuminate. Seta i-iyi inches long, firm; capsule exactly
pendulous, oval-pyriform -with a short, sometimes almost
obsolete neck, the mouth rather narrow ; lid conical, mamillatfe ;
peristome teeth yellow, darker at base; cilia rudimentary.
Autoicous ; male flower gemmiform, just below the fertile flower.
Hab. Sandy shores and damp places, rare. Fr. summer and autumn.
This species and B. Alarratii are very distinct in the extremely concave, obtuse
leaves, of very different outline from the typical Bryum leaf. The capsule of B.
Alarratii, sub-globose pyriform and acuminate with the pointed lid, and the
narrower, oblong, more obtuse leaves easily separate that species from the present;
B. Wameum differs in the longer, cuspidate, serrate points of the leaves, and in the
distinct structure of the peristome teeth. The fruit ripens over a long period of the
year.
5. Bryum Marratii Wils. (Tab. XLIII. D.).
Resembles B. calophyllum, but differs in the narrower,
oval-oblong leaves, which are more obtuse, entire, very concave,
somewhat cucullate at apex, the nerve rather narrower, vanishing
below apex. Seta shorter, more slender, capsule small, globose-
pyriform with a very short, tapering neck, apiculate with the
rostellate, acuminate lid, sub-pendulous, small-mouthed, dark
reddish brown; annulus broad, persistent ; peristome teeth
narrow, deep orange-red; cilia rudimentary. Autoicous; male
flower gemmiform.
Hab. Sandy sea-shores. Rare. Fr. late summer and autumn.
Readily known from B. calophyllwn by the characters italicised, and also pointed
out under that species. The deep red colour of peristome is also characteristic, and
the capsule is of a very different form from that of any of the allied species.
6. Bryum purpurascens B. &S. (Pohlia purpurascens R. Br.)
(Tab. XLIII. E.).
In tufts, brown or purplish red above. Leaves resembling
those of B. inclinatum but rather wider, more shortly acuminate,
margin less recurved, bordered with several rows of narrow,
yellow cells, slightly denticulate at apex, nerve yellowish,BRYUM.
321
shortly excurrent, or vanishing at or below apex ; not red at
base. Capsule on a rather short seta, (5-7 lines Iong), pendulous,
oblong-pyriform, with the neck about equal in length to the cap-
sule ; lid convex or slightly mamillate ; peristome teeth deep
yellow, darker at base, resembling those of B. inclinatum.
Synoicous.
Hab. Crevices of limestone rocks, nr. Litton, Yorkshire (Whitehead, 1879).
This species, which has only been found in Britain in the single locality named,
is a Scandinavian plant, rare on the continent. It appears to be somewhat inter-
mediate between B. inclinatum and B. laaistre, differing from the former in the
leaves with the margins little recurved, and the nerve much less longly excurrent,
with the cells—so far as I have been able to observe them, very little narrowed at the
apex, while in B. inclinatum they become very narrow there; B. lacustre has more
concave leaves with the margins widely recurved. The brownish purple colour is
also said to be constant.
7. Bryum lacustre Brid. (Mnium lacustre Bland.)
(Tab. XLIII. F.).
Loosely tufted, more or less reddish, short. Lower leaves
widely ovate, upper ovate, shortly acuminate, concave, margin
entire or nearly so, revolute usually almost to summit, not
bordered or with a faint border of narrow cells, nerve reddish,
ceasing below apex or percurrent, rarely a little excurrent; cells
short, wide, not much narrowed at apex. Seta slender, capsule
small, shortly pyriform, with a neck shorter than the capsule,
small-mouthed, inclined, more rarely pendulous, when dry and
empty wide-mouthed ; lid apiculate, peristome small, pale ; teeth
yellow, orange at base. Cilia rudimentary. Synoicous.
Hab. Sandy places, rare. Fr. summer.
In habit and leaf this comes, perhaps, nearer B. Warneum than any other
species, but the peristome is that of the Section Cladodium, and by this it may be known
at once. In this respect it more resembles B. calophyllum, but that has more obtuse
leaves, with the margin hardly recurved and with scarcely any border, and the
inflorescence is autoicous ; in the present species there are usually some rows at least
of somewhat narrowed cells at the margins of the leaves. B. Marratii differs in the
differently-shaped capsule, the deep orange teeth and obtuse leaves ; B. inclinatum in
the narrower leaves with more acuminate points and more excurrent nerve, and the
cells at apex narrow.
B. origanum Bosw. may possibly belong here. Braithwaite makes it a synonym
of B. fallens, but the leaves, in the only original specimens I have seen, from
Boswell’s herbarium, gathered by Wesley in 1879, are not or scarcely decurrent, with
the margin plane or very lightly recurved, and entirely without a border in most
cases, or with a single row of hardly narrowed cells in some leaves; the nerve is
markedly thick throughout the greater part of its length, and prominent at the back.
On the whole it appears to me much more similar to B. lacustre than to B. fallens,
but it is one of those barren plants which frequently occur in this genus, and which it
V322
BRYACE^:.
is probably safer to leave undetermined. I learn from Dr. Braithwaite that Lindberg
gathered a moss in Ireland identical with this and named it provisionally B.
calcareum. I have seen very similar plants from several localities, and am inclined to
refer them all to the present species in preference to any other.
8. Bryum inclinatum Bland. (Pohlia inclinata Sw.)
(Tab. XLIII. G.).
In close compact tufts or wide patches, densely interwoven
below with tomentum ; deep or olive green. Leaves frequently
interruptedly tufted, the comal crowded, numerous, erecto-patent,
when dry erect and oppressed forming an oval tuft; ovate-
lanceolate from a rather narrow red base, gradually and acutely
acuminate above, usually widest about the middle; margin
reflexed to near apex, entire or slightly denticulate at the point,
nerve excurrent in a long denticulate arista or shorter cuspidate
point; cells at base lax, rectangular, above hexagonal-rhom-
boid, about twice as long as broad, narrower towards margin and
apex, 3-5 rows at margin very narrow and elongate, often yellowish,
forming a distinct border reaching to apex. Seta i-i'/z
inches long, capsule oblong-pyriform or clavate, sometimes a
little curved, tapering at the neck, sub-pendulous or inclined, with
a narrow mouth, brown or reddish brown ; lid small, apiculate;
peristome teeth yellow, orange at base, transversely articulate,
without oblique connecting lines; inner pale, basal membrane
adherent to the teeth, processes free, cilia none or very rudi-
mentary. Synoicous or autoicous.
Hab. Dry heaths, walls, etc. Frequent. Fr. summer.
This species externally resembles several others of the genus, notably B.
pendulum, B. ccespiticium, B. pallescens, B. intermedium, B. affine, and B.
provinciate. The difference in the peristome teeth pointed out under B. pendulum
will at once distinguish that species, and indeed forms the only constant distinctive
character ; all the others differ in the well-developed, appendiculate cilia ; differences
of inflorescence are often adduced, but the inflorescence in both B. inclinatum and
B. pendulum is too variable to give these much practical value. The cells in B.
ccespiticium are usually longer and narrower, the leaves generally broadest below the
middle and more gradually tapering ; and the present species is for the most part a
larger plant with larger leaves than any of them except B. provincial ; but on the
whole the peristome must be considered the most satisfactory character. B.
provinciate differs also in the leaves more regularly arranged in interrupted tufts,
wider, especially in the upper part, more rapidly pointed so that the apex is broader,
with wider areolation at the point.
Looser, more elongated forms occasionally occur, with the leaves less crowded
and somewhat twisted when dry. Although the capsule is sometimes described as
contracted below the mouth, I have never found it so except in capsules which had
dried when slightly immature.
The base of the teeth of the outer peristome is frequently of a very deep red.BRYUM.
323
9. Bryum uliginosum B. & S. (Cladodium uliginosum Brid. ;
Bryum cernuum Lindb., non B. & S., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XLIII. H.).
Somewhat resembling B. inclination ; the innovations more
slender, with laxer leaves, the comal tufts less distinct. Leaves
much resembling those of B. inclination, but less narrowly
pointed, with the nerve more shortly excurrent; border
thickened, of 2-3 layers of cells; and recurved. Seta long, i£
inches, capsule inclined or pendulous, oval-pyriform, incurved,
and gibbous at back, pale brown, neck long, narrow, distinct,
tapering; mouth small, oblique, lid convex, acute; peristome
teeth pale yellow, not orange at base, densely barred; cilia
absent or rudimentary. Autoicous ; male flower gemmiform,
below the fertile flower.
Hab. Bogs and damp sandy places. Rare. Fr. late summer.
The asymmetrical, curved and gibbous capsule, with the small mouth pointing
obliquely downwards, together with the long neck and the imperfect inner peristome,
form the best marks by which this species may be known. The shape of the capsule
is not unlike some forms of B. fallens, but that species wants the small, oblique
mouth, and the peristome is perfect. The thickened leaf-border is another good
character, but not a very easy one to observe, as this can only be done by careful
section cutting. The habitat, moreover, is usually a safe guide, as compared with B.
inclinatum; the peristome teeth are also less thickened at the base than in that and
most species, and are consequently little or no deeper in colour there than above, so
that the species is in some degree intermediate between this Section and the following
one.
10. Bryum fallax Milde (Tab. XLIII. I.).
Closely resembling certain forms of B. pallens ; leaves rather
wider and shorter, very shortly pointed, with a very narrow not
thickened border ; capsule pendulous or inclined, pyriform, with
a long neck becoming plicate when dry ; outer peristome as in B.
pallens, inner adherent to the outer, cilia none or very rudi-
mentary. Dioicous.
Hab. Damp places, very rare; Sussex and Snowdon (Mitten). Fr. late
summer.
This species comes very close to B. fattens, but is separated by the non-
thickened border of the leaves as well as by the imperfect inner peristome.
D. LEUCODONTIUM.
[The species comprised under this Section form a natural
group, marked by the peristome, which has perfect appendiculate
cilia as in Eu-Bryum, but the outer teeth instead of being orange324
BRYACE^E.
at the base are of the same pale colour throughout, being little
thickened at their insertion. Besides this there is a common
facies about the plants, all of them having rather wide leaves,
obtuse or shortly pointed only, not narrowly acuminate, and with
the nerve, when at all excurrent, less than in most of the species
of Eu-Bryum. The cells also are usually wider, and the leaves
more flaccid and more shrunken when dry; and all the species are
found in watery situations, and are dioicous.]
/Nerve ceasing below apex ; Is. crisped when dry ................................2
\Nerve excurrent, or nearly so; Is. scarcely crisped............................ 3
f Leaves orbicular, obtuse ..................................... 13. cyclophyllum
\ Leaves acute, with long decurrent wings ............................12. Duvalii
C Leaf-border bi-stratose ; plant often reddish .......................11. fallens
3-j Leaf-border not thickened ; capsule constricted below mouth when dry .
I	14. tnrbinatum
11. Bryum pallens Sw. (Tab. XLIII. J.).
Extremely variable in habit, usually with some tinge of red,
frequently bright rose red ; loose or compact, J-3 inches high ;
leaves soft, densely crowded or distant, erecto-patent, carinate,
concave, strongly decurrent, when dry somewhat crisped and
flexuose, in the compact forms incurved and catenulate ; oblong-
lanceolate or widely ovate, shortly pointed, with the reddish
nerve excurrent in a short mucro, or vanishing at or just below
the apex ; cells lax, sub-hexagonal, with firm, often thickened
walls, pellucid; margin entire or sub-denticulate at apex, recurved
to near summit, border thickened, clearly defined, brownish,
revolute. Seta long, capsule inclined or sub-pendulous, rarely
suberect, pale brown, pyriform with a long tapering neck, the
whole often slightly curved and gibbous above ; mouth wide, not
oblique; lid widely mamillate or convex. Peristome pale
yellow; cilia perfect, appendiculate. Dioicous. Male flower
gemmiform.
Var. [3. speciosum Schp. (B. speciosum Voit). Tall, robust,
bright green above, reddish brown below. Leaves large, wide,
obovate-spathulate, rounded and slightly apiculate at apex, cells
lax, wide, chlorophyllose, border narrow, not reaching apex,
nerve slightly excurrent in an often recurved mucro. Capsule
larger, on a longer seta ; lid smaller. Rarely fruiting.
Hab. By streams and wet places, especially on clay. Common. The var. B
on mountains ; rare. Fr. summer.
One of the most polymorphous species of the genus. The stems at one time are
stout and robust, with leaves i£ lines long, at others slender, almost filiform, with
narrow, almost minute leaves; sometimes the tufts are very loose and soft, sometimesBRYUM.
325
they are compact, rigid, and brittle. The brilliant rosy tint which often renders the
tufts very conspicuous is always lost in drying. The capsule much resembles that of
B. uliginosum, but is usually shorter and rather broader, with a wider, not oblique
mouth and lid. In rare cases it is suberect and cernuous, resembling that of Funaria.
The peristome is occasionally imperfect, as in B. fallax.
B. Duvalii differs in the wider leaves of softer texture, more distant, more widely
and strongly decurrent, with almost plane, not thickened, margins and shorter nerve.
By yum turbinatum is known by the leaves less decurrent, and the very differently
shaped capsule.
The var. speciosum is a very distinct form, resembling B. turbinatum var.
latifolium, but differing in the less concave and cucullate apex of the leaves, and the
more excurrent nerve.
It may be remarked that here, as in B. Donianum, the border of the leaves is
more distinct and clearly defined, even when viewed on the face and without making
a section, than is the case with the species having non-thickened borders.
12. Bryum Duvalii Voit (Tab. XLIII. K.).
In very lax soft tufts, resembling the more slender, looser
forms of B. pallens, pinkish green. Leaves very distant, when
dry shrinking and flexuose, cordate-ovate, or widely ovate-
lanceolate, longly and widely decurrent, lower obtuse, upper
shortly pointed, nerve reaching almost to apex or ceasing some
distance below ; margin almost plane, entire; cells wide, short,
hexagonal-rhomboid, of soft texture ; the marginal in about two
rows of narrow cells, forming an indistinct border. Capsule
pendulous, oblong-clavate, yellowish-brown. Dioicous. Male
flower sub-discoid.
Hab. Springs on mountains, rare ; sterile in Britain. Fr. late summer.
A very marked species, readily known by its distant, widely and strongly
decurrent leaves, giving the stems the appearance of being winged. Webera
Ludwigii var. latifolia and IV. albicans var. glaciale have some resemblance to it;
the latter however has bright red stems and pale green leaves, denticulate above and
all somewhat acute, and hardly decurrent; in the former the leaves are much closer,
more rounded, of much firmer texture, slightly denticulate and with the margin more
recurved.
13. Bryum cyclophyllum B. & S. (Mnium cyclophyllum
Schwgr.) (Tab. XLIV. A.).
Pale bright green, in loose, soft tufts, stems short with
slender branches. Leaves distant, small, the comal rather
larger, few in number, variously spreading, not or scarcely
decurrent; when dry curled ; all broadly obovate or suborbicular,
concave, obtuse, slightly cucullate, entire ; nerve thin, vanishing
below apex; cells wide, soft, hexagonal-rhomboid, marginal in
1-2 rows, elongated, narrow, forming a weak border. Capsule on
a rather short seta, shortly pyriform, pale, wide at the mouth and
contracted below it. Cilia appendiculate. Dioicous.326
BRYACE-iE.
Hab. Marshes and sides of pools, very rare. Scotland (Grant). Fr. summer.
This is one of the most distinct species of the genus, the rounded, quite obtuse
leaves being unique among our species ; B. Marratii and B. calophyllum most nearly
approach it, but the leaves are narrower and of a different colour and texture in those
plants.
14. Bryum turbinatum Schwgr. (Mnium turbinatum Hedw.)
(Tab. XLIV. B.).
Densely tufted, tall or short, reddish, robust ; often with long
straight innovations bearing sub-equal leaves. Leaves crowded,
appressed when dry, gradually large upwards, very shortly
decurrent, oval, shortly acuminate, carinate ; margin entire or
faintly denticulate at apex, plane or recurved, nerve stout,
excurrent in a short point, red ; cells rather large, rectangular-
rhomboid, marginal narrow, forming a more or less distinct
coloured border. Seta about one inch long, somewhat flexuose,
hooked above, rendering the capsule pendulous. Capsule short
and thick, when fully ripe turbinate, strongly constricted below
the very wide tnouth, then ventricose and rapidly tapering into
the seta; lid large, mamillate. Peristome teeth long; cilia of
inner longly appendiculate. Dioicous.
Var. (3. latifolium B. & S. (Mnium latifolium Schleich.;
B. Schleicheri var. latifolium Schp., Syn.). Tall and very
robust, 2-j inches, with long, straight, almost unbratiched,
tumid stems ; yellowish green ; leaves very large, roundish oval,
concave, sub-obtuse and apiculate, more denticulate and with the
border more strongly marked, nerve usually ceasing at or below
apex. Capsule longer, on a short seta.
Hab. Wet sandy places ; rare. The var. £ more rare, and very rarely fertile ;
Scotland. Fr. summer.
Somewhat resembling B. pallens in leaf this moss is quite distinct in the fruit,
which is shorter, more ventricose, very much constricted below the wide mouth, and
quite symmetrical, not curved nor gibbous. The var. latifoliwn is a very distinct
form, notable for its large wide leaves, so concave that they will not flatten out at the
apex ; intermediate forms, however, occur ; I have gathered one with the Rev. C. H.
Binstead, in Brecon, as tall and robust as the variety, but with narrower, though
equally large leaves.
E. EU-BRYUM.
1
2
3
/Plant silvery white ; Is. very small, imbricate, nerve short.........31. argenteum
\Plant red, green or brown .........................................................2
{Leaves not (or scarcely) bordered above ...........................................3
Leaves distinctly bordered with narrow cells.....................................12
/Margin strongly toothed above ; Is. in interrupted tufts on stem ...20. provinciate
\Margin almost entire, except at apex; Is. uniform.....................................4BRYUM.
327
{Ls. widely ovate, apiculate; plant tall, tomentose ..............23. barbatum
Ls. narrower, more or less acute or acuminate .............................5
/Nerve excurrent in a longish arista........................................13
5 \Nerve shortly or not excurrent ............................................6
^-/Nerve scarcely or not excurrent; apex subacute only; ls. imbricate when dry ...7
\Nerve distinctly excurrent; apex acute or acuminate........................9
/Leaves shining, usually reddish ; cells under 10 u wide..........2j. alpinum
' / Leaves less shining, with wider points ; cells wider .....................8
| Leaves distinctly cucullate ...............................2Q. MiihlenbecHi
8-J Leaves pale or reddish, usually mixed with gemmae, hardly cucullate ......
[	28. gemmiparum
/Capsule abruptly rounded at base ...........................23. atropurpureum
” ^Capsule more or less tapering towards base ................................10
{Cells about 5 /*• wide; lid obtuse...............................26. murale
Cells 10-12 /j.. wide ; lid apiculate .....................................n
( Leaves serrulate at apex ; barren plant with mulberry-like gemmae ........
11 -J	24. erythrocarpum
^Leaves entire at apex.......................................30. Mildeanum
J2/Leaves more or less obtuse and cucullate ; very concave.....16. neodamense
/Leaf-border very distinctly marked, bistratose..............22. Donianum
/Leaves with shortish points, nerve rather shortly excurrent...............15
4/Leaves longly cuspidate or aristate........................................18
/Plant small; capsule short.......................................24. rubens
5\Plant usually tall; capsule longer ........................................16
t/Synoicous.........................................................J5* bimum
\Dioicous .................................................................17
l Ls. narrowly bordered ; capsule constricted below mouth when dry..........
17s	74. turbinatum
(Ls. widely bordered ; capsule not markedly, constricted... 13. * pseudo-triquetrum
fAutoicous; lower leaves reddish .................................ly. pallescens
i8"| Synoicous...............................................................19
[Dioicous .................................................................20
/Ls. serrulate at point; capsule usually incurved ; lid small ....18. intermedium
^\Ls. almost entire at point; capsule regular; lid larger...............iy.* affine
/ Ls. usually obovate, much twisted when dry .........................2/. capillare
\Ls. more tapering, not twisted..................................................21
2i/Ls. narrowly acuminate, border usually faint or absent.............19. ccespiticium
\Ls. wider, border distinct ......................................21.* obconicum
[The species of this Section naturally form three or four
fairly clearly marked groups, which may be classed under two
distinct heads ; (I) those with the leaves usually narrowly and
sharply acuminate, having the nerve excurrent in a long
cuspidate point or arista, the leaves themselves usually
moderately large and the plants more or less robust, the capsules
brown, large and long, rarely under i'/2 lines in length and
usually 2 lines, or more ; (II.) plants often small and slender, with
small leaves, rarely acuminate, the nerve vanishing at or below
apex, or excurrent in a short point only ; capsules often deep red,
small, short, rarely over iy* lines long, often less.328
BRYACE^E.
These two groups are fairly natural, and there will be no
difficulty as a rule in determining to which of them a given plant
belongs, although the characters above defined do not all hold
good in every species. It may be borne in mind that all the
species with longly excurrent nerve, and all those with long cap-
sules (2 lines or more) fall within (I.) ; and that the only species
in that group which have the leaves obtuse (B. neodamense), or
very shortly pointed (B. bimum and B. pseudo-triquetrum), are
at once referable to it from their robust habit and long capsules].
(SUB-SECTION I).
15- Bryum bimum Schreb. (XLIV. C.).
Robust, tall, 2-6 inches high, pale green to purplish, stems
stout, loosely or densely tufted, usually interwoven with brown
tomentum. Upper leaves forming a large comal tuft, long, i-i|
lines or more, erecto-patent or spreading, straight, when dry
usually shrunken, somewhat twisted or oppressed, oblong-lanceo-
late or lanceolate, tapering to a short point, from a wide, often
slightly expanded red base; margin strongly recurved nearly to
the summit, slightly denticulate at apex or entire ; leaves on the
barren branches sub-equal, often distant, wider, more flaccid;
nerve strong, reddish, reaching apex and usually shortly excurrent
in a denticulate cuspidate point ; cells rather smaller than in
most of the previous species, rhomboid-hexagonal, narrower
towards the edges of the leaves, 3-4 rows at margin very narrow,
forming a distinct, often yellowish border. Seta long, i-2| inches,
curved or bent at the top so that the capsule is sub-pendulous or
inclined ; capsule long (2-2£ lines), large, bright brown, clavate
or sub-cylindric with a long tapering neck often nearly as long as
the capsule, often curved slightly upwards, rarely downwards,
very slightly contracted below the mouth when dry, lid large,
conical, acuminate ; peristome large. Synoicous.
Hab. Bogs and pools ; not uncommon. Fr. summer.
A fine species, not likely to be confounded with any other except B. pseudo-
triquetrum, on account of the robust habit, the large leaves with short points, and
large, long capsule on a tall seta, and the synoicous inflorescence. It varies much in
habit and size, being occasionally found with exactly the habit of B. pseudo-triquetrum,
but more commonly of a paler, green colour, with long, lax-leaved innovations, and
soft, flaccid leaves. The capsule also varies considerably in size and length.BRYUM.
329
* Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schwgr. (Mnium pseudo-
triquetrum Hedw. ; B. ventricosum Dicks., Braithw. Br. M. FI.)
(Tab. XLIV. D.).
Differs from B. bimum essentially in the dioicous inflorescence,
the male flower being large, terminal, sub-discoid ; the perigonial
bracts widely cordate or ovate-cordate. It is usually also, but
not constantly, a stouter, more rigid plant, with the leaves more
rigid and less shrinking when dry, of a darker colour ; the capsule
rather wider and more ventricose, more often curved and frequently
gibbous on the under side, but none of these characters are
constant.
Var. f3. compactmn B. & S. Shorter and more compact;
leaves more crowded ; seta shorter ; capsule shorter and wider.
Hab. Bogs and wet places ; frequent in mountainous districts ; the var. $ rare.
Fr. summer.
After much hesitation I have thought it right to unite this plant with B. bimum,
being convinced that, beyond the inflorescence, there is no real difference between the
plants. The pale, lax-leaved, more flaccid plants certainly as a rule belong to B.
bimum, but this is not invariably the case ; and on the other hand B. bimum is
undoubtedly often fully as rigid and compact, and with the leaves of exactly the same
form, while the same variations of capsule are found in the one as in the other. I
have found the two plants growing together luxuriantly and betraying no marked
differences of any kind except in the inflorescence. The leaves are usually concave,
in some forms very markedly so.
16. Bryum neodamense Itzigs. (Tab. XLIV. E.).
Tall, slender, brownish green, slightly branched; leaves very
distant except at the summit of the stem, where they form a close
coma, slightly and narrowly decurrent, broadly oval from a narrow
base, very concave, obtuse except occasionally in the comal leaves ;
entire, margin erect, plane, or very slightly recurved below;
nerve vanishing below the summit, rarely in the comal leaves
reaching apex or very shortly excurrent; cells a little wider than
in the last sub-species, the marginal forming a distinct border.
Capsule rather shorter than in that, obovate-pyriform, neck
shorter than the capsule itself, lid shortly apiculate. Dioicous;
male flower as in B. pseudo-triquetrum.
Hab. Sandy heaths by the sea ; Southport; Sands of Barrie. Fruit very rare,
summer.
This species is quite distinct in its tall stems with lax, very rounded, concave,
almost cochleariform, obtuse leaves, which however in the comal tuft show some
approach to the more usual Bryoid outline. In the almost plane margin of the leaves,
as well as in their form it appears to be very distinct from B. pseudo-triquetrum. The
fruit has only once been found in Britain.33°
BRYACErE.
17. Bryum pallescens Schleich. (Tab. XLIV. F.).
Usuall}r in dense tutts, stems mostly short, \-2 inches, with
slender innovations ; yellowish green, tomentose below. Upper
leaves forming a comal tuft, ovate, or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
hardly decurrent, rather small, slightly twisted when dry, margin
narrowly recurved, nerve excurrent in a rather long, toothed,
cuspidate point; cells rather small, narrow at margin, forming a
yellowish border. Seta about I inch long, capsule sub-horizontal
or inclined, oblong-pyriform, i£ lines long, with a tapering neck
shorter than the sporangium, symmetrical, slightly contracted
below the mouth, brown; lid convex, apiculate. Autoicous;
male flower on a separate branch.
Hab. Rocks, walls, etc., usually in mountainous regions, not common.
Resembling a small form of Bryum bimum, and also B. intermedium and B.
cczspiticium, but differing in the autoicous inflorescence ; from the first of these it
differs too in the more acuminate leaves with longer points, and from the other two in
the more distinct border to the leaves. It is for the most part an inhabitant of sub-
alpine regions, and is somewhat variable in size.
* Bryum affine Lindb. (Webera affinis Bruch; Bryum
cuspidatum Schp., Syn.) (.Tab. XLIV. H.).
Hardly differing from the above except in the inflorescence,
which is synoicous. The capsule is rather more pendulous, and
perhaps as a rule rather smaller.
Var. /?. cirratum Braithw. (Bryum cirratum Hornsch.,
Schp. Syn.). Leaves longer, more longly acuminate, with a
wider border; nerve longly excurrent in a denticulate arista;
capsule shorter.
Hab. Walls, rocks, etc., in damp places, not common. The var. cirratum at
higher altitudes. Fr. summer.
I prefer to unite this plant with B. pallescens rather than with B. bimum, since
from the former it practically differs in inflorescence alone, while it is separated from
the latter not only by differences of habit and size, but also by the form of the leaf,
much more resembling in that B. pallescens than B. bimum. The var. cirratum is
the alpine form of the species.
18. Bryum intermedium Brid. (Tab. XLIV. G.).
In dense tufts, deep green, stems short with short innovations,
about 5~i inch high. Leaves crowded, when dry imbricated,
hardly twisted, concave, ovate-lanceolate and oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, margin revolute, almost entire, nerve excurrent in aBRYUM.
33 r
rather long entire or denticulate point; cells much as in B..
pallescens, but with the marginal ones hardly forming a distinct
border, although narrower and longer than the median ones.
Capsule brown, i| lines long, sub-pendulous, shortly clavate or
narrowly elliptic-pyriform, often a little gibbous on the back and
incurved, neck rather quickly passing into the seta, mouth
small, lid conical, obtuse or acuminate, persistent; peristome
small, pale, the teeth incurved when dry. Synoicous.
Hab. Wet ground and damp shady walls. Common. Fr. summer and
autumn.
The leaves of this moss much resemble those of B. ccespiticium and other allied
species, but it fruits abundantly, and may be recognised without great difficulty by the
synoicous inflorescence and the form of the capsule, which is more pendulous than in
B. ccespiticium, B. affine, and B. pallescens, not recurved, but incurved when
asymmetrical, and with a distinctly smaller mouth and less conspicuous peristome.
The lid also is much more persistent, often remaining in its place for months after the
capsule is matured. The time of fruiting is also a distinguishing character, the cap-
sules not ripening until considerably later than in the allied species, and then being
produced in succession for several months, so that they may be found in various
stages of maturity in a single tuft. The leaves also want the defined border
characteristic of most of the species, but the marginal cells are distinctly narrower,
and as the leaf-margin is usually strongly recurved it is not always very easy to verify
this character. It prefers moister situations than B. ccespiticium.
19. Bryum csespiticium L. (Tab. XLIV. I.).
Densely tufted, about i inch high, pale bright silky green ;
stems slender, often with very slender innovations. Leaves
rather small, uppermost forming a crowded coma, oblong-
lanceolate, usually widest below the middle, narrowly acuminate,
imbricated and hardly twisted when dry, margin revolute to near
the summit, almost entire, nerve excurrent in a long arista ; cells
rather firm and narrow, the marginal ones very narrow, but
usually hardly forming a distinct border, especially at the apex.
Capsule oblong-pyriform or clavate, i£ lines long or slightly
longer, frequently gibbous below and recm-ved upwards from the
neck, brown, wide-mouthed, horizontal or inclined, sometimes
ventricose with a smaller mouth, lid orange, mamillate or conical
and apiculate, not persistent; peristome rather large, pale.
Dioicous.
Var. p. imbricatum (var. Kunzei Braithw., Br. M. FI.
B. Kunzei Hornsch.). Very compact; leaves sub-equal,
imbricated so as to render the branches julaceous, wider, ovate-
oblong, more suddenly acuminate.
Var. y. badium Brid. (B. badium Bruch, Schp. Syn.)..
More slender; bright green or reddish ; leaves narrower, more.332
BRYACE^:.
acuminate; capsule shorter, obovute, less tapering at base, dark
brown.
Hab. Dry banks, rocks and walls. Common. The var. $, Little Doward,
Herefordshire (Ley) ; the var. 7, Milnthorpe, Westmorland (Barnes). Fr. summer.
A common species, but frequently barren ; when fertile however the capsules are
produced abundantly. They are somewhat variable in form and usually more or less
gibbous below, nearly horizontal when dry, and wide-mouthed ; by which characters
and by the dioicous inflorescence the species may be known from B. intermedium.
B. capillare is known by the very different leaves, B. inclinatum—usually a more
robust plant—and B. pendulum by the imperfect inner peristome and distinctly
bordered leaves, B. affine by the synoicous inflorescence, and B. pallescens by the
autoicous inflorescence and more distinctly bordered leaves with wider cells. It is
this last species with which, perhaps, the greatest difficulty is likely to arise.
The absence of a border to the leaves cannot, I fear, be relied upon as a
thoroughly constant and satisfactory character, as forms undoubtedly occur in which
this structure is decidedly manifest.
20. Bryum provinciate Philib. (Bryum canariense Schp.,
non Brid., nonnull, auct.) (Tab. XLIV. J.).
Resembling B. inclinatum. Stems robust, r inch high, in
loose tufts ; leaves interruptedly tufted, the terminal of each
year forming a large rosette, those of the intermediate parts of
the stem much smaller; upper leaves closely imbricated and
hardly twisted when dry, large, obovate or widely ovate-spathu-
late, sub-acute or acute, not acuminate, margin recurved to near
but not to apex, above strongly toothed, nerve strong, red,
excurrent in a somewhat recurved cuspidate point ; cells regularly
hexagonal-rhomboid, remaining wide to near the margin and
apex, one or two rows only at margin slightly narrower. Capsule
pendulous, on a long red seta cygneous at the summit, oblong-
cylindric with a long tapering neck, dark brownish red, large,
if 2 lines long, lid conical, acuminate or apiculate ; peristome
large, yellowish. Autoicous and synoicous, often on the same
plant.
Hab. Dry calcareous hills, often in woods, chiefly in the south, rare. Fr. summer.
Although resembling in habit some forms of B. inclinatum, this plant is perhaps
more allied to B. capillare, from which however it is easily known by the firmer,
more serrate leaves, not spirally twisted when dry, and arranged in conspicuous,
interrupted tufts. This latter feature occurs at times in B. inclinatum, but there is
no great difficulty in distinguishing B. provinciate from it, as well as from all the
species with similar leaves, if the following points be kept in mind. In B. inclinatum
the leaves at the apex are narrowly acuminate, indistinctly toothed, and with the
■cells all becoming narrower, especially towards the margin, those at the edge being
extremely narrow and elongated ; in B. provinciate the apex is wide, hardly at all
acuminate, with distinct and spreading serratures for some way down the leaf, and
with the cells hardly altered towards the apex, only a single row or at most two at
the very margin being slightly narrower than the rest. The capsule resembles that of
B. capillare.BRYUM.
333
21. Bryum capillare L. (Tab. XLV. A.).
Loosely or densely tufted, soft, deep green, reddish below,
i-2 inches high, with numerous branches. Leaves loosely or
densely set, the comal not very distinct, when dry usually strongly
spirally twisted round the stem, with the points flexuose ; some-
times, especially in the laxer forms, not spirally twisted but
variously spreading or incumbent ; soft in texture, ?7iuch shrink-
ing when dry ; wide, obovate-spathulate, variable in length, plane
or concave, shortly acuminate and rather suddenly cuspidate or
piliferous with the longly excurrent often reflexed nerve, which
is broad below; margin entire or finely toothed, variously
recurved ; cells rhomboid-hexagonal, short and rather wide,
thin-walled, the marginal in several rows very narrow, forming a
distinct but not thickened border. Seta long, capsule large, long
(about 2 lines), sub-cylindrical with a distinct neck of almost
equal length, horizontal or inclined, hardly contracted below the
wide mouth when dry, symmetrical or rarely slightly curved,
bright brown or deep brownish red, the mouth deep red and
glossy, lid orange-red, conical-apiculate ; peristome large, reddish
at base, pale above. Dioicous; rarely autoicous; the var. fi
synoicous.
Var. fi. torquescens Husn. (B. torquescens B. & S., plur.
auct.). Inflorescence synoicous. Capsule deep reddish brown.
Var. y. macrocarpu?n Hiibn. Robust, densely tufted ; capsule
large, long, deeper hi colour.
Var. S. rosulatum Mitt. Very short. Leaves crowded in
terminal rosettes, quite entire, often twisted and recurved at apex,
nerve vanishing considerably below the summit, leaf-border
narrow.
Var. <=. flaccidum B. & S. Stems short with slender branches.
Leaves soft, narrow, spreading, shrinking when dry but not
appressed nor spirally twisted, distant, more distinctly toothed.
Var. (. Ferchelii B. & S. (B. Ferchelii Funck). Densely
tufted, branches slender, dull green ; leaves small, subequal, very
concave, cymbifoi'm, rounded-obovate, suddenly pointed with the
flexuose, sub-piliform nerve; imbricated, hardly hoisted when
dry. Capsule smaller.
Hab. Walls, rocks, tree trunks, etc. Abundant. The var. torquescens rare,
chiefly in the south ; var. maa ocarpum the common form in moist subalpine districts;
var. rosulatum, Sussex (Mitten) ; var. flaccidum rare, in moist, sheltered situations ;
var. Ferchelii, Killin (Hunt); Buxton (Barker) ; Litton Dale, Derbyshire ( While-
head). Fr. summer.334
BRYACE^;.
One of the most abundant and variable species of the genus ; the above varieties
do not, by far, exhaust the various forms, but they appear to be the most strongly
marked British ones. The synoicous inflorescence appears to be the only reliable
character by which to distinguish the var. torquescens; and even this is, according to
the observations of reliable authorities, subject to variation, both synoicous and
dioicous flowers being found on the same specimen. The somewhat different distribu-
tion is the only other character that can be claimed for it,—the deep red capsule being
equally characteristic of dioicous plants—and this, even were it more pronounced than
it actually is, could not be allowed co constitute specific rank in the absence of other
characters.
B. capillare is usually recognised without difficulty by the soft, wide leaves, very
generally spirally twisted when dr}7, with short, chlorophyllose cells, the chlorophyll
grains being very beautifully and distinctly defined even after drying.
The var. Ferchelii is a very distinct form, and should, I think, with Limpricht,
be united with the var. elegans (B. elegans Nees) which is characterised by the same
form of leaf.
* Bryum obconicum Hornsch. (B. capillare var. obconicum
Hiibn., Braithvv. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLV. B.).
Differs from Bryum capillare in the shorter, dense tufts, the
leaves less spathulate, rather ovate or ovate-oblong, more
acuminate, not twisted when dry, but appressed and incumbent;
capsule rather smaller, with a somewhat longer more tapering
neck.
Hab. Dry heaths and rocks. Not common. Fr. summer.
The practice of modern authors, to unite this plant with B. capillare, is doubtless
the right one. There is very little difference in the form of capsule, and that of the
leaves is very little greater than in some of the above varieties ; they are usually
rather smaller, and being closely appressed and straight when dry, they give a very
different look to the plant. The capsules, as often occurs in this genus, are variable
in size even within the limits of a single tuft.
B. obconicum is easily recognised from B. ccespiticium, B. intermedium, etc., by
the broader leaves and almost or quite symmetrical capsules.
22. Bryum Donianum Grev. (Tab. XLV. C.).
Shorter than B. capillare ; leaves more densely crowded in
short comal tufts, twisted when dry but hardly spirally con-
torted, ovate-oblong, somewhat acuminate, nerve excurrent in a
very short point, border yellow, of several rows of cells,
thickened; areolation firmer, margin more distinctly and regularly
toothed. Capsule resembling that of B. capillare, especially the
var. torquescens, usually somewhat curved. Dioicous.
Hab. Stony ground and gravelly banks ; not common. Fr. summer.
Much resembling B. capillare, but known by the characters italicised; the
thickened border especially is characteristic ; and the same remark applies to this
structure as was made under B. fallens. It is generally of a more reddish tinge, the
leaves somewhat more rigid and solid, the excurrent nerve shorter and more rigid.
It is a southern species.BRYUM.
335
23. Bryum barbatum Wils. (B. Stirtoni Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. XLV. D.).
Densely tufted, if inches high, pale green, soft. Lower
leaves small, nerve vanishing below apex ; upper rather larger,
concave, widely oval, suddenly acuminate or apiculate, the nerve
excurrent in a recurved cuspidate point; margin entire, plane;
cells shortly rhomboid-hexagonal, the marginal hardly different,
about one row slightly elongate but otherwise unaltered, not
forming a distinct border. Dioicous. Fruit unknown.
Hab. On the ground near the top of Ben Ledi (Stirton and McKinlay, 1864.)
The position of this species must remain doubtful, as it has not been found in
fruit, the above being the only occasion on which it has been gathered ; it seems how-
ever to be nearest B. cafillare, differing in the quite entire leaves with the margin
plane or erect and without any trace of a border.
(SUB-SECTION II.)
24. Bryum erythrocarpum Schwgr. (B. sanguineum Brid.)
(Tab. XLV. E.).
In short, loose tufts, often with a tinge of red ; stems slender,
often bearing at the base globose multicellular crimson trans-
lucent gemmae. Leaves crowded or distant, rather rigid, erect
when dry, not forming comal tufts, small, ovate-lanceolate or
lanceolate, margin variously revolute, denticulate above; nerve
reddish, vanishing at apex or excurrent in a short tnucro ; cells
longly hexagonal-rhomboid, marginal in one or two rows
narrower, but rarely forming a distinct border. Seta slender,
rather flexuose, /-/X inches long, variously hooked above; cap-
sule pendulous, about if- lines long, narrowly oblong-pyriform
with a slender tapering neck, slightly incurved, bright crimson or
purplish, rather wide-mouthed after the fall of the lid, which is
bright shining crimson, conical-acuminate; peristome rather
large, reddish. Dioicous.
Hab. Sandy heaths, etc. Common. Fr. summer.
A beautiful species when in good fruit, but very frequently found sterile only,
when the stems and branches are more elongated. The red radicular gemmae, which
are very conspicuous, are apparently characteristic of this and the allied B. rubens
and B. atrofurpureum, and as in barren plants they usually occur abundantly, they
form a useful feature for identifying this group; in addition to which the leaf is dis-
tinct in form and structure. The difficulty therefore lies principally in separating the
various species of the group. B. atrofurpureum differs in the shorter capsule with
abruptly ending neck, B. murale in the narrower cells, obtuse lid and wider, larger33®
BRYACE^.
capsule. It is doubtful whether any differences between B. atropurpureum and B.
erythrocarpum founded on the leaves, are constant ; these however in the present
plant are usually longer and narrower, with the nerve more decidedly excurrent.
* Bryum rubens Mitt. (Tab. XLV. F.).
In straggling, loose tufts, nearly allied to B. erythrocarpum.
Leaves with the marginal cells narrow and elongated in 2-3 rows,
forming a distinct, often coloured border; cells larger. Capsule
less pendulous, often almost horizontal, paler and less brightly
coloured, the neck a little less tapering and slender; lid large,
acutely acuminate.
Hab. Sandy ground, rare. Sussex (Mitten); Salcey, Northamptonshire
(Dixon). Fr. summer.
The presence of a distinct border in this plant is of less value as a specific
character than at first appears, inasmuch as traces, at times very distinct, of the same
structure may be seen in B. erythrocarpum. There is, however, in addition to this, a
peculiar facies belonging to B. rubens, due partly to the untidy straggling growth,
partly to the different position of the capsules, which appear to be constant in my
specimens from Salcey, the only ones I have seen. The cells also seem distinctly
larger than in B. erythrocarpum. The gemmae are present as in that species.
25. Bryum atropurpureum W. & M. (B. bicolor Dicks.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLV. H.).
In close tufts, resembling B. erythrocarpum, but usually
shorter ; leaves a little wider, but not constantly so; nerve rather
less excurrent, sottietimes vanishing. Seta short, less than one
inch in height, arcuate above; capsule pendulous or nearly so,
small, thick, and short, less than one line in length, shortly
oblong or obovate, with an indistinct neck abruptly passing into
the seta, deep purple-red, slightly contracted at the mouth, lid
bright red, shining, wide, conical, shortly apiculate. Dioicous.
Var. ft. gracilentum Tayl. Taller and more slender; leaves
broader, the nerve often vanishing below apex. Bulbiform
gemmae are borne in the axils of the upper leaves.
Hab. Clay banks, roadsides, etc. Common. The var. 0 with the type,
frequent. Fr. early summer.
Easily recognised by its bright red fruit, which differs from that of the allied
species in the abruptly ending neck, not tapering into the seta, and in its generally
short, thick outline ; it is not unlike that of B. argenteum, with which it often grows,
but the vegetative part is quite different. When barren it is with difficulty separated
from the preceding species ; indeed it is not safe to attempt to separate barren plants
except in the case of extreme forms.
Bryum Barnesii Wood (Schp. Syn.) appears, in part at least, to belong here.
I have only seen a single stem, labelled as collected by Barnes, and the areolation,
both upper and lower, agrees very nearly with some forms of the present species,BRYUM.
337
while in no way agreeing with B. argenteum, to which Braithwaite refers it; the cells
being exactly rhomboid-hexagonal with very thin walls, while B. argenteum has the
cells more or less distinctly incrassate, and usually more or less vermicular and some-
what obtuse at the ends ; nor is there anything in the habit or leaf form to recall that
species. Possibly more than one plant was included in his gatherings, and in any
case the specimens appear to represent one of those undeveloped, somewhat abnormal
barren forms not uncommon in this genus, and often impossible of identification.
26. Bryum murale Wils. (Tab. XLV. G.).
Resembling B. erythrocarpum, but in more dense, compact
cushions ; the leaves crowded in terminal tufts, more rigid, wider
at the base, oblong, acuminate, margin narrowly reflexed, nerve
thick, ex current in a cuspidate point; cells distinctly ?iar rower
than in the two preceding species, narrowly linear-rhomboid,
rectangular at base. Seta %-i inch long, arcuate or hooked
above, capsule sub-pendulous or inclined, finally often horizontal,
larger than in B. erythrocarpoum, if lines long, wider, oblong-
pyriform or widely pyriform, neck shorter and less tapering ;
bright red, sometimes contracted at the mouth, persistent; lid
large, obtuse or apiculate, shining. Dioicous.
Hab. On mortar of walls ; not common. Fr. early summer.
In the form of fruit this species is somewhat intermediate between B. erythro-
carpum and B. atropurpureum, being less tapering in the neck than the former and
more so than in the latter ; but it is larger than either, with a more elevated lid ; the
narrow cells form a good and easily observed character by which even barren plants
may be known. The old black capsules of the previous year may usually be found on
the same tuft with the ripening ones. B. murale appears to prefer the mortar of new
walls, and sometimes disappears suddenly from spots where it has been very abundant.
Like B. ccespilicium it sometimes has the capsules small-mouthed and ventricose or
widely pyriform. I have found it in very fine fruit but with this condition of capsule
very marked ; and in Wilson’s Herbarium there is a drawing of the same form,
labelled “ forma microstoma, ” from Bangor ; it has then a very different appearance
from the typical form, but as the fruit ripens the distinctiveness diminishes. It is
possible that it is in some degree a pathological condition.
These three species, B. erythrocarpum, B. atropurpureum and B. murale form
a distinct and natural group, characterised by their blood-red capsules and small
leaves of a fairly uniform type, acuminate with the nerve shortly excurrent and with
small, rather narrow cells. B. murale forms a somewhat intermediate link with the
next group in areolation and leaf-outline, but differs widely in the acuminate, acute
leaves and cuspidate nerve point.
27. Bryum alpinum Huds. (Tab. XLV. I.).
In dense, wide tufts, rigid, robust, 1-3 inches high, usually of
a deep glossy crimson, or variegated with red and green, with few
branches. Leaves usually sub-equal, erecto-patent, when dry
straight and closely imbricated, and very glossy, narrowly
oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or acute, not or rarely acuminate,
decurrent, concave, margin reflexed, entire or faintly denticulate at
W338
BRYACE/E.
apex, nerve thick, vanishing below or reaching apex, rarely
slightly excurrent, purple, cells narrowly linear-rhomboid,
usually, in the older leaves especially, very narrowly linear and
incrassate, narrower still towards margin but not forming a
distinct border. Seta flexuose, about i inch high, capsule
variable, i-if lines long, pendulous or inclined, deep red,
pyriform, with a tapering neck, small-mouthed, persistent; lid
glossy, mamillate. Peristome reddish. Dioicous.
Var. p. viride Husnot. More slender, leaves less closely
imbricated, pale green or very slightly tinged with red, more
acute ; cells a little wider, less incrassate.
Var. y. distantifolium Dixon n. var. Tall, robust, green
above, pale reddish brown below. Leaves large, long, distant,
divergent, tapering, rather more loosely areolate.
Hab. Wet alpine and sub-alpine rocks ; rarely on less elevated heaths ; common
except in the lowlands. The var. j8 at low altitudes, not common. The var. y on
stones in a mountain stream, Honister Pass, Cumberland (Dixon, 1895). Fr. rather
rare, summer.
One of the most beautiful of our mosses, with a. splendid almost metallic lustre
and rich colouring. The var. meridionale Schp. is only a rather narrow-leaved,
narrowly areolate southern form. The var. viride is in its extreme form a very
distinct and different looking plant, resembling B. Mildeanurn very closely; inter-
mediate forms between it and the type may however often be found. B. alpinum is
the type of another well defined group, including also B. gemmiparum, B. Miihlen-
beckii and B. Mildeanurn, known by their deep red capsules, the leaves erect and
imbricated when dry and little altered, more or less oval-oblong, obtuse or slightly
acute, hardly acuminate, with the nerve vanishing or at most shortly mucronate, and
the cells frequently very narrow. It can hardly be confused with any species except
the ones in question ; of these B. Miihlenbeckii differs in the obtuse, cucullate, widely
areolate leaves, B. gemmiparum in the shorter stems, wider, less pointed, less rigid
leaves with rather wider cells, and B. Mildeanurn, as pointed out under that species,
in the more excurrent nerve, wider cells and other points.
The plant described above under the name of var. distantifolium is a marked
form, well deserving of notice ; the leaves are much more distant than in any form I
have seen of this species, not imbricated, spreading or divergent, longer and larger
than in the type, and of the same colour as in the var. viride.
28. Bryum gemmiparum De Not. (Tab. XLV. J.).
Resembling B. alpinum, but paler, in shorter, stunted tufts;
the young shoots bright green, the older reddish. Leaves wider,
ovate, shortly and widely, almost obtusely pointed, nerve
vanishing below apex or just reaching it; cells wider, narrowly
hexagonal-rhomboid, thin-walled, narrower at margin, which is
slightly reflexed below ; nerve thinner. Gemmae frequently occur
among the upper leaves. Capsule oblong-pyriform, reddish.
Dioicous.BRYUM.
339
Hab. Rocks by water; R. Usk, Monmouth; R. Grwyne, Brecon. Both
sterile. Fr. spring.
A Mediterranean species, intermediate between.#, alpinumand B. Miihlenbeckii;
the leaves wider and more obtuse than in the former, with wider cells; less obtuse
and cucullate than in the latter, and with narrower areolation. It is also of a paler
colour than either. It is probable that it should be ranked as a sub-species of one or
the other.
29.	Bryum Muhlenbeckii B. & S. (Tab. XLV. K.).
Resembling B. alpinum but more slender, paler and less
deeply coloured, olive green, tinged with red. Leaves wider,
ovate and elliptic, with the apex obtuse or obtusely apiculate,
strongly incurved and cucullate, nerve stout, vanishing in the
apex; cells widely hexagonal, much laxer than in B. alpinum.
Capsule oblong-pyriform, small, reddish brown. Dioicous.
Hab. Wet places in mountains, rare. Fr. late summer.
A very distinct species, not found in fruit in this country ; but well distinguished
by its superficial resemblance to B. alpinum, but with broad, obtuse, cucullate leaves
with much looser areolation.
30.	Bryum Mildeanum Jur. (Tab. XLV. L.).
Resembling Bryum alpinum var. viride. Tufts swollen,
soft, pale green, bright or shining, brown or red in the interior ;
stems slender, red below, 1-2 inches high. Leaves sub-equal,
very concave, lower widely oval-acuminate, upper narrower,
elliptic-oblong, gradually acute or slightly acuminate, erecto-
patent, less crowded than in the above-mentioned plant and
smaller, erect and appressed when dry; margin widely reflexed
or revolute, plane at apex, entire or obsoletely denticulate at
point, nerve strong, red in the older leaves, yellowish in the
upper, excurrent in a stout straight mucro. Areolation much
wider than in typical B. alpinum, and distinctly wider than in
the var. viride, especially in the lower leaves; hexagonal-
rhomboid, thin-walled. Capsule purple-red, clavate-pyriform.
Dioicous.
Hab. On rocks and among sand in and near mountain streams; rare. Fruit
very rare, not found in Britain, ripening in late summer.
This plant comes very near to the green, laxer-leaved form of B. alpinum, and it
is quite possible that it may eventually have to be classed as a sub-species of that
plant. I have, however, found the two growing closely intermixed, almost indis-
tinguishable even with the lens, yet under the microscope retaining their characters
constantly. B. alpinum almost always shows some slight trace of red on the nerve
and margin at least of some (even among the upper ones) of the leaves, which are all
of nearly equal width; and in the var. viride the lower part of the stem, as well as340
BRYACE^.
the older leaves, is rather brown than red, and the nerve either vanishes below the
apex or is barely excurrent. In B. Mildeanum, on the other hand, the upper leaves
never show any trace of red, and are usually of a brilliant green rarely if ever found in
the other species; while the lower leaves and the lower part of the stem are often
bright red, though not constantly so; the lower leaves also are almost always
distinctly wider than the upper, with more acuminate points and laxer areolation, the
latter being constantly wider, or at least as wide as in the most laxly areolated leaves
of the allied plant; and the nerve is always excurrent, usually in a distinct, rigid
mucro, which is longest in the lower leaves. It will be seen from this that the lower
leaves form the safest guide to the identity of the species, except as regards colour.
Considerable variation occurs in the slenderness of the stems, but in other respects
it is fairly constant in character ; our British plant appears to be usually more robust
than the continental one ; I have gathered it in several localities both in England
and Wales, always taller and stronger than is usual on the continent, judging from
specimens and descriptions. With the exception of the green form of Bryum
alpinum I have found no difficulty in recognising it at once in the field from any of
our other species, by the brilliant green tufts with concave, shortly pointed leaves.
The margin is often described and figured as strongly revolute, but I have usually
found it only slightly, though widely reflexed, so that viewed under the microscope it
has somewhat the appearance of the flat edge of a hollow dish.
B. gemmiparum differs in the more densely imbricated leaves, which are rather
more obtuse, with the nerve scarcely excurrent, and the margin less widely and less
strongly reflexed. B. ccsspiticium resembles it, but is known by the more tapering
leaves with long hair-points.
31. Bryum argenteum L. (Tab. XLVI. A.).
In close tufts or patches, i inch high, pale green or whitish,
silvery and shining when dry, slender, with terete julaceous
branches. Leaves closely imbricated, hardly altered when dry,
small, widely ovate or obovate, variously apiculate or acuminate,
very concave, margin plane, entire; nerve thin, vanishing con-
siderably below the summit; cells small, narrowly hexagonal;
usually somewhat vermicular, obtuse at the ends, and incrassate;
wider at base ; all very pellucid, the lower very slightly chloro-
phyllose, the upper, often for half the leaf quite colourless and
hyaline. Seta short, about |-inch high, arcuate at the top ;
capsule pendulous, rarely more horizontal by the stronger curving
of the seta, very small, hardly i line in length, shortly oblong,
with a very short hardly tapering neck, slightly contracted below
the wide mouth when dry, reddish brown, lid wide, conical,
orange ; peristome deep orange below, paler above. Dioicous.
Var. f3. majus B. & S. In taller, swollen, greener tufts;
branches stouter ; leaves chlorophyllose almost to apex. Capsule
hardly raised above the branches.
Var. y. lanatum B. & S. (Mnium lanatum P. Beauv.).
Shorter, with shorter branches, hoary with the long, flexuose,
hyaline, acuminate points of the leaves, very white when dry.
Hab. Waste ground, cinders, roofs, etc. Abundant. The varieties 0 and y
more rare; var. majus in moister shady situations; var. lanatum in dry warm spots.
Fr. late autumn.BRYUM.
341
One of the most easily recognised of our species, resembling most Plagiobryum
julaceum, but differing in the smaller cells, absence of red tinge and other points
mentioned under that plant. The silvery tint is due to the extreme thinness of the
texture of the leaves, the upper part usually devoid of chlorophyll, and the lower
half only faintly coloured. It exhibits some variation in leaf form and habit, but not
to such an extent as not, in general, to be easily recognised. The varieties described
above are the extreme forms induced, the one by a rich and moist habitat, the other
by drought and exposure to the sun.
The capsule resembles that of B. atropurpureum, but is of a less deep red colour,
and passes, though very rapidly, a little less abruptly into the seta.
F. RHODOBRYUM.
32. Bryum roseum Schreb. (Mnium roseum Weis; Bryum
proliferum Sibth., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLVI. B.).
Gregarious or in large loose mats ; producing subterranean
stolons, with stems 1-2 inches high, somewhat branched, robust,
clothed for some distance upwards with minute, appressed,
scale-like leaves, the terminal suddenly enlarged, forming a wide
terminal rosette, deep green, horizontally spreading or erecto-
patent, erect and flexuose when dry, very long, j-5 or even
6 lines, 11 lines wide, spathulate from a narrow base, acute, the
apex somewhat twisted ; margin narrowly recurved below and
entire; in the upper half plane, spinulose-dentate; nerve
narrow above, vanishing at some distance below apex. Areolation
rather large, regularly elongate-hexagonal, larger and looser at
base, all thin-walled and highly chlorophyllose, or the lowest
hyaline. Capsules often tw’o or three together, on long stout
setae i-i£ inches high, pendulous, oblong-cylindrical with a short
neck, slightly incurved, brown ; lid conical, obtusely apiculate ;
peristome large. Dioicous.
Hab. Woods and shady hill-sides, not common. Fruit very rare, late autumn.
A splendid plant, with beautiful rosettes of leaves sometimes as much as an inch
across. The stems are frequently continued beyond one rosette, subsequently form-
ing another, and innovations are produced below the flowers. In habit this species
resembles a Mnium, such as M. spinosum, but the areolation is quite Bryoid, as is the
peristome. The fruit is exceedingly rare, and has only been found in three or four
British localities.
78. MNIUM L. (emend. B. & S.)
Plants usually tall and robust with large leaves. Fertile
stems erect, the terminal leaves usually larger, forming a rosette ;
often producing barren basal branches of a different form,
frequently long, slender and prostrate or arched, rooting at the
ends, the leaves sub-equal ; branching basal, rarely from below342
BRYACE^.
the inflorescence. Leaves usually large, rounded or more or less
elliptic or lingulate, often with a distinct border, frequently
spinosely toothed; nerve rarely longly excurrent; cells rounded-
hexagonal or quadrate-hexagonal, rarely elongate, often large,
smooth. Capsule more or less pendulous or horizontal, oblong-
cylindric or oval, not pyriform; lid mamillate, acuminate or
rostrate; calyptra very narrow, fugacious. Peristome as in the
Section Eu-Bryum of Bryum, but with the cilia smooth or nodose,
hardly appendiculate.
A genus of very fine, handsome mosses, with large pellucid
leaves, usually with a border, which is much more distinct than in
Bryum, and sometimes thickened ; and with very different
areolation, the cells being nearly as broad as long (except at the
base) and hardly ever rhomboidal. The capsule also is different,
being more frequently horizontal, rarely with a distinct or taper-
ing neck, and hence not pyriform in outline; the lid too is
frequently beaked. The prostrate or arched barren shoots are
only present in a certain number of our species, in the others the
barren innovations are erect, but with the leaves sub-equal, and
are usually taller and more slender than the fertile ones.
1
2
3
{Leaf margin entire ............................................................2
Leaf margin toothed.............................................................4
/Marginal cells scarcely distinct, all cells rather elongate .....n. cinclidioides
/Marginal cells long and narrow, forming a distinct border......................3
/Margin thickened, 2-4 stratose ; dioicous ; capsule oval ......../2. punctaium
Margin not thickened, 1 -stratose ; synoicous ; capsule roundish... 13. subglobosum
/Ls. not bordered.....................................................10. stellare
^/Ls. with thickened border .......................................................5
/Border simply serrate, the teeth single, in one rank ..........................6
5/Border with the teeth in pairs in a double rank ...............................9
^/Ls. ligulate, obtuse, undulate .....................................4. undulatum
/Ls. ovate or roundish, scarcely undulate ......................................7
/Stem 1-3 inches ; cells 25-40 /x...............................................8
' /Stem J-i inch ; cells about 20 n, lid conic .......................2. cuspidatum
0/Synoicous ; ls. usually obtuse; lid rostrate .......................3. rostratum
/Ls. lanceolate, scarcely decurrent ; lid mamillate ...................3. homum
y/Ls. wider, with longish decurrent wings; lid conic, rostrate ..................10
IQ/Plant tall, robust; ls. 2-3 lines long ...............................9. spinosutn
/Plant smaller, £-1 inch ; ls. 14 line or less..................................11
/Cells hexagonal, small, about 12-15 A1 * * 4 J dioicous.......7. orthorrhynchum
/Cells rounded at the corners, about 20 /x......................................12
I2/Synoicous ; ls. close together on stem................................6. serraium
/Dioicous ; ls. more distant, much shrivelled on drying ..............8. riparium
1. Mnium affine Bland. (M. cuspidatum Neck., Braithw.
Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLVI. C.).
Stems usually moderately tall, with long sterile shoots
arched or prostrate ; bright pale green, loosely tufted, 1-2 inchesMNIUM.
343
high, radiculose below. Stem-leaves ovate, the upper larger,
oblong-elliptic, usually somewhat acute rarely more obtuse and
apiculate, 2-^-3^ lines long, narrowed and decurrent at base;
leaves of sterile shoots usually complanate in two rows, more
distant, wider, ovate or obovate-spathulate, often hardly narrowed
at base and scarcely decurrent, largest in the middle of the shoot;
all much crisped, curled and undulate when dry, margin bordered
with 3-5 rows of narrow-linear, cartilaginous cells, yellowish,
spinose in the upper half with a single row of sharp, rather
distant, slender teeth usually composed each of a single row of
three cells, but variable ; nerve reaching to apex or vanishing in
the apiculus ; cells large, variable in size (25-40 ft), broadly oval-
hexagonal, somewhat arranged in oblique lines radiating from the
nerve, at apex rather smaller and more rounded, at base larger
and sub-rectangular, all chlorophyllose, thin-walled. Capsules
usually aggregated, 2-4 together, on long setae (i-i£ in.),
pendulous, elongate-elliptic, 2 lines in length, yellowish brown,
finally brown ; lid conical, apiculate. Dioicous. Male flower
discoid, terminal.
Var. (3. elatum B. & S. (var. elatum and M. Seligeri Jur.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.). Tall, robust, 2-4 inches high, sterile
branches erect; leaves large, less strongly spinose with short
blunt teeth, usually of 1-2 cells each ; more markedly decurrent.
Var. y. rugicum B. & S. (M. rugicum Laur.). Small, dull
green, leaves small, short, margin almost entire or with only a
few obtuse almost obsolete teeth.
Hab. Damp ground in woods, etc. Common. The vars. £, y, in bogs and
marshes, less common. Fruit rare, in spring.
This species varies very greatly, and is difficult to describe with precision.
It could only, however, be confused with the two following species, and of these M.
cuspidatum has the leaf-cells very markedly smaller, indeed only about half the size ;
while M. rosti'aium differs in the synoicous inflorescence, and the rostrate lid. When
these characters are not present there is frequently some difficulty in the determination ;
but M. rostratum has generally more oblong, obtuse leaves with the serratures usually
very small and often all but wanting ; they are also less decurrent, and broader at the
base, but it is not always safe to determine barren specimens. M. affine is usually a
more robust species than either of the other two.
I am unable to consider M. Seligeri Jur. a good species. The differences between
it and the var. elatum of M. affine at the best are but slight, and the form of the serra-
tures, which appears to furnish the most important character, is very variable, and
leaves may be found on the same stem exhibiting the normal type together with that
of M. Seligeri, and with intermediate stages. The tall fine plants with the sterile
shoots erect are very different from typical M. affine, but this is also characteristic of
the var. elatum. I have not found the convex form of the leaves, the strongly
decurrent base, nor the incrassate cell-walls mentioned by Braithwaite as characteristic
of M. Seligeri, at all a constant accompaniment of the small obtuse serratures of this
plant. Thus in German specimens distributed as M. insigne Mitt, (i.e., M.
Seligeri Jur.) by Dr. Fr. Muller, with the typical short blunt serratures, the leaves are344
BRYACE^:.
hardly decurrent, and the cell-walls not at all incrassate ; on the other hand, fine
fruiting plants collected by Grebe in Thuringia and distributed as M. Seligeri (but
which should doubtless be classed as M. affine var. elatum), have the spines very
long and slender, formed of three cells, but the leaves very strongly decurrent, and
convex on the upper surface.
2.	Mnium cuspidatum Hedw. non Neck. (M. silvaticum
Lindb., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLVI. D.).
Less robust than M. affine; young shoots bright pale green,
older stems dark green; in wide patches. Sterile shoots
prostrate or suberect, slender. Stem leaves decurrent, oval-
oblong, the upper larger, 1-2 lines long, obovate-spathulate;
those of the branches shorter, smaller, rounded-oval ; all acute,
shof'tly cuspidate, much crisped when dry ; border of 3-5 rows of
yellowish cells, with a single row of small spinose teeth in the
upper half, each tooth as a rule composed of a single spiniform
cell; nerve vanishing below or in the cuspidate point. Cells
small, about 20 /t in diameter, hexagonal, somewhat incrassate,
not seriate, at apex rather smaller, at base somewhat larger and
longer, sub-rectangular. Seta pale, solitary ; capsule pale, sub-
pendulous, oval-oblong, lid conical, obtuse; peristome yellow.
Synoicous.
Hab. Damp ground and rocks in woods, etc. ; common. Fr. spring.
A smaller species than the last, and readily distinguished from that and M.
rostratum by the cells only about half the size, not arranged in radiating rows, and
more angular. It may be recognised in the field by the smaller, shorter, more acute
leaves, with the borders more finely and sharply toothed. All the other species with
bordered and serrated leaves have them usually narrower and longer and always with
double rows of teeth.
3.	Mnium rostratum Schrad. (Tab. XLVI. F.).
Dark green, in loose patches. Stems erect, short, sterile
branches long, prostrate or arched. Leaves usually oblong or
slightly obovate, less tapering at the base, rounded and obtuse
and often flattened at the summit, with a short apiculus, slightly
decurrent, crisped and undulated when dry; those on the sterile
shoots two-ranked, somewhat complanate ; comal leaves of the
stems much enlarged, 2-2\ lines long; margin strongly bordered,
with a single row of irregular teeth in the upper half, which are
usually small, thick, and obtuse, often almost obsolete; nerve
reaching apex; cells resembling those of M. affine, but a little
smaller, about 25 /z in their shortest diameter, slightly incrassate.
Capsules often aggregate, horizontal or sub-pendulous, oblong-
oval, pale; lid with a long, straight or curved, rostrate beak,
yellow; calyptra rather persistent; peristome yellow. Synoicous.MNIUM.
345
Hab. Rocks and shady banks ; frequent. Fr. spring.
Easily distinguished from the two preceding species, when in fruit, by the long
beak of the lid. When barren the more oblong, obtuse leaves will generally
distinguish it, besides which the cells are larger and the serratures more obtuse than in
M. cuspidatum ; but as observed under M. affine it is sometimes, in the barren state,
more difficult to separate from that species. Even without the lid, however, it may
xeadily be known by the synoicous inflorescence, when flowers are present. It often
grows with M. punctatum, which is easily known however by its larger, wider leaves
of firmer texture and much less altered in drying, and entire.
4.	Mnium undulatum L. (Tab. XLVI. E.).
In large loose patches, bright pale green or darker. Stems
1-2 inches high, erect; sterile branches longer, 3-4 inches, erect,
somewhat arcuate and, often flagelliform, dense-leaved; stems
branched from the coma, and stoloniferous at base. Stem-leaves
gradually larger upwards, the comal long (often '/2 an inch),
Ungulate, obtuse and round at apex, with a small apiculus chiefly
formed by the slightly excurrent nerve ; narrowed at base and
decurrent, strongly transversely undulate; crisped when dry;
leaves of the sterile shoots similar. Nerve strong, slightly
excurrent; margin with a narrower border than in the three
preceding species, spinosely serrate from the base with close,
acute teeth in a single row. Cells small, about 15 i* in diaineter,
transversely elliptical-hexagonal, somewhat seriate. Capsules
aggregated, 2-10 in one perichaetium, seta orange, paler above ;
capsule oval-elliptic, sub-pendulous, shining, pale reddish brown
with bright red mouth and lid ; calyptra fugacious ; lid conical,
obtuse or obtusely apiculate; peristome pale. Dioicous. Male
flower discoid.
Hab. Shady woods. Abundant. Fruit rare, spring.
One of our finest mosses, especially when the fruit is produced; the numerous
setae springing from the terminal rosette of leaves, with the brightly coloured drooping
capsules, render it especially beautiful. It can hardly be confused with any other
moss ; Catharinea undulata is the one which most resembles it, but is known at once
by the more tapering, usually acute leaves, with lamellae on the face of the nerve.
5.	Mnium hornum L. (Tab. XLVI. G.).
Robust, in dense tufts, 1-2 inches high, dark green, the young
shoots pale green. Stems erect, unbranched; lowest leaves
minute, upper gradually increasing in size, comal large, forming
a terminal rosette, 15-2 lines long, oblong-lanceolate or narrowly
elliptic-lanceolate, more or less acute, with a sharp apiculus, very
slightly decurrent, erecto-patent or spreading, when dry erect,
slightly twisted, but hardly crisped or contorted. Sterile shoots346
BRYACE^E.
erect, the leaves sub-equal, crowded, not forming a comal rosette,
resembling those already described. Margin of leaves with a
strong reddish border, spinosely serrate from below the middle
with a double row of teeth which are consequently in pairs, each
formed of a single spiniform acute cell; nerve ceasing below the
apex, spinose at back above; cells incrassate, angular, sub-
quadrate-hexagonal or irregular, not seriate, rather small, about
20 /x in diameter, the basal rectangular, elongate. Seta solitary,
long, i—i^- inches, reddish, cygneous above, capsule sub-pendulous,
finally horizontal, rather large, ovate-elliptic with a very narrow
but distinct tapering neck, when empty somewhat ventricose, pale
yellow with a narrow red rim ; lid conical, apiculate; peristome
yellowish. Dioicous; male flower large, discoid.
Hab. Sandy banks in woods, and about the roots of trees, sometimes on rocks
by streams; common. Fr. spring.
A fine species usually known by its dense, robust habit, with the leaves closely
set and hardly crisped when dry. It does not vary much, but a very slender form
occurs, which I have found on shady sandstone rocks, quite as slender as M. serratum
and much resembling that species. M. hornum has something of the habit of M.
stellare, but is usually of stronger growth, and its bordered leaves are quite distinct,
even with the lens. The species with which it is really likely to be confused are the
allied species following ; in its ordinary form and habitat the resemblance disappears,
but on wet rocks by mountain streams it may easily be confused with both M. serratum
and M. orthorrliynchuvi. When in fruit the pale capsule and short lid at once
designate it; but these species, especially the latter, are often barren, and it is then
sometimes almost impossible to separate them in the field. There is however usually a
decided reddish tinge about M. serratum and M. orthorrhynchum, especially in the
stems; the leaves are less crowded, wider, more ovate, and more strongly decurrent;
still lax-leaved forms of M. hornum may defy determination with the lens. Under
the microscope the scarcely decurrent leaves will generally distinguish it; M. serratum
also has the cells rounded internally, and in M. orthorrhynchum they are rather
smaller.
6. Mnium serratum Schrad. (M. marginatum P. Beauv.,
Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLVII. A.).
Resembling M. hornum, but more slender, of a darker green,
almost always with a deep vinous red tinge in the lower part and
with red stems ; leaves shorter, wider, more distant, more con-
torted when dry, but hardly crisped ; lower stem-leaves ovate or
obovate, upper longer, oblong-spathulate ; all acute and apiculate,
narrowed at the base and strongly decurrent; leaves of the
sterile shoots more distant, shorter ; all with a strong red border,
doubly spinose-serrate, the teeth acute, obtuse, or sometimes
almost obsolete, less crowded than in M. hornum ; nerve red,
vanishing below apex, not spinose at back ; cells 20-25 /*
diameter, irregularly rounded, not angular, slightly incrassate,MNIUM.
347
at base larger, sub-rectangular. Capsules sometimes aggregate,
horizontal, yellowish brown, finally brown, lid with a rather stout
shortly rostrate beak, usually decurved; peristome deep yellow,
finally brownish. Synoicous.
Hab. Rocks, usually by streams; not common. Fr. spring.
M. serratum is a plant of alpine and subalpine regions, while M. hornum, though
equally at home there, is more frequently found in lowland woods. The characters
separating the two plants will be found under the latter species.
Mnium serratum is often quite indistinguishable in the field from M. ortho-
rrhynchuviy although the latter is usually somewhat more densely tufted with the leaves
more crowded. Under the microscope the difference is easily seen, the cells in M.
serratum being internally rounded, not angular, and half as large again in diameter as
those of M. orthorrhynchum. M. riparium differs in its usually smaller size, more
distant leaves, and dioicous inflorescence.
7. Mnium orthorrhynchum B. & S. (Tab. XLVII. B.).
Allied to the last species, but more closely tufted, with the
leaves in the upper part of the stem and branches more closely
set, tiarrower, oblong-lanceolate, doubly spinose-serrate from
below the middle; cells often but not always seriate, angular,
quadrate or hexagonal, small, about 75 in diatneter, chloro-
phyllose, incrassate. Seta about an inch long, red, solid, solitary;
capsule usually horizontal, oblong ; lid shortly rostrate, straight
or oblique. Dioicous. Male flower discoid.
Hab. Rocks, especially in damp situations in mountainous country. Rare*
Fruit very rare, late summer.
In its aspect this species usually resembles a slender form of M. hornum, and is
in this way often distinguishable from M. serratum, but by no means always. The
dioicous inflorescence and the small angular cells are the safest guides.
Several allied plants have been described as species from the continent and from
N. America, some of which will no doubt stand ; one of these {M. lycopodioides
Hook.) should be looked for here. It is well described by Philibert in the Rev. Bry.
1895, pp. 2 sqq. It differs in the more distant, more laxly areolated leaves toothed to
near the base, as well as in the fruit; it is in fact more nearly allied to M. riparium.
8. Mnium riparium Mitt. (Tab. XLVII. C.).
Closely resembling M. serratiun, but with more distant
broader leaves, usually more quickly narrowed at the base,
ovate-oblong; on the sterile shoots often rounded-ovate ; cells
resembling those of M. serratum, about 20 /t in diameter,
rounded, hardly angular. Seta short, pale red; capsule horizontal
or sub-pendulous. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady woods and rocks by water, very rare. Sussex; Yorkshire;
Perthshire. Fruit not found in Britain, spring.34§
bryace^.
Husnot (Muscol. Gall.) unites this with M. serratwn as a variety, and it is
indeed very near that species ; as, however, it differs in habit and leaf-form as well as
in the inflorescence, I have retained it as a species, but with some expectation that it
will ultimately have to be united with the above. Although usually a much more
slender plant, smaller in all its parts, it is not always so ; the specimens distributed in
the Musci Gallise (No. 724) by Geheeb are by no means markedly so, and I have
gathered a plant on Ben Lawers that must, if M. riparium be retained as a species,
be referred to it, but hardly more slender or smaller than ordinary M. serratum.
The Musci Gallias plant too has the leaves tapering to the base almost as in the latter
species.
M. orthorrhynchurn differs in the denser, narrower leaves with smaller, angular
areolation. The serration in this as in the allied species varies considerably in
acuteness and other points.
The Ben Lawers plant above referred to is the female plant, the first, so far as I
am aware, that has been found in this country, those from the other localities being
according to Braithwaite either male or sterile.
9. Mnium spinosum Schwgr. (Bryurn spinosum Voit)
(Tab. XLVII. F.).
Tall, robust, loosely and irregularly tufted, 2-3 inches high,
dark dull green. Sterile shoots erect or curved, resembling the
fertile ones. Stems stout, rigid, almost naked at base, the lower
leaves very small, scale-like, upper crowded, very large, 3-4
lines long, lines broad, widely elliptic-oblong, obtuse and
apiculate or widely acute and shortly acuminate, narrowed at
base and longly decurrent; spreading when moist, when dry
erect, imbricated, twisted and undulate, but not strongly crisped ;
solid in texture, highly chlorophyllose ; border strong, narrow,
cartilaginous, often purple, of 2-4 rows of very narrow cells,
sharply spinose from below the middle with a double series of
strong acute teeth. Nerve shortly excurrent in a cuspidate acute
point, reddish, spinose at back above. Cells chlorophyllose and
opaque, the basal very narrow, rectangular; the upper angular,
irregularly hexagonal-rectangular, usually elongate, about 20 /x
in width, mostly arranged in curved lines radiating from the
nerve, strongly incrassate; often a little larger towards apex.
Capsules often aggregate ; seta rather short, under an inch in
height, capsule sub-pendulous, elliptical; lid shortly and stoutly
rostrate; peristome reddish brown. Dioicous; male flowers
large, discoid.
Hab. Shady rocks on mountains, very rare. Ben Lawers ; Clova. Fr. late
summer.
A fine species, but of a dingy colour, and not easy to gather in good condition;
it has only been very sparingly found in fruit in this country. Its large, wide leaves,
very strongly decurrent, readily distinguish it from M. homum and all the other
allied species.
M. sfiinulosum B. & S., a closely allied species, smaller, of a brighter colour,
and synoicous, is found on the continent in similar localities, but more rarely.MNIUM.
349
10. Mnium stellare Reich. (Tab. XLVII. D.).
Densely tufted, 1-4 inches high, deep green or bluish
green, soft. Stems and sterile shoots erect, similar. Leaves
gradually larger upwards, the upper rather crowded, elliptic-
oblong, decurrent, when dry appressed, twisted and slightly
crisped, rounded at the apex and acute, or obtuse and apiculate;
not bordered, margin with a single series of irregular rather
distant spinulose obtuse teeth from below the middle; nerve thin,,
vanishing below apex, not spinulose at back; cells irregular, sub-
hexagonal or sub-quadrate, usually angular, incrassate. Seta
solitary; capsule inclined or horizontal, oblong; lid conical,
obtuse ; peristome yellowish. Dioicous. Male flower discoid.
Hab. Shady woods and rocks, not common. Fruit very rare, summer.
Known by its soft tufts, the leaves broad (but exhibiting considerable variety in
form), wanting the cartilaginous border which is conspicuous in almost all the other
species, being especially shiny and noticeable in the dry state; the colour also is
somewhat different from that of any other species, and on the whole the plant is not
difficult to determine, when once known; under the microscope of course the non-
bordered, toothed leaves at once distinguish it.
An allied continental species, M. B/yttiz, has the leaves bordered, the cells
smaller, the teeth somewhat in pairs.
11. Mnium cinclidioid.es Hiibn. (Byum cinclidioides Blytt.)
(Tab. XLVII. E.).
Stems tall, 3-6 inches, slender, simple or with a few slender
lateral branches ; sterile branches similar, longer and more slender.
Loosely tufted, yellowish green. Leaves thin, large, rather
distant, lower ovate, upper widely oblong-lingulate, rounded and
obtuse with a minute apiculus, somewhat undulate, when dry
somewhat crisped ; not bordered, margin entire or very faintly
irregular here and there with projecting cells ; nerve ceasing
considerably below apex ; cells rhomboid-hexagonal, more or less
seriate in radiating lines, 2-3 times as long as wide, about 20 in
width, thin-walled, sparingly chlorophyllose; the marginal in
several rows parallel to the edge of the leaf, longer and narrower,
but not forming a distinct or cartilaginous border. Seta long,
slender, capsule shortly oval, pendulous; lid conical, apiculate;
peristome brownish. Dioicous.
Hab. Mountain bogs, rare. Fr. summer.
A very fine species, known at once from the two following plants, which it most
resembles, by the pale yellowish colour, and the thinner leaves without a distinct
border.350
BRYACE/E.
12. Mnium punctatum L. (Tab. XLVII. G.).
Tall, robust, 3-6 inches high, dark green; sterile shoots
erect. Leaves large, distant, the terminal 5-6 forming a rosette,
larger, all patent, of solid texture, undulated and contracted when
dry, but hardly crisped, broadly obovate, 3-4 lines long, 2-z\ lines
broad, from a very narrow base, not or hardly decurrent, at apex
broad, flat, slightly emarginate, usually minutely apiculate;
border cartilaginous, thickened, of 2-4 rows of cells in several
layers, entire, usually purplish brown; nerve reaching to the
apiculus or ceasing just below, cells somewhat variable in size,
large, angular, elongate-hexagonal, somewhat seriate in radiating
rows, incrassate. Capsule on a long, pale seta, sub-pendulous,
finally horizontal, ovate-oblong, pale yellowish when ripe, finally
brown ; lid acutely rostrate. Peristome teeth yellowish, darker
at base; outer teeth and inner peristome very finely and evenly
papillose ; outer face of the teeth formed of oblong plates 6 or 8
times as wide as high; inner face with many (30-33J dense
transverse bars. Dioicous. Male flower discoid.
Var. (3. elatum Schp. Tall, densely tufted. Leaves larger,
rounded at summit without an apiculus, with a narrower, hardly
thickened border; nerve ceasing at some distance below apex.
Hab. Damp sandy and rocky places. Common. The var. & on mountains.
Fr. spring.
Except M. cinclidioides, which has thinner, non-bordered leaves, there are no
species of the present genus with which this plant is likely to be confused, but M.
subglobosum. The latter differs essentially in the synoicous inflorescence, and usually,
but not always, in the shorter, subglobose, pendulous capsule and the narrow, pale,
not thickened border to the leaves, which are also not apiculate and have the nerve
shorter. All these last vegetative characters are however sometimes found in the
present species, notably its var. elatum, as are also, according to Amann (Rev. Bry.
1890, pp. 53 sqq.), the form and direction of the fruit. According to this author it is
quite unsafe to separate these ambiguous forms except by the inflorescence or by the
characters of the peristome italicised under each species, which are however easy of
determination.
Cinclidiuni stygium differs in the deeper colour, smaller, rounded-spathulate
leaves, with longer, more distinct apiculus, etc.
13. Mnium subglobosum B. & S. (M. pseudopunctatum
B. & S., Braithw. Br. M. FI.) (Tab. XLVIII. A.).
More slender; resembling the var. elatum of the last species ;
the border of the leaves not thickened, less distinct and less
coloured, of 1-3 rows only of thin, narrow cells; obtuse and
emarginate, with the nerve ceasing considerably below the
summit. Capsule small, short, subglobose, usually pendent.
Peristome brown all over; outer and inner with papillae, formingMNIUM.
351
an irregular network of lines ; plates of the outer surface of the
teeth only 2-4 times as wide as high ; transverse bars of inner
face less numerous (15-25) and more distant at the base of the
teeth. Synoicous.
Hab. Bogs and marshes, rare. Fr. spring.
This species, according to Amann, often grows intermixed with the foregoing,
and can hardly be separated from it without the inflorescence or the capsule with
peristome.
79. CINCLIDIUM Swartz.
A genus of mosses closely resembling certain species of
Mnium, such as M. punctatum, in habit and foliage. Capsule
similar, lid convex; peristome teeth short, obtuse, incurved;
inner peristome of 16 narrow-linear processes from a very
narrow basal membrane, supporting a dome-shaped cupola.
Spores large. ■
The peristome with its elegant dome-like membrane
supported on slender pillars, between which the obtuse outer
teeth curve inwards, forms the main character by which
Cinclidium is separated from Mnium. There are several other
species, all confined to northern latitudes.
1. Cinclidium stygium Sw. (Tab. XLVIII. B.).
Resembling the less luxuriant forms of Mnium punctatum;
but always with a strong reddish tinge, often deep purplish
black, the young shoots only being green; stems densely
interwoven with dark purple tomentum. Leaves rather small,
lower distant, upper crowded in a terminal rosette, rounded-ovate
or obovate, from a narrow base, obtuse with a short wide
apiculus ; when dry crisped and undulate. Border strong, red,
not thickened, of several rows of narrow cells, entire or
denticulate in the apiculus only; nerve strong, red, reaching apex
and confluent with the border in the apiculus. Cells resembling
those of Mnium punctatum. Seta long; capsule pendulous,
elliptic-oblong, rather wide-mouthed when empty; lid conical,
obtuse; peristome pale yellow, the inner orange. Synoicous.
Hab. Deep bogs on mountains and moors, rare. Fr. summer.
Although much resembling Mnium punctatum this interesting moss will readily
be distinguished by the characters italicised above. The peristome is a beautiful
object.352
FONTINALACE/'E.
* # Diplolepideae Pleurocarpae (v. ante, p. 232).
Pleurocarpous mosses; i.e., the fruit is produced from a
lateral bud on the side of the stem or branches, not at the apex.
Stems usually more or less prostrate, with the branching
frequently pinnate or sub-pinnate (branches frequently erect),
rarely dichotomous.
[The seta in the pleurocarpous mosses may appear to be
terminal on a very short lateral branch, but this will be found on
examination to be only an elongation of the perichaetium,
originating in a lateral bud on the stem, containing the
archegonia ; the elongation taking place after fertilisation, and
belonging therefore to the sporophyte. The peristome is that of
the Diplolepideae, and in the majority of the genera and species
closely resembles that of the Bryaceae.
It is a curious fact that throughout the pleurocarpous mosses
the inflorescence is almost always autoicous or dioicous, very
rarely, indeed exceptionally synoicous.
The stem-leaves often differ in form and other characters
from those of the ultimate branches. In the following descrip-
tions, unless otherwise explained, the term leaves refers to those
of the secondary stems; the primary stem being as a rule
inconspicuous, often leafless, or with only rudimentary leaves, so
that it may be termed stoloniform.]
Order XIX. FONTINALACETI.
Aquatic, floating mosses, adhering only at the base ; usually
much elongated. Leaves in several rows or tristichous, nerveless
or single-nerved, cells rhomboid-hexagonal, or linear and sub-
vermicular, long, smooth. Capsule immersed or shortly exserted ;
annulus none. Calyptra cucullate or mitriform, glabrous.
Peristome of 16 outer teeth, transversely articulate and trabecu-
late on the inner face, and an inner peristome of 16 cilia, more or
less completely united with one another by transverse partitions
at regular intervals.
A very distinct Order of mosses, known at once by their
aquatic habit, the areolation of their leaves at once distinguishing
them from Cinclidotus, and the hardly exserted or even immersed
capsules from the aquatic Hypnese. In the absence of fruit there
is, indeed, a close resemblance between some of the Harpidioid
Hypneae and the species of Dichelyma, but the latter may usuallyFONTINALIS.
353
be known by the long nerve reaching the summit or excurrent,
which is rarely the case in the Hypneae.
Dichelyma differs from Fontinalis in the nerved leaves, in
the capsule exserted on a short seta, and in the cilia of the inner
peristome united only at their tips, or entirely free, not adherent
throughout their length. One species, D. capillaceum B. & S., has
been recorded, by Dickson, from Scotland ; but there is too much
uncertainty as to the native origin of the specimens to allow the
plant, which has never been found since, to be considered a
British moss. It somewhat resembles robust forms of Hypnurn
fluitans, but is known by the strong, slightly excurrent nerve.
80. FONTINALIS Dill.
Leaves nerveless, often tristichous. Inflorescence dioicous.
Capsule sessile or subsessile, immersed or ejnergent among the
closely imbricated perichaetial bracts, on a rather elongated
perichaetial branch. Calyptra conical; outer peristome teeth 16,
long, linear, entire or perforated, free or united in pairs at the
tips, inner a lattice-like cone, open at the apex, composed of 16
cilia united by transverse bars.
Up to the present time there have only been two species of
Fontinalis recorded from the British Isles, viz., F. antipyretica
and F. squamosa. Recently, however, I sent several doubtful
plants to M. Cardot, the well-known authority on the genus and
author of the Monographic des Fontinalacees, and of these two
have been determined and described by him as new species, viz.,
F. Dixoni and F. dolosa (the latter considered here a sub-species
of F antipyretica), two others, F. seriata Lindb. and F. dale-
carlica B. & S., being newly recorded for Britain.
/Ls., at least the lower, folded and keeled at back ................................2
X\Ls. not keeled, plane or concave ..................................................3.
/Branch-leaves keeled, somewhat rigid ; capsule almost immersed...y. antipyretica
\ Branch-leaves not keeled, plane or nearly so, soft, capsule half exserted.../*. dolosa
/ Ls. shortly pointed ; concave.....................................................4.
3\Ls. longly and gradually tapering..................................................5
/Ls. usually large, lines long or more; capsule slightly exserted.........squamosa
4\Ls. small, 1 line long, narrow; capsule immersed .....................2*. dalecarlica
/Ls. wide, ovate-lanceolate, auricles conspicuous.........................3. Dixoni
5\Ls. very narrow, linear-lanceolate, auricles none or faint ..............4. seriata
1. Fontinalis antipyretica L. (Tab. XLVIII. D.).
Stems very long, sometimes attaining 3ft. in length, slender
and flexuose, irregularly divided ; the primary divisions bearing
somewhat pinnate branches ; the lower part of the stem usually
X354
FONTINALACE^E.
denuded of leaves ; usually dark green, sometimes golden brown.
Leaves in three rows, more or less imbricated, sharply keeled at
the back and folded so as to be equitant, giving a triquetrous
appearance to the stems, rigid, little altered when dry, erecto-
patent and often somewhat incurved above, 2^-3 lines long, i-if
lines wide, widely ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute or apiculate,
rarely obtuse, entire, margins plane, one or the other sometimes
reflexed at base ; cells variable in width, rhomboid-hexagonal or
linear-rhomboid and vermicular; the basal angular ones wider,
hexagonal-rectangular, sometimes forming distinct auricles; all
thin-walled. Perichaetial bracts closely imbricated, the upper
wide, sheathing, truncate-rounded, entire or often eroded and
lacerate ; capsule almost sessile, nearly immersed, oblong-
cylindrical, olive green ; lid longly and narrowly conical, readily
deciduous, reddish ; peristome bright coral-red, outer teeth
incurved and contorted when dry ; inner united by regular trans-
verse bars into a perfectly formed, bright red, latticed cone.
Var. /3. gigantea Sull. Very robust, less branched, older
leaves of a coppery brown, very wide (i'/2-2 lines), less acute,
curved on the keel ; capsule smaller, peristome less perfect.
Var. y.gracilis Schp. (F. gracilis Lindb.). Slender; stems
much divided, denuded for some distance at the base; leaves
narrow, lanceolate, smaller, often split along the keel ; capsule
smaller, usually contracted below the mouth.
Hab. Ponds, rivers, etc. Common. The var. /3 rare. The var. y in mountain
streams. Fr. summer.
A very variable plant, out of which numerous varieties and sub-species have been
constructed. The leaves vary greatly in width, length and position, causing a great
variety in the habit of the plant; they are usually conduplicate, the keel very acute;
when this is the case it often happens that the leaf splits along the keel into two
similar halves, each of which has much the aspect of a single, un-keeled leaf of F.
squamosa ; less commonly the keel is obtuse or indistinct, and very rarely it may be
entirely wanting in many of the leaves, this is most frequently the case with the
younger ones; it is typically nearly straight, but may often be curved, like the
keel of a canoe. The cells vary very much in width ; in the laxer-celled forms they
usually increase in width gradually to the base, so that the alar cells are hardly notice-
able ; but in the narrower-celled forms these cells are frequently suddenly dilated
so as to form distinct auricles, the median basal cells being always extremely narrow
and thus contrasting strongly with the alar ones.
The stems are usually attached to stones or stumps of trees by the side of the
water. When the plant is totally submerged it rarely fruits, but when this does take
place, as often happens in hot summers when the plant is left high and dry, the
capsules are often produced in great numbers. The peristome is a beautiful microscopic
object.
I have not seen authenticated plants of the var. gigantea from this country ; but
specimens which I gathered near Aber, N. Wales, agree closely with N. American
specimens named by Cardot, except that the areolation is very narrow ; I have also
gathered a very large form in Northamptonshire, with the leaves as much as 3 lines inFONTINALIS.
355
width. The limits, however, of the variety are somewhat vague, as they are also in
the case of the var. gracilis. The latter is the usual form in swiftly flowing mountain
streams, occasionally growing with and passing into the typical form ; it is frequently
of a bright golden, glossy brown colour, and is very different in habit from the type,
somewhat resembling F. squamosa at first view. Another alpine form has the leaves
obtuse or obtusely pointed, and very divergent even when dry.
# Fontinalis dolosa Cardot in litt. (Tab. XLVIII. C.).
Stem-leaves conduplicate, when old frequently splitting
longitudinally; branch-leaves much smaller and narrower,
almost plane, as are also the upper stem-leaves; all soft.
Perichaetial leaves finally truncate-laciniate. Capsule usually
half-exserted, when dry somewhat constricted below the mouth,
smaller than in F. antipyretica. Peristome strongly papillose,
outer teeth narrowly linear-acuminate, often united in pairs at
apex, with 25-30 lamellae ; inner peristome perfect.
Hab. On logs in ponds, Limbury, Bedfordshire (Saunders, 1882).
The above is a translation of M. Cardot’s description, to which he adds : “ Allied
to F. Kindbergii Ren. and Card., but distinguished by its soft leaves, those of the
branches almost plane, not channelled, only slightly folded longitudinally ; and by its
half-exserted capsules, lightly constricted below the mouth when dry. By its soft
leaves, those of the branches almost plane, and its half-exserted capsule, this species
recalls at first sight F. hypnoides; but the stem leaves distinctly conduplicate show it
to belong undoubtedly to the Tropidophylke, and it is nearly allied to F. Kindbergii
R. & C.”
In some of the specimens the capsules are strongly constricted below the mouth,
and this and the half-exserted position give them a markedly different appearance
from those of F. antipyretica; in addition to which the rather distant, flaccid,
narrow branch-leaves, which are almost flat and not at all keeled, are very distinct,
and it is indeed by the lower stem-leaves alone that it is seen to be really allied to
F. antipyretica, to which I attach it as a sub-species, in which position F. Kindbergii
is placed by Cardot (Rev. Bry., 1891, p. 82).
2. Fontinalis squamosa L. (Tab. XLVIII. E.).
Resembling F. antipyretica var. gracilis, but shorter, usually
more slender, with smaller, narrower, acute, ovate-lanceolate or
lanceolate leaves, if-2 lines long, concave, rounded and not
keeled at back; cells narrow, the walls firm and somewhat
incrassate. Capsules closely resembling those of that species,
but rather smaller, i-J lines long, very slightly exserted ; peristome
teeth with numerous (25-35) lamellae. Spores 20-30 /*.
Var. /3. Curnowii Card. Rather soft, yellowish, primary
divisions of the stem numerous, elongated, with few branches;
leaves somewhat distant, erecto-patent. Perichsetial leaves
abruptly apiculate. Capsule immersed.
Hab. Mountain streams and cascades ; not uncommon. The var. /8, Penzance
(Curnow) ; Taxal, Derbyshire (Rogers, 1878). Fr. rare, summer.356
FONTINALACE^.
F. squamosa is a variable species, sometimes approaching F. antipyretica in
robustness, but usually a more slender plant. The var. Curnowii is described by
Cardot as a lax form, slightly softer than the typical plant, especially remarkable for
its apiculate perichsetial leaves, a character which allies it to F. dalecarlica.
The concave, rounded leaves form the most obvious and most important character
by which the present species is separated from F. antipyretica on the one hand and
from F. seriata on the other ; the characters separating F. Dixoni are pointed out
under that plant.
Care is however needed lest slender mountain forms of F. antipyretica,
which often have the young branch-leaves hardly keeled, and the older stem-leaves
frequently split into halves, be mistaken for it. It is usually safest to examine the
lower leaves on the primary divisions, rather than those of the branches. The colour
is usually of a darker, duller green than in the last, the stems very numerously divided,
but the divisions very little branched.
* Fontinalis dalecarlica B. & S. (Tab. XLVIII. F.).
Allied to F. squamosa, and resembling slender forms of that
species. Leaves smaller, narrower, more appressed; capsule
smaller, i line long, immersed; peristome teeth shorter, more
slender, with fewer (14-22) more distant lamellae. Spores
25“32 lJ-
Hab. In similar localities, very rare ; nr. Princeton, Dartmoor (Dixon, 1894).
Fr. very rare, summer.
The specimen of the above plant which was sent to M. Cardot was without fruit,
and he remarks upon it: “In spite of the absence of fruit I think this specimen may
be referred with certainty to F. dalecarlica B. & S., a species new to the British Is.”
Since then I have detected a single, old capsule, which in its small size agrees with
the present sub-species, but the peristome is too fragmentary to afford any evidence;
the spores are about 30 p in diameter.
The differences between the present plant and F. squamosa are not great, and are
chiefly ones of degree ; most authors, however, have considered it a distinct species,
or at least a sub-species ; Ilusnot being the only author, so far as I am aware, who
reduces it to a variety of F. squamosa. It has a somewhat distinct facies, and will be
known by its slender habit and very small, narrow, usually erect and somewhat
appressed leaves. The angular cells in my specimens are large and very distinct, and
form well-defined auricles.
3. Fontinalis Dixoni Cardot in litt. (Tab. XLVIII. H.).
Stems rather short, moderately branched; plant of a dull
brown colour, somewhat rigid. Branches frequently curved at
the tips. Leaves rather large, 2 lines long or more, crowded,
somewhat rigidly divergent, ovate-lanceolate, gradually tapering
and longly but widely acuminate, entire or obscurely denticulate
at apex, slightly concave, one margin usually inflexed ; areolation
narrow, with thick walls, angular cells very large, pellucid,
orange-brown, forming very conspicuous, inflated, decurrent
auricles. Branch-leaves much smaller, narrower. Fruit unknown.
Hab. R. Colwyn, Beddgelert, N. Wales (Dixon, 1888).FONTINALIS.
357
M. Cardot describes this plant as “ belonging to the group Lepidophyllae ; differ-
ing at first sight from F. squamosa by its leaves much more longly tapering-acuminate,
and also by its more distinct auricles. Much more robust and with larger leaves than
F. dalecarlica, which has, moreover, a quite different facies.”
The colour, the hardly concave, much attenuated leaves, and above all the very
marked auricles, render this plant certainly conspicuously distinct from F. squamosa,
its nearest ally; it is however a question whether it should be regarded as an
independent species or as a sub-species of that plant, a question on which I do not
feel competent to give an opinion, demanding as it does a comprehensive knowledge
of the genus ; I have therefore adopted M. Cardot’s view and given his description.
4. Pontinalis seriata Lindb. (Tab. XLVIII. G.).
Very soft and slender, deep green, blackish below, resemb-
ling the most slender forms of F. squamosa. Leaves arranged
more or less distinctly in three rows, very narrow, linear-lanceo-
late from a very narrow base, very gradually tapering to a long
slender point; plane or slightly concave only, very flaccid and
falling together when removed from the water. Cells rather
short and wide, thin-walled, at basal angles somewhat lax, but
not forming distinct auricles. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Mountain streams; very rare. R. Wye, Winforton, Herefordshire
{ Binstead, 1895 ).
M. Cardot in his “Tableau methodique du genre Fontinalis " (Rev. Bry., 1891,
p. 83) places this plant in the Section Malacophylke, distinguished by the very soft
and flaccid leaves, plane or very slightly concave, narrow and longly tapering, of
which Section F. hypnoides Hartm. is the type, and in his later work he has, I believe,
considered it a river-form of that species. I have examined a specimen from Sweden
collected by Indebetou, by whom F. seriata) as described by Lindberg, was originally
gathered, and find the leaves much more rigid and decidedly concave, and certainly
approaching F. squamosa; but it is clear that several different plants have been
distributed under the name seriata (Arnell, for instance, describes it as having the
leaves deeply carinate, Rev. Bry.) 1882, p. 85); and M. Cardot informs me that
he has examined the original specimens on which Lindberg founded his species, and
that our plant differs only in having the acumen a little less elongated than in the
Scandinavian plant. I feel bound therefore to consider F. seriata as distinct from
F. squamosa) and therefore retain it here as a separate species, without attempting to
give any opinion as to its relationship to F. hypnoides Hartm., with which its affinity
appears to be the closest.
The delicate stems, and flaccid, very narrow, attenuated leaves, are the most
striking features of the species, and will serve to distinguish it in the field, while under
the microscope the plane, or scarcely concave leaves afford a critical character, and
one which in this genus must be allowed considerable weight. The Rev. C. H.
Binstead tells me that it has almost the appearance of a confervoid alga when in situ,
from its extremely delicate, almost filiform growth ; it also takes up a good deal of
sediment, which the more robust kinds with which it grows do not.
Order XX. CRYPHtEACEFE.
Primary stem creeping, secondary erect, branched laterally
and somewhat pinnately, but irregularly. Leaves in many rows,
upper cells short and rounded, smooth or slightly papillose ; lower358
CRYPH/EACE/E.
more elongated. No distinct vaginula. Calyptra small, conical,
mitriform, rough at apex or throughout. Capsule sessile or sub-
sessile, not exserted. Peristome double, single, or none.
81. CRYPHiEA Mohr.
Stems sub-pinnately branched, branches unequal, irregular.
Leaves imbricated in several rows, ovate-acuminate, single-
nerved, cells snort, rounded or somewhat oval, slightly papillose.
Inflorescence autoicous. Capsule immersed or emergent, oval-
oblong, abruptly narrowed at base. Calyptra rough, conical-
campanulate, laciniate at base. Annulus present. Peristome
double; outer of 16 linear-lanceolate teeth, confluent at base,
inner of 16 narrow, filiform processes from a very short basal
membrane.
The plants of this genus grow on the bark of trees, more
rarely upon rocks ; the habit is somewhat peculiar, and the sub-
sessile, not exserted capsules are characteristic. From the other
pleurocarpous mosses with non-exserted fruit it is readily known ;
from Fontinalis by the areolation, from Neckera by the not
complanate leaves; while Hedwigia differs in the nerveless, often
hyaline-pointed leaves and the absence of peristome.
1. Cryphsea heteromalla Mohr. (Neckera heteromalla Hedw.;
Cryphsea arborea Lindb.) (Tab. XLIX. A.).
Secondary stems erect, rigid, with somewhat pinnate, slender
branches; dark or olive green. Leaves closely imbricated,
especially when dry, spreading when moist, widely ovate, shortly
acuminate, more or less acute or rather obtusely pointed, concave,
excavate at base, margin entire, recurved in the lower half; nerve
strong, length of leaf; cells rounded or oval, incrassate,
slightly papillose, a few at mid-base elongate, narrowly elliptic.
Capsules numerous, on one side of the stem, immersed; peri-
chaetial bracts long, acuminate, or obtuse with the nerve
excurrent, thin, pale, with narrower, longer cells. Capsule
yellowish brown ; lid orange, narrowly conical; peristome pale
green.
Var. jl. aquatilis Schp. (Pilotrichum heteromallum var.
aquatile C.M.). Dark green; stems elongated, less branched,
floating in water ; leaves wider, obtusely pointed, margin almost
plane.
Hab. Trunks of trees, frequent. The var. jS, Devonshire. Fr. early summer.CRYPH^A.
359
The capsules are usually produced in abundance, and the plant is then recognised
at a glance ; the unilateral, immersed fruit resembling that of no other of our
pleurocarpous mosses; the aquatic form (var. 0) somewhat resembles Fontinalis in
habit, but is of course very different in the leaf.
The fertile branches are erect, stout, and rigid, and few, compared with the
short, slender, barren branches, which are somewhat numerously produced, and it is
this somewhat specialised form of the fruiting branches which gives the plant its
characteristic appearance when fertile.
Order XXI. NECKERACE^E.
Primary stems creeping, secondary erect, horizontal, or
pendulous, pinnately and bipinnately branched. Leaves com-
planate, ovate-lanceolate or lingulate, obtuse or apiculate, nerve-
less or thinly nerved, sparingly chlorophyllose, areolation small,
rhomboid or linear. Vaginula distinct. Calyptra cucullate,
glabrous or hairy. Capsule immersed or emergent, rarely
exserted on a short seta, erect, symmetrical, peristome simple or
double.
A natural group of mosses, readily known by their thin and
scariose, complanate (apparently but usually not really distichous)
leaves with short rhomboidal areolation and erect, symmetrical,
often immersed capsules. Hookeria and Pterygophyllum differ
in the lax areolation and inclined capsules, Plagiothecium in the
usually more chlorophyllose leaves of different texture, longly
exserted and curved capsules, more perfect inner peristome, and
irregular, not pinnate, branching.
82. NECKERA Hedw.
Growing on trunks of trees or rocks. Secondary stems
pinnately or bipinnately branched; branches complanate, often
flagelliform. Leaves complanate, smooth or transversely undulate,
rounded at apex or suddenly acuminate or apiculate ; upper cells
rhomboid or linear, smooth. Nerve (in the British species) very
short or wanting. Capsule immersed or exserted, erect and
symmetrical; calyptra cucullate. Peristome double; inner a
very short basal membrane with 16 often short processes, without
intermediate cilia. Autoicous or dioicous.
/Leaves not undulate ............................................4* comtlanata
\Leaves more or less undulate transversely ...................................2
/Capsule immersed ; Is. scarcely undulate when moist ................i. pennata
\ Capsule exserted ; Is. distinctly undulate, wet or dry......................3
/Robust; Is. 1-2 lines long, rather bluntly pointed .................2. cnspa
3\Small; Is. under I line long, often acuminate.......................3. pumila360	NECKERACE7E.
1. Neckera pennata Hedw. (Fontinalis pennata L.)
(Tab. XLIX. B.).
Secondary stems erect, horizontal, or prostrate, 2-4 inches
long, irregularly pinnate, bright or yellowish green ; more robust
than N. complanata, less so than N. crispa. Leaves complanate
(leaves and branches all in one plane), spreading, somewhat
recurved-cultriform, asymmetrical, ovate-lanceolate, acute, more
or less acuminate, i-i'A lines long, strongly transversely
undulate when dry, less so when moist; margin plane (one
margin incurved at base) entire or minutely denticulate above ;
nerve extremely faint and short, single or bifid, or wanting; cells
small, linear-vermicular, 6-8 times as long as broad, at apex
rather shorter and wider, at basal angles shortly quadrate or
sub-rectangular, irregular, all thin, pellucid, smooth. Perichaetial
bracts long, sheathing, when young convolute and cuspidate,
when old more divergent, longly acuminate; capsule rather
large, widely oval-oblong, bright reddish brown with an orange,
not narrowed mouth, immersed; lid conical, shortly rostellate.
Peristome pale, inner imperfect. Autoicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees; nr. Forfar, Scotland; nr. Belfast, Ireland. Fr. spring.
A very rare species, only found in the two localities mentioned ; but common in
N. America. The capsules are generally present, and are conspicuous, so that, apart
from its size and other points it is easily recognised, all the other British species
having the capsule exserted on a seta. From N. crispa it differs also in the usually
smaller leaves, more gradually acuminate, and the narrower cells.
2. Neckera crispa Hedw.	(Hypnum crispum L.)
(Tab. XLIX. C.).
Robust, 4-8 inches long, pinnately branched; branches
complanate or depressed and sub-falcate, shining yellowish green,
pale brown below. Leaves complanate, strongly and regularly
undulate, i'/z-2 lines long, oblong-lingulate, rounded at the apex
and shortly apiculate, denticulate at the summit; nerve very
faint, as in the last species; cells as in the last but rather wider,
especially towards apex. Perichaetial bracts sheathing, convolute,
the inner narrowly tubular, longly acuminate ; seta 3-3 lines long,
yellowish, erect or slightly flexuose; capsule rather small,
orange-brown, ovate, narrowed at mouth ; lid shortly and finely
rostrate. Peristome pale ; inner membrane very short, processes
about half as long as the outer teeth. Dioicous.
Var. /3. falcata Boul. Branches short, curved, numerous;
leaves falcate-depressed, less undulate, glossy, concave.
Hab. Calcareous hills, and rocks and tree roots near waterfalls. Not
uncommon. The var. /3 rare. Fr. rather rare, early summer.NECKERA.
361
A very fine and beautiful species, acquiring a silky gloss from the regular
undulations of the leaves. It can hardly be confused with any other species.
Hylocomium rugosum inhabits similar localities and has a slight resemblance to it, but
the leaves are longly acuminate, more crowded and less complanate, more falcate,
and not regularly transversely waved.
The var. falcata has a marked facies, but is perhaps rather a form than a
permanent variety, as among typical plants a stem or branch may here and there often
be found with the characters of the variety.
3. Neckera pumila Hedw. (Tab. XLIX. D.).
Slender, pinnate or bipinnate, erect or depressed, dull
shining green, 1-3 inches long; branches often flagelliform.
Leaves spreading and recurved-cultriform, variously acute and
acuminate, less than 1 line in length, transversely undulate when
dry but often very faintly so, denticulate at apex, one basal
margin often widely incurved, the other, or both, narrowly
reflexed ; nerve usually double, very faint, about j- the length of
the leaf ; areolation as in the last but smaller. Perichastia on the
under side of the stems, the bracts convolute, shorter than in the
last; seta yellow, very short, (1-2 lines), often hardly exceeding
the perichaetial bracts ; capsule small, oval, narrow at the mouth;
lid conical, acutely rostellate. Dioicous.
Var. [1. Philippeana Milde (JV. Philippeana B. & S.).
Prostrate, usually sterile. Leaves deeply and regularly
undulate, abruptly ending in a long fiexuose filiform point.
Hab. Trunks of trees, rarely rocks. The var. £ rare. Fr. not common, early
summer.
A somewhat variable species, recognised fiom the previous ones by its slender
habit and small leaves ; from the next by the undulate, more acute leaves, and shorter
seta; the undulation of the leaves is often faint, but they are almost always more
pointed than in N. complanata, of a duller, less yellowish colour, and with the basal
margin not recurved. The two species, too, usually frequent rather different trees,
N coviplanata being often found on oak and elm, while N. pumila is rarely found on
these, more usually preferring smooth-barked species, such as beech and young ash.
The fruit is not common, but may occasionally be gathered in damp sub-alpine woods.
The var. 0 is undoubtedly but a form of this species ; it is a very beautiful plant,
and in its extreme form the characters are very striking; but intermediate forms
frequently, indeed.commonly, occur ; I have, moreover, an exactly similar variation
of N. pennata, from N. America. The plant is always prostrate and creeping, and
almost always sterile ; I have found it in fruit in Devonshire.
Small, slender ramuli bearing minute leaves are often produced from the upper
part of the stem in this species; but the ordinary branches are rarely flagelliform as in
the next.
4. Neckera complanata Hiibn. (Hypnum complanatum L.)
(Tab. XLIX. E.).
Resembling N. pumila, but usually in larger, denser tufts,
yellowish green; 2-4 inches long, somewhat regularly pinnate,362
NECKERACEfE.
branches complanate, often flagelliform. Leaves not undulate,
oblong-cultriform, usually rounded at the apex and shortly
apiculate, less commonly acute or shortly acuminate, complanate,
often, especially at the tip of the stem and branches, deflexed on
each side and somewhat falcate ; margin with one wing inflexed
at base, otherwise plane, faintly denticulate at apex ; nerve
double, very short and faint, or wanting; cells narrowly
vermicular throughout the greater part of the leaf, at summit
wider and shorter, rhomboidal ; at basal angles quadrate-oval,
yellowish. Perichaetia on the side of the stem; seta 4-5 lines
long, yellow; capsule oval or elliptic-oblong, narrowed at the
mouth, pale, orange-brown, small ; lid subulate-rostrate, usually
oblique ; peristome teeth pale, narrow. Dioicous.
Var. /3. tenella B. & S. Extremely slender, leaves very
much smaller.
Hab. Trunks of trees and rocks. Common. The var. rare; nr. Ladbrook,
Warwick (Bagnall, i8j6). Fruit rare, spring.
The commonest species of the genus, readily known by its leaves being smooth,
not undulate. It is most like Homalia trichomanoides, but that plant has the leaves
more regularly depressed on each side of the stem and less complanate, the cells wider
and the nerve single ; besides which it is autoicous and usually fertile.
N. complanata varies with the leaves more distant, the stems looser and more
elongated, and on the other hand with the stems shorter and more compactly tufted,
with the leaves much crowded ; in the latter form the branches are less frequently
flagelliform. The var. tenella is an exceedingly slender, almost minute form.
83. HOMALIA Brid.
(Omalia B. & S., nonnull. auct.).
Habit and leaf structure of Neckera. Seta elongate ; capsule
erect or suberect; peristome more developed, the basal membrane
of the inner one-third the height of the teeth, processes reaching
as high as the outer teeth ; cilia sometimes present, rudimentary.
Inflorescence autoicous.
1. Homalia trichomanoides Brid. (Hypnum trichomanoides
Schreb.) (Tab. XLIX. F.).
In large loose patches, pale shining yellowish green ; secondary
stems slender, flexuose; sparingly, hardly pinnately branched,
the branches not complanate, often curved ; leaves sub-distichous,
depressed on each side of the stem, oblong-cultriform, rounded at
apex and shortly apiculate, one margin incurved at base, else-
where plane ; minutely denticulate above the middle, more stronglyHOMALIA.
363
at apex; nerve faint, single, reaching above half-way ; areolation
narrowly rhomboid, at apex shorter and wider, hardly longer
than broad. Seta deep red, y~i inch long, slender, flexuose ;
capsule dark reddish brown, oblong with a distinct tapering neck,
contracted below the mouth when dry, erect or frequently inclined
and slightly curved; lid longly rostrate; peristome long. Autoicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees and rocks in shady situations, common. Fr. early spring.
Easily known from Neckera cojnplanata, which it most resembles, by the
characters detailed under that species. It is very like some species of Hepaticse,
such as Diplophyllum albicans, in general appearance.
Order XXII. HOOKERIACE/E.
Plants of soft, rather succulent texture, stems slightly divided.
Leaves in several rows or complanate, areolation smooth, thin,
pellucid, often wide and hexagonal. Perichsetial branch very
small, few-leaved. Calyptra conical, mitriform, lobed or laciniate,
or almost entire. Capsule erect or cernuous, exserted, on a
smooth or rough seta. Peristome double, well developed.
The texture and cell-structure in the plants included under
this Order, with the structural details mentioned above, render
them a natural group, distinct from all the other pleurocarpous
mosses. The three British species, belonging to three genera,
are all widely distinct from one another as well as from the plants
of the neighbouring Orders. Each of them, moreover, is the sole
European representative of its genus, the bulk of the species
being tropical mosses.
84. DALTONIA Hook. & Tayl.
Leaves in many rows, singly nerved, narrowly lanceolate,
distinctly bordered. Seta and capsule papillose. Calyptra longly
laciniate at base ; annulus none.
1. Daltonia splachnoides Hook. & Tayl. {Neckera splach-
noides Sm.) (Tab. XLIX. G.).
Stems short, j—§ inch high, densely tufted, dark green.
Leaves closely imbricated, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, keeled,
entire; nerve ceasing below the apex; cells small, elliptic-rhomboid,
or linear, very variable even in different parts of the same leaf,
the marginal in several rows narrow-linear, forming a distinct,
yellowish, thickened border. Seta red, papillose, about 3 lines in364
HOOKERIACE^E.
length; capsule small, erect, oval-oblong, with a short neck,
papillose; lid yellowish, longly rostrate. Calyptra hardly reach-
ing below the lid, conical, strongly fringed or ciliate at base;
peristome teeth yellowish, linear-lanceolate ; inner of 16 narrow
processes, without a basal membrane. Autoicous and synoicous.
Hab. Shady rocks or trees in sab-alpine regions. Very rare ; in two or three
localities in Ireland. Fr. autumn.
One of our most distinct species, being unique among the pleurocarpous mosses in
its bordered leaves with long nerve and small narrow cells, as also in the papillose
•capsule.
85. HOOKERIA Tayl.
Stems procumbent; leaves widely ovate or Ungulate, two-
nerved, often bordered, complanate, areolation large, soft.
Calyptra shortly lobed at the base. Capsule inclined, inner
peristome with a basal membrane.
1. Hookeria lsete-virens Hook. & Tayl. (Tab. XLIX. I.).
Stems procumbent, sub-pinnately branched ; branches
complanate; deep green, very soft and flaccid. Leaves
complanate, rather distant, widely spreading, oval-oblong,
abruptly and sharply acuminate, thin and pellucid, when dry
flaccid, shrinking, and somewhat undulate, finely denticulate at
apex; with two, distinct, narrow nerves, reaching three-fourths
the length of the leaf, divergent from the base ; cells widely and
shortly hexagonal, about if-2 times as long as wide, 20-25 P zn
diameter, laxer at base, thin-walled ; the marginal in 2-4 rows of
narrow-linear cells, forming a narrow but distinct border. Seta
about 1 inch long, reddish, smooth. Capsule small, horizontal or
sub-pendulous, elliptical, smooth; lid rostrate. Peristome red,
the inner yellow; basal membrane one-third the height of the
teeth. Autoicous.
Hab. Damp rocks by rivulets, etc., very rare. Penzance; Ireland. P'r.
autumn.
A very rare and pretty species, known at once by its soft, rather distant,
spreading leaves, with long double nerve, smaller areolation, and distinct border, from
Ptcrygophyllum lucens, and indeed from all our species.
86. PTERYGOPHYLLUM Brid.
Leaves large, ovate, nerveless, complanate, entire, succulent.
Cells large, hexagonal. Fruiting characters as in Hookeria.PTERYGOPHYLLUM.	365.
1. Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. (Hypnum lucens L.)
(Tab. XLIX. H.).
In irregular patches, pale, glaucous or bright green, glossy;
stems procumbent, irregularly branched. Leaves rather closely
imbricated, complanate, when dry little altered, large, widely
oval, obtuse, entire, nerveless; cells very large, hexagonal, 2-3
times as long as broad, 50-60 /x in diameter, thin-walled, the
marginal hardly distinct. Seta and capsule reddish, succulent.
Seta smooth, |-i (nch high ; capsule horizontal or sub-pendulous,
short, oval ; lid long-beaked ; peristome red. Autoicous.
Hab. Sandy ground, stones, etc., in moist situations ; frequent, especially in
sub-alpine districts. Fr. late summer.
A very beautiful and distinct plant, not likely to be mistaken for any other ; the
large, obtuse, complanate leaves, not undulate, nerveless, and laxly areolate are quite
different from those of any other species. The cells are so large as to be quite visible
with the lens. The seta is of a remarkably thick and succulent texture.
Order XXIII. LEUCODONTACEAL
Stems irregularly brancKed, not pinnate. Leaves in several
rows; areolation short, rounded-oval, smooth. Nerve single,
double, or absent. Capsule symmetrical. Peristome double,
rarely single. Calyptra cucullate. Seta smooth.
The genera united under this Order agree in the areolation of
their leayes, short and often rounded or oval at least in the upper
half, and smooth, not papillose; thus differing from the Ortho-
theciacese and Hypnaceae on the one hand and from the
Leskeaceae on the other. From the Neckeraceae they differ
in the non-complanate leaves and different areolation, from
Cryphaeaceae in the cucullate calyptra and exserted capsule, from
Hookeriaceae in the cucullate calyptra and very different cells.
87. LEUCODON Schwgr.
Secondary stems erect or arcuate, moderately robust. Leaves
closely imbricated, rendering the branches julaceous when dry ;
longitudinally plicate, nerveless. Upper areolation elliptic.
Perichaetial bracts long, sheathing. Seta long ; annulus present;
peristome single, teeth irregular, short, fugacious. Calyptra
reaching to the base of the capsule.366	LEUCODONTACE/E.
1. Leucodon sciuroides Schwgr. (Hypnum scinroides L.)
(Tab. XLIX. J.).
Primary stem slender, creeping, giving off numerous erect,
secondary stems, which are simple or slightly branched, cuspidate,
straight, terete and julaceous, with the leaves closely imbricated
all round, or frequently arcuate with the leaves secund and
homomallous, 1-2 inches high, rarely more. Leaves crowded,
dark green, erecto-patent, when dry erect and appressed, i-ii
lines long, cordate-ovate, narrowed above and then rapidly
tapering to a narrow acumen, concave, longitudinally plicate;
margin plane, entire, or minutely denticulate in the acumen;
nerve none. Cells in the upper part vpry small, oval, longer and
elongate-elliptic in the acumen; at mid-base narrow-linear,
extending about half-way up the leaf and gradually passing into
the oval ones ; at margins in the lower half of the leaf rounded,
dot-like, forming a broad band on each side, which is widest at
base. Seta about half-an-inch long; capsule elliptic-oblong,
brown, lid conical. Dioicous.
Var. /3. morensis B. & S. (Hypnum morense Schleich.).
Secondary stems and branches tall, thick, turgid; leaves wider;
perichaetial bracts longer ; capsule cylindrical.
Hab. Trunks of trees, rarely on rocks. The var. Q rare. Fruit very rare, spring.
Readily identified by the terete, often curved, usually cuspidate branches and
stems, with plicate, nerveless leaves. Pleuropus sericeus somewhat resembles its
more slender forms, but the leaves of that species are longer and narrower, nerved,
more deeply plicate, with longer, narrower cells. The lower leaves are often shorter
and more spreading, even when dry.
The var. morensis is the most frequent form in the Mediterranean region; forms
somewhat approaching it may not unfrequently be seen ; it is recorded by Schimper
from Craig Chailleach, but I am not aware that fertile plants have been found in this
country.
The tips of the stems often produce numerous, gemmiform ramuli, which are
short, filiform, and minute-leaved, sometimes occurring in such quantities as to deform
the plant.
A slender form with the branches long and arcuate, and the leaves decidedly
falcato-secund, is the forma falcata Boul.
88. PTEROGONIUM S wartz.
Primary stems creeping, stoloniform, giving rise to erect,
sub-dendroid secondary stems, unbranched at the base, with
numerous, crowded branches at the summit, all turned to one
side and curved. Leaves crowded, imbricated all round the stems
and branches, ovate-acuminate, faintly nerved. Upper areolation
smooth, narrowly elliptical or oval. Peristome double. Calyptra
sparingly hairy.PTEROGONIUM.	367
1. Pterogonium gracile Sw. (Hypnum gracile Dill.;
Pterogonium ornithopodioides Lindb.) (Tab. XLIX. K.).
In wide, close patches, dark green or brownish. Secondary
stems very slender, usually bare below, 1-2 inches high, above
with numerous clustered branches which are curved to one side,
slender, julaceous when dry with the leaves closely imbricated
and appressed, obtuse, or elongated and flagelliform, often
rebranched. Leaves widely cordate-ovate, rapidly and sharply
contracted to a longer or shorter acumen, the uppermost and
those of the smaller branches less suddenly and more shortly and
widely acuminate, or acute only; all concave, excavate at base,
not plicate, densely crowded, when moist spreading, when dry
closely appressed, rendering the branches julaceous; sharply
denticulate towards apex, at back above sparsely scabrous with
minute ascending papillae ; margin usually plane ; nerve very faint
and short, sometimes quite wanting ; either double or single and
forked above, hardly reaching half-way. Median and apical cells
narrowly elliptical-vermicular, longer at base ; cells of basal
wings in many rows short, wider, rounded-quadrate, becoming
oval above, then elliptical-rhomboid, finally becoming uniform
with those of the median part; in the shorter branch-leaves the
areolation is much shorter, wider, and more uniformly oval-
rhomboid, narrowly elliptical only at base. Capsule on a long
seta, erect or slightly curved, sub-cylindric; lid conical, rather
obtuse ; peristome pale yellow, inner of short processes without
cilia, on a narrow basal membrane. Dioicous.
Hab. Rocks and tree-trunks, mostly in sub-alpine districts. Frequent. Fruit
rare, autumn.
The curved cylindrical branches all pointing the same way, and very terete and
julaceous, especially when dry, give this moss a somewhat peculiar and very
characteristic look. The branches vary considerably in slenderness, sometimes
becoming almost filiform when dry, but always exhibiting a marked difference of
aspect between the moist and the dry state, so as hardly to look like the same plant.
It has some resemblance to Pterigynandrum jiliforme, but that is a more delicate plant
with the stems less dendroid, the branches more slender, the leaves much smaller and
less pointed, and the areolation papillose. Eurhynchium circinatum is also some-
what like it, but with shorter, more equal branches, and the nerve strong and well
defined.
The scabrous denticulations on the back of the leaf, most noticeable in the upper
leaves of a branch, are not of the nature of papillae as in Pterigynandrum and other
genera of Leskeaceae, but are more akin to the spines on the backs of the leaves of
Catharinea, etc., on a minute scale. Boulay unites this species with Isothecium (some
species of which have the leaves similarly scabrous), and with some reason ; the basal
areolation is however different; and the close imbrication of the leaves is a distinctive
feature of this plant.368
LEUCODONTACE^.
89. HABRODON Schp.
Slender, very small, with creeping stems and sub-erect,
filiform branches. Leaves minute, ovate-acuminate, entire, nerve-
less. Cells elliptic-rounded, smooth. Capsule oblong-cylindrical;
annulus broad ; peristome single, arising below the mouth of the
capsule. Dioicous.
1. Habrodon Notarisii Schp. (H. perpusillus Lindb.)
(Tab. XLIX. L.).
Minute, very slender, almost prostrate, the branches filiform,
all pointing one way, hardly 2 lines long. Leaves minute, ovate-
cordate or ovate-lanceolate, longly acuminate, hardly excavate at
base, not concave, closely imbricated and appressed when dry,
spreading when moist; margin plane, entire or slightly crenulate ;
nerve none; cells small, oval or elliptical, at margin shorter, at
mid-base more elongated, towards basal margin short, rounded-
quadrate, in many rows. Seta short, capsule minute, narrowly
oblong ; lid conical. Dioicous.
Hab. On the bark of trees, chiefly in subalpine districts ; rare. Fruit very rare,
spring.
•
The most minute and delicate species of the present Order ; differing from the
minute species of Amblystegium in the branches more terete and julaceous when dry
from the closely set, appressed leaves ; and in the shorter, oval cells.
90. MYRINIA Schp.
Stems creeping, sparingly and irregularly branched. Leaves
oval, entire, shortly nerved. Areolation rhomboid, quadrate at
angles, smooth. Annulus none. Peristome double.
1. Myrinia pulvinata Schp. (Leskea pulvinata Wahl.;
Helicodontium pulvinatum Lindb.) (Tab. XLIX. M.).
In soft, dense, deep green tufts, stems prostrate with erect
or slightly curved, slender branches about |-inch in height.
Branches flexuose, somewhat obtuse, sub-julaceous when dry.
Leaves small, spreading or subsecund, appressed and imbricated
when dry, widely oval, or bluntly apiculate or acute, margin
plane, entire; nerve very faint, single, reaching about § up the
leaf. Cells rather large, widely oval-rhomboid, at basal wings
quadrate-rectangular, all wide, smooth. Seta about three lines
long; capsule oval-oblong, slightly curved and unequal; lid
conical; outer peristome pale, inner deep yellow. Monoicous.MYRINIA.
369
Hab. About the roots of trees near water. Rare. Fr. summer.
Resembling slender forms of Leskea polycarpa, but differing in the smaller, less
secund leaves with faint nerve and smooth cells. The two species are frequently
found together. The fruit is usually produced in abundance.
91. ANTITRICHIA Brid.
Secondary stems elongated, procumbent or pendulous, more
or less pinnately branched; leaves ovate-acuminate, denticulate
above, single-nerved. Capsule on a straight or flexuose seta,
elliptical; annulus narrow, calyptra cucullate, not covering the
whole capsule; peristome double, inner of 16 filiform, fragile
processes, without a basal membrane. Dioicous.
Bridel’s name was given to indicate the supposition, based
however on erroneous observation, that the processes were
opposite to, not alternate with, the outer teeth.
1. Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. (Hypnum curtipendulum L.)
(Tab. L. A.).
Secondary stems long, 4-12 inches, robust, more or less
regularly pinnate, in loose# tufts or masses, olive-green or
yellowish. Leaves densely imbricated, spreading when moist,
erect when dry, almost always falcato-secund, widely ovate from,
a broad insertion, gradually acuminate to a more or less tapering
point, large,	lines long, irregularly plicate, slightly
decurrent, margin strongly revolute from base to near summit,
sharply dentate at apex, the teeth strong and sometimes recurved,
especially at the extreme tip ; nerve wide, but not very distinct,
reaching of the length of the leaf. Areolation very small,
smooth, elliptical with a sigmoid curve, at mid-base rather longer
and narrower, at basal margins short, irregularly rounded, in
numerous rows. Perichsetial bracts long, sheathing. Seta about
half an inch long, curved or flexuose; capsule large, elliptical,
reddish brown, paler at first, somewhat narrowed at the often
slightly oblique mouth ; calyptra smooth, with a long subulate
beak, reaching to about the middle of the capsule; lid shortly
rostellate. Peristome short, pale yellow.
Hab. Rocks and trees, principally in mountainous districts ; not common. Fr.
rare, spring.
This fine species somewhat resembles Hylocomium loreum in appearance, but the
leaves are more densely imbricated with much shorter acumen, giving a very different
appearance to the stem when closely examined. In some of its short, slender states
it simulates the very rare Hyl. Oakesii, which however is a less robust and rigid plant
Y37°
LEUCODONTACE^E.
with numerous paraphyllia, and less crowded leaves, which are more abruptly
acuminate, less revolute at margin, with looser basal areolation and generally longer
cells ; it is also quite wanting in the peculiar apical dentation of the present plant,
which frequently exhibits a double recurved tooth at the extreme apex, in the form of
a grapnel. This however is not always present, and the apex of the leaf is, moreover,
rather fragile and frequently lost.
The capsules are, when present, produced in considerable numbers towards the
summit of the stems.
This plant grows nowhere, perhaps, more finely in our islands than in Wistman’s
Wood, Dartmoor, where it clothes the limbs of the old and stunted oaks with large
masses, hanging down to the length of a foot and more, and producing fruit in abund-
ance.
92. POROTRICHUM Brid.
(Thamnium B. & S., plur. auct.)
Primary stem creeping, stoloniform ; secondary stems erect
(rarely depressed), dendroid, tall and robust, divided above,
iwith numerous curved branches more or less turned to one side.
Leaves oval-oblong, of solid texture, strongly single-nerved,
toothed. Cells oval or rounded, small and short. Capsule
inclined and somewhat arcuate. Annulus present. Peristome
perfect, inner with a wide basal membrane, and with 3
appendiculate cilia between the processes.
The usual name Thamnium (Bry. Eur.), of this genus,
had been previously appropriated $y more than one author, being
applied to a genus of lichens in 1799 and subsequently to two
genera of flowering plants ; it must therefore be erased from our
bryological nomenclature. The name Porotrichum was first
applied by Bridel (as a sub-genus of Climacium) to the South
American species P. longirostrum (Hypnum longirostrum
C.M.), with which the present species, according to Mitten, is
congeneric.
On account of the perfect development of the peristome, the
genus has been by most writers placed among the Hypnaceae, but
the nature of the areolation renders its position there anomalous,
and a perfect peristome is found in other genera which are by the
same authors separated from that Order ; it appears more logical
therefore to include it in the present Order, to which by the
nature of its leaves and areolation it properly belongs.
JLs. narrower at insertion than above, more or less ovate.i. alopecurum
\Ls. widest at insertion ; branch Is. narrow, ligulate ; nerve wide ...2. angustifolium
1. Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. (Hypnum alopecurum
L. ; Thamnium alopecurum B. & S., plur. auct.) (Tab. L. B.).
Secondary stems robust, erect or sub-pendulous ; dark brown,
rigid and unbranched at base, above divided into numerousPOROTRICHUM.
371
branches forming a dark dull green terminal head ; branches more
or less turned to one side, frequently somewhat complanate,
slender, short and curved or longer, straighter and flagelliform ;
lower stem-leaves scale-like, increasing in size upwards, broadly
triangular and scariose, the upper more chlorophyllose ; branch-
leaves narrow, elliptic-oblong, narrowed at the insertion, sharply
and coarsely toothed, especially above, acute but not acuminate,
margin plane; all strongly nerved to just below the apex;
somewhat spreading when moist, loosely imbricated when dry,
not twisted, but often incurved at apex so that the branches
appear somewhat catenulate. Areolation of stem-leaves shortly
elliptic, somewhat elongated and enlarged at base ; of branch-
leaves rounded or sub-quadrate, a little elongated at the very
base. Perichsetial bracts oblong-acuminate, the points divergent.
Seta short, about half an inch, curved at the summit, so that the
capsule is inclined or horizontal; calyptra large; lid longly
rostrate, oblique; capsule oblong, curved, reddish; peristome
large, pale red. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady woods, and rocks by waterfalls. Common. Fruit rare, autumn.
This fine moss is usually recognisable at once by its dendroid stems, the lower
part black with silvery triangular leaves ; the terrestrial form differs considerably
from the rupestral one ; in the former the branches are not complanate, usually curved
and rather robust with the leaves more spreading; in the latter they are generally
distinctly complanate, straighter, more slender and flagelliform, with smaller more
appressed leaves. The former is more rarely found in fruit, but the capsules when
present seem to be larger and better developed. Numerous setce are as a rule
produced on each stem, and all from the summit, often very close together.
The nerve is somewhat channelled above at back and sparingly toothed. It is
strong, but never occupies any considerable proportion of the width of the leaf as in
the next species.
2. Porotrichum angustifolium Dixon (Thamnium angusti-
folium Holt, fourn. of Bot., 1886, p. 65). (Tab. L. C.).
Very small; leaves much narrower (those of the branches
ligulate), widest at the insertion, more strongly toothed; nerve
very wide and thick, occupying yi width of leaf at base or more;
cells more elongated and narrower, especially at base and near
the nerve ; upper somewhat larger than in the last, irregularly
oval. Fruit unknown.
Hab. By calcareous springs, Raven’s Dale, Derbyshire (Holt).
Quite distinct from the last species, and only known at present from the above
locality. The leaves are always widest at, not above, the base, the nerve much
broader, the upper cells larger.372
LESKEACE^.
ORDER XXIV. LESKEACE^:.
Mosses of varying habit, differing from Leucodontaceae in the
cells papillose, from Hypnacese in the short, rhomboid or sub-
rounded cells. Capsule usually erect, but frequently curved.
Peristome variously developed ; calyptra cucullate.
©3. MYURELLA B. & S.
Plants small, slender, irregularly branched, glaucous green ;
branches julaceous from the regularly imbricated, roundish,
concave leaves; nerve double, very faint; cells lax, hexagonal-
rhomboid, lightly or strongly papillose. Dioicous. Calyptra
minute. Capsule small, erect or sub-inclined ; annulus present.
Peristome perfect, inner with cilia. Dioicous.
A genus of very pretty plants of most distinct habit, the
stems and branches extremely slender, fragile, and regularly
julaceous, of a pale glaucous green, inhabiting mountain rocks.
A third, North American species is found, but very rarely, on
the continent, viz., M. careyana Sull. ; it has spreading leaves,
strongly erose-denticulate at margin, and more papillose at back.
{Ls. closely imbricate, obtuse or very shortly apiculate ..................i. julacea
Ls. spreading, more distant, usually with longish apiculus...............2. apiculata
1.	Myurella julacea B. & S. (Hypnum julaceum Vill.)
(Tab. L. D.).
Very slender ; stems slightly branched ; pale -whitish green,
reddish below ; branches filiform, rather obtuse, fragile; leaves
very densely imbricated, concave, rounded, obtuse or minutely
apiculate, faintly denticulate at margin, nerve double or forked,
short, indistinct; cells irregularly oval-rhomboid, pellucid; at
base laxer, sub-rectangular. Seta slender, capsule erect or
inclined, elliptic-oblong ; lid conical; peristome yellowish.
Hab. Mountain rocks, not common. Fr. very rare, summer.
Differs from the next species in the more closely imbricated, not spreading
leaves, with a less distinct apiculus or obtuse.
The papillfe are usually very indistinct in this species, and are most conspicuous
at the back of the upper leaves.
2.	Myurella apiculata B. & S. (Isothecium apiculatum
Hiibn.; Myurella tenerrima Lindb.) (Tab. L. E.).
Resembles the last species. Leaves more distant, spreading
•when tnoist and less appressed when dry, ending in an abruptMYURELLA.
373
apiculus, which is often rather long and flexuose, and recurved.
Hab. In similar situations; very rare. Ben Lawers. Fr. summer.
Easily distinguished from the first species by the characters italicised. M. julacea
may sometimes be found with the leaves a little less closely imbricated than usual and
with minute points to the leaves, but with no real approach to this species.
94. LESKEA Hedw.
Primary stems creeping, not stoloniform, irregularly divided,
the divisions procumbent, with numerous erect or spreading
branches. Leaves of stems and branches uniform, ovate-lanceo-
late, nerve single. Capsule erect, symmetrical or slightly curved,
more or less cylindric; seta arising from the primary stem.
Peristome double; inner with the basal membrane short or none,
cilia absent.
A genus of mosses for the most part slender and of soft texture,
at any rate in the European species, though some tropical species
are more robust. They differ from Anomodon principally in the
position of the fruit.
JLs. ovate-lanceolate, sub-acute, nerve ceasing below apex................i. polycarpa
^Ls. narrowly acuminate, nerve strong, reaching apex......................2. nei~vosa
1. Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. (Tab. L. F.).
Slender, stems prostrate, pinnately or bipinnately branched ;
branches short, erect, curved, or prostrate; bright or dull green
in somewhat intricate close patches, hardly £-inch high ; stems
1-2 inches long, soft in texture. Leaves eredo-patent or secund,
loosely incumbent when dry, small, less than £ line in length,
ovate-lanceolate, shortly pointed or obtuse, soft, entire, margin
slightly recurved in the lower half, nerve vanishing considerably
below apex, strong below; areolation hexagonal, pellucid, thin-
walled, more or less papillose at back, almost uniform throughout
the leaf, at base a little enlarged and more rectangular. Seta
about f-inch long, reddish ; capsule cylindric, narrow, tapering
at base, i-ij- lines long, erect, straight or slightly curved, finally
reddish brown, lightly contracted below the mouth when dry ; lid
elongate-conical, rather acute ; calyptra whitish ; peristome teeth
long, whitish, connivent when dry, processes as long as the teeth.
A utoicous.
Hab. At the foot of trees by water, common. Fr. summer.374
LESKEACE/E.
Leskea polycarpa usually fruits abundantly, and may thus be easily recognised from
all the preceding species of pleurocarpous mosses, none of which, except perhaps
Leucodon sciuroides, which is dioicous and rarely fruits, have such narrow, elongated
capsules. The short, scarcely acuminate leaves, almost always slightly secund, give
it a characteristic facies. It is a difficult plant to gather in good condition, being
often much coated with muddy deposit. The small, whitish calyptra gives it some-
what the appearance, when the fruit is young, of Amblystegium serpens. Slender
forms occur occasionally, but as a rule it is not a variable plant.
Myrinia pulvinata has a much shorter capsule, short nerve, etc.
2. Leskea nervosa Myrin (Pterogonium nervosum Schwgr.).
(Tab. L. G.).
Very slender, stems irregularly branched and re-branched ;
branches filiform, straight; bright or brownish green ; leaves
densely imbricated, erec.to-patent, closely oppressed when dry so
that the branches are terete, very small, widely ovate, rapidly
tapering to a long, finely acuminate point; margin recurved
below, entire; nerve vanishing in the acumen near apex; median
cells irregularly oval, marginal shorter, rounded, or transversely
elliptic, all small, incrassate, lightly papillose, hardly altered at
base. Seta short; capsule erect, sub-cylindric, small; peristome
small, processes shorter than the teeth. Dioicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees and rocks in subalpine districts. Very rare; Scotland.
Fruiting very rarely, in summer.
A much more delicate plant than the last, with filiform stems and branches and
very differently shaped leaves. Pseudoleskca atrovirens differs in the colour, the wider
and larger leaves, which are usually secund ; Lescurcea striata in the smooth, denticu-
late leaves; Anomodon longifolius in the more elongated, straggling habit, and the
leaves denticulate, much more loosely imbricated and more distant; all the other
species with which it might be confused differ in the elongated areolation or shorter
nerve.
95. ANOMODON Hook. & Tayl.
Primary stems stoloniform, with very small leaves differing
from those of the secondary stems and branches ; secondary stems
erect or ascending, irregularly branched. Leaves ovate or
lanceolate, single-nerved; cells more or less rounded, highly
papillose on both sides. Fruit produced on the erect secondary
stems. Capsule erect, symmetrical. Cilia of inner peristome
none or rudimentary. Dioicous.
/Ls. narrow, acuminate ..................................................i. longifolius
I\Ls. more or less obtuse orapiculate .................................................2
/Slender ; ls. apiculate, often serrulate at apex .......................2. attenuatus
2/Robust; ls. entire, more or less obtuse ...............................■_?. viticulosusANOMODON.	375
1.	Anomodon longifolius Hartm. (Pterigynandrum longi-
folium Ahnf.) (Tab. L. H.).
Very slender, secondary stems irregularly branched; branches
often flagelliform,y?/(/hr»z; olive or yellowish green, in irregular,
intricate tufts ; leaves very small, lanceolate, gradually tapering
to a narrow acuminate point, spreading, loosely incumbent when
dry, not crowded, margin plane, minutely denticulate above, nerve
pellucid, ceasing below apex ; cells rounded-hexagonal, opaque,
highly papillose, very slightly enlarged at the base. Seta short,
capsule hardly raised above the branches, oblong-cylindric, small;
annulus none; peristome small.
Hab. Rocks, etc. Very rare; Scotland; England. Fruit very rare, not
found in Britain.
A more slender and delicate plant than the two following, with more tapering,
acute leaves. It bears some resemblance to the most slender forms of Leskea polycarpa;
but differs essentially in the opaque, highly papillose cells.
2.	Anomodon attenuatus Hiibn. (Hypnum attenuatum
Schreb.) (Tab. L. I.).
Intermediate between A. longifolius and A. viticulosus, and
somewhat resembling a miniature form of the latter ; irregularly
branched and intricate, the branches short and rather obtuse, or
elongated and flagelliform, i~2 inches high ; leaves spreading or
secund, usually distinctly homomallous when dry, about 'A line in
length, oblong-lanceolate from a widely oval base, acute and
minutely apiculate, at the insertion very narrow, excavate and
slightly decurrent; margin plane, minutely crenulate with papillae,
at extreme apex usually with a few teeth ; nerve ceasing below
apex, pellucid; cells irregularly hexagonal, opaque, highly papillose,
thin-walled, a few at mid-base pellucid, elongate-rectangular.
Seta longer, about f-inch ; capsule elevated above the branches ;
lid longly beaked; peristome larger than in the last.
Hab. Rocks, etc., in mountainous districts; very rare. Ben Lawers ; Den of
Airlie. Fruit not found in Britain.
The less tapering leaves distinguish this from the last species, and the small size
and usually denticulate leaves from the next.
3. Anomodon viticulosus Hook. & Tayl. (Hypnum
viticulosum L.) (Tab. L. J.).
Secondary stems long, 2-4 inches, robust, slightly branched.
Plants bright green, dull green when dry, in large loose tufts.376
LESKEACE/3L.
Leaves spreading and secund, crisped when dry and incurved,
undulated at margin, ligulate-lanceolate from a widely ovate base,
large, above i line in length, excavate at base, obtuse or apiculate
at summit, margin very slightly recurved at base, often on one
side only, crenulate-dentic.ulate above ; nerve strong, pellucid,
whitish at back when dry, reaching nearly to apex; cells
hexagonal, thin-walled, opaque, highly papillose; the basal
median ones pellucid, rectangular. Seta straw-coloured, about
f-inch long ; capsule erect, sometimes slightly curved, cylindric,
i-i'/z lines long, slightly contracted at the mouth ; lid conical-
rostellate; annulus distinct; peristome yellowish; inner with a
very short basal membrane and short irregular processes.
Hab. Roots of trees and old walls, common. Fruit rather rare, spring.
The commonest species of the genus, and the most robust; the leaves of a very
marked form, and, a very uncommon feature among pleurocarpous mosses, distinctly
crisped when dry. It is indeed a striking moss, and one not likely to be mistaken for
any other. When dry it is not at all glossy, and of a very dull green, but upon
moistening the leaves at once regain their spreading direction and become of a brighter
colour.
96. LEPTODON Mohr.
Stems from a creeping rhizome, pinnately branched; stems
and branches strongly enrolled when dry. Leaves single-nerved,
obtuse; cells short, oval, slightly papillose. Capsule exserted on
a short seta, erect, symmetrical. Calyptra hairy, cucullate.
Peristome single, of 16 pale teeth.
1. Leptodon Smithii Mohr (Hypnum Smithii Dicks.)
(Tab. L. L.).
Bright green, in rather large flat patches. Stems prostrate,
i-2 inches long, rigid, pinnately branched ; branches very short,
rather obtuse, equal. When dry the stem and branches roll
together in the form of a crosier, the apical branches especially
rolling up almost into a ball. Leaves spreading, when dry erect
and somewhat homomallous, small, £ a line in length, cordate-
ovate, rounded and obtuse, entire, concave, margin recurved on
one side near the base, otherwise plane ; nerve wide at base, thin
and indistinct, reaching beyond the middle; cells round or very
shortly oval, distinct, the median basal somewhat narrow and
elongate-elliptical, 3-5 times as long as broad; all rather
incrassate, very slightly papillose. Perichaetial bracts oblong-
lanceolate, narrowly acuminate, thin. Seta very short. CapsuleLEPTODON.
377
slightly exserted, oblong, narrowed at the mouth. Lid conical,
acuminate; peristome small, pale. Calyptra and vaginula
covered with long hairs. Dioicous.
IIab. Trees and rocks in the south of England. Fr, rare, spring.
A southern species, which fruits abundantly in the countries about the
Mediterranean, but is rather rare with us and usually barren. When dry the closely
rolled up branches have a very peculiar appearance, unlike that of any other of our
mosses ; the wide, obtuse leaves with a single nerve are also very characteristic.
97. PTERIGYNANDRUM Hedw.
Primary stem creeping, stoloniform, secondary ascending
with irregular, curved branches turned towards one side, often
flagelliform. Leaves imbricated, ovate or obovate, strongly
papillose at back; nerve single, short. Cells linear-rhomboid,
shorter at apex. Capsule erect, symmetrical, sub-cylindric;
peristome small, outer teeth short; inner peristome of 16 short
irregular processes, without basal membrane or cilia.
1. Pterigynandrum filiforme Hedw. (Hypnum filiforme
Timm.) (Tab. L. K.).
In larger or smaller patches, sometimes almost entirely
prostrate, at others more erect and 1-2 inches high ; bright green
or brownish ; branches numerous, curved, usually pointing the
same way, very slender, often flagelliform, or short and obtuse.
Leaves of secondary stems and branches sub-similar, very small,
obovate or ovate-oblong, shortly pointed, not excavate at base,
closely imbricated or secund, when dry secund or closely
appressed, rendering the branches terete; concave, shortly
acuminate or simply acute or rather obtuse; margin reflexed
below, minutely denticulate at summit; nerve usually faint,
reaching slightly above the middle or shorter and forked; cells
sharply and strongly papillose at back, the greater part shortly
linear-vermicular, at the tip wider and shorter, at mid-base
longer and more pellucid, at angles short, irregularly quadrate
and rectangular, in a few short rows. Seta inch long,
slender ; capsule small, narrow ; lid rostrate, oblique. Dioicous.
Var. /?. heteropterum Schp. (Pterig. heteropterum Brid. in
part). More robust; branches thicker, shorter, obtuse. Leaves
secund, rounded and apiculate at apex.
Hab. Rocks and trunks of trees on mountains; rare. The var. /3 in more
shady situations. Fruit rare, summer.378
LESKEACE^.
Very variable in size and in the length and thickness of the branches. It has
some similarity to several other species, especially, in its larger secund-leaved forms,
to the more robust forms of Heterocladium heteropterum ; that plant has however
more tapering leaves, more strongly denticulate and usually more distant, with
shorter, less papillose cells, and the nerve always short and double. Pseudoleskea
differs in the shorter sub-rounded areolation, as well as in the curved fruit. The
present plant will generally be recognised by its numerous slender curved branches,
resembling a very slender state of Pterogonium filiforme, but with highly papillose
areolation.
98. HETEROCLADIUM B. & S.
Primary stem creeping, more or less stoloniform, irregularly
divided, the secondary stems with irregular, often flagelliform
branches. Leaves of two forms ; stem-leaves cordate-acuminate,
branch-leaves smaller, narrower, ovate, less acuminate; nerve
short, double ; paraphyllia few. Capsule inclined or horizontal,
curved ; peristome perfect, with cilia. Dioicous.
Differing from Thuidium in the non-pinnate branching, and
the few paraphyllia, from Pseudoleskea in the double nerve, and
the dimorphous leaves ; from the other genera of this Order in
the curved capsule and other points.
/Stem-leaves patent; lid rostrate ...............................i. heteropterum
\Stem-leaves squarrose-recurved ; lid conic......................2. squarrosulum
1. Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S. (Hypnutn
heteropterum Spr.) (Tab. L. M.).
In large, intricate, flat patches, deep or bright green. Stems
creeping, the secondary ones prostrate or ascending, irregularly
or sub-pinnately branched, very slender, often filiform ; branches
straight, rarely curved; stem-leaves widely ovate-acuminate,
with a more or less tapering, acute point, spreading or sub-secund,
excavate at base, not concave, shortly two-nerved; margin plane,
finely denticulate in the greater part; median cells elliptical, 3-5
times as long as broad, towards apex and margins shorter, sub-
quadrate-rounded ; all rather incrassate, distinctly papillose on
both sides. Branch-leaves smaller, less tapering, ovate, acute,
often secund. Seta purple, curved above, so that the capsule is
often horizontal; capsule deep reddish brown, oblong, slightly
curved, or gibbous, short-necked; lid conical, rostrate.
Var. ft. fallax Milde. Extremely slender, stems and
branches all delicately filiform; leaves minute, narrowly
elliptic-lanceolate; cells all short.
Hab. Wet rocks by waterfalls, etc. The var. B rare ; Staffordshire (Bagnall) ;
Radnorshire (Binstead). Fruit very rare, late summer and autumn.HETEROCLADIUM.
379
An extremely variable species ; the var. ft is one of the most slender of our
mosses, resembling Amblystegium Sprucei, and hardly to be known from some slender
species of that genus except by the papillose cells, which are much shorter in the
middle of the leaf in the variety than in the typical plant; indeed one would be
inclined to attribute to it a higher than varietal rank were it not that intermediate
forms occur ; I have gathered one which showed a few branches with almost typical
leaves, while the greater part of the plant was clearly referable to the variety.
On the other hand, luxuriant forms have large, acuminate leaves, usually more or
less distichously arranged in two rows drooping on either side of the stem, and bear a
resemblance to Pterigynandrum filiforme var. heteropterum, but have the leaves much,
more distant than is usual in that plant. In these forms it approaches nearer the
next species, but the acumen of the stem-leaves is never squarrose-recurved as in
that.
2. Heterocladium squarrosulum Lindb. (Hypnum squar-
rosulutn Voit; Heterocladium dimorphum B. & S., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. L. N.).
Closely resembling the last species; stem-leaves distant,
widely cordate-ovate, rapidly contracted to a long, flexuose,
almost filiform acumen, which is squarrose-recurved, irregularly
denticulate ; all median cells and those of the acumen linear,
6-10 times as long as wide, smooth, towards margin (in the
widest part) in several rows short, sub-quadrate, slightly papil-
lose ; branch-leaves much shorter and smaller, rounded and sub-
obtuse or shortly pointed, papillose, with short cells. Fruit
resembling that of the last species, but shorter, and with a shorter,
not rostrate leak.
Hab. Mountain rocks in shady places; very rare; Highlands of Scotland.
Barren in Britain.
Very closely resembling the last in habit, with the branching somewhat more
pinnate; but the stem-leaves are quite different. Occasionally in H. heteropterum
they are longly acuminate and somewhat recurved; but never with the abruptly
squarrose, filiform-acuminate points, nor with the elongated smooth areolation of the
present species. The branch-leaves in the two are, however, almost identical.
99. PSEUDOLESKEA B. & S.
(Leskea nonnull, auct.)
Plants with the habit and vegetative characters of Leskea,
and the fruiting characters of Heterocladium. Paraphyllia
numerous; nerve single; capsule curved, inclined; peristome
well developed, inner frequently with cilia. Dioicous.
{Ls. usually denticulate at apex, nerved nearly to apex .................atrovirens
Ls. entire, nerve i or f length of leaf ...............................catenulata380	LESKEACE/E.
1. Pseudoleskea atrovirens B. & S. (Hypnum atrovirens
Dicks.) (Tab. L. O.).
Primary stems creeping, irregularly divided ; secondary with
irregular, hardly pinnate branches, which are usually hooked or
curved at the apex ; forming large, somewhat intricate masses of
a green or brownish colour, the tips of the branches often coloured
yellow ; rather rigid when dry. Leaves erecto-patent, crowded,
usually falcato-secund at the extremity of the branches, secund or
appressed and somewhat regularly and spirally imbricated when
dry; ovate-lanceolate, gradually acuminate, margin recurved
below, denticulate above; nerve strong, reaching to near the
summit; cells irregularly oval, towards margin shorter and sub-
quadrate, near the nerve and in the point longer, elliptical; all
papillose at back. Paraphyllia numerous, multiform. Seta
short; capsule oblique, curved or gibbous, oblong ; lid conical;
peristome yellow ; cilia none or rudimentary.
Hab. Alpine rocks and at the foot of trees on mountains ; rare ; Highlands of
Scotland. Fr. very rare, early summer.
As with several of the preceding allied species, this plant is somewhat variable in
the degree of robustness, the branches being sometimes very slender and filiform (var.
filamentosa Boul.), at others robust and obtuse; occasionally, but rarely, the leaves
are not at all secund, and the branches not hooked. The old leaves are usually dark
brown or blackish, and the common form of the plant may be usually recognised by
this dark brown tinge with the tips of the branches yellow. It somewhat resembles
Leskea nervosa, but has less acute leaves, and a shorter nerve ; and is generally more
robust.
2. Pseudoleskea catenulata B. & S. (Hypnum catenulatum
Brid.) (Tab. L. P.).
Very slender and delicate, with numerous, short, filiform,
julaceous, obtuse branches, in low large patches of a dull or
reddish green. Leaves minute, crowded, erecto-patent when
moist, closely imbricated when dry ; ovate-acuminate, those of
the branches ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, entire; nerve
very faint, vanishing below the middle ; cells almost uniformly
oval-oblong, short, towards margin and apex shorter, rounded-
quadrate, faintly papillose or almost smooth. Paraphyllia
filiform. Capsule narrowly oblong; lid rostrate; cilia one or
two, well developed.
Hab. Mountain rocks, very rare; Scotch Highlands. Fruit extremely rare,
summer ; not found in Britain.
A pretty little species, fairly easily distinguished by the julaceous branches and
small entire leaves with their single nerve and short cells.THUIDIUM.
381
100. THUIDIUM B. & S.
Primary stem prostrate, irregularly divided; secondary
stems regularly pinnate, bipinnate or tripiimate. Paraphyllia
numerous, multiform. Leaves dimorphous, the stem-leaves
differing much from the branch-leaves, single-nerved, strongly
papillose. Capsule rather large, thick-walled, arcuate. Peristome
large, perfect.
Readily distinguished from all the preceding genera by the
regularly pinnate branching, numerous paraphyllia and curved
capsule. The name is derived from Thuja, the coniferous shrub,
not from the Greek Ova, and there seems therefore no reason for
correcting the spelling as Lindberg does to Thyidium, as there
might be were the derivation directly from the Greek.
Lindberg first pointed out the radical distinction in the apical
cells, between the branch-leaves of T. ta7nariscinum and those of
T. recognitum and T. delicatulum, by which these groups of
species may be separated at a glance under the microscope; the
difficulty of separating them when barren, and indeed even when
fruiting, previously to that time, had caused great confusion
between the species, especially in N. America. In T.
tamariscinum the apical cell in the branch-leaves ends in a single
acute point ; in the other species named it is truncated, with 2-3
points or papillae at apex.
{Stem bi or tripinnate .............................................................2
Stem simply pinnate ...............................................................4
f Apical cell of branch-ls. acute, not divided ....................tamariscinum
\ Apical cell obtuse bifid or ending in a crown of papillae........................3
/Stem bipinnate ; perichaetial Is. not ciliate ........................6. recognitum
\Stem usually tripinnate ; perichaetial Is. ciliate ............... ..5. delicatulum
{Stem-ls. sub-squarrose, strongly auricled .............................j. decipiens
Stem-Is. not auricled .............................................................5
/Stem rigid ; Is. papillose on keel; cells shortly oval................1. abietinum
5\Stem flexible ; Is. smooth on keel ; cells elongated ..................2. Blandovii
1. Thuidium abietinum B. & S. (Hypnum abietinum L.)
(Tab. L. Q.)
In loose tufts, often scattered among grass and other plants,
dark brown with yellow or green tips; secondary stems 2-4
inches long, prostrate or ascending, sometimes forked, rigid,
simply and regularly pinnate (very rarely slightly bipinnate), the
branches close, sub-equal, not complanate, but in two rows on
each side of the stem so as to lie in two planes, slender, short,
attenuated at the points; stem-leaves crowded, spreading when
moist or slightly secund, when dry closely appressed and382
LESKEACEAi.
imbricated, widely oval, with a short point or a longer, tapering
acumen, acute, strongly plicate, margin slightly recurved, denti-
culate above; nerve strong, reaching J the length of the leaf or
higher; cells minitte, oval, incrassate, at mid-base very slightly
elongated, towards basal margins shorter, subquadrate-rounded,
all highly papillose at back. Paraphyllia numerous, short,
multifid, often united with the leaf at base. Branch-leaves much
smaller, crowded, ovate, shortly acicminate, concave, when dry
closely imbricated, so that the branches are terete, areolation
minute, oval, or irregularly rounded, highly papillose, especially
at back; the apical usually bifid, rarely simply acute; nerve
hispidly papillose at back. Perichaetial bracts long, gradually
attenuated, plicate, without cilia. Capsule suberect, curved,
cylindrical, slender ; lid conical, acuminate. Dioicous.
Hab. Among grasses, etc., principally on dry calcareous soil; frequent. Fruit
•extremely rare, not found in Britain.
T. abietinum varies in slenderness and in the form of the stem-leaves, but not to
any great extent in other directions. It is readily distinguished from T. Blandovii
and T. decipiens by the habitat, the closely imbricated branch-leaves, the areolation,
the more rigid texture of the stem and leaves, the darker colour, etc., and from the
former notably by the dioicous inflorescence ; from all the other species by the colour,
the simply pinnate stems, and narrow, less cordate stem-leaves.
This and the next two species belong to Mitten’s sub-genus Tetracladium,
distinguished by having the branches not complanate, but in four rows, two on each
side of the stem, the upper on one side and the lower on the other being in the same
plane. This is noticeable in fresh plants and specimens which have not been
subjected to pressure; in herbarium specimens which have been pressed flat it is of
course indistinguishable, but may be recovered more or less by immersion in water.
2. Thuidium Blandovii B. & S. (Hypnum Blandovii'N. & M.)
(Tab. LI. A.).
Somewhat resembling the last species, but of paler colour
and softer texture ; bright or yellowish green above, pale below ;
stems not rigid, leaves soft, thin and somewhat membranaceous
in texture. Stems and leaf-bases thickly coated with numerous
long and branched, filiform, pellucid, jointed paraphyllia; stem-
leaves wide, cordate-acuminate, often much narrowed at the base,
thin and pellucid, irregularly plicate, densely crowded, so as to
render the stems tumid; margin slightly recurved, or plane,
towards base spinulosely-papillose; nerve thin, reaching above
half-way ; cells narrowly vermicular-elliptical, or linear-rhom-
boid, 4-6 ti?nes as long as broad, longer and more vermicular at
apex, longer and narrowly rectangular at base; at back with
strong but not very dense papillae, usually arising from the end-
walls, not from the face of the cells. Branches slender,THUIDIUM.
383
attenuated, simple, close and regular, longer than in the last
species, the leaves less crowded, when dry divergent from the
branch at base, then incm'ved, so as to render the branches
somewhat catenulate, not terete, branches as well as stems
clothed with long paraphyllia ; leaves small, narrower, acuminate,
almost entire; areolation resembling that of the stem-leaves.
Setae long, slender, red, i£-2 inches, numerous, from the upper
part of the stem ; - capsule arcuate, oblong-cylindric, wider than in
the last; lid conical, acuminate. Autoicous■
Hab. Bogs and marshes. Very rare. England. Fr. summer.
This fine species, which is frequently found in abundant fruit, has only been found
in two or three bogs in England , it is frequent in North America and some of the
more northern European countries. Its habitat alone is sufficient to separate it from
all the other species, besides which the simply pinnate stems distinguish it from all but
T. abietinum and T. decipiens. The latter is known by its falcate leaves, wide
angular cells, etc., the former by the characters pointed out in the description of that
species.
3- Thuidium decipiens De Not. (Hypnum Notarisii Boul.,
nonnull, auct.) (Tab. LI. B.).
Resembling very closely slender forms of Hypnum com-
mutatum, and only distinguishable with the aid of the microscope.
Secondary stems frequently forked or divided, the divisions
simply pinnate, with short, close, or irregularly placed branches,
which are often hooked at the apex, bright or yellowish green.
Stems rather slender, soft, fragile, clothed with short, multifid
paraphyllia and often with radicular tomentum. Stem-leaves
not crowded, spreading or sub-secund, not much oppressed when
dry, widely deltoid and suddenly narrowed at base to the inser-
tion, tapering to a short, often fine acumen, slightly decurrent
and auriculate at base, strongly plicate, margin slightly revolute
at base, denticulate at the widest part of the base, almost entire
above, or denticulate; nerve strong, reaching nearly to apex;
upper cells linear-rhomboid and vermicular or elliptic-hexagonal,
variable in width, but usually rather wider than in the last
species, longer and narrower in the acumen, gradually becoming
shorter and wider towards the base; at basal angles larger,
lax, hyaline, irregularly hexagonal, forming more or less distinct,
often coloured auricles. Papillae not numerous, usually, as in the
last, from the upper end-walls of the cells. Branches slender,
short, the leaves spreading and secund or strongly falcato-secund,
ovate-lanceolate, more or less longly acuminate, finely denti-
culate ; cells shortly linear-vermicular, or narrowly elliptical,3§4
LESKEACE/E.
shorter and wider at base, sparsely but sharply papillose at back.
Seta long, capsule arcuate. Dioicous.
Hab. Wet places on mountains, very rare ; Highlands of Scotland. Fruit
extremely rare, not found in Britain.
In the habit, the falcate branch-leaves, and other points this species is quite
distinct from any other of the genus, and more closely resembles Hypnum commutalum.
It is a more slender plant with shorter branches than the usual forms of that moss,
and may at once be distinguished under the microscope by the papillose leaves with
the cells, especially towards the base, much looser, being both shorter and wider.
In areolation indeed, it comes nearer Amblystegium filicinuvi, but the stem leaves are
wider and plicate. The leaves when dry, moreover, are somewhat crisped, and are
dull, not glossy as in H. commutatum.
There has been much difference of opinion as to the true systematic position of
this plant, several authors placing it in Hypnum near H. commutattun ; the papillose
leaves form the chief argument for placing it in the present genus, and the view thus
taken is supported somewhat by the fact that in T. Blandovii the form of the branch
leaves, the areolation and the character of the papillae all show a distinctly intermediate
condition between the typical characters of Thuidium and those of the present plant.
4. Thuidium tamariscinum B. & S. (Hypnum tamariscinum
Hedw.) (Tab. LI. E.).
Stems elongated, 3-8 inches long or more, arched, often
interrupted, the apex being produced without branches for some
distance, and often rooting, then again branching ; this may be
repeated several times. Plants in large, intricate mats, bright
vivid green. Branches complanate, tripinnate, the lower or
median ones longest, so that the outline of the frondiform stem is
deltoid or lanceolate ; secondary and tertiary branches short, very
slender, attenuated. Stems and branches clothed with numerous,
short, multifid paraphyllia. Stem leaves widely cordate, from a
broad base, rapidly contracted to a narrow acumen of varying
length, plicate; erecto-patent or somewhat recurved, when dry
appressed, not crowded ; margins revolute to the base of the
acumen, denticulate above; nerve very strong, reaching nearly to
apex; cells short, wide, incrassate, rounded-quadrate or irregular,
in acumen elongated, elliptical ; towards base longer, sub-
rectangular ; at basal angles rectangular, slightly larger. Papillae
acute, dense. Leaves of the primary branches somewhat inter-
mediate between those of the stem and of the secondary and
tertiary branches; of these latter very small, narrow, ovate-
lanceolate, shortly pointed, concave; cells oval-rounded, densely
papillose, the apical cell simply acute. Perichaetial bracts long,
gradually or rapidly contracted to a long, flexuose, thong-shaped
acumen, much longer than the limb ; the margins, especially of
the inner ones, densely fringed with long, filiform, articulate
cilia; nerve strong, reaching to base of acumen. Seta stout,THUIDIUM.
385
i-i| finches long, purplish red ; capsule large, thick-walled,
arcuate, dark reddish brown ; lid longly and obliquely rostrate ;
peristome large, reddish. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady woods, common. Fr. rare, autumn and winter.
This very fine and beautiful species cannot be mistaken for any other except the
two following; from these it is readily separated by the apical cell of the branch-
leaves, which is here smooth and simply pointed, while in them it is truncate and
bi-trifid with terminal papillae. T. recognitum also differs in the branching being
bipinnate, not tripinnate, and in the perichaetial leaves not ciliate; while T.
delicatulum may sometimes, but not always be known by its smaller size.
The broad, complanate, regularly branched stems of this moss have much the
appearance of miniature fronds of a fern.
5. Thuidium delicatulum Mitt. (Hypnum delicatulum
Hedw., non B. & S.) (Tab. LI. C.).
Very closely resembling slender forms of the last species, and
occasionally fully as robust; bright green above, reddish brown
below. Branching tripinnate, the branches and branchlets
usually shorter and more numerous and crowded than in that
species. Apical cell of the branch-leaves ti-ujicate and crowned
•with 2, more rarely j papillae, so as to appear bifid. Perichaetial
bracts fringed, especially the inner ones, with less numerous,
shorter cilia. Capsule usually (but not always) rather smaller
and less curved.
Hab. Among rocks and sand by mountain streams ; very rare. Tyn-y-groes,
N. Wales. Lake District. Fr. winter.
There was great confusion between this species and the last until Lindberg
detected the wide difference in the apical cells of the branch-leaves. It appears that
T. tamanscinum, by far the commoner species of the two in Europe, is replaced in
N. America by the present plant. It was unknown in Britain until quite recently,
when Mr. Holt discovered it at Tyn-y-groes, with fruit; in the past year (1895) I
gathered it abundantly, though rarely fertile, about the Falls of Lodore ; and the Rev.
C. H. Binstead has since sent me a fine fruiting specimen gathered by him in the
Lake District some years back, but then unrecognised, and labelled T. recognitum.
About Lodore it grows in quantity, almost always of a more compact, less
straggling habit than T. tamariscinurn, and more slender in its branching ; but this
habit though undoubtedly the more usual, is not constant, for I have seen specimens
that could not possibly be known from the more luxuriant forms of T. tamariscinum.
In one tuft which I gathered in fruit, the setae were much shorter and more
slender, and the capsules very small, suberect and hardly curved ; yet there was no
appearance of dwarfing. It would appear therefore that the fruit exhibits considerable
variation in size.
In France Philibert has found this species in abundance in one district, near
Vais in Ard&che ; it there inhabits damp meadows, a somewhat different habitat from
that in which it occurs with us.
Breidler is said by Husnot (Muscol. Gall. p. 309) to have observed the perichaetial
bracts with and without cilia on one and the same specimen. I have found them very
slightly developed in some specimens, and in young perichaetia sometimes hardly
visible.
Z386	LESKEACE^.
6. Thuidium recognitum Lindb. (Hypnum recognition
Hedw.; T. delicatulum B. & S., non Mitt, nec Lindb.)
(Tab. LI. D.).
Resembles slender forms of T. tamariscinum but is usually
of a yellowish, not bright green, the branching bipinnate, not
tripinnate (a single secondary branch here and there alone, in
luxuriant specimens, producing one or two tertiary branchlets) ;
stems more linear in outline, not distinctly deltoid nor lanceolate,
owing to the primary branches being sub-equal ; less frequently
interrupted than in that species. Branch-leaves and apical cells
as in T. delicatulum. Perichaetial bracts not ciliate, denticulate
only. Capsule arcuate, large, rather slender.
Hab. Mountain rocks, and among grass in meadows etc., principally in
calcareous districts. Frequent, probably overlooked for T. tamariscinum. Fr. very
rare, winter.
Distinguished from T. tamariscinum by the apical cells of the branch-leaves, and
from both that and the last by the branching being bipinnate only and by the non-
ciliate perichcetial bracts. I can find no difference between the upper cells of the
branch-leaves in this and T. delicatulum, such as Husnot describes.
Philibert (Rev. Bry. 1893, pp. 33 sqq.) describes a new species, T. intermedium,
closely allied to the present, but differing in certain characters which if constant might
be held of importance. I find however some characters which he attributes to T.
intermedium undoubtedly existing in the same specimens with others which he
considers characteristic of T. recognitum ; while the characters derived from the stem-
leaves, such as the revolution of the margins and length of nerve, are extremely
variable even on the same stem ; and I have never found the nerve excurrent as he
describes it in T. reco°nitum, nor even percurrent. I doubt very much, therefore,
the specific value of T. intermedium.
Order XXV HYPNACETt.
Stems variously branched ; leaves variable in form and in
direction. Cells narrow and elongated, from shortly rhomboid to
narrowly linear-vermicular, at least twice as long as wide and
usually much longer; smooth or very rarely sparsely and
minutely papillose ; nerve single, double, or none. Capsule on an
elongated seta, usually arcuate, less commonly erect and
symmetrical ; peristome well developed; inner almost always
with a distinct and more or less elevated basal membrane,
frequently with cilia between the processes.
Under this Order I have included all the British genera of
pleurocarpous mosses with elongated, smooth areolation and well
developed Bryoid peristome ; those species of course excepted
which with the above characters are separated, on important
grounds, under Neckeracese and Hookeriacese. The cells, thoughHYPNACE/€.
387
occasionally short and wide, always in such cases show a
rhomboid or hexagonal outline, and are never regularly oval,
rounded, nor quadrate, at least in the middle of the leaf.
The texture of the leaves is usually thin and membranaceous,
often somewhat scariose and glossy; when dry they rarely
become crisped, though sometimes shrinking and becoming
flaccid; as a rule they are little altered when dry and on
moistening rapidly regain their normal condition.
Several of the genera here included with erect, symmetrical
capsules are frequently separated under the title of Ortho-
theciaceae; but the distinction cannot be held of real importance,
since it leads to the separation of genera so obviously allied as
Pleuropus and Camptothecium, and to other anomalies.
The student will have little difficulty in recognising a moss
as a member of this Order if attention be paid to the areolation.
Pterogonium, Antitrichia and Leucodon, indeed, have somewhat
elongate upper cells, but the marginal cells in the lower part of
the leaf, not the angular ones only, are short and rounded; and
the inner peristome, too, is more or less imperfect, at least in the
two latter.
In the descriptions of the leaves, when not otherwise stated,
those of the secondary stems or their divisions are referred to,
not those of the branches; the branch-leaves being usually
narrower and" frequently less highly developed than the stem-
leaves.	a
In the arrangement and the division into genera, as well as in
the nomenclature, I have for the most part followed the system of
the authors of the Bryologia Europsea, and of Schimper in the
Synopsis, Ed. II. This arrangement is open to much criticism,
both as to nomenclature and to the value of the genera ; it is, for
instance, to say the least doubtful whether groups like Pleuropus,
Camptothecium, and Brachythecium have any claim to a separate
generic rank which puts them on the same level as the genera of
Acrocarpous mosses, separated only as they are by characters
almost indefinable and none too constant. Lindberg has given an
original and very different arrangement in the Musci
Scandinavici ; but, besides that some of his grouping appears
very difficult to justify, I have thought it better not to run the
risk of causing confusion by the introduction of an arrangement
and nomenclature so widely differing from that of most of the
works the student is likely to consult, and have therefore kept
more or less closely to the old lines. The chief variation will be388
HYPNACE/E.
found in the uniting of Rhynchostegium B. & S. with'
Eurhynchium, the differences by which these are sometimes
separated being very slight in degree and not easy either of
definition or of detection.
101. CLIMACIUM W. & M.
Primary stem creeping, stoloniform, secondary erect, robust,
dendroid; branches stout, not flagelliform, stem-leaves scale-
like ; branch-leaves oblong-lanceolate, plicate, single-nerved.
Areolation rather long, rhomboid, rounded at the ends. Seta
long; capsule sub-cylindric, erect; peristome large ; outer teeth
confluent at the base, reddish ; inner with a short basal membrane,,
processes perforated and widely gaping along the keel, cilia
rudimentary or none. Dioicous.
The true position of this genus is difficult to decide. In the
areolation it certainly appears to belong to the present Order
rather than to Leucodontaceae. It seems however in some
respects near Porotrichum, and on the whole must be considered
a somewhat anomalous genus.
1. Climacium dendroides W. & M. (Hypnum dendroides L.)
(Tab. LI. F.).
Robust, secondary stems erect, rigid, 2-4 inches high,
unbranched except towards the summit, where it gives rise to
numerous sub-erect, rarely spreading branches, which are usually
straight, either short and obtuse or longer, more slender and
cuspidate, but not flagelliform ; somewhat thick and turgid with
the closely imbricated leaves ; bright or yellowish green. Leaves
large, those of the stem very broad, aniplexicaul, rounded and
cucullate and often apiculate at the apex ; branch-leaves narrower,
oblong-lingulate with the apex usually rounded and obtuse,
sharply serrated above and more finely almost to base ; somewhat
cordate at base with the margins incurved, plicate; nerve
narrow, ceasing just below apex. Cells narrowly rhomboid, 6-8
ti?nes as long as wide, the basal looser, at the angles a few, lax,
wide and hyaline, forming minute auricles. Seta an inch long or
more, deep red; capsule erect, elliptic or cylindric, reddish
brown ; lid straight, acutely rostrate, remaining for some time
attached to the columella and persistent. Peristome large.
Calyptra descending below the capsule.
Hab. Damp marshy ground, frequent. Fr. very rare, autumn and winter.CYLINDROTHECIUM.
389
A plant of a very distinct habit, somewhat resembling Porotrichum alopecurum
in habit and manner of growth, but still more dendroid in appearance owing to the
shorter, straighter, more compactly tufted branches; the areolation is however quite
different. The fruit when it occurs is produced in abundance, and the plant is then a
very fine and beautiful one.
102. CYLINDROTHECIUM B. & S.
Primary stems hardly distinct, secondary erect or depressed,
more or less pinnately branched. Leaves ovate or lanceolate,
nerveless or with two short nerves. Capsule erect, symmetrical,
oblong or cylindric ; lid conical. Inner peristome without a basal
membrane, processes nearly or quite as long as the outer teeth ;
cilia none.
1. Cylindrothecium concinnum Schp. (Hypnum concinnum
De Not. ; Entodon orthocarpus Lindb.) (Tab. LI. H.).
In large loose tufts, yellowish or brownish green, 2-5 inches
high ; erect or somewhat depressed ; closely resembling Hypnum
Sckreberi. Stems pale or brown (not red as in that plant) ;
branches more or less regularly pinnate, crowded, rather short,
terete with the closely imbricated leaves, cuspidate. Leaves
widely ovate-oblong, when dry erect and closely imbricated,
slightly more spreading when moist, concave, glossy, obtuse or
minutely pointed, entire, margin recurved at base, involute and
sub-cucullate at apex; nerveless or with 2-3 faint traces of
nerves at the base ; cells narrowly linear-vermicular, long, at
apex shorter, wider, oval, at base somewhat laxer, at basal angles
quadrate, thin-walled, forming rather large triangular bands.
Capsule cylindric, lid conical, apiculate; peristome reddish.
Dioicous.
Hab. Among grass etc., on calcareous soil, not common. Fruit very rare, not
found in Britain, late summer and autumn.
Very similar in appearance to Hypnum Schreberi, though quite different in the
fruit. It may be known from that species by the pale or brown, not red stems, and
by the basal angular cells which are less distinct, not hyaline nor orange, and not
forming such distinct auricles. It is as a rule, also, a more compact plant, with the
branches shorter and, while cuspidate, less attenuated, but the latter characters are
not quite constant. H. cuspidatum is also like it, but is taller, more slender and
elongated, with the basal auricles much more distinct, and is usually of a bright green
•or bright golden brown.
103. MYURIUM Schp.,
Stems irregularly branched ; branches julaceous with the very
concave, closely imbricated leaves, tumid. Leaves cochleariform,390
HYPNACE^.
suddenly piliferous, nerveless. Areolation narrow, vermicular.
Flowers and fruit unknown.
The position of this genus must remain doubtful in the
absence of fruit. From the areolation, however, it is certainly
more at home in the Hypnacese than under Leucodon, with which
it was formerly united.
1. Myurium Hebridarum Schp. (Leucodon Lagurus var.
borealis Wils.) (Tab. LI. G.).
Primary stem prostrate, with numerous erect divisions, simple
or slightly branched, thick, tumid, obtuse, golden yellow. Leaves
in many rows, rather large, cochlear form, shining, loosely
imbricated, oblong, suddenly contracted to a long, linear filiform
point, excavate at base; margin involute above, finely denticulate
throughout its length, most closely and distinctly at apex and at
basal margin ; nerve faint or none. Cells very narrow, linear,
the walls incrassate and perforated by pores, at basal angles
gradually shorter and wider, hexagonal, but not forming auricles.
Hab. Outer Hebrides, on damp rocks near the coast.
A very remarkable and curious plant, both in structure and distribution. Its
only other known station is in the Canaries. The leaves are somewhat like those of
Eurhynchium cirrosumy but are nerveless, with wider points, and the whole plant is
much larger and stouter. It could not be confounded with any other species.
104. PYLAISIA B. & S.
Plants of arboreal habitat, growing in intricate, silky tufts.
Stems prostrate, rooting, not stoloniform. Leaves small, ovate-
lanceolate, longly acuminate, nerve short or none. Seta smooth.
Capsule erect, elliptic-oblong or cylindric; peristome well
developed, cilia rudimentary, single. Autoicous.
A genus of several species, similar in habit and leaf-form, and
also characterised by the autoicous inflorescence.
1. Pylaisia polyantha B. & S. Leskea polyantha Hedw.;
Stereodon polyanthos Lindb.) (Tab. LI. I.).
Stems prostrate, irregularly divided, in small silky tufts,
hardly one inch high, dull yellowish green. Secondary stems
closely pinnate, the branches erect or ascending, short. Leaves
erect or secund and pointing upwards, small, less than half a line
long, narrowly ovate, rather rapidly contracted into a taperingPYLAISIA.
391
acumen of almost equal length, entire, slightly concave, not
plicate ; margin plane ; nerveless or with a faint and short single
or double nerve; cells linear-rhomboid, thin-walled, 6-10 times
as long as broad, at basal angles quadrate, pellucid, often orange,
rather wide and distinct. Setae numerous, slender, about f-inch
high ; capsule oblong, small, narrow; lid conical, acute, short.
Processes of inner peristome longer than the outer teeth.
Hab. Trunks of trees, not common. Fr. autumn and winter.
Very closely resembling in habit slender forms of Pleuropus sericeus and also
Hypnuvi cupressiforme var. resupinatum; the long nerve of the former at once
separates that species, and the latter is known by the longer, shortly rostrate lid, the
capsule larger and slightly curved, the cilia well developed, the dioicous inflorescence,
the areolation usually narrower, linear-vermicular, and the basal angular cells forming
rather more defined auricles. Our species is usually found abundantly fruiting.
105. ORTHOTHECIUM B. & S.
Rupestral plants; stems prostrate, irregularly branched.
Leaves glossy, nerveless ; areolation long, linear, without distinct
basal angular cells. Seta smooth. Capsule erect or very slightly
inclined ; cilia rudimentary. Dioicous.
The species of this genus are distinguished from Pylaisia by
the absence of distinct angular cells, the dioicous inflorescence
and the rupestral habitat; from Pleuropus by the absence of
nerve.
{Small; leaves sub-secund, scarcely striate ...........................2. intricatum
Larger ; leaves imbricate, strongly plicate............................1. rufescens
1. Orthothecium rufescens B. & S. (Hypnum rufescens
Dicks.; Stereodon rufescens Mitt.) (Tab. LI. J.).
Secondary stems crowded, erect or ascending, robust, little
branched, forming large, densely crowded tufts, 1-3 inches high,
of a vinous pink or reddish green. Leaves crowded, erecto-
patent, hardly altered when dry, not erect nor appressed, so that
the branches are obtuse, not cuspidate; scariose, plicate,
triangular-lanceolate, gradually narrowed from the base, tapering
to a long, narrow acumen, large, 1-1& lines long, entire, margin
recurved for the greater part of its length ; nerveless, or very
faintly nerved ; cells very narrow, linear, the walls incrassate and
somewhat porose, uniform to the base, a very few along the line
of insertion slightly looser, often reddish. Seta about one inch
long, red; capsule oval-oblong; lid rostellate; peristome pale
yellow.392
HYPNACE.C.
Hab. Damp clefts of rocks on mountains, rare ; Scotland ; Wales. Fruit very
rare, summer.
A very beautiful species when growing in favourable conditions, forming large
deep tufts of a rich vinous red, with robust stems and large leaves, bearing more
resemblance, perhaps, to Camptothecium miens than to any other plant ; that species
is however known at once by the nerved leaves and by the paludal habitat. The
present is a much more robust plant than the next species, though the larger forms of
that approach very nearly to the most slender forms of this, but the leaves are always
narrower and almost or quite destitute of plicae.
2. Orthothecium intricatum B. & S. (Leskea intricata
Hartm.; Stereodon subrufus Lindb.) (Tab. LI. K.)
Much more slender, secondary stems ascending, arcuate, with
a few branches; yellowish green or reddish, in silk}', intricate
tufts, i-i| inches high ; leaves very glossy, almost always secund
and homomallous; resembling those of the last in shape, but
much smaller, f-i line long, and not plicate; margin plane;
nerve none or obsolete, areolation as in O. rufescens. beta
short, about |-inch, capsule small, oval-oblong.
Var. /3. binervulum Husnot (O. binervulum Mol.). Leaves
wider, ovate, less longly acuminate, sub-plicate.
IIab. Damp subalpine rocks, not common. Fruit summer, not found in
Britain.
This species somewhat resembles Hyprtum cupressiforme var. resupinalum, but
is of a more reddish colour, less branched, with the leaves more longly acuminate, and
no distinct angular cells ; and is moreover a rock plant ; the same characters will
separate it from Pylaisia polyantha.
Husnot mentions the var. 0 as being found in Scotland, but I have seen no other
record, nor have I seen specimens. His figure, however, would seem to indicate that
it is a marked variety (Muscol. Gall. p. 317, Tab. 90).
106. LESCURiEA B. & S.
(Lesquereuxia Lindb.)
Primary stem creeping, rooting, irregularly divided, branches
few, slender. Leaves lanceolate-acuminate; nerve long, thick,
single, areolation shortly rhomboid. Capsule erect, oblong.
Peristome teeth confluent at the base; inner without cilia and
with a short basal membrane. Dioicous.
1. Lescursea striata B. & S. (Pterogonium striatum Schwgr.)
(Tab. LII. A.).
Secondary stems very slender, creeping, somewhat pinnately
branched above, olive green or yellowish, forming low intricateLESCUR^A.
393
patches. Leaves erecto-patent, closely imbricated when dry,
very small, about f-line in length, narrowly lanceolate, tapering,
hardly plicate, entire or feebly denticulate, margin reflexed for
the greater part of its length ; nerve strong, thick, reaching the
base of the acumen ; upper cells shortly rhomboid, lower rather
laxer, hexagonal-rectangular, at margins shorter, at basal angles
quadrate. Paraphyllia numerous, small, narrow, oval or lanceo-
late. Seta short, capsule elliptic-oblong. Peristome teeth
narrow, linear.
Var. /3. saxicola B. & S. (Lescursea saxicola Mildej. More
robust, leaves wider, often subsecund, ovate-lanceolate, more
concave, slightly plicate, denticulate above.
Hab. Stems of shrubs and trees in mountainous countries. The var. /3 alone
found in Britain, on alpine rocks ; Ben Lawers ( West). Fr. spring.
The var. saxicola alone has been found, in one locality only. It is by some
authors considered a separate species, but apparently on slight grounds; leaves
varying in width and in other characters may be found on the same plant. The
slender, almost filiform stems, and minute leaves with long nerve have some resemb-
lance to Pseudoleskea atrovirens, but the colour is much paler, the cells smooth, and
the capsule erect. The long stout nerve and short cells taken in conjunction will
easily separate it from any other plant that might be confused with it ; Brachythecium
fiopuleum might perhaps be so confused, but has a thinner nerve, larger leaves, and
the marginal areolation quite distinct.
107. ISOTHECIUM Brid. (emend. B. & S.).
Primary stem stoloniform, secondary erect, more or less
dendroid, branches somewhat tufted, curved in one direction,
often flagelliform. Leaves more or less ovate-oblong, single-
nerved half-way at least; areolation smooth or somewhat
papillose at back, shortly linear-vermicular or rhomboid, at
angles distinct, rectangular or ovate. Dioicous. Capsule erect,
symmetrical or almost so, oblong. Inner peristome with a
moderately long basal membrane, cilia short, rudimentary.
There is little but the erect, symmetrical capsule to separate
the genus, as defined by Bruch and Schimper, from Eurhynchium,
and it is somewhat doubtful how much value ought to be
attributed to that character. On the other hand, there are a
number of North American species which naturally fall under this
genus, most of which agree also in having the leaves more or less
papillose, and this would appear to afford an additional ground
for retaining Isothecium as a separate genus.394
HYPNACE^E.
1. Isothecium myurum Brid. (Hypnum myurum Poll. ;
Isothecium viviparum Lindb.) (Tab. LII. B.).
In large bright or yellowish green, rather rigid, glossy
patches. Secondary stems erect or drooping, with numerous
somewhat crowded branches pointing in one direction, curved,
usually terete •when dry, with the leaves imbricated, or longer,
attenuated and sub-flagelliform, with laxer leaves. Leaves
concave, widely ovate-oblong, acute or shortly or widely apiculate,
rarely shortly piliform-acuminate ; those of the branches smaller,
less acuminate ; margin plane or very slightly recurved at base,
above involute, at apex slightly denticulate; nerve thin and
narrow, rarely stout, sometimes slightly forked above, reaching
to the middle of the leaf or slightly higher ; cells of the greater
part of the leaf narrow-linear, obtuse, vermicular, incrassate,
about 6-10 times as long as broad; towards mid-base more
elongated, above shorter, at apex wide and shortly rhomboid ; at
basal angles wide, rounded-quadrate or shortly oblong, i-2 times
as long as broad, often yellowish, opaque, forming minute
auricles ; a few rows at margin above these short, sub-quadrate.
Perichsetial bracts sheathing, acuminate, erect, with the points
only slightly divergent. Seta smooth ; capsule orange-brown,
erect, elliptic-oblong or oblong, with a short neck ; lid rostrate,
straight or slightly curved ; peristome small.
Var. f3. minus Bagnall (Notes on the Flora of Warwickshire,
p. 40). Very slender, leaves very small, acute ; areolation lax,
with the walls hardly incrassate.
Hab. Trunks of trees ; more rarely on rocks or earth. Common. The var. 3
in several localities in Warwickshire (Bagnall). Fr. spring.
This species, although dioicous, is frequently found fruiting, and is therefore easily
known from all its allies except Eurhynchiuni myosuroides. The latter plant bears a
great resemblance to it, but is clearly distinct in its spreading, almost squarrose,
perichtetial leaves and its more elongated angular cells ; the capsule also is usually
more inclined and curved, the branches more slender, attenuated, and flagelliform, the
stem-leaves as a rule wider and more acuminate; these last characters are however
less constant. Some forms are somewhat like Bi achythecium casfilosum, but the
areolation is quite different in the two. Pterogonium gracile differs in the more
regularly terete branches with wider, more closely imbricated, two-nerved leaves.
A large form with obtuse, julaceous branches is known as the var. robmtum
B. & S. The var. minus described above appears more worthy of notice, differing as
it does from the type not only in the small size, but in the distinctly laxer cells.
108. PLEUROPUS Griff.
(Homalothecium B. &■' S., plur. auct.)
Primary stems more or less creeping, not stoloniform, with
numerous irregular branches. Leaves ovate-lanceolate orPLEUROPUS.
395
lanceolate, plicate, single-nerved, silky; areolation linear, the
angular sub-quadrate. Dioicous. Seta rough or smooth.
Capsule erect, straight or very slightly curved. Inner peristome
imperfect, the processes short, slender, the cilia none or more or
less developed. Calyptra glabrous or hairy.
This genus stands midway between the Orthothecium and
Camptothecium groups, having the erect capsule of the former
with the single nerve of the latter, to which it is without doubt
most closely allied. There are several continental species which
should be looked for here.
The name Homalothecium is pre-occupied by Homalotheca, a
genus of Compositae founded by Reichenbach in 1841. This
being the case it would appear that the correct name for the genus
is Pleuropus, founded by Griffith (Notulas ad plantas Asiaticas,
Pt. 2, p. 467) and published in 1849. Pleuropus was founded upon
three species, of which P. fenestratus Griff, may be considered
the type, and with which our European species are certainly
congeneric.
1. Pleuropus sericeus Dixon (Hypnum sericeum L. ;
Homalothecium sericeum B. & S., plur. auct.) (Tab. LI I. C.).
In wide patches, bright or yellowish green ; very glossy, pale
and silky when dry. Stems creeping, radiculose, with densely
crowded, erect, slender, often curved branches, somewhat terete
when dry. Stem-leaves rather large, about 1 line long, triangular-
lanceolate, gradually narrowed from the very base, at apex
filiform-acuminate, erecto-patent, when dry erect and somewhat
appressed ; at basal angles somewhat strongly denticulate, above
entire or obsoletely denticulate ; deeply 3-4 plicate ; one or other
margin usually very narrowly recurved ; nerve rather narrow,
reaching f the length of the leaf. Areolation very long and
narrow, linear, slightly vermicular, 12-20 times as long as broad,
uniform to base; at extreme base shorter and slightly laxer, not
much incrassate nor distinctly porose, at angles wider, quadrate-
hexagonal, irregular, forming distinct, somewhat enlarged,,
decurrent, toothed auricles. Branch-leaves smaller, narrower.
Seta rough. Capsule rather large, pale brown, oblong-cylindric,
often a little curved; usually wider at base and somewhat
tapering to the narrowed mouth ; lid red, shortly rostrate.
Calyptra often hairy at base. Dioicous. Male plants in separate
tufts, very slender.
Hab. Trunks of trees and stone walls. Common. Fr. spring.396
HYPXACE/E.
The male plant of this moss is extremely slender, and very unlike the fertile;
this is quite distinct in its habit, from its crowded, erect branches, very silky and
glossy, especially when dry. The strongly plicate leaves and long nerve easily
separate it from all allied plants except the two species of Camptothecium and,
perhaps, Brachythecium glareosum; and its creeping stems with crowded erect
branches, and very silky gloss, distinguish it from any of these. The fruit is not
unfrequently produced, and then usually in great quantity. The leaves are more
appressed when dry than in most of the allied species, and it is their pale glossy under
side that gives the dry plant its peculiar, silky character. The difference in habitat
must also be remembered, when comparison is made with the above-mentioned
species.
109. CAMPTOTHECIUM B. & S.
Stems erect or prostrate, irregularly branched. Leaves
lanceolate-acuminate, single-nerved, deeply plicate ; cells narrow-
linear almost to base, wider and quadrate-rectangular at angles.
Seta smooth or rough. Capsule more or less inclined, curved,
ablong-cylindric ; lid conical-rostellate. Processes of inner
peristome well developed. Dioicous.
A well defined genus, differing from Pleuropus in the
inclined, curved capsule; from Brachythecium in the narrow-
linear, not rhomboid areolation, almost uniform to base except at
the angles.
/Stem scarcely radiculose ; seta rough ....................................i. lutescens
\ Stem copiously tomentose ; seta smooth......................................2. nitens
1. Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. (Hypnum lutescens
Huds.) (Tab. LII. D.).
Stems tufted, in irregular patches, ascending, with irregular
or somewhat pinnate erect branches; shining, golden green,
brown below. Stems hardly radiculose, about 2-4 inches long.
Leaves crowded, erecto-patent, erect but not appressed when dry,
glossy, deeply plicate, resembling those of Pleuropus sericeus
but rather larger, i-i'A lines long, both margins usually recurved,
basal auricles somewhat less distinct, hardly toothed; areolation
similar, but the basal ones more incrassate, with the cell-walls
distinctly porose. Perichaetial bracts longly acuminate, sharply
toothed at the base of the acumen. Seta rough. Capsule inclined
or almost erect, slightly curved, narrowly oblong or sub-cylindric,
somewhat contracted below the mouth, orange-brown ; lid acutely
conical, narrow. Peristome small, yellowish.
Hab. Dry hedgebanks, quarries, etc., principally in calcareous districts.
Frequent.CAMPTOTHECIUM.
397
Although much resembling Pleuropus sericens in structural detail, the habit of
this moss is so different that there is little difficulty in distinguishing it. The habitat
is not the same, the present plant never growing on trees, and rarely on bare rocks
or stones. The stems are very rarely creeping, usually more or less erect, so that the
plant has a very different aspect; the branches are usually more robust, straighter,
less terete when dry on account of the less appressed position of the leaves; and the
leaves themselves are distinctly larger, being both longer and broader. It is quite
distinct from C. niteiis in the habitat, the colour, the absence of radicles, the rough
seta, etc. ; the absence of paraphyllia, narrower leaves and narrow basal areolation will
also separate it from Brachythecium plicatum and B. glareosum. I have indeed found
it with exactly the habit of the latter plant, and only separable under the microscope.
2. Camptothecium nitens Schp. {Hypnum nitens Schreb.;
H. trichoides Neck.) (Tab. LI I. E.).
Stems scattered among other mosses, or tufted, erect, tall,
2-5 inches high, thickly coated with brown tomentum, 2-4 times
divided, with numerous spreading or ascending, somewhat
pinnately or irregularly arranged branches ; soft, bright shining
green or often golden brown or reddish, when dry with a glossy,
almost jnetallic sheen. Leaves very long, t|-if lines, elongate-
lanceolate, finely acuminate, narrowed from the base or a little
above, deeply plicate; margin very narrowly revolute, entire or
faintly sinuose; nerve very thin, reaching f the length of the
leaf; cells narrowly linear-vermicular, obtuse, incrassate, a few
at extreme base shorter, very incrassate, with the walls strongly
porose, at angles short, slightly wider, but hardly distinct, and
not forming defined auricles. Perichmtial leaves entire. Seta
smooth. Capsule inclined, oblong-cylindric, gibbous at back and
arcuate, reddish brown.
Hab. Bogs and marshes, chiefly in subalpine regions, rare. Fruit very rare,,
summer.
A very beautiful species, easily known by the erect, almost dendroid stems, the
shining texture, numerous radicles, etc. The absence of distinct angular cells also is
an important character. The purple radicles which clothe the stems and even the
branches frequently spring from the leaves themselves at the back of the nerve.
This moss, in common with some other more or less aquatic species has without
doubt been much more abundant in this country in prehistoric but postglacial times,
when the climate was colder and the surface of the land much less drained than at the
present day.
110. BRACHYTHECIUM B. & S.
Primary stems not stoloniform, more or less prostrate,
somewhat divided, with irregular, hardly pinnate branches.
Leaves imbricated and straight or sub-secund, rarely falcato-
secund, single-nerved more than half-way, more or less widely398
HYPNACE/E.
ovate-acuminate, often plicate; areolation rhomboid, variously
elongated, often short and rather wide, somewhat lax at base,
usually rectangular and distinct at angles. Monoicous or
dioicous. Seta rough or smooth. Capsul& inclined or horizontal,
curved and usually gibbous at back, ovate or oblong, thick-
■walled; lid conical, often acuminate, not rostrate. Peristome
perfect, rarely imperfect.
The present genus is a fairly natural one, distinguished from
Camptothecium by the leaves usually wider and more or less
ovate at base, by the areolation which is shorter, wider, and
rhomboid, becoming distinctly laxer towards the base, and by the
shorter, more turgid, more solid capsule. From Eurhynchium it
is distinguished by the lid of the capsule not being rostrate, but
at the most acuminate. I have united Scleropodium B. S. with
it ; the areolation in that group of species is by no means longer,
narrower, or more vermicular than in several species of
Brachythecium, and the julaceous form of the branches is
shared by B. glaciale and others. I have also followed Lindberg
in associating with these Hypnum purum L., which differs from
Scleropodium in no respect but in the smooth seta, a character
of but slight, and admittedly not generic importance.
The British species have the leaves all straight, or at the
most slightly secund ; a Canadian species has, however, the leaves
distinctly falcato-secund, giving the plant a curiously Harpidioid
facies. The same remark applies to Camptothecium ; as far as
the European species are concerned, the straight leaves afford a
good distinctive character as compared with for instance Hypnum
uncinatum; but 1 have received from the Rev. A. C. Waghorne a
very pretty N. American moss, apparently an undescribed species
of Camptothecium, which is very distinct in its falcato-secund
leaves. These two plants would appear to indicate that the
Harpidioid Hypna are less widely separated from the present
groups than is usually supposed, and it may ultimately be found
necessary to re-unite most of the genera as at present received,
under Hypnum, as was done by the earlier bryologists.
/Ls. ovate-oblong, sub-acute or apiculate, not tapering, very concave .............2
\Ls. ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, acute or acuminate ...........................3
/ Stem pinnate ; branches regular, in one plane ; seta smooth ...........16. purum
\Stem prostrate ; branches rather irregular, incurved ; seta rough ...ij. illecebrum
fLs. strongly plicate, long, with long slender acumen; seta smooth (rough above
3-! in campestre)....................................................................4
[Ls. not or less plicate, usually shorter : seta rough ............................8
/Stem with paraphyllia ; ls. very deeply plicate........................... plicatum
4\Stem without paraphyllia ..........................................................5BRACHYTHECIUM.
399
/ Autoicous or rarely synoicous ; Is. often serrulate above .................6
*>\Dioicous ; Is. nearly or quite entire ....................................7
/Branches few, erect, cylindric ; Is. pale .........................j. albicans
‘ \Stem usually procumbent, more branched ; acumen twisted.........2. glareosum
g/Seta rough above, smooth below; Is. often secund ................13. plumosum
f Stem-leaves with cordate base and decurrent wings and long fine points (alpine
9s plants) ..................................................................10
[Stem-leaves not cordate, rarely decurrent ...............................11
io/PIant small and slender ; nerve reaching far into acumen........10. rejlexum
\Plant larger ; nerve ceasing far below acumen......................8. Starkei
j fLs. nerved nearly to apex, narrow, with very narrow acumen...... 12. populeum
\ Nerve ceasing some distance below apex .................................12
2\Auricles absent, or indistinct and greenish................................14
/Dioicous ; Is. usually large and wide; plant robust ...............7. rivulare
Autoicous ; plant small; Is. more or less imbricate ..............9. glaciale
/Plant robust; Is. widely ovate, over I line long ..............6. rutabulum
Plant slender ; Is under f-line long....................................15
/Ls. more or less imbricate ; branches few and slender .........14. cczspitosum
5\Ls. divergent, often sub-secund ; branches numerous and short ...it. velutinum
1. Brachythecium plicatum B. & S. (Hypnum plicatum
Schleich.; Ptychodium plicatum Schp., Syn.; Lesquereuxia
plicata Lindb.) (Tab. LI I. F.).
Robust, dull yellowish green or brownish. Stems creeping,
divided, 2-5 inches long, rather rigid ; divisions prostrate,
somewhat pinnately branched, the branches stout, not attenuated,
sub-terete when dry, erect or ascending. Leaves closely imbri-
cated, erecto-patent or slightly sub-secund, large, about 1 line
long, rapidly and longly acuminate from a wide, ovate base,
deeply plicate, interspersed with numerous, multiform para-
phyllia ; margin entire, widely revolute; nerve strong, reaching
into the acumen. Cells narrowly linear-rhomboid, somewhat
vermicular, 8-15 times as long as broad, towards base slightly
shorter and wider, at extreme base short, incrassate, with the
walls porose; at angles rather large, sub-quadrate, opaque,
numerous. Seta smooth. Capsule horizontal or inclined, oblong,
arcuate; lid acutely conical. Inner peristome without cilia.
Dioicous.
Hab. Alpine calcareous rocks. Very rare ; the Ben Lawers range of mountains.
Fruit very rare, autumn.
There is little difficulty in identifying this moss, as the allied species with strongly
plicate leaves are all found in different habitats ; the leaves also are wider and more
suddenly acuminate, and the plicae more irregular, than in Camptothecium or Pleuropus,
and the paraphyllia, the long nerve, and the narrow, elongated cells separate it from400
HYPNACE^E.
all the similar species of its own genus. It has some resemblance to Antitrichia
curtipendula, which is known by its toothed leaves and the absence of paraphyllia.
B. plicatiun varies somewhat in the size of its parts, but there are no important
varieties.
2. Brachythecium glareosum B. & S. {Hypnum glareosum
Bruch) (Tab. LI I. G.).
In its most robust forms resembling Camptothecium lutescens,
in its more slender ones B. salebros:im ; stems creeping, often
very long, sometimes 6 or 8 inches, but more frequently much
shorter; slender, flexuose, silky, soft; branches ascending or
depressed, rather distant, irregularly pinnate, terete or slightly
flattened. In straggling patches, pale whitish green, shining.
Leaves somewhat crowded,	lines long, from a wide, ovate-
lanceolate base, gradually or rather rapidly narrowed to an almost
filiform, twisted acumen, deeply plicate, slightly decurrent; margin
revolute just above the middle, entire at base, entire or slightly
denticulate in the acumen ; nerve wide at base, soon becoming
narrow, vanishing about the middle of the leaf. Cells elongate,
linear-rhomboid, thin-walled, 8-12 times as long as broad, chloro-
phyllose, towards base wider and rather shorter, often markedly
laxer, the walls thin, hardly porose ; angular cells rather numerous,
sub-rectangular, somewhat large and pellucid. Seta smooth.
Capsule small, oblique, arcuate. Lid conical, acute. Dioicous.
Hab. Calcareous banks, quarries, etc., not uncommon. Fr. very rare, winter.
In its typical form B. glareosum is known by its prostrate, sub-pinnate stems with
distant, silky, soft branches, and the leaves ending in a very long, twisted, filiform
acumen. Sometimes however the branches are more crowded, erect and slender,
when the plant resembles B. albicans. It is then known by the less concave, less
imbricated, chlorophyllose, denticulate leaves, with the areolation usually longer.
B. salebrosum differs in the monoicous inflorescence, the smaller leaves with shorter,
hardly twisted acumen, fainter plicae, &c. ; B. campestre in the autoicous inflorescence,
the leaves less acuminate, the seta slightly rough. Camptothecium and Pleuropus
differ in the narrow basal areolation.
3. Brachythecium albicans B. & S. (.Hypnum albicans
Neck.) (Tab. LI I. H.).
Stems ascending, branches erect, crowded, slender, terete and
often julaceous, often curved at the tips ; in dense tufts, pale
yellowish or whitish green, more rarely bright green ; 1-3 inches
high. Leaves densely itnbricated, when dry closely imbricated
with the points divergent, sometimes sub-secund, concave, plicate,
of thin texture, widely ovate, abruptly acuminate to a rather
short piliform point; margin plane or slightly recurved at base,BRACHYTHECIUM.
401
entire, rarely superficially denticulate at apex, nerve reaching to
the middle ; cells variable in width, linear-rhomboid, usually
8-10 times as long as broad, pellucid, much laxer towards base, at
angles sub-quadrate, somewhat opaque, forming a narrow but
rather long marginal band. Seta smooth. Capsule small, shortly
oval. Dioicous.
Hab. Stony places, wall-tops, etc., on siliceous soil ; common. Fr. very rare,
spring.
A more slender plant than either the preceding or B. salebrosum ; usually readily
known by the julaceous imbrication of the leaves, which are more abruptly acuminate,
almost always entire, of thin texture and sometimes almost hyaline. B. glareosum
at times somewhat simulates it, but may then be known by the more gradually and
more longly acuminate, denticulate leaves.
4. Brachythecium salebrosum B. &S. {Hypnum salebrosum
Hoffm.; Hypnum plumosum L., non Swartz.) (Tab. LI I. I.).
Intermediate in habit and vegetative structure between B.
rutabulum and B. glareosum, and, like the former, very variable.
The leaves are usually narrower than in typical B. rutabulum,
somewhat deltoid-lanceolate, gradually tapering to a rather long,
fine acumen, but not so long as in B. glareosum, often sub-
secund, hardly concave, or somewhat concave-carinate at base,
more or less deeply plicate, denticulate all round, or almost entire,
margin plane or recurved ; nerve thin, reaching about half-way
or to the base of the acumen ; areolation as in B. rutabulum.
Seta smooth, usually rather long, but variable. Capsule oval-
oblong, somewhat turgid at back, curved; annulus narrow.
Autoicous.
Var. f3. palustre Schp. (Hypnum Mildeanum Schp.). More
robust and less branched, more erect, with larger, broader,
cordate-triangular leaves, erect, not sub-secund, more rigid,
hardly plicate, more shortly acuminate.
IIab. About the roots of trees, the foot of rocks, on stones, etc.; rare. The
var. /3 in damp clayey meadows, etc.; rare. Fr. autumn.
The essential characters of this species are the quite smooth seta, by which it is
distinguished from B. rutabulum and B. campestre, and the autoicous inflorescence,
separating it from B. glareosum and other dioicous species. It is also usually a more
silky plant than B. rutabulum, with narrower, more shining, more plicate leaves,
with longer acumens, though shorter than in B. glareosum. It is however a very
variable plant, and some forms approach B. rutabulum so closely that it is doubtful
whether barren plants may be always safely referred to one or the other, especially as
the paludal form of B. rutabulum, which most nearly approaches the present species
in its narrower, more acuminate leaves than in the type, is most frequently barren.
B. salebrosum is however, as Spruce pointed out, a very fertile species, the flowers
AI402
HYPNACE^.
being almost always to be found, and usually in abundance. The var. palustre
(usually cited as var. Mildeanum) is a marked form, by Lindberg and others, as by
Schimper himself formerly, considered as a species ; but the characters by which it is
distinguished are somewhat inconstant, different writers often disagreeing as to certain
points of structure ; nor, although conferring a different facies on the plant, are they
of great importance.
Both male and female flowers are almost always to be found in abundance,
throughout the year. Synoicous flowers are sometimes, but exceptionally, present.
5. Brachythecium campestre B. & S. (Hypnum campestre
Bruch) (Tab. LII. J.).
Resembling B. salebrosum, with the leaves usually slightly
more erect and imbricated, but not constantly so. Seta smooth at
base, slightly rough above. Autoicous.
Hab. Stony and grassy places, very rare. Fr. autumn and winter.
There is practically no difference between this plant and B. salebrosum except
the slightly rough seta, and it is questionable whether it should not be more properly
considered a sub-species or variety of that plant; the possibility also suggests itself
whether it may not be a hybrid between that and B. rutabulum ; but the plant is
hardly sufficiently known at present to warrant such a conclusion. It will not be
confounded with B. rutabulum, on account of the silky, plicate, longly acuminate
leaves, as well as the much less highly papillose seta, but from B. salebrostnn it could
hardly be distinguished without fruit.
6. Brachythecium rutabulum B. & S. (Hypnum rutabulum L.)
(Tab. LII. K.).
A very variable plant; stems creeping, somewhat radiculose,
divided ; branches irregular, sometimes sub-pinnate, erect or
ascending, curved, robust; forming large loose tufts of a bright
glossy green. Leaves large, cordate-ovate, or ovate-oblong,
shortly and acutely acuminate; more rarely longly ovate-lanceolate
and more longly acuminate; rather loosely placed, somewhat
divergent both when wet and dry, not, or rarely, erect and
imbricated; usually somewhat concave ; not or hardly decurrent,
faintly plicate, especially when dry ; margin plane or slightly
reflexed, finely denticulate usually nearly all round ; nerve thin,
narrow, except at the base, reaching half-way or rather more.
Cells acutely linear-rhomboid, sometimes slightly vermicular,
very narrow, variable in length, usually 15-20 times as long as
broad but sometimes shorter ; towards base gradually becoming
shorter and wider, but in a very variable degree, at extreme base
wide, oval-hexagonal, the walls somewhat porose ; at angles wide,
subquadrate-oval, rather obscure, forming larger or smaller but
not well-defined nor hyaline auricles. Perichsetial bracts nerve-
less, longly and finely acuminate, squarrose. Seta stronglyBRACHYTHECIUM.
403
papillose, robust, variable in length, usually about 1 inch; capsule
of varying length, oval-oblong or sub-cylindrical, gibbous at back,
arcuate, dark reddish brown; lid conical, short and obtuse or
longly acuminate ; annulus broad ; peristome large. Autoicous.
Hab. On earth, walls, trees, etc. Very common. Fr. winter.
With all its variations this is as a rule not a difficult plant to recognise, except
in those forms, when barren, which are mentioned above as somewhat approaching
B. salebrosuni; these are chiefly paludal. The rather coarse, broad, rigid leaves,
glossy or scariose but hardly silky, almost always more or less spreading even when
dry, give it a characteristic appearance. It is often found barren, but is quite common
in fruit, which it frequently produces in great profusion ; and the seta, rough through-
out all its length, at once identifies it; all the other British species of the genus,
except B. rivulare, which have this character, being of quite different habit. B.
rivulare is dioicous, and is almost always known by its shortly and widely pointed,
decurrent leaves with very lax basal areolation and well defined auricles. B. sale-
brosum, B. campestre and B. glareosum have almost always narrower, silky leaves,
more deeply plicate and longly acuminate. B. Starkei has much shorter and wider
cells, strongly decurrent leaves, etc. ; B. velulinum is much more slender.
Several varieties have been described, the var. longisetum B. & S. being one
of the most marked, having long stems with narrower more distant leaves, and much
longer setae ; but neither this nor others seem of great importance. The var. robustum
Schp. has erect, stout branches, with densely crowded, very wide leaves. Many
allied species have recently been described from N. America, but it seems probable
that some of them at least will have to rank as synonyms or as varieties ; the American
forms, indeed, of Brachythecium are very numerous, and a revision of this genus,
including the newly described forms, will soon become very desirable.
An alpine form occurs in mountain streams with dense, parallel, slender branch-
ing, and small, ovate-oblong, tapering leaves.
B. rutabulum is by far our commonest species, and very abundant.
7. Brachythecium rivulare B. & S. (Hypnum rivulare
Bruch) (Tab. LII. L.).
Resembling B. rutabulum and almost equally variable;
robust, usually paler, often golden green, shining, more rigid,
with longer branches. Leaves more erect and more regularly
imbricated when dry, those of the stems usually widely ovate-
triangular, shortly and rather widely, not finely acuminate, some-
times only sub-acute (those of the branches narrower and more
longly acuminate), concave, decurrent, rigid and sub-scariose,
more or less deeply plicate ; margin plane or slightly revolute at
base, denticulate; upper cells as in B. rutabulum, or frequently
shorter and much laxer, the basal laxer, wide, usually with
incrassate, highly porose walls, at decurrent angles large, pellucid,
forming rather well-defined, sometimes hyaline auricles, in the
older leaves frequently orange-brown. Seta strongly papillose;
capsule usually rather short and turgid. Dioicous.
Var. /3. latifolium Husn. (Hyp. latifolium Lindb.). Secondary
stems erect, slender, almost simple, cuspidate; usually of a404
HVPNACE^E.
deeper green, soft in texture; leaves less plicate, broad, longly
decurrent with distinct auricles, margin slightly recurved at
base.
Var. y. tenue Dixon n. var. Very slender, almost prostrate,
yellowish, branches short, often curved at the tips ; leaves small,
distant, widely spreading when dry.
Var. S. chrysophyllum Spr. Slender, usually yellowish
green; leaves glossy, scariose, strongly plicate ; margin reflexed.
Hab. Rocks and stony places by streams ; often submerged. Frequent. The
var. latifolium in alpine streams, rare. The var. tenue, Fairlight Glen, Hastings
(Jameson). The var. chrysophyllum rare ; Cannock Chase and Teesdale (Bagnall).
Fr. autumn.
In addition to the dioicous inflorescence, this species differs from B. rutabulum in
the more shortly, widely pointed leaves with laxer pellucid basal and angular cells,
usually exhibiting distinct, decurrent auricles; the leaves are usually, also, more
plicate, more erect and regularly imbricated when dry, less flexuose and spreading ;
the plant is, however, very variable in size and habit, as well as in form of leaf. ff.
latifolium Lindb. is certainly nothing but a variety of this species ; I have frequently
gathered intermediate forms with the basal areolation and decurrent angles most
strongly marked, but without the peculiar habit of the var. latifolium, while on the
other hand specimens of that variety do not always show the above structure markedly,
the leaves are sometimes plicate, and the margin at base is often plane. I have
gathered what seem undoubtedly plants of this variety on Snowdon and on Sea Fell
Pike.
The plant which I have described above as var. tenue is a very marked form,
with none of the habit of ordinary B. rivulare ; it is specially characterised by the
slender, prostrate habit with narrow, wide-spreading, not erect nor imbricated leaves.
Several other forms, more or less marked, occur ; when submerged in mountain
streams the stems are, as usual under such conditions, elongated and almost simple,
the leaves wide, shortly pointed or even almost obtuse, frequently hardly plicate. On
the other hand a lowland, marsh form has narrower, rather longly acuminate, deeply
plicate leaves. The var. chrysophyllum is very distinct in the margin of the leaves
reflexed for a great part of its length, and is a slender, shining form.
8. Brachythecium Starkei B. & S. (Hypnum Starkei Brid.)
(Tab. LII. M.).
Stems slender, creeping, radiculose, branches somewhat
pinnate, short, distant, ascending, curved, slender; forming
intricate low patches. Leaves rather loosely imbricated, spread-
ing and divergent, not closely imbricated, often secund, widely
cordate-triangular, or broadly ovate on the branches, shortly and
rather abruptly, but finely acuminate; not plicate or rarely
slightly so when dry; strongly and widely decurrent; nerve
reaching nearly f of the leaf; margin denticulate, especially
above ; cells shorter and wider than in B. rutabulum, narrowly
hexagonal-rhomboid, 6-12 times as long as broad, rarely more
elongated, often still shorter and wider ; at angles numerous,
large, sub-rectangular, pellucid. Seta rough. Perichaetial bractsBRACHYTHECIUM.
405
finely acuminate, squarrose. Capsule small, shortly oval, turgid,
blackish when ripe. Cilia of inner peristome with appendages.
Autoicous.
Hab. Mountain rocks in woods, etc. Very rare ; only on one or two mountains
in Scotland. Fruit rarely found in Britain, autumn.
A somewhat variable moss, in size especially, but always more slender than any
of the previous species ; and usually at once distinguishable from them and the
succeeding ones (except B. glaciale) by the widely cordate leaves, strongly decurrent,
very spreading or even squarrose at the points, not imbricated even when dry, and by
the wide areolation, which is often extremely lax, rendering the leaves (for this genus)
very soft and pellucid. The capsule also is very small and dark coloured. It is much
more difficult to separate, however, from B. glaciale. The leaves in that are plicate,
but even in the present species some of the leaves may often be seen to be decidedly
plicate, especially when dry ; the leaves in B. glaciale are narrower, ovate-acuminate,
not cordate-triangular, but some forms of the present species have the leaves distinctly
narrower than in the type ; the loosely imbricated, spreading leaves form on the whole
the best character of B. Starkei.
B. refiexum differs in the more slender stems, usually forming denser, neater
tufts, with the nerve reaching nearly to the apex of the leaves.
9. Brachythecium glaciale B. & S. (Hypnum glaciale Hartm.)
(Tab. LIII. A.).
Much resembling B. Starkei; differing in its short, obtuse,
julaceous branches, with the leaves closely imbricated, not
spreading nor distant, narrower, widely ovate-lanceolate, not
cordate, decurrent, plicate; branch-leaves narrower and more
longly acuminate; areolation as in that species. Perichsetial
bracts imbricated, suberect. Seta short, rough. Capsule shortly
oblong, turgid. Cilia of inner peristome nodulose, not appendicu-
late. Autoicous.
Hab. High alpine rocks, near the snow-line; extremely rare. Ben Lawers ;
Ben Challum. Fr. summer.
Husnot records the var. subsecundum from Ben Lawers ; it is a rather laxer form
with the leaves less closely imbricated, and sub-secund.
B. glaciale is, as mentioned under the preceding species, somewhat difficult to
separate from that moss. As a rule however the densely imbricated leaves, rendering
the branches julaceous, and themselves of a different form, will identify it. I have
seen no British specimens.
10. Brachythecium refiexum B. & S. (Hypnum reflexum
W. & M.) (Tab. LIII. B.).
In dense, intricate, low patches; very slender, dark green.
Stems slender, prostrate, divided, with somewhat pinnate, short,
delicate, often curved branches. Stem-leaves cordate, rapidly
acuminate to a rather long, fine, often twisted point, branch-
leaves narrower, ovate-lanceolate, more gradually acuminate,406
HYPNACE^E.
closely set, when dry somewhat spreading and divergent or closely
imbricated so as to render the branches filiform and somewhat
julaceous ; all strongly decurrent, denticulate nearly all round,
smooth or faintly plicate, margin plane or very narrowly
recurved ; nerve distinct, reaching nearly to apex or at least high
up in the acumen ; areolation short, with the walls firm and
rather incrassate, narrowly rhomboid, slightly obtuse, j-S times
as long as broad; gradually becoming shorter and wider towards
base—except near the nerve, — at angles large, quadrate-rounded
or slightly elongated, pellucid, forming large, but not clearly
defined auricles. Seta slender, short, about £ inch in length,
rough; capsule very small, oval-oblong, curved; lid small,
apiculate. Autoicous.
Hab. Trunks of trees and rocks on mountains ; very rare ; on one or two of
the higher mountains of Scotland. Fr. winter.
This is one of the most delicate species of the genus, and not to be confounded
with any of the preceding ones except, possibly, slender forms of the last two, from
which, however the long nerve and the firmer, neat areolation will at once distinguish
it. It is more like B. populeum and B. veiutimim, the latter differing in the shorter
nerve, the former in the narrower, more gradually tapering leaves.
It also has some resemblance, both in habit and areolation, to Amblyslegiiuti
serpetis and A. variurn ; the former differs in the short faint nerve, the latter in the
almost entire leaves, and both in the shorter, laxer, very obtuse areolation, and the
habitat is usually very different.
B. rejlexum is extremely variable in size, and in the direction of its leaves.
11. Brachythecium velutinum B. & S. (Hypnum velutinum
L.) (Tab. LIII. C.).
Slender, in usually dense, low, silky tufts, bright or yellowish
green. Stems prostrate, branches numerous, short, close, straight
or curved, irregular or sub-pinnate. Leaves erecto-patent or sub-
secund, when dry usually widely spreading and distant, sometimes
more erect and closely imbricated; small, narrow, ovate-
lanceolate or lanceolate, tapering to a narrow point, finely or
strongly denticulate all round, very faintly plicate at base, very
shortly decurrent, glossy when dry; margin often recurved at
base ; nerve slender, not reaching much above half-way up the
leaf ; cells narrow-linear, rather obtuse, 8-12 times as long as
broad, somewhat opaque, slightly shorter and wider at base, not
pellucid ; angular few, irregularly quadrate, opaque. Perichsetial
bracts suberect, very finely acuminate. Seta strongly papillose,
variable in length, usually rather short, §-§ inch ; capsule small,
turgidly oblong, gibbous at back, or longer, narrowly oblong and
arcuate; lid acute or acuminate ; peristome large. Autoicous.
Hab. Roots of trees, rocks, etc. Very common.BRACHYTHECIUM.
407
Very variable, but usually not difficult to recognise in the field, by its small size,
small and narrow, silky, but not distinctly plicate leaves ; these are usually spreading
when dry, which gives the branches a very different appearance from those of B.
populeum, which has them commonly terete from the closer imbrication of the leaves;
this, however, sometimes is the case with the present plant, and it then resembles
slender forms of Pleuropus sericeus, which of course, however, is very different in the
plicate leaves, etc. There is often a resemblance .to Eurhynchium confertum, but
that plant has less tapering and less silky leaves, and a long-beaked fruit.
Several varieties are described, one, var. pralongum B. & S., a marked form
with sette over an inch long, and elongated stems ; I have not, however, seen any
British records. The var. intricatum Hedw. appears to be only a somewhat marked
form of a very common state of this species, and to be connected with the type by
numerous and widely-spread links.
The leaves are more opaque than in most of the previously described species of
the genus.
12. Brachythecium populeum B. &S. (Hypnum populeum
Hedw.; H. viride Lam.) (Tab. LIII. D.).
Slender, in small dense patches, of a bright or more
commonly yellowish green ; stems procumbent, divided, with
numerous, pinnately arranged, erect or curved branches, which
are slender, and more or less terete when dry. Leaves closely
imbricated and erect when dry, or slightly homomallous; stem-
leaves ovate-lanceolate, branch-leaves narrower, lanceolate; all
gradually tapering to a fine, elongated acumen ; hardly plicate,
shortly decurrent; margin more or less recurved, in upper half
finely denticulate; nerve strong, very long, reaching nearly to
apex; cells narrow-linear, rather acute, 6-12 times as long as
wide; at base wide, irregularly rectangular, those at the angles
more numerous, reaching higher in the leaf, somewhat opaque,
often yellowish. Seta rough, usually almost smooth at the base ;
perichsetial leaves squarrose. Capsule small, oval, gibbous at
back ; lid shortly acuminate. Autoicous.
Hab. Sandy ground, walls, etc., frequent; in some districts common. Fr.
winter.
The narrow, silky foliage, erect and imbricated when dry, and longly acuminate,
gives this species a characteristic aspect, much resembling in miniature that of
Pleuropus sericeus, by which it may generally be known. It is markedly distinct, too,
from nearly all the Hypnaceee in the narrow, gradually and longly tapering leaves,
with the nerve reaching nearly to apex. Lescurcea striata differs in the short cells and
numerous paraphyllia ; Eurhynchium tenellum in the much more slender habit, very
short branches and still narrower leaves, besides the rostrate lid ; and Hypnum elodes
in the slender habit and distant, spreading leaves.
13. Brachythecium plumosum B. & S. (Hypnum plumosum
Sw.; H. pseudoplumosum Brid.) (Tab. LIII. E.).
In large dense patches, robust; stems prostrate, 2-3 inches,
with densely pinnate branches, erect or curved, stout, somewhat408
HYPNACE/E.
tumid with the closely imbricated, concave leaves ; bright shining
green, often tinged with golden brown. Leaves crowded, erecto-
patent when moist, more imbricated when dry, almost always
more or less homomallous, frequently strongly falcato-secund,
very concave; when dry often somewhat involute at margins,
glossy and somewhat striate ; large, those at the middle of the
branches §—i line long, widely ovate-oblong, somewhat narrowed
and often asymmetrical at the base, rapidly and shortly acuminate
or apiculate, the point usually oblique; margin plane, finely
denticulate; nerve rather strong below, reaching about f of the
length of the leaf; cells very narrow, linear-vermicular, not
pointed, the walls firm, 10-15 times as long as wide ; shorter and
looser at base; the angular few, sub-quadrate, not forming
defined auricles, yellowish. Leaves at the summits of the
branches narrower, more gradually and longly acuminate.
Perichaetial bracts erect, sheathing. Seta slightly papillose in
the upper half only, short, -J—f inch. Capsule oval-oblong,
turgid, dark ; lid acute. Autoicous.
Hab. Rocks in and near streams, especially where at times submerged.
Frequent. Fr. winter.
The var. homomallum B. & S. is described as having the leaves falcato-secund,
and the branches often curved. This form, in a marked degree, occurs occasionally
with the type, but it is only the extreme of a number of common forms with the leaves
more or less secund ; it is indeed rare to find this species with the leaves perfectly
imbricated and not in some degree homomallous ; and this character, and the shining,
concave, shortly pointed leaves, are sufficient as a rule to identify the plant at sight.
In colour and aspect it sometimes resembles Hypwum eugyrium, with which it often
grows, and I have more than once had specimens of the present plant sent me labelled
as that species; apart from microscopical examination, however, there is almost
always a greater acuteness of leaf and of branch which will distinguish this species
from that. In its robust states it sometimes also resembles B. rivulare, but the leaf is
very different in form.
The fruit is usually produced in great abundance, and the seta, smooth in the
lower half or even to above the middle, is one of the distinctive characters of the
species.
It appears probable that the specific name plumosum has been wrongly attributed
to this moss, and was originally given to quite a different moss, viz., the one usually
known and described above as B. salebrosum, in which case the right name for the
present species would be B. pseudoplumosum ; there appears, however, to be still
some little uncertainty on the matter, and the present plant has so long been known
under the name of B. plumosum that I have retained that name here.
14. Brachythecium C0espitosum Dixon (Hypnum cxspitosum
Wils. ; Scleropodium cxspitosum B. & S., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. LIII. F.).
In low soft tufts or patches, of a pale, often silvery green ;
secondary stems and branches ascending, curved, slender,
crowded, acute, julaceous; leaves erecto-patent, when dry erectBRACHYTHECIUM.
409
and imbricated, frequently sub-secund; concave, not plicate,
small, oval-oblong, with a rather abrupt point or acumen of
varying length ; branch-leaves narrower, with shorter points ;
margin plane or almost so, denticulate in upper part, nerve strong
at the base, reaching above half-way, often forked, frequently
projecting at tip from the back of the leaf as in the next; cells
narrow, linear-vermicular, 8-12 times as long as wide, shorter
and broader at apex; wide, rectangular-oval at basal angles,
opaque or pellucid. Seta rough. Capsule suberect or inclined,
narrowly oblong, often curved ; lid conical, acuminate. Dioicous.
Hab. Stones, foot of trees, etc., not common. Fr. rare, winter.
A somewhat difficult plant to determine, owing to the rarity of its fruit and the
similarity it bears to one or two other mosses, notably to Eurhynchium crassinervium
and E. murale. The former is a more robust plant, with less julaceous branches,
shorter cells, stouter nerve, and longly rostrate lid ; E. confertum and E. murale are
autoicous, and being generally fertile are readily distinguished by the long beak of the
lid ; the latter also differs in the still more concave, very shortly pointed leaves and
short nerve, and the former in the leaves not being imbricated nor julaceous. The
slender, more or less julaceous, curved branches with very concave leaves are the
characteristic features of this plant. It somewhat resembles a miniature form of B.
plumosum. There appears to me no sufficient reason for separating this plant, and
with it the two following species, from Brachythecium. The areolation, mainly
on the ground of which it was separated by Bruch and Schimper, differs in no
respect from that of many of the species of the genus, nor is the julaceous arrange-
ment of the leaves different from that of many species.
The capsule indeed in the present species is somewhat long and narrow for the
genus, but it is quite equalled in that respect by others, such as B. Icetum B. & S.
On the whole it appears to me a much more natural arrangement to unite these
species with the present genus, with which they closely agree in the areolation, the
short lid, and, in the former two, the rough seta.
15. Brachythecium illecebrum De Not. (Hypnum illece-
brum Schwgr. ; Scleropodium illecebrum B. & S.)
(Tab. LIII. G.).
Nearly allied to the last, differing in habit; the branches
more tumid, obtuse, very julaceous, shorter forming loose low
tufts of a bright green. Leaves very concave, very widely oval,
wide at apex and suddenly contracted to a short point, slightly
decurrent at base, very soft in texture, closely imbricated when
dry, denticulate; nerve reaching about J the length of the leaf,
sometimes forked; ending rather abruptly, and frequently
projecting at its tip from the back of the leaf in a hispid point.
Areolation narrow, linear-vermicular, 10-12 times as long as wide,
a little longer than in the last ; angular cells few, lax. Seta very
rough ; capsule shorter, oblong, sub-horizontal, slightly turgid ;
lid apiculate. Dioicous.
Hab. On the ground, and among earth on rocks, not common, and usually
barren ; most frequently found near the sea. Fr. winter.4io
HYPNACE/E.
This is a southern species, and only fruits freely about the Mediterranean. It is
however not a difficult plant to identify, the tumid, obtuse, julaceous branches, with
very wide, concave, abruptly pointed leaves, being very different from what is found in
most of the allied species. The preceding one differs in the more slender, acute
branches, the narrower, less abruptly pointed leaves, etc. ; the next in the taller
habit, more robust and firmer stems and branches, smooth seta, and other points ;
Eurhynchium murale in the narrower leaves, shorter nerve, long-beaked lid and
smooth seta.
16. Brachythecium purum Dixon (Hypnum purum L.,
plur. auct.) (Tab. LIII. H.).
In loose, wide, soft patches, pale bright green, yellowish or
dirty white; stems robust, long, 2-6 inches, prostrate or
ascending, simple or slightly divided, with nutnerous, complanate,
more or less regularly pinnate branches; stems tumid with the
crowded, concave leaves; branches julaceous, tumid, obtuse.
Leaves large, very wide and concave, i-ij lines long, plicate,
much resembling those of the last species; wide at apex with a
short abrupt apiculus which is often reflexed ; margin recurved
just above the base, above plane or involute, finely denticulate all
round; nerve short, reaching about half-way, thin above, rather
wider at base ; cells narrow, linear-vermicular, 10-18 times as
long as wide, obtuse, the walls firm and somewhat incrassate ; at
extreme base wide, oval, with incrassate, very porose cell-walls ;
angular few, sub-quadrate, forming very indistinct auricles.
Perichsetial bracts erect, imbricated, longly acuminate. Seta
smooth, slender, flexuose, long, 1-2 inches; capsule horizontal
and decurved, oblong or sub-cylindric, often gibbous at back ;
lid conical, acutely acuminate. Dioicous.
Hab. Among grass in woods, on banks, etc. Abundant. Fruiting rarely, in
spring.
A very distinct species, often very large and robust; known at sight by its tumid
obtuse stems and branches, with wide, inflated, obtuse leaves ; it has usually been
placed near Hypnum Schreberi, which in its slender forms it occasionally resembles,
but from which its pale, not red, less erect stems, single nerve, and usually obtuse
branches will separate it. Its habit is quite different from the last, to which however
in structural details it is closely allied ; but that has slender, prostrate, hardly leafy
stems with the branches erect or ascending, while here the stems are robust, firm,
with pinnate, complanate branches ; and the seta is smooth and much longer. A
form occurs however with much more of the habit of that plant, and very tumid more
erect branches and very large and wide leaves.
B. purtim is one of our very common species, and is the one frequently employed
by anglers for scouring worms.
111. HYOCOMIUM B. & S.
Growing on wet rocks. Secondary stems regularly or
irregularly pinnately bra7iched. Leaves widely cordate ; nerveHYOCOMIUM.
411
double, short and faint; areolation almost uniform throughout
the leaf, Imear-vermicular, a little laxer at base. Paraphyllia
present, not numerous. Seta rough; lid conical, acuminate;
peristome perfect. Dioicous.
A genus of a single species, clearly distinguished by the wide
leaves with short double nerve and the rough seta.
1. Hyocomium flagellare B. & S. (Hypnum flagellare
Dicks.) (Tab. LIII. I.).
Stems elongated, 3-S inches long, prostrate or pendulous,
usually simple or twice or thrice divided, unbranched below,
above with numerous more or less regularly pinnate and
complanate branches, or fewer, more elongated and parallel ;
branches straight or curved, often long and attenuated, terete ;
forming wide dense tufts or mats, of very soft texture, of a bright
or more frequently golden, glossy green. Stem-leaves imbricated,
erecto-patent, widely cordate-triangular from an excavate, semi-
amplexicaul base, abruptly acuminate to a fine, somewhat
flexuose acumen, which is often squarrose; branch-leaves
narrower, more closely imbricated, less abruptly acuminate, often
nerveless, usually densely imbricated, rendering the branches
terete, sometimes secund.	Leaves somewhat plicate, margin
plane, somewhat undulate, sharply serrate with distinct, slightly
squarrose teeth almost all round ; nerve double, very short and
faint, rarely short and single, indistinct. Cells linear-
vermicular, more or less obtuse, 10-15 times as long as broad,
the walls often porose; at base shorter, rather wider, especially
at basal angles, where they are often widely rhomboid-hexagonal;
but not quadrate, obscure, nor forming defined auricles.
Perichaetial bracts with long flexuose points; seta very rough,
hardly an inch long; capsule widely oblong, thick-walled, inclined.
Hab. Rocks in and near streams and waterfalls, frequent. Fruit very rare,
autumn.
A very variable moss, but usually with a soft, feathery habit, which with the
imbricated, wide leaves is sufficient to identify it; the fruit is very rare, and the rough
seta—one of the most distinct characters—is not often available for determination ;
but under the microscope the cordate leaves with short double nerve and long narrow
acumen are quite distinct from those of all our mosses except Hypnum molluscum,
which, moreover, it often simulates in habit ; the angular cells of that species are,
however, almost always clearly defined ; the median ones usually shorter, often much
wider, and the leaves themselves almost always falcato-secund with more flexuose
points and less distinct serratures ; in the present plant the leaves though occasionally
secund are rarely falcately curved. In mountain streams it often becomes much
elongated, with long simple branches, hardly pinnate, somewhat like the similar
forms of Hypmun ochraceum.412
HYPNACE/E.
Owing, doubtless, in part to their somewhat amplexicaul insertion, the leaves are
with some difficulty detached from the stems, which are consequently usually found
leafy, and not denuded, to the very base. Some of the forms it assumes are very
beautiful from their regularly plumose branching and bright, golden foliage.
112. EURHYNCHIUM B. & S. (emend. Milde).
(Eurhynchium & Rhynchostegium B. & S., Schp. Syn., &c.).
Mosses of varying habit, as in Brachythecium. Leaves more
or less erect and imbricated, not distinctly falcato-secund, rarely
complanate, single-nerved, or rarely almost nerveless. Cells
linear, rhomboid, or hexagonal-rhomboid, rarely less than five
times as long as broad. Seta smooth or papillose. Lid long-
beaked. Peristome perfect.
This genus as here understood includes Rhynchostegium
B. & S., which is not marked by any satisfactory characters. It
differs from Brachythecium mainly in the rostrate lid, from
Plagiothecium in the leaves rarely complanate, and the lid always
long-beaked, the nerve single and usually long, though some
species are somewhat intermediate in their generic characters ;
from Amblystegium in the longer, narrower areolation, the rostrate
lid and frequently rough seta.
f All the leaves narrow, lanceolate; plant very small and slender ...............2
\Ls., at least the stem-ls., ovate-lanceolate, ovate, or oblong..................5
fSeta smooth (rarely rough); Is. almost setaceous, silky.............io. tenellum
\Seta rough ; Is. with less fine acumen .........................................3
/Ls. broadly nerved almost to apex, dark green.......................g. Teesdalei
Nerve slender, ceasing about ^ or § up leaf.....................................4
{Dioicous; cells rather short, 4-6 times as long as wide ............7- pumilum
Autoicous ; cells longer............................................8. curvisetum
| Stem more or less bipinnate, with paraphyllia ; stem-ls. very decurrent, triangular,
5a with long fine acumen (seta rough)..................................J. pralongum
\ Stem not bipinnate ; stem ls. less or not decurrent............................6
^/Stem-ls. oblong, concave, suddenly and narrowly acuminate ; (seta rough) ........7
l Stem-ls. more or less oval or triangular, not suddenly acuminate...............9
/Acumen rather short, nerve rather thick below....................j. crassinervium
' \ Acumen long, filiform .........................................................8
g/Stem usually pinnate, elongate ; ls. green...........................piliferum
\Stem irregularly branched ; ls. pale or yellowish ; (alpine) .......1. cirrosum
(Branch-ls. (or some of them) sub-obtuse, closely imbricate when dry; (seta
9-! smooth) ......................................................................10
fAll the leaves acute, not imbricate ............................................12
j f Ls. more or less elliptic, wide at apex..............................ij. mutate
\Ls. more or less ovate or lanceolate, narrow towards apex.......................11
\ Branches short, not or scarcely curved ; cells long .............../y. strigosum
(Stem-ls. cordate-triangular, with more or less distinct auricular cells; (seta
12-j smooth) .......................................................................13
^Stem-ls. ovate, not cordate,	angular cells not distinct ......................15EURHYNCHIUM.
413
/Leaves smooth, even when dry; capsule suberect...................77. myosuroides
^/Leaves striate, especially when dry ; capsule cernuous..........................14
/ Branches long, drooping ; Is. almost squarrose .....................7^. striatum
4\Smaller ; branches erect; Is. erecto-patent, less striate...........ry. striatulum
/Seta rough ; synoicous or dioicous ............................................16
5\Seta smooth ; autoicous.........................................................18
ib/Synoicous ; plant bright green .....................................^. speciosum
\Dioicous ; plant smaller, usually dull or yellowdsh green....................17
/Plant straggling, Is. smooth.......................................6. Swartzii
'\Plant bearing short,crowded, erect branches; Is. striate; seta short 6*. abbreviatum
/Ls. firm ; nerve strong, nearly reaching apex ; more or less aquatic ...16. rusciforme
\Nerve thin, about '5 length of leaf; terrestrial ............................19
fLs. roundish-ovate, much twisted when dry ; cells 12 /j. wide ...20. rotundifoliuvi
^\Ls. narrower, scarcely twisted ; cells 5 or 6 /j, wide.......................20
2q/Ls. very concave, more or less imbricate, shortly pointed ..........77. nmrale
\Ls. scarcely concave, acuminate .............................................21
2I/Stem short, rooting; on walls, trees, &c.........................18. confertum
\Stem often longish, rooting at base only; on the ground......ig. megapolilanum
* Seta rough.
1. Eurhynchium cirrosum Jur. (Hypnum cirrosum Schwgr.;
Brachythecium cirrosum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. LIII. J.).
In loose, stragglingpatches; stems short, irregularly branched,,
prostrate ; branches robust, tumid, julaceous, sub-obtuse, longer
or shorter, straight, erect or depressed; bright or golden green,
glossy, brown below. Leaves closely imbricated, very concave,
cochlear iform, widely ovate-oblong, large, i line long or more,
rounded at apex and suddenly contracted into a very long hair-
like point, decurrent at base, plicate when dry, entire or slightly
denticulate above; nerve slender, hardly reaching beyond the
middle, sometimes forked ; cells longly linear-rhomboid, acute or
slightly obtuse, sometimes somewhat vermicular, at angles wide,
sub-quadrate. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Alpine rocks, very rare ; only on Ben Lawers.
A very distinct plant, resembling no others of the British mosses except perhaps
E. piliferum, which differs in the more slender branches with the leaves much less
densely imbricated, and the areolation laxer, becoming especially w'ide at the base. It
is by many authors considered a variety of the continental E. Tovimasinii Sendt.
(E. Vaucheri B. & S.), and its affinity to that species is so undoubtedly close that I
have thought it better to place it in this genus than in Brachythecium, with which it
is usually united, at least in our British works. There appears indeed to be absolutely
no difference in the leaves between this plant and some unquestioned forms of E.
Tomviasinii beyond the greater concavity of those of the former; the areolation
appears to be often identical in both, although in this the cells are more frequently
somewhat vermicular and obtuse at the ends than in that; and although the leaves-
in the present plant are characteristically much more suddenly piliferous, still some
leaves may be found with less abruptly contracted points, while on E. Toviviasinii
leaves frequently occur exhibiting this character exactly, though less concave. On4H
HYPNACE^.
the whole, although the habit is so different it appears most probable that it will
ultimately have to be united with the species in question, but I have here retained the
old name and contented myself with removing it from Brachythecium and placing it
in the present genus.
2.	Eurhynchium piliferum B. & S. (Hypnum piliferum
Schreb.) (Tab. LIII. K.).
In large, loose straggling patches; stems elongated, not
radiculose, prostrate and creeping, 3-6 inches long, robust, more
or less regularly pinnate; pale, shining green, especially pale at
the tips of the stems and branches. Branches complanate, spread-
ing and recurved, attenuated. Stem-leaves widely ovate-oblong,
concave, but not cochleariform as in the last, decurrent, rounded
at summit and abruptly and longly hair-pointed; at the ends of
the stems closely imbricated, forming terete, cuspidate tips with
the hair-points spreading and flexuose ; margin plane or indexed,
sub-entire or slightly denticulate throughout; lightly striate only
when dry ; nerve broad at base ; slender above, and vanishing
about the middle or at three-fourths of the length of the leaf;
areolation rather large and pellucid, widely linear-rhomboid, thin-
walled, tapering at ends, 10-15 times as long as wide, at base
shorter and wider, rather lax ; at decurrent angles large, oval-
rectangular, well-defined. Branch-leaves smaller, narrower, less
abruptly and less longly pointed. Seta about 1 inch long. Capsule
widely elliptical, large, about 1 line long without the lid, curved ;
lid conical with a subulate beak almost as long as the capsule.
Dioicous.
Hab. In woods, on grassy banks, etc., common. Fr. very rare, winter.
A fine species, in some of its more densely branched forms somewhat resembling
Brachythecium salebrosum and others of that genus ; but a glance at the stem-leaves,
abruptly piliferous, will at once identify it. It is a more slender plant with more
distant leaves than the last, the only British moss with which it could at all easily be
confused ; and the habitats of the two species are quite distinct. It is more like the
continental species E. Tominasinii Sendt. (E. Vaucheri B. & S.), which however
differs in the stems being fasciculate-branched, not pinnate, with numerous slender
stolons ; and wfith a more shortly rostrate lid.
E. piliferum is usually recognisable at sight by the slender, pinnate branches
very pale and shining at the tips.
3.	Eurhynchium crassinervium B. & S. (Hypnum
crassinervium Tayl.) (Tab. LIII. L.).
In dense tufts, the stems creeping with suberect, curved,
short, irregularly branched divisions; branches close, sub-equal,
curved, pointing in one direction, somewhat stout and tumid,
shortly acute; forming bright green, rather glossy, low tufts.EUR HYNCHIUM.
415
Leaves sub-equal, the stem-leaves rather wider; branch-leaves
closely set, erecto-patent, when dry more erect and imbricated,
widely or narrowly ovate-oblong, rapidly contracted to a short
acute acumen, very concave, irregularly plicate when dry,
denticulate, especially above ; margin narrowly recurved at base ;
nerve very stout, especially in the lower half, reaching about f
length of leaf, sometimes projecting from the back of the leaf at
its tip in a minute point ; cells rather short and wide, the median
narrowly rhomboid, tapering at the ends, 6-10 times as long as
broad, the walls firm and somewhat incrassate; gradually
becoming shorter and wider upwards, at apex shortly elliptical-
rhomboid ; at base laxer, wide, sub-rectangular, especially at
angles, opaque and chlorophyllose. Capsule oval-oblong, gibbous
at back, with a distinct neck ; lid subulate-rostrate, as long as
capsule. Dioicous.
Hab. Stony ground in shady places, woods, etc. ; not common. Fruit rare,
autumn.
E. crassinetvium is not a very variable species, but a form sometimes occurs with
the branches slender and much attenuated. It has a somewhat characteristic facies,
rather like that of Brachythecium ccespitosum on a more robust scale, the branches
being somewhat tumid and cylindrical with the leaves regularly imbricated, but hardly
terete or julaceous, as the leaves are not appressed nor their points incurved. They
may be at once recognised by the very stout nerve, which is of almost uniform
thickness for about half its length, when it either forks, but rarely, or more frequently
takes a slight bend and becomes much thinner, as though it had forked and one
branch had been suppressed. The leaves are very concave, with a rather wide,
reflexed and flattened edge all round, like the edge of a dish or platter. It appears to
fruit less frequently on the continent than in Britain. There are several other species
with which this might be confused in the field, but under the microscope the
characteristic leaf form and structure, best understood, perhaps, by a reference to the
figure, will as a rule at once identify it.
E. velutinoides B. & S., a continental and N. American species, is somewhat
intermediate between this and Brachythecium populeum ; it has narrower leaves and
much longer nerve than the present species, and is best known from the latter by the
rougher seta and rostrate lid. Husnot (Muscol. Gall.) refers to it as recorded from
England, but I have seen no other mention of it.
4. Eurhynchium speciosum Schp. (Hypnum speciosum
Brid.) (Tab. LIII. M.).
Stems creeping, elongated, irregularly divided, the divisions
also prostrate, interruptedly pinnate, with rather short, erect
branches ; forming straggling patches of a deep, vivid green.
Leaves large, f-i line long, those of the stem distant, widely
deltoid-acuminate, somewhat spreading; of the branches sub-
complanate, rather distant, divergent, narrower, ovate, shortly
acuminate or acute, strongly denticulate all round, somewhat
concave, not plicate, margin almost plane; nerve strong, f the416
HYPNACE/E.
length of the leaf or more, frequently reaching to within a short
distance of the apex; areolation linear-rhomboid, moderately
wide, and thin-walled, but opaque, so that the leaves are not
pellucid, 6-12 times as long as wide; at base laxer and sub-
rectangular, but not or hardly distinct at angles. Seta about i
inch long; capsule large, short, turgidly oval, dark brown; lid
longly rostrate. Svnoicous, or partly autoicous.
Hab. Stones and tree roots near water, rare. Fr. winter.
A fine species, with large, rather distant leaves of a peculiarly bright shining
green ; known also by the opaque tissue and long nerve, as well as by the habit, the
rough seta and the synoicous inflorescence. It is somewhat like a large form of E.
Swartzii, but very different in colour and areolation. The stems are usually more or
less stoloniform in the intervals between the groups of branches.
5. Eurhynchium prselongum B. &S. (Hypnumprselongum L.)
(Tab. LIV. A.).
Stems (in the type) slender, prostrate, elongated (2-5 inches),
divided ; at intervals rather regularly pinnate, with slender,
somewhat attenuated, often curved, not very crowded, sub-
complanate branches; forming low, somewhat straggling masses
of a bright or dull green, less commonly yellowish. Stem-leaves
distant or more rarely crowded, widely cordate-triangular or
widely ovate-cordate, rapidly or even abruptly and longly
acuminate in a long, often almost filiform, squarrose acumen ;
at base wide, excavate, strongly decurrent; margin plane,
regularly and distinctly denticulate, nerve slender, reaching above
half-way and usually into the acumen; cells linear, slightly
vermicular, tapering but obtuse, 10-18 times as long as wide,
pellucid ; towards base wider and shorter, lax, at angles large,
sub-rectangular, but not forming clearly defined auricles. Para-
phyllia occasionally but not always present. Branch-leaves much
narrower, widely or even narrowly lanceolate, gradually acumi-
nate, very acute, somewhat erect when dry, more spreading when
moist, not complanate, moderately soft in texture and often
twisted when dry, not plicate, hardly glossy. Perichaetial bracts
squarrose, very longly acuminate. Seta rather long, often one
inch. Capsule turgidly ovate, narrower when ripe and empty,
horizontal, abruptly passing into the seta at base, rather large ;
lid subulate-rostrate, usually decurved, almost as long as the
capsule. Dioicous.
Var. /3. Stokesii (Hypnum Stokesii Turn. ; Eurh. Stokesii
Schp., Syn.; H. prselongum var. Stokesii Brid., Wils. Bry. Brit.).EURHYNCHIUM.
417
Stems more robust, more densely and regularly pinnate and
bipinnate, deep green; stem-leaves more crowded; branch-
leaves wider at the base, but longly acuminate.
Hab. Hedgerows, grassy places, stumps of trees, etc., most abundant on clayey
soil; very common. The var. $ less common, most frequent in mountainous woods.
Fr. winter.
There has been and apparently still exists considerable confusion as to this and
the following species, partly arising from a doubt as to the original plant intended by
Linnaeus, partly from divergent views as to the value and affinities of the different
forms. Continental botanists usually make separate species of E. prcelongum and E.
Stokesii, uniting E. Swartzii with the former as a variety, usually under the name var.
atrovirens Schp. This view appears to me to be highly inconsistent with the actual
values of the plants, and to attribute the greater weight to what are by far the least
important characters. It appears probable that the plant described below as E.
Swartzii (H prcelongum var. atrovirens of most European works) is imperfectly
known on the continent, and is usually confused in part at least, with E.
prcelongum. Wilson (Bry. Brit.) gives a very clear account of the difference between
these plants, and the view there taken is entirely in harmony with my own observa-
tions on a large number of British specimens.
E. prcelongum and its var. Stokesii differ from E. Swartzii in the more elongated
habit, the more regularly pinnate stems with very slender and usually attenuated
branches ; the plants usually of a brighter green, not yellowish, the leaves of softer
texture and hardly glossy when dry ; and especially in the wide difference between
the stem and branch-leaves; the former being widely-cordate, often distinctly
triangular, with long and narrow, squarrose acumen, those of the branches much
narrower, often quite narrowly lanceolate, much smaller, very acute, not complanate,
rendered more appressed and imbricate, and often somewhat twisted, in drying. In
E. Swartzii (the type as described below) the stems are usually less elongated, hardly
or very indistinctly pinnate, the colour almost always pale yellowish, rarely dark green,
the branches (with the leaves) stouter and more obtuse, the leaves very frequently sub-
complanate, the leaves of stems and branches much more alike, those of the stem
being widely ovate but not triangular and hardly cordate, less strongly decurrent, more
shortly and gradually acuminate or only acute ; branch-leaves sub-similar, much larger
and wider than in E. prcelongum, widely ovate, shortly and broadly pointed, the
cells shorter and wider. On the other hand the var. Stokesii is almost identical with
E. prcelongum in the leaf form, arrangement and areolation, the branch-leaves being
wider at the base than is usual in the type, but otherwise similar ; the stem-leaves are
very strongly decurrent, and the paraphyllia are usually present and numerous, but
both these character^ are found strongly pronounced, occasionally, in the ordinary
form of E. prcelongum ; and practically the only difference lies in the more dense and
regular pinnate or bipinnate branching, giving the plant a firmer, less straggling
appearance. Intermediate forms occur frequently, very difficult to determine, and
though this may doubtless be sometimes the case between the present species and the
following, such forms are, in Britain at least, far more rare; indeed I have found E.
Swartzii in innumerable localities, almost always with its characteristic habit, and
rarely presenting any approach to E. prcelongum.
The squarrose stem-leaves of peculiar form, taken in conjunction with the narrow
branch-leaves and the general habit of the plant make E. prcelongum usually an easy
plant to recognise, though somewhat liable to variation. In some of its forms it looks
much like Amblystegium filicinitm, but the similarity disappears on a nearer view.
6. Eurhynchium Swartzii Hobkirk. (Hypnum Swartzii
Turn. ; Eurhynchium prselongum var. atrovirens Schp., Syn.)
(Tab. LIV. B.).
In pale yellowish tufts, sometimes dark green ; stems
prostrate, with irregularly or indistinctly pinnate branches,
Bl418
HYPNACE^.
which are usually spreading and somewhat distant, not erect and
crowded in the type, obtuse, short, nearly straight. Stem-leaves
widely ovate, slightly decurrent, gradually shortly or longly
acuminate, squarrose ; branch-leaves sub-similar, but never longly
acuminate, usually shortly acute or even bluntly pointed, widely
ovate, all somewhat distant, spreading, usually sub-complanate,
hardly altered in form or direction when dry, glossy, sub-
scariose, not or scarcely striate ; nerve rather thick, reaching to
f of the leaf, usually ceasing abruptly and often projecting in a
minute point at the back ; cells short, 6-ro times as long as wide,
obtusely linear, at apex much shorter and wider, elliptic-
rhomboid, at basal angles wide, rectangular. Seta and capsule
shorter than in the last. Dioicous.
Hab. In similar localities with the last, but usually in more open situations, most
frequent in calcareous districts. Fr. very rare, winter.
The differences between this and the last species are pointed out under that
plant; to this it may be added that the fruit appears to be much rarer in the present
species than in that.
The name atrovirens applied by Swartz to this species is somewhat inappropriate,
and has perhaps led to misconception ; Wilson indeed, who certainly understood it,
speaks of the deep green colour, but I cannot but think this is exceptional; I have
gathered the moss in a very large number of localities, and only rarely have found it
of a deep green ; it is almost always more or less yellow.
E. kians Lesq. and James (Hypnum hians Hedw.) is reported from Sussex as
collected by Mitten, and I have also seen other specimens from that county so
named by the same acute bryologist; these I should, however, unhesitatingly refer to
E. Swartzii, and, according to Hobkirk (Synopsis, Ed. 2, p. 205), Fergusson came to
the same conclusion with regard to the original Sussex specimens. E. hians is
supposed to be a N. American species, and although I have too slight material upon
which to venture a decided opinion, I have very little doubt that the plant so called is
identical with our E. Swartzii. I have, unfortunately, only a fragment of an
authentic American specimen of “H. hians Hedw.” gathered by Lesquereux, and
without fruit; but so far as it goes it is exactly the same plant as the present species ;
moreover the description of H. hians in Lesq. and James (Mosses of North A7iierica)
agrees with E. Swartzii practically in every respect (allowance being made for a very
slight variation in the serration of the leaves, which are there described as serrulate
only above, which is often, though not always the case in E. Swartzii). That the
authors of that work did not understand our European plants of the present group is
abundantly clear from the description of H. pralongum, which is described as almost
like H. pilife-mm, but referred to later as hardly separable from H. hians. A
comparison of good N. American specimens of E. hians with our E. Swartzii would
clear up the difficulty, and, I have very little doubt, would reveal their identity ; this
would explain Mitten’s naming of our plants as H. hians, doubtless by comparison with
American specimens.
E. hians is also recorded from Cornwall, I believe on the authority of the
late W. Curnow, but specimens which I gathered under his guidance proved to be
only E. Swartzii. I have seen other specimens so-named, from other localities, all of
which I should refer to the present species. One of these, a fruiting plant gathered
by the Rev. C. H. Binstead in Herefordshire and named E. hians by Braithwaite,
has the capsules smaller and more slender than is usual in E. Swartzii; but the
difference is no greater than I have often seen between different specimens of, e.g., E.
prcelongum ; nor am I aware that this has been described as a character of E. hians ;
the stem-leaves also are more longly acuminate than is usual, but not more so than IEURHYNCHIUM.
419
have frequently found, in E. Swartzii, and many of the branch-leaves are identical
with those of the ordinary form. I can find, in short, no characters by which to
separate the two. I am confirmed in this opinion, moreover, by Renauld and Cardot’s
note on E. Juans (Rev. Bry, 1893, P* 20)> in which these authors remark its close
affinity to E. prcelongum Schp. (including doubtless, E. Swartzii), and question its
distinctness from that species.
In any case I do not think there is sufficient evidence of the occurrence of the
true American E. hians in Britain, if it really be a good species differing from E.
Swartzii, to warrant its retention here. It should be borne in mind that the size of
the cells, the decurrence and serration of the leaves, as well as their width and degree
of acumination, are alt characters eminently variable within the admitted limits of E.
prcelongum, and therefore slight differences based upon these characters alone must
not be held as constituting specific distinction in plants so closely allied.
* Eurhynchium abbreviatum Schp. (E. preelongum var.
abbreviatum B. & S.) (Tab. LIV. C.).
Nearly allied to E. Swartzii; in wide flat tufts; branches
densely crowded, erect or ascending, straight or curved, short,
robust, obtuse ; leaves crowded, loosely imbricated all round, not
complanate, rather large, ovate-lanceolate, somewhat concave,
plicato-stnate. Seta short, i-inch long; capsule shortly and
widely oval.
Hab. Shady woods, very rare; perhaps overlooked. Woodchester, Stroud
(Holmes); Herefordshire (Binstead). Fr. autumn.
Perhaps only a variety of the last, but very different in habit, being flatter, less
straggfing> more robust, with larger, much closer, striated leaves, and resembling a
small state of E. striatum, or E. striatulum ; from the latter it is indeed difficult to
distinguish in the field, but it wants the very distinct, opaque basal cells which are
characteristic of that plant, and the seta is smooth. A form occurs, however, with
the same habit, but with the leaves hardly or very lightly striate; apparently
intermediate between this and E. Swartzii, and is perhaps H. prcelongum var.
rigidum Boul., which I should be inclined to refer as a variety to the present plant.
7. Eurhynchium pumilum Schp. (HypnumpumilumW\\s.)
(Tab. LIV. D.).
Stems extremely slender, hardly an inch long, with irregular,
filiform branches ; in close, very low, soft tufts of a bright deep
green. Leaves very small, about } line long, distant, spreading
both when moist and when dry, ovate-lanceolate, sho7'tly acuminate,
at base little narrowed, not excavate and hardly decurrent;
denticulate above ; when dry shrinking, not or hardly glossy ; nerve
not strong, reaching just above half-way; cells short, pellucid,
hexagonal-rhomboid, p-S times as long as broad, wider and
rectangular at base, angular not distinct. Seta short, j-1 inch,
capsule very small, shortly and widely oval, lid moderately long.
Dioicous.420
HYPNACE^E.
Hab. Stony ground, rocks, etc., in shady places; not common. Fruit rare,
winter.
A very delicate plant, resembling slender forms of Amblystegium serpens, but
usually in neater, smoother tufts, with the leaves much more shortly acuminate and
more oval, more denticulate above, and quite distinct in the fruit. From E. Teesdalei
it differs in the short rather faint nerve, and shorter, wider, pellucid cells ; from E.
curvisetum in the wider leaves and shorter more pellucid cells; from both in the
dioicous inflorescence.
8. Eurhynchium curvisetum Husn. (Hypnum curvisetu?n
Brid.; Rhynchostegium curvisetum Schp., Syn.) (Tab. LIV. E.).
In small cushions, or wider patches, dull green, very short
and slender, resembling E. pumilum and E. Teesdalei; branches
numerous, pale and cuspidate at the tips; leaves very small,
lanceolate, gradually acuminate to an acute or somewhat obtuse
point; faintly denticulate above; nerve slender, reaching about
half-way; cells small, linear-fusiform, 6-10 times as long as
wide, rather opaque, thin-walled, laxer and sub-rectangular at
base, angular not distinct. Seta short, often curved ; capsule very
small, oblong with a distinct neck, lid longly subulate. Autoicous.
Hab. Rocks and stones near streams; very rare; chiefly in the South of
England. Fr. winter.
This species was for long confused with E. Teesdalei, but is quite distinct in its
shorter nerve, and usually also in the more acuminate leaves, the rather larger cells
with thinner walls, and the more distinct neck of the capsule; it usually also forms
small isolated cushions, but sometimes grows, like E. Teesdalei, in wider patches;
nor are the above secondary characters quite constant. Still it seems on the whole
sufficiently distinct. From E. pumilum it differs in the narrower, lanceolate leaves,
the longer cells, and the autoicous inflorescence; it may be usually found in good
fruit in the winter months, whereas the fruit of E. pumilum is rare.
The var. scabrellum of E. tenellum might be easily confused with this species,
but a careful examination will show that the leaves in that plant are always more longly
and finely acuminate, almost setaceous, with a somewhat longer nerve and distinctly
longer cells ; the seta too is longer and the capsule rather larger.
E. curvisetum appears to be a rarer, and more southern species than E. Teesdalei.
9. Eurhynchium Teesdalei Schp. (Hypnum Teesdalei Sm.)
(Tab. LIV. F.).
Very near the last species, but always in wider, irregular
patches; the leaves less narrowly acuminate, often shortly or
somewhat bluntly pointed ; the nerve stout, reaching to near the
apex; cells rather shorter, 5-8 times as long as broad, the walls
distinctly incrassate ; capsule rather shorter and wider, without a
distinct neck ; lid large, with a rather shorter beak. Dioicous.
Hab. In similar localities to the last, rare. Fr. winter.EURHYNCH1UM.
421
The longer, strong nerve is the distinguishing character of this species, and the
more broadly-pointed leaves and somewhat firmer areolation, besides the difference in
the form of the fruit, must be taken into account; and the wider patches in which it
grows usually give it at once a different habit. I find a plant, however, in
Northamptonshire, which from its short nerve must be referred to E. curvisetum,
but growing in wide patches, and in the areolation and form of capsule also coming
near E. Teesdalei; and I am obliged to conclude that some of the characters held to
distinguish the two are not always safely to be relied on.
* * Seta smooth.
10. Eurhynchium tenellum Milde (Hypnum tenellum Dicks.;
Rhynchostegium tenellum B.&S., Schp. Syn. ; H.algierianum
Brid.) (Tab. LIV. G.).
In very low, yellowish, very soft and silky tufts, not half-an-
inch high ; stems densely intricate, about an inch long, prostrate,
with numerous, erect or curved very short branches. Leaves
erecto-patent, rarely sub-secund, not erect nor appressed when
dry, shining and silky, about |-line long, very narrow, linear-
lanceolate, gradually tapering to a long attenuated point, margin
plane, almost entire ; nerve distinct, reaching high in the acumen
(rarely ceasing just above the middle) ; cells extremely narrow,
linear-fusiform, 10-15 times as long as broad, at extreme base
short, lax, sub-rectangular, not distinct at angles. Seta about
^-inch long; capsule small, oval, somewhat variable in form and
direction; lid longly rostrate. Autoicous.
Var. (3. scabrellum Dixon n.var. (H. scabrellum Mitt, inedi).
Seta more or less scabrous. Growing usually on wood.
Hab. Rocks and stones, most frequently in calcareous districts. Frequent.
The var. 0 on wood and trunks of trees on calcareous soil, sometimes on stones; nr.
Uxbridge (Benbow ) ; :nr. Lewes (Nicholson); Hurstpierpoint (Mitten). Fr. spring.
A very distinct species, easily recognised by its low, silky tufts and extremely
narrow, tapering, entire leaves. The seta is rather longer and the fruit rather more
conspicuous than in the three preceding species. E. curvisetum is the only one
which could be taken for it, having narrower, more tapering leaves than the other two,
and the inflorescence autoicous ; but the smooth seta and the still narrower, longer,
entire, silky leaves identify the present plant, at least in its typical and ordinary form,
without difficulty.
The var. meridionale Boul., the form with the nerve ceasing at about the middle
of the leaf, has not, so far as I am aware, been recorded from this country.
The var. scabrellum is a very remarkable and highly interesting form, demon-
strating as it does the slight importance to be placed on the smoothness or otherwise of
the seta as a systematic character for separating genera or groups of species (though as
an artificial distinction it may often be very useful). I have received numerous speci-
mens from Mr. Nicholson and from Mr. Benbow, which all show the same
characteristics and indicate that, in the districts in which it occurs, the form is widely
distributed and even abundant; and the same is the case, according to Mitten,
at Hurstpierpoint. The setae show great variability as to roughness, some
being as scabrous as in E. curvisetum and the allied species, while others on the422
HYPNACE^E.
same tufts may be found practically smooth, intermediate states, however, being the
most frequent. As a rule, but not invariably, the tufts are much laxer, less silky, of a
deeper green, and with shorter leaves than is usual in E. tenellum ; indeed, agreeing
closely with the form of the species described by Schimper (Syn. Ed. II.) as
frequently occurring in the northern parts of Central Europe. In this form the variety
bears a very close resemblance to E. curvisetum (to which, indeed, it has been
referred by Braithwaite); but in every specimen I have examined the leaves exhibit
the fine, almost setaceous acumination of E. tenelluvi, with longer nerve and longer,
quite different cells from those of E. curvisetum ; while some of the specimens show
exactly the normal and very distinct, dense, silky habit characteristic of our present
species. In the localities it is described as usually growing on wood, branches,
etc., near the ground, but Mr. Nicholson informs me he also finds it on trunks of trees
as much as five feet from the base, and it occurs also, though less commonly, on flints
and bricks.
Since writing the above, indeed while the proof-sheets are passing through my
hands, I learn from Mr. Nicholson that the same plant, with rough seta, has been
found by Mitten about Hurstpierpoint, and is by him considered a distinct species, and
has been distributed, I believe, as H. scabrellum Mitt. ined. I have ventured, there-
fore, to make use of that name, although I am unable to consider the plant specifically
distinct from E. tenellum. The fact that the seta is sometimes nearly smooth, and at
others, I believe, entirely so, appears to me to point strongly towards the varietal
nature of the condition, and I can find no other constant character to separate it.
11. Eurhynchium myosuroides Schp. (Hypnum myosuroides
L.; Isothecium myosuroides Brid.) (Tab. LIV. H.).
Primary stem stoloniform, creeping, secondary erect or
ascending, sub-dendroid, 1-2 inches long, the branches being as a
rule crowded at their summits, usually curved and tnore or less
pointing one way, and somewhat complanate, acute, attenuated,
or even flagelliform ; forming pale or yellowish green, rather
robust tufts, somewhat glossy. Leaves of the secondary stems
cordate-ovate or ovate-oblong, from a wide, often excavate base,
more or less suddenly contracted to a short or rather long, fine
acumen, conca've, denticulate almost all round, nerve reaching
about half-way or more, often very faint or almost wanting;
branch-leaves narrower, imbricated or homomallous, oblong-
lanceolate, ?nore or less acuminate, not plicate nor decurrent,
nerved to above the middle. Cells linear, at times somewhat
vermicular, 5-10 times as long as broad, obtuse, with the walls
firm and somewhat incrassate, at apex rather shorter and wider,
at basal angles distinct, stnall, sub-rectangular, opaque, forming
small, well-defined, opaque or orange auricles. Perichaetial
bracts squarrose, longly acuminate. Seta rather short, slender;
capsule orange-brown, thin-walled, slightly inclined, curved,
small; lid shortly rostrate. Dioicous.
Hab. Rocks and stumps of trees, frequent, especially in subalpine districts. Fr.
autumn and winter.
A very variable plant in some respects, sometimes being very robust, at others
extremely slender with delicate, filiform branches; the latter form is the var. JilescensEURHYNCHIUM.
423
Ren. ; this however I have not seen from Britain. The stem-leaves, too, vary much
in the length and character of the acumination, some forms being so abruptly and
longly filiform as to resemble those of E. piliferum, while others are only very shortly
acute ; the nerve may be very thick and reaching high up in the leaf or almost
altogether wanting ; and the leaves, again, may be so closely imbricated as to render
the stems terete and almost julaceous. I have gathered a very robust form in Skye
with the branching alternate, not at all dendroid, and more resembling a Rrachy-
thecium in habit. The seta is very persistent, and old capsules may usually be found
in company with those of the present year.
This species most resembles Isotheciuvi inyurum, and some forms are difficult to
distinguish in the barren state; but the yellowish colour of the present plant, the
more attenuated branches, acuminate leaves more strongly denticulate, and the
rectangular, not quadrate angular cells are usually sufficient to distinguish it; and,
when fruiting, the squarrose-pointed perichsetial bracts and inclined, more arcuate
capsules. With that exception it is not a difficult plant to recognise, at least with the
microscope ; the areolation, and especially the small obscure angular cells, being very
different from that of almost all our pleurocapous mosses with single-nerved, acute
leaves.
12. Eurhynchium circinatum B. & S. (Hypnumcircinatum
Brid.) (Tab. LIV. I.).
In smooth, dense tufts, bright green, often becoming
yellowish when old. Primary stems creeping, stoloniform,
secondary ascending, curved, about 1 inch long, with numerous,
crowded branches at their summits, which are strongly arcuate-
decurved, very short, slender and cylindrical, or julaceous.
Leaves of the secondary stems minute (§-i line), widely ovate,
shortly and widely, often obtusely acuminate, lightly plicate when
dry; of the branches narrower, oblong-lanceolate, acute, crowded,
erecto-patent when moist, closely appressed and imbricated when
dry, rendering the branches terete and cylindrical, or with the
leaf-points a little falcato-secund ; margin recurved at base,
coarsely denticulate at apex, more finely below; nerve very
strong and wide, reaching nearly to apex. Areolation very short,
median elliptic-rhomboid, 3-4 times as long as broad, the walls
firm, somewhat incrassate ; shorter at apex, at base and angles
short, irregularly quadrate, rather opaque, covering a large area.
Seta short. Capsule ovate-oblong, oblique ; lid with a moderately
long beak. Dioicous.
Hab. Rocks, principally calcareous ; South of England and Ireland, rare. Fr.
spring, not found in Britain.
Resembling in habit small forms of Pterogonium gracile, but more slender with
shorter, more curved branches, and very different in the single-nerved leaves. From
the next species it differs in the densely crowded, not shining leaves and strongly
curled branches. From all the other species of the genus it differs in its short firm
areolation ; and indeed it is not likely, from its habit alone, to be confused with any
other plant. The fruit is very rare, but is found in some abundance in certain
localities in the South of Europe.424
HYPNACE^E.
13. Eurhynchium strigosum B. & S. (Hypnum strigosum
Hoffm.) (Tab. LIV. K.).
Allied to the last species; differs in the branches less
fasciculate, more erect and less curved, the tufts more straggling
and of a bright shining green ; the branch-leaves less closely
imbricated, more spreading when dry, variously pointed or, more
usually, obtuse; margin plane; nerve rather thinner and
often shorter ; median cells longer and much narrower, linear,
or linear-rhomboid, 6-12 times as long as broad. Dioicous.
Var. /3. diversifolium Lindb. (Eurh. diversifolium B. & S.,
Schp. Syn.). More densely tufted, branches erect, julaceous;
branch-leaves closely imbricated, erect, not spreading when dry,
obtuse, denticulate throughout the greater part of the margin ;
seta and capsule shorter.
Hab. Stones, roots of trees, &c. Cornwall ( Tozer), according to specimens in
Herb. Hook. The var. £, Scotland (Fergussoti). Fr. winter; not found in
Britain.
Until quite recently the specimens in Hooker’s Herbarium, mentioned above,
formed the only record of this species, widely spread upon the continent, in our
islands. It has lately been found, however, by the Rev. J. Fergusson, in a single
locality in Scotland, and I have a specimen gathered under his guidance by the Rev.
H. G. Jameson. This undoubtedly belongs to the var. diversifolium as understood
by Boulay and Husnot, though a comparison of their descriptions with that of E.
diversifolium in Schimper (Synopsis, Ed. II.) would lead one to suppose that the
latter author had a somewhat different conception of the variety from that w'hich the
later writers have in view ; at any rate Schimper lays stress on characters of which
the latter take no account, w'hile the principal characters which they describe are
equally applied to a great extent, by Schimper, to the var. imbricatum of E.
strigosum. In short, Boulay and Husnot make the var. diversifolium simply a more
marked form of the var. imbiicatum (var. pracox Wahl.), wrhile Schimper evidently
considered that it had other distinctive characters. Whether or not they are right,
however, in applying Bruch and Schimper’s name to it, their variety certainly
rests on somewhat more satisfactory characters ; but it must be pointed out that
obtuse branch-leaves are by no means confined to this form. In several specimens
from N. America I find them quite as obtuse on the more robust, straggling form with
spreading, not erect nor julaceous branches having the leaves somewhat distant and
widely spreading when dry ; nor is the striation of the leaves, which is a character
frequently occurring in this species, confined to one particular form, as Schimper’s
description would seem to imply. In fine, it is questionable whether the above
varietal forms are capable of at all exact definition. Even among the markedly
“julaceous” plants from Scotland I have found one stem with the loose habit and
spreading, somewhat distant leaves of the type.
E. strigosum is closely allied to the last species, but is a much more variable
plant; it may usually be known by the more or less obtuse branch-leaves from stunted
forms of E. prcelongum and other species, w'hile from E. circinatum it is best
distinguished by its straighter branches and longer, narrower median cells. It some-
times occurs in straggling patches of a vivid shining green with the leaves very loosely
set and spreading even when dry, but the var. diversifolium is smaller, with
cylindrical, straight, or curved branches, the leaves much more crowded and imbri-
cated, and then at times it very closely resembles the preceding species.EURHYNCHIUM.
425
14.	Eurhynchium striatum B. & S. (Hypnum striatum
Schreb.) (Tab. LIV. J.).
Robust, in large masses, deep green or yellowish, glossy;
stems rigid, arched or procumbent, 3-6 inches long, divided, with
numerous, more or less pinnate, erect or ascending branches,
which are robust and obtuse, with crowded leaves, or more
slender and attenuated, with the leaves more spreading. Leaves
rigid, large, %-i line long, usually much spreading both wet
and dry, sometimes erecto-patent and imbricated when dry, but
scarcely erect or appressed, deeply striate with straight plicae
when moist and especially when dry, glossy, widely cordate-
triangular, gradually tapering to an acute but not attenuated
point; branch-leaves narrower, triangular, more longly but
widely acuminate; all, at the base, from a narrow, slightly
decurrent insertion, widely cordate and auriculate, sharply
serrate all round, margin slightly recurved at the base only,
nerve rather strong, reaching about f the length of the leaf;
areolation linear, sub-vermicular, 8-15 times as long as wide, with
firm walls, obtuse; rather shorter at apex, at mid-base scarcely
altered; cells at angles wide, oval-rectangular, few, rather
large, more or less pellucid, forming small, not very distinct
auricles. Seta long, 1-1^ inches, stout; capsule large, chestnut
brown, oblong-cylindrical, arcuate ; lid longly subulate-rostrate;
annulus broad, of 3 rows of cells. Dioicous, or occasionally with
the male flowers attached by radicles to the fertile plant.
Hab. On the ground, rocks, etc., in woods. Common. Fr. late autumn.
E. striatum is a very distinct species; the triangular leaves, strongly and
regularly plicate when dry, and very rigid and regularly imbricated all round the
branches, give it a marked appearance of its own. It is, perhaps, most like
Hylocomium brevirostre in habit, but that plant will at once be recognised by the
numerous paraphyllia and the abrupt, fine acumen of the leaf; in the present plant the
point is always wide, often so much so that to the eye the leaf appears obtuse. It also
somewhat resembles robust forms of Brachythecium rutabulum, but the leaves are, on
examination, of a quite different shape, strongly and regularly striate, and the areola-
tion, smooth seta, and longly rostrate lid are of course conclusive. The differences
between this and the following species are given below.
15.	Eurhynchium striatulum B. & S. (Hypnum striatulum
Spruce). (Tab. LIV. L.).
Primary stem creeping, secondary divisions erect or ascend-
ing, more or less dendroid, the branches being somewhat
fasciculate towards their summits, more or less arcuate and
pointing in the same direction, as in E. myosuroides ; much more
slender than in the last species, dark or olive green ; stems about426
HYPNACEjE.
two inches long. Leaves cordate-triangular or cordate-ovate,
%-Vi, line long, more narrowly and usually more longly acuminate
than in the last, less strongly and distinctly striate, less spreading
when dry, often erect and closely imbricated; nerve, for the size
of the leaf, stronger ; cells shorter and, proportionately, wider,
6-10 times as long as wide, all basal short, wide, irregularly
quadrate-elliptical, small, opaque, forming distinct dark auricles
reaching to the nerve. Seta short, f-f inch, capsule short, oval-
oblong ; annulus narrow, of a single row of cells. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady rocks, etc., rare. Principally in the South of England. Fr. rare,
winter.
Although allied to the last species, and in some respects much resembling it, this
moss is not so difficult to separate from it as is, perhaps, usually supposed ; I have
indeed seen no specimens which could not be separated with the lens alone, although
I have frequently seen small forms of E. striatum labelled E. striatulum, indicating
a general supposition that the two are much alike. The present plant is a far more
slender moss, and smaller in all its parts, with the branching much like that of E.
myosuroides, and indeed with much the habit of that species ; the leaves much smaller
than those of the last, more finely acuminate, more appressed when dry, in general;
and frequently of a different form. Those of E. striatuvi are always markedly
triangular, the sides, above the rounded, cordate base being almost straight to apex,
while in the present species they are often, though not always, rounded above, so that
the leaf then has a decidedly oval outline. The most marked and constant difference,
however, is in the areolation, especially that of the base; E. striatum never showing
the band of opaque, dot-like cells filling up the whole base of the leaf to the nerve,
which is characteristic of the present plant; and the^upper cells in that are distinctly
longer, and in proportion narrower. The leayes imthis are also somewhat less glossy.
E. striatulum is indicated from the Scotch Highlands ; I have, however, seen no
Scotch specimens; it is distinctly a southern species, and its chief distribution is
throughout the Mediterranean region of Europe.
16. Eurhynchium rusciforme Milde (Hypnum rusciforme
Weis; Rhynchostegiutn rusciforme B. & S., Schp. Syn. ;
H. ruscifolium Neck.) (Tab. LIV. M.).
In large, robust tufts, bright or deep green, often blackish,
especially at base, when dry glossy with a bright metallic sheen.
Stems prostrate or pendulous, irregularly divided, often very long,
2-6 inches, irregularly branched ; branches few or numerous, erect
and arched, or long, straight, and parallel with the stem ; short,
robust and obtuse, or longer, more slender and often much
attenuated; rather rigid, or moderately soft. Leaves usually
large, %.-!%. lines long, more or less concave, very widely ovate,
shortly and more or less widely pointed, in some forms obtuse;
margin plane, regularly denticulate all round ; nerve very thick
at base, reaching f the length of the leaf. Cells very long and
narrow, linear-vermicular, obtuse, incrassate, 10-20 times as long
as wide, chlorophyllose and usually somewhat opaque, shorter atEURHYNCHIUM.
427
apex ; at extreme base large, wide, elliptical, the walls strongly
incrassate and porose, occupying all base of leaf, but reaching
higher at margin than at middle, usually chlorophyllose and
opaque. Seta rather short, about f-inch in length, flexuose;
capsule horizontal, oval-oblong, rather large, lid with a long
curved beak. Autoicous.
Var. f3. prolixum Brid. Aquatic ; stems floating, with
simple or only slightly branched, long, often attenuated divisions,
soft; leaves concave, imbricated and erect.
Var. y. atlanticum Brid. Stems denuded at base, divisions
and branches curved, rigid; leaves secund.
Hab. Rocks and stones in and near streams; often submerged. Common.
The vars. /3, 7, submerged, usually in mountainous streams, and mostly sterile. Fr.
autumn.
A very distinct species, though more easily recognised from its general habit and
appearance than from easily defined structural characters. The leaves, although often
slightly twisted when dry are of firm texture, and vary little in general outline, nerve,
and areolation, though very variable in size, direction, and degree of acuteness; it is
a more robust plant than any of its allies, and its habit is constantly more or less
aquatic. Many varieties, besides those mentioned above, are described, but these
appear to be the best marked ; the leaves vary much in direction, being sometimes
spreading and squarrose, even when dry, sometimes closely imbricated, often very
concave. A form occurs in mountain streams with the leaves small, rounded-ovate,
often obtuse, concave, closely imbricated, so that the branches are almost julaceous,
soft and slender ; it is probably the same form which Wilson describes in the Bry.
Brit, from Laxlip, Ireland, and winch he refers with some doubt to var. prolixum
(Turn.), this variety being distinct, apparently, from Bridel’s variety of the same
name.
17. Eurhynchium murale Milde (Hypnum murale Hedvv. ;
Rhynchostegium murale B. & S., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. LIV. N.).
Short, in low dense patches ; stems divided, 1-2 inches long,
prostrate; divisions irregularly pinnate, with short, suberect,
straight or slightly curved, obtuse or sub-acute but not attenuatea
branches, somewhat turgid, often sub-julaceous; glossy green,
often becoming reddish. Leaves more or less crowded, erecto-
patent, when dry somewhat divergent or closely imbricated
sometimes sub-secund, very concave, sometimes slightfy plicate
when dry, f-f line long, rarely longer, widely ovate-oblong,
rounded at apex and obtuse, apiculate or very shortly and widely
pointed, not finely acumi?iate, narrowed at base; margin entire
or slightly sinuose below, faintly, rarely more strongly, denticulate
at apex; nerve wide at base, then becoming slender, reaching
half-way or more. Cells linear-rhomboid, tapering but not acute
8-15 times as long as wide, chlorophyllose, the walls firm ; above428
HYPNACEHS.
shorter and wider, often very short at apex ; at base laxer, the
angular large, sub-rectangular, otten hyaline, forming niore or
less distinct, inflated, somewhat pellucid auricles. Perichaetial
bracts entire, nerveless. Seta 1 inch long; capsule reddish
brown, black when old, oblong-cylindrical, arcuate; peristome
large, orange. Autoicous.
Var. f3. complanatum B. & S. Stems more elongated with
fewer branches ; leaves sub-complanate, less concave.
Var. y. julaceum Schp. Branches short, julaceous, obtuse;
leaves densely imbricated, cochleariform, obtuse.
Hab. Rocks, base of walls, etc., in shady situations; common. The vars.
more rare. Fr. late winter.
Usually known without much difficulty by its shining, close tufts, of a somewhat
rigid texture, generally with a rusty reddish tinge, the branches usually more or less
obtuse and julaceous, and the leaves always concave, so that they cannot be flattened
out without splitting, at apex often cucullate, never longly nor finely acuminate,
usually only very slightly acute. The fruit is usually produced in great abundance.
The plant is distinctly a lowland one, rarely found at high altitudes, and it is always a
rock-growing plant, preferring shady, moist situations, never or very rarely growing
on trees.
It has some resemblance to Brachythecium ccespitosum and B. illecebrum; the
former however has usually more slender branches, and the leaves are narrower,
less concave, and more longly and acutely pointed ; while the latter is a less glossy
terrestrial plant of softer texture, the leaves usually larger, with more vermicular,
narrower cells, less tapering at the ends and less chlorophyllose. The fruiting
characters are quite different.
The branches are often markedly julaceous, and it is difficult to draw the line
between the type and the var. julaceum.
18. Eurhynchium confertum Milde (Hypnum confertum
Dicks.; Rhynchostegium confertum B. & S., Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. LIV. O.).
In low, dense tufts, dull or bright green, not very glossy,
slender. Stems short (about 1 inch), irregularly branched,pros-
trate and adhering by radicles, branches slender, short, variously
directed. Leaves not crowded, erecto-patent, usually somewhat
secund, often strongly so, small, about 'f line in length, concave,
ovate, ovate-oblong, or ovate-lanceolate, shortly acuminate,
denticulate over the greater part of the margin, nerve reaching
usually above the middle; areolation resembling that of
E. murale, the angular rather less distinct. Perichaetial bracts
denticulate, thinly nerved. Seta about half-an-inch long, capsule
short, ovate-oblong, brownish ; peristome rather small. Autoicous.
Hab. Stones, stumps of trees, etc., in shady places : common. Fr. winter.EURHYNCHIUM.
429
Allied to the last species, but differing in habit, the more pointed, less concave
leaves, non-julaceous branches, and other points. It resembles Braehythecium
velutinum, in appearance, but has wider, less longly acuminate leaves, the seta
smooth, the lid long-beaked, etc.
19. Eurhynchium megapolitanum Milde (.Hypnum mega-
politanum Bland. ; Rhynchostegium megapolitanum B. & S.,
Schp. Syn.) (Tab. LV. A.).
Allied to E. confertum, of which it has been considered a
variety ; much 7nore robust, in looser tufts, not adhering to the
stibstratum by radicles-, divisions long, 1-3 inches, more branched;
pale or yellowish green, shining. Leaves more or less closely
imbricated, appressed or divergent when dry, larger, %-i line
long, rapidly narrowed and constricted at base, decurrent, widely
ovate, rapidly narrowed to a rather long, narrow acumen;
branch-leaves narrower, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. Areolation
resembling that of E. confertum, or rather wider, the angular
cells more numerous and more distinct, usually opaque, often
reaching to the nerve. Seta usually longer, often attaining 1 inch,
or more, flexuose ; capsule narrower.
Hab. Stony and sandy ground, rarely on walls. Rare. Fr. winter.
Although allied to the last this appears to be sufficiently distinct, and is so
different in habit that it is not so likely to be mistaken for that as for some other
species, e.g.y certain species of Braehythecium. It is, however, usually to be found in
fruit, and there is then no difficulty in recognising it; and when barren may generally
be known from any of the above-mentioned plants by the form of the leaf and basal
areolation, which is more distinctly marked off from the rest of the cells than is usual
in Braehythecium. The leaves are sometimes spreading and sub-complanate, some-
times densely imbricated and appressed so that the branches are terete.
It occurs, perhaps most frequently, on sandy and stony sea-shores.
20. Eurhynchium rotundifolium Milde (Hypnum rotundi-
folium Scop.; Rhynchostegium rotundifolium B. & S.)
(Tab. LV. B.).
In small, soft, straggling tufts, stems creeping, with
irregular, arched or suberect branches, slender, dull green.
Leaves loosely imbricated, when dry not appressed but shrinking
and twisted, soft and flaccid, ovate or rounded-ovate, shortly
pointed, faintly denticulate above, not concave, nerve thin,
reaching to middle ; areolation very lax and wide, thin-walled,
rhomboid-hexagonal, 12-15 P wide, 3-5 times as long, laxer and
sub-rectangular at base, but not distinct at angles. Seta short,,
capsule small, oval-oblong. Autoicous.43«
HYPNACE/'E.
Hab. On the ground in stony places, by roadsides, etc. ; very rare. Near
Wells (Binstead). Fr. winter.
This very distinct species has only been added to our moss-flora within the past
few years, by the Rev. C. H. Binstead. The short, rounded, flaccid leaves with
extremely large cells render it a very marked plant; the cells in all the previously
described species of the genus being less than half the width, and often much
narrower.
113. PLAGIOTHECIUM B. & S.
Stems irregularly branched, not pinnate. Leaves (in all the
British species) complanate or secund and homomallous (only
slightly so in P. demissum), ovate or oblong-lanceolate, often
inserted obliquely and asymmetrical, two-nerved or nerveless,
cells rhomboid-hexagonal or linear, usually very chlorophyllose.
Seta smooth. Capsule slender, oblong-cylindric, more or less
curved, smooth or striate; lid apiculate, acuminate, or shortly
rostrate, rarely obtusely conical. Peristome more or less perfect,
pale.
This genus is for the most part a very natural one, the greater
number of species being very distinct in their flattened stems and
branches with complanate leaves; there are, however, a number
of intermediate species, some of them between this genus and
Eurhynchium, which seem best placed here, as they come
very near some of the species whose position in the present
genus is undoubted. I have thought it best to place here the
species usually known as Rhynchostegium depressum and R.
demissum. The affinity of the former to Eurh. confertum is
undoubted, but it is also very near some of the species of
Plagiothecium in habit, etc., and the complanate, almost nerve-
less leaves give it a marked claim to be included here. In the
absence of marked structural characters in the fruit and in the
areolation, to separate the genera of Hypnaceae, the character
derived from the single nerve or otherwise would appear to be of
considerable importance, judging from its constancy in some of
the well-defined groups of Hypnum and in other genera of the
Pleurocarps ; I have therefore thought it the soundest method of
classification (and it is also by far the most convenient to
students) to include under Eurhynchium only those species with
a single nerve (usually correlated with non-complanate leaves),
and to unite with Plagiothecium the single-nerved or nerveless-
leaved species having the leaves complanate or more or less
secund and homomallous. The rostrate lid of the two species in
question is of course no objection to this arrangement, as in other
species of Plagiothecium it is quite as long.PLAGIOTHECIUM.
431
From Amblystegium the present genus differs in the longer,
more rhomboid areolation, the nerve always double or wanting,
the complanate or secund arrangement of the leaves, and the lid
frequently longly acuminate and acute.
fLs. with angular cells enlarged, more or less decurrent.........................2
\Ls. without enlarged angular cells..............................................7
fLs. over 1 line long, strongly complanate ......................................3
\Ls. under 1 line long, indistinctly complanate or subsecund.....................5
fLs. transversely undulate, pale ..................................7. undulatum
^\Ls. not undulate ................................................................4
fLs. glossy when dry ; cells 10-12 /* wide ; lid conical-acuminate
!	6. denticulatum
4 | Ls. darker, shrinking, hardly glossy when dry ; cells 15-18 fj. wide ; lid rostrate
V.	•	6*. sylvaticum
fLs. with serrulate acumen ; capsule striated....................3. striatellum
5\Ls. entire ; capsule smooth .................................................6
^ fLs. complanate, acuminate .......................................8. latebricola
\Ls. sub-secund, scarcely acuminate ...............................9. de?nissum
fLs. strongly complanate ; plant in flattened depressed tufts................8
' \Ls. more or less secund, or indistinctly complanate ........................9
g f Ls. contracted to a fine acumen, with a few distant teeth ...2. Borrerianum
\Ls. acute, scarcely acuminate, entire or finely serrulate.........1. depressum
fLs. with long serrulate acumen....................................4. silesiacum
^ \.Ls. entire......................................................3. pulchellum
1. Plagiothecium depressum Dixon (Hypnum depressum
Bruch; Rhynchostegium depressum B. & S., Schp. Syn.;
Isopterygium depressum Mitt.) ^Tab. LV. C.).
In smooth, shining, close tufts of a bright or golden green;
branches slender, procumbent, almost simple, short. Leaves not
decurrent, sub-distichous, so?newhat depressed on each side of the
branches in two regular rows, or nearly complanate; not
crowded, hardly altered when dry, erecto-patent, oval-oblong,
acute or shortly acuminate, concave, faintly denticulate in the
upper half; nerve, very short and double, or none; cells linear-
rhomboid, tapering at ends, 6-10 times as long as broad, very
chlorophyllose; laxer and more pellucid at base, the angular
hardly distinct from the other basal cells. Seta short; capsule
oblong, lid longly and finely acuminate. Dioicous.
Hab. Foot of trees and shaded rocks ; not common. Fr. very rare, winter.
Much resembling Eurh. confertum and other mosses in general aspect, form of leaf,
etc., this species may be known from all the species of the previous genus by its
nerveless or shortly two-nerved leaves, and also by its smooth flat tufts with nearly
complanate, parallel branches ; from Flag. Borrerianum, which somewhat resembles
it, it is known by the less pointed leaves with wider areolation ; Flag, denticulatum
has almost always larger leaves, with larger cells, and the leaves are decurrent
and have the margin recurved towards base. Plag. demissum has quite different
areolation, especially at the base, and is autoicous ; and the habit is quite distinct.432
HYPNACE^E.
The cells in P. depressum are faintly and minutely papillose, each cell having a
row of papillae—not a single one—on its face ; this being the only European species
in which such a structure is found, though it occurs in numerous, but not closely
allied, exotic mosses. The papillae however seem to disappear more or less after
gathering, and can only be seen quite satisfactorily in fresh specimens. They are
best observed by viewing the back of a dry leaf, in profile, with a high power.
2. Plagiothecium Borrerianum Spruce (Hypnum elegans
Hook., sec. Schp. et plur. auct.) (Tab. LV. D.).
In smooth, low, dense patches of a pale shining green;
branches procumbent or ascending, mostly numerous, slender,
pointing one way, almost simple, complanate. Leaves sub-
distichous, complanate, or slightly depressed, the points frequently
curved downwards, not pointing upwards, hardly altered when
dry and very glossy, 1,-f line long, ovate-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, gradually narrowing from about the middle, then
quickly narrowed to a rather short, fine, sometimes flexuose
acumen, rounded at base to a rather narrow, not decurrent
insertion, one wing frequently indexed, but plane at margin,
entire except at the acumen, which is more or less distinctly
denticulate, very rarely entire ; nerve double, short, frequently
very faint. Cells linear, pointed, very narrow, 20-30 times as
long as wide, about 80 /x long and 3-4 wide ; almost uniform to
base, or with a very few at basal angles sub-rectangular, but
indistinct. Capsule shortly oval, wide-mouthed and somewhat
turbinate when empty, horizontal or sub-pendulous, hardly
curved, smooth ; lid conical, obtusely pointed. Peristome yellow.
Dioicous.
Var. f3. collinum Wils. Branches erect, leaves sub-secund.
Hae. On the ground in woods, on rocks, etc. ; principally in mountainous
districts. Frequent. The var. £ rare. Fr. very rare, spring.
There has been much diversity of opinion as to the identity or non-identity of our
European moss with the American plant described by Hooker under the name of
Hypnum elegans. The two plants are without doubt closely allied, and several
recent writers, considering them identical, have restored to our plant the specific name
of Hooker, as it was formerly described by Wilson, Schimper, etc. Spruce, however,
who first described the European plant, remained of the opinion that the two were
distinct, pointing out the distinguishing characters, some of which seem to have value.
I have therefore retained his name P. Borrerianum.
P. Borrerianum may usually be recognised without much difficulty, by the small,
non-decurrent, narrowly tapering leaves, and very narrow areolation. P. silesiacum,
P. denticulatum and P. depressum are the only ones which are at all liable to be
confounded with it; the differences between it and the former are pointed out under
that species. P. denticulatum is as a rule larger, with larger, more shortly and
widely pointed leaves, having much laxer areolation, the cells more than twice as long
and twice or even four times as wide ; in the var. aptychus, however, there is a much
nearer approach to the present plant; but the leaves are rarely so finely pointed, the
cells, so far as I have observed them are hardly ever less than 120 in length,PLAGIOTHECIUM.
433
usually 140-160 fx in the smallest forms, and 5-7 /x wide at the least, whereas in the
present species they are probably never more than 5 fx in width at the most, and
rarely so much, while the basal areolation and structure is quite distinct, the present
plant having the leaves rounded and narrowed at base to the insertion, and not
decurrent, with the cells almost uniform to the base, while in P. denticulatum they
are not rounded at the angles, but straight, decurrent, and with much laxer basal
cells. The inflorescence is also an important character.
P. depressum is much like the present species in habit, but the leaves are
smaller, narrower, and not finely acuminate, with much shorter and wider cells.
P. striatellum differs in the inflated angular cells, autoicous inflorescence and striated
capsule.
P. Rorrerianum usually produces bundles of filamentous offshoots in the axils of
the leaves, bearing minute rudimentary leaves ; these are sometimes very abundant
and conspicuous, and may then I believe be relied upon as a distinctive character,
though they are not always present.
3. Plagiothecium pulchellum B. & S. (Hypnum pulchellum
Dicks.; Isopterygium nitidum var. pulchellum Lindb.)
(Tab. LV. F.).
Very slender, forming small tufts of a bright green, with a
metallic sheen when dry, often intermixed with other mosses.
Stems creeping, short, with numerous erect, curved, very slender
branches, A-inch long or less. Branch-leaves | line long, usually
slightly falcate and regularly homomallous, hardly altered when
dry, very glossy, narrowly triangular, gradually narrowed
from immediately above the wide, not excavate nor decurrent
base, to a very fine but not very long acumen, entire, plane at
margin, nerveless or with very faint traces of a nerve. Cells
linear, extremely narrow, 15-20 times as long as wide or more,
pointed, almost uniform ; about two rows at base short, wide,
sub-oval, but not distinct at angles nor forming auricles. Seta
slender, red, §-§ inch long, capsule small, very variable, usually
oblong with a tapering neck, suberect and slightly curved, with
a rather wide mouth ; sometimes very short, almost symmetrical,
or more strongly curved, and almost horizontal, frequently hardly
tapering at neck, especially before the fall of the lid ; greenish
brown, reddish brown when empty. Lid conical, apiculate.
Peristome teeth densely barred; cilia moderately developed.
Autoicous.
Var. jB. nitidulum Husn. (Hypnum nitidulum Wahl. ;
Flag, nitidulum B. & S., Schp., Syn. ; Isopterygium nitidum
Lindb.). In flatter, more prostrate and straggling tufts,
branches spreading, not erect, complanate, leaves sub-distichous.
Hab. Crevices of rocks and among mosses on mountains, frequent. The var.
$ more rare. Fr. summer.
A very pretty species, sometimes forming rather dense tufts, at others growing
intermixed with other mosses, among which it interlaces itself and becomes
Cl434
HYPNACE/E.
inconspicuous. The leaves are usually described as sub-complanate and rarely sub-
secund, but in every specimen I have seen, when not distinctly the var. nitidulum,
they are markedly homomallous, although with a somewhat distichous insertion ; and
any tendency to spread out and become complanate is distinctly exceptional. The
variety is very different in habit from the usual form, with the leaves regularly
complanate and the branches therefore flattened, prostrate, and not erect nor ascend-
ing ; the leaves are perhaps a little larger and more longly acuminate in general, and
the colour often of a deeper green, but even these characters are inconstant, and
the others frequently given, as to the form and direction of the capsule, the aggrega-
tion or otherwise of the male flowers, are quite valueless.
If attention be paid to the form of the leaf, especially at its base, there will be no
difficulty in distinguishing this species from all the allied plants ; in P. latebricola and
others the leaves are tfz/<z/*-lanceolate and decurrent, in P. demissum distinctly
narrowed at the base with very distinct areolation. Hypnum inciwvatunL differs
in the leaves not sub-distichous nor complanate, more narrowly lanceolate with
numerous distinct angular cells.
4.	Plagiothecium silesiacum B. & S. (Hypnum silesiacum
Selig. ; Isopterygium repens Lindb.) (Tab. LV. G.).
Moderately robust, stem creeping, with irregular branches
•|-i inch long, procumbent and often rooting at their tips,
frequently attenuated at apex ; forming flat, loose, shining tufts,
pale or yellowish green. Branch-leaves spreading when dry,
more strongly so when moist, frequently somewhat distichous and
complanate at base, almost always secund and curved upwards at
the points, especially towards the tips of the branches; line
long or rather more, triangular-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
tapering to a long, narrow, almost filiform acumen, at base
slightly narrowed, not decurrent and hardly excavate ; margin
plane, denticulate, the acumen rather remotely and sharply
toothed; nerve double, short and faint. Cells linear, 10-15 times
as long as wide, laxer towards base, a few at extreme base sub-
rectangular, but hardly distinct. Seta f-i inch long; capsule
rather large, 1 line long, cylindric, curved, not striate; lid
conical, obtuse. Peristome teeth densely barred; cilia well
developed. Autoicous.
Hab. Rotten tree trunks in woods, principally in subalpine districts. Very
rare ; Kent; Yorkshire. Fr. summer.
Known from P. striatellum by the smooth capsule and the absence of distinct
angular cells ; from P. Borrerianum by the secund leaves curved upwards at the
points, with longer, more tapering acumen, and especially by the autoicous
inflorescence ; from the last species and P. latebricola by the larger size, larger,
toothed leaves, etc. The remaining species have the leaves shortly pointed, not
longly acuminate.
5.	Plagiothecium striatellum Lindb. (Leskea striatella
Brid. ; Plag. Miihlenbeckii B. & S., Schp. Syn., et mult, auct.)
(Tab. LV. H.).
Slender, in rather dense low tufts, dark or yellowish green,PLAGIOTHECIUM.
435
shining. Branches ascending, straight or lightly curved, brittle ;
branch-leaves imbricated in two rows, complanate or secund with
the points curved upwards, widely ovate-acuminate or sometimes
triangular-ovate, tapering to a long fine acumen which is flexuose
and shining when dry, serrulate at margin, especially above, very
faintly two-nerved ; margin plane. Cells rather short, 8-15 times
as long as broad, linear, slightly laxer at base, at basal angles
wider, sub-rectangular, then suddenly large, inflated, hyaline or
orange, few, forming very distinct decurrent auricles. Capsule
oblong-cylindric, curved, at first smooth, when empty irregularly
hut distinctly striate, rather small, with a tapering neck ; lid
conical, rather obtuse. Autoicous.
Hab. On the ground and rocks on mountains, rare; Highlands of Scotland.
Fr. autumn.
Resembling P. silesiacuvi, to which it is indeed allied, but more slender, with
distinctly wider leaves, smaller, striated capsules, and especially characterised by the
inflated hyaline cells, clearly marked off" from the other basal cells, and forming the
decurrent part of the leaf-base. It is somewhat variable in size, mode of growth and
colour.
The specific name striatellum has priority over Miihlenbeckii, and as it has been
used in several standard works of this century, as well as in most modern books, I
have employed it in preference to the latter name although that is the one by which
it has usually been known to British students.
6. Plagiothecium denticulatum B. & S. (Hypnum denticu-
latum L.) (Tab. LV. E.).
Very variable ; the following description applies to what may
be considered the most typical group of forms (sub-spec, sulcatum
Spruce). Tufts flattened, pale shining green, especially when
dry; moderately robust, branches ascending, complanate, more
or less elongated. Leaves of branches not crowded, sub-distichous
and complanate, somewhat spreading, when dry little altered,
usually slightly waved but not much shrunken, glossy, large,
f-i£ lines long, oval-oblong or widely oblong-lanceolate, shortly
acute, scarcely acuminate, rather wide and decurrent at base,
with one or both margins very narrowly recurved, plane or more
usually slightly concave, entire except at the extreme tip, where
there are almost constantly a very few distinct denticulations ;
nerve variable, forked, almost obsolete or reaching (one or both
branches) to a third the length of the leaf. Cells hexagonal-
rhomboid, large, wide, 10-15 times as long as broad, 120-160 g
long, 10-15 P wide, very chlorophyllose, thin-walled; gradually
becoming laxer, more rectangular and pellucid at base, the
angular especially large, sub-rectangular, hyaline, decurrent, but436
HYPNACEjE.
not clearly defined from the rest of the basal cells. Seta long,
i-is inches ; capsule rather large, about i line long, suberect,
cylindrical with a distinct neck, dull brown, slightly curved or
nearly straight, distinctly striate when dry and empty. Lid
conical, obtusely or acutely acuminate, or rostellate. Autoicous,
male flowers near the perichaetium.
Var. fi. aptychus Lees in Lond. Cat. of Br. Mosses (PI.
aptychus Spr. as sub-spec.). Smaller ; leaves narrower, more
narrowly acute or shortly acuminate, the points often hooked and
decurved, cells narrower, 6-10 p wide. Seta shorter, capsule
small, (f line) horizontal, oblong, neck indistinct or none ; when
dry and empty wide-mouthed, oblong-cylindrical, strongly curved,
not striate, brown at back, usually paler below; lid conical,
hardly acuminate, short.
Var. y. majus Boul. Tall, luxuriant, 2-3 inches long. Leaves
large, somewhat tapering and acute, usually shrinking consider-
ably when dry, the nerve usually long and distinct, cells large,
wide, capsule large, long, narrowly cylindrical, arcuate, striate;
lid rostellate, the beak often long.
Var. S. obtusifolium Hook. & Tayl. Leaves concave, shortly
and widely ovate, rounded at apex and minutely apiculate, or
rarely obtuse, not tapering nor acuminate, soft ; cells lax.
Hab. On the ground, roots of trees, rocks, etc., chiefly in woods. Common.
The var. aptychus much less common. The var. majus in damp mountainous woods,
frequent. The var. obtusifolium on mountains, not common. Fr. summer.
In addition to the above-mentioned varieties there are numerous other forms
which have been named and described of more or less importance ; the var. densum
Schp., a short, closely tufted form with short branches and crowded leaves, is one of
the most marked ; I have gathered this with very small, smooth, almost symmetrical
capsules as described by Schimper, etc., and if this is a constant accompaniment the
plant would be well deserving rank as a variety; Spruce, however, mentions it as
possibly belonging to his sub-species sulcatum (the type as described in this work),
and should forms occur with the capsule striated, the plant would have to be looked upon
as only a dwarf form.
I have always found the typical form and the var. aptychus very distinct, but Mr.
Bagnall tells me that he finds both smooth and striate capsules in the same tuft, and
in a specimen sent me by him of the var. aptychus I find a single capsule lightly
striate, but not distinctly so nor of the typical shape ; on the whole this variety
appears to be a very distinct one. As pointed out by Spruce, hooked leaves are in
this species usually correlated with a hooked capsule.
In reference to the var. obtusifoliu?n Hook. & Tayl., Spruce observes that he has
never seen any form with obtuse leaves as described above, and it is certainly true that
in the form in question the leaves, while rounded at the summit, are usually apiculate,
but I have gathered this variety on Ben Lawers and elsewhere bearing some leaves
which are actually obtuse, and, if the name be somewhat ill-chosen, the variety is a
fairly well-marked one ; it appears to be usually barren, and is usually of a deep green
colour and soft in texture.
The present species is sometimes so slender as to resemble P. pulchellum, P.
Borrerianum, etc., but may always be known by its decurrent leaves with large wide
cells and lax basal areolation, except as regards P. sylvaticum. For its relationship to
the latter the student is referred below\PLAGIOTHECIUM.
437
* Plagiothecium sylvaticum B. & S. (Hypnum sylvaticum L.)
(Tab. LV. I.).
Closely allied to P denticulatum, and sometimes hardly or
not separable from the var. majus of that plant except by the
dioicous inflorescence and the always smooth capsule. It is
usually, however, very different in habit from ordinary P
denticulatum, and will as a rule be easily identified from the
following- description. Tufts large, dull deep olive green, usually
\with a lurid yellowish tinge ; more robust than P. denticulatum,
the leaves larger, less regularly complanate, but not hooked nor
sub-secund, widely spreading, when dry much shrinking and
somewhat twisted, so as not to overlap one another and thus
appearing distant, not or scarcely glossy, i-i£ lines long, widely
ovate-lanceolate, more narrowed at the base and more tapering
above, acute, entire or obsoletely denticulate at apex, margin
plane, nerve usually very faint; cells large, wide, hexagonal-
rhomboid, 8-10 times as long as wide, 100-160 long, about 16
in diameter. Seta long, capsule large, ij lines long, cylindrical
with a tapering neck, inclined, slightly curved, smooth, not
striate; lid conical with a more or less elongated beak, sometimes
distinctly rostrate. Dioicous; male flowers numerous on the
lower half of the branches.
Var. fS. Sullivantiee Spr. (Flag. Sullivantiae Schp.). Leaves
glossy when dry, less distinctly complanate; nerve long and
rather strong, cells narrower, lid shorter.
Var. y. succulentum Wils. Robust ; leaves large; fertile
flowers large, tumid, occasionally synoicous.
Hab. Peaty soil, rocks, etc., in woods. Common. The var. /3, Kirkstone
Pass (Stabler); the var. y very rare; Cheshire; Yorkshire; N. Wales. Fr.
rather rare, summer.
The above description will render it as a rule fairly easy to distinguish the
present plant from P. denticulatum, especial attention being paid to the general
colour and dullness of the tufts, the leaves much shrinking and scarcely glossy when
dry, the plane margins and lax cells, the smooth capsule, long lid, and dioicous
inflorescence. When a difficulty arises it is not, as a rule, owing to this plant
approaching P. denticulatum ; for although a somewhat variable moss, the varieties
of P. sylvaticum depend as a rule on structural details rather than on difference of
habit, and its general facies is a fairly constant one. But P. denticulatum is
extremely multiform in habit as well as other points, and in the var. majus especially
it approaches so near P. sylvaticum that one is finally obliged to admit that there is
nothing but the difference of inflorescence, and perhaps the striation or otherwise of
the capsule, to separate the two. The leaves in that variety are often shrunken when
dry exactly as in P. sylvaticum, with a varying, often slight degree of glossiness, the
cells large, fully as wide as in this plant, the margin often plane, the capsule long and
narrow, the lid decidedly rostrate; it thus recedes far from typical P. denticulatum,
which is at once recognised by its pale shining leaves, hardly altered when dry, and438
HYPNACE/E.
other points. As regards the capsule, almost every author describes that of P.
sylvaticum as smooth or striated, and Husnot figures it with striae ; Spruce however
declared that he had never seen a dioicous plant bearing the ordinary characters of P.
sylvaticum, which had striated capsules, and my own observation entirely supports
this view. The discrepancy can perhaps be accounted for on the supposition that the
various authors in question have assumed luxuriant forms of P. denticulatum (the var.
tnajus Boul.) to be the dioicous P. sylvaticum, with striate capsules ; this assumption,
though seemingly a bold one, is the less so from the fact that the resemblance of P.
denticulatum in the above forms to P. sylvaticum in foliage, lid of capsule, etc., has
been very little realised until lately, most authors giving the shrinking leaves, wide
cells and longly-beaked lid as confined to and characteristic of P. sylvaticum, whereas
there is not the least doubt that they are found equally on autoicous plants,
belonging therefore to P. denticulatum. I am therefore inclined to think with
Spruce that a striate capsule has not as yet been clearly proved to be ever associated
with a dioicous inflorescence ; though in any case the character cannot be held a very
important or a very useful one, since both forms of capsule occur in P. denticulatum.
The var. Sullivantice supplies an additional argument in favour of uniting the
present plant with P. denticulatum, since it approaches the latter in the glossy
leaves, short lid, etc., in just those characters which are held to be the most constant
as distinguishing the two, with the exception of the inflorescence.
Specimens of the var. succulentum which I gathered at Aber, in 1892, and
which were verified by Boswell, have the flowers all with archegonia only, so far as
examined ; it appears to be only by exception, and possibly a pathological condition,
that the flowers in Wilson’s specimens were occasionally synoicous.
P. sylvaticum is usually found barren, but when fertile the fruit is produced in
abundance.
7. Plagiothecium undulatum B. & S. (Hypnum undulatum L.)
(Tab. LV. J.).
Robust, in large soft spreading masses, the branches long,
broad flat, frondiform, 2-4 inches long or even more, procumbent,
pale green or, especially when dry, almost white, hardly glossy.
Leaves very large, t%-2 lines long, complanate, strongly
transversely undulate, when dry little altered, often flexuose and
incurved at the tips, widely ovate-oblong, broadest near the base
and thence gradually narrowed but not tapering, at apex shortly
and narrowly acuminate or merely acute, entire or with a few
denticulations at the tip, rounded at base to a narrow decurrent
insertion, shortly two-nerved. Cells large, linear with longly
tapering ends, thin-walled, 15-20 times as long as broad, at mid-
base becoming shorter and laxer, at decurrent angles rectangular,
hyaline, but not well-defined from the others. Seta long, i'Y-2
inches; capsule large, i'/i-2 lines long, cylindrical, curved and
inclined, sometimes strongly arcuate and horizontal when empty,
striated when ripe ; lid conical with a rather stout and moderately
long beak. Dioicous.
Hab. Damp rocks and on the ground, principally in mountain woods.
Frequent. Fr. summer, not common.
A splendid plant when growing and fruiting luxuriantly, as it may frequently be
found in rocky hollows and wet banks in woods on our mountains; it is perhapsPLAGIOTHECIUM.
439
more like Neckera crispa than any of our mosses, but cannot be mistaken for that or
any other species, the large size and pale colour making it at once conspicuous. It
does not vary greatly, but in dry places the branches become shorter, with more
densely imbricated less complanate leaves. It occurs in lowland woods, etc., but is
then generally barren; in more elevated localities the fruit is not, however,
unfrequent.
8.	Plagiothecium latebricola B. & S. (Leskea latebricola
Wils.) (Tab. LV. K.).
Slender, in small dense tufts, of a bright, shining, often
yellowish green. Stems with numerous branches, short, hardly
I inch long. Leaves sub-complanate, concave, spreading at the
points and often sub-secund, small (about \ line), ovate-lanceolate,
more or less finely acuminate, decurrent at base, entire, plane or
slightly revolute at margin, nerve very short and faint, sometimes
almost wanting; cells linear, pointed, thin-walled, about 15 times
as long as wide, laxer at base, at decurrent angles large, well-
defined, rectangular, hyaline. Seta short, capsule small, oblong,
erect, symmetrical; lid conical, apiculate. Peristome teeth
linear, remotely barred; cilia none or rudimentary. Dioicous.
Hab. On decaying wood, roots of ferns, etc., in woods, in moist situations, rare.
Fr. summer.
A slender, delicate plant, growing in similar situations and often in company with
P. denticulatum. It is most like P. pulchellum, but will be recognised by the ovate-
lanceolate leaves distinctly decurrent at base with hyaline cells.
9.	Plagiothecium demissum Dixon (Hypnum demissum
Wils. ; Rhynchostegium demissum B. & S. ; Schp. Syn.)
(Tab. LV. L.).
In dense, depressed or drooping tufts, pale yellowish green
or golden, shining; stems prostrate or pendent, with short,
irregular, slightly spreading or parallel branches ; slender, 1-3
inches long. Leaves imbricated all round the stem or more
commonly secund, hardly altered when dry, closely set, narrowly
ovate- or oblong-lanceolate from a ?iarrow, not decurrent base,
shortly and rapidly acuminate, pale, with usually a bright orange
base, obsoletely denticulate, somewhat concave ; nerveless or with
faint traces of a single or double nerve; margin reflexed below ;
cells narrowly linear-rhomboid, tapering, 8-12 times as long as
broad, slightly laxer towards base ; at mid-base two or three rows
usually bright orange; angular cells large, inflated, often
hyaline, very few, forming small, very distinct, hyaline or
orange auricles. Seta slender, flexuose, suberect or ascending,
capsule small, lid conical with a long beak. Autoicous.44°
HYPNACE^E.
Hab. Wet, shady rocks, very rare ; S.W. Ireland; N. Wales. Fr. autumn.
This very rare and distinct plant is only found, in Britain, in four or hve localities
in the districts above-mentioned. It is very distinct in habit, mode of growth and
areolation, the very few, but very distinct angular cells, inflated, thin-walled and
hyaline, being very different to those of any of the allied species, though similar to a
group of (chiefly American) species, Hypnum recurvans Schwgr., and others, separated
by Lesquereux and James under the genus (or sub-genus) Raphidostegium (Raphido-
rrhynchum Schp.), and perhaps well deserving of a separate rank. Plagiothecium
striatellum, however, shows a somewhat similar structure. P. demission grows on the
inclined faces of rocks in very wet situations, often turning a bright golden brown ;
it is usually closely attached to the surface of the rock. The fruit, which is rather
small for the size of the plant, is somewhat copiously produced all along the stems.
114. AMBLYSTEGIUM B. & S.
Plants of differing habit and branching, rarely pinnate;
usually preferring moist situations. Leaves usually small, mostly
more or less ovate-acuminate, usually imbricated all round the
stem, not complamate nor strongly falcate, though frequently
moderately falcato-secund ; nerve single or rarely none. Cells
more or less parenchymatous, short, often less than 5 times as
long as wide, usually rhomboid-hexagonal. Seta smooth ; capsule
narrow, more or less cylindrical, usually curved; lid co?iical,
obtuse or apiculate, rarely more longly acuminate.
An ill-defined genus, founded by Bruch & Schimper principally
on the mode of branching (not pinnate as frequently in Hypnum),
the areolation, and the short, not rostrate lid. I have followed
De Notaris and Husnot in placing here Hypnum filicinum and
the allied species with similar areolation ; in spite of its resemb-
lance to H. commutatum the areolation must be held of more
importance, and H. filicinum is clearly in an anomalous position,
from this point of view, when placed in that connection. Its
affinity to A. irriguum, etc., is also obvious, and I think nothing
is lost by making this change ; while the present genus is rendered
a fairly natural one, based principally on this character of the
cell structure, by so doing and by removing A. riparium to
Hypnum. This latter species is clearly in an anomalous position
in the present genus, the areolation being totally distinct, and
much more like that of Hypnum aduncum, which some of its
forms closely resemble, but to which it can hardly be considered
nearly allied ; it appears to be more at home in the Section
Campylium of Hypnum, in which place it will be found in the
present work.
The distinguishing characters of this genus, as regards our
British species, will, if kept in mind, make it easy to recogniseAMBLYSTEG1UM.
441
any plant which belongs to it, with very few exceptions, when the
fruit is present; these are the curved, sub-cylindrical, narrow
capsule, non-rostrate lid, smooth, short cells and non-complanate
leaves ; these characters will distinguish Amblystegium from any
of the previously described pleurocarpous mosses. In the case
of Hypnum it is very rare that the cells are short and w'ide as in
the present genus, but in these few cases, as well as in the case of
barren plants, experience will sometimes alone make it possible
to recognise a species as belonging here, at sight, or without care-
ful examination. As a consequence of the character of theareola-
tion, the leaves in this genus are rarely glossy as is usually the
case in the preceding genera of Hypnaceae.
fLs. nerveless; plant very small and slender.....................................2
\Ls. single-nerved half-way or more .............................................3
2 /Capsule erect; Is. erecto-patent; dioicous ............................1. Sprucei
\ Capsule cernuous ; Is. sub-secund ; autoicous ......................confervoides
/Angular cells of Is. hyaline, forming distinct auricles.........................4
Angular cells not forming distinct auricles ....................................5
{Stem radiculose and with paraphyllia; nerve thick....................7. filicinum
Stem scarcely radiculose, without paraphyllia........................8. curvicaule
/Nerve slender, reaching ^ or J up leaf..........................................6
5/Nerve reaching nearly or quite to apex...........................................7
^/Ls. under \ line long, ovate-lanceolate.................................j. serpens
\^Ls. over J line long, cordate-ovate....................................9. Kocliii
fLs. oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute ; capsule suberect..................6. fluviatile
' ^Ls. acuminate, from ovate or cordate base ; capsule arcuate.....................8
g/Plant slender, fixed by numerous radicles ; Is. spreading ..............4. varium
\Plant larger, scarcely rooting; Is. more or less secund ..............5. irrigmun
1. Amblystegium Sprucei B. & S. (Leskea Sprucei Bruch).
(Tab. LV. M.).
Extremely minute, forming small patches of a pale green ;
stems filiform, very delicate, irregularly branched, fragile ; leaves
distant, erecto-patent when moist and when dry, minute, less than
]4 line in length, ovate-lanceolate on the stems, lanceolate-
acuminate on the branches, all narrowly acuminate, nerveless,
plane at margin and entire or obsoletely denticulate or sinuolate ;
cells irregularly hexagonal-rhomboid, 2-5 times as long as broad,
pellucid, with firm walls ; at basal angles slightly wider and sub-
rectangular, but not distinct. Seta very short, capsule minute,
erect or suberect, hardly curved, o'oovate, somewhat turbinate
when ripe and empty ; inner peristome ivithout cilia. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady subalpine rocks, very rare; North of England ; Scotland. Fruit
very rare, in summer.
The most minute of our pleurocarpous mosses, and only approached for delicacy
by the next species, and occasionally by slender forms of A. serpens, and of442
HYPNACE^E.
Heterocladium heteropienim especially in its var. fallax; this however is at once
known by its dark green colour and non-acuminate branch-leaves. A. serpens differs
in the constant presence of a nerve, however faint, and the autoicous inflorescence ;
A. confervoides in the inflorescence, the curved, sub-horizontal capsule, and deeper
green colour. An allied species, frequent on the continent, A. subtile, is slightly
more robust, wdth rather larger less distant leaves, showing a faint trace of a nerve,
and autoicous.
2. Amblystegium confervoides B. & S. (Hypnum confer-
voides Brid.) (Tab. LV. N.).
Minute, resembling the last species; of a rather deeper
green, the leaves slightly less distant, more appressed both when
moist and especially when dry, about the same size but variable,
usually a little more gradually tapering, less narrowly acuminate ;
cells similar, somewhat more chlorophyllose. Perichaetial bracts
plicate. Capsule cernuous and sub-horizontal, curved, oblong,
very small; cilia of inner peristome present, 1-3. Autoicous.
Hab. In similar situations, principally on calcareous rocks, very rare. Fr„
summer.
The fruiting characters are the most important and the most constant, but barren
plants may probably be separated from A. Sprucei by the characters italicised.
3. Amblystegium serpens B. & S. (Hypnum serpens L.)
(Tab. LVI. A.).
Stems prostrate, rooting, slender, with numerous erect or
spreading, slender, often filiform branches, forming very low soft
tufts of a dull or yellowish not shining green. Leaves crowded,
variously spreading when moist, when dry usually appressed and
imbricated so as to give the branches a somewhat catenulate
appearance, frequently however remaining more or less erecto-
patent but rarel}r widely spreading and never squarrose, very
rarely slightly secund ; ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate (those
on the branches narrower, lanceolate-acuminate), small, usually
about % line in length, rarely £ line, tapering to a fine acumen ofi
very varying length, narrowed and slightly decurrent at base,
entire or faintly denticulate, nerve usually rather faint and
indistinct, reaching half-way or rather more, sometimes to the
base of the acumen; cells hexagonal-rhomboid, irregular, rather
variable in size and in relative length, 3-6 times as long as broad,
chlorophyllose or pellucid, at basal angles becoming shorter, sub-
quadrate, but not distinct. Seta slender, red, A to nearly 1 inch
long; capsule cylindric, strongly curved, constricted below the
wide mouth when empty; lid conical, somewhat obtuselyAMBLYSTEGIUM.
443
apiculate; calyptra whitish; peristome large. Autoicous.
Spores 10-12 /r.
Hab. On the ground, stones, decaying wood, etc. ; abundant. Fr. spring.
A. serpens varies much, and is often difficult to separate from the allied British
species, though not so much so as from several still more closely related plants that
occur on the continent. From most of our mosses it is known at sight by the very
slender delicate plants of a dull green, usually fruiting abundantly, and then strongly
characterised by the red setae tipped with small, white calyptras. From Eurhynchium
pumilum it differs in the much more finely acuminate leaves with short wide cells ;
Hypnum Sommerfeltii which has a superficial resemblance to it, has much narrower
areolation and the leaves strongly divergent or squarrose when dry. From the two
preceding species it is usually known, even in its most slender forms, by the single
nerve. It is much more difficult to separate from A. varium Lindb., some forms
very closely resembling that species, but the nerve is perhaps, in A. serpens, never
quite so distinct and prolonged, and the areolation is usually less firm and more
pointed, besides which A. varium is perhaps constantly a larger plant than A.
serpens, with a laxer habit and larger leaves.
A large number of varieties have been described, but most of them appear to be
of little importance as regards stability, and rather to be considered as forms.
4. Amblystegium varium Lindb. (Leskea -Daria Hedw. ; A.
radicale B. & S. et mult, auct., non H. radicale P. de Beauv.)
(Tab. LVI. B.).
Larger than A. serpens, in usually more straggling tufts, of a
brighter green. Leaves larger, about lA line in length, more
spreading both when moist and when dry, widely ovate-
acuminate, tapering to a long fine acumen, entire or sinuolate at
margin, narrowed at base and somewhat decurrent, nerve strong,
green or brownish, reaching nearly to apex and usually remaining
distinct high up into the acumen, rarely vanishing half-way up the
acumen; areolation firm, rather large, distinct; hexagonal-
rhomboid, 3-4 times as long as broad, usually less acute than in
A. serpens, and relatively wider ; larger towards base and shortly
rectangular, rather incrassate, not forming distinct auricles.
Branch-leaves narrower, ovate-lanceolate. Seta long, often 1 inch
or rather more; lid conical, rather acutely pointed. Autoicous.
Spores 15-20 /i.
IIab. On the ground, stumps of trees, etc., in moist situations; not common.
Fr. spring.
It appears clear that P. de Beauvais’ name II. radicale does not apply to this
plant, and therefore the name must be transferred ; the true II. radicale P. Beauv. has
more squarrose leaves with a shorter nerve. The present species is larger than the
last and only approached by the more robust forms of that plant; it is usually found in
rather loose, untidy tufts, and has possibly been somewhat overlooked in this country ;
on the other hand plants so named frequently turn out to be only large forms of A.
serpens. It would appear to be less abundantly fertile than that species. From A.
irriguum it differs in the much thinner, less solid nerve, the leaves not or hardly
secund, etc.4+4
HYPNACEAJ.
5. Amblystegium irriguum B. & S. (Hypnum irriguum
Hook. & Wils.) (Tab. LVI. C.).
Stems prostrate, with the divisions more or less pinnate, but
irregularly so, branches rather short, ascending or procumbent,
slender, forming intricate tufts of a deep olive green, the young
shoots brighter; stems tough, without paraphyllia, denuded at the
base. Leaves on the stems ovate, rather longly acuminate, the
point narrow and acute, but not slender and rather rigid; at
base somewhat narrowed and slightly decurrent ; branch-leaves
narrower, ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate; all rather solid
in texture and rigid, erecto-patent or more frequently somewhat
falcato-secund ; margin plane, sinuolate or obsoletely denticulate,
rarely if ever quite entire ; nerve very thick and wide, brownish,
becoming narrower and somewhat indistinct high up in the
acumen, but usually reaching to or nearly to the apex. Cells
hexagonal-rhomboid, obtuse or slightly pointed, 4-6 times as
long as broad, incrassate, rather opaque, somewhat narrower in
the acumen ; at base becoming gradually wider, irregularly
rectangular or quadrate, usually opaque, occupying the whole
base of the leaf and decurrent angles, not hyaline nor inflated, nor-
forming clearly-marked auricles. Seta rather long, firm ; capsule
strongly arcuate, sub-cylindric, contracted below- the wide mouth
when empty. Autoicous.
Hab. Stones in streams, principally on siliceous formations, rather rare. Fr.
summer.
The stout nerve and solid, rather rigid leaves easily separate this and the two
following species from the allied plants; A. varium is of much softer texture, with
thinner, more flaccid leaves, and narrower, though distinct nerve ; its leaves are more
usually entire, more ovate, with a more rapidly narrowing acumen, and the cells more
pellucid ; in the present plant the leaves are more ovate-oblong in outline, more
gradually tapering. A. fluviatile differs in the still stouter nerve, especially at apex,
the less narrowly acuminate, often muticous leaves, and the entire margin ; and the
capsule is narrower and less arcuate. The differences between A. Jilicinum and the
present species are, in some forms of that plant, less marked ; as a rule it is a
less aquatic plant than the present species, more regularly pinnate, with the stem often
densely tomentose, and with numerous paraphyllia ; more or less aquatic forms, how-
ever, approach very closely to the present moss, and are sometimes difficult to
separate ; they prevail, however, in calcareous districts, where this species is rare ; the
branching is usually more regularly pinnate, and the leaves more cordate-triangular
and dilated at base, often more distinctly serrulate ; the most important characters are,
however, the presence of paraphyllia on A. Jilicinum t usually more or less numerous
both on stem and branches even in the more aquatic forms, and the basal angular cells,
which in that plant are always more or less hyaline and thin-walled, and clearly
marked off from the other basal cells. In the present plant the leaves are firmly
attached to the stem, and when detached often leave the decurrent angles remaining
adherent to the stem, but even when these are removed with the leaf they are hardly
distinct from the other basal cells, and are incrassate, comparatively small, and usually
dark and opaque, never hyaline and thin-walled. As regards the var. sjinifolium
Schp., the student is referred to the note on A. Jilicinum.
A. irriguum is not unfrequently submerged and floating, with elongated stems.AMBLYSTEGIUM.
445
6. Amblystegium fluviatile B. & S. (Hypnum fluviatile
Sw.) (Tab. LVI. D.).
Allied to the preceding species ; differs in the longer, almost
simple divisions of the stem, with few, hardly pinnate, parallel
branches, in softer, more floating and elongated tufts, deep green,
often blackish. Leaves less spreading, 7nore erect when dry, and
often, in the more dense-leaved forms, somewhat spirally-
imbricated ; narrower, oval-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, not
dilated at the base, and less distinctly decurrent ; much more
gradually tapering to a much shorter, wider point, mnticous or
almost obtuse, not narrow nor acute; margin quite entire or very
faintly sinuolate ; nerve very stout and thick, hardly narrowing
in the point, and usually reaching distinctly to the apex, though
often becoming confused with the somewhat obscure apical
areolation. Cells as in the last, or slightly larger and less opaque ;
at base rather more distinctly rectangular, pellucid or opaque,
often orange, strongly incrassate, not forming distinct auricles.
Capsule longer, narrowly cylindrical, suberect, slightly, not
strongly arcuate, much constricted below the mouth, often more
strongly in front so that the mouth is incurved, darker in colour
and of thicker texture. Autoicous.
Hab. Stones in mountain streams ; rather rare. Fr. summer.
A. fluviatile is in general easily known from the preceding species by the characters
italicised above and pointed out under the above plant; the difference in the leaves
will perhaps be best realised by a comparison of the figures. According to Boulay,
Husnot, etc., intermediate forms are frequently found, and the former author even
considers it a sub-species of A. irriguum. I have not been able to find any constant
differences in areolation, such as are sometimes described, between the two, and the
less rigid texture ascribed to A. fluviatile, though usual, does not appear to be a
constant character; on the other hand the characters derived from the leaf-form and
nerve are well marked in all the British specimens I have examined, and in all
probability the intermediate forms mentioned above are practically confined to
continental Europe ; the student will not, I believe, find any great difficulty in regard
to our British plants.
The present species is usually found in more rapid streams than the last, and is
more distinctly aquatic ; much of the difference in its habit and branching is doubt-
less owing to this fact.
7. Amblystegium tilicinum De Not. (Hypnum filicinum
L., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.) (Tab. LVI. F.).
Very variable in habit, the stems typically erect or ascending,
rigid, divided, somewhat regularly but not co?nplanately pinnate ;
forming loose or dense rather rigid tufts of a bright or golden
green colour. Stems usually densely tomentose with brown
radicles for the greater part of their length, especially in the446
HYPXACE/E.
prostrate and procumbent forms, with more or less numerous
multiform paraphyllia (oval, lanceolate or laciniate) among the
leaves; branches slender, short, rigid and brittle, sometimes
hooked at the tips by the strongly falcate leaves, frequently
with paraphyllia but not radiculose. Stem-leaves cordate-
triangular, gradually and finely acuminate, erecto-patent or
slightly secund; branch-leaves rather narrower, more frequently
falcato-secund, often strongly and regularly so and especially
falcate at the tips of the branches, rendering them hooked; all
rigid and little altered when drv, not or faintly plicate,
strongly decurrent at the narrowed, cordate base, plane at
margin or recurved at the base, finely and closely serrulate
throughout; nerve strong, usually yellowish, narrowing above
and reaching apex or slightly excurrent, or lost in the acumen.
Cells resembling those of the last two species but less incrassate
and more variable, elliptic-hexagonal or sometimes linear-
rectangular, obtuse at ends and more rounded, less angular,
rather smaller; gradually becoming wider and sub-rectangular
towards basal angles, then suddenly dilated, hyaline or sometimes
orange-brown, sub-rectangular, usually thin-walled, forming
clearly marked, decurrent auricles reaching nearly to the nerve.
Perichsetial bracts numerous, denticulate, hardly plicate, strongly
nerved. Seta long, i~-2 inches ; capsule sub-cylindrical, rather
turgid, arcuate ; lid conical, apiculate. Dioicous.
Var. ji. Vallisclausae (Hypnum Vallisclausee Brid., sensu
Boul. et mult, auct., non Husnot; Hypnum Formianum Schp.,
Syn. ?). Stems hardly radiculose. denuded at base, covered with
the bristle-like nerves of the older leaves, less regularly pinnate,
with fewer, longer branches ; leaves more erect when dry, less
strongly and often not at all falcato-secund ; nerve very thick and
strong, excurrent in a strong, acute point of varying length ;
areolation firm, rather narrow. Paraphyllia few. Aquatic.
Var. y. gracilescens Schp. Very slender, prostrate, deep
green ; stems very tomentose, leaves small.
Hab. Damp ground, stones and rocks near streams, bogs, etc., principally in
calcareous districts. Common. The var. £ rare, in calcareous springs ; the var. •>
rare. Fr. spring, but not common.
A very variable, almost protean plant, yet with a distinct facies and leaf-
structure which makes it as a rule easy to recognise, although it is extremely difficult
to classify the various forms, many others of which might be enumerated in addition
to the above ; but it is doubtful whether even these are more than forms induced by
ocal and temporary conditions. I have no authentic specimens of the var. gracilescens
Schp. which is recorded in the Lond. Cat. of Brit. Mosses from Yorkshire, but it is
probably to be united with the var. trichodes (H. trichodes Brid.), and includes theAMBLYSTEGIUM.
447
very slender, prostrate, small-leaved forms, some of which are so slender as to bear a
close resemblance to A. serpens. From Hypnum commutatum, A. filicinum differs
in the narrower, more rigid and scariose leaves, not crisped when dry, nor deeply
plicate, never circinate nor perhaps ever so strongly falcate as to form a half circle,
and especially in the very different, wide, sub-hexagonal areolation. The differences
between the present plant and A. irriguum have been dealt with under that plant, but
some remarks are necessary with regard to the var. Vallisclausce. Much has been
written and very different opinions are held with regard to the true place of this
plant, some authors maintaining it as a species, others referring it to one or other of
the two species in question ; it appears clear that both A. irriguum and A. filicinum
give rise to analogous forms, which are hardly distinguishable, but may probably be
always separated by the basal areolation and form of the leaves; the latter in A.
irriguum var. spinifolium being narrower, ovate-lanceolate only on the stems,
lanceolate on the branches; while the stem-leaves of A. filicinum are cordate-ovate
at base, and the branch-leaves ovate or oblong-lanceolate, with the auricles more or
less clearly defined and inflated, which is not the case in A. irriguum ; paraphyllia
are frequently though not always found in the present variety, but are probably
always entirely absent in the forms of A. irriguum. Hypnum falcatum var.
irrigatum is a form similarly related to H. falcatum; it is readily known by the
longer, narrower areolation.
The already complicated nomenclature of the present variety has been rendered
still more involved by the transference of the name Vallisclausce by Husnot to the
analogous forms of A. irriguum (including var. spinifolium Schp.), that author
holding that Bridel’s name referred to a form of the latter species, not to A.
filicinuni. In the absence of clear proof I have thought it best to retain the more
usual application of Bridel’s name to the var. of the present species.
All the British plants I have examined of these forms belong distinctly to A.
filicinum, and are therefore to be referred to its var. Vallisclausce ; nor do I know of
any British records of the form belonging to A. irriguum.
The basal auricles in H. filicinum are sometimes exceedingly distinct, but
occasionally are less marked and with rather incrassate walls ; the leaves are, how-
ever, almost always more deltoid at the base than in A. irriguum, and the angular
cells are probably always, even in the above cases, much more strongly marked ; the
inflorescence is also an important distinguishing character. The fruit is rare in the
present species.
8- Amblystegium curvicaule Lindb. (as sub-spec.) Hypnum
curvicaule Juratz., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. LVI. E.).
Stems creeping or ascending, hardly radiculose, divided, 1-2
inches long ; the divisions sub-simple or more or less regularly
pinnate, flexuose; branches slender, rather obtuse, or acute,
usually curved at the -tips; forming low tufts of a yellow-green
or golden colour, yellowish internally, rather soft. Leaves erecto-
patent, when dry erect, loosely imbricated, often sub-secund, at
apex of branches here and there falcate, cordate-triangular or
■widely cordate-ovate, short, yi. line in length, narrowed above,
then rapidly, almost suddenly acuminate in a short slender point,
decurrent at base, concave, sometimes slightly plicate, of rather
soft texture ; margin plane, minutely denticulate; nerve strong,
reaching to the acumen and there becoming indistinct and vanish-
ing ; cells resembling those of A. filicinum, but narrower,
elliptic-hexagonal or elliptic-linear, usually 3-6 times as long as
broad, pellucid, the walls firm and somewhat incrassate ; laxer at4-| 8
HYPNACE^:.
base; at basal angles suddenly dilated, hyaline or orange, large,
rectangular, forming wide, decurrent auricles. Paraphyllia
none. Fruit unknown.
Var. /?. strictum Dixon n. var. Stems and branches prostrate,
rigid, elongated, 2-4 inches long, much denuded except at the
tips; branches straight, not or scarcely curved, acute and
cuspidate at apex; leaves sub-scariose, glossy, not plicate, rigid,
oblong-lanceolate, or narrowly ovate-lanceolate; areolation
narrower, elliptic-hexagonal or linear-rhomboid, 6-8 times as
long as wide, very suddenly dilated at decurrent angles, large,
inflated, bright orange in the older leaves. Tufts deep orange-
brown, dark brown below.
Hab. Wet rocks, Ben Lawers, alt. 3,500ft. (Dixon, 1893). The var. strictum
with the type.
This moss, which has been very perplexing to systematists, was gathered by me
near the summit of Ben Lawers in the summer of 1893, and by a curious coincidence
was gathered on the same mountain, independently, by the Rev. H. G. Jameson, very
shortly afterwards. Mr. Jameson’s specimens appear to belong to the type, agreeing
exactly, as do some of mine, with the specimens from le Sentis, Switzerland, published
in the Musci Gallic. No. 786, by Culmann, and also with Breidler’s from the Tyrol,
as well as with Juratzka’s original description, given in the very lucid article on this
species by Venturi in Rev. Bry., 1881, p. 82. The greater part of my specimens,
however, while incontestably belonging to the species in question, are so different in
habit, texture, leaf-form, and areolation that I have thought them fully deserving a
varietal name ; the cells are of the same character precisely, but longer and narrower,
rarely less than six times as long as broad, while in the type they rarely attain this
proportion ; the leaves are much narrower, from twice to three times as long as broad,
while in the type they range from once and a half to twice as long as wide, rarely
exceeding the latter proportion. The habit, too, is much more rigid and very
different.
The affinities of this plant are very doubtful ; the general consensus of opinion
places it near A. filicimim, although various authors have placed it in the sections
Harpidium, Limnobium, and Calliergon of the genus Hypnum ; Lindberg, indeed,
makes it a sub-species of A. filicinum, but I cannot think this view will hold ; the very
different appearance, the absence of paraphyllia, the characteristic acumination of the
leaves, and the very different nerve remove it from all forms of that very polymorphous
plant. The nerve, though comparatively strong, is much less so than in A. filicinum
and always ceases almost or quite at the base of the acumen ; the acumen itself is very
abrupt and markedly different from the gradual acumination of A. filicinum and most
of the allied plants; it forms, indeed, such a constant and marked character that
Venturi is probably right in thinking that Schimper’s description of the leaves as
gradually acuminate points to a different plant, specimens of a Harpidioid Hypnum
having frequently been mixed with and labelled as the present species. It is probable
that no definite agreement will be arrived at until the fruit is found ; it may be worth
while to point out that in habit, branching, leaf-form, and areolation there is a some-
what close resemblance between the present plant and Brachythecium Nova-Anglia
Sull. ; and this is somewhat emphasised by the occurrence of an intermediate plant, at
present undetermined, which I have received from N. America, and which has been
referred by some bryologists to the Section Cratoneuron of Hypnum as near H.
filicinum, and by others placed near Brack. Nova-Anglia. It is not at all impossible
that the present species may ultimately prove to be a Brachythecium.
A. cui'vicaule may be readily known by the more or less abrupt acumen, long
nerve and short areolation with abruptly dilated hyaline auricular cells, from the otherAMBLYSTEGIUM.
449
species of the genus, and indeed from all our other pleurocarpous mosses. It is a high
alpine species, and is not likely to be found elsewhere in our islands unless in similar
localities on the highest Scotch mountains.
9. Amblystegium Kochii B. & S. (Tab. LVI. G.).
Stem prostrate, with erect or ascending branches, varying in
size, some extremely slender, pale green ; resembling small forms
of Hypnum riparium. Leaves usually somewhat distant, widely
spreading in all directions from the base, or almost squarrose,
cordate-ovate from a rather narrow, not decurrent base, gradually
tapering to a finely subulate-acuminate point, % line long, sinuolate
or faintly denticulate at margin, nerved about J the length of
the leaf; cells rhomboid-hexagonal, widely pointed or truncate
and obtuse, 4-6 times as long as wide, gradually becoming wider
towards base, at angles rectangular, lax, pellucid, but not forming
distinct auricles. Seta rather long, i-if inches, flexuose ; capsule
rather small, arcuate. Autoicous.
Hab. Marshy meadows, sides of pools, etc., very rare ; Sussex. Fr. summer.
This plant is usually considered very closely allied to Hypnum riparium, and is
indeed made a sub-species of that moss by Boulay ; but if areolation is to count for
anything there can be no question as to the distinctness of the two plants; a glance
at the very clear and representative drawings of the cells in the two species (Tab.
LVI. G. and Tab. LVI. H.), or even at the figure given by Husnot (Muscologia
Gallica, Tab. 204), who is one of the authors by whom it is considered closely allied
to H. riparium, shows at once the wide difference, not only in size and width,
but in character, between the cells of typical H. riparium and those of the present
species; and though certain small forms, usually barren, of the former may approach
the present in the width and shortness of the cells, they are very rarely found quite
similar to those of our plant; and even when this is the case they can only be looked
upon as exceptional.
The present species is on the whole more likely to be passed over for A. variuvi,
but the shorter nerve will clearly distinguish it from that species. The colour is
pale, and the leaves are somewhat thin and pellucid.
115. HYPNUM L. (emend. B. & S.)
Plants of various habit and branching, often robust, very
frequently more or less regularly pinnate. Leaves variable,
usually more or less scariose in texture, with linear areolation,
rarely less than 5 times as long as wide and usually much longer,
ofte?i vermicular, not papillose; usually forming distinct auricles
at basal angles ; leaves often falcate or circinate; nerve usually
none or double, more rarely single. Seta smooth, capsule curved,
inclined, very rarely erect or suberect, usually sub-cylindric, or
shorter and small ; lid conical, obtuse or acuminate, not longly
rostrate. Peristome perfect.
DI45°
HYPNACEjE.
The members of this genus are distinguished from
Amblystegium by the longer, narrower cells ; from Plagiothecium
by the areolation and rarely complanate leaves (one or two species
alone having them secund and homomallous as in P. pulchellum),
from Eurhynchium by the non-rostrate beak, etc.; from
Brachythecium by the usually sub-cylindrical, narrower capsule,
the linear rarely rhomboid areolation, and the nerve rarely
single ; but as in other cases, individual plants, especially when
barren, can often only be referred to the right genus by
experience. The student, however, will do well to bear in mind
that no species with longly acute or acuminate leaves and well-
defined single nerve belong to this genus except those of the
Sections Harpidium (easily known by the strongly falcate leaves),
and two or three species of the Section Campylium.
In classifying the species of this large genus I have for the
most part followed the system employed by Schimper in the
Synopsis. It is, however, I think, generally felt that the sub-
divisions there are unnecessarily numerous, and I have in one or
two cases merged two of his sub-genera into one. Thus under
Harpidium I have included all the falcate-leaved species with
elongated single nerve and with the angular cells usually dilated,
irrespective of the thickness of the nerve ; i.e. I have included the
sub-genus Cratoneuron of Schimper ; the nerve in some of the true
Harpidium species being equally strong, while in H. sulcatum it
is very feeble; and the presence of paraphyllia and radicular
tomentum being equally inconstant. I have also eliminated the
sub-genera Ctenidium and Ctenium, placing the tw-o species
there included by Schimper, viz., H. tnolluscum and H. crista-
castrensis, under Drepanium, from which they are hardly
separable by any important structural detail; and I have done the
same with H. incurvatum, our only British representative of the
sub-genus Homomallium. Scorpidium (H. scorpioides) will be
found united with Limnobium, and H. (Rhytidium) rugosum
placed (following Lindberg) with Hylocomium. I venture to
think that by so doing an equally sound basis of classification is
arrived at, while the characters on which the Sections, or sub-
genera, are based are much more clearly defined and consequently
much more easily employed by the student.
A. CAMPYLIUM. Leaves more or less longly acuminate,
usually squarrose-divergent both wet and dry or rarely secund,
never strongly falcate nor circinate ; branching irregular or sub-
pinnate ; nerve single, varying in length, or none, rarely double;
cells narrow-linear. Plants often small. Paraphyllia none.HYPNUM.
451
B.	HARPIDIUM. Plants usually tall and robust, often
erect, more or less pinnately branched. Leaves falcato-secund or
circinate, longly and gradually acuminate, with a single nerve
reaching above half-way and often nearly or quite to the apex ;
cells linear, often very long and vermicular, usually much dilated
at angles; paraphyllia often present. Leaves mostly large.
Plants more or less aquatic.
C.	DREPANIUM. Plants prostrate or ascending, more or
less regularly pinnate. Leaves usually small, strongly falcate or
circinate, rarely almost straight but strongly homomallous,
nerveless or with two faint nerves, longly and acutely acuminate.
Plants rarely aquatic. Paraphyllia few or none, rarely abundant.
D.	LIMNOBIUM. Usually procumbent or ascending, of
soft, flaccid texture, variously branched. Leaves usually secund
but not strongly falcate, wide, obtuse or apiculate, rarely
tapering to a short point, never finely and longly acuminate;
nerve double or none, very rarely single. More or less aquatic,
on wet rocks.
E.	CALLIERGON. Plants erect or procumbent, usually
slightly branched only, or sub-pinnate. Leaves imbricated all
round, rarely secund, usually large, broad, glossy, obtuse or only
apiculate, nerve single or double. Terrestrial or bog plants, tall
and often robust.
■1
A
A
4
4
Leaves sharply acuminate,	acumen often long and narrow .......................2
Leaves very shortly pointed, or obtuse or apiculate, or with short, bluntish
acumen ...........................................................................5
Nerve single..................................................................3
Leaves nerveless, or	shortly	2-nerved ........................................4
Leaves squarrose or spreading (rarely more or less secund)......A. Campylium
Leaves falcato-secund or circinate..............................B. Harpidium
Leaves squarrose-divergent .....................................A. Campyliuvi
Leaves secund, falcate, or circinate ...........................C. Drepaiiium
Ls. wide, soft, flaccid, usually secund ; on wet rocks, etc.....D. Limnobium
Ls. firm, patent or imbricate ; usually in bogs or on the ground ...E. Calliergon
A. CAMPYLIUM.
Leaves more or less ovate-acuminate, acutely pointed,
divergent or squarrose when dry, or secund, not strongly falcate.
[The only species in this Section which have the leaves more
or less erecto-patent or secund, not squarrose, viz. H. riparium
and H. polygamum, always have a long, single nerve].452
HYPNACE/E.
■{
4
4
4
4
4
Leaves single-nerved ..........................................................2
Nerve absent, or short and double..............................................5
Ls. narrowed above to a long, very narrow acumen ; plant slender...............3
Ls. more gradually tapering to a wider acumen ; plant larger ..................4
Nerve running up far into the acumen....................................2. eloder
Nerve ceasing about half-way up leaf ..........................4t* chrysophyllum
Ls. distinctly auricled with enlarged cells at angles...............3. polygamum
Basal cells enlarged, but not forming distinct auricles.............1. riparium
Ls. sharply serrulate, all strongly recurved .........................6. Halleri
Ls. almost entire above, less recurved ........................................6
Stem creeping, slender ; angular cells of ls. small, quadrate ..5. Sommerfeltit
Stem usually erect ; angular cells dilated .........................4. stellatum
1. Hypnum riparium L. (Amblystegium riparium B. & S.,
Schp. Syn. et mult, auct.) (Tab. LVI. H.).
Very variable in size and habit ; typically low, creeping, sub-
pinnate with short, spreading branches; bright or yellowish
green, 2-3 inches long; leaves long, 1-2 lines (occasionally
smaller) widely spreading or almost squarrose both wet and dry,
often sub-complanate, rarely erecto-patent, but often forming a
cuspidate tuft and secund at the tips of the branches; silky;
more or less widely ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, longly
and gradually finely acuminate, rounded at base to a narrow,
shortly decurrent insertion. Margin plane, entire ; nerve strong
at base, reaching above the middle and usually if the length of the
leaf; cells linear-rhomboid, acute, 10-15 times as long as broad,
thin-walled, chlorophyllose ; becoming lax at some distance above
the base, gradually towards angles larger, rectangular and often
pellucid, but not forming distinct nor hyaline auricles. Seta
^-1 inch long; capsule oblong-cylindric, somewhat turgid,
strongly curved ; peristome large. Autoicous.
Var. /3. longifolium Schp. Leaves 7iarrow, lanceolate-
acuminate, with a very long and tapering, almost filiform acumen ;
rather distant. Stems with almost simple, hardly branched
divisions, usually sub-complanate.
Var. y. splendens De Not. Resembling var. longifolium in
habit but with very large, broad leaves, less finely acuminate,
more crowded, very regularly imbricated, less complanate.
Hab. Roots of trees, stones, etc., near water. Common. The vars. £ and y
floating, in pools, etc., less common.
A very variable plant, but usually known by the longly-pointed, entire leaves,
widely divergent and straight when dry, with a long stout nerve and linear, pointed
areolation ; in the latter character it is typically very different from all the species of
Amblystegium, with which it is usually united ; while the single-nerved, entire, not
plicate leaves will at once distinguish it from any of the species of the previouslyHYPNUM.
453 -
•described genera to which it may bear any resemblance. It is sometimes much more
like H. aduncum var. Kneiffii, but only in a few very extreme forms; it is then best
identified by its quite entire leaves with the areolation gradually becoming laxer at the
base of the leaves, not suddenly enlarged at the angles. The larger, wider, chloro-
phyllose leaves, often complanate, and though widely spreading, hardly squarrose will
separate it from the other species of this Section except H. polygamum, the basal
areolation of which is quite different.
The var. splendens is a very handsome plant, with wide flat branches having the
large leaves very regularly arranged and of a deep green. This variety and the var.
longifolium are often very much elongated, 6 or 8 inches long, and almost with the
habit of Fontinalis.-
The union of this species with those of the Section Campylium may without
doubt give rise to some questioning. On the one hand ihe areolation is frequently
shorter than in the type, approaching that of Amblystegium Kochii; but this is
exceptional, and is never the case in the more ordinary and by far the greatest number
of forms, nor, as far as I am aware, in fruiting plants, and can, of itself, be held no
more a ground for uniting the species with Amblystegium than can the fact that in
•other forms it nearly approaches H aduncum be held a reason for placing it in
Harpidium. In all the more ordinary forms the outline and the direction of the
leaves give it full as much a title to a place here as H. polygamum, and although the
areolation is very different in character from that of this and the allied species, it is
by no means unlike that of H. elodes. On the whole I think it must be conceded
that its affinities with the plants of this Section are at least as close as with Ambly-
stegium, in which genus it is in its typical form decidedly anomalous.
2.	Hypnum elodes Spr. (Amblystegium elodes Lindb.)
(Tab. LVI. 1.).
Very slender ; stems 2-4 inches long, procumbent, irregularly
pinnate, branches slender, ascending; in rather large low tufts,
olive green or yellowish. Stem-leaves distant, widely spreading;
branch-leaves somewhat closer, but not densely placed, slightly
secund at the tips of the branches; all very small, line long,
narrowly ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, widest just above the
base, gradually tapering to a long fine acumen, hardly decurrent,
narrowed at base; margin plane, obsoletely-denticulate; nerve
yellowish, strong, vanishing in the acumen. Cells widely linear,
thin-walled, 8-12 times as long as broad, at base larger, shorter,
sub-rectangular, more incrassate, covering a large space at the
base of the leaf, but not forming well-defined auricles. Seta
long, 1-2 inches ; capsule sub-cylindric, curved. Dioicous.
Hab. Marshy meadows, on earth by water, etc., rare. Fr. spring, very rare.
A delicate plant, resembling H. chrysophyllum, but quite different in the long,
strong nerve, and by that and the divaricate, almost squarrose, distant leaves readily
identified. H. polygamum is a larger plant with fainter, shorter nerve, quite entire
margin, and more distinct angular cells, and the inflorescence autoicous.
3.	Hypnum polygamum Schp. (Amblystegium polygamum
B. & S.) (Tab. LVI. M.).
Resembling H. stellatum; moderately robust, less erect;
yellowish green or golden. Leaves not very densely crowded,454
HYPNACEvE.
erecto-patent both moist and dry, not or very rarely squarrose,
often sub-secund, longly and widely lanceolate, from a rather
narrow, hardly excavate, not cordate nor triangular base, about
i line long; nerve single, reaching half-way or more, distinct,
but not very strong; areolation narrow, linear, as in the firmer
forms of H. stellatum; at basal angles distinct, large, often
orange, forming distinct auricles usually reaching nearly to the
nerve. Seta long, i£—.2 inches or even more; capsule variable
in form. Autoicous or synoicous.
Hab. Marshes, wet meadows, etc., not common. Fr. summer.
Not easy to recognise in the field from certain forms of H. stellatum, though very
different from the typical form of that species in the less spreading, narrower leaves,
and usually very fertile. The narrow base of the leaves, the long nerve, and different
inflorescence will easily separate it under the microscope. Like the above-mentioned,
species, it is sometimes very slender, with shorter, more spreading leaves.
The typical squarrose leaves of H stellatum will not flatten out under a cover-
glass without the involution of the margins in the middle, or at least without renderings
them undulated ; in the present plant, and in typical H. chrysophyllum, the less
squarrose directions allows of their being flattened without much alteration of outline.
Wilson’s var. stagnatum is the larger, robust form of this plant, stronger in all
its parts than the more slender and perhaps commoner form.
The areolation will distinguish H. polygamum from H. riparium.
4. Hypnum stellatum Schreb. (Amblystegium stellatum Lindb.)
(Tab. LVI. K.).
Very variable. Typically robust, stems stout, erect or
ascending, 2-4 inches high, somewhat divided, and with numerous,
sub-pinnate, more or less crowded and erect branches ; forming
large soft tufts of a yellowish green or bright golden colour,
glossy. Leaves variable in size and form, %-iyi lines long, some-
what crowded, from an erect, ovate or widely cordate base, more or
less rapidly narrowed to a long, gradually tapering, acute,
squarrose acumen, hardly altered when dry, rigid, scariose, at
base wide, slightly excavate, with rounded, hardly decurrent
auricles, in the acumen somewhat channelled ; entire, or sinuolate
at base only ; nerveless or with a very short and faint, double or
single, often forked nerve; cells narrow, linear, in the young
leaves often pointed and somewhat thin-walled, 8-10 times as-
long as wide, in older leaves often narrower and obtuse, with the
walls incrassate and porose, almost uniform to base; at angles
distinct, sub-rectangular, incrassate, variable in size and colour,
opaque, orange or pellucid, forming larger or smaller, more or
less distinct auricles. Seta long, i-i| inches, stout; capsule
oblong-cylindric, curved. Dioicous.HYPNUM.
455
Var. fi. protensum B. & S. (Hypnum protensum BricL).
Slender, more or less procumbent, with more regularly pinnate,
spreading, more distant branches, forming low, usually prostrate,
creeping tufts ; leaves more distant, smaller, often narrower,
frequently with a very faint single nerve, reaching nearly half-
way ; angular cells usually fewer and smaller.
Hab. Bogs, marshy meadows, etc. Frequent. The var. j8 on wet calcareous
rocks, beds of pools, etc., rarer. Fr. very rare, summer.
In its typical form this is a robust, handsome species of erect, compact growth
and rich golden colour ; but it has a strong tendency to become slender, straggling,
and untidy, of a dull dirty green. Some of the forms are very slender, and a number
of varieties are described by Boulay, mostly tending in this direction and varying in
leaf-form, etc. ; I find the form of leaf so variable, however, even on the same plant,
that I think it more satisfactory to include all the more slender, more or less prostrate
forms with small leaves under the var. protensum, which in its extreme state is a very
marked plant, closely approaching H. chrysophyllum in habit and leaf, and sometimes
hardly separable, especially as it not unfrequently occurs with a slender, single nerve ;
but it may perhaps always be distinguished by the more distant, more squarrose
leaves, usually wider at base, and generally, though not always, with larger auricular
cells.
H. stellatum sometimes has much the appearance of H. polygamum, with less
squarrose leaves of a narrower outline, but wanting the long distinct nerve of that
species, and with a different inflorescence.
* Hypnum chrysophyllum Brief. (Amblystegium chryso-
phyllum Lindb.) (,Tab. LVI. L.).
Differs from most forms of H. stellatum as follows: Much
more slender, stem prostrate, with suberect or spreading,
pinnate branches, forming low, lax or denser tufts, rarely an inch
high, bright golden, rarely yellowish green. Leaves smaller,
}i-i line long, more crowded, less squarrose, frequently secund,
narrower at base. more gradually tapering, triangular-lanceolate
or ovate-acuminate, nerve slender, single, reaching half-way or
slightly beyond ; cells as in H. stellatum but frequently shorter,
5-10 times as long as broad ; angular cells usually smaller and
more opaque, less frequently dilated and pellucid.
Var. /3. erectum Bagnall (Journ. of Bot., 1896, p. in). In
dense large tufts, 1-2 inches high, yellowish green. Stems erect
or ascending with densely pinnate, erect, crowded branches;
leaves more regularly secund, often distinctly falcato-secund,
sub-denticulate at basal margin.
Hab. On the ground, rocks, etc., in calcareous districts. Frequent. The var.
/3, Dove Dale, Staffordshire, (Bagnall, 1895). Fr. very rare, summer.
After examining a large number of specimens of this and H. stellatum I am
compelled to think the difference between them is very slight indeed. It is quite456
HYPNACE^.
impossible to found the distinction on the presence of the single elongated nerve ; for
undoubted plants of H. stellatum not unfrequently have a thin nerve reaching half-
way up the leaf, while it is not uncommon in equally undoubted H. chrysophyllum to
find leaves with hardly any trace of nerve. Beyond this, I have frequently examined
plants which, while exactly agreeing in aspect with H. chrysophyllum, as well as in
leaf-form and areolation, show in almost all the leaves the faintest traces of nerve,
with occasionally a more pronounced one. The angular cells vary very greatly, and
while as a rule in the large, wider leaves of H stellatum they are large and pellucid,
and in the small, narrower leaves of H. chrysophyllum small and opaque, every
gradation can be observed between these two conditions.
The var. erectum is a very marked form, with much the aspect of robust plants of
Plagiothecium pulchellum ; I have received exactly the same plant from the Rev. A.
C. Waghorne, gathered in Newfoundland.
A green, not yellowish form sometimes occurs, with shortly acuminate leaves and
lax areolation. The typical plant may usually be known at sight by its slender,
somewhat silky appearance, the golden colour, dense leaves, etc.
5. Hypnum Sommerfeltii Myr. (H. polymorphum Wils.,
non Hedw.; Campylium hispidulum var. Sommerfeltii Lindb.)
(Tab. LVI. J.).
Very slender, stems about i inch long, with numerous, sub-
pinnate, slender, erect branches, forming small rather dense tufts
of a pale, rarely yellowish green. Leaves rather closely set,
spreading and squarrose, sometimes secund at the tips of the
branches; little altered when dry; small, about | line long,
from a wide, cordate-oval base longly and finely acuminate,
rounded at base to a rather broad insertion, finely denticulate in
the lower half, nerveless or with a very short and faint single
or double nerve; cells linear, somewhat vermicular, obtuse, 6-10
times as long as wide ; almost uniform to base, at angles distinct,
few, sub-quadrate, rather small, opaque, forming small but rather
well defined, yellowish or dark auricles. Seta about £ inch long ;
capsule oblong-cylindrical, slightly turgid and gibbous, curved;
lid conical, obtusely apiculate. Autoicous.
H ab. About the roots of trees, on stones, etc., on calcareous soil principally.
Not common. Fr. summer.
This little plant has the habit and appearance of Amblystegium serpens, but
is easily recognised by the squarrose leaves, of quite different structure. From H.
chrysophyllum it differs in the distinctly denticulate leaf-base, autoicous inflorescence,
etc.; from the other species, except H. Halleri which is quite distinct, in the small
size and denticulate leaves.
6. Hypnum Halleri Linn. fil. (Campylium Halleri Lindb.)
(Tab. LVI. X.). '
Very slender, stems entirely prostrate, divided, 3-4 inches
long, with numerous, pinnate, very short branches, erect or
spreading, forming very dense flat tufts, not half-an-inch high,HYPNUM.
457
rich golden brown or golden green, dark within. Leaves
crowded, recurved-squarrose from a more erect base, hardly
altered when dry, widely ovate or ovate-rounded with a rather
abrupt, short, acute acumen, minutely denticulate all round,
slightly recurved at basal margin, nerveless or with a very faint,
short, double nerve ; cells rather short, 6-10 times as long as wide,
linear, obtuse ; at angles few, sub-quadrate, not very conspicuous.
Seta short, about f inch ; capsule small, f line long, more or less
curved, constricted below the mouth, reddish purple with a
somewhat glaucous tinge, especially when young. Autoicous.
Hab. Alpine rocks ; very rare ; Ben Lawers ; Ben Cruachan. Fr. summer.
A very distinct and pretty little species, in very dense low patches, and at once
characterised by the colour, and by the very squarrose, recurved leaves, which have
much shorter points than in the allied species, and therefore give a quite different, more
compact aspect to the stems and branches. On the continent it is fairly common and
fruits abundantly.
B. HARPIDIUM.
Leaves usually large, strongly falcate or circinate, rarely
only slightly falcate ; nerve single, reaching half-way, usually
much higher, often strong. Bog plants, or growing in wet places
on rocks.
[All the British pleurocarpous mosses with strongly falcate,
acuminate leaves having a long single nerve belong here, with the
exception of some forms of A?nblystegium filicinurn with strongly
curved leaves, recognised at once by the short, wide, sub-
hexagonal cells. Hypnum palustre and H. ochraceuni never
have the leaves finely and longly acuminate.]
In the following arrangement I have made great use of
Renauld’s elaborate monograph of the European Harpidioid
Hypna in the Muscologia Gallica, although with some slight
differences from that work.
/Leaves not (or only faintly) plicate when moist ...................................2
\ Leaves distinctly plicate when moist..............................................9
{Leaves not (or scarcely) auricled .................................................3
Leaves with distinct auricles .....................................................5
{Ls. wide, concave, crumpled and rugose when dry........................9. lycopodioides
Ls. little altered when dry ......................................................4
/Robust, reddish ; leaves with long acumen............................../j. revolvens
4 ^Slender, yellowish or green ; acumen shorter.....................13*. intermedium
f Angular cells swollen, hyaline ...................................................6
■^/Angular cells incrassate, yellowish................................................8
(Annulus present; ls. usually ovate-lanceolate, entire ; nerve not reaching high in
acumen .............................................................7. adwicum
Annulus absent; ls. longly lanceolate, finely toothed at base and apex ; nerve
running far into acumen ...........................................................745§
HYPNACE^.
/Autoicous ; stem-ls. flexuose, only the upper secund ............ 10. Jiuitans
7*j Dioicous ; Is. falcato-secund, faintly plicate, especially when dry .
[	io*- exannulatum
g/Slender ; Is. crowded, J-i line long................................8. Sendtneri
°\Robust; Is. more distant, i£-2£ lines long .........................8*. Wilsoni
/Ls. not auricled, red-brown along base ..........................12. vernicosuui
"\Ls. auricled....................................................................10
I0/Ls. narrow at base ; autoicous ....................................11. uncinatum
11/Stem very radiculose ; stem Is. deltoid at base.................14. commutatum
\Radicles few or none ; stem ls. less expanded at base........................12
I2/Ls. scarcely J line long; nerve weak, usually about half-way ......14*. sulcatum
\Ls. long ; nerve strong..........................................14*. falcatuvi
7. Hypnum aduncum Hedw. (Amblystegium Kneiffii B. & S.,
p.p.) (Tab. LVI. O.).
Stems usually slender and soft, not so firm nor so robust as
in most of the following-species ; green or yellowish green, rarely
either yellow, reddish or dark coloured; extremely variable in
mode of branching, etc. Stems typically erect, more or less
regularly pinnate ; leaves not crowded, falcato-secund, usually
moderately but not strongly hooked at the tip of the stems and
branches ; not plicate, entire or faintly sinuose at margin, ovate-
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, longly and finely acuminate, wide
and cordate at base, strongly excavate, with decurrent auricles
enclosing a more or less semi-circular space. Nerve moderately
strong, reaching f length of leaf or into the acumen, but usually
not nearly approaching the apex. Areolation rather short and
lax, thin-walled, linear-flexuose, about 80 y. in length, but some-
times more and often less, 10-12 times as long as wide ; towards
base becoming slightly laxer, linear-subrectangular, at angles
suddenly inflated, large, hyaline, forming distinct, hyaline,
decurrent auricles. Branch-leaves narrower. Perichsetial bracts
lightly plicate. Seta long, 1-2 inches. Capsule oblong, inclined,
curved. Annulus present. Dioicous.
Var. f3. Kneiffii Schp. (Hypnum Kneiffii Schp. olim).
Stems prostrate or ascending, with irregular erect divisions,
which are simple or irregularly branched, not or scarcely
pinnate; very slender; leaves distant, erecto-patent or spread-
ing, hardly falcate or secund; very slightly falcate, not hooked,
at apex of stems; wider and shorter, ovate-lanceolate, more
shortly acuminate. Nerve rather shorter ; cells shorter, about
40-60 fn, 8-10 times as long as broad ; wider towards base.
Var. y. gracilescens Schp. Very small and slender, irregularly
or sub-pinnately branched ; leaves very small, widely triangular-
ovate, shortly acuminate; nerve very short and often faint,HYPNUM.
459
hardly reaching half-way ; cells very short, 4-5 times as long as
wide, sub-hexagonal; auricles less distinct.
Hab. Marshes, pools, etc. Common. The var. Kneiffii common. The var.
gracilescens rare. Fr. very rare, summer.
This is an exceedingly protean species, and the characters given above, especially
as regards the measurements of the cells, must be looked upon as approximate only.
The variations are endless, in form of leaf, length of cells, size, mode of branching,
etc., and innumerable varieties have been described, many of those described by one
author being doubtless almost identical with those of another, according as one set
of characters or another is chosen for a basis of classification. Some forms are
exceedingly slender, with short, wide, hardly falcate leaves ; approaching H riparium
in many respects ; others are very like H. fluiians, often being aquatic, elongated,
soft, regularly pinnate with long spreading leaves, giving a very plumose aspect to the
plant. The var. Kneiffii, often separated as a species, is one of the most distinct,
but many intermediate forms occur, and the differences are rather of habit than of
structural importance. An extremely slender, golden green plant which I gathered
on damp sand hills in Donegal Co., with minute short leaves, the nerve short, faint
and sometimes almost wanting, and very short wide cells, appears to belong to the
var. gracilescens Schp. (forma gracilescens Ren.), but it may possibly be more
accurately referred to the var. tenue Schp., between which and the var. gracilescens
there is, as admitted by Schimper, very little difference.
In spite of its great variability, H. adnncuvi is rarely difficult to distinguish from
the allied species, except from H. fluitans, which may almost always be known by
the narrower leaves, denticulate at base, with very narrow cells remaining almost
uniform to the base, and with a longer nerve ; there are, however, forms which are
extremely hard to separate. H. Sendtneri is more robust, with the leaves more
strongly falcate, the nerve stronger and cells firmer and narrower. H. vernicosnm
has the leaves more falcate, plicate, and without decurrent auricles ; H. revolvens and
H. Cossoni are distinguished by similar characters, though the leaves are not plicate.
8- Hypnum Sendtneri Schp. (Amblystegium Sendtneri
Lindb.) (Tab. LVII. A.).
Typically rather slender, resembling H. vernicosutn ; stems
erect, divided, with few branches, 3-6 inches high; leaves
crowded, |-i line long, strongly falcato-secund, almost circinate,
strongly hooked at the tips of the stems and branches, somewhat
flexuose and twisted when dry, more glossy than in H. aduncum,
which they resemble in structure; not plicate, entire; nerve
strong, wider than in H. adnncum, about 60-100 /j. wide at base
(in H. aduncum 50-60 f), usually extending into the acumen ;
cells about equal to those of H. aduncum in length, but narrower
with firmer walls, linear-flexuose, obtuse, almost uniform to base,
the basal usually with thin, not porose walls, the angular cells
firmer, with somewhat thick walls, less hyaline, forming distinct
decurrent auricles. Capsule longer than in H. aduncum, sub-
cylindric, suberect. Dioidous.
Hab. Bogs, marshes, etc., not common. Fr. rare, summer.460
HYPNACE^E.
This species, ok account of its strongly-curved leaves, is more like several of the
following species than H. aduncum, to which, however, it is more closely allied. It
differs from that species also in the deeper colour, more glossy texture, wider nerve
and usually firmer cell-walls, and the auricular cells are less enlarged and conspicuous.
The entire leaves, wider at the base, and more circinate, will separate it from H.
fluitans, the non-plicate leaves from H. uncinatum and H. falcatum, and the decurrent
auricles from the other species which might be mistaken for it.
It is a less variable plant than the last, but has a very slender form analogous
to the var. gracilescens of that, and so like it as to be barely distinguishable except
perhaps by the stronger nerve. Very robust forms approach H. Wilsoni, but the
leaves are closer, less flexuose when dry, the stems more pinnate, the cells longer.
* Hypnum Wilsoni Schp. (Amblystegium Wilsoni Lindb. ;
H. Sendtneri var. Wilsoni Schp., Syn.) (Tab. LVII. B.).
Resembling H. Sendtneri in structural details, this plant is
much more robust, 6-12 inches long, usually of a deep yellowish
green or golden colour, the stems slightly divided and very
remotely pinnate, the leaves more distant, very large, ii-2^ lines
long, oblong-lanceolate, gradually tapering to a long filiform
acumen, falcate, giving a very robust appearance to the stems,
which are however really slender and flexuose ; nerve variable in
width (Renauld describes it as narrower, but I have always found
it as strong) ; cells rather wider, with thinner walls, the angular
fewer and less distinct, forming smaller auricles.
Var. f3. kamatum Lindb. (H. aduncum var. hamatum Schp. ;
H. hamifolium Schp., Syn.).
Very robust, stems very regularly and closely pinnate, more
rigid; leaves beautifully and regularly circinate, very long,
especially in the acumen, more crowded.
Hap.. Bogs, wet sandy shores, etc., rare. The var. £ very rare. Fr. very
rare, summer.
H. Wilsoni is too closely allied in all structural points to be separated from H.
Sendtneri, but its great difference in habit and the size of its parts seem to warrant its
retaining the rank of a sub-species. The nerve is somewhat variable, even in leaves
from the same plant, but is certainly normally stout, much more so than in H.
lycopodioides, which differs also, notably, in the plicate-rugose leaves, when dry. The
basal cells are frequently very incrassate, and the walls, as frequently happens in such
^ases, are then strongly porose.
The var. & is a very marked form, and altogether one of the most handsome of
the Hypna; the branching is very different from that of the type, but there is
absolutely no difference in the structure of the leaves. It is sometimes quite
submerged, and is then frequently encrusted with calcareous deposit.
9. Hypnum lycopodioides Schwgr. (Amblystegium lyco-
podioides De Not.) (Tab. LVII. C.).
Resembling the more robust forms of H. Sendtneri and H.
Wilsoni; the stems with few divisions which are simple or veryHYPNUM.
461
slightly branched, slender and flexuose, but rendered very robust
and tumid by the densely crowded, large, concave leaves ; forming
large tufts of a rich golden colour, 4-10 inches high. Leaves
very large, 2-2J lines long, very concave, widely oblong-
lanceolate, tapering to a fine, moderately long acumen, falcate
but not strongly so, hardly hooked at the tips of the stems, very
slightly decurrent at the wide base, which is broadly, not
semicircularly excavate, entire, when dry plicate and irregularly
rugose; nerve narrow, 30-50 /x, reaching to the base of the
acumen. Cells as in H. Sendtneri, the basal incrassate, with the
walls porose. Dioicous.
Hab. Deep bogs and pools ; rare. Fr. spring, very rare.
This plant resembles H. scorpioides in the tumid stems with large rugose leaves,
but the colour is usually different, and the long nerve quite distinctive. It is so
different in habit, arrangement and form of leaves, etc., from H. Wilsoni that I do
not feel able to follow Renauld in making one a sub-species of the other. It is in
appearance one of the most distinct of the species of this Section.
10. Hypnum fluitans L. (Amblystegium fluitans De Not.)
(Tab. LVII.D.).
Very variable. Typically slender, elongated, very soft and
flexuose, slightly and hardly pinnately branched, the leaves
distant, slightly falcate, not strongly curved, even at the
tips of the stems, pale green, glossy, resembling forms of H..
aduncum var. Kneiffii but with narrower more silky leaves..
Another equally common form is more robust, more pinnately
branched, with the leaves closer, falcate, at tips of branches
strongly hooked, usually of a darker colour, orange or chestnut
brown. Tufts large, deep, soft in texture. Leaves very narrow,
Ungulate-lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, very gradually
tapering to an extremely long, flexuose acumen, i-J—2 lines long,
smooth or obsoletely plicate when dry, narrow at base and widely,
not deeply excavate, at margin usually distinctly denticulate,
especially at apex and base; nerve distinct, narrow or wider,
usually reaching high in the acumen, or even to apex. Cells long
and very narrow, 100-120 /x long, 20-30 times as long as wide,
but variable, linear-flexuose, obtuse, somewhat incrassate;
almost uniform to the base; at angles inflated, hyaline or
coloured, forming distinct auricles often reaching to the nerve.
Seta long, 2 to even 4 inches ; capsule more or less inclined,,
variably curved. Annulus none. Autoicous, rarely dioicous or
barren with imperfect flowers.
Hab. Bogs, pools, etc., rarely in calcareous soil. Fr. common, summer.462
HYPNACE/E.
Besides the typical and the falcate forms mentioned above there are many others
which cannot be described in a work of limited compass ; when submerged the plant
often becomes beautifully plumose with spreading leaves, in other cases the leaves
are close, more or less erect when dry, very long and very silky. In habit, colour,
etc., this species is nearest to H. aduncum, from which it is usually known by its
narrower, more silky leaves, denticulate at margin, more longly nerved, with longer,
very narrow cells, almost uniform to the base ; but intermediate forms occur which
are often very difficult to separate, especially as they are usually the more submerged
forms, and mostly barren ; typical H. fluitans being usually very fertile, and distinct
in the autoicous inflorescence. H. uncinatum differs in the pale colour, strongly
plicate leaves, etc. ; most of the other species have shorter, wider, more circinate
leaves, of a more rigid texture, and in habit and other respects are distinct.
* Hypnum exannulatum Giimb. (Amblystegium exannulatum
De Not.) (Tab. LVII. E.).
Differs from H. fluitans in the plants usually more compact
and rigid, less soft and flexuose, more pinnately branched,
mostly of a deeper, often purplish colour; typically but less
commonly green or yellowish ; the leaves closer, more strongly
falcate, twisted when dry, not rigidly circinate, glossy at back
and frequently plicate, especially when dry, strongly hooked at
the tips of the stem and branches, mostly longly and finely
acuminate from a usually wider base ; nerve often stronger,
usually purplish brown, mostly reaching to or nearly to apex.
Cells frequently shorter and wider, but not constantly so, the
auricular usually abruptly dilated and very distinct, forming
rather large, conspicuous auricles. Dioicous, rarely autoicous.
Var. /3. purpurascens Schp. Firm, compact, closely pinnate,
of a more or less deep purplish colour; leaves crowded, more
shortly acuminate, cells rather short, sometimes very short and,
proportionately, wide (var. brachydictyon Ren ), nerve often very
strong and thick, 60-90 y. wide at base.
Var. y. stenophyllum (Hypnum stenophyllum Wils. ; H.
exannulatum var. Rotae Schp., Syn.). Usually purple or red,
more elongate, less compact and rigid ; leaves less crowded, less
strongly falcate, very long and narrow (2-2^ lines), nerve strong,
sometimes excurrent in a denticulate point; cells narrow, very
long.
Hab. Bogs, mostly in more elevated situations than is usual with H. fluitans
Common. The var. p in mountain bogs; the var. y in deep bogs and pools, rare.
Very rarely fruiting.
Hypnum fluitans, though by no means absent in elevated situations, is pre-
eminently a lowland species, while the sub-species is a more subalpine plant, and is
usually readily known by its more compact, pinnate growth, with the leaves crowded
and often plicate. It is sometimes very much like H. falcatum in leaf structure, but
that species is more yellowish, rarely purple, with the leaves more distinctly plicateHYPNUM.	463
both when wet and when dry, less denticulate above, and with more or less numerous
paraphyllia, and is less regularly pinnate.
The var. stenophyllum in its extreme forms is very marked ; in outline the leaves
resemble those of H. fluitans, but the colour and branching are distinct, the nerve
usually stronger, and the habit more robust.
The green form, which may be looked upon as typical, is rare, and resembles H.
Sendtneri, but has the leaves usually plicate when dry.
11. Hypnum uncinatum Hedw. (Hypnum aduncum L. sec.
Lindb., non Hedw. ; Amblystegium aduncum Lindb.)
(lab. LVII. F.).
Pale green or golden green, very rarely of a deeper colour,
never red nor purple. Stems rarely erect, usually procumbent,
often interlaced with other mosses, or more robust and tufted,
distantly or closely pinnate, rather slender, 1-4 inches long.
Leaves more or less crowded, regularly falcate or almost circinate,
little altered when dry or in the softer forms spirally flexuose at
points, glossy, strongly longitudinally plicate when wet and dry,
strongly hooked at the tips of the stems and branches, of thin,
not solid texture ; narrowly oblong-lanceolate, gradually tapering
to a very fine, filiform acumen, at margin usually dejiticulate at
point and often at base, rarely entire; at base often broad and
flat, with minutely decurrent auricles and hardly excavate, but
always more or less decurrent and auriculate; nerve very
narrow, 30-35 y wide at base, extending high in the acumen.
Cells very narrow, long, flexuose, somewhat tapering and pointed,
thin-walled, almost uniform to base; angular, more or less
numerous, hyaline, but not very large nor inflated, partly
decurrent and partly extending above the base at angles, forming
rather small, not well-defined auricles. Perichastial leaves very
long, straight, erect, sheathing, plicate ; seta variable in length,
capsule sub-cylindric, arcuate, orange-red, annulate. Autoicous.
Var. /3. plumulosum Schp. Very slender, closely pinnate;
leaves small, less deeply striate, less denticulate or sub-entire ;
seta shorter, capsule smaller.
Hab. Wet rocks and walls, principally in alpine and subalpine districts;
common. The var. 0 rare, on mountains ; Snowdon. Fr. summer.
Usually a very distinct species in the pale colour, thin, strongly plicate, very
finely acuminate, denticulate leaves with narrow nerve and small ill-defined auricles
which are, however, always more or less developed. Numerous forms occur on the
continent, and perhaps still more strongly marked in N. America, but the more
distinct of them do not appear to occur here, though the var. plumosum Schp., a
somewhat distinct form with regular close complanate pinnation, but connected with
the type by a regular series of forms, is found occasionally; it is intermediate between
the type and the var. plumulosum. The latter variety is very distinct, not only in the464
HYPNACE/E.
slenderness but in the hardly striate, almost entire leaves; I refer a plant gathered on
Snowdon with very little doubt to this variety.
The autoicous inflorescence and the very long, straight, conspicuous perichaetia
are also marked and useful characters of the present plant.
12. Hypnum vernicosum Lindb. (Amblystegium vernicosum
Lindb. (Tab. LVII. G.).
Slender, but rather firm and rigid, 2-4 inches high, more or
less erect, jyellowish green, variegated with deeper colour, some-
times yellowish, brown, or reddish, but never deep red nor purple,
glossy, pinnately branched. Leaves rather small, i-i£ lines
long, crowded, falcate-circinate, concave, plicate, especially when
dry, strongly hooked at the tips of the branches, from a short,
wide, oblong base rapidly and rather shortly and widely
acuminate, acute and sometimes finely apiculate, entire ; truncate,
not decurrent nor excavate at base; nerve rather weak, usually
vanishing just above the middle; cells long and very narrow,
flexuose, sub-obtuse, the walls slightly incrassate ; at base usually
reddish purple, two or three rows at insertion commonly rather
wide, oblong-hexagonal, more or less incrassate ; not distinct nor
decurrent at angles, or rarely with a very few minute cells form-
ing almost obsolete, minute false auricles. Capsule annulate.
Dioicous.
Hab. Subalpine and mountain bogs, rare. Fr. very rare, summer.
This species in habit resembles H. Sendtneri and H. intermedium, but differs
from both in the strongly plicate leaves, from the former also in the shorter acumen
and absence of decurrent auricles. From H. revolvens proper it differs in the less
robust habit, paler colour, less incrassate median cells, shorter, plicate leaves, shorter
nerve, and usually more numerous sub-hexagonal basal cells. It is less markedly
different from H. revolvens sub-spec, intermedium, but the strongly plicate leaves are
sufficient to distinguish it, and the nerve is usually shorter. H. vernicosum is much
like forms of H. falcatum, but that species is less pinnate, with distinct auricles.
It is necessary in determining species of this Section to examine leaves from the
stems, not the branches, and to remove them with great care, as otherwise the angular
decurrent cells though present may be left attached to the stem, and the leaf appear
falsely to be non-decurrent; truly non-decurrent leaves are only found in the present
species and in H. revolvens and its sub-species. In the present plant one or two rows
of hyaline thin-walled cells are frequently observable below the coloured incrassate
cells, along the line of insertion ; these are somewhat intermediate between the foliar
and cortical tissue, and may almost be considered characteristic of the present species;
when only a few of these are detached, at the angles, as frequently occurs, they give
rise to the minute false auricles mentioned in the above description.
13. Hypnum revolvens Sw. (Amblystegium revolvens
Lindb.) (Tab. LVII. 1L).
Robust, soft, stems irregularly divided, unequally and
distinctly, not pinnately branched, in dense tufts of a deepHYPNUM.
465
reddish purple, beautifully variegated with golden green and
orange, very glossy and with almost a metallic sheen. Leaves
large and densely crowded, so that the stems appear robust and
tumid, strongly and very regularly circinate so as often to form
a closed circle with the point, when dry little altered, only
slightly flexuose at point, not plicate, lo?igly and finely acuminate
from a widely oblong base, entire or sinuolate at margin, concave,
canaliculate, at base truncate, not excavate nor decurrent; nerve
narrow, but rather strong, reaching to about § the length of the
leaf. Cells very long, narrow and incrassate, narrowly linear
and vermicular, with the walls, in the older leaves especially,
very thick and porose, 30-40 times as long as wide, uniform
almost to base, at insertion deeply coloured, with very incrassate
and porose walls, rather wider, sub-rectangular, in one or two
rows ; not distinct nor decurrent at angles, or only a very few
falsely auriculate, as described under the last species. Seta long,
\\-2 inches. Capsule large, oblong, inclined, curved ; annulus
present. Autoicous.
Var. /3. Cossoni Ren. (Hypnum Cossoni Schp.). Stems
more or less distinctly pinnate, often taller and robust, frequently
brilliantly coloured, leaves less regularly circinate, with the
acumen spirally flexuose and spreading when dry ; somewhat
less crowded. Dioicous.
Hab. Bogs, frequent. The var. /3 more rare.
This is one of the most beautiful species of the Section, sometimes so robust as to
resemble H. scorpioides ; but at other times more slender and approaching the sub-
spec. intermedium ; the var. Cossoni is indeed in some respects intermediate between
the two, but more robust than the latter, with larger leaves, and usually of a deeper
hue. The habit and the non-decurrent, straight insertion of the leaves separate it
from all other species except the last, for which the description of that species may be
consulted. I am inclined to doubt whether the inflorescence is so constantly
autoicous in H. revolvens, type, as indicated by Renauld, in contrast with the var.
Cossoni.
* Hypnum intermedium Lindb. (Amblystegium inter-
medium Lindb.) (Tab. LVII. I.).
Differs from the var. Cossoni above by the more slender
stems and pale, yellowish or green colour, the smaller leaves
variously twisted and sometimes slightly crisped when dry, with
the acumen shorter, often as short as in H. vernicosum ; cells
shorter, less incrassate, 10-15 times as long as wide or less, not
so incrassate nor so coloured at base ; at extreme angles there are
frequently a few larger, hyaline cells forming very minute, some-
what inflated but not decurrent auricles. Dioicous.
El466
HYPNACE/E.
Hab. Bogs, rare ; usually barren.
H. vernicosum, H. revolvens var. Cossoni and H. intermedium are very closely
allied plants, and the distinction between them is possibly not so great as the
preceding arrangement would indicate, depending chiefly, as regards H. vernicosum,
on the plication of the leaves.
14. Hypnum commutatum Hedw. (Amblystegium glaucum
Lindb.) (Tab. LVII. J.).
Typically slender, the stems more or less erect or ascending,
divided, regularly and complanately pinnate and plumose, 3-6
inches long, bright green, orange internally, frequently encrusted
with calcareous matter. Very variable in size, branching, and
colour. Stems more or less densely tomentose with brown
radicles, and with numerous lanceolate or linear-subulate para-
phyllia. Leaves rather small, about 1 line long, usually more or
less strongly falcate or circinate, but often pointing in various
directions or more or less irregularly spreading, branch-leaves
rather narrower, more regularly falcato-secund and homomallous ;
stem-leaves widely cordate-triangutar from a broad decurrent
base, rapidly narrowed to a long, channelled, tapering acumen,
which is very flexuose and more or less crisped when dry ; deeply
plicate, strongly denticulate at basal margin, more indistinctly
above ; nerve green, very thick and strong, especially at base,
reaching about half-way up the acumen; cells short but narrow,
50-80 /j- long, 8-10 times as long as wide, tapering, but not very
acute, linear ; at base lax, sub-hexagonal, pellucid, especially at
margin ; below these at angles suddenly large, hyaline, inflated,
forming large decurrent auricles. Perichaetial bracts plicate.
Seta long, if-2 inches ; capsule large, cylindric, arcuate, bright
orange-brown, annulate. Dioicous.
Hab. Bogs and streams, most abundant in calcareous soil. Common. Fr.
early summer.
Another very protean species, in its slender forms resembling Amblystegium
filicinum, but more densely and regularly pinnate, with wider, softer, plicate leaves
more flexuose when dry, and especially with longer, narrower, linear, not hexagonal
areolation. It varies much in colour, but most of all in degree of robustness, size of
leaves and mode of branching, and some forms can hardly be separated from the sub-
species H. falcatum. It cannot easily, however, be taken for any other species if due
attention be paid to the wide leaf base, plicate leaves with large decurrent auricles,
and to the presence, often in great abundance, of radicular tomentum and of
paraphyllia. Although dioicous it is more frequently found in fruit than many of the
allied species.
Thuidium decipiens is extremely like H. commutatum, and is often placed here
in bryological works (H. Notarisii Boul.); for the differences between the two, see the
description of that species.HYPNUM.	467
* Hypnum falcatum Brid. (Amblystegium falcatum Lindb.)
(Tab. LVIII. A.).
More robust, of a deeper, often orange-brown colour, stems
stouter, more distantly and irregularly pinnate or sub-pinnate,
the branches often few and more or less ascending or erect, not
regularly plumose; radicles few or none ; leaves crowded, much
larger and longer than in H. commutatum, rendering the stems
and branches much stouter ; more regularly and strongly falcato-
secund, more rigid and hardly flexuose when dry, 1-2 lines long,
widely or narrowly oblong-lanceolate from a less expanded, not
cordate-triangular base, more gradually but more widely acumi-
nate, of more solid texture ; nerve very strong and thick, often
purplish; cells more incrassate, linear-flexuose, the angular
strongly incrassate, orange-brown, often opaque, forming less
distinctly marked decurrent auricles. Seta and capsule rather
shorter and stouter.
Var. f3. gracilescens Schp. Very slender and graceful, in
soft, rather dense tufts, procumbent or ascending, stems irregularly
divided, the divisions long, slender, almost simple or with few,
somewhat pinnate, very short branches. Leaves very regularly
and neatly falcato-secund or circinate, very small, about ^ line
long, glossy, hardly plicate, nerve moderately strong, reaching $
the length of the leaf. Cells narrow, but rather short.
Var. y. virescens Schp. (H. irngatum Zett.). Aquatic;
dark green or blackish ; stems longly denuded, clothed with the
bristle-like nerves of the old leaves. Leaves slightly falcato-
secund or straight and erecto-patent and lightly secund only at
the tips of the branches, hardly plicate; ovate-lanceolate or
narrowly triangular-lanceolate, tapering to a wide and often
rather obtuse point, or acute ; nerve extremely thick and wide,
reaching apex or lost just below; angular cells hardly distinct.
Paraphyllia few or 7ione.
Hab. Bogs, principally at higher elevations than H. cornmutatum; frequent.
The var. /3 on wet mountain rocks, rare. Yorkshire; Staffordshire ; Ben Lawers.
The var. y in calcareous springs and mountain streams, very rare. Fr. summer.
In habit H. falcatum is so different from typical H. commutatum that the two
could hardly fail to stand as separate species were it not for the fact that numerous
intermediate forms occur, principally on the side of the latter, forming a more or
less graduated passage from the one to the other. Thus robust forms of H.
commutatum with densely radiculose stems and regular pinnate branching will give
rise to stout, almost simple offshoots with the long, narrow leaves and the general
characters of H. falcatum. The latter also frequently occurs in a somewhat slender
form, showing much resemblance to H. vernicosum and some forms of H. exannu-
latum, but readily distinguished from the one by the auricles and from the other by468
HYPNACE/E.
the more solid less denticulate leaves with less marked auricles, and from both by the
numerous paraphyllia. The var. gracilescens on the other hand is a very distinct and
extremely pretty form, coming nearer to H. sulcatum, but rather more robust and
with longer, proportionally narrower leaves more of the falcatum form, with longer
nerve and narrower cells. It is much like H. Bambergeri, but the nerve at once
distinguishes it.
* Hypnum sulcatum Schp. (Amblystegium glaucum var.
sulcatum Lindb.) (Tab. LVIII. B.).
Resembling H. falcatum var. gracilescens but still more
slender ; stems more or less regularly pinnate, extremely slender,
soft or rigid, more or less prostrate or ascending; radicles few
or none, paraphyllia numerous. Tufts dull greyish green or
yellowish. Leaves very small, hardly Yz line long, regularly
falcato-secund or hamate, irregularly but distinctly plicate, widely
ovate and suddenly acuminate, or ovate and more gradually
tapering, but wider and shorter, proportionally, than in H.
falcatum, nerve comparatively weak, sometimes extremely faint,
but usually wide at base and soon becoming narrow, reaching
usually about half way, sometimes more ; margin sinuolate or
obsoletely denticulate; cells short, elliptic-linear, thin-walled,
4-6 times as long as wide, but somewhat variable; angular cells
large, orange, forming rather distinct auricles usually reaching to
the nerve. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Wet alpine rocks, very rare ; Ben Lawers.
This is probably sufficiently distinct from H. falcatum in the wide leaves, short,
often faint nerve, and especially the short lax areolation, to be considered a sub-species
rather than a variety, though it must be held to belong to that plant rather than to
H. commutatum, of which however it has the branching. The var. subsulcatum
Schp., indicated from Ben Lawers, appears to be a slight form only, and an approach
to H. falcatum var. gracilescens. There may indeed be found a great number of
forms more or less intermediate between the two plants ; and in the condition of the
nerve, especially, a wide range of variation may be found even among the leaves
from a single stem. There appears little doubt that //. Breadalbense F. B. White
represents one of these forms, and hardly differs from the var. subsulcatum.
H. sulcatum is fairly abundant about the summit of Ben Lawers, but occurs
nowhere else, I believe, in our islands.
C. DREPANIUM.
Plants usually more or less pinnately branched, sometimes
very regularly plumose. Leaves mostly small, strongly and
regularly falcate or circinate, or less curved, but secund and
homomallous, then usually pointing upwards; nerveless or with
a short double nerve, more or less longly and finely acuminate.
Median cells long and narrow, angular usually distinct. Plants
rarely paludal. Paraphyllia few, or none.HYPNUM.
469
[One of the most natural of the sub-divisions of Hypnum ;
H. incurvatum alone, perhaps, of our British mosses, presenting
some considerable divergence from the general type; in the form
and direction of the leaves, however, it is quite analogous to H.
cupressiforme var. resupinatum. With these two exceptions all
the species are at once known by the more or less falcato-secund,
two-nerved or nerveless, longly acuminate leaves, all curved
downwards, usually in two rows one on each side of the stem or
branch, so that the upper side or back of the stem is smooth,
often glossy, while the lower side or front is irregular and rough
with the leaf-points. H. cupressiforme may be looked upon as
the type of this Section, and the student will do well to study it
in its various forms as a help to the understanding of the allied
species, which it is usually convenient to describe by comparison
with the plant in question.]
j/Stem rigid; branches pectinate ; Is. deeply plicate..........26. crista-castrensis
\Ls. not, or only slightly plicate when moist .................................2
fLs. with broad, cordate, auriculate base .....................................3
\Ls. ovate-lanceolate, not cordate at base ....................................4
/Ls. serrulate, usually crisped and twisted at points when dry....25. molluscum
**/Ls. entire or sinuolate only, scarcely crisped................23. procerrimum
/Ls. not at all auricled..........................................20. hamuloswn
^/Ls. more or less distinctly auricled ...........................................5
/Angular cells swollen, hyaline ...............................................6
^/Angular cells more or less thickened or coloured................................7
^/Ls. with widish acumen ; stem sparingly branched ..................18. Patientice
\Ls. with very fine acumen ; stem pinnate ........................21. callichroum
/Ls. secund, pointing upwards, narrow ; branches incurved.........13. incurvatum
'/ Ls. usually falcato-secund, generally wider at base..........................8
g/ Leaf-margin narrowly revolute almost to apex......................ig. revolution
/Margin plane, or slightly recurved only ......................................9
/Leaves circinate ; cells incrassate ; stem scarcely pinnate......22. Bambergeri
^/Leaves more or less falcate ; cells thinner ; stem usually pinnate ...........10
{Ls. rather wide at base, red-brown at junction with the brown stem..77. imponens
Ls. narrower at base, not coloured at junction with the paler stem ..........11
/Capsule oblong-cylindric ; ls. rarely strongly denticulate ......16. cupressiforme
/Capsule shortly oval ; ls. sharply denticulate ..................24. canariense
15. Hypnum incurvatum Schrad. (Stereodon incurvatus
Mitt.) (Tab. LVIII. C.).
Very slender, green or yellowish green, in small silky tufts.
Stems prostrate, irregularly branched or sub-pinnate, branches
short, usually curved. Leaves rather close, homotnallous and
usually pointing upwards, almost straight or more or less curved
and falcato-secund, less spreading when dry, very small, i line
long, oblong-lanceolate, gradually and longly acuminate, at
margin plane, entire or faintly denticulate at apex, nerve double,470
HYPNACEiE.
very short, or almost obsolete; cells narrowly linear-hexagonal,
somewhat flexuose, tapering, but not acute, pellucid, thin-walled,
5-/0 times as long as wide, at angles numerous, more or less
quadrate, proportionately large, but not forming clearly defined
auricles. Perichaetial bracts not plicate. Seta f-f inch ; capsule
inclined and sub-horizontal, oblong-subcylindric, curved; lid
conical, acute, or acuminate. Autoicous.
Hab. Subalpine and mountain rocks, principally calcareous. Rare. Fr. early
summer.
This little moss bears a close resemblance to three of our species, viz., H.
cupressiforme var. resupinatum, Plagiothecium pulchellum and Pylaisia polyantha,
but will hardly be confused with any other. P. pulchelluvi is known by its more
opaque chlorophyllose cells, longer and more pointed, and absence of distinct angular
cells ; the other two plants are quite different in their erect or suberect, almost
straight, cylindrical capsules, but when barren are more difficult to separate.
Pylaisia polyantha has the leaves a little larger and distinctly wider below, ovate-
lanceolate rather than oblong-lanceolate, but the difference can hardly be defined
without the comparison of specimens ; the present plant is however confined to rocks
while that species almost always grows on trees and is a southern rather than a northern
and mountain plant. H. cupressiforme var. resupinatum has rather larger leaves,
more constantly nerveless, with the angular cells rather more clearly defined from the
others; it is usually, too, a more robust plant, growing more frequently on trees, and
dioicous.
16. Hypnum cupressiforme L. (Stereodon cupressiformis
Brid.) (Tab. LVIII. D.).
Extremely variable; typically moderately robust, stems
procumbent, irregularly pinnate, with spreading or ascending,
often curved branches; stems 2-4 inches long, rather soft in
texture, gree?iish, very rarely if ever reddish brown. Tufts
usually greyish green, yellowish, or brownish, rarely (though
occasionally) bright green. Leaves closely imbricated, falcato-
secund in the type (usually slightly curved in the lower half, more
strongly falcate or hooked in the acumen), rather co7icave and
smooth, so that the back of the stems and branches have a glossy,
often rather tumid, smooth appearance, the front being quite
different, with the points of the leaves bristling in the shortly
acuminate forms, irregularly flexuose in the more longly acumi-
nate, circinate, or hamate forms. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, or
more or less ovate-lanceolate, rather quickly narrowed to a fine
acumen of varying length, neither much enlarged at base nor
much narrowed to the insertion, which is usually nearly straight
or slightly excavate only, with minutely decurrent angles ; playie
at margin or very slightly recurved below, typically entire, or
nearly so, but frequently minutely denticulate above ; nerve none,HYPNUM.
47I
*
or very shortly and feebly double; cells narrowly linear-
vermicular, rather obtuse, 10-15 times as long as wide, but often
shorter and linear-rhomboid ; angular distinct, sub-quadrate, the
greater number small, opaque, with granular contents, greenish,
a few below these at extreme angles rather larger, pellucid,
orange or hyaline, incrassate ; forming small, clearly defined,
but not inflated nor distinctly hyaline auricles. Perichaetial
bracts not plicate, denticulate. Seta i-ij inches long, red.
Capsule usually suberect, curved, especially towards the orifice,
sub-cylindric or oblong; lid conical-acuminate or rostellate, rarely
rostrate. Dioicous.
The variations of this common moss take the form of greater
or less degrees of robustness, more or less regular pinnation,
differences of colour, of the imbrication, curvature, and acumina-
tion of the leaves, the form and direction of the capsule, and
other points. The principal British forms may be described as
follows :—
Var. /:t. resupinatum Schp. (H. resupinatum Wils., mult,
auct.). Slender, the branches often almost filiform, mostly erect
or ascending, usually of a silky, pale or yellowish green aspect ;
leaves straight or only slightly curved, homomallous and pointing
upwards or almost erect and pointing forwards, narrow, oblong-
lanceolate, entire or denticulate. Capsule erect and symmetrical
or very slightly curved or inclined; lid conical with a long, acute
beak, distinctly rostrate.
Var. y. filiforme Brid. Extremely slender, procumbent or
pendent, stems long, distantly pinnate, with long, straight,
parallel, very slender, almost filiform branches ; forming smooth,
very low patches; leaves very small, very regularly and neatly
imbricated in two rows, falcato-secimd or hamate; usually
denticulate. Fruit rare, small.
Var. 8. mi?ius Wils. Slender, but rather more robust than
the last, more regularly and closely pinnate. Leaves small,
short ; margin distinctly recurved in the lower half. Capsule
small.
Var. e. mamillatum Brid. Slender, more or less prostrate ;
leaves regularly imbricated in two rows, narrow, denticulate;
lid conical, shortly apiculate.
Var. (. ericetorum B. & S. Slender, more or less regularly
and complanately pinnate; stems and branches often flattened
and sub-complanate; very pale green, more or less erect, or
ascending. Leaves less crowded, strongly falcate. Seta long,
slender.472
HYPNACE/E.
Var. t). tectorum Brid. In close, dense, swollen, velvety
cushions; branches erect, curved, more prostrate at the outside
of the tufts; dark or olive green. Leaves erect and closely
imbricated, very lightly curved and secund, more spreading
when moist; rather wide, ovate-oblong.
Var. 9. elatum B. & S. Robust, densely tufted, with few,
short, erect, very swollen branches; yellowish or golden green.
Leaves large, very wide and concave, and imbricated all round
with only the points falcato-secund, rendering the stems and
branches very tuinid and julaceous ; widely ovate-oblong, rapidly
narrowed to a short oblique acumen. Fruit very rare.
Hab. Trunks of trees, walls, earth, etc. Abundant. Fr. winter and spring.
Var. filiforme on trunks of trees, usually in woods, common. Var. minus on trees,
rare. Var. mamillatum on rocks and trees in woods. Var. ericetorum on heaths and
in mountainous woods, frequent. Var. tectorum on rocks, walls and roofs, frequent.
Var. elation on the ground, in calcareous districts chiefly.
The above list by no means exhausts all our forms, but it includes perhaps the
most important and the most striking. Though so polymorphous, H. cupressiforme
has a characteristic habit and a structure peculiar to itself, so that with experience it
is usually fairly easy to recognise it in the field, and doubtful forms will generally
reveal their identity under the microscope. The rather rapidly (in general) acuminate
leaves and the characteristic, small, opaque auricular cells are two of the prominent
characters of distinction. It will be more convenient to point out the difference
between this and the allied species under the descriptions of the latter.
The var. resupinatum is by many authors considered a species or at least a sub-
species. In its extreme or typical form it is very distinct, and closely resembles
Pylaisia polyantka, and, when slender and barren, H. incurvatum, the descriptions
of which may be consulted. But it is too inconstant in its characters, or, if it be
preferred, intermediate forms too closely link it with the type, to warrant this.
Schimper’s var. longirostre is exactly the same plant as regards the fruit (which is
looked upon as one of the most important characters of H. resupinatumJ, and differs
only in the sub-secund, not straight and homomallous leaves. I have found this
variety in the same localities as the var. resupinatum; but beyond this I have
frequently examined plants with the greater part of the stems having the normal,
falcato-secund decurrent leaves of the type, but frequently throwing out slender
branches with the “ resupinatum” foliation; more rarely stems with the straight
homomallous leaves of the var. resupinatum will suddenly change their character in
the middle, and bear in the upper half the wide, decurved, typical “cupressiforme”
leaves. Some tufts with the perfectly erect, symmetrical capsules of the var.
resupinatum, and beaked lids half as long as the capsule, exhibit a perfectly
indiscriminate foliation, some branches being normal slender “cupressiforme” and
others distinctly ‘ ‘ resupination ” in type. Even if all these forms be relegated to the
var. longiiostre Schp., it leaves H resupination separated by the form and direction
of the leaves alone, and as this character occurs, partially at least, in the above forms
attributed to H. cupressiforme, it is clear that a species cannot be safely founded on
this single character.
I have seen no British specimens referable to Wilson’s var. minus, but I have a
plant collected by the Rev. A. C. Waghorne in Newfoundland which clearly belongs
there, and is very distinct in the recurving of the margin ; it is distinct from H.
revolutum in the texture and form of the leaves, and in the margin only recurved in
the lower half, not strongly revolute almost to apex.
The var. filiforme is a very neat and pretty form, but all gradations may be
found between this and the type. Schimper includes under this head an equally
slender form with the leaves less regularly, often interruptedly imbricated, but itHYPNUM.
473
would appear more accurate to confine the name to the plant described above, as the
very slender habit is practically the only character the two forms have in common.
The var. ericetorum somewhat resembles H. imfonens, the description of which
may be consulted in this connection.
The var. datum is very striking, at least in its most marked forms, and quite
different in its erect, tumid stems from all other states of this species.
17. Hypnum imponens Hedw. (Stereodon imponens Brid.)
(Tab. LVIII. E.).
Resembling H. cupressiforme, notably var. ericetorum;
differs in the following characters. Stems more solid and rigid,
reddish brown ; more closely, regularly and complanately pinnate;
plants almost always of a golden yellow; robust, in large tufts.
Stem-leaves usually somewhat complanate, being less crowded,
less concave, more spreading in the lower part, so as to render
the stems flattened, in the flatter hardly channelled acumen
strongly falcate or hamate; when dry the leaves are usually
somewhat rugose; branch-leaves narrower, less complanate.
Stem-leaves wider at base than in H. cupressiforme, triangular-
oblong, more gradually acuminate, margin usually very narrowly
recurved in the lower part, above distinctly but somewhat distantly
denticulate ; insertion wide, usually straight, not excavate nor
decurrent; median cells longer and narrower, basal often bright
orange, angular less numerous but larger, more pellucid, with
scarcely any of the small opaque upper ones, forming very small,
distinct auricles, usually of a rich orange brown. Paraphyllia
usually numerous. Perichaetial bracts plicate.
Hab. Heaths, rocks, etc. ; very rare. Fr. very rare, autumn.
The orange, distinct angular cells, more pellucid and larger, the wider more
strongly denticulate leaves and the general habit, as well as the more rigid, brown
stems, render this plant, if not at once distinguishable in the field, at least easy of
recognition under the microscope. Undoubtedly however, it is linked with H.
cupressiforme by a more or less complete chain of forms, and the characters even as
given above are all either somewhat comparative or occasionally inconstant. I have
for instance a plant with the general appearance of this moss, with brown stems and
leaves somewhat intermediate in form, but with the angular cells typical of H.
cupressiforme ; and other similar forms of the latter species unite it with the present
plant. It is possible therefore that Boulay is right in making it a sub-species of that
moss; but the angular cells, which are certainly of great value in the classification of
this Section, justify its separation, I think, in conjunction with the other characters.
The plicate perichaetial bracts appear also to give an important character, but the fruit
is too rare for this to be of practical value.
18. Hypnum Patienti86 Lindb. (Stereodon arcuatus Lindb. ;
Hypnum arcuatum Lindb., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. LVIII. F.).
Resembling the most robust forms of H. cupressiforme, but
still larger; stems more or less prostrate, with ascending474
HYPNACE/E.
divisions, which are usually very slightly, often fastigiately,
hardly pinnately branched, forming large tufts or mats of a pale
or yellowish lurid green, shining, very pale and glossy at the tips
of the stems and branches. Leaves very large for this Section,
i-i'4 lines long, not crowded, more or less regularly imbricated
in two rows, spreading and complanate in the lower part, so as to
render the stems very broad and flattened (less usually falcato-
secund and decurved from the base, so that the stems are
narrower, not complanate); strongly hooked at the tips of the
stems; very smooth and glossy at back when dry, sometimes
slightly rugose ; widely ovate-oblong, somewhat narrowed and
decurrent at extreme base, above tapering to a rather long, but
very broad, not slender acumen, which is flat, not channelled,
abruptly pointed or even sub-obtuse; margin plane, entire except
at extreme apex which is sub-denticulate, nerve double, one
branch longer than the other, or none ; cells longer than in H.
cupressiforme, very narrow; at basal angles laxer, then rather
abruptly large, thifi-walled, hyaline, forming conspicuous
decurrent hyaline auricles. Dioicous.
Hab. On the ground in woods, rocks covered with earth, etc., principally on
clay. Not common. Fr. very rare, not found in Britain ; summer.
This plant is described in the Bryologia Britannica as a variety of H. pratense
Koch, and it differs so little from that plant that it is somewhat doubtful whether it
will not have to be ultimately re-united with it. In that species the leaves, usually at
least, are less hamate, only slightly decurved, so that the branches are very flattened
and hardly hooked above; and the auricular cells are less distinct; but these
characters are certainly inconstant. The robust habit, very wide stems (taken with
the leaves) and large leaves with wide, not tapering acumens and large hyaline
angular cells, abundantly separate our plant from all forms of H. cupressiforme or its
allies ; indeed slender forms with the leaves less complanate and iess tapering are
more likely to be taken for robust plants of H. ochraceurn.
19. Hypnum revolutum Lindb. (Stereodon revolutus Mitt.;
Hypnum Heufleri Juratz., Schp. Syn.) (Tab. LVIII. G.).
Resembles slender forms of H. molluscum, more or less
pinnate, often regularly so, 1-3 inches long, small ; yellowish
green or brownish. Leaves crowded, falcato-secund or hamate,
small, J-f line long, oblong-lanceolate, gradually tapering from
near the base to a narrow acute acumen, concave, plicato-striate,
especially when dry, entire or sub-denticulate at point, margin
strongly revolute from the base to high in the acumen; nerve
double or obsolete ; cells short, thin-walled, 8-10 times as long
as broad, resembling those of H. incurvatum, at angles rather
numerous, quadrate, small, rather opaque, forming small, rather
clearly defined but not very conspicuous auricles. Dioicous.HYPNUM.
475
Hab. Alpine rocks; very rare. Ben Lawers (Jameson, 1890). Fruit very
rare, almost unknown.
There can be no doubt that the plant gathered by the Rev. H. G. Jameson is
identical with H. Heufieri Juratz., and this appears to be the same species with
Stereodon revolutus, described by Mitten in the Musci Indise Orientalis, 1859. If the
characters italicised are borne in mind there will be little difficulty in identifying it,
though this is probably impossible in the field, at least with any degree of certainty.
It is quite different from H. cupressiforme var. minus in the gradually tapering plicate
leaves with the margin very longly and strongly revolute. That species and some
others frequently have the leaves somewhat rugose when dry, but here they are
distinctly plicate longitudinally, and in the more robust stems this forms a marked
and indeed easily recognised character.
20. Hypnum hamulosum B. & S. (Stereodon hamulosus
Lindb.) (Tab. LVIII. I.).
Very slender, resembling some slender, dense forms of H.
cupressiforme; bright yellow or yellowish green ; stems more or
less erect, or ascending, irregularly or pinnately branched.
Paraphyllia very few or none. Branches very slender, with the
leaves regularly imbricated in two rows, smooth and glossy at
back, strongly falcate, hooked at the tips of the stems, very
small, about £ line long, ovate-lanceolate, longly and finely
acuminate to an almost filiform, hamato-circinate point, entire or
obsoletely denticulate, almost or quite nerveless, plane at margin,
concave; areolation rather short, 8-15 times as long as wide,
thin-walled, linear, obtuse, almost uniform throughout the leaf, a
very few at angles sub-quadrate, small, not forming hyaline nor
distinct auricles. Capsule small. Autoicous.
Hab. Alpine rocks, very rare ; Scotch Highlands ; Ireland. Fr. summer.
A delicate species, most closely allied to H. callichroitm, but differing in its more
constantly slender habit, more erect stems, autoicous inflorescence, shorter areolation,
and, above all, in the extremely few angular cells and total absence of the inflated
hyaline auricular cells, characteristic of that species. It is also more constantly
yellow, never bright green, and the acumen of the leaves though very fine is usually
shorter, and somewhat less flexuose when dry. It differs from H. revolution in the
plane margin of the leaves, and from H. Bambergeri in the more slender habit,
autoicous inflorescence, less numerous and less distinct angular cells.
21. Hypnum callichroum Brid. (Stereodon callichrous
Brid.) (Tab. LVIII. J.).
In wide, very soft tufts, more or less prostrate or ascending,
rarely erect; bright green or yellowish green, reddish yellow
within ; very glossy and even brilliant when dry. Stems
irregularly pinnate, very slender, branches more or less flexuose
and curved. Leaves elegantly circinate-secund, |-f line long,
from a rather dilated base, widely oblong-lanceolate, gradually476
HYPNACE/E.
tapering to a very long, almost filiform acumen, which is fiexuose
when dry; plane at margin, entire or rarely remotely denticulate,
concave, not plicate ; nerve very faint or wanting ; cells very
narrow, long, linear-vermicular, 15-20 times as long as wide or
more, almost uniform to base, at insertion often yellowish, at
angles suddenly large, thin-walled, hyaline, forming small but
very distinct, somewhat decurrent hyaline auricles; a very few
above these at margin usually quadrate, small, pellucid, with
thicker walls. Capsule rather large, cylindrical, arcuate,
horizontal. Dioicous.
Hab. Shady mountainous rocks, rare. Fr. rare, summer.
A very beautiful species, known from all the allied species of slender habit by
the clearly defined hyaline auricular cells ; but usually recognisable also in the field by
its very soft slender habit, and beautiful glossy green colour, which is however not
quite constant. The leaves are usually described as quite entire, but I have found
them in several specimens distinctly, usually remotely, denticulate. The fruit is rare,
but I have gathered it abundantly fertile about the Falls of Lodore, conspicuous in its
colouring, forming large, vivid green patches with abundant, bright orange brown
capsules.
H. rupestre F. B. White, gathered on Ben Lawers in 1865, appears to belong
here, according to the Rev. J. Fergusson (Scottish Naturalist, Vol. II., p. 279).
22. Hypnum Bambergeri Schp. (Stereodon Bambergeri
Lindb.) (Tab. LVIII. K.).
Somewhat resembling H. hamulosum but more robust; stems
more or less erect, 2-3 inches long, rarely pinnate, usually
fastigiate with long, erect, simple branches, dark yellowish green,
variegated with orange and brown ; soft or rather rigid. Leaves
very regularly and elegantly circinate-secund, when dry having
the point fiexuose, f-i line long, from a short, widely oblong base
gradually narrowed to a long, channelled, acute but hardly filiform
acumen, entire or sinuolate, plane at margin, nerveless or with
one or two faint striae ; cells linear-vermicular, variable in length,
but narrow, with incrassate, porose walls; at base usually orange ;
angular few, rather large, quadrate-hexagonal, orange, the walls
strongly incrassate and porose, forming minute, but rather distinct
orange auricles. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Alpine rocks and earth, very rare ; summit of Ben Lawers.
In habit and general appearance this species is not unlike some of its allies; but
in addition to other characters, the leaves are of a more solid texture, with porose,
incrassate cell-walls, and with the angular cells few, incrassate, orange, more con-
spicuous than in H. hamulosum, but less so than, and different from those of any of
the other similar species except if. imponens, to which they bear some resemblance ;
they are paler, however, and less clearly defined from the adjoining cells; and theHYPNUM.	477
texture, denticulate margin, etc., of the leaves of that plant, and its general habit, are
widely different.
H. Ba?nbergeri, when, as occasionally happens, it is somewhat regularly pinnate,
much resembles H. procerrirnum, and specimens of this habit, which I gathered on
Ben Lawers in 1893, were indeed so named by Boswell; that species however differs
in the much more regularly pinnate stems, and in the large leaves, dilated at the base,
with the areolation, including that at the angles, thin-walled, not incrassate, and the
angular cells numerous.
H. cupressiforme differs in the less circinate leaves with thin-walled areolation,
and opaque, not coloured, angular cells, and other points.
23. Hypnum procerrirnum Mol. (Tab. LVIII. L.).
Robust, closely and regularly pinnate, resembling the most
plumose forms of H. mollnscum; stems not radiculose, slightly
divided, 2-4 inches long, olive green or yellowish brown. Leaves
regularly falcato-secund, large, ij-if lines long (branch-leaves
much narrower, smaller, more circinate), widely ovate-oblong
from a broad, somewhat dilated, excavate and auriculate base,
gradually narrowed to a long, tapering acumen, plane at margin
and quite entire or sinuolate only, usually very slightly rugose or
crisped when dry; nerve very short and faint, double; cells
rather short, 8-12 times as long as broad, linear-flexuose,
tapering, but not acute, thin-walled, at basal angles laxer and
shorter, the lowest numerous, quadrate or hexagonal-quadrate,
small, opaque, or more rarely pellucid, slightly incrassate,
forming large, distinct, but not clearly defined, rounded, often
orange auricles. Dioicous. Fruit unknown.
Hab. Alpine calcareous rocks, very rare. Ben Lawers (Meldrum, i8qi).
A very fine species, distinguished from its allies by the regularly pinnate, plumose
stems and large leaves ; from H. cupressiforme by the distinct, expanded, auricular
leaf-base with very numerous angular cells, etc. ; from H. violin scum, which perhaps
it most resembles, by the quite entire leaves of closer, firmer texture.
In the specimens from Ben Lawers, which Mr. R. H. Meldrum has kindly sent
me, the branching is a little more irregularly and interruptedly pinnate than in
continental specimens, and the stem-leaves a shade smaller and less expanded at
the base, so that it has not quite so distinctive a habit for field recognition ; but in the
leaf structure it is quite typical; and as far as my observations go it may be
distinguished in the dry state by the leaf points always more regularly falcate, less
twisted and undulate than in H. mollnscum, which in its more robust forms, also, has
the leaves distinctly striate.
24. Hypnum canariense Mitt. (Tab. LVIII. H.).
Closely resembling H. cupressiforme except in the fruit.
Stems slender, prostrate, densely pinnate; leaves crowded,
strongly falcato-secund, ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
gradually tapering to a long, narrow, flat acumen; margin
sharply denticulate, especially above ; nerve faint and double or478
HYPNACE/E.
none; cells long and narrow, with firm walls ; a few at bafeal
angles distinct, quadrate, rather obscure, often orange. Capsule
very shortly oval, wide-mouthed, cernuous. Dioicous.
Hab. Rocks ; Killarney (Moore and Wilson).
Mr. Mitten informs me that the plant gathered by Moore at Killarney and
distributed as H. hamulosum, which Cardot describes (Rev. Bry. 1890, p. 17) as H.
circinale Hook., was really H. cananense, and I include that species here on this
authority. The difference between H circinale Hook, and H. canariense Mitt, does
not appear to be very wide, although doubtless they are distinct species ; in specimens
of the former gathered by Macoun on Vancouver I. the capsule, while short and
wide, is arcuate ; in H. cariariense it is not at all arcuate, but nearly or quite
symmetrical. The cells in H. circinale also are in my specimens much wider than in
H. canariense, with thin walls, and are laxer towards the base, all, including the
angular ones, which are sometimes orange, being very pellucid; whereas in H.
canariense they are extremely narrow, incrassate, hardly wider towards the base,
except the few angular ones, which are incrassate and somewhat obscure, often
orange. The leaves, too, in the former plant are wider at the base, and more shortly,
very faintly acuminate, in H. canariense the acumen is very long, but less filiform;
the perichsetial bracts in H. circinale also are longer and straighter.
H. canay iense is most like H, cupressiforme, but the leaves are sharply serrulate,
angular cells fewer and less conspicuous, and the capsule much shorter and very
different, more like that of H. molhiscum.
It is to be hoped that further search in S.W. Ireland may ultimately clear up the
doubt attending upon the claim of this species to be considered a native.
25. Hypnum molluscum Hedw. (Ctenidium violluscum
Mitt.) (Tab. LVII1. M.).
Variable in robustness and branching. Stems very densely
tufted, with numerous procumbent or ascending divisions, very
regularly, closely and plumosely pinnate, or in the more erect
forms densely sub-fastigiate, forming very close, soft tufts of a
glossy golden green colour, rarely bright green or reddish.
Leaves very densely imbricated, typically falcato-secund or
flexuose and homomallous, (branch-leaves narrower, often very
narrow, more regularly falcato-circinate), when dry smooth or
plicate, but almost always crisped and undulate, especially at the
points, giving the stems and branches a very soft, feathery
aspect; usually wide at base, cordate-triangular, then lanceolate,
tapering to a long fine acumen, at base rounded-auriculate,
slightly decurrent, at margin plane ; distinctly and often strongly
denticulate, especially at base; nerve short and double, or none.
Cells rather short and wide, 8-15 times as long as broad, obtuse,
the walls firm ; gradually becoming shorter and wider at angles,
at extreme angles rather wide, irregularly quadrate-hexagonal,
pellucid, but not large, hyaline nor coloured, forming indistinct,
ill-defined auricles of the same colour as the rest of the leaf.
Paraphyllia few, ovate. Seta dark purple, capsule small, short,HYPNUM.
479
ohal or oblong, straight or slightly curved, dark purplish brown,
horizontal, hardly constricted below the mouth when empty.
Lid sharply pointed. Calyptra slightly hairy when young.
Dioicous.
Var. j8. condensatum Schp. More robust, less regularly
pinnate, with stout, somewhat fastigiate branches ; bright golden
green, often with a rusty tinge; stem and branch-leaves larger,
closely and regularly falcato-secund, strongly hooked at the tips
of the branches, distinctly plicate when dry.
Var. y. fastigiatum Bosw. (Hobkirk, Syn., Ed. II.).
Slender, branches erect, less closely pinnate, somewhat fastigiate ;
leaves less crowded, small, less strongly falcate.
Hab. Calcareous soil and mountain rocks by streams. Common. The var. /3
on mountain rocks by streams, less common ; the var. 7, Derbyshire. Fruit summer.
H. molluscum although somewhat variable has a facies of its own which is
generally easily recognised ; the soft dense tufts, more closely and regularly pinnate,
with the leaves very densely imbricated, flexuose and undulated at points, principally
contribute to this. Under the microscope the strongly denticulate, broadly cordate
stem-leaves with the angular cells somewhat enlarged but otherwise hardly different
from the rest of the areolation, readily separate it from its allies. For its relationship
to Hyocomium Jiagellare, see the description of that plant.
Schimper separates this species under the sub-genus Ctenidium, retained as a
genus by Lindberg, partly on account of the shortly ovate inflated capsule of solid
texture; but although this is often a marked feature, it also frequently happens that
the capsule is longer, longly if widely oblong, and sometimes arcuate, while the
texture is sometimes, at least, less solid ; in short in no way differing from some forms
of H. cupressiforme and other allied species.
The end walls of the cells not unfrequently project in minute points at the back
of the leaf, forming scattered, acute, very small papillae.
The var .fastigiatum is a very marked, slender form, of a dull, olive green in the
specimens I have seen ; it does not appear to be the same form as the var. erectum
of Schimper, which is tall, pinnate and with the branch-leaves less finely acuminate.
Our variety, found in Derbyshire, was originally referred to H. canariense Mitt.
The var. condensatum is a marked variety, and H. croceum Tayl. MS., from
Killarney is probably referable here.
H. molluscum usually differs from H. procerrimum, in addition to other points
mentioned under that plant, in the less marked disproportion of the stem-leaves to
those of the branches ; in the more robust forms the stem-leaves in H. molluscum are
as large as in that species, but the branch-leaves then appear always to increase in
equal proportion. This is especially the case in the var. condensatum, where they are
large, very regularly falcate, glossy, and distinctly plicate when dry.
26. Hypnum crista-castrensis L. (Ptilium crista-castrensis
Lindb.) (Tab. LIX. A.).
Tall, very robust; stems erect, or ascending, simple or twice
or thrice divided, 3-5 inches long, very regularly and beautifully
pinnate with de?ise, complanate branches, giving a strikingly
regular plumose appearance to the plant; in large loose tufts or
masses of a bright yellowish green, pale below. Branches almost480
HYPNACE/E.
equal in length except at the summit of the stem, where they
gradually diminish like the pinnae of a fern, hooked and shining
at the tips. Stem-leaves crowded, very wide, thin and
membranous, whitish; from a wide, rounded-oblong, erect,
stroyigly plicate base gradually acuminate to a slender, hamato-
secund, tapering point; decurrent, remotely denticulate above;
cells very narrow, vermicular, incrassate, 10-20 times as long as
broad, angular wide, pellucid, not very distinct. Paraphyllia
numerous. Branch-leaves much narrower, less deeply plicate,
strongly circinate, usually in the same plane as that of the frond.
Seta long, i-J-2 inches; capsule large, horizontal, arcuate.
Dioicous.
Hab. On rocks and earth in mountainous woods, principally of conifers ; rare.
North of England, Scotland, Ireland. Fruit very rare, summer.
This splendid species, indisputably one of our most beautiful mosses, though rare
with us, is usually most abundant in the spots where it is found, growing among
mosses and other plants, and very striking and conspicuous. Even in its most stunted
forms it is more regularly and equally pinnate than H. violluscum, and quite distinct in
its stem-leaves. The densely pinnate branches are rendered the more close in
appearance by the fact that the leaves of each branch are usually curved towards the
succeeding lower branch, in the same plane with the whole frond, thus filling the
spaces between the branches ; in most of the allied species, which are less erect, the
downward curving of the leaves places them more at right angles to this plane, and
the branches are therefore more remote in appearance, even if not much more so in
actual distance.
D. LIMNOBIUM.
Plants procumbent, rarely erect, almost always growing on
wet rocks, principally on mountains; never in bogs, rarely on
wood. Leaves short and wide, of soft, flaccid texture, obtuse,
rounded and apiculate, or shortly pointed, rarely shortly acuminate
and acute. Nerve double or forked, in some species at times
single and reaching high in the leaf.
The leaves are generally more or less secund and falcate,
though rarely strongly so, almost entire except in H. micans,
though in some foreign species, e.g., H. montanum Wils.,
regularly denticulate ; and in their general form and texture very
distinct from those of the other Sections, in the latter respect
especially from those of Calliergon, which otherwise they most
resemble. The form of leaf and the character of the angular
cells are of the greatest importance for their determination.
The species may be briefly tabulated according to the
character of these angular cells, as follows, omitting H. micans
which is quite distinct in its roundish, distinctly denticulate leaves,HYPNUM.	481
and H. scorpioides, also very distinct in its robust habit and very
large, rugose leaves.
Angular cells thin-walled, large, hyaline, forming distinct,
not inflated, decurrent auricles ....................H. ochraceum
Angular cells more incrassate, large, pellucid, hyaline or rich
orange-brown, forming very distinct, inflated auricles.....
H. eugyrium
Angular cells more or less incrassate, granulose, not hyaline,
forming ill-defined, more or less opaque or orange auricles.....
H. palustre, H. arcticum, H. molle, H. dilatation.
I Ls. large, roundish, swollen on one side ; nerveless or shortly 2-nerved ....
IJ	32. scorpioides
[Ls.	not ventricose, usually smaller	..............................................2
{Ls.	widely ovate or roundish, apex	usually	obtuse	or	apiculate...................3
Ls.	ovate or ovate-lanceolate, more	or	less	tapering	towards apex ................6
JLs.	about | line long, roundish ..................................................4
3\Ls.	about I line long ............................................................5
JLs. serrulate, nerve usually short and double............................33. micans
4\Ls. entire or nearly so ; nerve usually single .........................2g. arcticum
JLs. widely ovate, slightly tapering to bluntish points, soft ..............2S. molle
2JLs. sub-orbicular, firmer, subsecund.................................28* dilatatum
Angular cells large, thin, hyaline ; dioicous........................?/. ochraceum
(Angular cells more or less incrassate, or opaque...................................7
JAngular cells pellucid, usually orange; nerve faint, double...........30. eugyrium
' \ Angular cells obscure, granulose ; nerve single or double .............23. palustre
27. Hypnum palustre L. (Amblystegium palustre Lindb.)
(Tab. LIX. B ).
Very variable, usually slender, frequently more robust,
variously coloured, dark green, reddish, or dull yellowish green,
rarely bright green. Stems more or less prostrate, usually much
denuded at the base ; branches usually more or less numerous,
erect or ascending, often curved, or hooked at the tip; forming
low, usually irregular and untidy patches. Leaves very variable,
imbricated all round the branches, rendering them julaceous, or
more frequently secund, often distinctly and sometimes strongly
and regularly falcate, always concave, with the margins incurved
especially towards the summit, so that the leaves can never be
flattened out without tearing; more or less oval-oblong, |-|
lines long, very variable above, rounded and obtuse or apiculate,
or more .frequently tapering (especially in the secund forms) to a
longer or shorter obtuse or acute point, but never narrowly and
longly acuminate, and usually very short and sub-obtuse ;
decurrent at base, entire at margin ; nerve very variable, usually
PI482
HYPNACE/E.
single and forked, reaching about half way, frequently longer and
unbranched, nearly attaining the summit, less commonly very
short, faint and double. Areolation rather lax, short, linear-
rhomboid or linear and flexuose, rather opaque, 5-10 times as
long as wide, rather shorter at point, becoming slightly laxer at base,
angular few, quadrate, moderately large, but somewhat opaque
with granulose contents, not very pellucid, nor hyaline, forming
small, ill-defined and inconspicuous auricles. Seta |~f inch,
rarely 1 inch. Capsule oblong or oval-oblong, rather short, thick
and irregular, horizontal, dark red ; annulus none. Autoicous.
Var. f3. hamulosum B. & S. Slender; leaves regularly
falcato-secund; oblong-lanceolate, more or less tapering; nerve
short, double; capsule oblong, narrow, curved.
Var. y. subsphaericarpon B. & S. (H. subsphaericarpon
Schleich.). Robust; stem longly denuded; leaves large, widely
ovate, tapering, secund or falcato-secund ; nerve strong, single,
reaching high in the leaf. Capsule short, widely oval, turgid.
Hab. On rocks in and by streams ; rarely on wood by water. Common in
subalpine regions. The vars. £, 7, less common. Fr. summer.
The most widely distributed and common of this Section, and the most variable ;
it is the only one which is found at all commonly outside mountainous districts.
There are two distinct groups into which its varied forms may be separated, one with
the leaves widely ovate, hardly tapering, obtuse or apiculate, imbricated all round the
stems so as to render them julaceous, not or hardly at all secund (laxer and denser
forms of this group are described under the names of var. laxum B. & S. and var.
julaceum B. & S.) ; the other with the leaves more or less tapering above to an ob+use
or more rarely acute point; to this group the two varieties described belong. The
var. subspharicarpon must be considered to depend chiefly on the form of its fruit,
for the same form of leaf with long single nerve is frequently found associated with the
longer, more typical capsule, while on the other hand very short, turgid capsules are
not always accompanied by the long single nerve.
The fruit is common, and the want of annulus, and autoicous inflorescence will
separate H. palustre from several of its allies ; but as most of these are rarely found
in fruit it is of more importance to point out the vegetative characters of distinction.
The habit and the indistinct auricular cells will separate it at once from all but H.
arcticum, H. molle and H dilatation; these all have wider, almost rounded leaves,
which are however a little narrower in H. molle, and this is really the only species
which might be confused with H. palustre ; the former however is always of softer,
flaccid texture, the leaves wider, never narrowly tapering, nor secund, usually a little
denticulate at summit, the perichsetial bracts distinctly so. Probably the widest
leaves of H. palustre are narrower than in H. molle, and are always entire.
28. Hypnum molle Dicks. (Amblystegium molle Lindb.)
(Tab. LIX. C.).
Stems sparingly divided, often denuded at base, branches
ascending or procumbent, tumid, obtuse; forming low, lurid,
brownish tufts of very soft and flaccid texture. Leaves ratherHYPNUM.
483
large, | line long, spreading or erecto-patent, not densely-
crowded, not secund nor falcate, very soft, concave, widely oval,
slightly narrowed above the middle to a very broad, rounded,
obtuse apex, narrowed at base, obsoletely denticulate at tip,
nerve bi-trifid, very short and faint, rarely one branch longer and
reaching the middle of the leaf. Cells linear, flexuose, 10-15
times as long as wide ; at angles resembling those of H. palustre,
slightly more distinct, forming inconspicuous and ill-defined
auricles. Perichsetial bracts denticulate above. Autoicous.
Var. /3. Schimperianum Schp. (Hypnum Schimperianum
Lorentz). More slender, in dense swollen tufts ; leaves much
smaller, more shortly pointed, the auricles less distinct.
Hab. Alpine rocks in streams, very rare. Ben Nevis; Ben MacDhui. The
var. B, Loch-na-gar (Fergusson). Fr. summer.
H. molle forms very soft, easily separating tufts, and by this and the broad,
rounded leaves may be known from H. palustre and H. arcticum, the only distinct
species with which it is likely to be confused, except H. ochraceum, which has often
the same soft texture, but which has almost constantly narrower, more tapering leaves,
and is always known by the distinct hyaline auricles. The differences between it and
H. dilatatum are pointed out below.
The var. B is a slender form, with a different facies, but the characters are
superficial rather than structural.
* Hypnum dilatatum Wils. (Amblystegium dilatatum Lindb.)
(Tab. LIX. D.).
Closely allied to H. molle, but somewhat more rigid, of a
dull green rather than brownish colour; the leaves slightly
secund, sub-orbicular, hardly narrowed from the middle, but
rounded-obtuse at the summit, sometimes with a short, obtuse
apiculus ; cells longer, especially in the lower half of the leaf,
15-25 times as long as wide, the angular rather larger and more
distinct, frequently orange.
Hab. Rocks in mountain streams, very rare.
The characters italicised above will readily indicate the distinguishing characters
of this plant from H. molle, its nearest ally ; Boulay, indeed, makes it a variety of that
plant, but the characters appear of a certain weight, though hardly sufficient to
support its separation as a species. It is a more difficult question which of the two
plants should be considered the type and which the sub-species ; H. molle was the
first described ; on the other hand H. dilatatum, on the continent especially, is much
the most widely distributed.
H. arcticum differs in the more rigid habit, smaller leaves, shorter cells, and
longer, single nerve.484	HYPNACE^i.
29.	Hypnum arcticum Sommerf. (Tab. LIX. E.).
Resembling a small form of H. dilatatum ; slender, branches
more or less erect or ascending, rigid, forming firm, compact
tufts of a dull rusty brown, blackish below. Leaves imbricated
all round the stem, not secund, very small, hardly % line long,
sub-orbicular or very widely oval, rounded and obtuse or very
broadly and obtusely pointed at summit, concave, minutely and
almost obsoletely denticulate at margin, nerve usually single,
stout, reaching about half-way, more or less ; more rarely short
and double. Cells very short, incrassate, the median linear-
elliptic, flexuose or sigmoid, obtuse, 4-6 times as long as wide, at
margin and apex shorter and more opaque, those at apex shorter
and very wide, ovate-rhomboid; angular very few, incrassate,
sub-rectangular, opaque, forming very small and indistinct,
usually orange auricles. Capsule small, short, horizontal.
Autoicous.
Hab. Wet rocks and in streams on high mountains ; very rare. Ben Lawers wr
Ben Challum ; Clova. Fr. summer.
A distinct and extremely rare species, quite different in the form of its leaves
from all but H. molle, H. dilatatum, and H. micans ; from the two former the size
alone at once distinguishes it, apart from the long nerve, short cells, rigid habit, etc.
H micans is entirely different in habit and colour, as well as in the serration and
structure of the leaves.
30.	Hypnum eugyrium Schp. (Limnobium eugyrium B. & S.;
Amblystegium eugyrium Lindb.) (Tab. LIX. F.).
Stems prostrate, branches numerous, erect or ascending, or
procumbent, forming low dense tufts, rather firm and compact,
bright green or reddish, often variegated with brown and yellow,
glossy. Leaves rather widely spreading when moist, 7nore or
less secund; more erect when dry, but loosely imbricated and
concave, rendering the branches turgid ; oval-oblong, shortly
narrowed to a rather rounded apex with a more or less abrupt,
straight, acute, rarely obtuse apiculus; narrowed but not
rounded at base ; very concave, often incurved at margin above,
entire or minutely denticulate at apex ; nerve short, faint, double ;
cells rather short, linear, obtuse or pointed, thin-walled, 8-10
times as long as wide; remaining uniform to base, short at the
extreme apex; at angles suddenly large, inflated, the inner
incrassate, the outer thin-walled, hyaline or rich orange-brown,
forming very clearly-defined, distinct, slightly inflated auricles-
Capsule short, oval or oblong, inflated; annulus present.
Autoicous.HYPNUM.
485
Var. fi. Mackayi Schp. More robust, less soft. Leaves
imbricated all round the stem, not or scarcely secund) larger;
auricles less clearly defined.
Hab. Rocks in mountain streams, not common. The var. /3 in similar situa-
tions, and apparently as widely distributed. Fr. summer.
The very clearly defined, small, highly coloured auricles at once distinguish this
species ; in the young leaves they are hyaline, but soon, the inner ones at first,
become orange, gradually deepening in colour until in the older leaves they are of a
rich sienna hue and quite opaque with the colouring matter, though free from granular
contents. The leaves too are very constant in form, and the apiculate summit is very
•characteristic. The var. Mackayi does not appear to be very clearly marked off from
the type, the characters given being none too constant. The less clear definition of
the auricles does not, at any rate always, arise from the cells being smaller, but from
the intervention of one or two series of obscure, incrassate, more or less coloured
•cells which form a more graduated step from the rest of the leaf-tissue. In its tall
forms this variety bears a considerable resemblance, when growing, to Brachythecium
plumosum, with which it is frequently mixed, bnt the shortly pointed leaves can be
■easily recognised with the lens.
31. Hypnum ochraceum Turn. (Amblystegium ochraceum
Lindb.) (Tab. LIX. G.).
Very variable, often simulating species of the Section
Harpidium, or others of the present Section. Stems prostrate,
2-4 inches long, with irregularly pinnate, few, ascending or
procumbent, parallel branches, rarely more erect and curved,
soft and flaccid, in dense large tufts, pale green, usually with a
yellowish colour, rusty red, or deep brown, most frequently
yellowish. Leaves sub-secund, usually strongly falcato-secund,
concave, more or less widely oblong-lanceolate from a slightly
rounded base, tapering to a longer or shorter, wide, obtuse or sub-
obtuse acumen, which is often somewhat twisted; lightly plicate,
entire, except at the minutely denticulate apex ; nerve variable,
short and double or single and reaching half way or more. Cells
linear-vermicular, narrow, 8-15 times as long as wide ; angular
very large, thin-walled, hyaline, forming rather well-defined and
large, very conspicuous, hyaline, decurrent auricles. Dioicous.
Var. p. flaccidum Milde. Leaves straighter, not falcate, not
or hardly secund; leaves narrow, longly acuminate, slightly
crisped when dry.
Hab. Rocks in mountain streams, frequent in mountain districts. The var. &,
Yorkshire. Fr. summer, very rare.
A polymorphous plant, mostly resembling forms of H. palustre, but usually
longer, softer, and more brightly coloured ; and quite distinct in the large hyaline
auricular cells, which, with the form of the leaf will also distinguish it from the other
allied species. Its soft, flaccid texture is a fairly constant and reliable character.486
HYPNACEiE.
The fruit is rarely found, and the fertile plant is usually of a duller colour, and
shorter, more compact growth, often much embedded in sand.
32. Hypnum scorpioides L. (Amblystegium scorpioides
Lindb.) (Tab. LIX. H.).
Very robust, rarely somewhat slender; stems procumbent,
with very long, almost simple or slightly branched divisions,
erect, ascending or procumbent, 4-6 inches long, very tumid with
the imbricated, large leaves, forming large soft masses of a
variegated yellowish or brownish green, very often passing to
reddish purple or almost black. Leaves loosely or closely
imbricated, more or less homoniallous or falcato-secund, very
large, 1-2 lines long, rugose and undulated when dry, widely
ovate-oblong, gradually widened above the rather narrow but not
rounded base, above shortly and widely narrowed to an obtuse or
apiculate point, or more gradually and longly, but very broadly
tapering, very rarely somewhat longly acuminate with a slender
denticulate apiculus ; very concave, entire (except in the above
condition), nerve very faint, usually short and double; cells very
long and narrow, linear, about 15 times as long as wide, the walls
incrassate and porose; almost uniform to base, a few at insertion
wider, pellucid, sub-rectangular ; special angular cells none or
very few, inflated, pellucid or orange, forming minute but well-
defined, not decurrent auricles. Thin hyaline cells detached from
the stem frequently, however, give the appearance of decurrent
auricular cells. Seta very long ; capsule rather large, horizontal,
oblong, curved. Dioicous.
Hab. Bogs and submerged rocks on mountains, not uncommon. Fr. rare,
summer.
In its typical form readily known by its deep reddish colour, tumid stems and
branches, and large, obtuse or shortly pointed, rugose leaves ; it somewhat resembles
H. Wilsoni and H. lycopodioides, especially when the leaves are more tapering and
acute; it will be found however on careful examination that the acumen is usually
more or less channelled or involute at the margins, so as to appear, especially when
dry, narrower than is really the case ; in the very few cases when the point is really
so long and narrow as to be hardly distinguishable from H. lycopodioides, the
colour is as a rule distinctive; if not the short double nerve and absence of large
decurrent auricles will at once identify it under the microscope. The cells are most
frequently uniform all along the straight, truncated line of insertion ; but not
unfrequently there are a very few large hyaline or coloured cells at the extreme angles
above this line, forming true, but very minute auricles.
The position of this species is somewhat doubtful ; its affinities with H.
lycopodioides, etc., are obvious ; yet the usually obtuse leaves, and the short double
nerve are characters of some importance when considered in connection with the
Section Harpidium, in which a single, long nerve and fine acumen is so constant and
characteristic.
In colour and habit, especially in slender forms, there is also frequently a
resemblance between the present plant and H. revolvens.HYPNUM.
487
33- Hypnum micans Wils. (Tab. LIX. J.).
Extremely slender, prostrate, 1-2 inches long, with few,
procumbent or ascending filiform branches, forming glossy flat
patches of a yellowish or reddish green. Leaves erecto-patent or
secund, pointing upwards, minute, hardly | line long, rounded-
ovate, shortly and broadly but acutely pointed, slightly concave ;
margin narrowly reflexed below, distinctly denticulate, principally
in the upper half ; nerve short and double, or none. Cells short,
linear, rather incrassate, 6-10 times as long as wide, angular
rather large, quadrate, pellucid, covering a considerable space
and reaching almost to the nerve, forming distinct triangular
bands rather than auricles. Dioicous. Fruit unknown.
Hab. On the face of wet rocks, near waterfalls. Very rare; South o
Ireland ; Borrowdale ; Inverness-shire.
This extremely rare and pretty species is doubtfully placed here, but no mort
satisfactory position can be assigned to it until the fruit is discovered ; in its rounded
apiculate, serrulate, two-nerved leaves it is quite distinct from any of our mosses. Ii
forms delicate patches somewhat resembling H. cup) essiforme var. filifor?/ie, but of j
more golden colour, and quite different on closer inspection. Mitten considers i
allied to H. molluscitm.
It has been found in several localities in the South-west of Ireland, and once ir
Borrowdale, and this year (1896) at the time of writing, in Moidart, Inverness-shire
by Mr. S. M. Macvicar, but nowhere else in Britain nor in any other country.
E. CALLIERGON.
Plants usually tall and erect, often slender, usually slightl)
branched. Leaves rarely secund, usually large, broad, obtuse o;
apiculate merely, glossy. Usually growing in bogs or on th(
ground, rarely on rocks.
/Ls. single-nerved half-way or more ...................................:
\Ls. nerveless or shortly 2-nerved ....................................1
\ Ls. scarcely imbricate ; stem more or less branched .................
/Ls. roundish, very obtuse, brownish ; auricles indistinct.33. trifariur,
^\Ls. oblong, yellowish ; auricles distinct..................34. strcunineun
{Ls. more or less oblong, usually apiculate, older ls. red.38. sarmentosuv
Stem leaves wide, cordate-ovate, obtuse, usually green................
/Branches few ; auricles not distinctly marked.............36. cordifoliur
^/Branches numerous ; auricles distinct and swollen .........3J. giganteur
(Stem green (except when young); branches cuspidate ; ls. with hyaline auricles
6-j	3Q. cuspidatu7.
[Stem red ; ls. with yellowish auricles ....................40. Schrebe?
34. Hypnum stramineum Dicks. (Amblystegium stra
mineum De Not.). (Tab. LIX. K.).
Slender; stems erect or ascending, not denuded at base no
radiculose, simple or slightly divided; divisions straight o488
HYPNACEyE.
flexuose, very slender, simple or with very few branches, terete,
soft and weak ; pale green or yellowish, 3-8 inches high. Leaves
rather close, more or less erect and imbricated, concave,
decurrent, f-i line long, ovate-oblong or oblong, widest near the
base, obtuse, rounded and sub-cucullate at summit, not
unfrequently producing tufts of brown radicles at apex, entire,
lightly plicate ; nerve single, slender, reaching to near the apex ;
cells widely linear or linear-rhomboid, thin-walled, 8-15 times as
long as wide, a small patch in the middle of the apex short,
rounded-quadrate; wider at base, at angles suddenly much
enlarged, thin-walled, hyaline, forming very distinct, hyaline,
decurrent auricles. Seta very long, slender. Capsule oblong-
cylindric, curved, oblique, tapering at base ; annulus none.
Dioicous.
Hab. Mountain bogs, and marshes, rare. Fr. very rare, summer.
Known by its slender, almost unbranched, terete stems, often intermingled with
other mosses in bogs, and looking somewhat like weak, slender forms of H.
cuspidatum, but not cuspidate and acute at the tips as in that species, and quite
distinct in the single-nerved leaves. H. trifariwn is quite distinct m its rigid, brittle,
more turgid stems with much wider leaves ; H. sarmentosum in the very different
colour, the more branched stems, frequently apiculate leaves, etc. ; H. cordifolium in
the much wider leaves with large cells.
35.	Hypnum trifarium W. & M. (Amblystegium trifarium
De Not.) (Tab. LIX. I.).
More robust than the last; stems rigid and very brittle, more
turgid and julaceous, of a duller, darker, brown colour. Leaves
closely and very regularly, somewhat spirally imbricated, in 3 or
more rows, very concave, widely ovate or sub-orbicular, widest
about the middle, very obtuse, nerved to or beyond the middle,
not plicate, entire ; cells linear-vermicular, somewhat incrassate,
obtuse, 10-15 times as long as wide, not distinctly shorter at apex ;
all basal large, lax, hyaline, hardly distinct at angles. Dioicous.
Hab. Deep mountain bogs and pools; very rare ; Scotch Highlands. Fr.
extremely rare, not found in Britain.
A very distinct species ; in the leaves somewhat resembling H. dilatatum, but
quite distinct in the habit, colour, and brittle texture, as well as in the single nerve.
The leaves are much wider than in the last species, and indeed the resemblance
between the two plants is not great. The leaves are so concave that they almost
always split from the apex downwards on being flattened.
36. Hypnum cordifolium Hedw. (Amblystegium cordi-
folium De Not.) (Tab. LIX. L.).
Tall, 4-8 inches, slender; stems more or less erect orHYPNUM.
489
procumbent, with erect divisions which are long, almost simple or
distantly and very irregularly pinnate, cuspidate at the tips ;
forming deep, soft tufts of a bright or yellowish green. Leaves
distant, erecto-patent or spreading, soft in texture and somewhat
shrinking when dry; large, i-if lines long, wide, cordate-oval or
ovate-oblong, rounded and contracted to a longly decurrent inser-
tion, slightly concave, rounded-obtuse and often cucullate at
summit, entire, not plicate ; nerve single, reaching nearly to apex,
slender, but distinct; cells large, 130-160 p long, 8-10 /x wide,
linear-sub-hexagonal, pointed, thin-walled, a few at apex short and
wide; gradually wider towards base, all basal large, wide, more
or less pellucid, hexagonal or rectangular, forming wide, decurrent
bands reaching to the nerve, not well-defined auricles. Seta 2-3
inches long, flexuose. Capsule rather large and turgid, oblong,
curved. Autoicous.
Hab. Marshes and pools, not common. Fr. rare, summer.
Somewhat variable in size and robustness, its slender forms coming near in
appearance to forms of H cuspidatum and of H. riparium, but quite distinct from
the latter in the obtuse leaves, from the former in the more distant, single-nerved
leaves. H. giganteum differs in the numerous, crowded branches, the colour usually
deeper and more lurid, and the narrower areolation, with the auricles very distinct.
A continental and N. American species, H. Rickardsoni Mitt. (H Breidleri
Juratz.) is somewhat intermediate between these two species, but certainly, judging
from the specimens I have seen, nearer to H’. giganteum, having the auricles distinctly
defined, the habit more robust and the colour deeper, though the branching is some-
what more that of H. cordifolium and the inflorescence autoicous.
37. Hypnum giganteum Schp. (Amblystegium giganteum
De Not.) (Tab. LIX. M.).
Allied to H. cordifolium; more robust, with very close,
numerous, pinnate, not complanate branches, which are irregular
in length, obtuse or cuspidate, usually with very narrow leaves ;
in dense tufts of a dark, lurid green, often tinged with yellow or
red. Stem-leaves large, more rigid and glossy when dry, resembl-
ing those of H. cordifolium but rather larger, more densely
crowded; cells smaller, narrower, linear-flexuose, less enlarged
towards base; at extreme base suddenly enlarged, hyaline,
inflated, forming large, well-defined, decurrent auricles extend-
ing almost to the nerve. Dioicous.
Hab. In similar situations with the last; not common. Fr. very rare, summer.
The very dense, pinnate branching gives the plants a very robust and bushy
appearance, quite distinct from that usual in H. cordifolium; somew hat slender and
less branched forms occur, however, and then the well-defined auricles and narrower
upper cells are the best identifying points. The difference of areolation does not490
HYPNACEiE.
consist so much in the upper cells being much wider in H cordifolium, for although
larger generally they are not much wider in proportion to their length, though with
thinner, less firm walls, and less vermicular ; but in that species the areolation becomes
very wide and lax throughout the whole width of the leaf at some distance above the
base, passing very gradually into the large, hyaline, decurrent tissue, while in this the
cells, though wider and shorter towards base are much less markedly so, and pass
abruptly into the inflated, hyaline auricles.
In one form of the present plant the stem-leaves, especially the upper ones, are
elongated and narrowly tapering, with the margins at point much enrolled when dry
so that they have a very tapering, pointed appearance.
38. Hypnum sarmentosum Wahl. (Amblystegium sarmen-
tosum De Not.) (Tab. LX. A.).
Resembling H. cuspidatum in habit, but more slender, less
rigid, more distantly and irregularly, not pinnately branched,
and of a totally different colour, deep purplish crimson, sometimes
variegated with green and orange ; the branches frequently but
not at all regularly cuspidate with convolute leaves ; the leaves
less rigid, irregularly and loosely imbricated, often slightly
secund, when dry somewhat flexuose, narrower, elliptic-lanceolate
or narrowly oblong, narrowed at base, rounded and cucullate at
apex, obtuse, or shortly apiculate, entire, nerved nearly to apex ;
cells narrow-linear, 10-15 times as long as wide, the walls
incrassate and porose, almost uniform to base ; at insertion wider,
shorter, sub-rectangular, very incrassate; at angles suddenly
larger, the inner incrassate, orange-brown, the outer still larger,
thin-walled, hyaline or coloured; forming well-defined, rather
large, hyaline or orange, decurrent auricles. Capsule rather
small. Dioic.ous.
Hab. Mountain bogs and streams, not common. Fr. very rare, summer.
Recognised at once by its colour and general habit, and not very variable. I
have seen no description of the var. siib-flavum Ferg., but the specimens I have of
that variety appear to be characterised only by the pale, orange colour and the leaves
somewhat more widely spreading and flexuose when dry.
39. Hypnum cuspidatum L. (Amblystegium cuspidatum
De Not.) (Tab. LX. B.).
Tall, moderately robust; stems rigid, reddish brown, erect or
ascending, ?nore or less regularly, but hardly complanately
pinnate, forming loose tufts of a bright or yellowish, glossy green.
Stems and branches at the tips terete and cuspidate with the
convolute apical leaves ; stem-leaves sheathing, with or without
the points spreading, or erecto-patent from the base, crowded,
scariose, 1-1J lines long, widely elliptic-oblong, broadest at theHYPNUM.
491
base, narrowing upwards to a broad, rounded, obtuse, concave-
cucullate apex ; branch-leaves narrower, more divergent or
spreading, oblong-lanceolate, somewhat pointed ; all entire,
nerveless or with two very short, faint nerves; areolation very
dense and narrow, the cells linear-vermicular, very narrow, 15-20
times as long as broad, almost uniform throughout the leaf ; at
basal angles suddenly expanded, very large, hexagonal, thin-
walled, hyaline or orange, inflated, forming very clearly defined,
large, decurrent auricles. Seta very long, i£-2$ inches; capsule
large, sub-cylindric, strongly arcuate. Dioicous.
Var. fi. pungens Schp. More slender, softer, elongated.
Branches strongly arcuate, terete, with the leaves all erect and
convolute.
Var. y. ceespitosum Whitehead MS. n. var. Short, densely
tufted; leaves all narrow, somewhat tapering and pointed,
erecto-patent, not convolute at tips of stems.
Hab. Wet meadows, marshes, etc., very common. The var. /3 rare. The var.
7, Monk’s Dale, Derby (Barker, 1888). Fr. summer.
A very common and easily known species, almost always marked by its cuspidate
stems and branches, or in any case by the leaves, which resemble those of none of our
other species in structure but H. Schreberi and Cylindrothecium concinnum, both of
which differ in habit, especially the former ; both, too, having very different, not or
less decurrent angular cells.
H. cuspidatum is often submerged, and then frequently becomes elegantly
plumose, with regularly pinnate branches and narrow, strongly divergent leaves.
The var. ccespitosum described above seems sufficiently marked, even in so-
variable a plant, to deserve a varietal name. The dense habit and the leaves,
uniformly erecto-patent, neither squarrose below nor convolute above, all narrow and
pointed, give the plant a very distinct habit.
40. Hypnum Schreberi Willd. (Hylocomium parietinum
Lindb.) (Tab. LX. C.).
Stems erect, rigid, bright red, simple or divided, with rather
close, irregularly pinnate branches, frequently crowded near the top
of the stem, which is thus somewhat dendroid ; in large deep tufts
of a very glossy pale or yellowish green. Branches more or less
curved; terete, julaceous or obtuse, or more commonly slender
and attenuated. Leaves close, imbricated, more or less erect and
sheathing, very glossy, lightly plicate, especially when dry,
scariose; about i line long, widely oval-oblong or elliptic, very
concave, rounded and obtuse at apex with the margins incurved;
contracted and narrower, but angular and not rounded at
insertion ; entire or with a few minute crenulations at tip ;
branch-leaves much narrower, oblong, more pointed. Nerve492
HYPNACE^;.
double, very short and faint; cells linear, 10-15 times as long as
wide, the walls firm, somewhat incrassate and porose ; at apex
short, wide; at base somewhat wider, incrassate, at angles
abruptly sub-quadrate, moderately enlarged, hyaline or more
usually orange, slightly granulose, forming a rather clearly
defined triangular patch at each angle, but not distinctly
projecting below the line of insertion nor strongly decurrent.
Seta deep red; capsule sub-cylindric, arcuate, not large; annulus
none. Dioicous.
Hab. Woods and heathlands, common. Fruit very rare, autumn.
H. Schreberi may generally be known from its allies, especially too from
Cyliiidrothecium concinnum, which it closely resembles, by the bright red stems which are
seen conspicuously through the semi-transparent leaves. In leaf-form and structure it
is only like the last species, which frequents moister localities, has a much less woody
stem, more distinctly cuspidate tips to the branches, and much more striking auricles,
projecting below the base of the leaf and distinctly decurrent. In H. Schreberi the
auricular cells are practically confined to the angular space at the corner of the leaf,
which they fill up as a triangular patch, and while clearly defined are not nearly so
large, nor so conspicuous and hyaline.
It is a curious fact that H. Schreberi, while with us extremely rare in fruit, is
always described in continental works on bryology as commonly fruiting. When
fertile, the capsules are usually produced in considerable abundance.
H. Schreberi has some resemblance to Brachythecium pumm, which is however
a softer, more prostrate plant, with large, single-nerved, apiculate leaves. It has
somewhat the appearance of a Hylocomium, and is by Lindberg placed in that genus.
116. HYLOCOMIUM B. & S.
Plants usually of free and robust growth, irregularly branched
or more frequently more or less regularly pinnate or bi-tripinnate ;
the stems mostly stout and robust, hardly radiculose, often with
dense paraphyllia. Leaves usually large, somewhat scariose,
generally plicate or rugose when dry,frequently with scattered
papillae at back, from the ends of the cell walls. Nerve single
and often forked, or double, rarely none ; never extending high in
the acumen ; areolation narrow-linear, rarely enlarged at angles.
Dioicous. Seta smooth. Capsule rather large and short,
inclined and curved ; lid conical, acuminate or shortly rostrate.
Peristome perfect.
Separated from Hypnum by a somewhat natural concourse of
characters, mostly affecting the habit and appearance of the
plants, and less easy to describe in terms than to recognise at
sight. Most of the British species are among our commonest and
most striking pleurocarpous mosses, and the student soon
becomes familiarised with them and is able to distinguishHYLOCOMIUM.
493
them from Hypnum, and from one another, almost at a glance.
The papillae when present are developed from the end walls of
the cells, not from their faces as in the Leskeaceae.
fStem thickly covered with branched green paraphyllia................................
\Stem without paraphyllia..........................................................5
fStem closely bi-tripinnate ; Is. imbricate, glossy.................../. splendens
\Stem irregularly or distantly pinnate.............................................3
/Stem-leaves oblong-ovate, imbricate, usually one-nerved ...........j. pytenaicum
•^/Stem-leaves triangular, scarcely imbricate, two-nerved ............................4
/Stem-ls. decurrent at base, coarsely serrate ; lid conic.............2. umbratum
4 \ Stem-Is. with rounded base, more finely serrate ; lid beaked ......4. brevirostre
-/Ls. transversely rugose ...............................................8. rugosuin
^ /Stem-ls. deltoid-ovate, very spreading, plicate ....................7. triquetrum
\Stem-ls. ovate, recurved, scarcely plicate above..................................7
/Ls. squarrose-recurved in all directions...........................6. squarrosuw
' \ Upper ls. more or less secund, plicate at base .......................j. loreum
1. Hylocomium splendens B. & S. (Hypnum splendens
Hedw.; Hylocomium proliferum Lindb. (Tab. LX. E.).
Stems long, more or less procumbent and trailing, bright
reddish, at least in the younger parts, rigid, robust, clothed with
green, subulate, branched paraphyllia ; 4-8 inches long or more,
forming large loose mats of a glossy, yellowish brown or olive
green colour; stems more or less frequently divided, with very
regular bipinnate, complanate, close branching, occasionally
tripinnate, very rarely pinnate only; branches and branchlets
slender, attenuated, often a little curved at points. Stem-leaves
often crowded, nearly erect when dry, widely ovate or ovate-
oblong from a broad insertion, more or less abruptly acuminate,
the point short, straight and obtuse, or variously elongated,
flexuose, transversely undulate, and slender ; plicate at base,
decurrent, concave, somewhat incurved at margin and channelled
at point, f-ij lines long, with more or less numerous, scattered,
acute, spinulose papillae at back, especially above; margin slightly
recurved at base, more or less strongly denticulate above, with
fine, often spreading teeth ; nerve double, reaching to one-fourth
or one-third the length of the leaf; cells linear, flexuose, 8-10
times as long as wide, almost uniform to base; the basal orange,
a little larger and incrassate, but not wide, nor distinct at angles.
Branch-leaves much smaller, more or less imbricated, concave,
elliptical-oblong, not plicate, obtusely pointed or slightly acute.
Perichaetial bracts long, the inner erect, sheathing. Seta about
1 inch long. Capsule orange-brown, ovate-oblong ; lid rostrate.
Hab. Heaths, mountain woods, etc., common. Fruiting less commonly, in
spring.494
HYPNACE^.
The regularly and closely bi-tripinnate branching is the most obvious character of
this species, which otherwise has some similarity to Hypnum Schreberi, but is quite
different in structural points. The mode of growth is somewhat unusual; at various
points of the stem, and sometimes at its apex, arise strong, bright green erect shoots,
usually curved at the tip, with crowded, julaceous leaves and close, short, simple
branches atthe summit, being usually unbranched below; these shoots gradually develope
into the slender, bipinnate fronds, duller in colour, and gradually becoming more
prostrate, characteristic of the older part of the plant; when these innovations arise
laterally, the stem becomes divided, when on the other hand they form a prolongation
of the stem, the latter becomes interruptedly bipinnate. These more or less erect,
bright green shoots, are often very characteristic and distinct. Slender forms some-
times occur among other mosses with more erect, simply pinnate stems, and these
become more difficult to distinguish in the field from Hypnum. Schreberi and from
Hylocomium umbratum. The acuminate stem-leaves and the numerous paraphyllia,
^quite visible with the lens, will distinguish it from the first; while in Hyl. umbratum
the branching is more irregularly pinnate, hardly ever at all distinctly complanate, the
stem-leaves shorter and wider and more distinctly striate, and all the leaves more
triangular, more crisped when dry and less scariose, the colour usually of a brighter
igreen, not yellowish brown nor olive.
The distant, spinulose papillae on the back of the leaves are often very few, but
frequently very numerous and distinct; on the branch-leaves they are usually reduced
to indistinct notches.
2. Hylocomium umbratum B. & S. (Hypnum umbratum
Ehrh.) (Tab. LX. H.).
Slender, rigid, more erect than H. splendens, more irregularly
and less complanately branched, pinnate or bipinnate ; branches
unequal, slender, more or less attenuated, frequently drooping,
sometimes somewhat interruptedly crowded ; stems reddish,
clothed with numerous paraphyllia ; forming loose, deep tufts,
3-8 inches high, of a bright or yellowish green, not very glossy.
Stem-leaves not densely crowded, sometimes distant, rather
spreading, about 1 line long, widely, almost equilaterally
triangular, more or less longly acuminate, or only very acutely
pointed, decurrent, strongly plicate, somewhat undulate at margin
with very strong, unequal, often spreading and recurved teeth all
round; nerve double, reaching about half-way ; cells as in H.
splendens, or a little larger and longer, not distinct at angles;
•without papillae at the back of the leaf. Branch-leaves smaller,
triangular-ovate or widely ovate. Perichsetial bracts squarrose
at the points. Capsule rather short, ovate ; lid shortly apiculate.
Dioicous.
Hab. Mountain woods on rocks and earth. Very rare. North of England.
Scotland. Fr. very rare, spring.
The very numerous paraphyllia combined with the slender habit distinguish
this species from all but H. splendens; the branching is never distinctly complanate,
nor so regularly bipinnate as in that; and the leaves are always more distinctly plicate,
somewhat undulate and more altered when dry, and more triangular, even the branch-
leaves. Eurhynchium prcelongum var. Stokesii sometimes resembles it in habit, but
the squarrose stem-leaves and narrow branch-leaves alone will distinguish that plant
without recourse to the microscope.HYLOCOMIUM.
495
3.	Hylocomium pyrenaicum Lindb. (Hypnum pyrenaicum
Spruce ; Hyl. Oakesii Sull., Scbp. Syn. et mult, auct.)
(Tab. LX. F.).
Stems prostrate, with ascending, somewhat pinnately
arranged, almost simple, straight or curved branches, rather
tumid, obtuse or pointed. Tufts low, straggling, dark olive
green or yellowish, glossy ; paler at the tips of the branches.
Stems reddish brown, densely crowded with paraphyllia. Leaves
distant or crowded, large, erect or spreading, concave, rounded-
ovate, or widely ovate-oblongs abruptly contracted to a usually
short, wide, acute, somewhat twisted acumen ; narrowed at base,
strongly plicate, margin revolute, strongly toothed, nerve single,
reaching about half way, rarely forked or double ; areolation as
in the last two species, a little shorter and wider at apex and
base; not papillose at back. Fruit very rare, not found in
Britain.
Hab. Mountain rocks at high elevations, very rare ; Ben Lawers and one or
two other Scotch mountains.
Very distinct from the allied species, in the habit, the large, rounded,
sometimes hardly pointed and usually at most shortly acuminate leaves, rendering the
branches robust and tumid in appearance. Stunted forms of Antitricliia curtipendula
sometimes approach it in habit, but the stem without paraphyllia, the more gradually
tapering leaves, etc., will distinguish that species on careful examination, even in the
field. Hyl. brevirostre is also somewhat like it, but the leaves are more triangular in
outline, more longly acuminate, and the plant much more rigid. American
specimens of this plant which I possess are much more slender, with narrow,
attenuated branches and narrower, julaceous leaves, giving the plant a very similar
appearance to that of Enrhynchium cirrosiun.
The name pyrenaicum, being published by Spruce with No. 4 Musci Pyrenaici,
in 1847, must take precedence of Sullivant’s name, published in 1848.
4.	Hylocomium brevirostre B. & S. (Hypnum brevirostre
Ehrh.) (Tab. LX. G.).
Robust, rigid, in large tufts or masses of a rather dull but
glossy green, often yellowish. Stems much divided, 3-6 inches
long, erect or procumbent and arched, with irregularly pinnate,
long or short, often curved, and attenuated branches, rooting
occasionally at the tips, not complanate, usually crowded, giving
a bushy habit to the plant. Stems reddish, with smaller and less
conspicuous paraphyllia than in the last. Stem-leaves crowded,
erecto-patent, not or hardly secund, usually squarrose, large,
about I line long, widely cordate-triangular or cordate-ovate,
suddenly narrowed at the summit to a moderately long, somewhat
channelled, tapering acumen, at base semi-amplexicaul, with very
large, rounded, sometimes decurrent auricles; plicate, especially496
HYPNACE^E.
when dry ; more finely and regularly denticulate than in the last ;
nerve double, reaching nearly to one-third of the leaf or less,
rarely higher. Median cells as in the previous species, towards
base a little laxer, with the walls strongly porose and sinuose.
Branch-leaves narrower, less squarrose, strongly striated when
dry. Capsule widely ovate-oblong, turgid, lightly striate when
dry, lid acuminate, not rostrate.
Hab. Subalpine and mountain woods, common ; rare in the lowlands. Fr,
spring, rare.
More robust than the preceding species of the genus, and somewhat intermediate
in habit between them and the following ones, from all of which it is distinguished by
the presence of paraphyllia, which, though rather inconspicuous are usually numerous.
In its habit and striate leaves it resembles Eurhynchiuni striatum, but the leaves are
more finely, and, the stem-leaves especially, more abruptly acuminate. The same
characters will distinguish it, even more strongly, from robust forms of Brachytheciutn
rutabulum.
5. Hylocomium loreum B. & S. (Hypnum loreum L.)
(Tab. LX. I.).
Robust, stems 4-10 inches long, flexuose, procumbent, slightly
divided, more or less regularly, often interruptedly pinnate,
without paraphyllia; the branches equally robust, arcuate,
attenuated, less commonly straight, often rooting at the tips,
more or less complanate, but not conspicuously so. Tufts large,
soft, pale, often greyish green or yellowish, glossy. Leaves
densely imbricated, usually more or less falcato-secund and
homomallous, rigid, large, 1^—2 lines long, from an ovate or
broadly oblong base gradually tapering to a long, fine, linear-
lanceolate, channelled, strongly recurved acumen, strongly and
regularly plicate, finely and indistinctly denticulate all round,
almost nerveless or with two very short, faint striae or nerves;
areolation almost as in H. brevirostre, smooth at back. Branch-
leaves almost similar, rather narrower. Perichaetial bracts long,
sheathing, with slender, squarrose points. Seta i-i§ inches long,
stout. Capsule short and thick, ovate-oblong, lightly striate
when dry and empty ; lid more or less longly acuminate.
IIab. On the ground and rocks in woods, principally subalpine ; frequent. Fr.
spring, not uncommon.
A very distinct species, somewhat intermediate in appearance between H.
triquetrum and H. squarrosum, with the leaves arcuate rather than squarrose and by
this alone easily distinguished ; it is also much more robust than the latter, with
strongly plicate, more rigid leaves, although the stems are moderately soft and
flexuose. In the absence of paraphyllia and the gradually tapering leaves, almost
equal on stem and branches, it is quite distinct from the preceding species. Like H.
splendens it fruits freely and not uncommonly in damp subalpine woods.HYLOCOMIUM.
497
6. Hylocomium squarrosum B. & S. (Hypnum squarrosum L.)
(Tab. LX. J.).
Stems more or less erect, without paraphyllia, usually
prostrate at base and then ascending or erect, tall, 4-6 inches,
more slender andflexuose than in H. loreum and H. triquetrum,
forming dense pale green or yellowish green soft tufts, whitish
below, glossy. Leaves more or less crowded, i£ lines long, from
an erect, sheathing, cordate-ovate base suddenly recurved-'
squarrose, in a long, gradually tapering, linear-lanceolate,
channelled acumen, imbricated all round the stem, not secund;
at apex of stems stellately spreading so as to render the stems
very obtuse; not plicate, or very lightly so at base only ; finely
denticulate, especially above; nerve short and faint, double,
hardly reaching half way; cells rather larger than in the
preceding species of the genus, 8-10 times as long as wide,
smooth at back; angular wider, short, rectangular-hexagonal,
opaque or pellucid, often orange, very numerous, forming large,
distinct but not well-defined auricular patches extending con-
siderably towards the nerve. Branch-leaves smaller, narrower,
less squarrose. Seta slender, i-if inches long, capsule short,
turgidly oval, gibbous at back ; lid acutely conical.
Var,/3. calvescens Hobkirk (Hypnum calvescens Wils.; Hyl.
calvescens Lindb.; Hyl.squarrosum var. subpinnatum Schp., Syn.).
Stem-leaves usually wider at the base, cordate-triangular rather
than cordate-ovate ; generally but not always somewhat distinctly
plicate below' when dry, more sho?'tly acuminate, more strongly
denticulate above, the auricles more clearly defined and pellucid ;
stems more closely pinnate, with robust or more slender,
attenuated, flexuose branches; branch-leaves very distinct from
the stem-leaves, widely ovate, very shortly acuminate or only
acute, not squarrose, half twisted when dry.
Hab. Grassy banks, hedgerows, etc., abundant. Fruit rare, winter and spring.
A very common species, known at once by its pale colour, tall, somewhat soft and
slender stems, and strongly recurved-squarrose leaves ; the acumen of which spreads
in different ways, sometimes about horizontally but often so strongly reflexed as to be
parallel with the stem and to touch the leaf immediately below it. The more strongly
reflexed rather than recurved leaves, not falcato-secund, not or hardly striate, and the
much more slender and softer habit of the plant abundantly separate it from H. loreu?n ;
while H. triquetrzim is still more distinct in its straight, not reflexed nor recurved
leaves, scabrous at back, and by its much more robust, stiff habit.
An almost prostrate form is not unfrequently found by roadsides and on the beds
of dried up pools.
The var. calvescens is a very curious and distinct form, when typical; it bears a
great resemblance in its strongly marked forms to Hyl. brevirostre, but the smooth
stems without paraphyllia at once separate it. It appears to me clear that it can only
GrI498
HYPNACE^E.
be held a variety of the present plant, for in specimens sent me by Mr. Whitehead
from Dolgelly, the stem-leaves have exactly the squarrose-recurved direction of H.
squarrosum, though wider at base, and more shortly acuminate; the characters
attributed by Lindberg to the fruit, moreover, viz., a short striated capsule, and short
seta, are equally applicable to forms of H. squarrosum. The leaves vary in form and
direction on the same stem, and it is altogether a somewhat ill-defined, but neverthe-
less very remarkable variety. It is more rigid and robust than the type, with a habit
somewhat approaching that of slender forms of the following species.
7- Hylocomium triquetrum B. & S. (Hypnum triquetrum L.)
(Tab. LX. K.).
Very robust, rigid, 4-8 inches high, deep bright green or
yellowish, in large mats. Stems more or less ascending at base
or altogether erect, very stout and rigid, simple or slightly
divided, branched unequally and irregularly, or with pinnate but
not complanate branches which are close and give the plant a
bushy appearance. Leaves very large, 2 or nearly 3 lines long,
rigidly divergent or horizontally spreading from the base both
wet and dry, rarely secund, straight, very stiff and scariose,
glossy, widely deltoid-triangular, at base widely rounded-
auriculate from a rather narrow decurrent insertion, then
gradually tapering upwards to a wider or narrower acute point,
hardly acuminate, plicate, especially when dry, closely denticulate
all round, with two parallel slender nerves reaching about f the
length of the leaf; upper areolation resembling that of H.
squarrosum, at basal angles wide, pellucid, hexagonal-oblong,
but not so distinct as in the last species nor forming such marked
auricles ; back of the leaf in the upper half scabrous with rather
close, stout, spinulose papillae. Seta i-i| inches long; capsule
rather large, turgidly oblong, gibbous at back, almost smooth or
widely striate when dry and empty ; lid acutely conical.
Hab. On the ground in woods, hedges, etc. Common. Fruit not common,
winter.
This is one of our most robust and finest species, especially when fully developed
and luxuriant; like the last species it is a more lowland plant than the preceding
species of the genus. It is abundantly distinct in its robust, rigid stems, tumid and
bristling with the squarrose, straight, not recurved, plicate, deltoid leaves. The
branches are very unequal, sometimes short, obtuse, with leaves similar to those of
the stems, at others longer, slender and attenuated, at the apex at least, with the
leaves very much smaller and narrower.
Owing to the very rigid, yet elastic texture of the plant, this moss is largely used
for packing china, and other brittle articles.
8. Hylocomium rugosum De Not. (Hypnum rugosum
Ehrh., Schp. Syn. et plur. auct.) (Tab. LX. D.).
Stems more or less procumbent or ascending, not radiculose
nor with paraphyllia, twice or thrice divided, with the divisionsHYLOCOM1UM.
499
long, flexuose, simple or with few, short, more or less regularly
pinnate branches; 2-4 inches long. Stems and branches very
tumid and robust with the large, closely imbricated, concave
leaves ; forming large, glossy, yellowish green or golden brown
tufts. Leaves if-2 lines long, widely oblong-lanceolate or ovate-
acuminate, rather rapidly tapering to a moderately long, acute,
flexuose acumen, regularly falcato-secund but not circinate nor
very strongly curved, except at the tips of the branches, which
are slightly hooked; somewhat membranaceous in texture,
longitudinally plicate and strongly transversely undulate-rugose
both when wet and when dry, narrowly revolute at margin for
the greater part of its length, more or less strongly denticulate,
at back studded with more or less numerous but not crowded,
stout, acute, spinulose papillse, pointing forward ; nerve single,
often slightly forked, very slender in the upper part, reaching
half or two-thirds the length of the leaf. Cells short, 5-8 times
as long as wide, linear, obtuse, flexuose, incrassate, almost
uniform to mid-base ; angular very numerous, small, irregularly
quadrate-rounded, sub-equal, very distinct, but opaque and
granulose, forming distinct angular bands reaching high at
margin but not wide. Dioicous.
Hab. Among grass, etc., on rocks, preferring those which are calcareous ;
principally on mountains. Not common. Fruit not found in Britain.
A very distinct and not very variable plant, somewhat resembling Hypnum
lycopodioides in habit, but of quite different structure, and found in quite distinct
habitats, with the undulations not large and irregular as in that, where they are
merely the result of drying, but small, strong, and more regularly transverse, almost
.as marked in the moist state as when dry. The spinulose papillae at back are often
very numerous and striking. Schimper places it in the sub-genus Rhytidium of
Hypnum, but it appears to be as much at home in the present genus as in Hypnum,
and in some respects, especially in the papillose leaves, more so.-A T~)T~)~F~lTsrT")_A- AlHSTID OOEEIG-E1TOA.
P. 34. Catharinea undulata var. Haussknechtii.-—The opinion
expressed in the note on the above plant has been strongly
confirmed by the examination of a plant which I gathered in 1895,.
when the note in question was already in print. The plant
referred to was growing in sandy debris in a stream below Scale
Force, Buttermere, and at first sight presented no difference from
the ordinary form of C. undulata growing in such habitats. On
examination, however, the young fruits were found to be, in
several instances, aggregate, to the number of 2-3 in a peri-
chaetium, though in most cases they were single. The antheridia
and archegonia were in the same flower in all the stems I
examined, though it was not easy to say whether the inflorescence
should be termed paroicous or synoicous ; and in several cases the
stem was just beginning to be prolonged, beyond the inflorescence,
in such a way as to render the seta lateral. Thus in all essential
respects the mode of fruiting was that of C. Haussknechtii Broth.
On the other hand the plants, though somewhat slender, were by
no means unusually so for C. undulata ; the leaves were quite as
tapering and acute as usual in that species ; the capsules, though
very young, showed every appearance of becoming curved as
strongly as in the typical form ; in short there was absolutely
nothing to separate the plant from C. undulata except the
paroicous or synoicous inflorescence. The aggregate setae, as
has been shown, occur in forms of that species; while the
prolongation of the axis is only what normally takes place in the
case of the male plant. I cannot feel the slightest doubt that in
“ C. Haussknechtii Broth.” we have a simple variety or sport
of C. undulata having antheridia and archegonia mixed together,,
instead of the normal male (and subsequently fertile) plant.
P. 113, 1. 12.—For flagellae read flagella.
P. 120, I. 27.—For opus cit. read op. cit.
P. 142, 1. 7 from bottom.—For Rhacomitrium read Grimmia..
P. 168, top.—Key to Pottia.
/Lid very minute, persistent......................................................2
\Lid larger, deciduous ...........................................................3
2/Capsule sub-globose ; calyptra rough at apex ............................/. recta
\ Capsule elliptic ; calyptra smooth....................................2. bryoides
/Peristome absent, or rudimentary.................................................4
3 ^Peristome present ............................................................11ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.
501
/Ls. serrulate at apex, nerve usually vanishing.........................3. Heimii
4\Ls. entire, nerve excurrent.......................................................5
/Lid conic; leaves ovate-lanceolate....................................8. minutula
^\Lid beaked ; leaves oblong or obovate.............................................6
^/Ls. quite smooth ; capsule short, turbinate...........................4. iruncatula
\Ls. papillose ; capsule more or less oval or elliptic............................7
/ Calyptra scabrous above..........................................................8
Calyptra smooth .................................................................9
\Capsule long-elliptic ; upper cells small ............................6. Wilsoni
f Ls. with rather long hair-points, in 8 ranks...........................3. crinita
y\Nerve excurrent in a short point.................................................10
I0/Ls. oblong, in 5 ranks ; peristome rudimentary ......................4*. intermedia
\Ls. obovate-spathulate, in 8 ranks, very green ; peristome absent...^*, viridifolia
/Nerve vanishing ; ls. broad, in a bulb-like tuft......................12. latifolia
\Nerve excurrent..................................................................12
i2/Lid conic ; calyptra scabrous above..................................g. Starkeana
/Nerve excurrent in a rather long point ; cells lax.................11. lanceolata
•^\Nerve excurrent in a short mucro ; cells small ......................10. ccespitosa
P. 180, 1. 10 from bottom.—For cavifolia read latifolia.
P 186, 1. 5 from bottom.—For arborescent read arboreal.
P 202, Leptodontium gemmascens.—Under Habitat add
Dartmoor (Holmes).
P. 21S, middle.—For T. unguiculata read B. unguiculata.
P. 230, Encalypta ciliata.—Since the printing of the note on
this species a valuable paper by Mrs. Britton has appeared in the
Bulletin of the Torrey Bot. Club, (Nov., 1895) containing Notes
on the Genus Leersia Hedw. (Encalypta Schreb.). Mrs. Britton
has examined the type specimens of E. Macounii Aust., and finds
that with a single exception (the seta is smooth, not papillose)
the description given by Lesquereux and James is quite correct ;
and she concludes from a comparison of specimens that Kindberg
must have had an altogether different plant under examination,
not the true E. Macounii; possibly indeed E. vulgaris var.
pilifera, specimens of which were distributed as E. Macounii
(Macoun, Canadian Mosses, No. 133). This being the case,
Macoun and Kindberg’s remarks in the Catalogue of Canadian
Mosses and my own criticisms upon them become irrelevant, as
regards E. Macounii Aust. at least, though possibly they may
hold good more or less with regard to the Norwegian plant
mentioned in my note, and if for E. Macounii Aust. we read E.
borealis Kindb. In any case, I think the view taken in my note
is confirmed, viz., that there is no sufficient evidence that two
distinct species have been confused under the name of E. ciliata.
P. 325, 1. 16 from bottom.—For var. glaciate read var.
glacialis.502
ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.
P. 337, 1. 16.—For B. erythrocarpoum read B. erythro-
carpum.
P. 341, L 2.—For Plagiobryum julaceum read Plagiobryum
Zierii.
P- 369, last line.—For Hyl. Oakesii read Hyl. pyrenaicum.
P. 378, 1. 8.—For Pterogonium filiforme read Pterogonium
gracile.
P. 447, 1. 19.—For. var. irrigatum read var. virescens.
REFERENCE TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES DESCRIBED
AND PUBLISHED FOR THE FIRST TIME IN THE
PRESENT WORK.
Cynodontium polycarpum Schp. var. laxirete Dixon n.var...p. 73
Brymn alpinnm Huds. var. distantifoiium Dixon n. var. ...p. 338
Fontinalis antipyretica L. sub-species dolosa Cardot ti. sub-spec.
[P- 355
Fontinalis Dixoni Cardot n. sp............................p. 356
Brachxthecium rivulare B. & S. var. tenue Dixon n. var....p. 404
Eurhynchium tenellum Milde var. scabrellum Dixon n. var. ..
[p. 421
Amblystegiujn curvicaule L.indb. var. stnctum Dixon n. var...
[p. 448
Hypnum cuspidatum L. var. csespitosum Whitehead n. var...p. 491INDEX.
[Synonyms are printed in italics. The numbers printed in
ordinary type refer to the page where the species is described;
numbers printed in italics refer to the page where a species or
variety is mentioned outside its own genus.]
Acaulon C. M , 162
mediterraneum Limpr., 164
muticum C. M., 163, 163
triquetrum C. M., 164
Afzelia pusilla Ehrh., 63
Amblyodon P. Beauv., 277
dealbatus P. Beauv., 278
Amblystegium B. & S., 440
aduncum Lindb., 463
ckrysophyllum Lindb., 455
confervoides B. & S., 442
cordifolium De Not., 488
curvicaule Lindb., 447
cuspidatum De Not., 490
dilalatum Lindb., 483
eugyrium Lindb., 484
elodes Lindb., 453
exannulatum De Not., 462
falcatum Lindb., 467
filicinum De Not., 445, 384^ 4.17,
457,466
filicinum var. trichodes (Brid.) 446
jluitans De Not., 461
fluviatile B. & S., 445
giganteum De Not., 489
glaucum Lindb., 466
,, var. sulcatum Lindb., 468
intermedhmi Lindb., 465
irriguum B. & S., 444
,, var. spinifolium Schp.,
444, 447
Kneiffii B. & S., 458
Kochii B. & S., 449, 433
lycopodioides De Not., 460
molle Lindb., 482
ochraceum Lindb., 485
palustre Lindb., 481
polygamurn B. & S., 453
radicale B. & S., 443
revolvens Lindb., 464
ripariuin B. & S., 452
satmefitosum De Not., 490
scorpioides Lindb., 486
Seridtneri Lindb., 459
serpens B. & S., 442, 374, 406,
420, 436
Sprucei B. & S., 441, 379
stellatuvi Lindb., 454
slramineum De Not., 487
trifarium De Not., 488
varium Lindb., 443
vernicosum Lindb., 464
Wilsoni Lindb., 460
Amphoridiwn Schp., 234, 236
lapponicum Schp., 235
Mougeotii Schp., 235
Andre^ace^e, 23
Andreaea Ehrh., 24
alpestris Schp., 25
alpina Sm., 25
crassinervia Bruch, 27
falcaia Schp., 27
Plartmani Thed., 26
Huntii Limpr., 27
nivalis Hook, 29
obovata Thed., 23
petrophila Ehrh., 24
,,	var. flaccida Schp., 23
,,	var. homomalla Thed.,
25.
petrophila var. sylvicola Schp.,
25
Rothii Web. & Mohr, 26
,,	var. frigida Lindb., 27
rupestris Schp., 26
sparsifolia Zett., 25
Anisothecium Mitt., 79
ctispum Lindb., 84
Grevillei Lindb., 84
rubrum Lindb., 83
rufcscens Lindb., 82
squarrosum Lindb., 85
Anodus Do?iia?ius B. & S., 62
Anceetangium Schwgr., 233
caspiticiurn Schwgr., 86
compactum Schwgr., 233, /j6,
2i2, 233
Hornschuchianum Funck, 219, 233504
index.
lapponicum Hedw., 235
Mougeotii Lindb., 235
pellucidum Wils., 233
Anomobryum Solms, 317
juliforme Solms, 317
Anomodon Hook. & Tayl., 374
attenuates Hiibn., 375.
longifolius Hartm., 375,374
viticulosus Hook. & Tayl., 375
Antitrichia Brid., 369
curtipendula Brid., 369, 400, 495
Arehidium Brid., 53
alternifolium Schp., 53,55,56
phascoides Brid., 53
Astomum Mittenii B. & S., 206
Atrichum P. Beauv., 33
angnstatum B. & S., 35
crispum Sulk, 36
Haussknechtii Jur. & Milde, 34
undulatiun P. Beauv., 34
,, var. attenuattim B. &
S-, 35
Aulacomnium Schwgr., 280
androgynum Schwgr., 282
palustre Schwgr., 281, 103
,, var. polycephalum Hiibn.,
282
turgidum Schwgr., 280
Barbula Hedw., 90
aciphylla B. & S., 188
acuta Brid., 198
abides Fiirnr., 180
ambigua B. & S., 179
atrovirens Schp., 180
brevifolia Lindb., 192
brevirostris B. & S., 178
canescens Bruch, 183
cavifolia Schp., 178
cirrifolia Schp., 219
commutata Juratz., 200
convoluta Hedw., 200
cuneifolia Brid., 181
curviroslris Lindb., 212
cuspidala Schultz, 201
cylindrica Schp., 196
,, var. vinealis Braithw.,
197
fallax Hedw., 193
fragilis B. & S., 222, 220
gracilis Schwgr., 198
Hornschuchiana Schultz, 199
icmadophila Schwgr., 198
inclinata Schwgr., 219
intermedia Milde, 187
Icevipila B. & S., 186
latifolia B. & S., 185
lurida Lindb., 191, 68
marginata B. & S., 182
mucronata Brid., 224
Miilleri B. & S., 188
muralis Timm, 183
,, var. rupestris Schultz, 183
pagorum Milde, 186
papillosaC. M., 189
recurvifolia Schp., 194
rejlexa Brid., 194
revoluta Brid., 199
rigida Schultz, 179
rigidula Mitt., 195
rubella Mitt., 191
ruralis Hedw., 187
ruraliformis Besch., 188
sinuosa Braithw., 197
spadicea Mitt., 195
squarrosa Brid., 223
subulata P. Beauv., 184
,, var. a?igustata Schp., 185
tophacea Mitt., 192
,, var. acutifolia (Schp.),
^93
tortuosa Web. & Mohr, 221
unguiculata Pledw., 200, 77, 213
Vahliana Schultz, 182
vinealis Brid., 197
Woodii Schp., IQI
Bartramiace^e, 284
Bartramia Hedw., 287
crispa Sw., 289
Halleriana Hedw., 290
ithyphylla Brid., 288
norvegica Lindb., 290
CEderi Sw., 287
pomiformis Iiedw., 289
pumila Turn., 294
stricta Brid., 288
Bartramidula Wilsoni B. & S., 291
Blindia B. & S., 85
acuta B. & S-, 86, 81, 102.
csespiticia Lindb., 86
trichodes Lindb., 87
Brachydontium Bruch, 66
ti'ichodes Fiirnr., 66
Braehyodus Fiirnr., 66
trichodes Fiirnr., 66, 160
Braehytheeium B. & S., 397
albicans B. & S., 400
caespitosum Dixon, 408, 394, 413»
428
campestre B. & S., 402
cirrosum Schp., 413
glaciale B. & S., 405
,, var. subsecundum Husn.,
405INDEX.
505
glareosum B. & S., 400, 396, 397
illecebrum De Not., 409, 438
lsetum B. & S., 409
Novte-Anglite Sull., 448
plicatum B. & S., 399, 397
plumosum B. & S., 407, 483
,, var. homomallum B. & S.,
408
populeum B. & S., 407, 393, 413
purum Dixon, 410, 492
reflexum B. & S., 405
rivulare B. & S., 403
rutabulum B. & S., 402, 425, 496
,,	var.	longisetum	B. & S.,
403
,,	var.	robustum	Schp.,
403
salebrosum B. & S., 401, 414
Starkei B. & S., 404
velutinum B. & S., 406, 429
,,	var.	intricatum	Hedw.,
407
„	var.	prselongum	B. & S.,
407
Breutelia Schp., 297
arcuata Schp., 297
chrysocoma Lindb., 297
Bruchia Schwgr., 78
Bryum Dill., 313
aciculare L., 150
acutum Huds., 86
affine Lindb., 330
albicans Wahl., 310
alpinum Huds., 337
,, var. meridionale Schp.,
338
apocarpum L., 131
argenteum L., 340, 313
atropurpureum Web. & Mohr,
336
badium Bruch, 331
barbatum Wils., 335
Barnesii Wood, 336
bicolor Dicks., 336
bimum Schreb., 328
Brownianum Dicks., 31
ccesinm Vi 11., 67
caespiticium L., 331
,, var. Kunzei Braithw.,
331
calcareum Dicks., 65
calcareuni Lindb., 322
callistomum Dicks., 83
calophyllum R. Br., 319
canariense Schp., 332
capillare L., 333
,, var. elegans (Nees), 334
,, var. obconicum Hiibn.,
334
carnenm L., 310
catenulatum Schp., 309
cernuum B. & S., 318
cernuum Lindb., 323
ciliatuin Dicks., 160
cinclidioides Blytt, 349
cirratum Hornsch., 330
concinnatum Spr., 318
conoideum Dicks., 237
crispum Gmel., 241
cuciillatum Schwgr., 306
cuneifolium Dicks., 181
cuspidatum Schp., 330
cyclophyllum B. & S., 325
Daviesii Dicks., 158
dealbatum Dicks., 278
Donianum Grev., 334
Duvalii Voit, 325
elegans Nees, 334
erythrocarpum Schwgr., 33$
fallax Milde, 323
fasciculare Schrad., 151
fasciculare Dicks., 274
Ferchelii Funck, 333
filiforme Dicks., 317, 313
Jilum Schp., 309
flavescens Dicks., 77
flexifolium Dicks., 202
Jlexnosum L., 93
Forsteri Dicks., 237
fragile Dicks., 95
fulvellutn Dicks., 101
gemmiparum De Not., 338
gradle Schleich., 309
gracile Wils., 300
Griffithiamwi Dicks., 261
hetero??iallu77i Dill., 80
inclinatum Bland., 322
incuT^vum Huds., 37
intermedium Brid , 330
julaceu77i Sm., 317
julifori7ie Schp., 317
Ku7izei Hornsch., 331
lacustre Brid., 321
Lttdwigii Spreng., 308
Marratii Wils., 320
Mildeanum Juratz., 339
7nontanum Lamarck, 60
Mtihlenbeckii B. & S., 339
murale Wils., 337
77iurale L., 183
Neodamense Itzigs., 329
nuduf7i Dicks., 266
nutans Schreb., 305
obconicum Hornsch., 334
CEderi Gunn., 287
origanum Bosw., 321
pallens Sw., 324
pallescens Schleich., 330
paucifoliutn Dicks., 64
pellucidu7n L., 76
pendulum Schp., 3185°6
index.
piliferum Dicks., 175
polyphyttum Dicks., 157
pomifomie L., 289
proliferum Sibth., 341
provincial Philib., 332
pseudo-triquetrum Schwgr., 329
pulvinatum L., 137
purpurascens B. & S., 320
pusillum Hedw., 177
Pyriforme L., 272
recurvifolittm Tayl., 203
roseum Schreb., 341
rubellum Hoffm., 191
rubens Mitt., 336
rufescens Dicks., 82
rurale L., 187
sanguineum Brid., 335
schisti Gunn., 103
Schleicheri var. latifolium Schp.,
326
scoparium L., 107
speciosum Yoit, 324
spinosum Voit, 348
squan osum L., 279
Stirtoni Schp., 335
subulatum L., 184
torquescens B. &: S., 333
tortuosum L., 221
Tozeri Grew, 311
trichoides L., 278
tnmcatulum L., 169
turbinatum Schwgr., 326
,, var. latifolium B. & S.,
308
uliginosum B. & S., 323
undulatum L., 34
unguiculatum Huds.,200
ventricosum Dicks., 329
verticil lain rn L., 213
virens Sw., 74
viridissimum Dicks., 236
viridulum L., 209
Warneum Bland., 319
Zierii Dicks., 312
Buxbaumiace^e, 47
Buxbaumia Hall., 48
aphylla L., 49
indusiata Brid., 49
Camptotheeium B. & S., 396
lutescens B. & S., 396, 400
nitens Schp., 397, 392
Campylium Halleri Lindb., 456
hispidulum var. Sommerfeltii
Lindb., 456
Campylopus Brid., 89
adustus De Not., 98
alpinus B. & S., 97
atrovirens De Not., 96
brevifolius Schp., 90
brevipilus B. & S., 98
densus B. & S., 95
flexuosus Brid., 93
,,	var. major Boul., 94
,,	var. paludosus Schp., 94:
fragilis B. & S., 95, 116
introflexus Brid., 97
longipilus Brid., 96
Miilleri Juratz., 93
paradoxus Wils., 94
polytrichoides De Not., 97
pyriformis Brid., 94
,,	var. Miilleri (Juratz.), 93
Schimperi Milde, 91
Schwarzii Schp., 92
setifolius Wils., 96
Shawii Wils , 92
subulatus Schp., 90
turfaceus B. & S., 94
viridis Lesq. & .Sull., 112
Campylostelium B. & S., 159
saxicola B. & S., 159, 300
Catharinea Ehrh., 33
angustata Brid., 35
crispa James, 36
Haussknechtii Broth., 34, 300
lateralis Vaizey, 33
tenella Rohl, 33
undulata Web. & Mohr, 34, 343
,, var. Haussknechtir
Dixon, 300
Catoseopium Brid., 285
nigritum Brid., 285
Ceratodon Brid., 67
conicus Lindb., 68
minor Aust., 69
purpureus Brid., 68, 73, 191
Cinelidium Sw., 351
stygium Sw., 351, 330
Cinclidotus P. Beauv., 224
aquaticus B. & S., 226
Brebissoni Husn., 224
fontinaloides P. Beauv., 225, 132
riparius Arnott, 225
,, var. terrestris B. & S., 224.
Cladodium uliginosum Brid., 323
Climaeium Web. & Mohr, 388
dendroides Web. & Mohr, 388
Conomitrium Mont,//#
Conostomum Sw., 286
boreale Sw., 286INDEX.
507
Coscinodon Spreng., 156
cribrosus Spr., 157
humilis Milde, 136
Patersoni Ferg., 136
Cryph^ace.^e, 357
Cryphsea Mohr, 358
arborea Lindb., 358
heteromalla Mohr, 358, 160
Ctenidium molluscum Mitt., 478
Cylindrotheeium B. & S., 389
concinnum Schp., 389, 491, 492
Cynodontium Schp., 71
Bruntoni B. & S., 71, 69, 88
gracilescens Schp., 73
,,	var. alpestre Schp., 74
polycarpum Schp., 72
,, var. strumiferum Schp.,
. 73
schisti Lindb., 7/
strumiferum De Not., 73
subalpestre Kindb., 74
virens Schp., 74
,, var. Wahlenbergii Schp., 74
Wahlenbergii R. & C., 74
Daltonia Hook. & Tayl., 363
splachnoides Hook. & Tayl., 363
Dawsonia R. Br.,33
Desmatodon nervosus B. & S., 180
obliquus B. & S., 180
systylius B. & S., 775, 180
Diehelyma Myrin, 353
capillaceum B. & S., 353
Diehodontium Schp., 75
flavescens Lindb., 77, 203
pellucidum Schp., 76, 83, 203
,, var. serratum Schp., 77
Dicranace.e, 51
Dieranella Schp., 79
cerviculata Schp., 81
crispa Schp., 81
curvata Schp., 82
Grevilleana Schp., 84, 37
heteromalla Schp., 80
rufescens Schp., 82
Schreberi Schp., 84, 37
secunda Lindb., 82
sinuosa Wils., 197
squarrosa Schp., 85
subulata Schp., 82
varia Schp., 83, 121
Dieranodontium B. & s., 99
circinatum Schp., 114
longirostre B. & S., 99, 60, 96, 113
,, var. alpinum, 96
Dieranoweisia Lindb., 87
Bruntoni Schp., 71
cirrata Lindb., 88, 72
compacta (Schleich.), 89
crispula Lindb., 88, 72, 133
,, var. atrata N. & H., 89
Dieranum Hedw., 99
albicans B. & S., 116
albidum Brid., 117
ambiguum Hedw., 78
arcticum Schp., 103
aristatiuji Schp., 115
asperulum Mitt., 115, 99
Bergeri Bland., 105, 282
,, var. compactum R. & C.r
106
Blyttii B. & S., 103
Bonjeani De Not., 106, 93
,, var. rugifolium Bosw.,
107
Bruntoni Sm., 71
cerviculattim Hedw., 81
conge stum Brid., 109
crispum Ehrh., 81
curvatum Hedw., 82
ellipticum Turn., 149
elongatum Schleich., in
falcatum Hedw., 102
flagellare Hedw., 113
fragilifolium Lindb., 113
fill vellum Sm., 101
fulvum Hook., hi
fuscescens Turn., 109
gi'acilescens Web. & Mohr, 73
Grevilleanum B. & S., 84
hyperboreum C. M., 102
inter?upturn Hedw., 80
introjlexum Hedw., 97
longifolium Ehrh., 115, 99, 116
majus Turn., 108
molle Wils., 103
montanum Iledw., 113, 88
osmundoides Sw., 125
palustre B. & S., 106
pellucidum var. fa^imontanum
Brid., 76
polycarpum Ehrh., 72
pusillum Hedw., 81
pyriforme Schultz, 94
Sauteri B. & S., 116
saxicola Web. & Mohr, 159
schisti Lindb., 103
Schraderi Web. & Mohr, 105
Schreberi Sw., 84
scoparium Hedw., 107
Scottianum Turn., no
secundum Sw., 82
spurium Hedw., 104
squarrosum Schrad., 85
Starkei Web. & Mohr, 102
strictum Schleich., 1125°8
INDEX.
strumifenun Ehrh., 73
trichodes Wils., 87
uncinatum C. M., 114
undulatum Ehrh., 104
varium Hedw., 83
viride Schp., 112
viridulum Sw., 120
Didymodon Camusi Husn., 31
crenulatus Mitt., 70
cylindricus B. & S., 218
denudatus Lindb., 99
flexicaulis Schleich., 59
Jlexifolius Hook. & Tayl., 202
,, var. gem mi ferns Schp.,
202
fragilis Drumm., 222
gemmascens Mitt., 202
homomallus Hedw., 58
luridus Hornsch., 191
recurvifolius Wils., 203
rigidulns Hedw., 195
rubellus B. & S., 191
mfns Lorentz, 192
sinuosus Schp., 197
Diphyseium Mohr, 50
foliosum Mohr, 50, 219
Diseelium Brid., 266
nudum Brid., 266, 286
Dissodon splachnoides Grev. & Am
W;-	265
Distichium B. & S., 60
capillaceum B. & S., 60
,, var. brevifolium B. &
S., 61
inclinatum B. & S., 61
Ditriehum Timm, 56
flexicaule Hpe., 59, 99
homomallum Hpe., 58
subulatum Hpe., 59
tenuifolium Lindb., 57, 83
tortile Hpe., 57
Dryptodon oblusus Brid., 137
Encalyptace.*:, 226
Enealypta Schreb., 227
apophysata N. & H., 230
borealis Kindb., 230, 30r
ciliata, HofTm., 229,301
commutata X. & H., 228,301
Macounii Aust., 230,301
procera B. A: S., 231
rhabdocarpa Schwgr., 230
streptocarpa Hedw., 231
vulgaris Hedw., 228
„ var. laevigata (Bruch), 22a
„ var. obtusifolia (Funck)
229 ”
„ var. pilifera Schp., 22n
Entodon orthocarpus Lindb., 389
Entosthodon Schwgr., 273
ericetonim C.M., 274
Tevipletoni Schwgr., 275
Ephemerella recurvifolia Schp., 270
Ephemerum Hpe., 267,163
cohserens Hpe., 269
intermedium Mitt., 269, 267
i7iinutissimum Lindb., 268
recurvifolium Lindb., 270
serratum Hpe., 268, 267
sessile Rabenh., 269
stenophyllum Schp., 269
tenerum C.M., 267
Epipterygium Tozeri Lindb., 311
Eucladium B. & S., 204
verticillatum B. & S., 213
Eurhynehium B & s., 412
abbreviatum Schp., 419
circinatum B. & S., 423, 367
cirrosum Juratz., 413, 390, 493
confertum Milde, 428, 407, 409,
431
crassinervium B. & S., 414, 409
curvisetum Husn., 420
diversifolium B. & S., 424
hians Lesq. and James, 418
megapolitanum Milde, 429
murale Milde, 427, 409, 410
myosuroides Schp., 422, 394
,, var. filescens Ren.
422
piliferum B. & S , 414
prselongum B. & S-, 416
,,	var.	abbreviatum B. &
S., 419
,,	var.	atrovirem Schp.,
417
,,	var.	Stokesii (Turn.),
. 494
pumilum Schp., 419, 443
rotundifolium Milde, 429
rusciforme Milde, 426
,,	var.	prolixum (Turn.),
427
speciosum Schp., 415
Stokesii Schp., 416
striatulum B. & S., 425
striatum B. 8: S., 425, 496
strigosum B. & S., 424
,, var. imbricatum B. & S.,
424
,, var. prcccox Wahl., 424
Swartzii Hobk., 417
Teesdalei Schp., 420
tenellum Milde, 421, 407
,, var. meridionale (Boul.),
421
Tommasinii Sendtn., 413, 414
Vatic her i B. & S., 413, 414INDEX.
509
velutinoides B. & S., 415
Fissidentace^e, 118
Fissidens Hedw., 11S
adiantoides Iledw., 126
Bloxami Wils., 119
bryoides Hedw., 122
,, var. ccespitans Schp., 123
collinus Mitt., 127
crassipes Wils., 124
Curnowii Mitt., 123
decipiens De Not., 127
exiguus Sull., 120
exilis Hedw., 119
inconstans Schp., 122
incurvus Starke, 121
,, var. tamarindifolius
Braithw., 121
minutulus Sull., 121
Orrii Lindb., 123
osmundoides Hedw., 125
polyphyllus Wils., 126
pusillus Wils., 121
,,	Lylei Wils., 120
rivularis Spr., 123
rufulus B. & S., 124
serrulatus Brid., 125
tamarindifolius Wils., 121
taxifolius Hedw., 128
tequendamensis Mitt., 123
viridulus Wahl., 120
,,	var. fontanus Braithw.,
124
Fontinalace^e, 352
Fontinalis Dill., 353
antipyretica L., 353
dalecarlica B. & S., 356
Dixoni Card., 356
dolosa Card., 355
gracilis Lindb., 354
hypnoides Hartm., 333, 337
Kindbergii Ren. Sc Card., 333
pennata L., 360
seriata Lindb., 357
squamosa L., 355
Funariace^e, 266
Funaria Schreb., 273
attenuata Lindb., 275
calcarea Wahl., 275
calvescens Schwgr., 276
ericetorum Dixon, 274
fascicularis Schp., 274, 272
hibernica Hook., 275
hygrometrica Sibth., 276
microstoma B. & S., 277
Miihlenbergii Turn., 275
obtusa Lindb., 274
Templetoni Sm., 275
Georgia Brownii C. M., 31
Grimmiace.e, 128
Grimmia Ehrh., 129
acicularis C. M., 150
affitiis Lindb., 153
,, var. gracilescens Lindb., 153
alpestris Schleich., 146
anodon B. & S., 133, 137
apocarpa Hedw., 131, 161
,,	var. pumila Schp., 86
,,	var. rivularis Web. &
Mohr, 130, 226
aqualica C. M., 151
atrata Mielich., 147, 130
atrovirens Sm., 180
campestris Bruch, 146
canescens C. M., 155
commutata Hiibn., 145
conferta Funck, 132, 86, 137
,, var. obtusifolia Schp., 132
contorta Schp., 134, 89
cribrosa Hedw., 157
crinita Brid., 134, 137
decipiens Lindb., 140, 134
,, \2x.r0busta Braithw., 141
Doniana Sm., 143
edinensis Ferg., 139
elatior B. & S., 141
elliptica Am., 149
elongata Kaulf., 147
fascicularis C. M., 151
funalis Schp., 135
gracilis Wils., 132
Hartmani Schp., 142
heterosticha C. M., 153
hypnoides Lindb., 155
incurva Schwgr., 134
leucopheea Grev., 146
maritima Turn., 132, 244
microcarpa Lindb., 154
montana B. & S., 145
Miihlenbeckii Schp., 139
orbicularis Bruch, 137
ovalis Lindb., 144
ovata Schwgr , 144
,, var. cylindrica Hiibn., 144
ovata Web. & Mohr, 145
patens, B. Sc S., 142, 131
przdnosa Wils., 132
pulvinata Sm., 137
ramulosa Lindb., 152
recurvata Hedw., 65
rivularis Brid., 131
robusta Ferg., 141
Schultzii Wils., 140
Stirtoni Schp., 140
subsquarrosa Wils., 139
sudetica Spreng., 144
torquata Hornsch., 136, 234
trichophylla Grev., 138, 134
Ungeri Juratz., 146
unicolor Hook., 148INDEX.
510
Glyphomitrium Brid., 158
Daviesii Brid., 158
polyphyllum Mitt., 157
saxicola Mitt., 159
Gymnocybepalustris Fries, 281
,,	,, var. ramosa Lindb.,
282
turgida Lindb., 280
Gymnostomum Hedvv., 204
calcareum N. & H., 210
compaction Schleich., 233
curvirostre Hedw., 212
Donianum Sm., 62
ericetorum Bals. & De Not., 274
Heimii Hedvv., 169
imberbe Sm., 161
intermedium Turn., 170
lapponicum Hedw., 235
microstomum Hedw., 207
minutulum Schleich., 172
Mougeotii Bruch, 235
ovation var. incanum N. &. H.,
77
riparium Host, 225
rupestre Schleich., 211
sphcericion Ludw., 272
tenue Schrad., 210
tortile Schwgr., 208
trichodes Web. & Mohr., 66
viridulum Brid., 211
Wilsoni Hook., 171
Gyroweisia temiis Schp., 210
Hatorodon Schp., 368
Notarisii Schp., 368
perpusillus Lindb., 368
Hedwigia Ehrh., 160
albicans Lindb., 160
ciliata Ehrh., 160
imberbis Spr., 161
Hedwigidium imberbe B. & S., 161
Helicodontiion pulvination Lindb.,
368
Heterocladium B. & s., 378
dimoiphum B. & S., 379
heteropterum B. & S., 378,
,,	var. fallax Milde,
442
squarrosulum Lindb., 379
Homalia Brid., 362
trichomanoides 362, 362
Homalotheciion B. & S., 394
sericeuin B. & S., 395
Hookeriace,e, 363
Hookeria Tayl., 364
lsetevirens H. & T., 364
Hyloeomium B. & S., 492
brevirostre B. & S., 495, 423
calvescens Lindb., 497
loreum B. & S., 496, 298, jfa
Oakesii Sull., 495, 369, 302
parietimon Lindb., 491
proliferum Lindb., 493
pyrenaicum Lindb., 495,50.3
rugosum De Not., 498, 361
splendens B. & S., 493
squarrosum B. & S.. 497
„ var. sub-pi„,lat
Schp., 497	m
triquetrum B. & S., 498, 298
umbratum B. & S., 494
Hymenostomion R. Br., 204
microstonnon R. Br., 207
,, var. elation B. & S.
208
obliqmon N. & H., 208
rostellatum Schp., 206
squarrosion N. & H., 207
tortile B. & S., 208
Hymenostyliion commutation Mitt., 212
Hyoeomium B. & S., 410
flagellare B. & S., 411, 479
Hypnace^e, 386
Hypnum L., 449
abietinum L., 381
adiantoides L., 126
adioicton L., 463
aduncum Hedw., 458
,, var. hamalum Schp., 460
albicans Neck., 400
algierianum Brid., 421
alopecio'um L., 370
arcticum Sommerf., 484
arcuatum Lindb., 473
attenuation Schreb., 375
atrovirens Dicks., 380
Bambergeri Schp., 476
BlaJidovii Web. & Mohr, 382
Breadalbense F. B. White, 468
Breidleri Juratz., 489
brevirostre Ehrh., 495
bryoides L., 122
ccespitosum Wils., 408
callichroum Brid., 475
calvescens Wills., 497
campestre Bruch, 402
canariense Mitt., 477, 479
catenulation Brid., 380
chrysophyllum Brid., 455
circinale Hook., 478
circination Brid., 423
cirrosum Schwgr., 413
commutatum Hedw., 466,
447
complanatum L., 361
concinnion De Not., 389
confertion Dicks., 428
confervoides Brid., 442
cordifolium Hedw., 488INDEX.
5“
Cosscni Schp., 465
crassinervium Tayl., 414
xrispum L., 360
crista-castrensis L., 479
■croceum Tayl., 479
cupressiforme L., 470
,, zw.longirostreSchp.,
472
cupressiforme var. resupinatum
Schp., 391, 392
curtipendulum L., 369
curvicaule, Juratz., 447
curvisetum Brid., 420
cuspidatum L., 490, 389
delicatulum Medw., 385
demissum Wils., 439
dendroides L., 388
denticulatum, L., 435
depression, Bruch, 431
dilatatum Wils., 483
elegans Hook., 432
elodes Spr., 453, 407
eugyrium Schp., 484, 408
exannulatum Giimb., 462
,, var. Rotce Schp., 462
falcatum Brid., 467
,, var. virescens Schp., 44.7
filicinum L., 445
flliforme, Timm, 377
Forinianum, Schp., 446
Jlagellare Dicks., 411
fluitans L., 461
Jluviatile Sw., 445
fontinaloides Lamarck, 225
giganteum Schp., 489
glaciale Hartm., 405
glareosurn Bruch, 400
gi'acile Dill , 367
Halleri Linn, fil., 456
hamifolium Schp., 460
hamulosum B. & S., 475
heteropterum Spr., 378
Heufleri Juratz., 474
hians Hed w., 418
illecebrnm Schwgr , 409
imponens Hedw., 473
incurvatum Schrad., 469, 434
intermedium Lindb., 465
irrigation Zett, 467
iri'iguum Hook, and Wils., 444
julaceum Vill., 372
Kneiffiii Schp , 458
latifolium Husn., 403
longiro strum C. M., 370
loreum L , 496
lutescens Huds., 396
lycopodioides Schwgr., 460, 499
megapolitanum Bland., 429
micans Wils , 487
Mildeanum Schp., 401
molle Dicks., 482
molluscum Hedw., 478, 411
montanum Wils., 480
viorense Schleich., 366
murale Hedw., 427
myosuroides L., 422
myurum Poll., 394
nitens Schreb., 397
nitidulion Wahl , 433
Notarisii Boul., 383, 466
ochraceum Turn., 485, 411
palustre L , 481
palustre var. julaceum B. & S., 482
,, var. laxum B. & S., 482
Patientice Lindb., 473
piliferum Schreb ,414
plication Schleich., 399
plu mo sum L., 401
plumosum Sw., 407
polygamum Schp., 453
polymorphum Wils., 456
populeum Hedw., 407
prcdongum L., 416
,,	var. rigidum Boul., 419
,,	var. Stokesii Brid., 416
pratense Koch, 474
procerrimum Mol., 477
protensum Brid., 455
pseudoplumosum Brid., 407
pulchellum Dicks., 433
pumilum, Wils., 419
purum L., 410, 398
pyrenaicum Spr. 495
radicale, P. Beauv., 443
recognition Hedw., 386
recurvans Schwgr , 440
reflexion Web. & Mohr, 405
resupinatum Wils., 471
revolutum Lindb., 474
revolvens Sw., 464
Richardsoni Mitt , 489
riparium L., 452, 449
rivulare Bruch, 403
rotundifolium Scop , 429
rufescens Dicks., 391
rugosum Ehrh., 498
rupestre F. B. White, 476
ruscifolium Neck., 426
rusciforme Weis, 426
rutabulum L., 402
salebrosum Hoffm., 401
sarmentosum Wahl., 490
,,	var. subflavum Ferg.,
490
scabrellum Mitt., 421
Schreberi Willd., 491, 389, 410,
494
Schimperianum Lor., 483
sciuroides L., 366
scorpioides L., 486
Sendtneri Schp., 459
,, var. Wilsoni Schp., 460
sericeum L., 395
serpens L., 442512
INDEX.
silesiacum Selig., 434
Sommerfeltii Myr., 456, 443
Smithii Dicks., 376
speciosum Schp ,415
spiendens Hedw., 493
squarrosulum Voit, 379
squarrosum L., 497
Starkei Brid , 404
stellatum Schreb., 454
stenophyllum Wils., 462
Stokesii Turn , 416
stramineum Dicks , 487
stricUulum Spr., 425
striatum Schreb., 425
strigosum Hoffm., 424
subsphcericarpon Schleich., 482
sulcatum Schp., 468
,, var. subsulcatum Schp.,
468
Swartzii Turn. ,417
sylvaticum L., 437
tamarindiiolium Don, 121
tamariscinum Hedw., 384
taxifolium L., 128
Teesdalei Sm., 420
tenellum Dicks., 421
trichodes Brid., 446
trichoides Neck., 397
trichomanoides Schreb., 362
trifarium Web. &: Mohr, 488
triquetrum L., 498
turgidum Wahl., 280
umbratum Ehrh , 494
uncinatum Hedw., 463
,, var. plumosum Schp.,
463
undulation L-, 438
Vallisclausce Brid., 446
velutinum L., 406
vernicosum Lindb., 464
viride Lamarck, 407
viticulosum L., 375
Wilsoni Schp., 460
Isopterygium depression Mitt., 431
nitidum Lindb., 433
,,	var. pulchellum Lindb.,
433.
repens Lindb., 434
Isotheeium Brid, 393
apiculatum Hiibn ,372
myosuroides Brid., 422
myurum Brid , 394, 423
,,	var. robustum B. & S.,
394
viviparum Lindb., 394
Leersia alpina Lindb., 228
ciliata Hedw., 229
contorta Lindb., 231
exstinctoria Leyss., 228
laciniata Hedw., 229
lanceolata Hedw., 174
rhabdocarpa Lindb., 230
Leptobryum Wils., 300
minus Philib , 301
pyriforme Wils., 301
Leptodon Mohr, 376
Smithii Mohr, 376
Leptodontium Hpe., 201
flexifolium Hpe., 202, 77
gemmascens Braithw., 202, gor
recurvifolium Lindb., 202
Leptotrichum Hpe., 56
flexicaule Hpe., 59
,, var. densum S.-jp., 60
glaucescens Hpe., 67
homomallum Hpe., 58
subulatum Hpe., 59
tortile Hpe 57
vaginans Sull , 38
Leseuraea B. & S., 392
saxicola Milde , 393
striata B. & S., 392, 374, 407
Leskeace/e, 372
Leskea Hedw., 373,379
intricata Hartm , 392
latebricola Wils., 439
polycarpa Ehrh., 373, 373
nervosa Myr., 374, 380
polyantka Hedw., 390
polycarpa Ehrh , 373, 369, 3?s
380
pulvinata Wahl., 368
Sprucei Bruch, 441
striatella Brid., 434
varia Hedw., 443
Lesquereuxia Lindb., 392
plicata Lindb., 399
Leucobryum Hpe., 116
albidum Lindb., 117
glaucum Schp., 116
minus Hpe., 117
pumilum Britton, 117
Leucodontace^, 365
Leueodon Schwgr., 365
Lagurus var. borealis Wils., 390
sciuroides Schwgr., 366, 374
Lichenastrum alpinum Dill., 25
Limnobium eugyrium B. & S., 484
Lyellia R. Br., 33
Maeromitrium Brid., 240
MEESIACEyE, 277
Meesia Hedw., 278
alpina Funck, 279
demissa Hornsch., 313
minor Brid., 279
trichoides Spr., 278, 278INDEX.
513
triquetra Angstr., 279
uliginosa Hedw , 278
Mielichhoferia elongata Hornsch , 299
nitida Hornsch., 299
,,	var. elongata Schp., 299
,,	var. gracilis Schp., 299
Mnium L., 341
affine Bland., 342
androgynu/u L., 282
annotinum L., 307
arcuatum Dicks., 297
Blyttii B. & S., 349
cinchdioides Hiibn , 349
cir,	n L , 88
crudum L., 305
cuspidatum Hedw., 344
cuspidatum Neck., 342
cyclophyllum Schwgr., 325
fasciculare Brid , 281
fontamim L., 293
glaciate Schleich , 311
hornum L , 345, 37, 282
hygrometricum L., 276
insigne Mitt., 343
lacustre Bland., 321
lanaturn P. Beauv., 340
latifolium Schleich., 326
lycopodioides Hook., 347
marginatum P. Beauv., 346
orthorrhynchum B. & S-, 347
osmundaceum Dicks., 260
palustre I.., 281
pseudo-punctatum B. & S., 350
pseudo-triquetrum Hedw., 329
punctatum L , 350, 331
purpureum L., 68
pyriforme L., 301
riparium Mitt, 347
roseum Weis, 341
rostratum Schrad., 344
rugicum Laur., 343
Seligeri Juratz., 343
serratum Schrad., 346
silvaticum Lindb., 344
spinosum Schwgr., 348, 341
spinulosum B. & S., 348
stellare Reich., 349
subglobosum B. & S., 350
turbinaium Hedw., 326
undulatum L., 345, 33
Mollia Lindb., 204
aruginosa Lindb., 211
brachydontia Lindb., 216
brevifolia Braithw., 215
calcarea Lindb , 210
crispa Lindb., 205
crispula Lindb., 214
Jlavovirens Lindb , 217
fragilis Lindb., 222
hibernica Lindb., 219
HI
inclinata Lindb., 219
littoralis Braithw., 216
lutescens Lindb., 217
rnicrostoma Lindb., 207
Mittenii Braithw., 206
multicapsularis Braithw., 205
nitida Lindb., 220
rostellata Lindb., 206
rutilans Lindb., 209
squarrosa Lindb., 207
tenuirostris Lindb., 218
tenuis Lindb., 210
tortilis Braithw., 208
to?'tuosa Schranlc, 221
verticillata Lindb., 213
viridula Lindb., 209
Myrinia Schp., 368
pulvinata Schp., 368, 374
Myurella B. & S., 372
apiculata B. & S., 372
careyana Sulk, 372
julacea B. & S., 372
terierrima Lindb., 372
Myurium Schp., 389
Hebridarum Schp., 390
Nanomitrium Lindb., 267
tenerum Lindb., 267
NECKERACEiE, 359
Neekera Hedw., 359
complanata Hiibn., 361, 363
crispa Hedw., 360, 439
heteromalla Hedw., 358
pennata Hedw., 360
Philippeana B. & S., 361
pumila Hedw., 361
splachnoides Sm., 363
Octodieeras Brid., 118
CEdipodium Schwgr., 260
Griffithianum Schwgr., 261
Oligotriehum De Cand., 37
incurvum Lindb., 37
Omaha B. & S. (v. Homalia), 362
Oncophorus Bruntoni Lindb., 71
crispatus Lindb., 70
gracilescens Lindb., 73
polycarpus Brid., 72
striatus Lindb., 70
strumifer Brid., 73
virens Brid., 74
Wahlenbergii Brid., 74
Oreas Brid., 299
Martiana Brid., 299
Mielichhoferi Brid., 299
a	var. compacta
Braithw., 299
Oreoweisia serrulata Schp., 75
Orthopyxis androgyna P. Beauv., 2825i4
INDEX.
Orthodontium Schwgr., 300
gracile Schwgr., 300, 301
Orthotheeium B. & S., 391
bineruulum Mol., 392
intricatum B. & S., 392
rufescens B. & S., 391
Orthotrichace.e, 232
Orthotriehum Hedw., 245
affine Schrad., 253
anomalum Hedw., 249
,,	var. cylindricum Schp.,
250
calvescens Wils., 242
cupulatum Hoffm., 250
,,	var. riparium Schp.,
250
diaphanum Schrad , 258
Drummondii Hook. & Grev., 240
fallax Schp., 255
fastigiatum Bruch, 254
Franzonianum De Not., 248
gymnostomum Bruch, 2yg
Hutchinsice Sm., 244
leiocarpum B. & S., 251
Ludwigii Brid., 239
Lyellii Hook. & Tayl., 252
neglectum Schp., 254
pallens Bruch, 257
patens Bruch, 256
pulchellum Sm., 257, 238
pumilum Sw., 236
rivulare Turn., 254, 226
rupestre Schleich., 248
,, var. rupincola Hiibn.,
249
,,	var. Sehlmeyeri (Bruch),
249
Shawii Wils.. 251
Shawii De Not., 248
Schimperi Hamm., 255
speciosum Nees, 253
Sprucei Mont., 255
stramineum Hornsch., 256
striatum Hedw., 251
Sturmii Hornsch., 248
tenellum Bruch, 256
Winteri Schp., 258
Paludella Ehrh., 279
squarrosa Brid., 279
Pharomitrium subsessile Schp.,
177
Phascum Schreb., 164
acaulon L., 165
alternifolium Kaulf., 56
alternifolium Dicks., 53
axillare Dicks., 54
badium Voit, 166
bryoides Dicks., 168
,, var. Thornhillii Wils., 168
cohcerens Hedw., 269
crispum Hedw., 205
curvicolle Ehrh., 166, 168
curvisetum Dicks., 165
cuspidatum Schreb., i65j 163,
271
Floerkeanum Web. & Mohr., 166
multicapsulare Sm., 205
muticum Schreb., 163
,, var. minus Hook., 163
patens Hedw., 271
piliferum Schreb , 165
rectum With., 168
recurvifolium Dicks.. 270
rostellatum Brid., 206
Sckreberianum Dicks , 165
serraturn Schreb., 268
sessile B. & S., 269
strictum Dicks., 55
subulatum Huds., 55
tenerum Bruch, 267
triquetrian Spr., 164
Philonotis Brid., 291
adpressa Ferg., 295
Arnellii Husn., 2Q7
csespitosa Wils., 294
calcarea Schp., 296
capillaris Lindb., 296
fontana Brid., 293
,, var. capillaris Braithw.,
296
rigida Brid., 292
Ryani Philib., 2g7
seriata Mitt., 295
Wilsoni Braithw., 291
Physeomitrella B. & S., 270
patens B. & S., 271
Physcomitrium Brid., 271
fasciculare Fiirnr., 274
pyriforme Brid., 272, 274.
sphcericum Brid , 272
tetragonum Fiirnr., 271
Pilotrichtun heteromallum var. aquatile
C.M., 358
Plagiotaryum Lindb., 312
demissum Lindb., 313
Zierii Lindb., 312, 317, 341, 3
Plagiotheeium B. & S., 43°
Borrerianum Spr. 432
demissum Dixon, 439
denticulatum B. & S., 435
depressum Dixon, 431
latebricola B. & S., 439
Miihlenbeckii B. & S., 434
nitidulum B. & S., 433
pulchellum B. & S., 433, 436,
47°
silesiacum B. & S., 434
striatellum Lindb., 434INDEX.
515
Sullivantice Schp , 437
sylvaticum B & S., 437
undulatum B. & S., 438
Pleuridium Brid., 54
alternifolium Rabenh., 56, 34
axillare Lindb., 54
nitidum Rabenh , 54
suhulatum Rabenh., 55
Pleurochaete Lindb., 223
squarrosa Lindb., 223, 201, 215
PleUPOpuS Griff., 394
fenestratus Griff., 393
sericeus Dixon, 395, 366, 391, 3971
407
Pleurozygodon cestivus Lindb., 233
Pogonatum aloidcs P. Beauv., 40
,,	,, var. defluens Brid.,
40
alpimim Schp., 41
,, var. arcticum Brid., 42
nanum P. Beauv., 39
,, var longisetum Hpe., 40
umigerum P. Beauv., 40
,, var. humile Brid., 41
Pohlia Hedw., 30]
acuminata Hornsch., 303
albicans Lindb., 310
annotina Lindb , 307
brachycarpa Hornsch., 303
carnea Lindb , 310
commutata Lindb., 309
cruda Lindb., 305
cucullata Bruch, 306
elongata Hedw., 304
gracilis Lindb., 309
inclinata Sw., 322
Ludwigii Lindb., 308
nutans Lindb., 305
polymorpha Horiisch., 302
purpurascens R. Br., 320
POLYTRICHACE/E, 32
PolytPiehum Dill., 38
aloides Hedw., 40
alpinum L., 41
attenualum Menz., 45
boreale Kindb., 44
campanulatum Plornsch., 42
capillare Rich., 41
commune L., 46
Dicksoni Turn., 40
formosum Hedw., 45
,, var. paliidisetum B. &
S., 4b
gracile Dicks., 45
Hoppei Hornsch., 43
juniperinum Willd., 43
,,	var. alpinum B. & S.,
44
nanum Neck., 39
ohioense R. & C., 46
perigoniale Michx., 47
piliferum Schreb., 43, 98
septentrionale Sw., 42
sexangulare Ehrh., 42
strictum Banks, 44
urnigerum L., 40
Popotpiehum Brid., 370 '
alopecurum Mitt., 370, 389
angustifolium Dixon, 371
longirostrum (Brid.), 370
Pottia, Key to, 500
Pottia Ehrh., 167
asperula Mitt., 172
bryoides Mitt., 168
bryoides var. pilifera Schp., 169
csespitosa C. M., 173
cavifolia Ehrh., 177,50/
crinita Wils., 171
curvirostris Ehrh., 212
Heimii Fiirnr., 169
intermedia Fiirnr., 170
lanceolata C. M., 174, 181, 193
,,	var. gymnostoma Schp.,
170
latifolia C. M., 174, 50/
„ var. pilifera Schp., 775,
180
littoralis Mitt., 170
minutula Fiirnr , 172
,, var. conica Wils., 173
recta Mitt., 168
Starkeana C. M., 173
,,	var. affinis Braithw., 173
,,	var. Davallii Lindb.,
172
truncata Fiirnr., 169
truncatula Lindb., 169, 272
viridifolia Mitt., 171, 182
Wilsoni B. & S. 171, 182
Pseudoleskea B. & s., 379
atrovirens B. & S., 380, 374, 393
,,	var. filamentosa Boul.,
380
catenulata B & S., 380
Ptepigynandpum Hedw., 377
filiforme Hedw., 377, 367
,, var. heteropterum Schp.,
379
heteropterum Brid., 377
longifolium Ahnf., 375
Ptepogonium Sw., 366
gracile Sw., 367, 378, 394, 423,
5°z
nervosum Schwgr., 374
ornithopodioides Lindb., 367
striatum Schwgr., 392
Ptepygophyllum Brid., 364
lucens Brid., 365, 364INDEX.
516
Ptilium crista - castrensis Lindb., 479
Ptychodium plication Schp., 399
Ptyehomitrium B. &; s., 157
polyphyllum Fiirnr., 157
Pylaisia B. & S., 390
polyantha B. & S., 390, 392, 470,
• . 472
Pyranndula tetragona Brid., 271
Raeomitrium Brid., v. Rhacomitrium
Raphidorrhynchum Schp , 440
Raphidostegium Lesq. &
James, 440
Rhatodoweisia B & S., 69
crenulata Jameson, 70
denticulata B. 6c S , 70
fugax B. & S-, 70
Rhacomitrium Brid., 148
aciculare Brid., 150
,, var. denticulatumB.&S.,
I5°
canescens, Brid., 155
ellipticum B. & S., 149, 148
fasciculare, Brid., 151
heterostichum Brid., 153, 161
lanuginosum Brid., 155
microcarpon Brid., 152, 154
protensum Braun, 151, 143
ramulosum Lindb. 152
sudeticum B. & S., 154
,, var. validius Juratz ,
154
Rhynchostegmm B. & S., 412, 388
confertum B. & S., 428
curvisetum Schp , 420
depression B. Cm S , 431, 430
demission B. & S., 439, 430
megapolitamon B. & S., 429
murale B. & S , 427
rotundifolium B. & S , 429
msciforme B. & S , 426
tenellum B. & S , 421
Sselania Lindb., 66
csesia Lindb., 67
SCHISTOSTEGACE.E, 259
Schistostega Mohr, 260
osmundacea Mohr, 260
Scleropodiion ccestitosum B. Os; S., 408
illecebrum B. & S , 409
Seligeria B. & S., 62, 759
acutifolia Lindb., 63
calcarea B. & S-, 65
Doniana C. M., 62
paucifolia Carruth., 64, 66
pusilla B. & S , 63, 66
,, var. acutifolia Schp., 63
recurvata B. & S., 65, 160
setacca Lindb., 65
subcemua Schp , 64
trifaria Lindb , 64
tristicha B. & S., 64
Sphcerangium muticum Schp., 163
triquetrum Schp., 164
SPHAGNACEiE, I
Sphagnum Dill., 4
acutifolium Ehrh., 15,3*
,,	var. robustum Russ.,
18
acutifolium var. sub-fimbriatum
Braithw., 18
Austini Sull., 7
compaction De Cand., 8
,,	var. rigidum Nees, 8
contortion Schultz, n
,, var. obesion Wils. II
cuspidatum Ehrh., 21
,, var. monocladumKlingg.,
22
cuspidatum var. serrulatum
Schlieph., 22
cyclophyllum Sull. & Lesq., 13
cymbifolium Ehrh., 5
,, var. papillosum
Schp., 6
fimbriatum Wils., 19
Girgensohnii Russ., 18
intermedium Hoffm., 20
laricinum Spr., 12
,, var. teretiusculum
Lindb., 13
Lindbergii Schp., 20
,, var. fuscescens Warnst.,
20
Lindbergii var. immersum Warnst.,
20
medium Limpr., 6, 7
molle Sull., 9
molluscum Bruch, 10
Mullen Schp., 9
papillosum Lindb., 6
,,	var. lseve Warnst., 7
,,	var. sublseve Warnst., 7
Pylaiei Brid., 4
,, var. sedoides Lindb., 13
recurvum P. Beauv., 20
rigidum Schp., 8
riparium Angstr., 21
rubellum Wils., 16
Russowi Warnst., 18
,, var. molle Warnst., 18
spectabile Schp., 21
squarrosum Pers., 14
,, var. laxum Braithw., 14
,, var. squarrosulum
Schp., 14
squarrosum var. subteres Lindb., 14
,, var. teres Schp., 14
squarrosulum Lesq., 14INDEX.
517
strictum Lindb., 18
subsecundum Nees, 11
,,	var. simplicissimum
Milde, 12
tenellum Ehrh., 10, 2
„ var. longifolium Lindb., 10
O
teres Angstr., 14
Torreyanum Sull., 22
Splachnace^e, 260
Splachnum L., 261
ampullaceum L., 262
angustatum Sw., 264
Breweriamim Hedw., 264
lingulatum Dicks., 265
luteum L., 262
mnioides Sw., 264
pedunculatum Braithw., 262
,,	var. sphcericum
Braithw., 262
sphcericum Linn, fil., 262
tenue Dicks., 265
Turneriamim Dicks., 262
vasculosum L., 263
Stableria gracilis Lindb., 300
Stereodon arcuatus Lindb., 473
Bambergeri Lindb., 476
callichrous Brid., 475
cupressiformis Brid.. 470
ha?nulosus Lindb., 475
imponens Brid., 473
incurvatus Mitt., 469
polyanthos Lindb., 390
revolutus Mitt., 474
rufescens Mitt., 391
subrufus Lindb., 392
Stylostegium cazspiticium B. & S.,86
Swartzia Ehrh., 60
inclinata Ehrh., 61
montana Lindb., 60
,, var. compacta (Hiibn.), 61
Syntrichia intermedia Brid., 187
Icevipila Brid., 186
Syslegium Schp., 204
crispum Schp., 205
Mittenii Schp., 206
miilticapsnlare Schp., 205
Tayloria Hook., 265
Froelichiana Mitt., 265
lingulata Lindb., 265
serrata var. tenuis B. & S., 265
tenuis Schp., 265
Tetraphidace^e, 30
Tetraphis Hedw., 30
Browniana Grev., 31
geniculata Girgens., 31
pellucida Hedw., 30, 282
repanda Funck., 32
Tetraplodon B. & S., 263
angustatus B. & S., 264
bryoides Lindb., 264
mnioides B. & S., 264, 263, 263
,, var. Brewerianus B. & S.,
264
mnioides var. cavifolius B. & S.,
264
urceolatus B. & S., 264
Tetrodontium Brownianum Schwgr., 31
Thamnium B. & S., 370
alopecurum B. & S., 370
angustifolhim Holt, 371
Thuidium B. & S.. 381
abietinum B. & S., 381
Blandovii B. & S., 382
decipiens De Not., 383, 466
delicatulum Mitt., 385
delicatulum B & S., 386
intermedium Philib., 386
recognitum Lindb.. 386
tamariscinum B. & S., 384
Thysanomitrium uncinatum Harv., 114
TlMMIACEiG, 283
Timmia Hedw., 283
austriaca Hedw.,‘283
megapolitana Hedw., 283
norvegica Zett., 284
TORTULACEiE, 162
Tortula Hedw., 175
aloides De Not., 180
o
ambigua Angstr., 179
angustata Wils., 185
atrovirens Lindb., 180, 174
Brebissoni Fior-Mazz., 224
brevifolia Sm , 194
brevirostris Hook. & Grev., 178
canescens Mont., 183
cuneifolia Roth, 181
erica folia Lindb., 179
fallax var. recurvifolia Wils., 194
hibernica Mitt., 219
inclinata Hedw. fil , 219
intermedia Berk., 187
kevipila Schwgr , 186
lamellata Lindb , 178, 167
marginata Spr . 182
montana Lindb , 187
muralis Hedw., 183
mutica Lindb., 185, 224
jiitida Lindb . 220
oblongifolia Wils., 182
papillosa Wils., 189
princeps De Not., 188
pusilla Mitt., 177, 167
revoluta Schrad., 199
rigida Schrad., 179
ruraliformis Dixon, 188INDEX.
518
ruralis Ehrh , 187
„ var. arenicola Braithw., 188
stellata Lindb., 179
suberecta Drumm., 180
subulata Hedw , 184
systylia Lindb., 775, 180
Vahliana Wils., 182
Trematodon Michx., 77
ambiguus Hornsch., 78
Trichodon cylindricus Schp., 57
Trichostomum B. & S., 213
aloides Koch, 180
brevifolium Sendtn., 215
canescens Timm, 155
conicum Hpe., 68
crispulum Bruch, 214
decipiens Schultz, 140
flavovirens Bruch, 217
flexicaule var. densum B. & S., 60
fragile Dixon 222
funale Schwgr. 135
heterostichum Hedw , 153
hibernicum Dixon, 219, 233
inclinatum Dixon, 219
lamiginosum Hedw., 155
littorale Mitt.. 216, 77
mutabile Bruch, 216
nitidum Schp , 220, 31
pusillum Hedw., 58
rigidulum Sm., 195
rigidulitm var. densum B. & S., 195
subulatum Bruch, 59
sudeticum Funck, 154
tenutfolium Schrad., 57
tenuirostre Lindb., 218,57, 797
tophacewn Brid., 192
tortile Schrad., 57
tortuosum Dixon, 221
undatum Schp., 200
UlOta Mohr, 238
Bruchii Hornsch., 241
calvescens Schp., 242
crispa Brid., 241
,, var. crispula Hamm., 258
cris pula Bruch. 242
curvifolia Brid., 245
Drummondii Brid., 240
Hutchinske Hamm., 244
intermedia Schp., 241
Ludwigii Brid , 239
maritima C.M. & Kindb., 244
phyllantha Brid., 243
Webera Hedw., 301
acuminata Schp., 303
affinis Bruch, 330
albicans Schp.. 310
,, var. glacial is Schp. 323
annotina Schwgr., 307
bicolor Hoppe & Hornsch., 306
carnea Schp , 310
commutata Schp., 309
cruda Schwgr., 305
cucullata Schp., 306
elongata Schwgr., 304
gracilis De Not., 309
longiseta Brid., 306
Ludwigii Schp., 308
,, var. latifolia Schp., 325
nutans Hedw., 305
,, var. caespitosa B. & S., 306
polymorpha Schp., 302
sessilis Lindb., 50
Tozeri Schp.. 311
Weisia Ehrh., 238
Weisia Hedw., 203
aciculata Mitt.. 205
amblyodon Brid., 209
americana Lindb., 204
Bruchii Lindb., 241
cesspitosa Bruch, 173
calcarea C.M., 210
cirrata Hedw., 88
coarctata Lindb., 239
controversa Hedw., 209
crispa Mitt., 205
crispata C. M.. 208
crispula Hedw.. 88
curvirostris C. M.. 212, 234, 233
densifolia Wils., 209
Drummondii Lindb., 240
gymnostomoides Brid., 209
latifolia Schwgr., 174
microstoma C. M., 207
Mittenii Mitt.. 206
mucronata B. & S., 209
multicapsularis Mitt., 205
nigrita Hedw., 285
phyllantha Lindb.. 243
rostellata Lindb., 206
rupestris C. M., 211. 234, 233
squarrosa C. M.. 207
Starkeana Hedw., 173
tenuirostris Hook. & Tayl., 218
tenuis C. M., 210
tortilis C M.. 208
var. subcylindrica Schp., 208
tristicha Brid., 64
ulophylla Ehrh.. 241
verticillata Brid., 213. 67
viridula Hedw . 209
vittata Braithw , 242
zonala Funck. 59
Weissia V. Weisia
Zieria demissa Schp., 313
julacea Schp.. 312
Zygodon Hook. & Tayl.. 234
conoideus Hook. <N: Tayl., 237
Forsteri Wils., 237
gracilis Wils., 238
lapponicus B. & S., 235, 86
Mougeotii B. & S.. 235. 212, 234
Nowellii Schp., 238
Stirtoni Schp., 236
viridissimus Brown, 236
Zygotrichia cylindrica Tayl., 196FZ^FLAAnST^ATIIOIsr OF PLATES.
PLATE I.
1.	Pottia truncatula.
2.	Phascum cuspidatum.
3.	Transverse sect, of stem of Mnium
undulatum.
4.	Anomodon viticulosus.
5.	Grimmia patens.
-6. Trans, sect, of stem of Pottia
truncatula.
7. Fascicle of branches of Sphagnum
papillosum.
8*. Trans, sect, of stem of Sphagnum
cymbifolium.
9.	Hypnum molluscum.
10.	Hylocomium splendens.
11.	Part of stem of Hylocomium
umbratum, with paraphyllia.
12.	Hylocomium squarrosum.
13.	Small paraphyIlium from do.
14.	Philonotis fontana.
PLATE II.
I.	Schistostega osmundacea.	9-	Leaf-apex of Trichostomum
2.	Neckera pumila.		mutabile.
3	Hypnum uncinatum.	10.	Ditto, var. 0.
4-	Dicranella heteromalla.	11.	Leaf of Brachythecium purum
5-	Orthotrichum rupestre (dry).	12.	Leaf of Camptothecium lutescens.
6.	Systegium crispum (dry).	13-	Leaf of Campylopus subulatus.
7-	Leaf of Bryum Duvalii.	14.	Leaf of Fissidens bryoides.
8.	Leaf of Hypnum Sendtneri.	i5-	Part of stem, with pericha;tial leaves.
of Eurhynchium prselongum.
PLATE III.
1.	Leaf-cells of Didymodon rubellus.	14.	Trans, sect, of leaf of Leucobryum
2.	Do. Orthotrichum leiocarpum.		glaucum.
3-	Do. Mnium serratum.	'5-	Leaf of Iledwigia ciliata.
4-	Do. Campylopus setifolius.	16.	Leaf of Tortula lamellata.
5-	Do. Brachythecium purum.	17-	Leaf-apex of Fissidens decipiens.
6.	Basal leaf-cells of Andrecea alpina.	18.	Trans, sect, of nerve of Catharinea
7-	Do. Rhacomitrium prolensum. Marginal cells of Funaria erice- torum.		undulata.
8.		19-	Trans, sect, of leaf of Encalypta streptocarpa.
9-	Leaf-cells of Bryum capillare.	20.	Trans, sect, of leaf of Aulacomnium
10.	Leaf-margin, with trans. sect., of		palustre.
	Bryum Donianum.	21.	Leaf-margin of Mnium riparium.
11.	Marginal cells of Leptodontium recurvifolium.	22.	Lamellse on nerve of Catharinea undulata (front view).
12.	Trans, sect, of branch-leaf of	23-	Leaf of Catharinea undulata.
	Sphagnum molle.	24.	Trans, sect, of leaf of Orthotrichum
13-	Cell of branch-leaf of Sphagnum		rupestre var. Sturmii.
	cymbifolium.	25.	Auricle of leaf of Hypnum cupressi- forme.520
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE IV.
1.	Calyptra of Physcomitrium pyri-
forme.
2.	Calyptra of Funaria fascicularis.
3.	Calyptra of Encalvpta ciliata.
4.	Leaf of Orthotrichum Lyellii.
5.	Pseudopodium of Aulacomnium
androgynum.
6.	Calyptra of Pottia Wilsoni.
7.	Capsule of Andreiea petrophila.
8.	Calyptra of Orthotrichum tenellum
9.	Capsule of Sphagnum cymbifolium.
10.	Capsule of Pottia truncatula.
11.	Do. Funaria hygrometrica.
12.	Do. Webera acuminata.
13.	Do. Bryum pallens.
14.	Do. Polytrichum formosum.
15.	Do. Splachnum vasculosum.
16.	Do. Weisia microstoma.
17.	Do. Tetraphis pellucida.
18.	Do. Zygodon lapponicus.
19.	Do. Dicranella cerviculata.
PLATE V.
1.	Superficial stoma on capsule of
Oithotrichum affine.
2.	Immersed stoma on capsule of
Orthotrichum stramineum.
3.	Ephemerum serratum.
4.	Lid and columella of Pottia
Heimii.
5.	Perist. teeth of Dicranoweisia
crispula.
6.	Peristome of Dicranella hetero-
malla.
7.	Peristome of Eurhynchium murale.
8.	Peristome of Barbula fallax.
9.	Peristome of Tortula lsevipila.
10.	Perist. teeth of Dicranella hetero-
malla.
11.	Do. Ptychomitrium polyphyllum.
12.	Vaginula and capsule of Ortho-
trichum stramineum.
13.	Inner peristome of Webera elongata.
14.	Do. Mnium punctatum.
15.	Do. Bryum capillare.
16.	One of the appendiculate cilia from
do.
17.	Perist. teeth of Glyphomitrium
Daviesii.
18.	Antheridium of Bryum pallens.
19.	Archegonium of	,,	,,
20.	Male flower of	,,	,,
21.	Female flower of	,,	,,
22.	Synoicous flower of Bryum bimum.
23.	Paroicous flower of Webera
polymorpha.
PLATES VI—LX.
The following signs are used with a uniform signification throughout Plates
VI—LX.
1.	Leaf (or stem-leaf, where these
differ).
2.	Branch-leaf.
3.	Perichastial leaf.
4.	Paraphyllia.
5.	Capsule.
6.	Peristome.
7.	Lid of capsule.
8.	Calyptra.
9.	Spores.
10.	Inflorescence.
11.	Perigonial leaves.
12.	Gemmas.
* Plant (or portion of do.)
a Apex.
b Base.
t Cells at one-third from apex of leaf.
be Basal cells.
x. Section.
x*. Section of nerve.PLATES.1
KGJameson*, del.ad7>/zt.
SUMFIELO, l_ IT HO . EASTBOURNE.ir
KG. Jameson, del. ad' nett.
SUMFIELO, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.H.GiJam^soTt., d^L. ad rutvb.	sumfield, litho. eastbourneEG.Jdel ad-nat.	sumfield, litho. EASTBOURNE.JL Cr.J. del. ad fiat.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.SPHAGNUM
IT.
x iso
H.G.J. del. ad not.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.SPHAGNUM.
vn.
Jf.G.J. del. ad.nat.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNESUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.TETRAPHIS, OLI&OTRICHUM, CATHARINEA.	3X.POLYTRICHUM.
X
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNEPOLYTRICHUM.
H.“SUMHELD. ulTHO EASTBOURNERHABDOWEtSIA,. CYNODONTIOM, DICHODONTIUM, TREMATODOU. XIV.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.CAMPYLOPUS.
jnDICRANODONTIUM, DICRANUM.DICRANUM.
:smr.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.DICRANUM, LEUCOBRYUM.
TTTFISSIDENS.
XX.H. G.J. del. ad. next.GB1MMIA.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.H.G.J. del.adnat.	sumfield, litho. Eastbourne.POTTIA.
xm.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.TORTOLA.	.XXVII
SUMFIELO, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.TORTULA.
2I.G-.tJ, dJL. a/Z tuxJ?.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.BARBULA.
XXIXS U MFI ELD ,
THO. EASTBOURNE.TRICHOSTOMUM, PLEUROCHjEIEE, CINCLIDOTUS, ENCALYPIA. XSXIT.
SUMFIELO, LIT HO EASTBOURNE.3r&.jael.aZ,-ncCt.	5 U MFIELD r L1T H O . EASTBOURNE.Jf.G.J. del. ad not.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.ORTHOTRICHUM.
XXSTORTHOrRICHUM, SCHI3T05TEGA, ffiDIPODIUM, SPLACHNUM. JXXVT
Wht
l
JT.Cr.J. ckl acl nat,
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.PHELOtfOTIS, OEEAS, BREUTELIA,0R.TH0IR1 IEPTOBRM WEBERA. 2Lr.ff.G.J. del. ad. not.	sumfield, litho. eastbourne.BRYUM	:xnir
If G.J. del asl nett.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.H.Cr.J. del. ad not.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.BRYUM
XIV.BRYUM, MN1UM	XLVI
If. G.J.rfsl.	not.
SUMFIELD, L IT HO . EASTBOURNE.:xcvn.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.MNIUM, CINCLIDIUM, FONTINALIS.	.XLVII.
SUMFIELO, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.CRYPILEA, NECKERA-.........MYR1MA,	jo.1L.
SUMFIELO, LITHO . EASTBOURNE.ANTITRICHrA---------THUIDIUM.
L.
i	la.	lc
j, ieslcea polycaTpa
Aut. cui-tipQTuiula.

,	1	-LC.
1. la-
(j. Lesltea nervosa.
f «
Xc■
^ Leptodon. Smithii.
	[V*	A //	
	A 7	///	» Ido
	1 /	/ 1	-jCAA:
la. /		/ 1	
i		V	lc. 1
B.	Porotrichum alopecurum		
C P. augustifodium
-a a m
w<' ii
1.	1«-	ic
D Myurella julacea.

A «8
lc.
^ Myurella apicalata.
JT.Cr.J.del. ad tjat
V
la.
A
/
Hi
Xc.
la.
M
a •*. m
oJ If.
; Heterocladium kteiopterum.
=A
1
/ \
2a

TA ic. ^i-	; A>\
jAnomoctanlougafolius. | /'~a« ^ ys
//) i A"/ o'
( AW'
2	lc.
dSoqB' |K. squatrosulum.
joAcI
lc
A. afctenuabus.
0 Pseudoleskea atrovirens.
1 f
A. viticulosus.
la.	ic,
^Tlmgyrucadrum fiAforme
Atm
WU‘J0)J
©cm
jOOCA
■SA'
la. 1. lc
y Pseudoleskea cateaulata
,s m
M AjOC
la.
v	z	" /r»
1'	.	lc.
Thuidmm, dbiebiaum.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.THUIDmr---------ORTHOTHE CIUM.	LI.JI.G.J dsl. ad. not.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNEBRACHYTHECIUM, HYOCOMIUM, EDRHYNCHIUM, IHLEURHYNCHIUM.
GJ, del. ad no//.
SUMFIELD, LITHO. EASTBOURNE.EUKHYNCHIUM, PLAGIOTHECIUM, AMBLYSTEGIUM. XTAMBLTSTE GIUM, HTPNUM.	1YI.HYPMTM.
ivn.HYPNUM.
_LYHL.
17>c.
p H. citpressiforme.
KG.J.del- cub nab/.
M. H. molluscu,m.
SUMFIELO, LIT HO. EASTBOURNE.HYPMJM.
LIX.